Riptide (2024)

John Harris

BIO: YES: John F. Harris is an American political journalist...

TRANSCRIPT: Peter Hamby: Go back to The Post days. Was there a crystallizing moment for you guys when you realized that the digital space had a real future for both your careers and news in general? Was there some founding moment?Jim VandeHei: Harris?John Harris: No, there wasn't a light switch that went off. Anytime, starting from the late '90s onward, people became more and more aware of how the web was going to influence the future of all journalists. I became increasingly struck, over in The Post, that how much of impact that our stories had been moved into a digital space, but how much of our professional work lives, our daily routines, our mental habits, were still grounded on the once every day the paper comes out rhythm. I grew, over time, increasingly distressed by that, because it seemed to me a real disconnect between where our audience was and where our effort was. But that wasn't a light switch moment, that was something that happened over time.Jim: Yeah, I remember back then The Post was actually two physically different companies. One was a digital company on this side of the river, the other was the newspaper company in DC. Nobody was going from the newspaper over to digital. This is mid 2006, when almost nobody's going online, and for us it was never like, "Oh my god, The Post is sinking, we've got to get out of here. We've got some brilliant prophecy, that we know what the future is," it was more a conversation about, "We've got this really cool idea, we're looking at what's happening on cable, what's happening on the Internet, and the opportunity where journalists who have their own brand can really make a mark."That was really the evolution of Politico, was saying, "What if we just got six or eight of us together, started a company, we know we're going to break news, we know we'll get on TV, we know we can get people to pay attention. Let's see if that could actually be the germ of a company."Peter: But did you have an idea that you took to your superiors at The Post?Jim: It evolved from that.Peter: So what was that idea?Jim: It was essentially an evolution of what we've just described. It was that we had an idea that, once we went and talked to people who were much smarter than we were, and had money that we certainly didn't have any access to, about the economics of this. Could you create a website that was built around just being really interesting, breaking news, driving a conversation, day to day? Could you build a business model around that? I think with each conversation we had, many of them with friends of John's from over the years, everyone was like, "Yes, yes, yes, yes."John: What we believed then, and still believe, is that the digital space rewards niche publications that can really organize themselves editorially, organize themselves in terms of a business model around a single subject, or at least a single set of closely related subjects. That's really hard for the general interest news organization. We wanted to be a specialized site, with reports reflecting that specialization. In other words not generals, but people who really knew politics, and knew government well. We talked about building that kind of space within The Post as kind of a site within a site, as one idea. Simultaneously with that, we had an offer to try to build that site from scratch.Peter: From outside?John: From outside.Peter: What happened when you talked to the folks at The Post, when you took this argument to them, or the idea? What was their reaction? What were the conversations like?John: There were a lot of people at The Post at that time, and I think that's still true of the people over at The Post, who are thinking very hard and very seriously, conscientiously, about these questions. They were intrigued and enthusiastic to try different ideas. There was certainly a possibility that we would have stayed at The Post and tried to go with this site within a site strategy. In the end, it ended up being more attractive, and I think more successful than it could have been by starting from scratch rather than trying to build within an existing brand and an existing institution.Jim: An existing institution would have strangled the idea. The reason I think it worked is we were able to move so quickly and not have any of the baggage of being a legacy institution. Nothing against The Post. It was just a big newspaper that was getting the bulk of its money from the newspaper. The idea that suddenly they were going to give us the freedom to really build something in isolation, I think they wanted to do that, and I think in retrospect it would have been really hard for them to do that.Peter: You used the word baggage. What else do you see as baggage from a legacy?Jim: It's what's killing newspapers. The baggage that I described is just the fact that they went through years and years and years, a generation of profitability, and they were newspapers. They were used to putting on a physical newspaper, and that creates rhythms, that creates demands, that creates a certain type of reporter. Obviously when you say, "You've got to change that." You've got to move quicker, you've got to be on digital, you've got to have people who maybe are mediocre reporters or they're solid reporters, but they're not household names, and you suddenly look at a media culture that's certainly rewarding people that were doing distinctive work or were household names. People that can get on TV, people that can break news, people that can write stories that are going to get clicked around.That's a tough transition to make. It's tough to do from scratch. Just really tough. It's tough for any big institution to change quickly. It's the reason reinventing government is hard, it's the reason that restructuring a corporation is difficult. You get habits ingrained into a company that are very difficult to undo.Peter: How confident were you that this digital venture would work? Did you have metrics and numbers to back this up or were you just flying blind? [laughs]John: [laughs] No, we had an intuition and a hunch. It wasn't just blind hunches. It was hunches based on what we were seeing all around us. It's not like 2006, early 2007 was so long ago. By that time, there were already plenty of examples that we were seeing of reporters and sites that were outside the traditional establishment of journalism having lots of success, lots of impact, doing lots of creative work. We could see that. The relative position of places like The New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, or the Washington Post, which used to be unchallenged, unchallenged superiority, unchallenged ability to set the agenda, that relative position was rapidly diminishing. Lots of places were competing for attention, for impact, for being the most important story of the day. Abundant evidence.We took that evidence, and it made us believe that, if we got the right roster of people with the right focus, that they could have impact. That was the intuition or the hunch. But at the time we started, the time Robert Albritton gave us the green light and a budget to go out and try this, it wasn't in our mind or in his so sharp that we knew exactly how we were going to measure success, exactly what success would looks like in our traffic, or revenue, or anything else.We had a high degree of confidence that we had a good idea, and we had a fairly high degree of confidence that, if that idea was good, that we were the right people to make it work. But beyond that, we were operating on a hunch.Peter: Moneywise, how long did it take you to find your sea legs? Were you making money quickly?John: It's been a while ago now, but these were long early months, when we were a new brand in Washington and digital revenue market was still pretty young. Those early months were very slow. The ad market is really pretty made up, at least then, I think maybe it's changed, it was made up of very conservative people, who themselves were products of institutions and products of old habits and old ways of thinking. That first year, 2007, we felt like we were having immediate impact. Almost from day one we were breaking news. We were getting quoted. We were seeing the news product be successful. I think there was a lag time of maybe six months or so before we started to see the revenue come in.A lot of that early revenue did come in our paper. It was only about a year after that, that we really saw the digital revenue start to come to us in a big way. It seems to me now that the ad market has caught up. They're no longer so stained. In fact, people are always looking for the new thing, puts a burden on us to keep innovating.Peter: How much of your revenue is from the subscription product versus the newspaper, versus digital ad revenue?Jim: If you go back to even three or four years ago, almost all of our money, 80 percent, was coming from the newspaper. Now it's a much more diversified company. We get more from digital than we get from the newspaper on the advertising side. We've added subscriptions, high end subscriptions, not like The New York Times, doing a broad based subscription at this point. We're just doing high end subscriptions for political insiders and that's been very successful. If you look at, almost everybody is doing the same thing now. They're just doing different variants of it. To be a successful media company you have to have, essentially, four or five different revenue streams.You have to have subscriptions. You have to have print ads. You have to have digital ads. You have to have mobile ads. Almost everyone has events now. You've got to hope that the totality of those revenue streams is big enough to fund a profitable company. I think that's the big test for everyone.As John was saying earlier, the idea of niche publications, if I were an investor and I was going to place my bet on companies, I'd be placing it on companies that have real focus and real expertise, and therefore command the attention of an important audience every day of the year.Folks like us, or the Financial Times, or the Wall Street Journal, or AllThingsD, I just think it's a lot easier to build a business model around that than it is around a traditional newspaper, either a small newspaper or a national newspaper, that is of general interest. Those are the ones that are going to have a tough time.Peter: Do you think of yourselves as a national brand or distinctly Washington brand?Jim: We care most about being a Washington brand but undoubtedly we're a national brand. Our traffic is what, 88 percent now outside of Washington, DC.John: Some months between 5 and 10 percent coming from abroad.Peter: How big is the newsroom now compared to when you started?John: It's a lot bigger. We started as an organization as a whole with about 60 people, of which probably 40 people were in some capacity or other in the newsroom reporters, web producers, editors. Now we're a company of 250 plus of which probably about 180 or so are newsroom based.Peter: During the last presidential race, how many reporters did you have? You were paying to send reporters out on the road and travel the country. A lot of news organizations weren't. Do you have any idea of how many reporters you sent out or how much money you spent on the election last year?John: I know how much money we spent. That's a knowable fact. We had a core group of probably 8 to 10 people owning our coverage and then we had people making different cameo appearances, probably 20 or 30.Peter: Can you talk about the norms and values of this newsroom compared to The Post? That seems to be your main point of reference. When you're hiring here, what do you want from a reporter that's different from what The Post might want, and how does the newsroom operate? There are all sorts of legendary stories about you guys really pushing your reporters very hard and...Jim: That's Harris.Peter: ...like to break news.John: I don't really consider The Post our main point of reference. It's one point of reference but it's not...Peter: It's not your competition.John: ...obviously it's where our experience is. We're a niche publication that will thrive on its ability to attract people who are singly obsessive about that subject matter, who know it better, who care more about it, who are more energetic in pursuit of the big stories. That's the definition of a niche publication, is to have people who are singularly focused rather than general interest folks. Our best people have that. Our most ambitious people come in wanting to be that for themselves. Actually we don't really push people that hard because the reality is that our most successful people here are self motivated.Jim: I don't think that they do. I mean most newsrooms probably want. I think we've figured out, it took us a long time to figure out what type of personality works here. Like finding people who want to own their beat, who have a unique ability to break news or to write better than other people. That stuff matters and we tend to try to pay a premium if that's what it takes to have those people working for us. There's just no market for mediocrity so the pressure is on us to produce really good journalism. Not everybody can produce really good journalism. I think if you had to list the top 20 reporters in town, I'd say we have more than half of them.I think that's a pretty good achievement if you think about Congress, politics, and the White House. Those people are that's gold. We're trying to tell people stuff they don't know. We're trying to inform people and make them smarter.Peter: Can you talk about the advantages of being a start up, editorially or more financially, does it make you more nimble?Jim: It does if you don't screw it up. In the beginning it certainly makes you more nimble because you have no legacy, which could either be you make good decisions and build a culture that works, or you can make a bunch of bad decisions and build it as just a dysfunctional start up as you would have a dysfunctional older institution. I think one of the smartest things that we did is early on, we're not CEOs, we're not businessmen, we're journalists by training, but we went out and we found people in business, ether CEOs or media executives and asked them, "How do you set up a good company? What works? What doesn't work? What are the things we should be doing?"By no means I think we had good instincts in retrospect but there's a lot of stuff that it took us a long time to figure out. How to be good managers. How to be good leaders. What is the appropriate balance of trying to demand the best out of people but not wearing them into the ground?That process to us has probably been one of the most exciting parts of this job, is just learning, building new muscles that we didn't have. That's all we did. We were journalists and then we had to become leaders. That's just a different world.Peter: What do you think your most disruptive impacts have been in the media landscape in our current media ecosystem? What's been your big picture impact do you think? Have you changed the kind of content that people want that other news organizations are not delivering?John: Yes. I do think that the people who care most about a subject have a demand for immediacy. They have a demand for sophistication. They have a demand for volume. They want to know what's going on. They don't have a casual interest in stuff, they have intense interest in this stuff. I think that was the opening that we had, that was a lot of political coverage and a lot of government coverage. There wasn't a lot of coverage that was giving the kind of intensive focus that we were both in the moment and with a high degree of knowledge and context and sophistication behind that coverage. I think that's changed the audience's expectations.Jim: One of John's obsessions early on was this idea of getting rid of a lot of the journalistic conventions, the "voice of God." The truth is we still say it to this day why in the hell is it that there's such a huge gap between how interesting reporters are, either in email or at a bar, than what they are when you actually read them? I think we have successfully narrowed that. We've taken these people who are fascinating minds. We have some of the most curious, intellectual minds around, and I think we get more of it. We force more of that in front of our readers, because readers, they don't need the "voice of God." They don't always need the background. They like to have fun with journalism. They like to be informed. They like to be entertained. They like to be challenged.I think we've been very successful at that. I don't know that that's necessarily a disruption, because I don't know that others are doing that much of it. The disruption John described...if speed was not in this market, we brought speed to it. But now everybody does speed, so that's not sufficient.John: It's not like we were disruptive, but there are people who are disrupting us. Twitter is a great example. They've taken some of the role that used to be occupied by blogs and made them less relevant.Peter: Also, I feel like in the last...like in 2008, you guys broke a ton of news and then you were sort of a go to news breaking site. Then Twitter kind of happened in between and took some of that space, right? [crosstalk 18:48]Peter: You guys still broke the news...John: The routine news that you get just by virtue of being there and posting first, basically there is no way to win that competition. Twitter will always be there first. It's not always the competition that most interests me, I think, is really the one that we focus on, is the publication. There's no way that Twitter's going to break the Herman Cain story. Twitter can be fast, but it has a hard time being really smart and I think we can do that.Peter: Do you view yourselves as competitors with The New York Times and the Washington Post and the Wall Street Journal? Are you waking up every morning trying to beat them on stories?John: Sure. Them and lots of other people, too. The way the media universe has changed, everybody's a potential competitor. It might be CNN one moment. It might be Huffington Post one moment. It might be the Washington Post one moment. Yeah, I feel like that. Every day the game is to have the most interesting story on politics or on Washington anywhere. Some days you win that competition, some days you won't, but we'll judge ourselves by we win it more often than others. I feel sure that they, in their political coverage, will view us as competitors. We're going to certainly view them as serious competitors whom we respect.Peter: That gets to my earlier question about disruption. I talked to Stuart Stevens yesterday for a separate project I'm doing and he was complaining about The New York Times coverage, the cycle. He was saying this in a sort of derisive way, but he was like, they only cover a process and personalities, and they were trying to keep up with Politico, and they were trying to be Politico when they should have been New York Times. I have a hypothesis that a lot of news organizations are now trying to do the peel back the curtain thing and they didn't used to do that. I think that's partially due to what you guys have been doing. Do you disagree?John: Might be. It might be. I think everybody's trying to...if you were The New York Times 10 years ago, what you wrote, just because you were The New York Times mattered. You set the agenda. That's not true anymore. If they write a boring story, it's a boring story that nobody's going to read or pay attention to. It does up the ante for quality journalism. What breaks through? That's it. If you can break news, it breaks through. If you can offer a sharp analysis, that breaks through. If you can do an investigative piece that other people don't have, that breaks through. It's the companies that produced a lot of news that has now commoditized that have the hardest time adapting.I think a lot of the big institutions essentially did produce a lot of commoditized journalism that now is irrelevant because everybody has it, and if you're interested in it, you're getting it on Twitter or Facebook in tiny little bites and you're looking for something else. When you talk about disruption, you have to remember that. Disruption's a baby. We're only in the beginning of it. If you think about new media, the thing exploded in late 2006, early 2007, we're just in the early stages of that.Nobody knows how this plays out. You went through the web disruption, which we just went through. Now you're going to go through the pay model disruption of who will pay for what, which we don't know. Times is having some success. Others not so much success in that area.Then by the time people figure both those out, 50 percent of all consumption of media is going to be done on something this size, which has massive ramifications for how long a story can be. How you present your journalism. That's going to be a hell of a disruption. Disruptions...it's not like they're over. We're just sifting through to figure out what worked and what didn't work. It's constant.Peter: What are you finding that people are paying for in the politics space?Jim: Remember, ours is unique in that we're not The New York Times doing a metered system at this point. What we're doing is we have set up a series of verticals that are essentially Politicos little mini POLITICOs for different sectors of the economy health care, energy. People in this town will pay for information that's essential to them doing their job. There's no doubt. We've proven that with our POLITICO Pro and we're going to continue to expand that because I think we're very good at producing the type of journalism that this city needs to function. Now that's much different than the broader based journalism that we're doing that's for the country, for the world. That's different than that.At some point, we're going to test, I'm sure, a pay model for all of our content, like everyone else, but we don't know how that plays out. Just beginning that experiment.Peter: Have you guys seen any other organizations apply your model in an interesting way or successful way to completely different sectors. Verticals like sports, business, Silicon Valley or whatever.John: Sure. [crosstalk 23:37]Peter: ...they look to you and they're like, Oh, those guys are doing something pretty cool.John: AllThingsD, Business Insider, Foreign Policy.Jim: ESPN is one of the world's biggest brands.John: But we copied them, right? [crosstalk]Jim: ...a bit longer than we did.Peter: The last thing I want to ask you is video. Last year, you guys implemented a web show during the campaign, which got a lot of insider attention. It got a lot of buzz. I emailed in a couple times.Jim: I remember that. I might have mentioned you once or twice.Peter: Yeah, thanks. You're shooting all kinds of video content here.Jim: Correct.Peter: You've got a full time professional video staff. Why? Why video online?John: One, because I think it's one of the buckets of experimentation and I would say that video, for all of us by the way, is total experimentation right now. Nobody, the best that I can tell, has cracked the code on how you do video outside of being a cable network online where you make money. We all think there's the potential, because there's this massive audience for it, if you can do it right. For us, it's all about experiment, experiment. If it works, it works. If it doesn't, move on. What works? Those shows work because there is a huge audience online in moments, in big days, a primary, an election, State of the Union.What we have found, it's really hard to get a live audience — probably impossible to get a live audience — outside of a big day, so you try to move away on the days where you don't have a big event to something that is on demand, where you can slice it and dice it. Make sure you're putting video matching up with stories that are similar to it, because most people are reading something, might be interested in also watching something about it.I think that's a place where we put a lot of emphasis on. Or we've also started to experiment a lot with just shorter shows. The attention span online, you're not getting people to sit down for 30 minutes. Period. Five, yeah.Peter: Are you seeing a lot of engagement with your video content online?John: We do, but again, it depends. Certainly the shows that we're doing, we're seeing that we can start to build an audience for, and certainly video that is topical to the story, you can get a good audience for. The stuff that we've certainly struggled with I think everyone's struggling with is just trying to do a show every day that's longer than five minutes and think that you're going to get a loyal audience. That's a challenge and a lot of people are experimenting with it....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (1)

Will Hearst

BIO: YES: William Randolph Hearst III (born June 18, 1949) b...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: It is April 23rd at the Shorenstein Center at Harvard's Kennedy School. I'm John Huey speaking with Will Hearst about his decades long experience in media, new media, old media. Will, we'll get to all your qualifications in the course of the interview, but we usually start by asking people what was your first time? When did you realize that digital technology or technology was going to collide with news and change everything about the way...Will Hearst: This is like a deposition.John: Yes, exactly.Will: Is your real name... [laughs]John: When did you realize you had a challenge and an opportunity in front of you?Will: That's a good question. I came out of college in the early '70s and went to work in San Francisco at the newspaper that my grandfather had first taken over when he came west. He had been born in the west and educated in the east. Then he was expelled, I think the term in that era was rusticated, from Harvard for pranks so he came back west. I believe his father said to him, "OK, it's time to work, now." He said, "Well, I have this idea. I've been studying Joseph Pulitzer and "The New York World," and I have an idea how to run a newspaper."His father had won a newspaper in a poker game. In that era, if you wanted to become a U.S. Senator, you had to become elected by the state legislature. His father thought it would be useful to own a newspaper if you were going to run for the Senate. He had won his Senate seat so he had no further use for the newspaper.His son said, "No, I think it's an interesting business in its own right." His father's view was, "It's not really a business, but if you want to horse around with it for a while, OK. Then you have to come to work." Of course, my grandfather was able to make some traction with the newspaper.I came to San Francisco, following in some of those footsteps, and went to work in the newsroom. I think I was one of the last people to come into a newsroom with linotype machines and casting type in metal. I remember being very impressed by people who would work out in the composing room.In those days, because your story was submitted in paper and the person who edited it wrote on paper, it was approximate how big the hole was for your story. The legendary idea of writing the inverted pyramid, was you might be a little long or a little short.Now, if you're a little long, there's a man in the composing room, and it typically was a man, who read upside down and backwards and see that you were long. He needed to be able to lift out one or two lines from the bottom of the chase to fit your story into the hole.If it wasn't exactly right, even then, or if it was a little short, then he had a table of shorts and he would drop one of those in. So newspapers, in that era, had shorts at the bottom of the column. That was the era in which I arrived in the newsroom.John: So you started at ground zero?Will: No, I started at the end of ground zero, at the last 30 seconds of ground zero. The publisher of the paper and the general manager had the idea then, that we could eliminate some jobs here. The notion was that we couldn't go to an all electronic newsroom. What we might do is we might have people write their stories on a special Selectric Typewriter with a particular ball. Then it would be scanned.John: Right, you had to mark the paper with...Will: Right.John: ...blue pens and black pens.Will: Exactly. The whole business notion was to eliminate some of the composing room people.John: But they didn't do anything in the front end? They didn't touch the front end?Will: No, very little in the front end. They weren't entirely successful in eliminating the back end. Now, there were newspapers in Florida, small papers, not big papers. "The New York Times" abjured all this whole thing. Even "The Examiner," in that era, was a labor saving experiment. You still had this vast armada of people with upside down and backwards reading skills and editing skills. You could see that there was a merger in the horizon of Internet...Well, it wasn't called Internet, but computer technology and typesetting.In the arc of this whole change, there were people who later came to see that the people in the composing room that ran those linotype machines, were not simple automatons setting type. That they had judgment as to where to break a line. They would throw a line away and set the line again.It took a long time for us to realize there was a lot of human judgment and skill. It wasn't until, maybe, 10 or 15 years later that the computer typesetting was good enough to substitute for a really good typesetter. Anyway, Larry Kramer, who is now the editor of "USA Today"...John: We interviewed him extensively. [laughter]In fact, it's one of the best interviews we had.Will: We were sent out, Larry and I, to go investigate this whole cold type phenomenon. I had been very lucky in high school to be involved with time sharing computers. It was obvious, even then, that you wouldn't have to eliminate one or two. You could eliminate 10 or 12 steps, everything from stereotyping, engraving, typesetting and compositing except for the press itself. [crosstalk]John: ...just for context here, for people who don't know it, you were a math major.Will: I was a math major, right.John: Harvard graduate, with computer experience. You weren't just some cavalier. You were not Orson Welles. You were an educated man with some technological skills.Will: [laughs] I did not see myself as a technologist or a professional mathematician. My family's craft in business...My father's view was, "What are you doing up there in college anyway? There's a job here. We have something for you to do. How many more minutes do we need to wait until you go to work?" It was a backwards inference that these...John: It turned out to be a good set of...Point of view now...Will: It turned out to be a very good set of skills. It seemed to me very unthreatening to the craft of journalism that you could eliminate all of these intermediate craft skills and still practice journalism. The first wave of this revolution, that you are writing about and researching, was really about eliminating factory level skills, but with no change to journalism. The changes to journalism came in the second Internet revolution that took place in the '95, '96 time frame. I'm talking about the '75 to '85 time frame.John: Just the computerization of the manufacturing process and nothing more?Will: Exactly. Yes, it wasn't perceived to make any change to journalism and news gathering. It was a change to the means of production. It was a Marxian change. With no change... [laughs]John: It was a pretty bad system as I recall, too, for a while?Will: I look back on it now a little bit differently. I realize, however inefficient it was, there were tremendous craft skills embedded in this thing. We did a project in the 1987 time frame. We went back and looked at the newspapers of the 1887 time frame. What I came to realize was that the more awkward and difficult the craft dimension, the greater the creativity. As you eliminated all of this inefficiency, you also eliminated an awful lot of skill, craft and judgment. Those old newspapers that did everything on hot metal with engraving, not even photography, had wonderful layouts, wonderful typography, wonderful illustrations. As you modernized everything, you squished out an awful lot of skills. One might argue that was a harbinger of what happened later.John: It certainly happened in magazines, as well?Will: Yes. The history of magazines is an interesting separate story with a bit of a time delay from newspapers. The magazine changes are still taking place. Whatever the revolution is, it's still in progress in magazines.John: Let's get to that later. Because you are the chairman of the board of a company that publishes a lot of magazines...Will: [laughs] Magazines, newspapers and broadcasting.John: We can do it all. We've computerized the newsroom. Not the newsroom but the... [crosstalk]Will: Right. The means of production, I think, was the first change.John: At the same time, you're in San Francisco which is not like being...You're sort of at the white hot center of where a lot of this...Will: It turned out to be the white hot center. Then the next major bell that rang was we had a strike at the newspaper in 1994 and '95. Bill Joy from Sun Microsystems had come down to the newspaper. We were, like a lot of other people, in the middle of this, "We should do something electronically," because it became apparent that the reporters were...John: What year is this?Will: 1994, '95, I would say.John: People were already online with AOL?Will: Microsoft existed. Apple Corporation existed, but the Internet really didn't exist.John: AOL was up and running?Will: AOL was just barely up and...I remember getting a call from Frank Caufield, who was the Kleiner Perkins partner who had invested in AOL, and said, "Could I talk to you about newspapers cooperating with AOL?" My reaction was, "Well, Frank, we've got teletext. We've got PLP. We've got the Source. We got CompuServe. We've got all these people wanting to find some way to take the newspaper content and put it online. What's special about AOL? Other than the fact that you and I are friends, what is special?"John: Now, was Hearst, were you doing any business with those?Will: No.John: You were just publishing a newspaper?Will: We had a few little groups of people studying what was called electronic publishing which is a little bit like [laughs] ...I have the picture in my mind of the first people in aviation talking to the railroad czars and saying, "We have this notion that you could fly...John: Flying trains?Will: Yes, and their reaction was, "A flying locomotive? I don't get it."John: [laughs]Will: We were in the era of electronic publishing, which was...John: "The San Jose Mercury News," down the road from you, was involved in all... [crosstalk]Will: They had their own policies. There were a number of different newspaper companies that had different approaches. The thing that I remember that was kind of a shift was when Bill Joy and a few people came down to "The Examiner" and said, "You know, all of these systems require that you mold your content into their system. For AOL, you have this system. For the Source, CompuServe, you have this system. For PLP, AT&T, had a big project to do electronic publishing. You have all these other systems, but there's sort of HTML thing where you just have one system. If you do that, then you're automatically compliant with all these others."We thought that was interesting. I think the strike, like a crisis of any kind, forced us to walk across this chasm before we were ready to make a decision about which of the different systems was the right thing to do. We saw that if we put our content in this other format, then we could rapidly disseminate it.That was when we realized, wow, you really could eliminate all of the production steps, including the paper and the printing.We did a study, and I was talking about this earlier today, where a bunch of newspapers anonymously contributed their P&L structure to a newspaper industry, I think it was the Midland Newspaper Study. I may have the name wrong.The point was, you went in there. You couldn't see it was "The Examiner" or "The Bakersfield Californian," which paper it was. All the newspapers went in there and you could get an x ray, a CAT scan, of the structure, the economic, the business structure of newspapers.What I remembered learning was, "Wow, the newspapers that have the most expensive newsrooms spend about 12 percent of the total revenue of the business on the newsroom. And the most economical, stingy newspapers spend about 8 percent." Between 8 and 12, and largely clustered around 10, was the percentage of revenue that went to the newsroom.We thought to ourselves, "Wow, if you could get rid of that 90 percent, that other 85 to 90 percent of cost structure, you could preserve the newsroom pretty much as is."This could not be a threat. This could be a wonderful opportunity.John: You saw it, immediately, as an opportunity for eliminating distribution, manufacturing, postage?Will: I did. Right. I realized that the Examiner, in that era, spent and inordinate amount of money on gasoline. Between the trucks, the teamsters, the repair of the trucks and the gasoline, we were spending a ton of money. Not a lot of it was going to the columnists, [laughs] the reporters and the travel budget of the newsroom. A lot of it was going to these structural costs. Even as late as that time period, I thought, "Well, this could be a very good thing. We could get rid of a lot of structure and cost that doesn't relate to the thing that we most care about doing. So what if we don't do that anymore? Maybe we should get rid of the paper altogether."Several things intervened. One was the overall revenue of the newspaper industry collapsed so 10 percent of a big number is still larger than 10 percent of a small number. When the revenue itself collapsed, the newsroom also had to adjust, even in this ideal 10 percent model.I think more recently, I've been thinking about other issues that have to do with where do people really spend their time? The younger generation of my children don't spend time with print and news the way my generation did. Therefore, the intermediation of Google, Apple and others has really disrupted the whole business model in ways that did not seem necessary to me in this simple 10 percent analysis that I'm talking about. That's still going on today.John: When do you first realize, like many people in the industry saw, this as a great opportunity for eliminating a lot of PP and D...Will: Yes, all the stuff we didn't want to do.John: It wasn't particularly glamorous or useful. When did you first, when did the light bulb go off and where you went, "Oh, this isn't just an opportunity, this is a threat to the whole medium?"Will: You know, this part of the story is hard to unscramble the egg because I don't know the magazine industry quite as well. In the newspaper industry, one of the initial reactions was, "Oh, well, this is all about audience. We should not charge for anything that we do. We should give away what we do for free. We're in competition with Google, and whoever gets the most audience wins." And so we went into this in a very naive...John: Before Google, even, you were in competition with Yahoo and AOL.Will: Yahoo was first.John: Everyone was chasing traffic...Will: Right. I'm trying to think. There was a company that we...Oh, gosh. Jim Bellows went to work for the company that folded. It was one of Yahoo's early competitors. I can't think of their name, but if you... This is how quickly life changes.John: I'm sure they come up numerous times, and there were all these search engines. There was Lycos and...Will: Yes.John: ...there was Yahoo. There was AOL. There was Prodigy, CompuServe.Will: There's one I'm trying to think of, but it's not coming to mind. But anyway, they ended up merging into the @Home combine of companies.John: Excite?Will: Yes, Excite. Jim Bellows went to work for Excite. He showed them, "Look. It's not enough just to have all this information. You also could have headlines. You also could have writing. You could also have some content. So in that pre Google era, Excite and Yahoo were the big ticket items.John: Were you investing in that? When did you first...Will: Well, Kleiner Perkins invested in Excite.John: When you were there?Will: Yes.John: And you joined Kleiner Perkins around '95?Will: '95.John: So tell us a little bit about that. You're a newspaper editor... [crosstalk]Will: I had known Steve Jobs and Bill Gates. I had been very interested in their success and a big believer in the power of computer technology. I wasn't thinking of computers so much as an information technology, but just as a cool technology.John: So this was an unrelated...This was a...Will: I knew them. I had covered them. I had interviewed them. I had done their thing that Walter has done more recently. I had profiled them and written about them as a new phenomenon in the business world. I hadn't seen it as directly related to what I was doing. The personal computer, I think the Apple II was '84, '85.John: The Mac came out...Will: The Mac came out later, '87, '86, that time frame.John: Well, anyway, the PC was '81.Will: Yes.John: The Mac was '83 or 4 I think... [crosstalk]Will: OK. All right. '84 sounds about right.John: Yes, about '84 and that was the beginning of self publishing.Will: Desktop publishing.John: No one saw that at the time, but that's what...Will: Well, desktop publishing's first appearance was a great labor saving and cost saving opportunity for newspapers who were real publishers so...John: Now you come in and put the front end into it...Will: Right, exactly.John: ...which does make a lot more sense than that scanning. [laughter]Will: Yes. It was an intermediate step, scanning. It wasn't until later that it became apparent that these were real...There were a lot of people doing customized news services. Somebody's going to write an anthropology of this whole thing because there were a lot of false starts.John: Yeah. We have a lot of that in...Will: Yeah, I'm sure you probably do.John: We've gone back to a lot of people in these digilabs. There's a guy...Will: Negroponte, Lycos, all these guys.John: There's a guy, who in 1995 for Knight Ridder, made a video of himself holding up something explaining how it's going to work. It is the, by God, iPad. I mean he's [laughs] got it there, and it actually exists but...Will: This is one of the things that happens in technology, is that people come up with pretty good early airplanes that don't quite fly as well as the Wright brothers. John Sculley had a kind of...John: Oh, the Newton?Will: ...Newton device that was a pre Blackberry. John Doerr, my partner at Kleiner Perkins, was interviewed for the better part of a decade. The negative question was, "Well, what about Dynabook?" That didn't work. That was kind of [laughs] a laptop computer because he had invested in Compaq which was this suitcase computer. Then he had the idea for this black and white thing that was even flatter, smaller and Alan Kay inspired. It had flopped so there was a lot of probing questions like, "Well, that was kind of a disaster." Many of these things came out early and didn't work.John: You saw a lot of them, and you were interested in computers?Will: We all saw a lot of them. We all saw a lot of them.John: But your move to Kleiner Perkins didn't have much to do with your hat as a media executive. It was more your interest in technology?Will: Well, I came to the conclusion in the '95 time frame, maybe, in retrospect it's more clear, that I had missed the first generation of the computer revolution, the personal computer. I remember interviewing for a story in "The Examiner" the computer club of Palo Alto. At that time computers had switches and lights on the front. The guy was telling me, "Well, there are these two guys, Jobs and Wozniak, that have a computer that doesn't have any lights and switches on the front. In fact, it goes directly to a monitor. I remember asking as my interview question, "Well, that's not going to work because no one's going to know what the computer's doing if you can't see the lights and the switches on front."[laughter]Will: I was like, "No one's going to get that to work." The guy said, "Well, they don't think that you need to see that."John: [laughs]Will: I took the story back to the news room, and the editor told me. I said, "This is a phenomenon. I'm not saying it's good. I'm not saying it's bad. I'm just saying it's happening." He said, "Well, a phenomenon. I don't know. I mean ham radio's a phenomenon. Go back and fill...What do people want to do with computers? I can't run the story as a technology story. Go back. What are the applications?" I went back to Albrecht to the People's Computer Club in Palo Alto. I said, "My editor wants to know what are people going to do?" He said, "Well, it's unclear, but there's two things that I think are emerging as uses of the computer. One is filing recipes and the other is writing your own Fortran programs." So I put [laughs] in the story, filing [laughs] recipes. There was no word processing, no Internet, no teletyping, no communications, no graphics. [laughs]John: Well, just as a historical...Will: I was able to get the story to print [laughs] on filing recipes and writing your own Fortran programs.John: Well, just as a historical note, you now own the largest online [laughs] trove of recipes in the world. [laughter]John: So don't laugh.Will: So don't laugh.John: I think you paid a lot of money for it?Will: Hey, you know? It's better to be lucky than smart.John: Those are expensive recipes, and you own them all.Will: That was the level of sophistication, the level of analysis. I mean, the idea of communications...I remember a guy who had been my college roommate, here at school, saying the computer was going to be a communications device. I thought that was like a...John: Now who was that?Will: A fellow named John Moussouris, who was my college roommate.John: He saw that in college?Will: No, he saw that fairly early. He founded MicroUnity and MIPS so what time frame would that be? That would be pretty much the '95, '96 time frame. It had become apparent that the computer was more than a computing device, but it was still very nascent that there was a communications future or a media future in computers. Remember Telex?John: Oh, yes.Will: I got into a lot of trouble at "The Los Angeles Herald Examiner" for sending a telex to India because I realized it was a lot like typing. [laughs] I remember the editor saying, "Some idiot has sent $180 of communications to India. Who the hell is that?" I was going, "Oh, sh*t. That might be me."John: [laughs] Oh, that's right. I forgot. Bellows worked for the "Herald Examiner"...Will: Yes, he did.John: ...which was a Hearst paper and...Will: Yes, it was.John: ...then he was at Excite.Will: Yes, he was. Right.John: That had something to do with how you got to Excite?Will: In fact, we had already invested in Excite. We missed the...John: "We" meaning...Will: We, Kleiner Perkins. We had missed the opportunity to invest in Yahoo. Vinod had asked me to call Jerry Yang and say, "We're interested. We'd like to invest." His view was, "We've already got our deal. It's too late." We invested...John: Mike Moritz, who we interviewed, was one of the first in their...Will: Sequoia, I guess, was in there. Then we did Excite. Then when Excite got started, one of the first things Vinod asked me to do was...John: Tell me why the idea of Excite was in your mind?Will: It was a search engine. In the beginning Yahoo was considered to be a Dewey Decimal catalog...John: It was a list.Will: ...of the Internet.John: Giant list.Will: Excite was more of an algorithmically driven site. Now...John: Excite was just Google that didn't quite get there?Will: Well, one of the mistakes that I think we made at Excite, and the people that were there might take great exception to this theory...This is my story, my interview. I think one of the things that we thought of was that Yahoo was an intermediate editor. A curatorial layer that would parse the Internet into a gigantic Dewey Decimal course catalog. Excite was much more algorithmic. Then some of us had the idea of, "Well, we could make money if we charge people to be listed higher in Excite." I remember thinking, "Wow, this could be the equivalent of "The New York Times" saying you can get a better review for your movie if you're an advertiser than if you're not." That would then not be a movie review. It would be a paid listing.This did help catapult Excite to catch up with Yahoo from a business proposition, but it polluted it. I remember first meeting Larry and Sergey. They had a violent opposition to this idea, that the algorithm ought to truly present what you are searching for and not what someone had paid for you to see.John: What happened there?Will: Well, Google did well, [laughs] and Excite merged with @Home.John: They changed their model along the way, Google, I'd say, right?Will: It took a very long time for Google to have that right hand column that is the paid listing, the Yellow Pages listing, as opposed to the pure algorithmic listing. In a way, their resistance...I remember going to a meeting and saying, "Well, the Yellow Pages charges you more for 18 point type than for 14 point type. Why don't you guys consider those kinds of models?" They looked at me like some heathen, some old media fossil with yet another bastardized idea to pollute the purity of the...John: So the purity paid off?Will: So the purity paid off.John: Excite merges with @Home and...Will: Yes, that was an era when everybody thought, "I'd love to be AOL." If you could merge distribution and content together, you could win. @Home, which had distribution on the backs of the cable companies, and Excite, which still had this great second place but almost first place, they were the Avis to Yahoo's herds. You'd have content and distribution together. AOL has decided not to go into distribution. They'd give away free discs. They'd ride on top of this open distribution of dial up. Then we might sneak ahead of them.John: Then around '98 I guess Google forms, right? Did you invest in Google?Will: We did. Kleiner Perkins invested in Google. John Doerr was the lead partner there. I met with Larry and Sergey several times. They had very strong ideas about what they were doing. They had actually very deep technological ideas about how to do the algorithm. I mean they had really very clever ideas about how to do that.John: Well, and it paid off?Will: Well, it meant that you could type in the most random query to Google and very quickly get a reference to a web page. One of the geniuses of the early days of Google, and maybe those guys would disagree, was that they didn't host any websites. When video came to the Internet it became a bit of a problem because Google had to host video for them to be able to search video, but they didn't have to host any websites to find websites. You just got a pointer. Google had the most outbound pointers of anybody on the Internet and they had the most traffic. Whereas, Pathfinder, when I first talked to Paul and Walter, was like, "We're not going to have any outbound links." Everything on Pathfinder would point to something else on Pathfinder.Some of us were thinking is that really the right model or is that the old media model where you don't want to send traffic to your competitors? Whereas, Google sends all of their traffic to their competitors, every bit of their traffic.John: They completely reversed the idea of... [crosstalk]Will: They turned it upside down. The more outbound links you have, the more people go to you first. That was very clever.John: Just to finish two points here. As I expected, you've touched on this subject so many different ways.Will: [laughs]John: The best way to tell is just to tell your story. You were talking to Pathfinder about what?Will: We went to talk to Pathfinder because when we started @Home we thought what are the most important websites and who could we partner with? How could we aggregate not only the traffic but the major website locations?John: This would have been a partnership?Will: Of course, Time Warner, which owned all the Time Warner Cable systems, also owned Pathfinder. Their view was if we're going to be part of this At Home coalition of broadband, then our Pathfinder, our jewel in the crown, website should be one of the most important destinations. There was a big fascination. John Malone had this fascination and many other people did, which is what's the front page of the Internet? How do I get to be on the front page of the Internet?John: It's almost like who owns the Internet? Walter said, people kept asking him...Will: Yes. It was very much a, what would you call it? A grocery store model. Which magazines are at the checkout station? What's the front page of the Internet? How do I get my content on the front page?John: My contention is that that was all influenced by AOL and the early dominance of AOL. Everybody learned to think about this thing.Will: Right. If you weren't on the front page of AOL you were down in the basem*nt of the Internet.John: Yes. Everybody learned to think about it that way and then they replicated it until, as you say, Google came along and turned the whole thing...Will: I remember Ted Leonsis coming into a meeting with one of the Kleiner Perkins company and saying, "Your financing is our revenue. That's our model."John: [laughs] Explain.Will: What he meant was the money that you got from your investors to launch your web property, you needed to devote that money to AOL so that we can give you the traffic to reward your investors. Your investors' money is our revenue. We own your capital. If you don't pay us, you're nothing. It was a Don Corleone kind of proposition.John: We not only have a great interview with Ted, but more people recalling things that Ted said to them during these...Will: [laughs] Ted is a very colorful person of that era. He probably has some memorable quotes.John: Oh, he does.Will: Some of which he might even regret.John: @Home, it was different from Excite, right?Will: Yes, started completely separately.John: @Home was a cable television?Will: At Home was broadband Internet content. @Home's core view was we don't know what people are going to want to do with their Internet. We are not devoted to front page control of your portal.John: You were invested in this?Will: We were broadband.John: You were invested in this?Will: I was, and I was the CEO of @Home for a while.John: It was a broadband distribution?Will: It was a high speed Internet. It was an attempt to go around the side of dial up AOL with a completely different speed experience that would permit broadband, video, rich media, all this kind of stuff.John: You sold it through cable?Will: The cable companies were both the infrastructure partners and the owner partners. We had this scheme of letting them own part of it and we would ride on their infrastructure.John: You were the media end of it?Will: We were the rented entrepreneurs to go make this thing happened because we understood technology and that didn't.John: That was you and...?Will: Milo Medin, John Doerr and a bunch of people that believed that the Internet was a better model than, what were they called?John: They were called wall gardens?Will: Yes, they were wall gardens.John: Proprietary?Will: The notion was they were all trying to drive traffic to themselves. Our thought was, "We don't really care where the traffic goes. We're sort of a Switzerland."John: What happens to it?Will: @Home worked very well, the technology worked very well and then the cable companies thought, "Why did we need all these entrepreneurs and venture capital people? Without our infrastructure this thing wouldn't exist." When it came time to renew all those structures, Tom Jermoluk became the president. He then did the Excite thing to create this AOL clone of content plus distribution, but he didn't really own the distribution. The technology really didn't own the distribution. The cable companies owned the distribution so they wanted to own the whole damn thing.[crosstalk]John: ...that's when Road Runner...Will: I tell people today, @Home is now called Comcast.John: [laughs]Will: Who has gone out, meanwhile, and bought content by buying NBC Universal. This movie just keeps rolling around again.John: Right. Time Warner gets rid of its distribution.Will: Time Warner got rid of it which I'm not sure that's the greatest decision of Time Warner's, but, on the other hand, it probably made money from the stock market dimension of the proposition because you could get a pure play. In fact, I wouldn't be surprised if Comcast in 10 years broke itself up into the NBC and the distribution.John: I try not to do this on these things, but every now and then, we lapse into our own editorial points... [crosstalk]Will: [laughs]John: You could argue the point that Comcast bought NBC for the same reason that Time Warner disposed of the cable system.Will: Well, I would say, couldn't you argue that Comcast bought NBC for the same reason Time Warner bought AOL, in the belief that if you put everything under one roof, you'd be stronger?John: Yes, or maybe lack of belief in the long term future of the proprietary distribution model? Will: Of the pure distribution. Meanwhile, Time Warner bought AOL to get into the all vertical integration. Then disgorged the cable company which was the jewel in the crown of Time Warner with respect to the Internet.John: Now, we're getting into painful history.Will: [laughs]John: Let's get back to Hearst. All this time, you're in Kleiner Perkins, but now you are in the media business?Will: I was publisher from '84 to '94, and then at Kleiner Perkins from '94 onwards until the mid 2000's.John: Now, you're the chairman of the Hearst Corporation?Will: Let's see. How did that work?John: You were always on the board?Will: I was on the board since infancy. I was on the board at a very young age when people really shouldn't be on boards, but it was a family business.John: Your name was on the door?Will: [laughs] Well, my grandfather's name. When I went to work for Jann Wenner, John Miller, who was then the president of the Hearst company, said, "You can't be on the board of one media company and working for another media company." He said, "You've got to get off the board of the Hearst company." When I went back to work for Hearst, when Jim Bells was there, I was admitted back to the board. Then when I went to work for Kleiner Perkins, the conclusion of the Hearst board was, "Venture capital has no conflict with media so, therefore, you can stay on the board."John: Oh. Then you're back and now you're...Will: [laughs] Whereas, in fact, you could argue that Jann Wenner was a smaller conflict to the Hearst company. Be that as it may.John: Was no threat at all. This gets to one of the big questions we talked about.Will: My point is, I was on the board of the Hearst company all the time I was at Kleiner Perkins, and I would go to the Hearst board meetings. I think John Doerr, to give him credit, thought this is a good thing. John was always a believer that, within reason, no conflict, no interest, or that how could I have a conflict? I'm on both sides of the deal. With all due respect for the irony, John's view was if you have good insight into this business and this business is useful, its insights are useful to the venture capital business, and we are partners. I don't see that as a conflict, I see that as an advantage.John: This actually puts you at the fulcrum of one of the big questions that we've asked everyone. You've already talked about the paid versus free. Everybody seems to agree that you had to give it away to get to the scale and then it turns on you.Will: I think, I have a reasonably good record of not being attracted to the scale equation on behalf of the traditional newspaper companies. I have more of a Hearstean view and a Michael Porter view that businesses are not measured by scale, they're measured by profits. If you're giving away the thing that is valuable and it is, therefore, profitless, you can't possibly be doing good business.John: It's like we'll make up for the lack of profit by increasing the volume?Will: Exactly. It's like a joke.John: Was that an original sin?Will: I think that was an error. I'll phrase it as a newspaper story when newspapers were not really clear about what their business was and what their future was going to be. I tell people today, I give a talk and I said, "Listen, suppose I were to offer to you, as a business proposition, I'm going to give you a brochure and here's the proposition. It is the most profitable saddle and tack shop in the state of Vermont. It's extremely well run. It is dominant over all of its competitors. It's been profitable every year for the last 20. What would you pay me for it?" A lot of people would say [laughs] , "That sounds fascinating, but I have no interest in horseback or riding. It doesn't move the needle. I'm not interested in it. I get it, it's a good business, I just don't want it." I think this is something the newspaper industry has had a very difficult time dealing with. What has changed in the media equation is the mass media equation. Newspapers in 2013 are not mass media anymore."The Economist" can survive. "The New York Times" can survive. Newsletters can survive, even have circulation revenue. The idea that the mass market is a newspaper market or even a publishing market, I think, is in great danger. If you're very happy to be in this business because you love horses, or you love newspapers, or you love journalism or you love reporting, there's no reason why you should be particularly upset any more than the poetry department is in danger of going out of business at Harvard University. It's just not the mainframe anymore.John: Hearst has some interest, now, in the whole local and hyperlocal market. Can you talk about that for just a minute? That fits in with what you just said, right?Will: I think you can be successful as a journalist. I think you can be successful in print. I think you can be successful in online journalism, but you may not have the scale that a Google has or that other businesses have. That world, there is like a cultural shift.John: That's not available to you?Will: I just think there is a cultural shift. I can't tell you that it's good or bad. Frankly, I think it's more bad than good that people have substituted. I think the great invention of Roger Ailes was that opinion and theater outsell news gathering. If you look at the media landscape today, we can go back and double check because I have some exceptions I would be willing to point out. We're not in a news business anymore. We're in an opinion and theater business. If you look at MSNBC, Fox, blogs and a lot of what passes for news, it's not really news in the sense that you have professional news gatherers who are fired if they spell your name wrong, if they report the crowd as 10,000 when it's really 1,000 or 100. That business has become an antique antiquarian business.John: Your instinct is that that's a bad thing?Will: My instinct is that's a bad thing. Could be because I believe in a slightly...I'm hesitant to give this talk. The reception I get is like John McCain coming to the Google conference. It's like, "See if he needs help getting into his chair." I do think there are people who agree with me, but it is becoming [laughs] a kind of revengist movement of a small group of people. We're old. My kids are not old and they just don't share the view that a lot is being lost. I think something is being lost. I think if you cover Nairobi from London it's not the same as covering Nairobi from Nairobi or covering Israel from London..John: Anything from your basem*nt?Will: Exactly. It just isn't the same. If it seems the same, fine, but you're not getting the same product.John: Let me go back to the question that came up when we were talking about your role at Kleiner Perkins. If you look at this whole history over the last 20 years or so you see repeatedly that the people who develop the platforms, the engineers, the algorithmic, these are the businesses where all the value has been created. You have a lot of people, Eric Schmidt for one of them, said to us one of the big failings of the publishing industry was that it never really valued the engineer.Will: I agree with Eric on that.John: Negroponte said the same thing.Will: I agree thoroughly. There was a long stretch of time when some of us were telling the traditional media companies look back on your own recent history. There was a time when the people that were in the art department were not considered very valuable. Then when Al Neuharth and "USA Today" came in, all of a sudden, the guy from the art department that did the charts and the graphs got to sit in at the news meeting. Those people were taken seriously as part of the senior council, but you've never brought the engineers into that meeting. They were always replaceable, hireable, outsourceable, unimportant people. The modern media value proposition is being made out of technology and so the people that do that aren't even in the meeting. They don't even get to vote. That was a big thing.This is an old story of the history of business where different skills and people that possess different skills are not part of the decision making team, and then gradually, their contribution is lost to the enterprise. This is something that happened. This is what has happened in the media business. It's partly a story not of technology, it's a story of human beings.I used to tell my friends at the Hearst company the person who runs "The Examiner" now, "The Chronicle" in San Francisco, shouldn't be a newspaper publisher, it should be a P and L executive. It should be somebody that says, "This part of our business is growing, we're pushing capital into it. This part of our business is not growing, we're pulling capital out of it."Jack Welsh understood that you could be in a variety of businesses all at the same time and some of them were getting the grace of capital investment and some of them were being harvested. You had to be horribly neutral about that to be the great CEO of General Electric. That's what we needed in San Francisco. We needed somebody who could comfortably extract capital from one side of the business and deploy investment capital in another part.I agree with Nick and with Eric. You needed to celebrate engineering as a creative craft, as a journalistic, creative profession like photography, like illustration, like editing. These skills don't grow on trees.John: In addition to that other side, just the classic innovator's dilemma that the legacy media business just had too much profit at stake... [crosstalk]Will: Yes. That's always a problem. The negative arbitrage of advertising is, probably, what the story of the media business' adjustment will be all about. In other words, you couldn't get the digital dollar for the analogue. The digital dime for the analogue dollar was a bad trade and we did not adjust to that quickly enough.John: When you sit here now, here you are, you're chairman of the Hearst Corp and you're still an investor. Go through newspapers. Where do they go from here?Will: I think newspapers have to change their scale. They still have a very important social function. The skill set that comes out of real reporting...I have this fantasy of creating a media enterprise called the Anti Government Report because my lifetime in journalism has convinced me that there is a certain corruption of power and absolute power. There needs to be a kind of fantastically anti establishment media of some kind. I don't think the Internet is doing it. I don't think print is doing it or television is doing it.John: "Mother Jones" has hit a few nails on the head.Will: I've written checks to "The Nation," not because I share their politics, but because I share their desire to discomfort the comfortable. I keep telling Katrina when the Democrats are in power you have to attack the Democrats, when Republicans are in power you have to attack them. I'm not paying to attack the Republicans, I'm paying to attack the corridors of power that so quickly calcify. That lesson, I think, endures.John: Newspapers will stay in print?Will: I remember talking to Paul Kagan years ago. I interviewed him and I said, "Paul, who's going to win, the telephone companies or the cable companies?" His answer to me was, "Wrong question. Media forms do not really go out of business very often. If they did, when television came in, which is radio plus photography, radio should have disappeared. Media businesses stop growing and new media forms become the rapidly growing form, but they don't really go out of business. Radio became car radio and talk radio." If I have to put a bet down tonight, my bet would be there will be print on paper publishing in 20, 30 years. But it will be more like "The Economist." It will be more of a...John: Smaller scale?Man: ...elite, but maybe highly skilled sort of business. One of the things that I notice is that there is a terrific quality and excellence in what I call non fiction writing, like people who write books. Non fiction book writing is in a renaissance. Between what McCullough has done and the guy that did "Jefferson"...John: Meacham.Will: Meacham has done, what Scott Berg has done, and what John McPhee is doing.John: And Walter?Will: Yeah, and Walter's book on Jobs is a wonderful example of traditional journalism digging, getting multiple points of view, taking a detached journalistic attitude toward your subject. This is really great stuff. It's not extinct, but it's a bit of a niche. It's not on the front page of Google. It's a refined taste.John: So, magazines. You're a big magazine publisher?Will: I like magazines, and international publishing is very different than domestic publishing. There are parts of the world that have not had the Internet penetration and where the existence of a liberal, free media in the sense of free to comment media is still quite exciting. Larry Kramer convinced me, in a conversation I had with him, that business publishing in China was a kind of 1849 Gold Rush of economic opportunity because of the view that business in China is not really political. It's business, so there's a much wider permission for people to be entrepreneurial in business than they would have been if they were doing "The Nation" in China.John: We had a hard time getting "Time" into China and not as hard a time getting "Fortune" into China?Will: [laughs] Yeah, and you could do a rehash of "Business 2.0," one of these slightly hacky Internet business journals, in China. You'd probably be welcomed onto the dais. I think international publishing is different. Print on paper will last for a very long time.John: And what is the digital future of all these media...Will: Digital is a very good distribution medium. What concerns me, what worries me is whether or not the sort of craft skills of journalism are not valued very highly in the mass market of digital media. In the Twitter verse, immediacy matters a lot and crowd sourcing matters a lot, but there's really very little depth and journalism in those spaces. It's just propelled in a different direction.I remember talking to Jeff Yang who was a very good venture capitalist. We were talking about, this is a long winded story, bear with me, about companies like Cisco that made routers and other companies that made network management software that interfaced with these routers.I remember saying to Jeff, "This network management software is really where the smarts are, and therefore, that's where the money should be."Jeff said, "Well, you have to understand there's a difference between value and difficulty, and perceived value. And people won't pay for something they feel should be automatic. There's money in Cisco, but there's not much money in network management software, even though that may be more difficult and complex."It made me aware that there are moments in business where value is not perceived to be in a place and you can't make a lot of money doing that. In some other place, value is [inaudible 54:52] .Right now, there's value in the phone companies. I think Verizon is an interesting player because people feel there's a bit of a gatekeeping power there, much like the old AOL.It's uncertain whether these new Internet startup companies that offer something...Twitter is still trying to find what its business model is. There are companies that have fabulous traffic but don't have a lot of revenue.My partner [inaudible 55:21] used to say, "If you give me enough traffic, I'll go make revenue. Just give me gobs of traffic and I'll make revenue." That has been kind of the de facto model that caused trouble for the newspapers.John: There are a couple of big ones out there now that would fall into that category, right? Big ones.Will: I think it's an interesting theory, but it doesn't seem to be a slam dunk. It's not a theory that a Warren Buffett would immediately cleave to, "Show me enough traffic." The more traditional Michael Porter view is "I'm not really interested in traffic. I'm interested in where is the profit moment? Where do you make something that you can charge more than it costs you to make it? Where is that?"John: Which a Google can show you.Will: It took a while for Google to get there. Their initial business was gobs of traffic and not a lot of revenue.John: Right. Some of their followers are further down that chain, right?Will: Everybody feels that [inaudible 56:20] is right. "If you give me enough traffic, I'll go find the revenue."John: That's still what drives the valuation?Will: It drives the stock market valuation. I'm not sure it drives...What does Warren Buffet say? "In the short run, the market is a voting machine. In the long run, it's a weighing machine." [laughs] I was chewing on a lot of stuff about the French Revolution. Too soon to tell. For some of these businesses, it just isn't clear yet what is enduring and what is fascinating and worth some media attention, but not necessarily a great investment. There's always a difference between a great company and a great investment.John: You seem to me like you're very intellectually engaged in the media business and pretty happy to be in it. Pretty enthusiastic. Am I reading that wrong?Will: No, I remember when I was publisher, I had a moment where I thought to myself, "We put these things out in news racks. What would happen if, on a particular Thursday, nobody needed to read the newspaper?" I understand why people need food, air, water, razor blades, tooth paste. I understand why they need to have those things. Why do they need to have a newspaper. I thought to myself, "There's really no reason." Then I had a second thought, "Actually, they do. There's something about the upper primates that requires them to find out what the hell is going on. What are other people doing?"It really is very close to a need. That's the part of the media business that I really like. There is this need to find out, "What are smart people doing? How is that guy making money? What's going on over there? How could I make my life better? How could I make my wife happier?" There is this equation of knowledge, seeking knowledge that is almost the same as the need for food, toothpaste and razor blades."That's the part of the media business I like. then there's this intellectual puzzle of, where does the value collect? Is it in traffic? Is it in journalism? Is it in devices? It's amazing to me that people will pay a different amount of money for music on a CD than they will pay for the music as bits. It's amazing to me that people will pay for a print advertisem*nt differently than they will pay for 10 times the traffic.I don't think people are fools. I don't think of it as like, "They're nuts." It's an anthropology problem. I think of it as a problem. "Will, try to figure out why they will do that." Because they obviously are doing it....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (2)

Arianna Huffington

BIO: YES: Arianna Huffington (formerly Stassinopoulos; born ...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: Could you just begin by telling us when the light came on and when you realized that the Internet was going to change you and your life? Also, when it was going to change. When you decided to turn it into, I guess you would call it journalism, and then when you realized it was going to change journalism.Arianna Huffington: I've always been a writer. Ever since I left college and before, I wrote my first book at 23. My whole life was revolved around writing, books, articles. I never worked for a newspaper, but I always wrote for newspapers, for magazines, in England where I started my writing and journalistic career. That was in the '70s. I came down from....John: What kind of things would you write? For what newspapers?Arianna: I would be writing about politics, culture, everything from the London Times to Punch, and always writing books at the same time. Again, my books ranged from big cultural issues, like the changing role of women to biographies of Maria Callas and Pablo Picasso, too, to books on politics, including my latest, "Third World America." All these years, I continue to write, speak, and communicate. As soon as I began to see what was happening online, which was really in the mid '90s...John: What first got your attention online? Do you remember?Arianna: I don't remember the first thing that got my attention. But what fascinated me was the engagement, the fact that writers who are no longer just writing and leaving the scene, but staying there to engage with the readers, and that the readers had a voice. Whether it was in chat rooms or forums or the early versions of what was happening online, something new was happening.John: Where were you at the time and doing what?Arianna: At the time, I had just moved from Washington to Los Angeles after my divorce, I had moved with my two daughters. That was 1997. I had this syndicated column which started in '96. I created a website, my own website, called "Arianna Online," and engaged with my readers. My columns would go up, they would comment, I would comment back.John: Were you thinking about it entrepreneurially at the time?Arianna: No. I was just thinking of it as an extension of my journalism. I was writing two columns a week, and I wanted to begin to communicate with my readers. Not just read it in the newspaper. In the LA Times, or any of the other papers where my column was syndicated.John: You liked the fact that it talked back?Arianna: Yes. I liked the fact that it talked back, exactly. Also, I began to see how many of the people that I admired, were not going to do that. They were not going to go online.John: Like?Arianna: Like Arthur Schlesinger, I remember talking to him and thinking, "Here's a great historian. A lot is happening right now, that I'd love to know what he's thinking in real time." It's not going to happen, because he's writing a book, which turned out to be his last book, and he's not going to start a blog, or go online. It's not just a different generation, a different mindset, a different sensibility. I remember, in fact, when we decided to launch the Huffington Post, the first person I invited to blog was Arthur. I remember calling him, and asking him, and he said, "What's a blog?" I tried to explain, and he said, "Let me take you to lunch, and you can tell me about it."I remember we went to lunch at the Century Club, which was very ironic, that Arthur, Alexandra, and I at the Century Club. We were probably the youngest people there. [laughs] He's now dead, and I'm no spring chicken, and I explained to him. He talked really guarded, and he said to me, "I barely use a computer." He said, "But I can fax you my blogs."[laughter]Paul Sagan: Perfect.Arianna: That's what happened. I remember when I told that story somewhere, and some blog in Silicon Valley said, "If it's not on MT [Moveable Type], it's not a blog." I said, "No. If it's sent by carrier pigeon, it's a blog." A blog is somebody's thoughts in real time, in a conversational way, and that's exactly what he did.John: He would send it to you, and you would type it in, or have somebody type it in?Arianna: Yeah.John: Then you would...Arianna: Post it.John: That's funny.Arianna: I remember his first one. When George Bush, who was then President, gave a speech that referenced the Yalta Agreement, and Arthur had been heavily involved in it, so my fax machine, I was in LA at the time still, the fax machine was near my desk, and I picked up Arthur's blog challenging Bush's interpretation of the Yalta Agreement. He loved it, because it took him like 15 minutes to put it down. It was like a little interruption from his real work, which was his book.The same thing happened with Norman Mailer, and people like that whom I reached out to, to bring into the online conversation.John: You started collecting big thinkers that you admired, and luring them into your orbit of the blogosphere?Arianna: Of the online conversation. That was one of my motivations behind launching the Huffington Post, was the conversation that was moving online. Some of the most important voices of our time, were not going to be going online, unless it was made real easy for them.John: Your vision was more like a salon?Arianna: It was more like impacting the conversation that was happening nationally.John: You're going along, and you have your blog, and you have these participants.Arianna: No, no. Arthur, and Norman, they were not participants on my blog. They were participants in the Huffington Post.John: This is after you started?Arianna: Yes. That was after we started.John: When did you start the Huffington Post?Arianna: '05, May, '05. Everything I'm saying, my outreach to important and interesting voices, was not for my blog.Paul: You had, adjusting the time sequence, more than 5 years then, almost 10 years of your own blogging?Arianna: I would say, five, or six years...It was not called blogging as much at the time, but it really was, yes.Paul: A website.Arianna: It was a website with a forum and a chat room. Campaigns, I remember when Harry Shearer and I started a campaign called Partnership for a "Poll Free America." We thought polling was taking over the political discourse.John: How'd that work out?Arianna: It was actually great. We did, we had...John: In terms of doing away with polls?Arianna: We totally failed in that. But it was a great response from the public. Actually, one part that succeeded, not because of us, because of technology, was we had asked people to hang up on pollsters. We thought that the one thing, we could not dry up the demand for polls, but we could dry up the supply of polling information.John: There's the disruptor. Now, you're disrupting.Arianna: Yeah, but I was invited to speak at a polling conference.John: Before you started Huffington Post, which was in '05, you had what kind of audience, size wise? Not for your books, but online. As an individual, what kind of audience were you dealing with?Arianna: I absolutely had no metrics, that's another thing that changed.John: Was it substantial, or was it just a...?Arianna: I wouldn't say it was substantial, no. It was...John: Mostly people you knew, or...?Arianna: No, it was people who read my column, because at the bottom of my column would be the website. I had asked my...Paul: See it on print...Arianna: Yes, exactly. Or I would be on television.... [Interruption.]John: ... Because the story of "The Huffington Post" founding has been told a lot and pretty well told. But let's back up anyway. You're going along and blog technology is on the scene now. Are you looking at other bloggers before you launched the post? Just tell us how this happened.Arianna: How it happened is that I was introduced by Tom Freston to Kenny Lerer, who was also very interested in what was happening online from the point of view of changing minds, affecting the national conversation. He was doing at the time in terms of gun control. He had setup an online movement around gun control.We met, and started talking about doing something online together that would combine where we thought the media was going and our own interests. That's why what we decided we wanted to combine was my interest in having a collective blog, a big collective blog with both well known voices and new voices.Anybody who had something interesting to say or really wanted to mix it up. Also news aggregation. Basically, bringing what we considered the best of the web to our readers.John: Where were you in the process of aggregating? Were you borrowing out idea from elsewhere, or was this...Who else was aggregating at the time?Arianna: Drudge was pure aggregation, and others.John: That's right.Arianna: Drudge didn't have the blog.John: He just aggregated.Arianna: Drudge was like the first major aggregation pioneer. We combined aggregation...John: This is Drudge plus?Arianna: It was aggregation. It was Drudge plus three other elements. The collective blog, the community, because from the beginning, we made it very easy for people to comment. But the comments were pre moderated. It was again an innovation. We wanted to eliminate as much as possible the worst aspects of the Internet.John: You were setting out at this point, now you're saying...You have Kenny Lerer, and Betsy Morgan...Arianna: No, Betsy was not involved at the time.John: When did Jonah Peretti and Betsy Morgan and those people come... [crosstalk]Arianna: Kenny and I founded the company, which raised a million dollars. It was not just like a two million dollar investment. Kenny brought Jonah to work on the technology, and I brought Roy Sekoff to work with me on the editorial. Also, we brought in Andrew Breitbart, who was working with Drudge, to work with us on the aggregation, and Colin Sterling who worked with me at the time to be the first blog editor. That was the original team. Betsy didn't come until I think three years later.John: That's when it had become a bigger business.Arianna: Yes, exactly.John: I know you don't have a voice, but...Paul: It would be helpful I think to talk about how the content evolved and the audience evolved and grew, and then where the business model came from. Or if you started thinking you knew the business model, and either it worked or it changed.Arianna: Just one more thing, the fourth element was original reporting. Which we knew we wanted to make...It was part of the template. But at the beginning we didn't have the money yet, so we started with our first paid writer was Harry Shearer, who was doing a great column called "Eat the Press," which was really on the media. We knew a few things from the beginning. One was that The Huffington Post was always going to be free. There was never going to be a subscription model. Therefore, it had to be advertising sustained. But the first year, we didn't even try to sell advertising because we didn't have the scale.As soon as we had the scale, then we started selling advertising and doing a lot of innovations around advertising. Again, always keeping the Chinese Wall between content and advertising, but we had sponsor generated blogs clearly marked as sponsor generated blogs.Then the more interesting innovation that we've actually taken to the next level here was content platforms for brands around their causes. Like Johnson & Johnson sponsoring an entire section on their cause, which is global maternal health.You go to The Huffington Post because it's been renewed now and it says, "Global Motherhood, Sponsored by Johnson & Johnson." This was a way to monetize what we're doing at a higher level.John: Once you start monetizing it and a good percentage of HuffPo in the early days and even today is built around aggregation of other people's content, and you've become very controversial at this point. Because you're making money off their content and issues of fair use and all that [inaudible 06:40] .Arianna: Only by people who didn't understand the model.John: Defend the model. Let's say I'm the New York Times and I write a story, and you run a large chunk of it...Arianna: We never did. That's the point.John: Which is either you linked out to it...Arianna: Yes, I think that the whole essence of this model is fair use. Our editors get not just the big training on fair use when they start if they're on the aggregation side of the business, and regular refreshers. But the key is fair use, and in fact we get hundreds of requests every day from the New York Times, from the Washington Post, from NPR, to link to what they're doing because it drives traffic to them.John: No, I know. We always needed to be linked, but tell me about that period. Because it got pretty hostile during that period.Arianna: I think the hostility had a lot to do with blogs, too. You may remember a lot of well known journalists making fun of blogs as something that the great unwashed did in their parent's basem*nts. I think their hostility was about not understanding where the world was going. It was a much deeper one that just about aggregation. If you go back now and read Bill Keller on blogs, it's kind of embarrassing, given that now, you have advertising for the New York Times that assure their readers that the people they like will also be blogging for them. Not just writing columns or reported pieces, but that's where the world was at the time.Paul: We saw Andrew Sullivan yesterday, he [...] confirmed that [he] blogged in the basem*nt in his boxers. [laughter]John: He said that's the only consistent thing.Paul: But it does imply that you stood on other shoulders, or blogging did, right? What the aggregation piece did. The old "you had to be there" for something to be aggregated. So you built on top...Arianna: Absolutely. I always made the point that I wanted The Huffington Post to be the best of the old and the best of the new. It was never rejecting great journalism.Paul: Talk about how you went from one paid writer or new content to building a new staff and how you think about that. Did the lines cross yet, and there's new than aggregation. Where do you think that path goes?Arianna: The line has definitely crossed. We now have 1,500 stories, tens of thousands of bloggers and we are at the moment in six countries, and will be in Japan, Brazil, and Germany also before the year is out.John: How many verticals?Arianna: 70 verticals. Now basically one of the changes for us was we went from one section, which was politics, news, but also culture, entertainment. We always mixed high brow and low brow. Now, we went to 70 to 80 sections, in that range, from weddings, divorce, all the lifestyle sections to culture and the arts, to black voices, Latino voices, et cetera. Basically covering everything that our readers might be interested in.But also having a very specific editorial stance. All our lifestyle sections have been brought together under the theme of less stress, more living. We are prioritizing.John: How would you describe your personal political beliefs, philosophies, in writing vis à vis the persona of The Huffington Post?Arianna: Actually, absolutely aligned. The persona of The Huffington Post is very clearly beyond left and right, is how we call it. We're not cheerleading for either party. We have been very critical of Obama for example, on drones, on Afghanistan, and not prioritizing job creation. We always look for where there are strange bedfellows, because they make our point which is that all the big issues of our time are not easily divisible into left or right.This is just a lazy...John: You actively personally oversee, direct most of the political coverage, or the tenor of the political coverage? Is that Arianna Huffington?Arianna: Yes, but I'm very aligned with our editors. There's no...John: You hired them.Arianna: Yeah, exactly. I hired them. I work with them all the time. It's not like there's any conflict.John: As Roger Ailes is to "Fox News," you are to HuffPo?Arianna: No, because I revere facts.John: That's an argument for another day, but I'm just saying this is your personal philosophy and political stance, as that thing. You confirmed that. So HuffPo...Paul: Could I ask a question?John: Go ahead.Paul: As you described it as wide and broad... [i]t sounds like you're describing a network, a content network, which a lot of people tried before blogging. Major media companies tried it online, it didn't work very well. Arguably even the portals tried it and only search worked to create both an audience loyalty and a business model. What's different about adding aggregation and blogging that seems to work? Because it seems to work differently and successfully in this model where it didn't for the first 10 or 15 years before that.Arianna: I think what worked for us is being a pure player, being only online and...Paul: Did that free you from other obligations, or did it force you to just innovate?Arianna: I think it, A, forced us to innovate constantly. We never said, "This is The Huffington Post, that's it. We'll put a bow around it and maintain it." Including today, we're always about what's the next thing we're going to be innovating on. That's why we launched "HuffPost Live," which is disrupting television which see everywhere.John: Where is that?Arianna: Downstairs, we'll take you.John: We were wondering, is that web only? Where does that air?Arianna: It's at the moment web only, but we're about to announce a cable deal. Also, it works both 12 hours a day live, but also we take the best of what we saw every day and we put it as video pieces. Short video pieces all the around the site. To your question, I think being only online meant both had to be constantly innovating, but also that we prioritized engagement. So our relationship with our readers was always at the center of what we were doing, it was not an afterthought.Even for David Wood's 10 part series on returning vets which won the Pulitzer, at the end of each of David's stories was a call for more stories from the readers. Which were then integrated in the next story and videos from the readers.That was always a big part of everything we did. Whether it was politics or how do you parent, or how do you get married with less stress. It was all integrated.Paul: Do you think the audience engagement rather than aggregation was the key difference that worked, that helped it take off?Arianna: Definitely, I think audience engagement. Also the fact that we stayed on stories. We realized that one of the things that was different about the web was that traditional media would often break an important story on the front page, or the cover of Time, and then abandon it there and move onto another story.We stayed on stories. Like our opposition to the war in Iraq. That was an obsession. We stayed on it, we developed it, we found new ways. Both new facts and new interesting views, etc. The same with Afghanistan or job creation.Then another part I think that has really helped is that we also believe it is the role of the media not just to put the spotlight on what is dysfunctional, but to put the spotlight on what is working.John: You mentioned the Pulitzer. Beyond the obvious significance of that, in that you win the highest award in journalism for your efforts, which by the way magazines are not eligible for. But somehow The Huffington Post is, which is a sticking point with some magazine editors.Arianna: I know. It should be changed.John: Yeah, well, that argument has been made and not heard. Talk about what that meant to you personally and to your staff? What does that say about what the mainstream traditional journalism community has decided about the state of blogging. It seems like a watershed event to me. Was it to you?Arianna: Yeah, it definitely was. Yes. It was a great moment. We celebrated it here in the newsroom. It was a great moment because we had invested a lot both financially and emotionally in original journalism, in long investigative series. We never saw any contradiction between doing that and also aggregating, and being a blogging platform. These are sort of three different pillars that...It will stop, don't worry.That made The Huffington Post plus engagement, which is over everything. It was a great basically testament to the fact that our original vision had reached a certain maturity and was validated.John: If nothing else, it's a good short answer to, "Are we journalists?" We won the Pulitzer Prize. Talk about AOL. AOL obviously saw a lot of value in your business, they gave you a lot of money. [interruption]John: AOL obviously saw a lot of value in your business, and in you. They not only paid you a lot of money for the business, they brought you in to run a big part of their content business. How did that change you and Huffington Post, and AOL, and how do the two brands coexist now? AOL is a pretty [big] brand in its own self, as are you. Just talk about that.Arianna: The great thing for the Huffington Post was that we actually finally had the resources to grow in multiple areas that I wanted us to grow in at the same time, instead of sequentially. Which is how we were growing at the beginning as we're making more money, we will be able to invest in more journalists or more video or in expanding abroad. With AOL being a great parent company that basically within a few months, it was clear that the best model was for us to be left alone to run The Huffington Post.Meet our objectives, stay within our budget, and then AOL would invest in the areas that we would decide were the biggest growth areas. They invested in HuffPost Live, which was a....John: In what? I'm sorry.Arianna: HuffPost Live, you know...John: OK.Arianna: Video TV series. They invested in growing internationally, so within the first two years we were in six countries. They invested in original journalism. We were able to...John: That brings us to a really important question that we ask everyone, is the question of is there a viable model at scale for profitable news? We know it's profitable to start The Huffington Post and grow it and sell it. Is it long term scaleably profitable as a business?Arianna: Yes, absolutely.John: Shed some light on that. Are you profitable now on an operating basis?Arianna: Right now, we are not segmented in terms of P&L.John: But are you in an investment mode or a profitable mode?Arianna: I think we are in investment mode in some areas like HuffPost Live, like international, and in profit mode in other areas. I think it's both which is exactly how we can continue to innovate and grow in areas that we think are going to be even more important in the future. But I absolutely believe, and the facts are here, that advertising is moving more and more online. Especially as we're getting clear metrics of what's working and what's not working. Especially as advertisers want to engage more and more with their readers and social is becoming more important.John: But the value of digital advertising is declining. It's true that advertising dollars are growing digitally, but it's also true that Google now has almost half the dollar value of advertising. And your business is built entirely on digital advertising.Arianna: Right, although we definitely do the banner ads and the CPM measured advertising, the most profitable part of our advertising are sponsored content platforms. I mentioned...John: Johnson & Johnson.Arianna: Johnson & Johnson, we have a section with TED, in partnership with TED, where we do "TED We Can." We take the most interesting TED speeches and we go deeper over it sponsored by Chevy Volt. We have an impact section sponsored by Cisco, which actually won an advertising innovation award last week. We have an IBM section, we have a lot of sections like that which are all six figure deals. Or seven.Paul: Do you keep the editorial control? You talked about a church state, Chinese Wall model.Arianna: Yes.John: Is the editorial vague there, or is it clearly the advertiser just pays but they don't control the content?Arianna: It's clearly demarcated. If the advertiser is running the control, is running the editorials, then it's not run by us. It's clearly marked.John: So you mark it?Arianna: Yes.John: But they can buy that if they want?Arianna: If they want to create a section for their own content, but it's clearly marked it is their section and they are running it, then our editors don't touch it. It's their section.John: I have two uber questions, because we're running out of time here. One is, what do you think is the most significant lasting influence of the growth and development of The Huffington Post on the rest of the journalism industry?Arianna: The fact that The Huffington Post put together, what we put together in '05, is significant because at the time it was very disruptive. Not disruptive in what happened to newspapers, I don't think that we're responsible for the trouble newspapers had. I think...John: It's Craig's fault.Arianna: Craig's fault, and also the fact that newspapers did not recognize the importance of what was happening online early enough. Because if they had, they would have left no room for The Huffington Post to exist. They left a vacuum into which we stepped. But I think that right now there's a convergence, I think what is most interesting to me is the convergence between mainstream media doing more and more great things online, the New York Times is doing wonderful things online with infographics, with social media.The Huffington Post is doing more and more traditional journalism with investigative reporting, in multiple areas, and we just finished sending 26 reporters across America to write about the new poverty, the decline of the middle class. All those things which...John: Is this your book on steroids? This is taking each chapter...Arianna: The "Third World America" on Steroids, yeah. [laughs]John: My last question is take us five years out and tell us about Huffington Post and the journalism industry, the news industry, and you. Where is this headed?Arianna: Five years from now, we want to be in all the major countries in every major language.John: You're a global multilingual media company?Arianna: Which is amazing for journalism, because we are covering the resignation of the Pope, and the new Pope, has been an incredible demonstration of what we can do because we have a great Italian team of editors.Paul: In Italian for an Italian audience, or in English?Arianna: Entirely Italian. All our international editions except the UK and Canada are partnerships with a big media partner, like the Espresso Group in Italy, or El País in Spain, Le Monde in France...John: Are these joint ventures or licenses?Arianna: Yes, they're all joint ventures.John: Do you have one in Greece?Arianna: No, but we're working on it.John: I would think.Arianna: Yeah, they're all 50 50 joint ventures. We both choose the editorial director. All the journalists are local, and it's a completely...John: This is a partnership between AOL and...Arianna: And the local group.Paul: I have one last question. Because you've bet the farm if you will, on advertising, and we've heard people they're betting the farm the other way. Which is they don't think advertising will work and it's going to be subscription. You can see some of the mainstream has gone to the paywall, or even some of the bloggers are trying to go to a leaky paywall as they call it. Do you think both models are going to work?Arianna: Yes.Paul: Or do you think one bet's right and one's wrong?Arianna: No, I think both models will work depending on the brand. You have to make trade offs. The New York Times, actually they run great ads for subscriptions. Their trade off is they're not going to grow as fast. We were able to overtake them in unique visitors, I think partly because they are now emphasizing the paywall. There are trade offs.I think they probably made the right choice for them because it's The New York Times. People are used to paying for it. They have a very loyal audience and the people like my daughter's generation who can get around the paywall.I was telling Arthur that, "My daughter knows how to get around the paywall! What are you going to do about that?" He said, "I know. We're allowing it. There's going to be this one and a half percent that they're going to bother to get around the paywall and know how to do it."Theirs is also a leaky paywall. It doesn't start immediately, et cetera.Paul: It allows for social and for sharing.Arianna: It allows for social and social sharing, et cetera. But there are trade offs. I mean obviously our social and sharing is very, very robust because we don't have any restrictions. Also our SEO is very robust, and what we're seeing is that what is very hard for a new site to do is to become a destination site. But we've been able for example to launch new sections of The Huffington Post and make them number one.Like our Gay Voices section is the number one gay site.John: Wouldn't you say, and I shouldn't go back, this is going back, I should have asked it might earlier. But wouldn't you say one of the things that drove HuffPost's early growth was you were so good at SEO, and so much better than most of the other people in the space?Arianna: I think it was always a combination. I think that...John: But you were good at it.Arianna: We still are. We won for example election night, many terms because we're very good at SEO. But we're also very good at social and we know how to drive people to the front page, too. Because our editors are trained to do headlines that attract readers, and they want to come back three hours later to see what's the new splash. When we launched The Huffington Post splash, which is now a bit of a trademark...Yeah.Paul: Thank you.Arianna: The assumption was that's not going to work because you need to put as much as possible above the fold, as many stories as possible to get as many clicks as possible. We proved that in fact it's better to have a big splash that creates a sense of drama around the news, and then people will go further down, they'll click on the other stories.Paul: You uncluttered it.Arianna: Yeah, we uncluttered the top.John: Since this is living history and it'll be revisited, anything we haven't asked you that you'd like to talk about?Arianna: I want history to know that I interrupted this interview twice to talk to my daughter, which is my one rule that everybody here knows. [laughs]John: I think history will know that.Paul: That's a good rule.Arianna: I just want to make it clear in this world of women trying to drive our careers and parenthood, that parenthood comes first.John: Let's hope all that comes out right.Arianna: [laughs]Paul: Very good.John: Thank you very much....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (3)

Walter Isaacson

BIO: YES: Walter Isaacson (born May 20, 1952) is a writer an...

TRANSCRIPT: John: OK, it's April 4th, 2013. We're in the Washington, D.C. offices of the Aspen Institute, John Huey and Paul Sagan, having a conversation with Walter Isaacson, historian, biographer, journalist and head of the Aspen Institute, and digital pioneer. Walter, we have a lot to talk with you about. But in the spirit of this project, can you re conjure for us your first time? When the light bulb went off over your head and you said, "Ah, this digital technology in journalism is going to really change the way this all works."Walter Isaacson: Yeah. It was on a New Year's Eve, after we'd come back from a party, and Phil Elmer DeWitt had been pitching a story called "Cyberspace," what's happening online, digital media. I was back of the book editor at "Time," and late that night, I went online to the Well, which is one of the early bulletin board systems that Phil had told me to go on.John: This would have been dial up?Walter: Yeah, totally dial up. It was complicated, because we didn't even have dial up modems. I had to borrow a dial up modem, it was like 2,400 baud or whatever.John: Do you have any idea what year we're talking about?Walter: I don't, but we can, for the sake of this, find out when the cover was. Because the cover was, that January, welcome to cyberspace, and we'll go online in a minute and find out when time ran it. But this was in the very early '90s, probably '91, '92. I'd noticed hundreds of people in these bulletin boards and sort of chat rooms. They weren't live chat, but it was close, talking about New Year's Eve and talking about the year, and thinking whoa, there's this whole cyber community. We ended up doing, three or four weeks later, using the people from "Mondo 2000," which was an early pre "Wired magazine" magazine about the digital age.The art directors of "Mondo 2000" doing the art director part, and we even had hypertext, which was...the web had not fully flowered. There were no mosaic browsers yet. But hypertext was still being used. And so we ran the story and some words were underlined or in red, and they would point to things in the margin that would explain it.Walter Isaacson: Welcome back, fans. John and Paul and I have figured out it was February 1993, it was called Cyberpunks. That was the introduction I got to cyberspace.After that we said, why don't we put our own magazines online, and I asked Phil. We started playing off AOL, CompuServe, and Prodigy, because, as I said, this is before Mosaic had made the web very accessible.At that magazine conference of 1993, in the Waldorf, wherever national magazine conferences are, I remember being with Louis Rossetto, who had just launched "WIRED" magazine.We said, "Why don't we put our magazines online?" We had done so with AOL. We were getting, I think, close to a million dollars by bidding AOL, CompuServe, and Prodigy off. But then Louis and I talked a year or so later and we said, "Why don't we put it directly on the Internet," as opposed to one of these online services that were walled gardens.If you put it up with AOL or CompuServe, it had to be their subscribers. They would get revenue by the fact that the longer somebody stayed online with AOL or CompuServe the more they would pay those companies, and we would get a cut of those revenues with approximately a million dollar guarantee.Then, we decided why don't we cut out the middlemen, the AOLs, the Prodigies, the CompuServes and go directly online? The thing that we had to figure out, and this was...Paul Sagan: Who would we have been at the time?Walter: It was, somehow I was doing it at "TIME Magazine" with Dick Duncan, who was a deputy managing editor, and a few people were talking about it.Every now and then we'd go up to Reg Brack, who was then the president of TIME, Inc. He would say, "Well who owns the Internet?" and things like that.But we had made these deals with AOL, Prodigy and CompuServe without much corporate knowledge or interference until it got to be about a million dollars of revenue a year, at which point they were paying attention.Then, we had to pitch to them, we can cut out these online services which wasn't a good idea, because the online services were giving us money, but it was an inevitable idea.We realized the online services were probably toast when people could get to the Internet directly as opposed to doing it by using a dialup, going to AOL. Then, you go into AOL's walled garden, and then you can go out to the Internet at large almost as if it were through a gate in the garden.I remember having a conversation, again with Louis Rossetto of "WIRED," and it was, how do we go online directly? Believe it or not back then there was no clear way to be on the Internet.There was something called FTP, which is a file transfer protocol. There was Veronica and Gopher and Archie, which had all been developed by the University of Illinois or University of Michigan.Paul: And they were just file transfer protocols.Walter: Yeah, they were file transfer protocols. Send fetch...Paul: They didn't go to a page.Walter: Yes, right, but could actually get a page or get content by having a Gopher or a send fetch, get that page, bring it down to your computer, and then you could call it up. A very static sort of thing.Paul: What was it that excited you about this? What was the promise? Why, other than the fact that it was new and really challenging and exotic, was it a journalism creation excitement or a business opportunity or both? What was it?Walter: I think what excited me from the very first time in late '92, New Year's Eve of '92, when I saw the community, is that journalism had been things that you handed down, sort of engraved on a page.You maybe got a feedback from a letter to the editor every now and then. But what this was was about community. I think we lost that community when we finally went on the Worldwide Web, which is the way when I was talking about protocols and send fetches, we all just had to be on the web, which was basically a publishing medium.But before that the Internet had been very much community based, like the Well or these chat rooms.The notion that you could put information into that context and, then, have a conversational community grow up around it seemed to me that that was going to take journalism to whole different place.That journalism was not just going to be the elite guardians of journalism handing down on pages the reporting of our time, but people putting journalism into a mix that would then create communities of discussion. That's not the way it evolved.Once, we went on the Worldwide Web the web, as beautiful as it was, was much more of a static medium and it didn't have the conversations and the chat rooms and the bulletin boards wrapped around it.Paul: A lot of it, for a long time, was just recreated print product with a few extras.Walter: Right. It was pouring old wine into a new bottle as Arthur Hochstein, our art director, said, and it was disappointing in a way. Because, as excited as we were to go on the web, something was missing and I couldn't put my finger on it.But I realized after a while that it was, even on AOL, which was not nearly as cool and it was not really as vibrant as the Worldwide Web, if you were on AOL, most of what we did was help moderate the bulletin boards around each story. Where hundreds, maybe thousands of people would be talking about the story. You'd bring in people for interviews and you would...Now, there's some of that that happens now on the web, but I suspect there's less community and conversation per eyeball on the web now than there was back in the early '90s when bulletin boards and chat rooms of CompuServe, Prodigy and AOL were at the center of what online was and the handing down of the journalism was sort of peripheral to it.Paul: It seems now that the conversation has become highly fragmented. I mean, Twitter is the conversation now. It's kind of hard to... I don't know how to compare the two.Walter: With no barriers to entry, you have a thousand bloggers and hundreds of aggregations of bloggers and then, millions of tweets per day that you could go through.It reminds me, if you want to compare it to a time, of eighty years ago when Henry Luce is saying we're bombarded with all of this sh*t. Why don't we have somebody help sort it out and package it for you?Maybe the pendulum will swing and we'll get back to the place where Flipboard is with Josh Quittner supposed to help you collate tweets and blogs and content that might interest you or whatever. But there's nothing...Arianna Huffington is getting close to it with the HuffPo.Paul: This thing takes off pretty soon after this point, and it turns into quite an adventure. Big corporations get involved, including the one you're working for at the time, and it leads to a larger online effort, right?Walter: Right, I think it's at the beginning of 1994, and there are memos that...Paul: This would've been pretty fast. New Year's Eve, you're only...Walter: Yeah. Basically it was early '93 when we did Cyberpunks. Then, at that point in early '94, and Paul maybe should come over to this side of the camera, but I think...Paul: Maybe.Walter: Yeah, in fact, seriously. OK...Paul: I will.Walter: But I think in early '94 we were still pretty much online with the AOLs, CompuServes and Prodigies...Paul: And bidding them off each other.Walter: Bidding them off against each other. But at a certain point Mosaic comes out of the University of Illinois. Marc Andreessen does it.Paul: I remember the meeting we saw it.Walter: It was what year, approximately?Paul: Probably '94.Walter: Right.John: I think you put it on the cover in '95.Walter: Barefoot on the cover...Paul: In '95, but it came out in '94.Walter: In early 1994, a couple of things happened. One was we got pitched by Marc Andreessen, who had created a browser that allowed you to go on the web.Paul: It was before that. Even before Netscape. We got a demo of Mosaic out of Illinois from some editor at Entertainment Weekly who had it on a computer. But I remember we had to cross the street and go to their building, and he showed us websites. They weren't [inaudible 0:01:40] and it had the little snake y looking thing.Walter: That was I think around the time I was talking to Louis Rossetto which is, there's FTP, there's Gopher, there's syntax, there's Archie, Veronica, there's this thing called the web and we had seen it. It was like, is that what we should for our magazines?Paul: Because you could have direct access to the customer. No more proprietary services, but you could have your own look and feel.Walter: Have your own look and feel. What we lost in making that transition, as I said a moment ago, is the notion that it would all be embedded in community. Because, although you could put comments up on websites, it was no longer a community service, it was a publishing medium. You and I, at that time — this is early '94 — had also been tapped by Jerry Levin, to create a service for the television that was called the Full Service Network. That was an interactive television system that Time Warner Cable was going to roll out starting in places like Orlando, but we tested it in Elmira, New York. I think.Paul: No, we tested that in Maitland, Florida.Walter: Maitland, Florida.Paul: That was the first and only market of the Full Service Network, which was fully interactive TV. What today we would call VCR functionality. Built on SGI gear, and when SGI close, that team went and started Tivo.Walter: Right.John: Went and started what? Tivo?Paul: Tivo. They invented Tivo.Walter: In other words, it was a cross between an on demand cable network and a Tivo service. You could watch any show you wanted when you wanted, on demand. It had some drawbacks, one of which was the SGI set top box. You could fry an egg on it, if I remember. It used to get really hot.Paul: It was a workstation.John: The word is out Walter that you still have one of those full service...Walter: An SGI Full Service Network, gosh, I don't know. I've got to work in the archives.John: If you do, take a photograph of it and sent it to me.Walter: I will send it. You should start an archive at Harvard. I'll send all my stuff there. We were doing that.John: That was separate from the Internet?Walter: That was totally separate from the Internet, in fact, we were the ones who tried to get their minds around the fact that this and the Internet were going to, whatever it's called.John: Jerry Levin told us that he distinctly remembers the first time he ever really heard of the World Wide Web, you showed up in his office and said, "There's this thing called the World Wide Web, and you need it."Walter: Right. That's because Paul and I were working on what was called News on Demand, which was going to be one of the many services on this television on demand thing that they were creating in Orlando.John: Just for the record, Paul, how had you come into this orbit?Paul: I was in the cable division, starting regional news channels, working in New York, starting New York One and then a series of other regional news channels. This was pre the company even owning Turner. There was no CNN and Time Warner at the time. Levin asked us to work together, to do interactive TV. The more important distraction was doing online.Walter: Right. Interactive TV was tested out in Orlando. We created a news on demand service. I can't remember what we branded it.Paul: The News Exchange.Walter: The News Exchange. Very good, Paul.Paul: TNX.Walter: Yeah, you probably have a t shirt.Paul: Probably have a t shirt that should go in the archive too.Walter: The News Exchange, that caused us to have lots of meetings with people at CBS, ABC and NBC, because we didn't own CNN. Time Warner did not own CNN at the time. To say to Howard Stringer, "Why don't you give us your news shows? We can chop them up, have it on demand." Paul, who had created New York One and knew how to create news too, you could say, "I want this story," or, "I want only sports," or, "I want to tailor my newscast." All the things that you can now do on the web, this was supposed to be done on your TV set, through a big remote control that was not a very good interface. We hired Iconic to try to do a simple interface, but it was not Steve Jobs like with an iPad or an iPhone.There was a complicated interface. It never really took off. But while we were doing it, we were getting these demonstrations, Mosaic, we were being told what the world wide web was. I had been, before Paul, putting Time Magazine on CompuServe and things like that. It occurred to us, Paul and myself, that what we were doing for television on demand, was someday going to merge with or be the same as the interactivity you would get online, or on the Internet.So, at some point, at the beginning of 1994, I think it was, we did make a pitch to Jerry Levin. I remember writing a memo to Jerry Levin, which is in the archives here, that said, "Hey, this on demand television stuff is great. But let us use a very small percentage of the money you're throwing at it and create a prototype of how you could do it on computers online.He said yes. Because we showed him how online would work.John: He refers to it, in his interview with us, as, "Yes, there was Pathfinder. That was a step child," because he was so obsessed with the full service.Walter: We created The News Exchange and then a broader thing around it, which was called Roadrunner.John: What was The News Exchange?Walter: The News Exchange was simply a chopped up video news that you could pick which stories you wanted to watch, in the order you wanted to watch them.Paul: Or you could put in a profile.Walter: Yeah. You could say, "I'm interested in sports, crime and news about Poland," and theoretically you would get the news about it.John: Where were you getting this content?Paul: We were licensing, as a test bit. We didn't pay for it, but from the big networks. CNN, CBS.Walter: This is when we were meeting with Howard Stringer, NBC.Paul: They all let us use it, because it was a walled garden. There were 5000...Walter: Then we tried to make a big deal with one of them, at which point it got so wrapped up into ABC versus Time Warner politics. Even when you turn on your cable system, will you go to the last station? We said, "We can't deal with that." So we never were able to make the big deal with any of the TV networks to use all of their content, repurpose it and do news on demand.Paul: But it was enough to see that people wanted choice.Walter: Oh yeah. We did a test of it and it was cool.Paul: You could get your or my television newscast, effectively. The other thing the system could do, you could play multi player games against your neighbors. They were Sega games. You could buy about three things.Walter: You got movies.Paul: And you could watch movies. You could watch them with what, today, would be on demand.Walter: Tivo.Paul: It would start and stop. Tivo. And fast forward. But only whatever was on the server at that end.Walter: That was being delivered, by coaxial and fiber optic cable to the home, into a big server that was basically a Sun workstation called an FPI server, right?Paul: Server at the head end, workstation in your home.John: Great vision. Great Product. Ahead of the curve of the technology.Walter: We should have it now. This advance will happen 20 years later than we tried, which at some point you will be able to go to your TV set...This is what Steve Jobs was trying to do a couple years ago, before he died. Which is create a TV set that had access to whatever you wanted to watch whenever you wanted to watch it.John: This is going on, in parallel to that you're starting to think about the magazine?Walter: As this is happening, we're saying, A, we could do this on the Internet. Maybe even we could deliver the Internet via cable, which would give you higher bandwidth. So, Paul and I created two concepts that we pitched. One was an Internet online service that would have a lot of the magazines and things. The second, which we named Roadrunner and which is still named Roadrunner, was a cable connection to the home computer.That would allow you to get broadband in the home, and which we hoped we would have the front end to it. This is not something that ended up happening. But if Time Warner gave you access to the Internet through cable, we would package it almost the way AOL created a shell for when you dialed up to the Internet.Paul: And own the home page.Walter: We'd own the home page. That's what I meant. Just like when you dial up, AOL then has your eyeballs for a while, we would have your eyeballs. So, we created two things. One was a regular narrow band service for the magazines, which we ended up calling Pathfinder. The other was a high speed one that was called Roadrunner.This was in early 1994. We pitched to Jerry Livine and others, especially this notion of having a cable powered online service that would have all the content from all of our magazines, and would help be the next generation online service. It worked pretty well. We created something called Pathfinder in 94. It was like some of the aggregators, like The Huffington Post, in a way.But it was Time Magazine, Sports Illustrated, and People. It was all on a home page. The problem was multiple. One, we didn't have enough revenue to make it into a huge online service. The second is, once people got on the web, they didn't need people to package things for them. They'd go to wherever they wanted.Paul: That's right. It was arguably the first portal. We looked at the ones that developed around search, which were really guides. We were wrong. We kept saying, "We could build a guide too." We looked at Yahoo and said, "We could do that too."Walter: There were two things that were like that. One was just search, which is what Google now is.Paul: Which was the next step.Walter: The other is what we called directory guide.Paul: We literally had people in the back room indexing websites.Walter: It came from a list called, I think, Judson List. Well before Yahoo or anything else.John: Yahoo was a list, originally.Walter: Right. But even before Yahoo was a dream, there was some kid somewhere who was blogging a little bit, but started doing, "My favorite websites." It would be sports. It would be art museums or whatever. We said, "That's how it's going to work. It's going to be a directory service. That's how you'll find things on the web. You'll go to a directory and find it." We did not think that kids at Stanford like Larry Page and Sergey Brin or Yahoo or whatever would create an ability to search the web well. Then we thought, "We can just license these search engines." We would be in control because we had the content. There was a phrase back then, that content is king. We actually believed it. In fact, at least for 10 years of the Internet, having the best algorithms and everything...Paul: Content is king. It's just we thought we would have enough of it.John: If you look at what the VCs have backed and what the big scores were, the really big scores have been more platform than content. They distribute content. But Google is a platform.Walter: They distribute content that they don't make.John: Right. As someone has pointed out, Google is not trying to get you to come to them and stay there. They just want to help you on the way to anywhere you want to go. Facebook is also a platform. If you look at the content plays, some of them have made some money. But they haven't gotten any traction or changed the world. Nevertheless, Pathfinder... I'd like you to get to speak in defense of Pathfinder a little bit here. Because Pathfinder was much maligned unfairly, in my opinion, and became the butt of some jokes. In fact, it pioneered a lot of things. I think, it was one of the first, if not the first, to run a banner ad.Paul: Probably one day before was Wired's site. But it sold banner ads first.John: Talk a little bit about some of the legacies...Walter: Let's go to the banner ads for a second. That was important. Pathfinder was good for what it was, which was a portal. It was a place you landed on if you went right to it. It would help guide you around the net, but it would also have a lot of content. Bruce Judson was on the business side, working with Paul and myself. He came up with the concept of a banner ad. We had always believed that what we were going to do was bring people into this portal. Then, when they got the content, they subscribed to it. They would pay for it, just as you paid for any other service or magazine or subscription you had. We had an elaborate scheme for charging people. Almost like The New York Times is doing now.You got a little bit for free. But then at a certain point, a pay wall hit. I remember, vividly, the day mid 1994 or so, when Bruce Judson had come up with these ads you could put on top. Yeah, Wired did it as well. But it was like the microchip being invented in two places at once.Paul: It was literally one day apart.Walter: It wasn't the hardest concept in the world, which is, "Let's put a banner ad on top of the..."John: Sony and Phillips developed the tape recorder at the same time.Walter: Right. That was a more complicated invention than the banner ad.John: It wasn't a complicated invention, but it drove a lot of the whole shape of the business for a long time.Walter: It really transformed everything. Immediately, Madison Avenue decided, "Oh my God, we've got to understand this. We have to hire a lot of young people." They would send us money. It was almost like you could look out of the Time Life Building to Madison Avenue, and watch people walking with bags of money, to dump it on our desk, or Bruce Judson's desk, to buy banner ads, because they all wanted to be in on this thing. What this does is, it taught us we shouldn't charge for content. We should just get as many eyeballs as possible. That's the way we're going to make money — by aggregating eyeballs.John: The great traffic chase.Paul: Something else went on, which was, we were still getting checks from the proprietary services. There was other revenue that came in. We gave them more content, but we gave it to them with [indecipherable 0:17:25 — Alex guess: "the chats"] . We also created a personalized version of Pathfinder, which was going to be your customized news piece, which was going to be, effectively, your sets of the stories. A bit of the lesson we learned from the full service network, which was people wanted to personalize.That was going to be a subscription service. We cut a long forgotten $5 million deal with CompuServe. CompuServe was then chasing AOL to catch up on the web. They were going to offer this free if you stayed a CompuServe subscriber.Because of that, we then didn't promote it very hard anywhere else. That turned out to be a great short term bet, because the check didn't bounce. It turned out to be a long term bad deal, because they cratered and went out of business.Walter: Right. At that point, for most of our content, we had bought onto the notion that it will be for free on the web, with banner ads. So we weren't trying to protect these online services. They were trying to get our content exclusively. We began to buy into the notion that content wants to be free.John: Somewhere along that same time is when Reuters decided to sell news to Yahoo, to give away for free. That's when Yahoo quickly became the biggest news provider. That changed the whole landscape. Everyone accept DOW Jones — and we have a long segment on why that happened differently — chased the great God of banner advertising. Life was beautiful for a short time.Walter: That was unsustainable for the long term business model. Because the number of Internet pages, servers and sites would grow exponentially, but the number of ad dollars did not grow exponentially. In fact, it shrank for a while, after the American auto companies had trouble.Paul: They moved to search.Walter: They moved to search. They moved to Google and Yahoo. The CPMs you'd get for a banner ad started plummeting. At first, it was the coolest thing in the world you could do. Then you could do it anywhere and you didn't need us.John: I want to ask a question that I think both of you are particularly qualified to speak to. Three themes have come up in all these interviews, about why legacy media had such a hard time getting through this and, indeed, ended up losing control of the narrative of this whole progress of technology. One of those themes is that legacy publishing companies never valued or understood the power of engineering. Somebody, I think Sheryl Sandberg, said one engineer is worth 10 mediocre engineers. The publishing companies, none of them really developed any semblance of an engineering culture. The other is, of course, the innovator's dilemma. We all know what that is. Basically, you've got to protect your core business, where the profit is. The third one speaks to the whole thing you were just talking about there, with the $5 million deal.They didn't really see a threat. They saw an opportunity. When they saw a chance to monetize quickly, they just took that. They were in the business of banking quarterly earnings. If you could just talk about what happened, going forward with Pathfinder, with all three of those things in light — getting corporate momentum, cultural issues, engineering, all of that.Paul: I think we did a good job for about a week, on the engineering side. We found a few people like that editor at ADW, who showed us the browser. We got convinced that a cable into the wall, to the phone company and a Mac and you were in business and you could compete. I don't think we had any appreciation — it was the same issue of not fully appreciating what was behind search, for example — of the difference between what went on in Silicon Valley and what we were doing with the publishing world, with a few people who understood the technology a little bit.Walter: I would totally agree with that. The number one thing you said, the engineering, lacking appreciation, was the biggest problem. First of all, you're in New York City, unlike in Silicon Valley. So, there are not a zillion engineers hanging out with you. And you think you can just buy engineering or rent it, or lease. We thought, "We will just lease Google or Yahoo or Magellan." You have to remember, by the way, that a lot of these engineering plays ended up totally bankrupt. I could probably list Lycos, Magellan, all these things that seemed like...Paul: Hundreds of companies that went under.Walter: Yeah, that just totally went under that had created search engines, a directory, whatever. But we thought, "There will be all sorts of companies writing algorithms for search." We didn't know Google would get it right so strongly.John: There was a period of competing search engines.Walter: We thought, "There will be many search engines and many engineers out in Silicon Valley writing them. We'll play them off against each other and say, 'If you don't license to us and give us half the revenue that comes from the search, then we'll do the licensing deal with Yahoo or Magellan or Lycos.'" Whatever it may be.John: Did either of you ever advocate for buying one of these, a Yahoo? I've heard people say...In fact, I think Mike Moritz said something about this.Walter: Yeah. I remember talking to Mike about it. I can't remember all the details. But we tried to make some deals. As I assume Ted Leonsis told you, we were thinking of buying a fledgling AOL, a decade or two before they bought Time Warner.Paul: Just one other point on the engineering. Not just that we didn't understand the differentiation of needing engineers or that you probably need to be California. Maybe arguably then you could have at least done it in Boston. But we played in Manhattan, which was not the right place. This is a little the innovator's dilemma. It was the culture of, "Good enough is where you should start," versus "It has to be perfect." Engineers throw stuff against the wall and learn from the failures. Most of the web companies have had lots of things that didn't work or they just call them beta and throw them out there. We lived in this world that was quite afraid of failure and bad publicity. One of the first things we did at some scale, we tried to charge for an event or something.It crashed. It wound up being a story in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal. It was written about Time, Inc. and it was an embarrassment. So the next time we did one, we were told, "Just don't let it crash." That was a standard we probably couldn't meet.John: There's a third issue that comes up. There's the engineering. There's the innovator's dilemma. Then the third issue that comes up, with virtually any strong legacy media company — whether it's The Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Inc., any of them — there really was and still is, to some degree, an editorial driven culture, where editorial values and editorial power exerts an influence over the process that can be for the good, but if you're trying to innovate and start a new technology, can be problematic.I remember a lot of friction back then. I don't know if either of you do, in terms of magazine editors saying, "That's not up to our standards. That's not brand appropriate."Walter: I had to change hats a couple times. I was at Time and then went to our new media group, and then I went back to Time. When I was at Time, we used to say, "We can't let these people use The Time brand unless we approve it." We have to have Dick Duncan sitting there with committees, approving everything that will have The Time Magazine name on it. That was no way to run a fast moving business. The second issue that came like that was whether the old brands were the brands we wanted. Paul and I invented some new brands, like the Virtual Garden and I can't remember what they were.Paul: That's right. That was a home site.Walter: Even OJ Central or something.Paul: We had an OJ site during the trial.Walter: It was the question of whether a new brand like Pathfinder or an old brand like Time Daily or Time.com...Paul: Or Fortune.Walter: ...or Fortune would be the best brand to use. That came into conjunction with the greatest organizational problem that's existed since the beginning of time, since they created this country and had to have states versus national — how much power do you give to each of the entities, versus how much do you centralized power. Places like Sports Illustrated were saying, "We don't want this central group controlling sports." We were saying, "Yeah, but if you just do it, you're just going to be pouring Sports Illustrated into this digital form. We want to create a new type of sports site."Paul: One that was real time.Walter: Real time, had games and everything else.Paul: I will give you one more anecdote and then we're going to return to a one on one interview with Walter. Talk about the future. But when you went back to Time and then I was in charge, shortly thereafter, we did a story under the People brand. It was a people.com only item, covering the opening of what was going to be the new hot franchise restaurant business. It was going to be super models. They opened one in Rockefeller Center. We sent our own photographer down. We did a snarky web sensibility photo essay for people.com. I got called by a junior publisher, screaming at me, from People magazine. How could we do this? How could we do something that's out of character for the magazine?Our advertisers will be furious that their brand was associated with our brand and this snarky story about these super models opening a restaurant. I thought, "If we can't figure out how to do this story, that was not hard news, and do it in a way that I thought was in keeping with People's brand, but with a little web sensibility, we're never going to get out of the [indecipherable 0:27:59 — Alex guess: "mud"]."Walter: That leads to the great lesson, the great thing, that I think the failure was. At Pathfinder, we should have not based it and given the power to each of the brands — People, Fortune, Time. We thought, "Things like People, Fortune, Time are huge." We should have said, "We're going to create a whole new service. We're not going to base it on each of the magazines. We will create our own sports, our own news, our own snarky celebrity coverage." Then, once it's successful enough, we probably should have taken some of the brand things in. But instead we let the brands have veto power over what we could do.John: Yeah, stay there for just a minute. One of the things Jonah Peretti said in his interview, he talks about the high low. He works from a point of view that you can write about a lofty subject in a low way or a low subject in a lofty way. In some ways, Henry Luce pioneered that model. He used Time and Fortune for great prestige and made a lot of money with Life, not to subsidize it but certainly make him a lot larger, financially, than he would have been.When you look back at Pathfinder and you say, "If it had subsumed all the brands, it had all the subjects." But wasn't one of the problems that it was also built around the newspaper model, in the sense that it had a sports vertical, a business vertical. In the end, as Walter said earlier, the consumer broke out of all that. They weren't looking to one provider to give them all that.They were just looking for the information they wanted. It would have had to evolve greatly anyway.Walter: It would have, but I don't think anybody's ever yet licked the model of how do you create a great site that aggregates and helps you guide to the content you really want each day. The best you do is search on Google News or something or Yahoo News, but that's still hit and miss.John: If it makes either of you feel any better, I'll tell you that for years and years after both of you have long gone and this thing was long forgotten...I've sat through many a meeting where people would pitch an idea and many times I was supportive of it. I would say, "But I've got to tell you. You're talking about Pathfinder 2.0. This is not a new idea. I support it. It's a good idea, but it's Pathfinder 2.0. This is not a new idea. It can be done a different way." I, for one, still think the legacy of Pathfinder is more significant than it gets credit until the definitive history has, of course, hit the pages.Paul: Whoever writes the history gets to decide who gets the credit. It's good that we're writing it.John: You're writing it, that's right. One last question for the two of you is, and this doesn't speak to just Pathfinder but it speaks to the whole force of digital journalism. Walter, if one of the premises that we're working by is we have this metaphor that if you think of a line, a horizontal line. Below the horizontal line is the tide. The tide blows and gets stronger and stronger and it comes in.Above it are swimmers. Some of the swimmers are going with the tide and some of them are going against the tide. Many of them don't make it and some of them make it to the shore.When you look at the whole landscape of legacy media through this process, was there really anything that anybody could have done any differently that would have ultimately made a profound difference in the course of things? You can certainly make arguments that company A could have done this and survived longer. You can look at Knight Ridder and say Knight Ridder didn't have to die as early as it did when in fact it was a company with as much digital vision as any, more than most.Walter: More so.John: Tribune had a lot of digital vision...Walter: [indecipherable 0:32:20]John: I tell you, we have not interviewed yet...We've interviewed almost 50 people. We have not yet interviewed a stupid person or a person who didn't have a vision that makes a lot of sense and who didn't know what they were doing. One of our big questions is, ultimately, does the tide just rule the day, or...?Walter: Sometimes technological disruption disrupts, which is why it's called that. Meaning, you can't fight the tide of a new technology disrupting things. The major disruptive impact of digital technology was that it allowed people to go anywhere they wanted and for that matter to replicate content infinitely with no marginal cost. Meaning, there was no marginal cost, so content became free. To me, that was the one thing that maybe the technology forced it to happen, but if we had prevented it, life would be a lot different from most media companies, which is find some way to meter the use of content so that the people who produce the content, just like the people who produce songs that are played on the radio, get paid some royalty or some copyright compensation for having sent somebody to Baghdad and having produced a story. I don't know how we could have prevented all of that stuff being out there for free as it is now.You're starting to see the genie being smooshed in the bottle a little bit. "New York Times," "Wall Street Journal," others putting up paywalls and apps on the iPad and Android tablets being things people have to pay for.The great disruption that happened is when those who produced the content no longer got paid for producing content. That undermined the media business and I still look for ways we could have maybe made that happen differently.John: Paul, that was really the big question that above all that hung around your neck when you came into this project. You've now interviewed like 40 something people. Just a preliminary, having heard what Walter said, would you agree with that? Or where...Paul: I would. I think the dilemma is exactly as Walter said. I don't think — because we've asked everyone this idea of the original sin. Had we just been patient and not gone for free, would the world be different? I think the tide was too strong. One, I think the business pressure was way too large to have been left out. But had we been able to have a secret conference and everyone conspired to agree, I think the example of Reuters and Yahoo wouldn't have shown up at that conference and they would have set headlines for free, and search was going to still get people to sites and blogs.I don't think you could have held technology back for 20 years until today and now say we have paywalls and everybody has to stand on the outside and pay to get in.Walter: Right. I now look at a point in which I say, gee, if we set...because I know. I mean I felt the pressure. If we did not put "TIME Magazine" out there for free, Newsweek, which was hungry and scrappy, it put itself out for free and for a long time would have gotten banner ads that would have made it worth their while, even though we could see that's not a sustainable model, which is why Newsweek's no longer around as a print product. But I don't know how we could have stemmed that tide, but that is the one big, if not original sin, at least turning point that we couldn't stop when the tide turned on that.The other way to have done it. Early on, the Worldwide Web, when it was conceived by Tim Berners Lee, there was what we called requests for comments where they got to put things into the web. One of the things that Tim Berners Lee wanted was a system within the web that tracked where each piece of content came from and was able to allocate back to that piece of content a royalty for that content. That was going to be built into the protocols of the web, and thus maybe Internet service providers, anybody who created it would have had to negotiate just as the way radio stations used to have to negotiate with record companies...John: ASCAP and...Walter: Yeah, and ASCAP. That was a turning point that could have happened, but that was a technological miss when the people inventing the web did not go along with, "let's find a way to meter the content."Paul: You would've created a concept called content peering, which would have been...because it wasn't just done for royalties. It would have been done for balancing traffic. Right?Walter: Right.Paul: And you would have known where it came from, and it didn't get done.Walter: Right. [crosstalk]Paul: Because there was no way to hold people accountable in that...John: Another thing that happened that I think is not insignificant is, we're talking about all this now looking back and it all seems cool, calm, and collected and we're talking about it in a rational way. But the fact is several companies came along that started making billions and billions and billions of dollars off of this, and it was quite a heated frenzy, and it was much like a war. And in the fog of war...Walter: But wait, who was making billions and billions, besides Google?John: AOL made a lot of money. Yahoo made a lot of money. Google made a lot of money. All these platforms. eBay made a lot of money, Amazon, now. They're in different...You're getting further...Walter: But what they all have in common is all five of them, none of them produced any of the content that they made money off of.John: No. No, they didn't make the content. Nope, no content.Walter: Neither Amazon, nor Yahoo, nor eBay.John: No. That was my point earlier. That in the end...I mean you can look at a few content companies that made some money selling for this and that to [indecipherable 0:38:24 — Alex guess: "superstacks"] or whatever, but in the end, it was the platforms that made the real money. My only point is, that money really served as a powerful force to make things happen. I don't want to get deeply into this at all, but that's how AOL ends up buying Time Warner.Walter: You and I were there in China when Jerry Levin and Ted Turner and Steve Case were all there, and I was watching Jerry Yang, thinking they were going to make a deal with Yahoo.Walter Isaacson: It's been 20 years since we created Pathfinder, and every now and then I say, "If I had known then, what I know now, 20 years later, after Amazon, Google, everything else, wouldn't it have been great? We could have invented whatever the big thing was." I still, with 20 years' hindsight, am not sure how we could have done it that much more differently, other than having great kid engineers at Stanford inventing the algorithm of Google, that would have worked. There are no decisions I can point to that we made, even with 20 years' hindsight, that would have made Pathfinder into Google."Paul: As a matter of fact, I think I can envision the meeting where somebody says, "Search is really great. We can't make any money, so we need to charge for likes," and we would have had an editorial reaction which is, "Well, wait a minute. We're going to be bastardizing basically what we think is a pure response, and we never would have done it."John: By the way, it wasn't the invention of the algorithm that made all the money. It was the decision to make search driven advertising is what made all the money and what ultimately created all the disruption in the industry. When people ask me what's the biggest mistake you think Time, Inc. made, I say, "Very simple. We failed to invent search driven advertising."Walter: Right.John: And I don't think we were likely to do that because it was a disruptive threat to the entire revenue base of the company, and very few companies...Walter: I would have been happy if Paul and I could have invented that because I didn't care about being disruptive. The problem...John: The truth is, if you'd just been able to get the engineering and the tools and move forward, if you'd just have invented Yahoo you would have been fine.Walter: That's what I was going to say. If we had not been sitting there in New York, where we thought, "Inventing algorithms to do spiders and searches of the web, that will be the great key that unlocks the billions." That was the only thing that we could have done differently. Saying, "Creating all these gardening, and recipes, and cooking, and OJ, and world news stuff, that's useless. Let's find 20 of the world's greatest coders and engineers in a dorm room at Stanford, MIT or Harvard. Let's create the best search algorithm." But do remember that there were 10 or 12 other people who were creating these great search algorithms, and they all went bankrupt. Somehow, Google won the race. It's partly because they figured out advertising based on search. It's partly because their search engine crushed all of the others.Paul: And they got distribution.Walter: And they got distribution. Would we in the Time Life building have been able to invent a better search engine than these kids at Google? Probably not. But if I could have picked one thing to have done, it would have been, instead of hiring all these kids doing Pathfinder sites, let's invent a search engine that's going to be better than the other 10 out there. That would have made billions.John: But the truth is, in a legacy media business that's in the journalism business, there was no mechanism to bring together editorial, advertising and engineering interests in a way that could create...Walter: We brought together the advertising and editorial interests when Bruce Judson invented the banner ads, along with "Wired," and helped transform what a website was. It probably occurred to Paul a little bit more than me. It never occurred to me, to say, "We need to get the best engineers coming out of MIT and hire them at very large salaries." Instead, we said, "We need the advertising and edit people."Paul: That's right. That's where the money way. And the money was still pretty limited. We talked to Roger Fidler at Knight Ridder, who did the tablet. His budget, in his peak year running his lab, was a million bucks.John: There's a famous video with them demonstrating a tablet in...Walter: It looks just like the iPad. Paul sent it to me.Paul: But you cannot compete there. And even though our budget was a little more than a million, it wasn't enough to...if you look at the hundreds of millions that have gotten spent on engineering failures, we weren't likely to play in that game.Walter: Right, and if you look at all the really brilliant people who invented search engines, 95 percent of them failed. So if we had spent millions of time and money to have been one of those 95 percent inventing a search engine that failed, that wouldn't have been good either. They were not willing to take VC like risks, which is one in 20 of these will pop. Yeah. All right. With that addendum......

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (4)

Jeff Jarvis

BIO: YES: Jeff Jarvis (born July 15, 1954) is an American jo...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: Martin Nisenholtz here with Jeff Jarvis on March 29 at CUNY.Jeff, let's start very simply with the question of your first time. When did you first see digital intersecting with journalism? You go back a long way in journalism, well before the digital era.Jeff: Personally, I bought my first computer, an Osborne I, which now sits proudly in my office, in 1981, and got onto services like The Source and CompuServe back them. Started to use them for reporting. Then later on, I was the TV critic at TV Guide and used Usenet, where people were doing these amazing things called episode guides.If I forgot what happened in an episode of Cosby, someone had put it up online. That was a huge revelation, that people would go to that effort to do that. It was the first sense I had of collaboration.Then I went briefly to Delphi Internet, which Murdoch had bought. It was the first consumer Internet site, or service.Martin: You say you went there. You went there as an editor?Jeff: I went there as the chief of content, yes, for one horrible month.Martin: Scott Kurnit was running that, right?Jeff: Not yet, no. They were hiring a C.E.O. Murdoch had just bought it. The only way it got you to the Internet was just plain text and a blinking cursor. They weren't trying to invent a GUI like AOL or like CompuServe. It was a bloody disaster and I got out. Dubbed the bungee boss by one of my employees.Martin: Didn't Murdoch put a very senior editor into that.Jeff: Anthea Disney.Martin: So you worked for her?Jeff: No, she came later. She took the head of content job. We invested a huge amount of money in it. It was the first of many Internet failures that he's had.Martin: That was pre Internet. I think that was a proprietary service, wasn't it?Jeff: It was trying to be, but that was the moment of the Internet. While I was there was the moment that the Mosaic browser was announced. I remember sitting in an office up there, honestly not fully understanding the impact of it yet. But as soon as people showed you the browser, it took your breath away. You said, "Wow, this is simple."These things that took Gopher before and hard commands, no one was ever going to do this stuff. It broke out and broke free of the fence of CompuServe or AOL. Now, you could move anywhere. When I escaped Delphi, I went to the Newhouses at "Advance." They were debating at that moment, just that moment, whether to go with CompuServe, AOL or this new thing, the web.I certainly wasn't prescient or the only one who was arguing it, but I was one of those in favor of going to the web. October of 1994 was when the first commercial browser came out. That, I think, is when we saw the true intersection. "New York Times" was on AOL. You had other news. You had "Knight" newspapers and Knight archives on CompuServe and AOL.Martin: Mercury Center, I believe, was on AOL.Jeff: That's right. That's correct. You saw little snippets of news here and there. Prodigy. But obviously the digital age came in October of 1994, with the web. You think about it now. I always thought that was a decade past. You realize now that it's 18 years ago, almost. Which sobers us up, about how much time we've had to adjust.Martin: You go to the Newhouses in what role?Jeff: I went in, working for Jim Willse, who later took over the Star Ledger, to help just start their digital presence.Martin: In the newspaper division?Jeff: In the newspaper division, at first, and then also working in the magazine division. Briefly, occasionally with the cable division. And even got to visit the book division before they sold it. We were to start our first services. The first thing I did was create, just to learn how this web thing worked, we hired a design firm, Tom Nicholson and Associates.We created Rain or Shine. Because I said that television just gives you these weathermen going on forever and ever. All you want is the five day forecast. It was one day with the five day forecast. That was it. That was the first thing we created, just to get some sense of how this thing worked.Martin: That was rainorshine.com?Jeff: Rainorshine.com. Later sold to AccuWeather. I sold our first ad to MCI.Martin: This is now in the newspaper division. My recollection is that NJ.com was one of the first entrants there. Did you play a role in that?Jeff: Oh, yeah. I was at the heart of starting NJ.com and all the services across the company.Martin: Talk about that.Jeff: I worked for Steve Newhouse. The Newhouses are very private, very quiet. They tend to be unsung. Steve Newhouse is very much unsung as a visionary in news online. The thing that Steve taught me, more than anything else, that perhaps corrupted me as I went on, was the importance of community, the importance of providing the opportunity for the community to speak.We were one of the very first to put up forums on our site. And to revel in the fact that people would get together and talk about their kids' soccer games and wrestling matches and so on. And their towns. We started putting up news from the paper. At Advance, they decided very early on to do a complete separation.The online companies were separate companies. They were incorporated separately. They had utterly separate staff. None of the same labor arrangements. There were very strict rules about connections to the paper so that we could have this completely separate thing. If you think back then, this web thing was still an unknown. The Newhouses, at the time, had a lifetime job guarantee, a no economic layoff clause, for their non guild shops.You weren't sure you wanted those conditions to accrete to this new world, because it could go away. In '94 or '95, the industry still wondered whether this thing was really going to take off. It's hard to imagine that now. But it was an unsure path. Prodigy wasn't going to take over the world anymore. How many people were really going to come on?Were they really going to spend time getting news this way? And so on and so on. I think the earliest newspaper sites were built with that in mind, to be a little unsure. In some cases, they put up the paper. But the Newhouse family's vision, which at the time was right...It changed, but at the time was very right, was that you didn't want to just replicate the newspaper online which, as we certainly saw, was going to be the reflex of newspaper editors. PDF it.Number two, you didn't want to make the paper use online as value added for advertising and thus, take away any value from this venture online. Three, you wanted to start to create a new relationship with the public, which means that you wanted to have things like forums and chats, which is antithetical to a newsroom's attitude to the world."We will speak to you and please be quiet." It's still true, to an extent, today. Much less so. But then it was fairly revolutionary for us to have so much interactivity on the site. That wouldn't have been possible if it had been another paper. A paper just says, "We're responsible for what we publish and we don't want these people saying stupid things."We allowed them to say whatever they wanted, smart and stupid.Martin: There were two approaches, at that point in time. I guess we're talking about '95, at this point?Jeff: '95, yeah.Martin: One was to create a brand extension of the paper, in the case of The New York Times it was The New York Times on the web. It was a direct brand extension. The other was to create a new brand. In the case of "The Boston Globe," it was Boston.com. You guys decided to create NJ.com, which was very much like Boston.com. Why?Jeff: There was much debate about that and I think there still is today, about the brand question, everywhere. But the belief was, this is something entirely new. It was going to combine multiple newspapers in some of the Newhouse markets. In Michigan, we had eight papers. In Alabama, we had three papers. So you could have a statewide service.In fact, it started as "New Jersey Online" at NJ.com. One lesson we learned, a fair amount of time in, was that your brand and your URL had to be the same. It was re branded again, to NJ.com, simply. They've stuck with that. Where the local online brands...Of course, as you know better than I do in Boston, you had this separation of the two and now, it's becoming separate in different ways.We could debate this for a long time. But a lot of newspaper companies did a lot of research to try to understand what was imbued in the newspaper brand and whether that was a benefit in a new digital world or not. You could see that yes, this was a known and trusted brand. You could also see that this is not digital. This is old fart y. This is once a day.We went with the new brands and the Newhouses. Since I've left, I've stuck with them.Martin: Yeah. At that point, you were also making a decision about how much content goes into this new brand and whether it should be a paid or free site. Talk about that discussion inside. Magazines are paid for on the newsstand and through subscriptions. So are newspapers, traditionally. So the Newhouses must have had some debate about that, in their own mind.Jeff: Again, I have to give a lot of credit to Steve Newhouse and his understanding of this world. It also helped that we had a magazine company next to the newspaper company. As I know, having worked at "Time Inc.," the economics of magazines and subscription involve a high level of marketing, subscriber acquisition cost.This idea of, "Let's just put up a pay wall and people will pay us," as The New York Times knows, as anyone knows, it's not as simple as that. It costs money to get money. The notion of subscriber acquisition costs sobered up a magazine publisher looking at online and newspapers, A. B, we had to go for scale, as The New York Times did, as you did at The New York Times.You had to get to scale before you could do anything. The meter at The New York Times would not be possible today had you not gotten to the scale you've gotten to. So scale mattered, trying to get to as many people as you could, mattered. The only revenue you could get, in those days, after Wired invented the banner was banner advertising.Then we grappled with classified. That was a very difficult decision, obviously, because of the fear of cannibalizing the very high print revenue, which of course then happened anyway. No, I don't think there was much discussion at the time about pay or not. There was discussion about the content. But Steve Newhouse, my boss, saw the opportunity to reuse content online and knew that its value diminished over time.He certainly saw the same with magazines as well. I don't want to speak for him. But he saw that and was very smart about that. That influenced him. I will say that, about the time the crash hit, we were looking at "Epicurious" at Condé Nast.Martin: You're talking about the dot com bust?Jeff: The dot com bust. Advertising had cratered. Here we had this site, Epicurious, which was wonderful. It had all the recipes from "Gourmet" and "Bon Apetit." Joan Finni and Rochelle Udelle were two brilliant editorial people who worked on those sites. We sat around for hours, trying to think of what premium product could we create on top of the site, to try to get another revenue stream?The New York Times went through it. Everyone was going through that discussion. Finally, one day, I just said, "How can you beat all the recipes of Gourmet and Bon Apetit? You can't. That's where the value is. If you're going to charge, that's what you should charge for. We should charge for the crown jewels." We looked into it, but then advertising started coming back.There was a fear that it would diminish the audience for that advertising, so they never charged.Martin: When did you move from the newspaper side over to the magazine side? It was in still the nineties, wasn't it?Jeff: After Jim Willse went to the Star Ledger. I was tied at the hip to Steve Newhouse. I officially worked for, eventually what was called Advance.net. Just two people. Steve Newhouse and me. What he did, I helped with. He worked on Condé Nast. He worked on, for a while, Random House. He worked on what later became Bright House Cable.I would help in some of those things. That was certainly in the '90s, yes.Martin: But then, as I recall, Epicurious gets formed, as the first Condé Nast online magazine. At the time, there were these so called "zines." Steven Johnson had one called "Feed." There was one called "Suck." Do you remember them?Jeff: Absolutely. In fact, I was on the board of what then gobbled those up and became Plastic.com. May it rest in peace. The head was the president of New Century Network. All these memories come flowing back. Yes, I remember the zines very well and some of the first efforts to put magazines online. Here too, the Newhouses went, counter intuitively, to create a new brand.Very controversial at the time. But Epicurious was able to envelop both Gourmet and Bon Apetit. Very difficult, in a company where the magazines competed with each other. But it was able to start a new brand that was digital. It succeeded.Martin: At Epicurious?Jeff: At Epicurious, I think it did. As time went on the magazines demanded and got stronger digital presences, under their own brands. These days, you do see pay walls for The New Yorker and such. We went through the same discussion with Style.com and with "Vogue" and "Glamour" and company. "Concierge" was the travel service, with Condé Nast traveler.Rochelle Udelle started it, by coming up with the brand of Epicurious.Martin: Do you remember, at that time, any debates, discussion, inside the company about separate versus integrated business development? In other words, I believe Condé Nast was one of the first and longest standing separate digital operations. Condé Net, it was called. I believe Sarah Chubb ran it.Jeff: Later on she did, yes.Martin: OK, so later on. But this was a very gut wrenching thing inside a lot of companies. Because the mainstream brands were losing their control. What was that like inside of Condé Nast?Jeff: Gut wrenching indeed. But the belief was the same that, if one handed over digital to print editors and publishers, they would try to replicate...Martin: The innovator's dilemma.Jeff: ...the models. Come back later. The tablet was where editors and publishers said, "Aha! What the link stole away, the tablet has given back. It's given back our control of the experience and the relationship with the brand and the business model." Not really, but that was their hope and belief.Martin: We'll get to that in a moment.Jeff: We have editors who want to create products that the link tears asunder. That alone is difficult. But all the same reasons. Are we going to do what's appropriate for digital? Will we have enough interactivity? Will we enable the people to talk, share and do things? At Epicurious, Joan Finni helped start something called "Gail's Recipe Swap."Forums. Steve Newhouse was very hard that we had to have forums going in Epicurious. At Condé Nast, there was even more resistance than at a newspaper company. But Gail's Recipe Swap was a phenomenon. People came in. They shared recipes galore. They demanded that we give them chat. They demanded that we give them a separate forum, so they could create their own content projects.It was phenomenal to see what happened. People got married. They had meet ups in Chicago. It was one of the earliest goose bump moments, of seeing what can happen if you gave the community a platform to do what it wanted to do.Martin: I get that. I suppose what I'd like to hear from you is your perspective on the kind of development that took place in that early 2000s era, of these brands versus Internet brands. You had Condé Nast Traveler. What was the Internet brand?Jeff: Concierge.Martin: Concierge is built. I'm sure you had a hand in helping to build that. Then "Trip Advisor" comes along and just completely overwhelms it in terms of size, scale, revenue, profit. Trip Advisor is a major public company. Not major public. But it's a public company today, with significant cash flow. In recipes...Jeff: All Recipes.Martin: Exactly. You've got this crown jewel of gourmet, meanwhile All Recipes comes and builds this. What is it about the native digital folks, in this arena, particularly in the magazines/vertical content arena, that just seems to overwhelm traditional brands? No matter how smart people are and the best of their intentions. A separate operation, free content, whatever it is. They just never do it.Jeff: Two answers. Let me first give you an even better example. I got involved in bridal, which was a punch line whenever I said I had to go to a bridal meeting. Condé Nast owns brides. It got "Modern Bride." It bought the last competitor. You would think it had the entire magazine world of bridal and they owned the bridal world. Along came "The Knot."The Knot became the biggest brand in bridal. That was unbelievable. But when you think about it, it's not so unbelievable because the bridal market flushes out every 18 months, completely. You're gone. You may come back later, for another wedding, but you're gone. So it became fairly easy for a brand like The Knot to come along and grab the new brides and that next generation of audience. Online enabled it...Martin: Why would that be easy? They didn't have a brand. They didn't have content.Jeff: Here's why. This paradox exists to this day. All those services you mentioned, Trip Advisor, "All Recipes," The Knot, see themselves not as content factories, but as services. I believe what's trapped us, in media, is we see ourselves as the makers of content. That traps us in a lot of problems. It traps us in the idea that our content has value and you should pay for our content because we worked hard on it. We hear that all the time.I've never seen a business model built on the word "should," but I hear it a lot in media. It goes to our editorial ego. "We made this. This is where the value is, we like this and you should pay respect to it." It's how we set up our entire operation. I don't think that's where the real value is. Content has value. It has considerable value. But it has value more as a tool to other ends.In the consumer's mind, the service has greater value to their utility and what they need. From a business perspective, if you serve someone as an individual, not as a mass, you have a better relationship with them, a more valued relationship with them. That is what Google sees clearly. That is why they are in the phone business because these things generate signals about people.This tells Google where I am, who I am, who I know, where I'm going. I gladly let it do that. So that when I go to Google Now, it tells me how long it's going to take me to get home today. I never told them where I live and where I work. That's a relationship with an individual, based on a service. Content plays a role, because content I look at tells Google yet more.But that's not the way we look at it in media. In magazines, newspaper companies and TV companies, we think we make valued content and that's where all our value is intrinsic. We're stuck there.Martin: It goes back a very long way, actually. I had this same conversation with Gordon Crovitz, about Yahoo Finance. A service around business news, not a business news content factory, to use your phrase.Jeff: Exactly. We can't get out of that. My thinking very lately has been around arguing around this idea of, perhaps we're not in the content business or should not be in the content business at all. We should rethink of ourselves as being in the service and relationship business. But we're not built for that. We are built industrially to make content at scale.It even goes to the business model. The business model of media, and it was a great myth of media, that all readers see all ads, so we charge all advertisers for all readers. That's what the net, of course, gave up. I don't know whether you were on it with me, but the horrible audit bureau of circulations net committee, where we debated for hours and hours, "What's a page view? What's an impression?"The thought was, you had to have circulation audits for online sites, because of that old media assumption.Martin: We were building a company and taking it public during the dot com, to do that. I don't remember whether you recall that.Jeff: I do. But it was a fallacious assumption. The advertiser didn't care about the total audience of the site. All the advertiser cared about was what readers saw their flight of ads. That's what they wanted audited. This notion of the value of the entire circulation was wrong. We're still built around that. Look at Comcast. Look out how advertising's built now.They go to the big sites, because you have a lot of traffic. You're not buying that whole site. You're only buying the pages and the viewers that you can afford. We're still operating on old media models, in another world.Martin: We have these so called magazine websites now. Looking back, what would you have done differently? Very good intentions, smart people, as I say.Jeff: I think Condé Nast is unique, because it had the highest end magazines, competing with few. It had more than one magazine in a category. They could have come along, had Gourmet and Bon Apetit compete with each for preeminence online, with Food Network and these new players that would have come. I don't think that would have been any better.Epicurious was a stronger effort, a stronger brand, a stronger product. It thought differently. The notion of having a complete search engine. Joan Fidi had monks literally retyping recipes out of the old magazines, bringing this value online. That was new thinking.Martin: Could it be, Jeff, that the separate operations weren't separate enough? That they didn't have the fire of entrepreneurialism deeply embedded in them? That they were still, even thought they were "separate," really just flankers of the core businesses? And couldn't get to the services world, didn't have the engineering talent, and didn't have the leadership and DNA to do that?Jeff: That's very true. When I started "Entertainment Weekly Magazine," at Time Inc., back in '90, we were seen as entrepreneurial because they moved us half a block away. That was the sum and total of the entrepreneurial spirit of the place, that we weren't in the building. The definition of entrepreneurship, in big media companies. is skewed.They don't allow for their own cannibalization. If there's one big lesson from this entire 18 year saga, it is, of course, the innovator's dilemma. We didn't allow ourselves to be disrupted sufficiently from within. Yes, I agree that perhaps they should have been more separate. But I also actually think there's a biorhythm to this.There was a point, at the end of my tenure at Advance, when I was going to come here to CUNY to teach, where I didn't quite say this literally, but I as much as said to my boss, Steve Newhouse, who I respect tremendously, "Fire me." You get fired very well at Condé Nast, so it would have been a good thing. "Go ahead and kill the division we built. Hold the print staff's responsible for the digital future. Put some digital people in charge of those things."That was too wrenching itself to do by that point. But it's kind of starting to happen. You're seeing combinations. In New Orleans, for example, it is now one operation. There is a story arc, better put, to this. If it started out as part of the print operation, it never ever could have been digital. It would have been PDF and value added and not interactive.Starting separately was very important. You're right, if they could have really started separate. However, a lot of the value they were getting was the free license or the cheap license to the content, that they were getting from the parent company, from the print publishers.Martin: Maybe that was a crutch.Jeff: In some ways, it certainly was. But the other alternative would be to compete with them, which, perhaps, is exactly what they should have done. But less likely to happen. As you go on in time, you come to a time where the separation did become a bit counter productive. If you look at John Payton at Digital First Media, Rafat Ali, founder of Paid Content, mocked Payton's choice for a company name."Digital First? What does that mean?" Payton said, "You're right, Rafat. That's a ridiculous name if you're Paid Content or Google. You're not digital first, you just are digital. But in our world, I've got to make a legacy company digital. I've got to get them over that hump." Alan Rusbridger, at the Guardian, drew a chart of print and digital.Print coming down, digital going up. He put a green blob in the middle. He said, "We have to get over their green blob," which they're still trying to get over. We were trying to figure out that switch to become a truly digital company. If you were going to become a truly digital company at some point, you have to say that the fate of the company, as a digital enterprise, has to be on everybody's back.What the separation allowed, and I heard this happen with friends and editors I respected, who would say, "That digital stuff? That's not my job. My job is to get the paper out. My job is to sell the paper. My job is to still make the paper successful, because the paper still brings in the cash in the company." That was true. Innovator's dilemma.Until you get to the point where you push people off and say, "This is the future. This is where it's going. We have to push there faster. We are going to become a truly digital company." Some digital people are going to take over. Some print people are going to learn how to do this in new ways. Everyone is going to see digital as their fate.That's where we are today. I don't think we could have started there.Martin: Now you leave Condé Nast what year?Jeff: I leave Advance and Condé Nast, eight years ago now.Martin: So 2005?Jeff: I think it's about that time. When did you buy About.com?Martin: 2005.Jeff: Right after that.Martin: You started consulting for About. At the same time, you brought up this brand called "Buzz Machine," which was one of the first...Well not.Jeff: It wasn't one of the first blogs. The first blogs started about '99.Martin: Even before.Jeff: Oh yeah. That's right. Buzz Machine was fully a reaction to 9/11. I was in the last path train into the World Trade Center on September 11th. I'd been around blogs. The confession here is that Nick Denton, now head of Gawker, was then heading up a startup called "Moreover." I had seen it and I chased after him, begging him to allow us to invest in the company from Advance.We were also doing investments at the time, which was another way we all thought we would learn the new ways and get closer to them. I remember Denton sitting at the law firm, and said, "I have to show you something." He pulled out a laptop, hooked it all up, which of course took a long time. He showed me Blogger. "Look!" He types in something. He hits a button and there it is.I said, "BFD." I didn't get it. I didn't understand the importance of blogs. I will fully confess. He showed this to me and I said, "So you published a page." Clearly, I learned the importance of it. I hung around it. Nick got me to get the Newhouse's to invest in blogger and save it, one of the many times it needing saving. I was around blogs, but I didn't do it myself.After September 11th, I had more to say about the experience. I thought I would do it for a few weeks. I started blogging on Blogger. It took over all available life. It changed my notion of media and thus of my career. It was a critical moment, in my view, of where things go.Martin: Why?Jeff: The ding moment for me... Maybe I put too much importance on it. But Nick knew some guys in LA named Ken Lane and Matt Welch, who were earlier bloggers. He said, "Hey, my friend was at the World Trade Center, look what he wrote." They wrote something about it and linked to it, to me. I linked back to them. I remember Nick lecturing me about the permalink, that I had just linked to the top of their site.No, you link right to their post. The ding moment there was that I saw a conversation had occurred, in different places at different times. But it was a conversation. That was a lightning bolt of what the link enabled, and how the link changed the very structure of media from a product, a lecture, into a conversation. It really was a changing moment for me.I kept blogging, was allowed to keep blogging, while I was still employed. Didn't get into much trouble, and used that to teach me how media was changing.Here I was, a digital guy, I thought I was on the digital path. I wasn't nearly enough on the digital path. Blogging taught me a lot. To this day, of course, I keep on learning new ways to look at media.The biggest challenge between the students and myself, is to get them to question all the assumptions that they assume about media, because of the structure that it has held in the past.Martin: What's interesting about this, in some ways, is that you now start blogging, as an employee of Condé Nast, but, you're not evangelizing that inside? It's, certainly, not lighting up. It's not like Condé Nast had legions of bloggers, back then.Jeff: Don't forget, I was involved in two different companies.Martin: It's almost like, you went native.Jeff: A little bit. My home was in Jersey City, at Journal Square, at, "The Jersey Journal." I was on the newspaper side. That's where my office was. I was also at Condé Nast. They were very different companies, extremely different cultures.On the newspaper side, we did start blogs. It would be almost 10 years ago, now, I remember, holding a meetup in one of the Oranges of New Jersey, and Debbie Galant came. I said, "Why don't you all start blogs on NJ.com about your towns?"Debbie said, "That's a good idea, Jarvis. But, why the hell would I do it for you?" She started, "Baristanet," one of the first hyperlocal blogs.Martin: Still, in a sense, the most successful one.Jeff: I think so, in a lot of ways. Debbie, meanwhile, has gone to Montclair State, where she's running a Commons of media in New Jersey. Really, a model, for other hyperlocal bloggers.Martin: Let's just pause there, because, I'd like to talk. Why don't you think her model has really taken off across the country? Is it the peculiarities of Montclair?Jeff: I think it's the effort that goes into it. I wrote about this, recently, when another company, Carll Tucker's company, in Connecticut, ran into financial problems. It was yet another case where hyperlocal gets cooties. "Backfence," his company, others that have gone by the wayside.I think the mistake in hyperlocal is that big companies come in, and think they can scale this overnight. Patch comes along, "We can parachute 1,000 recent journalism graduates into 1,000 towns, and put a platform across that, and it will just succeed." No.The real lesson from Debbie's effort, with her partner Liz, at Baristanet, was how local they really were. They were very much part of the town. Also, how much work it took. It's no way to get rich.When we did research here, almost three years ago, at CUNY, on new business models for news, we found bloggers scattered across the country, that were bringing in, for towns, similarly sized, $200,000 to $250,000 in revenue. That's sustainable. It's sustainable for one person, for two people.But, it doesn't immediately scale to 1,000 sites. That's the problem with hyperlocal. All the efforts to scale it have been to try to have a corporation start many, many sites, all at once. I think, the truth of hyperlocal is that it's going to be dedicated, local people.They can use support. In NJ, we're working out of the NJ News Commons, trying to give them support in areas like training, technology, collaboration, distribution. Services, like, insurance.Trying to get them so that they can get more support, so that we can encourage more journalists to come in, and cover the towns that they don't cover anymore. I think, it's possible to grow hyperlocal, but it's a really hard slog.Back to the blogs. We did have blogs at Advance, at the newspaper side. Steve Newhouse was very enthusiastic about the blogs. The papers, of course, were resistant. The New York Times was very resistant.I had an amazing exchange, at the time, with Bill Keller, when New York Times versus blogs was part of the meme. I urged him to invite bloggers in for bagels. He mocked me, because I had the hubris to speak for all bloggers. It turned into a fascinating email exchange, which I can send you.There was hostility to blogs, in the early days, among newspapers. But, our separate sites were able to start them, and we did. Eventually, the newspapers came along and started on them.On the magazine side, yeah, there was some difficulty getting blogs going. I remember an editor, I don't think I'm telling a tale out of school now, it's been so many years, but, David Friend, an editor at, "Vanity Fair," said, "We're trying to get blogs going. We're hitting some walls with technology, and, this and that."I said, "Well, who do you think should blog, right off the bat?" He said, "James Wolcott." I said, "Perfect." There wasn't a more perfect blogger you could imagine than Wolcott, who would say outrageous things, and have fun doing it, and be smart about it.I said, "He has a book coming out. Why don't we just tell everybody that he's got a book blog, anyway? That fact will help him." I remember, sitting there with Wolcott, and training him how to blog. This had to be arranged, quietly, so that I could train him.He would sit there, and I'd open up the blogging platform at the time, I think it was called Movable Type. I said, "Jim, type in a headline." He'd type in a headline. "Type in your post." He'd type in a post. "Hit that button." He hit that button. I said, "Now, go look at it."The look on his face, the realization that he had just published to the world, and that entire building underneath him, disappeared. It was phenomenal to watch. I think, we saw that starting to take off.I think, there was a moment where writers with brands, Tom Friedman at, "The Times," Jim Wolcott at, Vanity Fair, and so on, and so on, and so on, saw this opportunity to have their direct connection to a public, and they enjoyed it.It wasn't just these pajamaed bloggers saying ridiculous things. It was their chance to, also, have a direct relationship with the public, and get in on the fun. I think, that started taking blogs off across the path, including, the magazines. It took awhile. But, I think newspapers were ahead.Twitter changed it even more. Where Twitter was a way to interact with an audience in a lot more ways, and more productive ways, also, to promote yourself, and do other things. I think we've gotten past this prejudice we had for this kind of interaction with the public that really was there in the early days.Martin: You just mentioned Twitter. Talk about Twitter, and what impact you think it's having on journalism. Is it a new kind of aggregation? Some people have suggested that it's a kind of post fragmentation system.Jeff: I think Twitter, as a platform, provides a great deal of things. One of the complaints we hear about is the echo chamber argument, "We don't get serendipity. The editors gave us serendipity. Editors would show us what we wouldn't otherwise see."I think Twitter provides that function greatly. Twitter, clearly, provides the function of giving us tips to, not only good stuff, but, also the latest news, and is a way to keep up. Twitter provides promotion for journalists. Twitter provides a way for journalists to do better reporting, and ask people questions, which I see smart journalists doing.The ideal journalistic view of Twitter is embodied in Andy Carvin, Strategist at National Public Radio, who, of course, tweeted the Arab Spring. He knew people in Indonesia, and Egypt, and he wrote a book, out of CUNY, full disclosure, called, "Distant Witness," that we just published.Martin: What was it called? I'm sorry.Jeff: Distant Witness.Martin: Distant Witness.Jeff: That was the first time his work ever turned into a narrative. What Andy did that I think was really important, and the way to look at Twitter is, make it very clear, these were not Twitter revolutions. These were revolutions by brave individuals.But Twitter and Facebook enabled these individuals to find each other, to know that they existed, to then, organize themselves, to inform themselves. They were very useful tools.In Tahrir Square, Twitter was, obviously, being used a great deal, but, not to publish to the world. It was being used for communication. But, in that communication, there were incredible amounts of information of value. There were also incredible amounts of disinformation.Andy came along, as a journalist, and added journalistic value to that flow. That flow that now occurred without the mediator, without media. He, first and foremost, discerned nodes and networks.He knew this person was really in Egypt, and if that person said that this person was really in Egypt, then we're going to trust that person more. A journalistic skill. He debunked rumors. He confirmed facts. He got people to help him to translate videos, or, to confirm locations in videos. He added perspective.He added cautions. If someone said, "This just happened." He said, "How do you know that? Where did you find that out?" Incredible journalistic value. The role of Twitter is that it enables a flow of information within the community. We, as journalists, should encourage it to go on. It's cheap for us. It costs us nothing for that flow to go on.But, the community then needs us to add value to that. We no longer become the creator of all content. We no longer become the gateway to all information. We instead, stand above, apart from, these flows, and these pools of data, and we add value to them.Martin: I want to touch on that now, because, I think it brings up something that you've often talked about, which is this notion of the link economy. We'll talk about that, as well as, your book, on Google, in a minute.But, I think, all of us, including, those of us at The Times felt, at a certain point in time, and, I certainly still feel this way, that having an open view of the Web was absolutely beneficial journalistically. It magnifies your voice tremendously.The business side benefit to that, obviously, is also, to use your initial word, scalability, as well as, now that there are these pay models out there as a base, as you suggested, to convert from.Because, otherwise you have to do what "The Wall Street Journal" did and build it up one person at a time, which is very expensive.The question I have, though, is that, speaking for myself, I thought that there would be a much more robust advertising ecosystem, in digital media than there is today. That may be temporary. It may just be a function of right now, as many things are in digital.But, actually, Jeff, this notion that links have value, it seems to me, has really been, from a business perspective, greatly diminished over the last two years, as, literally, Facebook is selling, I heard this a couple of weeks ago, inventory at nine cents a thousand.The link to a New York Times page, aside from its potential value as a trigger to subscribe, has gone significantly down as a result of all of this oversupply, and the science of ad tech. That's where Google comes in.Can you provide a perspective on that both from a historical perspective, as well as, a current one, in terms of your thinking?Jeff: My most retweeted bumper sticker line that I've ever said was, "Do what you do best, and link it to the rest." That was a revelation. I think it was about "The New York Times" that I wrote it, actually.The New York Times does some things magnificently well, and doesn't need to do other things right now. It's a national, and becoming an international news brand. Tragically, for New York, it's less and less a local brand.The opportunity we have across media is to specialize, which is less expensive, and, one hopes higher value. You get a better relationship. A local paper, elsewhere in this country, can link to The New York Times, and doesn't need to cover Washington, and should do a good job of covering Cincinnati.I think that's really where we need to go, and that's OK. It provides efficiency, lower cost, greater value to the reader, because The New York Times is going to do a better job than the Cincinnati paper would covering Washington, and so on.Where's the economic basis of this? This is where I started exploring the notion of the link economy. Part of the problem with going back to this idea of content is that we think the entire value of the marketplace is intrinsic in content itself.There's another creation of value which is the creation of an audience for that content, the links. You touched on another problem. We're going to come back to this notion of these two values, in one second. But, let's go off to the real problem, the word we haven't used yet, is, abundance.All of media was about controlling the scarcity. All of the media was, thus, about the ability to have pricing power. We lost that when the Internet came along. There's no shortage of inventory, as we think of advertising.Martin: Nick Denton, by the way, completely disagrees with that. I can talk to you about why, later. But, we've interviewed him, and he has a very, very different perspective on that.Jeff: Nick Denton said, back in the day, that he was trying to be Steve Newhouse, and he wanted to create as many blogs as Si had magazines. He's trying to create a scarcity again, which, I think, is possible. I think The New York Times certainly has created a scarcity.The problem is if you don't sell out, it's not really a scarcity. But, by holding the price up, you've maintained pricing power, still. But, it's a tenuous, edge of the cliff kind of effort. You know better than anyone. You can tell me.But, let me go to Google, now, for a minute. Then, we'll come back to this notion of the two values. Google didn't steal business from us in media. Google simply offered advertisers a better deal. Google came along, and if Google had acted like a scarcity controlling media company, it would have said, "Only so many people in a day search on the word, Paris. We will charge what the market will bear for the opportunity to see those people." They didn't do that.What they said instead was, "We're going to charge on the basis of performance, on clicks." Thus, Google aligned its interests with the advertisers. Google didn't manage the scarcity.Google said, "In fact, what we need is more places where people are talking about Paris, and looking for Paris, so that we can put more ads that are more relevant to people for Paris, so that the ad will perform better, because we don't get paid if it doesn't click and it doesn't perform."This is when, and I didn't get it at first, either, as with many things that you've done, Martin. I remember, at a hotel, uptown, an announcement that you, at The New York Times, would be running Google ads. Here I, a Google fan, thought you were nuts. Like I did when you bought About. I was wrong about both.Because, I thought, "Why are you bringing Google in?" I quickly saw the value of it. You got revenue you wouldn't otherwise get, from them. You got a piece of their action.Google, I understood, was creating an abundance. If it could be on The New York Times, travel pages, where the word Paris was enough, that was good for its advertisers. You protected The New York Times, such that an advertiser couldn't buy through Google instead of through you. You came up with business terms that made it work for both.What Google did, was align its interests with the advertisers, reduce the risk, or even, take on the risk for the advertisers, in this case, in the case of the early advertising, and rather than control the scarcity, it created an abundance. It offered, thus, the advertisers a better deal.Rishad Tobaccowala, our mutual friend from Publicis, says that what also happened at that time, was that because, this was an entirely new model, and, because, the big advertisers couldn't fit into it, Google got an entirely new population of advertisers, smaller advertisers, who otherwise never could afford to advertise in our big, scalable media.That allowed Google to change the rules, so that by the time the big advertisers came along, the rules had been set in an entirely different way. You now had an advertising marketplace based on abundance. Google set itself up to benefit from that.We, in media, are still pretty much built on a scarcity based model. We're also built on a model saying, "You want to be near our content, for our branding, to get to our audience, with these demographics that we have gathered," and that's where the value is for the advertiser.Still true, but becoming more tenuous as we go along, and becoming challenged now, of course, by retargeting, which says, "If I know that you've been looking for a hotel in Paris, then that's more valuable to me than knowing what climate you're looking at. I can track you around the Web with that."Martin: In a direct response context, absolutely. I think that the symmetry has gone wacky on the branding side. But, that's just putting on my old, OPA hat. I just think that the world has gone nuts.Jeff: I think, it has, too. I think that becomes the new setting. Now, we go back to the link economy for a moment. We think in the media that the entire value is in the content. I've been arguing that there's also value in the creation of the audience for that content.You've just said to me, "It has limited value, because just more audience, to an unsold out, better brand advertising mechanism, doesn't necessarily work very well." That's true. But, it's not, necessarily, because there's no values in the links, it's because, we don't, necessarily, know how to get the value out of the links.When News Corp and Axel Springer go after Google saying, "You stole my story, you stole my soul. You've taken all these people from me." Google says, "No. We sent you a billion people. A billion clicks a month. It's up to you, publishers, to find the value in that, to create the relationship, and create the value in that." That's where the disconnect is.Martin: Just for a moment, you brought up something that is quite interesting, actually, that Rupert has gone quite hard at Google, over the years, for having stolen his links, and in his mind, his content. But, it's very easy to simply remove yourself.Jeff: He did remove, "The Times of London," for awhile, and then brought it back. He did. I saw a study, two weeks ago, that looked at the market share in circulation, versus market share in Twitter links, of top media brands across half a dozen countries.The New York Times, and "The Guardian," have very high Twitter shares. The Times of London, zero, none. It's out of the conversation. Nobody links to it.Martin: Does it matter?Jeff: I think it does, because, he needs to find new customers. I think, for his writers, why do they exist? What's their reason for being there? To get ahead of the competition, to get people to answer their calls.A reporter called me, once, from, "The Daily," and I said, "I'm really busy. Frankly, you're not big enough to bother with."Martin: I'm trying to interview Rupert. I hope to get him by the end of April, to ask him these questions. But, speaking of, The Daily, let's move over to the tabloids, for just a moment.Jeff: Let me go over one more thing about the link economy, if I may. The extension of the link economy, I think, is not just that we have a marketplace for the value of links. I think the real extension of it, and I wrote a white paper about this, is that if the content can have attached to it its business model, it can now travel freely.We're still stuck in the model of making all the readers come to us. What if we go to the readers? I was about to build a demonstration project about this out of the Tow Knight Center here at CUNY, when, along out of nowhere, Debbie Galant found what I've been looking for, the embeddable article. It's a service called, Repost.Us.There are four critical things. If an article can be embeddable, like a YouTube video, four things are required. It has to travel with a brand, with the revenue, the advertising, with the analytics, so that you know what's going on, and with the links back.They built this. They built it brilliantly. Debbie and others, have used this as a basis to build a network in New Jersey. AFP and, "The Christian Science Monitor," are using them. Other big media companies are looking at them.Full disclosure is that they've asked me to advise them, because, I'm such a fan of what they're doing. It's the extension of the link economy. What it says is that if your content can travel with these things, then, fine, let it fly.In the early analysis they've had with the current clients, they found a couple of important things. One, the overlap in the audience from the creator's site to the embedder's site generally is about two percent. When someone embeds your full article, you may get 98 percent incremental audience.Second important fact. The click through rate from a complete article a complete article with headline, photos, ads, everything, just embedded on my blog, let's say is five to seven percent. Very high. What it says is, perhaps, Mr. Murdoch, is that no! Google is not stealing your soul, Google isn't putting up enough content.Your full article is your best ad. It sends a highly qualified reader who says, "I really like this article. Give me more. I know exactly what I'm going to get."When I go there, if you're smart enough to say, "Aha, this person came from someone who really read that thing in depth and wanted more. Now, I know more about them, now I can serve them better, as an individual."Very early days, but to me, that's the ultimate extension of a link economy. It's not to say that one should charge for links either way, but that, in the long run, if the New York Times, which now says to the "Huffington Post," "You're stealing our soul. You're summarizing our articles." But it's also true the Huffington Post readers want to read New York Times stuff.It's a small matter of business negotiation to actually put articles on the Huffington Post with these business conditions attached. That starts to break down the idea of the site. That causes us problems in a world of com score and measurement and brand and all kinds of other complications, but I think we have to think this way.That, if we can interact with and get to know someone and serve them with relevance, wherever they are, that's the ultimate extension of the link economy, but we're barely seeing the beginnings of it to truly understand that. We're about to embark on some research at CUNY here about that.Martin: Thank you. I want to end on this more emerging world of mobile, smartphone, tablet environment. You brought up the daily and you kind of anticipated where I was going to go.The Daily to me was a major media company's effort to create an entrepreneurial team to actually go out, and really, for the first time, not have access. They could have given them the access to the "New York Post" or maybe they did at a certain point. But in any event, the core mission was to go out and invent content for this new form factor. Basically go build it.It seems to me they did that. What was your reaction to that effort as an old magazine guy? Also, now looking at it from a very different kind of new media perspective?Jeff: It wasn't disruptive at all. The Daily was trying to recreate the world that they knew in a new world. I think it made a bunch of fundamental errors.Martin: They hired the wrong people?Jeff: No, it was the wrong assignment going in. I think the idea of let's create a content property goes back to this idea of content versus service.Let's create something that has a brand and experience that's in a closed world very difficult to link to or link from. It goes back to the idea of a packaged product. An error when the link disaggregates packaged products.Let's put a wall around it and a pay wall around it before any value is established, and before you really know what it is. No one can find it and link to it. Let me go back to this content argument because this goes to this.A paradox of content value that I've been thinking about lately, I haven't written about this yet, is that I could argue that the highest value content is information rich content. What matters to your life.If you find out that there's a storm coming, that there's a sale on...[crosstalk]Martin: You have a health problem.Jeff: Health problem, all that. That's information rich. The problem, however, is that information of course is easily commodifiable. You can't and shouldn't be able to copyright information per say, or own knowledge.The hot news doctrine be damned. If it's information, if it's knowledge, it's going to be passed around. That's how society advances is we pass around information and knowledge. It's extremely difficult to monetize what I would argue is the most valuable content. Information rich.If you go over to the other side of narrative content. Now I call this without any intent to be pejorative. It's entertainment. The New York Times avalanche piece was information poor to me.I'm scared of heights, I don't ski, I don't get near avalanches. I have absolutely no utility out of this whatsoever. The only reason for me to spend time with it is because it was entertaining.In that sense, entertainment can inform and elucidate. I'm not disparaging it in the least. What I'm saying is there are these two different camps of what we think of as content. We're stuck between the two.I haven't figured out how to right this yet. I think that we egotistically think that what we do is create wonderful narratives. Rich, wonderful narratives. Sometimes we do, but that's a lot harder. There's a lot of competition.Competition for people's time, and it has less intrinsic value. But like a movie, if it's great, if it's unique, you may well be able to charge for it.You're in the blockbuster economy now. Not everybody's ego, thinking they can write wonderful narratives, is going to get money. All these students who go out and say, "I'm going to save long form journalism"...which I think is a ridiculous way to say it. Just because it's long doesn't make it good.You have that notion of entertainment. Meanwhile, over here you have what I would call service, which is information rich. We have to look at that as a different business model. News, in theory, should be oriented toward the information side. It's giving you information you need in your life, a community needs, an individual needs.That's, don't we know now, hard to monetize. Don't we know that there are new service oriented competitors that come along. Entertainment narrative, whether that is in text or in video or in whatever form it takes, can be valuable, absolutely. But it's really hard, too, because it's highly competitive. That's where we are.We tend to think that we have both worlds. We did in the past because we controlled the press. Once you take away our power of distribution, then you're stuck with this idea of saying, "Which way do we go?" I don't think we've decided yet.The Daily comes along. It says we're going to be on a tablet. We're going to be beautiful. We're going to be like a daily magazine. We're going to be wonderful. What I've heard a lot of people say about it was, "Yeah, it actually is pretty good looking, but the content itself? Just articles." I think that it was actually stuck badly at that crux of information and entertainment.Martin: Flipboard would be a much more viable model because it's more of a service.Jeff: Kind of, but the problem is, it's still based on just content. "Let's put up a lot of content." Flipboard is the next generation of shovelware. The original generation of shovelware was we, the editors, put up our articles. We're still doing that. We didn't re think what the article is. Circa, David Cohen and Ben Huh's company, is trying to re think the article I think that's important into assets and paths, as I call it.Generally, we're in shovelware mode as individual brands. What Flipboard does is it aggregates the shovelware. You can take content from others. They just came out with a new product. You can aggregate your own, but you're still taking content and making it look pretty. You're not changing to the notion of a service.We'll see what Marissa Mayer does. Can she go to the idea of a service? I think that's where she thinks. When we presented our new business models for news at Aspen almost three years ago, Marissa was there for the Knight Commission on information for communities.She said, "You're talking, Jarvis, all this stuff about hyperlocal news. I get that. But," she said, "where I think the world really goes is to a hyperpersonal news stream." She would include in that, eMail. Not long after that, out came Priority Inbox. She would include in that every stream that comes to you in a day. Google or now Yahoo, in her view, should help you prioritize that and bring order to that.Martin: Maybe that's why Zuckerberg referred to the newsfeed as a newspaper in the latest version.Jeff: Yeah. He originally named it News Feed. I'll confess the many times that I've looked at somebody who had vision at first and pooh poohed it and was wrong. He called news stream. That's ridiculous. That's not news. Of course, it's a news man who would say that.Then I thought back to one of our earliest experiments to go back to the beginning here at NJ.com where we created a platform for community pages. Community groups to come in and start pages. There are reasons it didn't work, but at first it was enjoyable to watch.We had a template. One of the tabs in the template was news. I remember that Ms. Jones ballet school had a page. We looked at it. What was under the news? "The leotards are in." Well, to those little ballerinas, that was news. To think that we had the monopoly on defining what news is to people, what matters in their lives, is part of the hubris that we're still living with at our business.If you instead create a platform for people to share what they know, that's what the Internet's really about....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (5)

Art Kern

BIO: YES: Arthur Kern is chairman of American Media, a compa...

TRANSCRIPT: Paul: It is April 8, 2013. We're in San Francisco with Art Kern. It's Paul Sagan and Martin Nisenholtz. Good to see you again.Art Kern: Good to see you guys.Paul: Maybe you could back up and just do five minutes of resume first that sets the scene, before what we came to call new media happened. You had a legitimate media background before the illegitimate new media came along.Art: As I was telling Martin, I started out as a media buyer at Grey Advertising, not knowing anything about anything in media. From there, moved into the selling side of television, first starting in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania with Westinghouse, KDKA TV. KDKA, as you may know, as the radio station that claimed the first commercial broadcast in the U.S in broadcasting. It was the Cox Harding election returns, 1920. It had a rich heritage. That company had a very rich heritage, as you know. I moved up in sales and management positions to, ultimately manage TV stations for them, first in Baltimore and then out here in San Francisco. Now, we're in 1980. At that time, in 1980, I also started my own radio company with a friend of mine. We bought a radio station on Long Island called WALK 97.5, from the estate of Chet Huntley and three other people. One person was alive at the time. Then we built that into a commercial FM radio group, which we sold in the mid nineties. We had a couple of stations in Ann Arbor, Michigan and subsequently sold those. At about the time we sold the company was the time that I started at Yahoo.Paul: What was your first experience when you say this online thing happening? And said, "This either changes everything or at least it's really different, so I'm going to go there."Art: First, I would say that if I hadn't have been lucky enough to sell my company at that moment in time, I was paying attention to it, but I wouldn't have devoted the next chapter of my life to it. So having the time to dig into it and invest a little of what I'd earned in radio, into the Internet, gave me the chance to look into it. The very first investment I made was in a game platform company. It was called Total Entertainment Network. It's now called Pogo and is a little, tiny part of EA. But at that time, what occurred to me was, "Oh God. This is going to change everything." Of course, games looked like the perfect thing to do. Because you could connect up thousand of people in real time.Paul: That would have been '95?Art: Yes. It was actually through that, indirectly, that I came to Yahoo. Because Mike Mortiz, who was the venture capitalist who'd backed Yahoo, was looking for someone who'd had media experience. Because he saw Yahoo as much as a media company as it was a technology company.Paul: What was your first interaction with Yahoo?Art: Mike called me up and said, "I'd like you to meet these guys." I said, "What's the business?" He said, "I can't really tell you that much, other than it's a directory for this new thing, the web. You'll just have to come down and see these guys." So I drove to the Valley and met Tim Koogle, Jerry Yang and David Filo. And Jeff Mallett, actually. I came away from that meeting feeling like, "This is very different, in every respect." Something I might be able to add a little value, coming from the media side.Paul: Mostly at that point it was a human guide?Art: That's actually the thing of it. People forget that Yahoo's roots were both, but it was a human company and had human beings sorting websites.Martin: Do you remember the technology intersection? These are two Stanford students who created it, so what was the technology doing? Was it managing the humans?Art: What I remember...Paul: You said both, so one was the humans. The both, the other was...Art: Technology.Paul: ...technology.Art: Because you needed both. Yahoo started out as a list, literally, a list of Jerry and David's favorite websites. [laughs] They quickly asked their friends and it multiplied obviously geometrically. In fact, actually, by the time I got there, which was early '96, I joined the four, January of '96. They had already aggregated something on the order of 200,000 websites across 20,000 categories. The human side of it was how to categorize what was found and discovered. The discovery side of it came through spider, what you might call bot work. They had algorithms. They had to have algorithms to accomplish even that and they were well aware that this thing was going to explode astronomically.Paul: So you had this first meeting and you realized something was very different.Art: Yes. That something was first, they were extremely smart. You and I came from the broadcasting business. We thought we were smart. Had we met some of these Valley types earlier in our career, we might have had a lower opinion of ourselves and the work we were doing. Literally, as a matter of fact, Jerry and David were rocket scientists. They did some work with NASA Ames and they were PhD candidates. That's the first thing that struck me, was how smart and nimble they were. They were scientists in the sense that media people rely on emotions, judgment, and intuition, all these good human qualities. Scientists have a very objective way of sorting out problems and that was very appealing to me.Paul: Let's come back to that engineering piece a little later, because I do think that's very important in the collision of journalism and news.Art: And a collision it was.Paul: Yeah, exactly. But in that moment, so this barely a media site, it wasn't all technical and it certainly wasn't a news business at that point.Art: It didn't intend to be. There were a group. I think when I got there, there might have been 30 of these. They really weren't editors. I forget the name we used, but they were in the business of categorizing the Web.Martin: Which is an editorial function.Art: It is.Martin: A curation function.Art: A curation, exactly. If you think of it today though, you could accuse them of hubris because how could you possibly scale that up? Everybody was aware that that was going to be a central question. How do you scale that up? It had to automate fairly quickly. Nonetheless, for many, many, years, that was the question you asked, for many years that was the DNA of the company, were hundreds of these human beings. Several hundred...Paul: ...who weren't, or at least there primary job wasn't being computer scientists or engineers.Art: Not at all.Paul: They were curators or...Art: Curators.Paul: ...or a form of editors. Something happened along the way. Either the scale just got too big or the engineering side took over. It became more a tech company, but it also became a news and information business. Talk about how that happened.Art: Yeah. By the way, I should footnote this part of the discussion as saying, this question of is Yahoo a media company or is it a technology company, was both the great opportunity for Yahoo and also it's greatest milstone. By having to be both for so long, it slowed the company down in many, many, ways and we can come back to that. That was a central problem for the company. So, in any event, on the human being side no one intended for Yahoo to originate content. We were an aggregator. We saw ourselves as the place to kind of get this chaotic Wild West web thing organized for you. And, of course, over time quickly that drew in mail, which, because so much of information is contained or relayed within mail, you know, today's form are tweeting and texting and all the rest. But mail was central.I think we were the first that did this. We were copied by Google and others, which was very flattering. We created this product called, "My Yahoo," which was, again, consistent with this idea that we were trying to organize the flow of information to you, personally. So the My Yahoo service, which still exists today, I still use it.Lucky for Yahoo that the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, and several thousand other great publications modularized their information so that you didn't even have to read a complete Wall Street Journal or New York Times. You could pick technology and op ed, and national and international, put these modules on My Yahoo, have them fed through RSS, and all of a sudden you've got the best of everything coming to you through that product.Paul: So talk about how that product came together in the first deals, because there has been in some of the current debate or thrash almost this concept that those media companies committed original sin when they gave away content for free. That's the pay wall versus no pay wall. You could almost argue that fundamental sort of unleashing of news on the Web was providing these feeds to Yahoo.Art: OK, so I can't tell you exactly how each deal unfolded. What I can say is that back then all of us, everybody, Martin, I'm sure you would agree with this, we were in a foot race, and you know journalism is always a race to get the story, get it right, hopefully, but get the story. And this race involved aggregating eyeballs which was almost like mortgage backed securities in a way. The whole idea was to get as many eyeballs as you could and worry about the implications later. So I don't think through the lens of looking back from today, that it's fair to say something bad was unleashed. I think it just was. It's what had to happen, and everybody was in the race. Everyone. Yahoo had multiple competitors in this foot race. And then, of course, the idea was to aggregate the user ship and then sell it in the form of advertising and various ways. And, of course, underneath this foot race Google came along. Yahoo had always used the best search technology under our label, because we didn't think that this was something we either needed to do, or, I should add, we were necessarily good at.Martin: Was that initially AltaVista?Art: Yes, we had whole series of them. OpenText was one. Some of the names I forget. As we took shape as portals, Excite was a big one, search became an incredible component, and you can't ignore it in this discussion, because search helped drive the outcome here. So, in looking back Google was a game changer. We knew they were the best, and we knew just as newspapers lament opening up content to us, we lament opening up that search position to them, but we had to.Martin: Actually, just to clarify, there were two phases. There was the pre RSS phase when we at, the Times, did a person to person business development deal with Yahoo...Art: Right.Martin: ...and we would give you one or two full text articles that you could run in return for the links. And we were very happy with that agreement. The other was the post [RSS], where you would just take the feed. But, I wanted to ask you a question about Yahoo Finance, because, to me, Yahoo Finance was the first really interesting software based web news product. I mean it wasn't just...Art: Right. It wasn't just aggregation, pure aggregation.Martin: Right. It was you guys had all these tools and interesting ways. And I think that set the tone for Yahoo's early development of content, and for whatever reason, and this goes back to Paul's point, the engineering piece was just lost on the traditional media companies. They could not add value to their content in the way that Yahoo was doing it, not during that era. So could you talk about Yahoo Finance? Do you remember it?Art: Yes, I remember it well. My Yahoo is one of our signature products. Yahoo Finance was as well. And we came to find out later, very interestingly through market research, that most, and I think this still exists today, though it'd very interesting to test, of the really, really, accomplished in investment banking, banking, financial services, etc. had two screens on their desks, the Bloomberg screen, which never did, by the way, get disrupted by the Web. Everybody thought it would once the floodgates opened, because free would take it over, and Bloomberg charges quite a bit for those screens, for those [indecipherable 15:49] . The two screens were the Bloomberg screen and Yahoo Finance, and why Yahoo Finance? Because it started, it was the earliest, it was the pioneer product.And it gave you a little of everything, and, again, aggregated, because that is Yahoo's DNA, but, nonetheless, simple. Some would argue that it should have progressed into being a lot deeper and lot more of proprietary product, journalist product, but that, again, we weren't good at it, and we wanted to leave that to others. But it's great that you bring it up, because it was important for us, and, amazingly, it's still doing well, but, of course, now you've got 100 other competitors.Paul: Do you remember the Reuter's deal? That in our research has come up, and David Graves, we've interviewed sat on both sides.Art: I hope he can fill in the specifics.Paul: He filled in a lot, but he talked about it first having done the deal at Reuters and then went to work at Yahoo.Art: Yes.Paul: I was wondering if you remembered that deal, not necessarily the details, but just when that happened, because it also set all the general news kind of free on the Web and in real time.Art: I do think that was a landmark deal for Yahoo. On the one hand it brought all that content, access to that content, worldwide, and by this time we were already worldwide, but we needed to be completely global, and Reuters, if nothing else, is a global news organization. And so, yeah, I think it was crucial for us. I don't know the details of it. We were happy to have it. Along the way, there were some issues about whether Reuters was happy with Yahoo, but there's a...Paul: Sounds like from his version, just to fill you in, there was a little Innovative Dilemma on their side, but his group won. There were some people there a little unhappy.Art: Internally.Paul: Internally, but they were basically, a wholesaler, unlike AP, which was prohibited for a while from cutting those kinds of deals, and so even though there was some unhappiness at Reuters they were able to cut the deal with Yahoo.Art: Well, the flip side of all this is the newspaper consortium that Yahoo ultimately ended up in a deal with, and as a director I remember saying this to many different people over different years, that Yahoo was the one web company that preserved, not just the appearance of wanting to support journalism in newspapers in particular, but the actuality of it. We wound up that deal, I don't know how much this has come up in your prior discussions.Paul: No, so you should go into a little detail.Art: Well, the person you might want to talk to who has the clearest memory of this is Hilary Schneider, who ran digital for Knight Ridder, and ultimately came to Yahoo. The unwritten story about that is that Yahoo, because of it's roots, I was thinking about this this morning on the way over, because of its roots, editorial roots in the sense that we had all those curators, it was a human, always has been, a human company. And so the human element in journalism still appealed to the company culturally. So this deal that Hilary really helped engineer was to form a real partnership with newspaper groups such that we could help them with their economics in two different ways. I think Hilary called it, "we sell, you sell." But the gist of it was that each individual newspaper and each individual community didn't have enough digital inventory to really have critical mass to go to the agencies and sell something that would make it worth their time to buy. So Yahoo had all this inventory spread, and obviously targetable, geo targetable, anywhere. So the idea was that our algorithms would allow us to add inventory to them so that they could package it, and their salespeople could sell it. And we made a commitment through Hilary, Hilary's efforts, to train the local sales staffs at these local newspapers so that they could sell Yahoo inventory with theirs, and it would all kind of work.It was a very human labor intensive, inefficient, low margin, business. It's not what Wall Street wanted. It's not what anybody wanted. Patch, I think, may be even harder for AOL. I'm not sure, as we sit here today, where that alliance stands, but there was some feedback from some of the groups, Meredith and Gannet, I think, and others, who said, "You know what? This isn't bad. It's a net positive for us." So it was Yahoo's efforts on behalf of that human culture to try its best to keep newspaper journalism alive because it already had been horribly hollowed out.Paul: Do you recall if Yahoo ever thought it had to do more as a news organization meaning, did you need to build a newsroom? Did you have to have reporters? Did you need to have a brand?Art: Always a debate. When Terry Semel came in as CEO in '01, you know, my personal warning to him was let's try not to get too much into original content, period.Martin: Well, then he hired Lloyd Braun.Paul: And went another way.Art: Went another way, and this is not a criticism of Terry. In fact, it was quite a noble effort. He understood the economic shortfalls of getting into original content, not just in journalism, but, obviously, in entertainment as well. And he also understood, in his shoes he really understood all this, was that shorter bites, shorter length stuff, which ultimately took the form of YouTube, by the way.Paul: Sometimes you can just be too early.Art: Yeah, well, he was, and the company committed a fair amount of resources to L.A., which in retrospect maybe he'd say he wouldn't. But Terry Semel was also the guy, and this is another irony. I'm glad we're doing this because I've always wanted this to go on the record. Terry Semel came to Yahoo with a fresh perspective on the Web, so much so that he was criticized in the early days for not doing his own email, that kind of stuff. But what Terry was very quietly doing was trying to asses what the whole business landscape of the Web would look like three, four, five years later. And the conclusion he reached, and it took a media guy to reach it, was that if Yahoo didn't become a principal in search, principal, not an agent, it would die. And after that, that was a seminal, or should we call it a Semel, moment in which the board realized, "This guy is right," and the insiders hadn't said that. We'd always gone along with changing engines in the car. And so after that the company committed on the order of over two billion dollars to acquire the assets of Inktomi and Altavista. We acquired tons of patents.Martin: Acquired Overture.Art: Overture, which was the...Paul: Ultimately the deal.Art: Ultimately the deal, and ultimately the pioneer that in that area that Google needed to replicate. They probably built a better version. In fact, I can safely say this now it was for sure a much, much, much better version.Martin: Well, does this go back to the point about engineering? Did Yahoo lose its way as an engineering business under the Semel leadership?Art: I would argue that it may have lost its way even earlier than that in the sense that we, again, back to this if you're two different companies, media and technology, and there's always debate about how much you want to commit to technology versus content and aggregation, you're not going to have the same focus that an algorithmic company like Google would have.Martin: Well, but this is a very...Art: This is a truly central question.Martin: Because what we've been told by some very smart people, including, I think, Mike Moritz, is that the problem that a lot of the institutional journalism companies have had is that they just don't understand and respect the engineering side. I think one person said, "You can't have innovation without engineers."Art: He's right, and in my personal view as an ex media guy, that's been my view all along that...Martin: But then you're saying you can't have both. We hear that, too. We hear from the journalism side, "Well, we're not engineers. Our DNA is to create journalism." You know you almost can't have it both ways. Either you're going to do the engineering and focus there, or you're not.Art: Well, you see, that's the same dilemma that applied to Yahoo in the early days applies to all media companies today. You cannot ignore...you must be in the technology business because your content is now being served in ways that are changing every minute, and you have to know how to serve your content. There just is no way around it. So I think that's the great lament for content companies going forward. In a way, you guys have inherited the very mantle that Yahoo is sort of attempting to shed. Marissa Mayer is doing a lot of the right things. She's getting the spirit of creating new ideas and this gets to a whole other subject about how small teams... I mean it's almost a joke when we'd hear...believe it or not, Yahoo had a lot of very smart technology people embedded in it, but frustrated, and when we'd go directly to them as directors, we could talk to them in the hallways and say, "You know, how about this new product? How big a team do you have on it?" One of the guys I remember saying to me, "You know, it's 10 people and it's too many," which, one could argue, could be Microsoft's cultural problem from the get go.Paul: You get bloat from big teams, and you get too much veto power.Art: So when you talk about technology I think you really have to be talking about the culture of how this stuff gets developed quickly, and I can't emphasize the word "quickly," enough, because time's the currency. People think it's money. It's really, in addition to brains, it's time. You have no time to do anything unless you've got really smart people in very small groups doing very smart things. And then in the case of the web culture testing, retesting, always testing, always, and constant improvement, which is a culture which is not a cultural aspect of most media companies. In fact, what we grew up with, all three of us, is you put a message out. That's why they call it broadcast.Paul: Also, the newsroom culture is about speed but without errors, and beta implies that it's not going to work.Art: That's crucial. And everything's in beta all the time, really.Paul: In tech.Art: In tech.Martin: I mean we've been using Google Hangouts.Paul: For this, and it's in beta for years.Art: [laughs] AbsolutelyPaul: Where a news organization, it's counter cultural. So maybe we should go back to the search question.Art: You certainly have hit the absolute center of this stuff.Paul: Well, we lived it, too.Art: Yes, you did.Paul: So we're sort of reliving it.Art: So that's why you know it. That's why you can ask about it.Paul: And the themes start emerging out of the discussions, and there's a lot of consistency. You know, we haven't met any dumb people or people who ignored what was going on. We've even met people who were visionary. They either were too early or their organizations couldn't invest enough, well the analogy would be using a swimmer and the tide so a lot of these were very strong athletes, but the tide is just so strong.Art: Exactly, which is why I don't think we can look back at the newspaper companies, the media companies, and say they were dumb and they missed it. That's not what happened. It was a collision, and the cultural, I mean I could do a thought experiment. How would I, if I were running a newspaper, change my culture enough to be deeply embedded enough in the technology to be nimble and to be competitive with companies like Twitter, who are hiring, by the way, the same people that I need to hire to innovate in the delivery of my content.Paul: So let's talk about search a little more and what happened, because it was so disruptive and technology driven, and it got married to a model that all of the originals, including Google, didn't foresee. And it didn't take some of the ad business online. It's taken most of the ad business, right, the consolidation of ad revenue into search and then into one major player. For all the fears of consolidation of other media, this is unprecedented.Art: Unprecedented. Again, going back to Terry Semel's early days. Terry foresaw that. It's simple mathematics. If you got the best algorithms, you ring most of the cost out of the aggregation business that you're in. Here's Yahoo, clunking along with all those human beings, trying to aggregate information, and here's Google, another thing that I don't think has been overstated enough. Google's architecture, the way the launched anything new, was stunning. We didn't know it quite at the time, but it didn't take us long to figure it out. They set up the company with a vision that everything we do, we can do, if press one button here in the valley, it can roll out worldwide, instantaneously. Think of what kind of architecture it would take to do that. Among other things, they had strapped together these very cheap servers by the hundreds of thousands, literally. It's the software that interconnected them that was brilliant. People forget that the architecture, you know this well, of how the data flows really matters. Again, back to the point about speed. Like Yahoo we'd have a, call it Yahoo Answers. We'd have a product developed by a small team in Taiwan or Korea.Martin: Successful product, by the way.Art: Yeah, fine. But first of all, look how long it took just to get headquarters to understand that it was successful, much less roll it out anywhere. Versus Google, who could have taken something like that and rolled it out instantaneously. I remember asking one of our engineers, "When we're doing testing, how many servers do we dedicate to that task?" Proudly, he said, "5,000." I said, "How many does Google use?" He said, "At least 100,000. Maybe 150,000." Think of an exponential curve and think about our line, versus theirs. And how long it would take for them to zoom past us. Back to search, everything that they did was architected for speed and simplicity. They made it look simple, but they had the best algorithms, by far. That meant that they would be more accurate, they'd be more timely. In making the advertising case, it's the same for the ads. They would be placed in the best context, which ultimately came to me, obviously, geo targeting, time of day and all the rest that lends itself perfectly to algorithmic analysis.Martin: I want to get back to news and information for a moment. During the web 1.0, pre dot com bust era, Yahoo was or became the king of the portals. The notion that bundles...Art: By the way, who invented the term, "portal?"Martin: I thought you did.Art: Beats me.Paul: I don't know. But it stuck for a long time.Art: It sure did.Martin: That notion of bringing everybody together in one place, which had been, by the way, the traditional media company role, moved over, to some extent, to Yahoo. Now web 2.0 comes along. The idea of going to one place disappears with Google. Because their job, paradoxically, is to get you out as fast as possible. They create this gigantic business that Paul references.Art: Stunning, wasn't it?Martin: Yeah, stunning.Paul: It is the miracle of the toll booth. If you get the toll booth in the right place, you don't care where people drive after the toll booth.Art: Exactly.Martin: Now, there's this notion that maybe there is a re aggregation taking place.Art: By the way, there are no humans taking tolls anymore on the Golden Gate bridge.Paul: It's a machine.Art: As of two weeks ago. It's all Fast Track.Paul: But you still pay.Art: You pay.Martin: [laughs] This is the employment conundrum.Art: Exactly.Martin: Anyway, is Twitter the new Yahoo? Is Twitter the new aggregation point in your mind?Art: [laughs] It's certainly an enabler. I don't know that I'd go that far. The one thing that is interesting to me in looking back is how really what's happened, the evolution from email to texting to Facebook to Twitter. If you think about what that natural line of progression is, again it's time. Twitter is instantaneous. Time and of course obviously you can blast 1,000 people just as you can with Facebook. It's time and it's coverage, but does that give you everything you need? I would hope not.Paul: Also, let me ask you if you also think it is one more thing, which is almost everything has been in the sequence we've talked about. I think for 20 years there has been an increasing fragmentation of the bundle, right? Yahoo broke it into categories and stores, Google into searches. You almost went from sites to pages to articles, almost to Tweets. They're not even full sentences, they're 140 characters. What can you express in 140 characters?Art: Exactly.Paul: The challenge for the journalist or the editor is, how do you fit in a world where people are looking for your sentence or your paragraph, not even your story section and certainly not even your brand?Art: See, my worry, I'm not 20, so I don't know how 20 year olds process this going forward or how future 20 year olds process it. There has to be an upper limit, not to mention some kind of personal evolution. My wife doesn't use Facebook anymore. She's younger than I am. She used to use it prolifically and then it became too noisy for her. I think this noise factor, this is just a personal opinion, will make a difference over time to people. It's almost like staring at the sun or taking too much radiation. You have a lifetime dose you can take in a certain part of your body. I think at some point, there may be a lifetime dose of Tweets. You wakeup one morning and say, "Oh my God, what happened to my life? How much of this is really meaningful?" Now that's not to say we're going to go back to people reading the paper the way they used to. That's just not possible. There is something that's going to change again and it's going to change again, so I don't see it as an aggregation point. We used to say, having had experience in most major old media, one of them was outdoor advertising. The hardest thing to write copy for by far was outdoor, because the average read on a billboard is less than a second.If your message doesn't come in in less than a second, it's inferior. That's why most outdoor advertising is pretty inferior, actually. The good ones really leap off the board. To the extent that we've got Tweets resembling outdoor advertising, it will be around.Martin: Some people talk about them as headlines, new forms of headline writing. In fact, some of the folks we've interviewed have said that. I guess the question in relation to the news and to Yahoo is, if Yahoo once was that point of aggregation, is there a natural new point of aggregation? Some people have postulated that that new point is Twitter, because people do like...Art: Maybe so. The best people to ask, obviously, are the people who Tweet often, early and often. Again, beware because they may not have yet reached their own personal lifetime dose. I don't know.Paul: If you think we've covered the Yahoo story, I do think we ought to cover the digitas story for five minutes. Because that was the other important piece of the new world that you really spent time in. Advertising has been pretty central even now as it some ways declined is important to the news sites. Billions of dollars shifted and you saw that happen and understood that, too.Art: Yeah. It's the underpinning for all of this, ultimately.Martin: Well, talk about Digitas, because you had mentioned Digitas as part of your background.Art Kern: Right. I went on the Digitas board ahead of Paul, but not that much. Well, we went public.Paul: So, enough?Art Kern: It was Bronner Slosberg Humphrey. Digitas was one of an emerging group of younger agencies that weren't saddled with having to think the old fashioned way about broadcasting messages and all the rest. They understood the web as a platform, they had to. Everybody in that shop had to be like Google, as you were saying Martin. The very people you need to deliver the content from conventional media have to be digitally savvy. That's a mind shift. Paul and I were talking about this earlier. A lot of people who came from our side of the fence, many of them, I saw waves of them coming into Yahoo in the early days. Many of them didn't make, because they couldn't grok the idea that the web was completely different in the way people consumed it and used it. Digitas was, presumably, loaded with people who did understand it, and whose advice the agencies and advertisers needed. David Kenney, who built it, really built it, but Michael Bronner started it.Actually, the way it worked was, there was a digital division. I forget the name of it now. This is terrible. But it was run as a smaller unit, culturally different from the larger, the roots of Digitas were direct marketing.Martin: Yeah. Because Bronner won the American Express business when I was at Ogilvy. That was a big deal.Art: There you go. And Michael's insight was that personalized, targeted messaging was the future. And what a natural fit for the web. Within the belly of the beast, this, it was run by Kathy Byron, I'm trying to think of the name of it. In any event, that little division, the question was, "Do you spin it out? This or that?" At the end of the day, Digitas was born as one integrated, digitally savvy marketing agency. David Kenny took it from there and built on everything that Michael had built. Again, a lot of the questions there. Here's what's really interesting to me. I'll just say this as an ex media buyer. When I started at Gray I made, you'll always hear this, $125 a week. My job was to buy radio and TV time for Canada Dry. I was looking at demographics and stuff. I did everything manually and in a hurry, because Gray was in a hurry in the sixties. By the time I became a director at Digitas, the media department had become as important as the creative department. Why was that? Because we had fully entered the data driven era, this digital era. And we were only beginning. This is the really interesting part.What are we going to do about big data in every aspect of our lives? Google's just a sneak peek, in a way. Because everything, from health care to insurance, everything else, is going to be driven by massive amounts of data that we don't know how to understand.Paul: I want to ask you one last question about the ad business.Art: Yeah. Sorry to get off, but that's where Digitas and many of the agencies are going to need even greater expertise.Paul: And they find that they don't have nearly enough technical expertise?Art: Precisely.Paul: That's what history would suggest. My question though, was around inventory. The world that we came out of, the pre online world, was absolutely about scarcity. The web world has turned out...Art: Those were the great old days.Paul: The great old days, when you could bundle and you knew you did really well when you had one spot left. It meant you priced perfectly. Now we're in a world of truly infinite inventory. It's having a dramatic impact on ad rates. One of the hopes for free content, which was that the market would mature and be big enough that advertising would support it, seems to have backfired. Did you see that tipping point, did you have an insight into that?Art: There was no question that the inventory was going to multiply at the same geometric rate that users were multiplying, no question. The issue always was how to, first of all, set up pricing algorithms so that you could get the absolute most out of what you had, packaging and otherwise. Yahoo's front page was the premium place to be. It still is. But, to your point, you can buy the web by the pound, literally. That's only going to continue. That's why you have these ad exchanges where inventory can be parsed and segmented and sold by the pound as a commodity. It's completely commoditized, quite a bit of it. That said, the counter trend that may be developing, and should, over time, is context. The holy grail is to get the right message to the right person at the right time in the right context. This big data world we're entering gives you a lot of context if you can master it, figure it out. The best agencies will be able to deliver on that promise in increasing ways. The inventory that gives you that, optimizes for that, may be worth a small fortune. While the bottom part of the pyramid, you're right, it's gone, it's commoditized, the top part of the pyramid may be worth a whole lot more. I say that because I think it's well underway, a lot of this.And the experimentation, the tinkering that's going on now is stuff like when you went to restore, do you get customized offers in aisle three. I mean, that's happening now, all this check in stuff. And again, back to the question, what's the upper limit of what a consumer can take? I mean, I've tried dozens of these, and most of them, I'm maybe too old to adapt to that world....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (6)

Michael Kinsley

BIO: YES: Michael Kinsley (born March 9, 1951) is an America...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: It is April 3rd, 2013. We're in the spanking new offices of The New Republic, with Michael Kinsley. We're set to go. Michael, you're an unusual figure in the history of all this, in that you've been in every medium, you've been a pioneer in several of them, and here you are back at The New Republic, on your leather couch, with a set of books behind you.Could you start out just by telling us, when was your first time? When did the light bulb go off over your head and make you realize that the Web, the Internet, journalism, news, were all going to have a profound change on our...Michael Kinsley: Well, I can actually remember it precisely. I was having lunch with my friend Jeff Dearth, who was publisher of The New Republic at the time.John: What year would this have been?Michael: This would have been 1994, I think. He was into America Online, and through that, generally, the Internet. I asked him, "Do I have this straight? I understand that there are little shops out in Arlington that will put on the Internet as much as one issue of The New Republic. What would they charge for that?"He said some figure, $15,000.I said, "And how often could it come out?"He said, "It could come out once a week."I finally said, "You mean to tell me that we could essentially put out The New Republic as it exists now, with the one slight difference that it wouldn't be on paper. People could print it out and you can do that for one percent of what The New Republic spends doing this, and has been losing money at since 1914.He said, "Yes." I thought, "Well, there's got to be something here."Then, maybe a year later, I, like every other magazine journalist, wanted to start a magazine. In that year, things had changed. Everyone had heard of the Internet, and nobody understood it, including me. I thought, if you go to someone and say, "I want to start a magazine." They'll say, "Come back with $40 million, or something like that, and we'll start a magazine."But if you said, "I want to start an Internet magazine," they'd throw money at you. I decided I would try and do that. I approached Time magazine, among other places, and Norm Pearlstine I talked to. He ultimately offered me a job to think about what to do about the Internet.Meanwhile, Microsoft, who I'd also been talking to, offered me a job to put out a magazine, not to "think about it." It was a lot less money. There were these things called options, which I didn't really understand, but, I decided I'd rather go with a company that was ready to do it, rather than the one that wanted to think about it. It was pretty clear that, I think, that they would never have done it.Then, to back up a bit, I read around...I don't know, the summer of '95 I read in Newsweek, if you'll forgive me, John, that Steve Ballmer was eager to hire some big name journalist to get their place in the media started. I wrote him an email and said, "Am I, by any chance, a big name journalist? If so, I'd like to inquire about this."Should I keep going on this?John: Yes.Martin Nisenholtz: Please.John: You were on TV at the time, too?Michael: Yes. I was on "Crossfire" and CNN, every night. I'd had about enough of that, so I was really looking around to get out. They flew me out there, for what I thought was going to be a discussion about their backing a magazine. Turned out that there was a discussion about their employing me. Just as a side note, they had this thing called the interview loop. Other companies must have something similar. You go and you talk to one person after another. I talked to maybe half a dozen people, and the last one is called your "as appropriate," which means that they have discussed whether to hire you, while you've been going round all these interviews, and they've reached a decision. If it's appropriate, they then send in somebody nice to try and talk you into it.[laughter]Michael: If it's not appropriate, they send in another asshole like the ones you've been talking to all morning, who says, "Gosh, your three o'clock had to go catch a plane," or something, and they'd say goodbye. Well, I got the nice "as appropriate" who was a woman named Patty Stonesifer, who I'm now married to. That was one...John: So this was a very good interview?Michael: Yes. I guess I did well in the interview. Anyway, that was a totally unexpected development, and a pleasant one.Martin: You joined Microsoft to start Slate, didn't you?Michael: I went out there. It was unclear what I was going to do.John: But all of a sudden you were working in a company full of engineers, and you were a journalist, which turns out to be the forerunner to some things that were to come later. Can you think back and possibly explain what Microsoft was thinking, why they wanted to get into the media business, what their goal was? What was their interest?Michael: I think at that time, if you said the word "Internet," people freaked out. Everyone was trying to figure out what they were going to do with it and throwing a lot of money at the wall, see what stuck. Microsoft...Besides me, they hired a guy who did adventure travel, to put out an adventure travel site. They started up Expedia, which was a fantastic success after Microsoft had sold it. They started Sidewalk, which was a chain of city magazines.Martin: And MSNBC, which we're exploring as well.Michael: Yes, MSNBC. They signed some kind of contract, which became legendary. I can't remember...It had something to do with Microsoft paying an annual royalty fee to NBC. Even though it never, until very recently, took off, it was always very profitable for NBC, as I understand it.John: You're saying, I think...This would have been about the time that Gates wrote "The Road Ahead," too, right?Michael: I think so. This is a good Microsoft story, I think. When I went out there in November '95, I guess, to talk to them, and had this experience of meeting my wife, they were pushing something called Blackbird. Their belief was that the Internet or at least the Web, I guess was not going to be ultimately where things were going on. They were going to have what they call a walled garden, like AOL, and have their own language, Blackbird.Then between the time I went out there, and the time I returned, Christmastime '95, to work there. I think, there's the famous story which you, probably, remember Martin, I don't quite remember, about somebody going to Cornell, hearing a lecture, coming back and telling Bill we're on the wrong track. At any rate, they had gathered this history. They had moved that quickly on to totally embrace the web.[crosstalk]Martin: Well, they were taking on Netscape, as well.John: Yes.Michael: Yes.John: Yes, the browser wars began at that moment. [crosstalk]Martin: Yes. How did Slate get born then? I always thought you went out there to do that? Now, I learn that you didn't?John: Well, he went out there for Patty.Martin: [laughs]Michael: Yes. She was, for a while, my boss, too.Martin: Oy vey. [laughs]Michael: Yes.John: [laughs] No longer.Michael: Well, I went out the first day, and my direct boss was a guy named Russ Siegelman.Martin: Yes, I remember Russ.Michael: He later went to Kleiner Perkins.Martin: Yes, he's a physicist, I think.Michael: Yes, he's some kind of scientist, and he was Bill's special resident intellectual. He was put in charge of Slate. Then I walked in there the Monday after Christmas. He said, "Hello. Here's your office. Here's a computer. Write a memo." I wrote a memo which, I hope, is deeply [laughs] buried about what I thought...Martin: We don't have it.John: We would love to have it.Michael: If I find it, I'll...John: We're attaching such documents to the web site.Martin: Yes.Michael: I'll read it, and then I'll give it to you, maybe.Martin: [laughs]Michael: It says, it was based on the premise that how this was going to work was we were going to put out a weekly magazine. Once a week, we would post stuff for the web. We'd make it very easy to print out. [laughs]That was my vision.[laughs]It became evident that that was not a good idea. That's how it started.John: Then you started it?Michael: Yes. We started it in June of '96. That was, roughly five, six months we spent thinking about it. We quickly realized that you don't put everything up once a week.Martin: [laughs]John: Your initial fascination with this was the economics of it?Michael: Yes.John: You don't have PP and D? No postage, paper and delivery?Michael: Yes.John: You create your magazine and then you distribute it low cost?Michael: Yes.John: That's your initial... [crosstalk]Martin: It's simply a distribution channel?Michael: Yes.Martin: It's not a new medium?Michael: Yes, it was absolutely, I thought. What interested me was you could put it out cheap. I was thinking of The New Republic, although I was no longer working for it. I thought this would enable you to do that... [crosstalk]John: What were, quickly, some of the lessons you learned and some of the lessons in retrospect?Michael: [laughs] Well, let's see. At The New Republic when I was the editor, every Friday I would get from Leon Wieseltier, who's still here, a set of galleys of what was going to be in the back of that New Republic next week. He put out the literary section which didn't have to be as timely.Then I had this brainstorm [laughs] around March that you didn't have to hold the whole back of the book until it was put together. You could publish it one article at a time and maybe string it out and then people would come back more often. That was how brilliant I got.Martin: To go back to that time, we're talking about a time before smart phones, before tablets and before broadband, you're sitting at a desktop. You're looking at a PC monitor. That's not a very comfortable way to read a magazine? [laughs]Michael: I got invited to a dinner party in Seattle. All of these society ladies, they all said the same thing which is, "I love what you're putting out, but I don't like reading on the computer screen." You don't hear that anymore. Now, you hear the opposite. "I like what you're printing out, but my step daughter says she would never read it on paper because the ink gets all over her clothing."John: She can read it on her phone.Michael: Yes.John: It's been suggested to us by a number of people, Martin and I came back from Silicon Valley last night, that one of the big failings of the traditional legacy media business is it never had any real affinity for engineers. It never hired any engineers. It never broke new ground...Michael: Right.John: ...in the world that they were competing in because they didn't have engineers. You were a stranger in a strange land before. How did it feel to be a journalist in a land completely dominated by engineers? Does that work?Michael: On the one hand, there was no tension about that. On the other hand, we didn't take advantage of it the way we should have.John: It's fair to say, as a journalist, you probably didn't have that much appreciation for the possibilities of engineering?Michael: I found the engineers who worked for Slate very nice people, but just like writers, in fact, very like writers, they were spoiled rotten. You could never get what you wanted from them. They got very angry at me when I say, "Why can't we do "X"?" This was after I realized that we had to reinvent the form to some extent. We couldn't put it out and let people print it out.Martin: What did that mean, Michael? That's an interesting point. What did it mean to reinvent the form back then?Michael: At least, I felt you had to think of things that you couldn't do in a print magazine. Printing it out is not included. For example, we started something called, "Chatterbox," which was little bitty notes on things going on, imitation of The New Republic notebook. That was the beginning of blogs. I don't know if we were absolutely first, but we were certainly close.John: You were thinking interactively, really?Michael: Yes.Martin: One of the continuing themes that we have found, is this tension between writers writing directly to the public, without an intermediary, against this more traditional view that intermediaries add value, including editors adding value. Of course, which I believe to be true, others don't. What did you think about that?Michael: It struck me, one day, about two years too late, that it was very odd that the writers we trusted the most, which were the ones who worked for us, we put through a rather traditional editorial process. Yet complete loons who you didn't know at all could publish directly to your site because we had comments and stuff. That drove me crazy, and I said, "Let's..." Of course, working for Microsoft, we had lawyers, but they were pretty good about it. I said, "Let's let our writers have the same freedom that our readers have."John: This is a thing that comes up over and over, and it's interesting because it usually comes up in terms of legacy media companies, but you're bringing it up in terms of a legacy technology company, a big technology company with a lot of installed base and a lot to lose. It sounds like they're behaving pretty much like a legacy media company would. They're saying we have lawyers, we have to vet all this, whereas at a Twitter or a Facebook, it's like they cut it loose. Here it goes.Michael: It's all so ancient now. We were constantly stumbling over things related to their being engineers rather than writers, for example, our contract for writers. A Microsoft lawyer came and said you have to have a contract for writers, and we knew that. What they came up with was three different documents, each of which was many pages long and asked, among other things, for the writer to indemnify Microsoft for anything that they may publish that was a mistake.Essentially, it was the same process that they used when they were buying a subsidiary, like a company. They insisted at the beginning that we use this just to get articles. We tried to explain to them this is not how journalism functions. Microsoft was great about it in the end. They were a great place to work.John: They gave you a lot of freedom, I assume.Michael: Yes, almost total.Martin: I assume those options worked out.Michael: Well, yes. I caught the tail end of... [crosstalk]Martin: Who did you think you were competing with at the time? There was at least one other entity.Michael: Salon.Martin: Salon. Then there was Newsweek and Time, and The New Republic and The Atlantic. In your mind, who were you competing with?Michael: I thought two things. One, we're competing with Salon. They were basically the only thing on the web that was roughly similar to Slate.John: This was co*ke, Pepsi, Time, Newsweek. You had a..Michael: And Salon. On the other hand, we were competing with the fact that there's only 24 hours in a day. As the web developed and different media, it became hard to classify, say, where does a magazine end and a newspaper start? Where does a newspaper end and television start? It's all today one big mass of undigested material, but there's only 24 hours in a day. That was what I felt we were really competing with.John: You made a reference to the idea that you were a forerunner of blogging, without maybe some of the technology that enabled blogging to really take off. When you look back on Slate, do you view it as a success, a learning experience, something that ended happily for you personally, a mix? How does it all tie in?Michael: I regard it as the greatest professional experience of my life. Working at a company that had never done anything like this before was tremendous fun. For that matter, I had never worked for a big company before, except for Time by contract. That was great fun.John: Do you think there's still a place in the world for Slate and Salon today, or are you surprised?Martin: Let's continue with the history. Ultimately, it got sold to the Washington Post.Michael: Yes.Martin: How did that happen?Michael: Don Grahsm claims that I suggested it to him one day, which is very flattering. The truth is I don't remember that, but I'll take credit for it.Martin: We're talking to him tomorrow. We'll try...Michael: I'll take credit for it if he wants to give it to me. I think the Post paid about as much as Microsoft had put into it, so that was break even. My former employee and good friend Jacob Weisberg, who now has my job, claims that they're making money.Martin: Why did Microsoft lose interest? Is this just something that came and went, and they saw the Internet as something else at that point?Michael: As I said, they started Slate at a time when they were just trying everything, as everybody was. As time went on and Bill retired, I think Microsoft decided, "This is it. We're not in the magazine business, and there's really no point in our owning this. We've learned whatever we needed to learn from it." Steve Balmer was not as interested as Bill was, and they got a decent price.John: Are you a Slate reader today?Michael: Oh yeah.John: Do you kibitz?Michael: A little bit. I've been gone long enough that I think I can have a totally objective perspective. I think that Slate is remarkably good and you can see the role it's played in other publications, too.John: Now we're in the middle of an era where all forms of media that appear to be in any way traditional legacy media, including even electronic magazines, which are more like print magazines than they are like Twitter or Facebook or Tumblr or other social..., Google News even, or Aggregators. We've moved into a completely different ecosystem now. As a veteran journalist, public intellectual, and now back at The New Republic, what do you make of all this and where is it headed? What are you going to do about it?Michael: Well, who knows? One thing that's clearly happened to magazines like The New Republic is it no longer makes sense really to think of a magazine. I think the homepage has become virtually irrelevant because of Twitter and Facebook. This is how people get to your publication. People don't say, "I wonder what The New Republic has this week." People just don't think like that. What you're offering people is not a magazine, it's a collection of individual articles. People come to it not from the homepage, but from someone who recommended it on Twitter.Martin: Just to connect two things for the moment, you talked about the competition essentially being time. Some people talk about that as the "attention economy." When we were at Facebook, one of the major points that was made was the scarce resource is peoples' time. It seems to me, to follow up on what John is saying and what you're saying about the notion of the homepage, is that if all you have are these fragments of journalism collected under an umbrella like Twitter, it's very hard, for example, to do what you attempted to do at Slate, which is to, say, pay us a fee to get to this information.All the information is floating out there all the time, and you just pick up the fragments.Can you talk about, first of all, the experience of what you were thinking when you decided to charge, what you were thinking when you decided to end the charge, and fast forward today to a business model that comports with this notion of fragments that you've described?Michael: We made a terrible mistake, and it was totally my mistake. I felt very strongly that we're going to slave away to put out the best magazine we can, and then people are going to say, "Well, this is very good, but I'm not going to pay a penny for it." I thought that was unacceptable, and I was very pious about it. I said, "We're putting out something very good, and if you think so too, you ought to be willing to pay for it." That turned out to be wrong. People really liked you, but they didn't want to pay, and they didn't have to pay.The truth is, as I thought about it, much too slowly, nobody pays for content in any medium. Newspapers, what the consumer pays, doesn't even cover the cost of the newsprint, the paper. Magazines spend more to acquire you than what they offer in terms of content, and they do that because they want the advertising. The Internet is, in that way of thinking, just a new variation on an old thing.I had emphasized that we wanted to charge in what I initially wrote to Microsoft, and about a year into it, we were no longer working for Ross. We were working for a guy named Peter Neupert.John: He started drugstore.com.Michael: Yes. He was our boss for about a year, then he left the company to start drugstore.com. He said, "Look, you promised you were going to start charging, so you have to do it." He gave us an ultimatum, so we did it. We had, at the end of 11 months, 30 odd thousand people had signed up at $19 a year. They got a free umbrella for that, a $19 value. [laughter]Martin: Do you still have the umbrella?Michael: We have. There's a closet in Microsoft where there are thousands of them. That wasn't too bad, 30,000, when you think about it, but our front porch, our free part at this point, had what seemed like an enormous number. It had 400,000 uniques a month, something like that. If you did the math. If we can sell an ad to 400,000 people, that's going to be worth a lot more than getting cash from 30,000.Martin: Now fast forward to this attention economy, this fragmented world. How does it work today, in your mind?Michael: As I say, it doesn't work. That people are saying, "I wonder what's in Slate this week"? It works by word of mouth, as they used to call it. Which is, Facebook, Twitter, in a word. You can't complain about that. That's the market working. If something goes viral, then it's done you far more good than even the best home page could.John: Do you worry about the erosion of the business model around legacy media businesses? The metaphor, or the example, rather, that everyone always uses is, who's going to pay for the Baghdad Bureau? Do you see this as a problem, or do you think it will be worked out in new models?Michael: I think it will be worked out. People are always worrying about something. The Baghdad Bureau, well then on the other hand, they'll say there won't be local news. Someone is worrying that the Internet will drive away every part of the current media. There isn't anything that someone doesn't have a theory needs to be subsidized. I think it'll all work out. My friend Nick Lemann, who just retired as dean of the Journalism School, Columbia, says whenever he has these discussions and in his ten years there he's had plenty he says the one thing you're not allowed to say in these discussions is, "It'll all work out somehow," but I believe that.John: There is this paradox, that on the one hand you can say, "Well, the midmarket and metropolitan newspapers are disappearing. No one's going to be able to cover the school board. No one's going to be able to ferret out local corruption." Yet, at the same time it seems like to me, it's harder to get away with anything today than it's ever been.Michael: Hell, yeah.John: You can't get away with anything, anywhere, because something is always watching you. Everyone is a journalist.Michael: Yes. It's different from the way it was, but it's still happening.John: What about the non economic model? I hesitate to sit here in these wonderful new offices and call it a non economic model, but we did have your owner up, come and speak to us, and it's clear that he's not overly concerned with the short term economics of...Michael Bloomberg, "We're going to lose a lot of money on some media properties." You have the Atlantic model, which we don't thoroughly understand, but...Michael: He claims to be making money.John: Right. You have a social media benefactor, taking over the oldest of the money losing traditional...You pride yourself on losing money. Is this model something...and ProPublica, of course.Michael: I don't pride myself on losing money, and I don't think Chris Hughes, the current owner, does.John: No, but the tradition of the magazine, as you said, a money losing magazine since what, 1904 or something?Michael: 1914. John. '14, yeah. This was Walter Lippmann's magazine?Michael: Well, he worked there. One of the kids here asked me the other day, did I know Walter Lippmann. That was depressing. [laughter]John: Is that going to be a viable part of the scenario, everything taking care of itself and working out?Michael: Yeah. I think rich people who want to do something with their money that's good, rich people who want to do something with their money that's interesting. Chris Hughes is having a great time, with however many hundreds of millions he got out of Facebook. One of the interesting things about living out in Seattle, is seeing what people do with their money when, all of a sudden, they've got, totally unexpectedly, more than they'll ever need. A lot of them, they go on a trip around the world, then they get into breeding horses or something like that. I think, buying a magazine, and the losses must be infinitesimal compared to what some...John: A divorce.Michael: Well, a lot of people do that too.John: The wrong mistress. There are all kinds of ways to...Michael: It's really very interesting. I even thought about writing a book about, "Does money buy happiness?" because this was about as good a test of it as you could find. The answer is probably "Yes." But Chris...People who've bought magazines with the money...I guess he's the only one that I can think of. I certainly think that's, from my perspective, a very good thing for them to do.John: I just want to ask you...We're in Washington. We're seeing Don tomorrow. You've been part of this milieu for a very long time. With all the experience you had at Slate, and subsequent to that, and the TV stuff as well, if you were at The Washington Post, just pretend you were Don Graham for a moment, what would you be doing?The newspaper part of the business is not doing particularly well, as I understand it, in fact, maybe losing money now. What do you do to change that? Is that something that you can change? Or is the Kaplan model simply the future of that company?Michael: The Kaplan model...People keep saying that was what supported the Post, owning Stanley Kaplan. I was at a conference on the future of news a couple of weeks ago. There's dozens of them. A woman who was very high up in one of the major newspapers there in fact she's chairman of the board said the only solution is you have to merge with a company that's profitable, like Kaplan. Well, you don't really have to. If you own both companies it can be two companies, it can be 1,800 companies it doesn't really solve the problem, to simply associate a dollar made here with a dollar lost there. The pressure to end that dollar loss, certainly in publicly traded companies, is going to continue.John: We rarely editorialize here, but I have to editorialize on that. If that is the chairman of the board of a newspaper company who made that statement, that's pretty clear evidence of why the newspaper business is in the trouble it's in. Because that's about the most specious business thinking you can possibly imagine, that the business model is to become a remora and go out and find a profitable whale to attach yourself to. That's not business. That's some kind of...Michael: It's not a business model.John: No.Martin: One of the themes that keeps coming up again and it comes up mostly from, interestingly, either the tech folks or the new journalism folks is that the traditional places, the expenses are just running too high. They haven't figured out how to adopt the model to a much less robust revenue picture. The revenues are there. It's that they're not there at the place where they were. As somebody who's been in both worlds, can you comment on that?Michael: I never had the pleasure of being in the legacy media world when they had the drinks cart wheeling down the aisle at Time.John: When I joined there 24 years ago, everyone said, "The good old days are over."Michael: Yes. [laughs]John: "This is the end of the..."Martin: Why? They went from Chivas to Dewars?John: No, I won't go into that. I had come from a newspaper and I thought, "Wow. If the good old days are over, they must have really been something." [laughter]Michael: No, the L.A. Times did not begrudge anybody a penny. Time was famous for that sort of thing. Johnny Apple at The New York Times and his expense account as he went around the world. Conde Nast which would rent you a house or anything else. Those are all stories we'll tell our grandchildren.John: Henry Blodget had a very good line where he appeared on the Today Show and he said, "They still have someone there, fully employed, to take the lint off your jacket before you go on TV." He said, "I think they still have room to cut." [laughter]Martin: I think he said, "I think they still have a robust business model.John: Yes. [laughs]Michael: Yes.Martin: Room to cut. Yes. [laughs]John: Let me ask you a question that could well have been the opening question. Describe Michael Kinsley's media profile today? How many different ways do you disseminate? How many followers do you have? How many ways do you interact with your public?Michael: It's very few. How many have I had over the years? I've covered most of the good ones, certainly, magazines, newspapers and the Internet. At the moment, I'm writing for The New Republic in a traditional medium.Martin: You referenced Twitter as being so important.Michael: Oh.Martin: Wouldn't it be a corollary to that that you would have a million Twitter followers so that you get your work out to the public... [crosstalk]Michael: I don't do what you have to do.Martin: OK.Michael: I'm going to start. [laughter]John: Today.Michael: Yes. Every publication has...I was at Bloomberg before this. They have two people whose job it is...Martin: To take the lint off your coat? [laughter]Michael: They take the lint off your coat and post it to Twitter. [laughter]Michael: Their job is to get their writers, as soon as they finish a piece, to put it on Twitter, "Read my piece about 'X.'" I guess I'm going to start doing it. I've been very bad about it, but I think you have to. It is obnoxious. It's rude. The whole world of etiquette on the Internet is something.Martin: Yes. I made a comment at Twitter, yesterday, which John was amused by, that Twitter because of its 140 character limit, has changed the way politicians, public figures interact in public. When you reduce something to 140 characters...Not that journalists haven't done take outs and that kind of thing forever, but it's part of a normal day, now.Michael: Yes.Martin: I used the Obama line, "They didn't build that," or, "He didn't build that," whatever it was...Michael: Yes.Martin: ...as an example of something that happens time and time again where something is taken out of context, tweeted and it's not even close to being the full picture of anything. Twitter is a very positive thing in terms of getting the stuff out. It has this corrosive effect in terms of its truncating every message to such a short message.Michael: Well.Martin: No? Do you disagree with that?Michael: As I say, I can't bring myself to tweet very much, although I do it, occasionally. You could say that's the headline. what the Twitter feed is. Headlines are...Martin: Yes.Michael: ...140 characters. That would be a fairly generous headline.Martin: Yes, it would.Michael: So... [crosstalk]Martin: Henry Blodgett does. That's the way he uses Twitter. Basically, he writes headlines to his links.Michael: Yes.Martin: He's very good at that.John: I think you can make a case without being overly maudlin or sentimental that as something is gained with all this, something is lost. There is some thoughtfulness, some context, some ability to absorb more complicated ideas. If an entire generation gets "X" percentage of their information from Twitter, there's no evidence yet how many people go...If we don't know that much about how many go beyond the headlines to dig deeper into..., something very, very...Michael: Right.John: ...significant could be lost. Would you agree with that?Michael: You mentioned generational change. I'm going to tell you my favorite Internet story which is I was in a panel, [laughs] yet another one, on the future of newspapers and the Internet. A lady in the audience raised her hand and said what I had heard all over the place which is, "I like your stuff, but I don't like reading on a computer screen." I started to answer. I was interrupted by this professor who was on the panel, I don't even remember his name, who said, "Your problem will be solved actuarially."[laughter]Michael: This lady turned ashen. It has been solved actuarially. People used to say they don't like reading on a computer screen. Now, they say they don't like reading on paper.Martin: Great, anything else that you'd like to comment on for...Michael: Oh, especially, not liking to read on a computer screen. At this society ladies' party that I went to, one of them said, "The problem is not the screen. The problem is the chair." I thought that was really a good insight. What do you do when you have a good insight? If you're a journalist, you think, "That would make a great piece." I joke about this with my wife all the time. If you're a business person, you say, "That would make a great business."We had a little contest in our first issue. Splitting it down the middle, whether you go for a business, or for a story. We went for a story about businesses.We asked people to design a chair. They came up with some good ones, these furniture designers. That piece is lost. Microsoft was unable to store the first six months or so of Slate....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (7)

Larry Kramer

BIO: YES: Larry Kramer is president and publisher of USA Tod...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz I should say that we're with Larry Kramer on March 7th, 2013... Larry is currently publisher of "USA Today." One of the real rock solid themes here is that there's this thing that John Huey calls the "tide," which are the technologies, events and companies that are formed. Then there are the "swimmers." These are the people who are making the decisions and trying to find their way through this tide.One of the key questions is whether the tide is just so freaking powerful that no matter what decisions the swimmers would have made along the way, they would drown.Some people very strongly [believe] that that's the case. Other people believe that very critical decisions were made at a certain point in time that really, really put us in this fix. I'm going to start with "MarketWatch" in a moment, but three of those things are "free versus pay." The original sin — people like me giving away content.Second is the idea of open links, the notion that the world of professional content and journalism would just make itself available through RSS readers, which, of course, I pioneered with Dave Winer. That's the second original sin.And then the third one which I frankly had nothing to do with, was that we just weren't very aggressive with copyright. That we let folks like the "Huffington Post" abstract stuff at a level that was certainly what many people considered to be well beyond fair use.Larry Kramer: We never defined "fair use."Martin: Right. We never defined fair use, so let's start ... with a very simple question. We'll get into these three themes, but how did you arrive at Marketwatch and how did it get founded?Larry: That's a good question. I was in the newspaper industry until 1990 or so. I'd had for five years made just 35 to 40. My dream job. I was editor of the newspaper in San Francisco, the "San Francisco Examiner." Right around 1990 we hit a recession — an '89-'90 newspaper recession, real recession but hit newspapers. I got depressed, because I had spent half a year not doing journalism but doing buyouts and layoffs and all that stuff. I came to a mutual agreement with my publisher at the time, Will Hearst, that this wasn't for me anymore.The Hearst people were great to me. They basically bought me a year. It's like being granted some time from the university to think. I took the year. I actually went out to see what I wanted to do. Did I want to just get another newspaper job or whatever? I decided something was happening. I was getting a little...Martin: Did you have the Harvard MBA by then?Larry: Yes. I had my Harvard MBA. I got it for totally different reasons. I got that right out of college. I was a Syracuse undergraduate in journalism, and I applied to the Harvard Business School saying, "I have no interest in going in business. I want to cover business," and I thought this would be a cool way to do it because I'd get great sources and I'd learn about what I had to cover. They took me. It was the only place I applied, because I thought the case method was perfect for a journalist, and I wasn't really ready for reading finance books and things like that. it was a great education for me.I always had it in my background, but I used it more as a journalist. I covered business. I had great sources in the banks.Martin: At the Post.Larry: Yeah, at the Washington Post. But I had always envied some of my classmates, which were among the first who were becoming very entrepreneurial. They tracked our class from the business school very...John Kotter tracked our class, because it was the 25th anniversary after the class of '49, which was a famous class that had a bunch of corporate CEOs in it. In our class by the '90s had become...You can see more than half were entrepreneurs, had made their businesses, had built businesses as opposed to having grown in the traditional businesses. That clearly some of the entrepreneurial spirit came out of my time there and the people I knew since who were doing that.But I was really kind of flailing about, and I thought there was going to be a real movement toward electronic carriage of news and information. There was no Internet then, per se. Will Hearst had shown me some things when I was at the "Examiner." He was on DARPANET and he would...Martin: There was no browser.Larry: But no browser. It all looked the early days of CompuServe. It was just text. I had this idea about transmitting sports information to portable devices using FM sideband. The FM sideband was being used for — this is more than you want to know, I'm sure — used by a product called QuoTrek, which was a stock market. The only portable stock market device. It gave you real time stock quotes. The data was being transmitted in an FM sideband into a device, a radio receiver that displayed data. It didn't have music.Martin: It was incredibly expensive, too.Larry: It was $200 or $300 a month, $150 of which was to the exchanges for the real time data. They charge you for real time data. But it was still a couple thousand dollars a month less than having a Bloomberg terminal or a Reuters terminal or a Dow Jones Telerate terminal at the time. Individual traders were using it because it was the cheapest way to get a real time quote. You could actually get a real time quote, and the quote you got was to within seconds of real time. My partner — a very close friend of mine — worked in that business, and he was vice president of marketing for a company called Data Broadcasting Corp. That company, ironically, was part of an overall company that own among other things The Financial News Network.He had the idea that they could do more with news. Plus he had the idea that, since markets were nine to five Monday to Friday but they owned this bandwidth 24 hours a day and seven days a week and they weren't using it nights and weekends, he would look for some kind of information that could transmit on nights and weekends. That's when he came to me and he said, "Could sports be that?" I said, "Perfect."We'd use the bandwidth. We'd transmit real-time scores and data from games, which was unavailable then. We identified the displaced fan, the person who lived in another city from the teams he loved, colleges or pros, that you could not get a score unless you dialed like a 900 number and you had to pay for it. Sports Center didn't exist. ESPN was around, but they really hadn't gotten into the news game yet.It seemed like this would be cool, and I wouldn't have the exchange fees to pay. For a lot less a month, maybe $80 or something or $70, I could sell a device that had sports scores on it. His company, Data Broadcasting, invested in me doing a startup with him. He spun out. The two of us together started a startup called Data Sport.That was a company. Actually, they housed us. Besides investing in us, we used their equipment so they actually gave us a line of credit. We used their engineers on an ad hoc basis. We would pay for them to develop our version of their product, and they loved it. What they got out of it was they could put sports scores on their stock machines, and all the brokers wanted that. It was an interesting arrangement.I learned a really [laughs] valuable lesson, which goes to the pay and no pay issue. Because we didn't have a lot of money, I got "The Sporting News" to be my partner and branded it with their name on it. They agreed to market it in The Sporting News. The last thing I did was I went to Las Vegas, and I met with a guy named Michael Roxborough, who was the main odds. At the time, he was the main odds maker in Vegas.All the hotels got their opening lines from Mike, from "Roxy," his name was. I made a deal with him to put his ads on my machine and to start a process of getting the actual odds from the hotels because each hotel moved differently. Odds could be different on a game at different hotels. I decided just to put odds in there because I thought that would be cool, and it was a real-time thing. We did that.We offered the product for two months free to sign up, and then you'd have to start paying. The take on it was enormous. Thousands and thousands of people wanted free ones. When it came time to pay for it, people would come back and say, "I love it, but $80 a month or 79" or whatever it was, and we dropped the price later to 49, "It's just not there. It's too much."But there was a [laughs] hardcore person who wanted that at all costs, and it turned out basically they were bookies or heavy betters. If they had money running on it, it was the same profile as the person who would get QuoTrek. If you were trading, real-time data meant something.Martin: Like Bloomberg terminal.Larry: Right, but Bloomberg terminal was going to professionals. The QuoTrek would go to somebody who traded heavily that was not a professional.Martin: There was a calculation that someone could do.Larry: Yes. He said, "If one trade works out a little better for me, I paid for the whole month, right?" They look at it. "You're absolutely right," and the better had the same thing because what he could do is the better could see that the line was moving before his bookie in another town. If he saw that the line was moving a certain way, he'd bet that game right away with his bookie at the old number, and he'd get a better advantage because the line would continue to move later. Depending on which way you were betting, it was an advantage to bet sooner if you could bet ahead of the bookie.We were getting in all these guys calling us wanting to pay in cash. [laughs] It was like, "What's going on here?" What I realized was there are a whole lot of people who wanted that information and liked it, but there was a whole separate class of people who would pay for it. That is the definition of what happened at Financial News, too.There were a whole lot of people who would pay anything to make sure they had real-time news and financial information on those terminals. They paid $3,000 a month, $2,000 or whatever it was for Bloomberg terminal. They had to know, and they had to know right away.Then there's everybody else who had a lot of money in the markets who wanted that information. For them it's free, or they're not going to do it. There's no money in it. They're not exchanging. Later on, and I'll get to that in a second, when I got to MarketWatch, that made a big difference. We did the sports business for a couple years. We got it to break even and that company, Data Broadcasting, bought it from us, because it was worth more to them.It was an add-on to them, and it wasn't going to make it as a separate company. That worked out fine. Gave me a little bit of money, but they said to me — this was now '93, '94 — "Would you stay with us and run it and also run, help us with QuoTrek, because we're worried. We're hearing about this thing called the Internet."QuoTrek's big advantage was it had a huge barrier to entry for what they were doing. They had radio contracts with radio stations in 80 cities. They had built them over time. They had done all the stuff. For somebody to transmit real time data over an FM sideband, which was the only way available then, they couldn't do it. It would take too long to find all those stations and do all that.They had started delivering data over a vertical blanking interval, too, through a cable box. That started getting them thinking that, "Other competitors are going to be able to do this sooner, and there's this Internet thing." They said, "What could we do to differentiate ourselves?"I said, "You're in the quote business. A quote's a quote. It's a real time quote and it's going to be about price. In the end, to some set of characters, some set of customers. But if you want to differentiate yourself, there are things you can do. Give them news. Build news into it. That's your news. That isn't available somewhere else, like what Bloomberg does, like what Reuters does and Dow Jones. They have news, and that's all part of it.If you leave a Reuters terminal, you leave Reuters news, too. If you think Reuters news is valuable to you, that's a problem. Nobody else can give you Reuters news at that time."I said, "I'll start building you a news operation." I said, "But here's the deal. I think that's going to be a big business in the future." This was the giddy moment for me. I said, "I want a handshake deal. I think this is going to be a big business. I think we're going to spin it out of the business you're in, and I want to own part of that business. I want a deal.If I build this for you, I want a handshake that if I can go get a media partner, because I think advertising's going to be a part of this business for the mass media, I'll build that business for you. But I want to get some percentage of that company for me and for whatever employees I spin out into it."That was '94, '95. It was the single best decision I ever made, and I did it on a handshake. I stayed and built a business for them. They paid me. I had a good job at DBC. Then in '94, '95, I started building relationships with media companies. They were all playing with the web then or with some form of digital delivery.If you remember, "USA Today," which was one of the first online services that was a pay service, and it was a bulletin board service.Martin: I remember.Larry: I went to USA Today, coincidentally, and I said, "You guys need stock pages. If you're going to have a stock, you're going to charge people for your online service. You need a stock page that's current, not with yesterday's prices on it. I can do that for you." We had a ticker plan.Martin: Do you remember what the USA Today service was called? It was a proprietary...Larry: "USA Information Service," I think. Just USA... I still have the thing, the kickoff thing. It looked like a floppy disc in glass. Really! It ... was an ambitious attempt to sign up people to make them pay for digital delivery, to see if people would pay. They spent a lot of money on it, and it didn't really take off. It did OK, but it was first, but it was built before browsers had become big. Netscape was just coming on board, and things were starting to happen in that world.I think the early ones may have involved you having to download a disc into your, download something into your...or have a then new disc in your terminal that carried a lot of the graphics on it, so the graphics were not being broadcast.Now, it's '94, '95, and I'm going and something big is happening. A lot of people are starting to trade stocks at home and are getting very disillusioned with brokers. I'm thinking everybody's getting these IPOs. Netscape happened, a few things started to happen, and I can do that. My broker isn't getting me anything. The brokerages started coming online with discount brokerages. Schwab and eTrade and things were all popping up.A whole new community of people was coming up who wanted financial data at home and were trading stocks. It looked to me like the Internet could replicate a Bloomberg terminal pretty closely. Not everything, obviously, or a Reuters terminal at a home for much less money if you have real time. There's no way of getting around the fact that the exchanges would charge you for real time data. You'd have whatever that charge, but it was in hundreds, low hundreds, not thousands.The rest of it was on this thing, the Internet. If I could build a news service that could even approach some of what they wanted...My strategy was most of these home traders were trading a basket of stocks. The Internet stocks at the time, which were starting to get very volatile.If I started a news organization that covered the most traded stocks by volume, I would be attracting a large audience.Martin: But at the same time, you got WSJ.com now out, and they decided to charge from the outset.Larry: Yeah, but that was later that they...Martin: Was that later?Larry: Yeah, I don't think they had charged yet.Martin: TheStreet.com...Larry: Street.com was out, and they were free, but had a pay service. I think they were free in the beginning.Martin: Maybe, but Kramer was...Larry: I'll get to Jim, and what happened with Jim and I, and where he was going. There was a fair amount of free information on TheStreet.com. He did have pay stuff, but there was a fair amount of free information. They had deals with Yahoo. We actually had the fist deals with Yahoo and the big guys, and we were getting...The big player up to that point was something called "quote.com," if you remember them.Martin: I do.Larry: They aggregated some news and you could get quotes on there. 15 minute delayed quotes. We started to build this thing. I began to realize that there was this mass market of people trying to trade stocks on the Internet. That had never existed before. They likely weren't going to pay a lot of money, because for like most people, they didn't know what the value was to them. They weren't trading enough to know that it was helping them enough. They had only called their broker before.They wanted help, so I figured the way to go in was find a way to get advertising support in a free service. Then, the problem became how do you build a brand that's a trusted news brand. Even then, on the Internet, that was going to be impossible. I was looking for a media partner.CBS was in negotiations with a company called SportsLine. I knew SportsLine, because I knew Mike Levy who founded it. He was using our ads from my ads product, from DataSport. There was a feed. That was when I was making money licensing out the feed out to people. He told me that he was negotiating with some TV networks. It was actually with Fox that he was hoping to do the deal with.I extended an olive branch out to a couple of networks, and CBS came out to see me. Derrick Ricefield, if you remember, and Betsy Morgan flew out from New York to visit me. It was in early '96. While I was building this news thing for Data Broadcasting Corp...I left out a key part here.While I was building this news on the handheld device so that you got news along with the stock quotes, we were playing with the Internet kind of under the desk. We had a couple of people in the place who really liked it and were trying to do stuff. They were building sites just on their own and putting up 15-minute delayed quotes.One of the big assets we had was a stock ticker plan. We just called it DBC Online. People were coming to it because it was one of the few places you could actually get a quote for free, even though it was delayed. People started coming to that, and it started to occur to me that I could probably put some of the news up on there.All that I could put was headlines on the handheld device. But I could actually do stories, and maybe we would have a password thing where people could get a password and get the stories on the Internet. They were paying money for the quote track, and we wanted them in the same bind as Bloomberg at that point.Could we give it away for free on the Internet? We didn't know. We started to do it, and I realized that so many people came. We built a cool site. We had almost a million people in the early days of the Internet coming for stock quotes and stories. We let you click on a stock and get all the news about that stock.Martin: It's called MarketWatch now?Larry: No. It was called DBC Online.Martin: It was still called DBC on the old...?Larry: Right. There were 15 to 20 people doing it. It was in San Mateo. We decided to create a pay product which we were going to call MarketWatch which was going to have real-time quotes. That would be one of the only differences. We were using the name MarketWatch. We were trying to do this thing, and I had the meeting with CBS. I said, "Look, this thing --we've got 20 people in doing news. They're all people who you'd have working for you. They came from Reuters, AP. They're not Internet kids who are right out of college. It's all professional, and you guys have nothing online, no financial news online."Your whole financial coverage in fact was Ray Brady at the time. If you remember Ray, he was about 70 years old, and he was doing all financial coverage for CBS TV and radio. The other guy's at CNBC. [laughs] The story was becoming quite a big story in the market at the time. [laughs] I said, "This could really help you."Derrick saw it right away. He went back and talked to Andrew Heyward, and my next meeting was with Andrew Heyward. I flew to New York, and I knew this could go either way. Andrew and I are contemporaries. We didn't know each other but we had a lot of mutual friends. He had been a Harvard undergraduate when I was at the Business School.We had a lot of things in common. He knew that I'd been at the Washington Post. At that point, I was a respected editor in his mind. He said, "I don't know how you're going to react to this." Because in my days at the Washington Post if somebody came in and said, "We'll cover financial news for you," the window wouldn't have been big enough to through them out of. It's like who do you think you are.He took the exact opposite approach. He said, "No. We really need help covering business." He was totally open to the discussion.Martin: He hired Betsy, too.Larry: Yeah, that's right. She, I'm sure, was part of the reason he was being convinced that we were legit. She'd helped me, I think, by coming out and seeing what we had done. He said, "What do we need to do make this happen?" I said, "We're just going to hear your financial deal, and what I want is CBS' name. I'll pay a licensing fee for it, and want to integrate as much as I can with you in covering news." "We'd love to get on the air. I want you guys to use our name on the air. The CBS brand will cut 10 years off of my life of having to grow and probably $100 million that TheStreet.com spent building a brand, I don't have to do. I can borrow that from you. I'll give you a steady stream of news. I'll even hire TV people who will go on the air for you, and I'll let you approve them. I won't hire them unless you say they're good enough for CBS."He goes, "That's pretty interesting." [laughs] He said, "Let's do it." It was like that. The actually ironing out of the deal took a few more months. But what we did was spun out...Data Broadcasting contributed the ongoing business, which had a million in revenue, $5 million in cash to keep us operating.I had already started putting ads on the site. There were all those agencies that were popping up selling ads for multiple sites and things like that. We were using one of those. CBS contributed $50 million worth of advertising marketing chits on the CBS Network and some related CBS properties. That was valued at 20 million because they were picking when it was running.Our contribution of the ongoing business was valued at 20 million. We had a $40 million valuation the day we created the company, and 10 percent was carved out for me and the employees, which was great...in options, how we had to earn them.It took a year almost to get that deal done because Fred Reynolds was difficult to negotiate with at CBS. During that time, they did the SportsLine deal, too, so they kind of knew it. But we felt that a relationship with CBS was critical. I was willing to do some things early on.CBS insisted on a right of refusal on making us take down content if they felt it was inappropriate. A lot of people might have gotten their back up over that but I agreed. I said, "I'm using your brand. It's fair." In all that time, they never exercised it. Andrew told me that, he just basically said. "Look, it's a protection. I've got to have it."Martin: It's a nuclear button though.Larry: It is. We had a room full of brand managers who protected the CBS eye who had to clear every use of the eye with. [laughs] "Green eye, no way, that's not going to happen." We built it. What we agreed to do was to flip DBC online which that year "Barron's" had named the number one financial news website. That was our first real claim to fame which nobody had heard of. Most of the media world certainly hadn't heard of us. We flipped it overnight the day we were announcing to CBS MarketWatch.Martin: What year was that?Larry: It was October of '97. It was Halloween, October 30th in 1997. Andrew and I did the announcement at CBS in New York. It was amazing.Martin: Now, you've decided that it's free, right?Larry: Free in ad support. I had already started to build an ad team at that point. I was trying to hire Scot McLernon who was the ad director of quote.com. He kept saying, "No. I think quote.com is too good a brand." I said, "I think I can solve that problem for you." I couldn't tell him how, so he was very skeptical. Then the day we announced it, I sent him a note with just an eye in it, and he joined shortly thereafter. We were off to the races.Martin: Now, do you think, just in retrospect...Larry: By '97, we were already seeing jumps in usage from people who were...we had barely become a....Martin: By then I'm certain that street.com was a paying site.Larry: It was.Martin: I'm certain that TheStreet.com was a paying site.Larry: It was... [crosstalk]Larry: It was, again partially, because something happened later with TheStreet.com...Martin: Yeah. Let's put TheStreet.com aside for the moment because it's...Larry: You're right, though. They were paid at that point.Martin: If WSJ.com had decided to go free like the Times did, would you have had any hope of making this work?Larry: Much less. I don't know. I really don't know if I could've made it. I thank my lucky stars for the fact that the three big news organizations were all tied up on very expensive terminals. Where even though no one had actually determined what their value was on that terminal...Bloomberg would add news but he never charged you extra for it. It just became part of the overall charge. No one actually had a value of how much was the news worth on those things.Anybody who was paying for seeing any of that information online for free would say, "Excuse me, why am I paying you $2,000 a month when your news is going on to this for free?"Martin: That may be innovative dilemma?Larry: Exactly. To me, that was the opening. The fact that I could do...I figured someday I'm going to face the same dilemma maybe but right now the door's open for me to serve a massive audience, ad supported who want this information whether or not they're smart enough to use it. That they're not professionals but...If I'm not asking them to pay me, it doesn't matter. That I can build this audience and they can get used to it. What I hoped for but didn't really count on that happened was we got good at covering the key things, the key issues of the day, and we actually became a media company. We were competitive. It's part of the mythology of great media brands...We all know how great "The New York Times" is and that the quality of staff at The New York Times is unquestioned.But if you've gone around and you stopped in any given city, in the old days when there were four or five bureaus there, you'd have just as much chance of the Baltimore Sun guy being the best guy in that town at that time. The Times guy might not be the best. Or the AP guy someplace might be better. It could happen. We all knew that.In MarketWatch, we got some people like that. We got people who on their beats, they really owned their beats. They really were good. The strategy of hiring to cover the...As we got bigger just to become more inclusive of the issues that...We hired to cover the stocks that people traded and got wider as that audience started trading wider. That worked for us.Martin: One of the other themes that has come up is that for the most part traditional media companies including the Times viewed the Internet essentially as a distribution channel for existing content. The kind of derogatory term for that is repurposing. I'm not putting a value judgment on that at all. I think it can be good and bad. But in any event you didn't have that. Talk about that. Was that an advantage or disadvantage or both?Larry: Do you mean that I owned all of my content?Martin: No, that CBS wasn't giving you a feed of [crosstalk] for television [crosstalk] repurposed onto the Internet.Larry: I didn't have the burden of having to support a different form of media at that point. I also believed in the very beginning — it's why I went to CBS — that our business would be multimedia, that the future was in multimedia news. I absolutely believed that an Internet newsroom was going to be the core to whatever those things would be.Martin: Talk about that.Larry: Immediacy. I thought you can't get faster than now. By definition, some portion of news is going to be about what just happened.Martin: The papers were still on a 24 hour cycle, for the most part.Larry: Right. Let me tell you. Let me give you a recent example of how that's still an issue for some papers, including the New York Times. A couple weeks ago, the Pope announced he was going to resign. He was going to step down. I'm dating the tape. Sorry. He announced it at seven in the morning and that morning was a Monday morning. That morning, I got online and I started watching how many people were reading that story and it was huge numbers in the morning and it tailed off as the day went on. By the night time, it was pretty much like any other story, but it had gotten a massive read. We talked about it that night and our paper the next morning came out with essentially a second day lead. It was our first coverage of that event, but the stress on the front page and the look at it was what was going to be happening because of this, what it had set in motion.For our readers, I felt even the paper they were picking up and seeing something different and something new. We worked hard to do that. The front page of the New York Times that day was written as if it was the first time you were hearing this, the way the New York Times would do it. As an editorial entity, it believes it's the first draft of history, that 500 years from now people wanting to know what it was like when the Pope quit will go to the New York Times front page and look at it.To the reader, that was a throw away story. They probably went right past what was the lead story in the print New York Times to the what does it mean stories that they had inside. They did the coverage, but the emphasis is telling. It still believes that the paper is somehow relevant in the cycle and it isn't. The news cycle has changed.Understanding that that was going to happen and believing that that was going to happen and believing that the only way to deal with it was to build from real time out...I still didn't know at the time how much video would be involved.Martin: Let's talk about that because the guys that I thought were doing it really well back then and had access to Reuters because of the Dave Graves strategy were the young finance people.Larry: They used us, too. Here's what happened with finance. Here's a good example of where they went wrong. They were fantastic in the beginning and they were the ultimate aggregator. They were one of the reasons Market Watch succeeded.Martin: Tell me about that. I didn't know that.Larry: Early on, a year into Market Watch, we were staring down an IPO. Those were the days you could IPO. A year later with seven million in income. I'm sitting there and I'm going through these S1 sessions where you're writing all the risk factors and all that. Meanwhile, I'm negotiating. I had been negotiating with Yahoo to put our headlines in Yahoo News. Yahoo Finance was already a place where most people were putting their portfolios. Everybody was watching portfolios. Yahoo was quite proud of the fact that you could go to their portfolio and see all the news about your stocks and they were really obsessed with being real time. They had the same obsession Market Watch did about being first and best with news. I said to them, why don't I give you our entire feed, you can run all the headlines you want, but if they click on the headline they come back to us? All you cared about was that portfolio page. You'll get even more people to that portfolio page.Of course, you're the best place to go for everybody's real time news. I get the second click. You don't have to pay me anything. I don't pay you anything. Sounds like a great deal. They said fantastic deal. Let's check. Those days they made decisions fast. Came back to me and said, "We're going to do it." That had happened about a month before we had started writing the S1.Martin: That's interesting.Larry: Hold on. We agreed to it. We hadn't launched it yet. We had to do the integration. They just said they would. They had to come back and give me formal agreement. There were a couple weeks between when they said they would and when they were actually going to launch it. I remember walking into the S1 writing session and we had actually launched it that day. We were up 25 percent in traffic in an hour. It was the first fire hose. I said to the bankers, "You guys aren't going to believe this but we're 25 percent larger than we were five hours ago." They go, "What are you talking about?" I said, "We just did this deal with Yahoo. It's not costing us a penny." They said, "Ugh." I'm going, "What's the matter?" They said, "We've got to pull out the risk factors. We're now at risk of losing 25 percent of our traffic in a second. They can just turn off the fire hose."They said, "Why don't you go back to them and make a long term deal?" I said, "They're not going to do a long term deal unless I pay them." They said, "You should pay them." I said, "You want me to go back to them and offer to pay them for something they just gave me for free?" They said, "If it guarantees you some period of time," and I said, "OK."I called the guys at Yahoo and they go, "You what? We just made the deal. You don't have to pay us anything." I said, "No, can you just guarantee me the two years and we'll pay you." It was a half a cent or something per click. They were puzzled. They huddled. They came back and said, "OK." It was the first deal they signed where they got paid for that access, which turned out almost destroyed them because we did it. It was great and it was great for them and for us. We had huge traffic coming from Yahoo.We even learned to change the page people got when they came from Yahoo versus if they came from our front page. The same story page was different. If they came from Yahoo we put links to our other front page stories on there. If it came from our front page, we put links to similar stories. It actually upped our Yahoo pages per visit number from 1.1 to 2, which is huge.Now, I'm in this situation where I've got the fire hose turned on, I'm paying them, and they liked us because we were really good. Our headlines were great. It was a real news organization. This was real news, reputable news. They had gotten through some problems with all the press releases and the chat board stuff that was going on. They were trying to get reputable again.Then everybody saw what had happened and they all went to them and said we really want in, we want you to have our headlines. We'll pay you, too. We'll pay you more. At some point, about a year into this, they went from caring about the customer first to caring about those deals first. They started making deals with everybody and taking cash. Even people who had no news, they were just recycling and stuff like that.Suddenly, you'd see all these things appearing and now the latest story was getting pushed down by third re-writes of the story stolen by somebody on another site. They were just taking the biggest deals they could. At one point, in the height of absurdity, because their pipe was getting so full and people were complaining all these junk stories were coming through, they decided to keep all the people who were paying them but limit the number of stories you could have on.They would set a number and it would just cut off after that number. We'd have like 200 stories go out there at the beginning of the day and the 201st story would be like the AOL/Time Warner merger and it wouldn't go through and they wouldn't get anything on it and their readers would start complaining and we'd hear about it.We're going, "What's going on?" That's how we found out they just decided to cut you back to 200 a day and they just did it across the board to everybody, which made no sense to their users.It was a terrible reader disservice, but the viewer or the user had gone from being the prime subject to the deals. That was the beginning of Yahoo being impossible to deal with and unclear of what their own mission was. Their mission clearly, prior to that, had been very focused on the user and everything they did had the user in mind. They really felt protective about the user.Nathan Richardson was there then and he had a real good sense of that. The changes that happened afterwards were really devastating to them. I think started them down a bad trail.Martin: Did you do anything with AOL at that point? They were the follower of the [inaudible 40:31] .Larry: Absolutely. We did a deal with AOL. In the beginning, I think it was similar. We didn't pay them or we paid them a little bit per click. Honestly, it wasn't very much. The deal we made was they wanted our stuff in the quote pages, again. That was where we were most valuable, in their portfolio pages. We wanted to be in their front page. They kept saying we'll do that as needed or when we see things we'll put them on the front. They wouldn't promise anything on the front pages. We'd pay for clicks or whatever that came from the portfolio page. I said, "Do you mind if, once we sign this deal, I hire somebody to stay in your offices and help you in how you use our information and work with you?" They said, "No, go ahead." I hired somebody to sit at AOL and to go from desk to desk and say, "What are you guys working on?" They'll say, "We've got a Valentine's Day special coming up." They'd say, "How would you like a Valentine's Day shopper's guide?" They'd go, "That'd be great. We'll put it on the front."He'd call us up and say, "Get me a shopper's guide for Valentine's Day by Tuesday and we'll be on the front of AOL," and we'd do it. Sure enough, hundreds of thousands of people would turn on the spigot. Most of it was stuff we cover. We weren't going to do something that was illogical to us. How to invest in holidays or how to invest in graduation in June, different things like that, what colleges to pick.They were difficult to make a deal with, any kind of deal with. They always were squeezing you and they were obnoxious about it half the time, but the deals worked in the beginning. We got out about the time they started getting into the round trip stuff where they were booking ads in one place. It looked like advertising but it wasn't. You made deals that got them advertising and we got advertising but really it was just a swap deal or something.We had a hard time with a lot of that stuff and we just said no, we don't do that. It cost us a relationship with them, but by then we had grown large enough. There's no question, though, the two things that mattered the most were we were able to morph a brand, CBS, into a new medium and succeed at it. We actually translated CBS's brand to that new medium better than I think they could have done themselves and they didn't really run us.They had lots of instincts and almost always they were wrong and we didn't have to listen to them. We were polite and we would do all these things for them, but we just said, "No, let us do it this way."Martin: This raises a key question which is there are different flavors of this. Obviously, back at that point a number of companies were breaking out separate divisions. We talked to Mike Perlis before of Forbes and he was at ZD, Ziff Davis, when they created ZD Net which was really one of the first broken out entities. Dan Rosenzweig ran it. It was run as a separate entity. We didn't follow up with New York Times.Larry: It did well.Martin: It allowed you to build the business outside of the cultural...Larry: Which had to be done.Martin: ...which had to be done, right. A lot of newspapers didn't do that. I don't think the Gannett newspapers did that.Larry: They had this in the beginning when they did the first one when they built the information services business...Martin: That was a separate company.Larry: It was a separate business. It was a division, at least. It was totally treated differently. I think the bad experience that happened there, the maybe too soon experience, kept them from doing it again for a long time.Martin: We found that in a lot of places. The video techs kept a lot of newspapers out for a very long amount of time.Larry: That's right.Martin: The cultures are not cultures that accept failure.Larry: The cultural thing is really important. When you stop and look at a successful company, any successful company, certainly successful media companies and particularly successful publicly traded companies, you find that the top management of that company basically feel that their job is to protect the empire, is to fill the moat, make sure nobody comes in and screws with this $15 billion revenue stream we have. We'll do some new things but we have a lot to protect here. We're the leader or a leader. If you add in a cost consciousness that usually comes around having to deal with quarterly earnings and things like that, you don't have a culture that rewards failure. The things that traditionally have to happen in an entrepreneurial enterprise.The trick is when you say rewarding failure in a big company they think you really mean failure and so why would I reward you? You fail, you're gone. You say it to an entrepreneur and it's like that's the first step towards success. I fail at something and I learn something and because of that, I'm going to make it the next time. It's two different ways of looking at it.I was always very impressed with ESPN, one of the companies that I think led a multi-platform life first, a successful multi-platform life first, when, despite the fact that every one of us in the industry knew that they were out of their minds, launched a phone. We all said, "Are they crazy? This is a telephone business." It was a disaster. It was the disaster we all thought it would be. That company learned so much from that disaster, they're the leader in mobile and look where mobile is today.I don't know what the percentage is for New York Times traffic but mobile is over a third of our traffic. If you count iPads and tablets, it's probably a third of our traffic and growing faster than the desktop. That's how you get there. You have to have that culture.Martin: Another theme that's out there that I'd love to hear you comment on is the theme of traditional journalistic craft and practice evolving into the digital age. It sounds to me like in the world of Market Watch you weren't really trying to, as much as you could under the circ*mstances, do that to represent CBS, the brand product and whatnot. In that era, there were still these very, very robust journalistic institutions and now they're much less robust. What do you think happens from here? Do you think that the entrepreneurs, in essence, win in the sense that they create the Business Insiders, the BuzzFeeds, the Gawker Medias?Larry: To the extent they serve an audience better, they do win. The core of journalism still survives, in my mind. There are a lot of subjective things about journalism that have existed forever that have just changed their degrees. As a newspaper editor in the '80s when I was the metro editor of the New York Post, if a fire occurred on a Monday in a movie theater, I'd assign two teams to it. There would be guys writing for tomorrow's paper and there'd be guys writing for the Sunday paper, the big take-out on movie theater fires. Invariably, that second group would come in on Thursday and say if you give us one more week on this thing it's going to be unbelievable and I say if I give you two months you guys are going to have a book and three months a movie and they'll all be better. Every minute I give more, it will be better, but this audience are not going to be interested in the movie theater fire after Sunday and I don't even know how interested they're going to be on Sunday. It's going to drop. It's not about you, it's about them.In our world today, that discussion is more frequently occurring around seconds and minutes than it was around days for me. What's more important to me, getting the abbreviation of Connecticut correct or getting the fact that the plant is closing in real time on the web? To the investor, there was no issue there. They wanted speed. The knowledge had to get into their head faster. That meant money.As a journalist, I'm serving an audience. They want it to be correct. Lord knows they want all the other things about journalism that we care about, that it's in the right context, that we're being fair, we're doing all the things we have to be as journalists. In their case, in the case of the financial buyers, speed mattered more. In the financial world, it's why Dow Jones wires existed in addition to the Wall Street Journal.Today, that's true of everybody. Now everybody believes they should know something right away. If you're the editor of the San Francisco Chronicle, you have to live with the fact that if I'm driving home from San Francisco to Tiburon it's as important for me to know right away that the Golden Gate Bridge is open or that my kid's little league team won at the game that ended at 4:00 as anything as part of my local scene.Martin: Does Twitter become your go-to news source then?Larry: Twitter becomes a part of your life. For alerts, perhaps it does or some Twitter-like function. I have to laugh. In the early days of Market Watch, we were obsessed with real time so I had this idea in 1997 that we would do real time alerts to people's email boxes of any breaking news story. It was revolutionary at the time. Nobody was doing it. We built it in, we said sign up, we gave people a chance to sign up, we built the sign up form. We didn't have your choice of alerts. It wasn't like your stocks or anything. It was really just us deciding something was a big enough story we'd tell you about it. Really, nobody was doing it. Maybe it was '96. It was early on.They come back. It's built. Great, let's do it. Let's ask people to sign up. We'll probably get 10,000 or 20,000, if we're lucky. Half a million people sign up in the first week, over a million before a month was done.The good news is I've got a million people who want this real time thing, but it took 45 minutes for the email to get to the million people. You set up your email system. I had the first and last. I insisted on me getting the first and last so I know. We were out there in a couple seconds to the first guy but the last guy it was literally 45. The world could have ended by the time you get this.I call in my brain trust, Jaime ... our CTO, and a couple other guys and say, "What are we going to do about this? Can't we buy this? How much will it cost us?" Nobody's got it. We're going to have to create it ourselves. What's that going to cost? Jaime says, "I'm going to have to tie up half my developers for two or three months to build something like that, but we'll figure it out if you really want me to do it. Is it that important?" I said, "Yeah."We actually did. We took a big chance, devoted a lot of our resources to building this thing, and three months later, up comes this new site which had a room full of servers. You remember what server farms looked like. We had a server farm devoted just to this. You signed up and it blasted out simultaneously from all those servers.Now, we had gotten it down to a minute and a half. It was like, "Whoa! This is tremendous!" It was huge for us. It drove tons of traffic, because people got it and they'd go to the site. We would click here for the site. It a major and again, I think it was really a major element in our success. Today, if I made that decision, I'd put it on Twitter. That's it. No cost or anything. I just have good content and get it out on Twitter.Does that change the landscape? You bet it does.Martin: The tradeoff is that Twitter becomes the aggregation point and the brand, and you're just a fragment inside of that point whereas before, you were the man.Larry: The alert goes out with Twitter and it goes out with a link. If that link comes back to you, I can't ignore the fact that speed matters in the news game. If people want speed, the fastest way I can get them something is through Twitter, if that's what they're on, or through some other thing that they allow me to get to them on. That has to be the tip of the spear. It just does. I had to build it myself 15 years ago, but I don't know. One of the good things about that is it's still about the content. You can send me all the tweets you want. If they suck, I'm going to stop using it.They have to worry about...I have a nice way of just turning you off if you're not the guy.Martin: I guess I'm not going to editorialize too much here, but I guess I just looked at it differently. I mean, I view what you did 15 years ago as an investment in a differentiating proprietary channel.Larry: Correct.Martin: Which really built advantage for you.Larry: Yes.Martin: I'm not suggesting you shouldn't do Twitter. Everybody does Twitter. I just think it's become a commodity. It's become like you do Twitter, he does Twitter, and Twitter becomes the aggregation point and...Larry: But that's like saying, "You do cable. He does cable. You put a cable TV show. He does."Martin: No.Larry: But it's still the program.Martin: Because there are infinite channels on Twitter, and cable's an oligopoly.Larry: Cable's the wrong way. You put up a website. I put up a website. Anybody can put up a website. Anybody can do a tweet. The beauty of Twitter is still it's a selective process. You as Twitter can't go to me unless I say it's OK. You can't use Twitter to get to me. But if I want you to, I can take you and I can eliminate everybody else. It's kind of like the phone. The phone's great, but it's the apps that make my phone. they're different than the apps that are on your phone.If I can only choose the apps I want, it's still about the content. It may not help you build the content business the way that helped me build mine. It was a marketing ploy for me, also, to have the fastest...Our mantra was we were first or second on every story, that you could come to us first and know. We would put up somebody else's breaking news story and link to that, that our front page would do that for you.We were both an aggregator, curator, and we provide you with news. But there was a whole category of people who only read the front page. They never clicked on any story. They just wanted to know what we thought was happening right now. It was meant to look like a front page of a newspaper, because we didn't have any other models, that it was being printed at that very moment. That was a mindset we had to create.Martin: Let's switch to the business model for just a moment in the current role [for t]he last five minutes, traditional relationship among the agency's clients and publishers seems to be breaking down somewhat. The line of exchanges and particularly Google, what happens to advertiser supported content... Where do we go from here?Larry: We're concerned about that. I think, there are multiple kinds of advertising and the kind that says if you know what you're looking for, you go to it. We're not going to play in that game as much as we did. We're not going to have classified advertising. It never actually had anything to do with the news in the paper. It was the way it was delivered. that was nice.Martin: [inaudible 56:34] today an accident of history.Larry: Correct. I do believe that a great deal of advertising, like a great deal of news, is about discovery. Maintaining the ability to discover something is really critical. It's the thing I'm working most on now to translate from print to digital. If you look at our digital models, the ability to discover something is still...We're trying to preserve that in them. The idea that you turn a page this way instead of searching for your news or that we deliver you exactly what we think you want or what you think you want. That's one thing, but our world of media is meant to inform and educate as well, not just give you exactly what you want, but give you something we think is really important for you to know.Martin: Serendipity.Larry: Serendipity. Growing up for me, the New York Times, the most interesting story was always the one I knew nothing about. "Wild Coyotes Roam Connecticut." Read that story and go, "Whoa! That's cool. I didn't know that." We tell advertisers if they look at us as a place where they're going to discover, they're going to grow, they're going to learn something they didn't already know, that means that they have to scan through us. In the process of scanning through us, you're scanning through those advertisers. We're giving them an environment on the web that...It will give them a full page. We'll give them a beautiful environment to do it in.To the extent they learn and to us, the risk there is that they don't ever want it or they don't learn how to use that the way we do. But I'm confident they will. I think advertisers are going through exactly what we're going through. How do you tell your story in this new world? I think on each device, it's going to be different.Martin: You're somewhat hopeful?Larry: I am. I think people will come to us not just because they hear we have good content, but because they like what they're [inaudible 58:22] and what they read. It's entertaining to them. A million books are published every year. 500 of them become big hits, because they're better. More people got interested in them. I think newspapers, magazines — they all come and go, but the ones that last are the ones where people are interested in reading the content.If we draw them in with the content, there still is the ability to bring them in front of other things that they don't know about, whether it's paid or not. The ownership of our audience and the mechanism by which we have a relationship with our audience — I think that's critical.Martin: Do you plan to charge for "USAToday.com?"Larry: I don't know. We may. I certainly don't rule it out. We, on our local papers we charge on all of them now, because they are essential information sources in their communities. For USA Today to be an essential in the national scope is harder, because there's a lot more sources of national information. But we hope we're building a differentiated enough product that people will want it. They'll want our attitude. They'll want our take on it. They'll want our voice.If we're comfortable in that, I think we're going to look at every revenue stream we can on every platform we can.It's quite possible we will, but I don't know when or how. We're in an evolutionary state right now between becoming a news brand instead of a newspaper brand. We're trying to — many more of our people. Almost all of our people are now writing or editing on digital, for digital first.That's a big change for their mindset, so we have to get our digital properties to the point where people understand their uniqueness as much as they understand the uniqueness of the paper. More people buy a print copy of USA Today than any other print newspaper in the country, because there's something about it they like.That's fine, but we need to translate into what that means digitally, and we're in the process of doing that. We're not there yet....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (8)

Scott Kurnit

BIO: YES: Scott P. Kurnit is a serial entrepreneur and angel...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: Here we are in the offices of keep.com with Scott Kurnit on March 14th. ...You go back probably further than anyone that I know in consumer media.Scott Kurnit: Who's still alive?Nisenholtz: Maybe, no. But to Qube, can you talk about why you went there? What was the attraction? What it was? Then we'll work forward from there.Kurnit: Qube was awesome. I was in Springfield, Massachusetts as the youngest program director in the PBS system. I was introduced to Qube by John Lack. I went for an interview thinking I was interviewing for CBS Television and John was CBS Radio. I had never thought about being in radio. Whatever.Several months later, I got a call to go out to Columbus, Ohio, for Qube, this interactive cable system. I was the fourth program director in a year and a half. This was Warner Cable at the time, 1979, inventing interactive TV, and it really worked.It was 25,000 subscribers that had a box in their home that had five buttons on it and a message light. With those five buttons and a message light that responded every six seconds, you could do amazing things from game shows to George Bush coming out when he was running for president, "I will never be vice president," that was one of those great lines.And have the viewers control the programming and on game shows, win. Power Play was my favorite game show we did where you won points and then you could wager points using your message light to determine whether you were in the top 5 percent or 10 percent to get to a single winner against potentially 25,000 customers.We had hoped back then, in '79, that interactive TV was the future.Paul Sagan: It was.Kurnit: It was. It's still not here yet, interestingly. Here we are 30 plus years later, and it still hasn't arrived. It's still not nearly as sophisticated as it was back then. It worked technically. People liked it. It went down because Atari, interestingly, sister division at Warner, went from making a billion one year to losing a billion the next year, and everything that wasn't glued down was shut down. That was Qube. At that point, it was a JV with American Express, which got into it because...Nisenholtz: You were talking about QUBE having...Kurnit: QUBE was this incredible experiment, experimental television for a lot of reasons. It was, "Hey, should pay per view exist or should it be subscription?" We made the mistake. We actually went pay per view while HBO went subscription. Subscription's a better idea. A lot less friction than making a purchase decision for each program. It was a laboratory where MTV and Nickelodeon coincidentally got created. It's like, "Hey, we're in Columbus. We have this test market. Let's bring..."And we had 30 channels, which was another part of QUBE. It wasn't just interactive. Cable was 12 channels back then. How do you fill 30 channels?We picked up a bunch of cartoons from Europe. We picked up videos from Europe that were playing in music stores that nobody in the US even knew what videos were. It was a great laboratory for television, but it was created for the interactive part, which was really fascinating.Nisenholtz: Was there anything that resembled news at the interactive part or was it really...Kurnit: We did three original shows a day out of studios. It was a surprisingly interesting operation, probably two to three hours of original programming a day. One of them was called "Columbus Alive," which you would say is news or entertainment, kind of like the Today Show at night. We experimented with every format under the sun because it was a laboratory. What was interesting was, and I think interactive TV probably would have happened had we franchised QUBE to the rest of the industry. Instead, we made the decision to use it to win franchises.At the time, we won Dallas, Houston, Pittsburgh, St. Louis, Chicago because that's where I traveled every week once we started to turn those on. And then Cox competed with us with Index and Time, Inc. competed with cable, with the ATC division.Everyone had to compete with interactive TV. They had to say, it's either bad or you don't want it; you want conventional cable, because they didn't have it.In hindsight, I think, I really do, if we had actually franchised the system, the technology and the programming, we would have had interactive TV long before the Internet, because in a lot of ways, this was a precursor.Nisenholtz: You jump forward and back too much, because there's a lot to cover here. But there were a bunch of experiments that were interesting that didn't quite work, like this one for a business model the source, the VideoText stuff that was done ... by newspapers. Then, when the real change happened, the way that the user thinks of the web as interactive TV now with broadband, etc., those same companies had a hell of a hard time figuring out what to do.In some ways, and someone suggested to us, they had such bad experiences, they plowed so much money into those things, they didn't take off. They learned bad lessons. Do you think that's a theme that [inaudible 00:03:07] today?Kurnit: Yeah, there's no question. It's interesting; I had a conversation with Jerry Levin somewhere along the way when Time Warner did the full service network in Florida. Then, it was a fascinating lesson for me that corporations have no history. I said to him, you're doing full service network and you guys spent 40 million dollars, which was a lot of money. Still is a lot of money, but it was a lot of money, obviously, in 1978, '79.I happened to have, and I still do, 3 linear feet of memos. I said, Jerry, it's yours. I have it because otherwise, it would have ended up in a dumpster, but the stuff that's in there is just off the charts amazing.I just pulled out my January 1979 monthly report recently that went back to corporate. It's like six pages of unbelievable stuff we were doing. I said, "You're doing the FSN in Florida, you own this." He says, "Well, we don't need it. We're doing it again."Nisenholtz: I can tell you, having been there, it was all the way or it was nothing on it.Kurnit: Exactly.Nisenholtz: All over and added not quite 10X to the total cost.Kurnit: Right. Just reading, I think that reading through my loose leafs of memos would have said, we probably shouldn't do this, or there would have been certain shows you would have said, that's been tried, they didn't work. Or whatever. It's fascinating to me, one, that corporations don't have their own history, because it's in the people who actually walk out the door. The other thing is, and I learned this at Prodigy, is that when someone would say, "Hey, we ought to do X Y Z, because so and so," I was the new guy at Prodigy.It's like, "Well, we tried that. It didn't work." I would say the biggest one for me was when I went to the marketing guys and said..."I met this Steve Case guy. He seems really smart to me. He's like carpet bombing the world with discs." They go, "We tried that. Didn't work."I would say that was probably the biggest error in my own career, was while Case, this guy whom I think is twice as smart as I am, and experienced in the early Internet pre Internet. I said to my guys, "We should do what he does," and then we did it.Now, Prodigy had two discs, he had one. Prodigy was a horrible service, AOL was an awesome service. So there are other things that get in the way.I specifically remember grocery deliveries, so Peapod, which didn't work either, but it comes along. The guys at Prodigy go, "Doesn't work." In some ways, Web van, I guess it was. In some ways, they're right, but on the other hand, Fresh Direct's doing quite nicely right now.This stuff tends to have its time. If a company has done it before, they are just culturally unable to do it again. There's no one who's going to stand up and say, "We failed at that, but we should try it again."No one is going to ever step up, so I think that interestingly, early innovators who fail at things will never do...I think just culturally, they can't do it. The people who make up companies go "I'm not doing that."In some ways, it's interesting that full service network happened on the heels of Qube two decades early, but maybe there was enough time in there where they didn't even know.Nisenholtz: One decade earlier.Kurnit: Was it one decade earlier? It felt like a lifetime.Nisenholtz: But they both failed. They both technically worked and failed as businesses.Kurnit: Yeah, but it's interesting. Qube failed because of Atari, not because of Qube, which was what was really interesting. Interactive TV that engaged people as we were, we had show after show that was really interesting. My favorite show I've ever produced in my life probably was "Your Call Football." It was a single football game in Columbus, where the viewers called the plays.The game took four hours. The stadium got hit by lightning as a coincidence. I'd say that could never happen except in the last Super Bowl where the power went out, but the power went out.So for our little semi pro event, we got something, believe it or not, like a 60 rating across our 25,000 subscribers. It was huge because it was really interesting.When you put the power of calling the plays in the viewers' hands, they did crazy things. It's fourth and one and they throw a bomb. A coach wouldn't do that, but the viewers did.Nisenholtz: So it taught a lot of lessons about interactivity, but not online. It was not a good experience.Kurnit: No. What's interesting is we did four at Columbus in 1979. Four CompuServe subscribers got their CompuServe service over the Warner Qube cable plant. Kind of interesting, way early precursor to what would've become @Home and then would've then become all Internet delivery, or so much Internet delivery over cable.Sagan: Well, in Columbus, it became Roadrunner.Kurnit: Yes. [inaudible 00:07:50] in Columbus was four cable systems at the time. I don't know what it is now. It's probably...Sagan: Fast forward to the '90s and it was one, and it was the first...It was not the first cable modem market, which was Elmira, New York, but it was the first branded Roadrunner market.Kurnit: Instant. Interesting.Nisenholtz: Now they pull the plug on QUBE and what happens to you at that point?Kurnit: To me?Nisenholtz: Yeah.Kurnit: Before we pulled the plug, I got brought back to New York. I'm in Columbus. QUBE's the only system. We used it to win franchises. I was 25. I actually, scared to death, was in front of the Dallas City Council as one of the three presenters because QUBE was so important. We replicated QUBE's everywhere successfully. We created the QUBE network. We did shows where all seven QUBE markets got the same shows delivered via satellite, interactive, connected together.We took it to the next level, which is why it would've been fascinating to say to the industry, "You know what? Everybody join in," and we would've had networked, interactive television long time ago.What happened was the Atari situation. Drew Lewis, former Secretary of Transportation, came in to Warner Cable. Just before he came to Warner Cable, he fired the air traffic controller, so this was a guy who took no prisoners.He then brought in McKinsey, cut half the corporate staff, and reduced expenses so that anything that wasn't profitable at that time, anything that was developmental, was killed. That was the end of QUBE.Nisenholtz: Where did you end up?Kurnit: Interestingly, the part of interactive TV that we kept was pay per view. Pay per view used the cable technology of knowing what people were watching every six seconds to say, "You're watching a show. We're going to bill you $4.95." We networked pay per view, which was a business, across each of our cable systems. It then became clear, since we were doing it in six or seven systems, that if we had another three or four, it was worth putting this stuff on satellite.So I morphed over, with my team, to Showtime. Keeping all my Warner seniority, interestingly, going to the JV of Warner and Viacom. At the time "Viacom." Redstone changed the pronunciation when he bought it.We did networked pay per view. We launched viewer's choice in '83. That continues today. I'm proud that that company, which then merged with request and is now in demand, is the pay per view infrastructure for most of the cable industry.Nisenholtz: Did you morph to what we would think of as online, versus interactive TV, after that? Proprietary?Kurnit: Yes. I had interactive in my blood. We did come up with the first pay per view ordering system. We, with AT&T, had the first commercial application for ANI, automatic number identification. You could literally call a phone number, we read your number, we knew it was you, we could add it to your bill. Pretty interesting tech, pretty early. Then I got called by a recruiter to go to Prodigy. Which, I believe at the time, was the world's worst company. I think it was truly the world's worst company. The week I went to Prodigy, my boss, Tony Cox, threw Fortune Magazine across the table at me. It had the three dinosaurs of American business on the cover. I say that for a good reason.It was General Motors and Prodigy's two parents, Sears and IBM. The three dinosaurs of American business. He said, "How could you possibly go there?" I said, "Because it's the future. It's new. It's different. It's exciting." I went to Prodigy. Two months later I met Steve Case. Or a month later.He said, "How could you possibly go there?" I said, "Because you didn't call me." AOL was the better business, by far. Much more interesting.Nisenholtz: What year was this?Kurnit: It was pre web. Yeah. I went to Prodigy pre web. Hopefully the technology exists for you to edit that out, not remembering. Prodigy was not a fun experience. It was a company created out of IBM and Sears, which meant, culturally, it had the personality of its parents, competing against a scrappy startup run by Steve Case. That was an unfair competition.Sagan: What did you learn about interactivity, as we transition? Because we want to get to the web and the Internet. That was sort of a bridge, I guess, between the interactive TV and...Nisenholtz: We've got to get to MCI, first.Sagan: Yeah. But that was part of the evolution.Kurnit: MCI came after Prodigy.Sagan: Yeah. What you learned about Prodigy about the power of interactivity and what it would do to business models, news and otherwise. Then move to the MCI piece and fully to the web.Kurnit: Prodigy was not a great system. It was run on very early stuff. It was run on NAPLPS, which was this archaic system of painting images on the screen. It was very cartoonish.Nisenholtz: North American Presentation Level Protocol System.Kurnit: Good for you, Martin Nisenholtz. You and like five other people know what NAPLPS actually is. [laughs] Meanwhile, interestingly... I'm going to talk about competition, because AOL was built on top of Windows. Because of IBM losing the OS2 battle to Windows, the whole concept of Windows at Prodigy was like, "We don't do that." Prodigy was built on DOS. Disc Operating System. AOL's built on Windows. Elegant, back then. That was an interesting thing. But the easy learning's of interactivity, which we see today, is that this stuff's really engaging. We learned that content where you could comment, big deal. Content where you could easily get whatever you wanted from a big corpus, really interesting.Even advertising, which Prodigy had and AOL did not, actually worked. People would go through the add queue of probably 150 ads. They really were banner ads. They ran at the bottom of the screen. They were not annoying. They were viable. Good lessons there. The big lesson has to do with pricing. Prodigy, because of its infrastructure, which had Akamai qualities.Prodigy was a caching network that was able to cache contents in nodes all over the country. It had a significant benefit over AOL on content distribution and had parity with AOL in communications. Because there was no caching, obviously, in chat and message boards. So Prodigy's pricing was geared towards the content. That benefit of network was maybe their Achille's heel.Prodigy gave you unlimited use of content in two hours use of communication. AOL gave you five hours use of communications, which is all anybody wanted to do. That was an interesting lesson.The online systems, back then, were so efficient for chat and message boards. The other thing was, Prodigy, because it's run by IBM and Sears, literally read every post on message boards before they went live.While AOL just said, "Put it live. We'll worry about it later." So there was that issue coming up again. It's not just that corporations are slow to move because maybe they did it already, they're slow to move because of their decision making. They're slow to move because they're conservative. While AOL didn't mind someone saying, "I'm going to cut my Sears credit card in half."A company half owned by Sears would not tolerate someone saying, "I hate Sears." We've learned over time that anything goes. You publish fast, you worry later, etc. I think The New York Times still previews messages before they go live.Nisenholtz: In some areas.Kurnit: Which makes the message boards better. But it also slows you down against the Twitters and Instagrams.Nisenholtz: Talk about news in any form. Financial, sports, headlines, stuff that happened, either at Prodigy or that you observed at AOL.Kurnit: We, at Prodigy, had four divisions. One was news, news and information. We had financial services. We had stock quotes. You could buy stock on Prodigy. It was both information and transactions. We took in all the wire feeds. We actually did have a bit of a newsroom.Sagan: You had wires because you were a closed system? Was it the AP and Reuters would sell to you the way that they didn't at first?Kurnit: Correct, they would have viewed us as a newspaper. We were a closed subscription system. Fascinating thing about Prodigy that I learned, maybe even afterwards Prodigy was meant to be a free service. The only reason Prodigy had a billing system, this is really interesting, was that the original business model assumed...IBM, Sears, and CBS was originally Trintex. CBS got out early, to the point where Mel Karmizan, when we talked about him buying About.com, pre my IPO of About, I said, "You know you owned a piece of an online service once." This was where corporations have no memory, so Mel is CEO of CBS. He goes, "We did?" I go, "Yeah, like you owned a third of it." But they got out, and it was IBM and Sears.But the original model was that they would...that Sears, using this interactive system, would sell two things a month, so we need a way to track people.A billing system was a way to track people even though were not billing. Well the reality was, they sold one thing every few years, so the model was off by 24X, sh*t happens.Nisenholtz: You were up there in what year?Kurnit: I left to run MCI's Internet business in '95.Nisenholtz: So the webs come along, it's starting to blow up to close the walled garden model, and be open to the web.Sagan: But isn't the MCI business still a walled garden? [cross talk]Kurnit: Well before that's fascinating, one of the things we did at Prodigy, which if you talk to...Sagan: MCI and News Corp, right?Kurnit: It was MCI News Corp, but before we get there, there's an interesting sidebar, and that is we put web browser in Prodigy six months before AOL. Ted Leonsis would actually wax poetic on this, because it like shocks them and freaked them out that Prodigy came along and did this. It's interesting; it was one of those kind of basem*nt projects. We’d gone off to see Netscape at the time, which was all of the maybe 10 people, and it was kind of intriguing. About two weeks later, one of our guys said, "Hey, take a look at what I built." He built a web browser in like two weeks, and we put it live in Prodigy. What was so interesting about the web browser in Prodigy, Prodigy's a closed service, and the web browser is completely open. In the stroke of a minute we flipped Prodigy' business model for better or worse on its head, and if you think about it, as a closed model...and one of the reasons I was brought in was to bring the cable industry to Prodigy.We had just about every cable network had a place on Prodigy. Now interestingly, we own the distribution system, so who pays for lunch is kind of my example of business model. You go talk to a cable network, they want on your new interactive system, they pay for lunch. You then open up the Internet where anybody who creates a website can get on your service, I pay for lunch.That was a transition that was very scary for Prodigy. When we went to a board meeting and said, "The web is it, we should abandon our NALPS system, because it's a generation behind AOL, and we should trump AOL by going all web," it's like, "Wait a second, that's a total flip of business model also." The answer is, "Yes it is, but that's where it's going. Kids in garages are going to make stuff that blow us away."That was not well accepted by the Board of Directors to say the least. About two weeks later I got a call by a headhunter to go run MCI's Internet business, it's like, "Sign me up." I went to run MCI's Internet business, I was hired really quickly, it was a week from start to finish and in hindsight I now know, and that's why it was so fast is they needed someone on their side of the table for what was about to be at JV with News Corp.It was not at JV when I joined, so I joined Prodigy to run its Internet business...Nisenholtz: No, MCI.Kurnit: I'm sorry, I joined MCI to run their Internet business, and two or three weeks later my pager goes off, and it's like, "We're doing this to billion dollar deal with News Corp, you're going to run this JV." I pleaded with them not to do it, interestingly. I'd been in several JVs in my life, they don't work. They work on day one, but...at the closing dinner, everything's great appetizers and by desert they're already unraveling before we even go forward. In my interview process, the guys at MCI said, "What you think of Delphi?" I go, "I don't, there's anything there."Nisenholtz: Dan Bruns’ Company.Kurnit: Dan...Exactly. Rupert had bought...News Corp. had bought Delphi, and then they ask a question about...then we talked about JVs, and I said, "Terrible idea," so Delphi, terrible idea. JV in general, bad idea, and then two weeks later after I get there, they go, "Oh, by the way, Delphi is the cornerstone of your access product, and News Corp.'s your partner." Its like, "If there was a gun..." I don't know. [laughs]Nisenholtz: Didn't News Corp. have an editor at that point; it was I think a woman...Kurnit: Well Anthea Disney.Nisenholtz: Right.Kurnit: She and I became very good friends. She is awesome. We were set up to want to kill each other, so structurally there were a bunch of issues. It was a fascinating issue, because the original construct was Anthea, who I think the world of, would be in charge of editorial and report to the board, and I'd be the publisher, and I'd report to the board. I said, "No, no, no, no, no this is a TV station, this is not a magazine." I won that battle, which was interesting, but it made for early complexity which she and I then figured out. Her editorial team built an awesome product called iGuide, building on top of the Delphi the...Nisenholtz: It was not an Internet product, it's very important, or was it?Kurnit: Oh no, it was a wide open Internet product.Kurnit: Oh no, no, no, so...Sagan: This is not...so we've transitioned from the proprietary service of Prodigy, now you're working on the web.Kurnit: Well interestingly, the proprietary service of Prodigy added a web browser, which opened up Prodigy, whether they like it or not...Sagan: Right, right, right, but they didn't want to do that.Kurnit: Still a subscription service. They were so keen to do that. Those of us who were working it, and seeing where it was going whether we like it or not said, "We have to do that, and we can take advantage of that." McKinsey had bought, by the way, been in at Prodigy for some time, and frankly I guess I can admit now that About.com, which I ended up doing two companies later was an outgrowth of what I pitched for Prodigy to do, interestingly. Towers and pebbles, channels and micro sites, which is what About.com became. At MCI it was all open web. Vint Cerf was there, Vint actually on paper reported to me, but you don't take the father of the web and constrain him much, it's like, "Vint, whatever you wanted to (do) is OK."Sagan: At this point open web content was in the service of driving access subscribers effectively?Kurnit: Yes, and what MCI meant to do with the web is, guys like Vint were there who obviously saw the web for anybody created it, and MCI looked at it and said, "Well we have all of these customers we do business with, these stores..." The first thing that they had created, even before I got there, or were starting to create was a shopping mall of all the stores. "We'll build them for you, you'll sell things, will have all these stores, we'll end up being first mover, we will be the place for shopping," and it was...I forget what we actually called it, but it was part of Internet MCI, and it was a mall, and it was quite good at that time. MCI really did, I think, early on have a good...Sagan: I remember when you came in pitched that.Kurnit: To you. [laughs]Sagan: Yeah, that timing, as an alternate partner, and it was all about shopping.Kurnit: Right, and that's because MCI had customers with phone relationships, and MCI's pitched to Murdoch was, "We have 23 million customers, you have content, the Internet is a blend of commerce, content, and communications. We bring the business customers for stores, we bring the residential customers who will pay us maybe the 9.95, 11.95 a month for service. You have content. We can create AOL on the Internet."We did a business plan, it was $500 million expense over a period of four or five years to create this, Murdoch in about 10 minutes went, "This is good, do this, go." MCI completely freaked out, they said, "That's a nickel a share."Rupert said, "I don't understand?" It was a nickel in earnings per share, and MCI, if you now look backwards was kind of in sale mode, they ultimately sold to WorldCom, so a nickel a share to them was catastrophic.To Rupert, who didn't really care about his stock price on any given day it's like, "Yeah, I get that it takes $500 million to go build the new AOL on the Internet," and was prepared to do it. But that joint venture unraveled pretty quickly.Part of it was that IGuide was a good product; the access business that we built on top of Delphi was not so good. Frankly, all the early access businesses were a little flaky. As we handed disks out to all the MCI executives, some of them couldn't make it work.They had conflicts with Internet MCI that they already had on their machines, so even though the access product, I would say, was probably as good as anything that was out there, MCI looked at it and said, "This things not perfect, and if we're going to put this in the hands of our customers, we're going to ruin our core business."Sagan: Well so, if we come down to the innovators dilemma where, "You are what you are," theirs was, "We're a nailed up phone company, we got more nines in our service level..."Kurnit: Yeah.Sagan: "So something that might not work, or the customer has a flaky PC experience, they're going to look at it with a phone filter, and this is a disaster."Kurnit: You know you got that right, so MCI said, "We can't do this, we just can't do it." Then pretty much in the dark of night, it was a Super Bowl Sunday, I was called to Washington...about a year into the project. Interestingly that JV actually never got formed. The outside world, who was convinced that it was, but I actually got my paycheck from MCI, Anthea got her paycheck from News Corp. There was a Board of Directors of three from each of the parent companies, but the JV actually never existed legally as a JV.Because they just couldn't get it together to bring the two together, and then what happened was interestingly on a Super Bowl Sunday, I got called to Washington, told by my MCI brethren that, "Tomorrow at noon there's a press conference with Bill Gates and Bert Roberts, and were pulling out of the News Corp.JV that you're running, and were going to throw in with Microsoft, and we want you to come back and we went to run that, which will be MCI's customers running Windows 95 or Internet access."It was a fascinating moment in my career, because I said to the guys, I said, "If you have Windows 95, you get..." what I guess was called MSN in at the time, Microsoft network, or whatever it was, "...and you need it to run it, so we actually can't sell any units.You're sending our chairman in to talk with Gates tomorrow in front of the press for a product that no one can use, that no one can have." They did that press conference, the ultimately sold zero copies of that product, zero, because you couldn't sell it.So basically we blew up the would be JV of 800 people that we had between the companies. We were running a games division, we ran Kezmi which was games, MCI mail...Sagan: This is the News Corp?Kurnit: The News Corp/MCI JV had a lot of stuff in it, it was like all the ragtag y, interactive stuff of the two parents in the JV. And it was 800 people, and it's like...I think it was Valentine's Day, where it's like the big company meeting, "Guys, were not could do this anymore," kind of like Ameritech. [laughs]Sagan: Was that the same year between Super Bowl and Valentine's Day?Kurnit: Oh, it was Super Bowl and then...Yeah, so it's two weeks later we blew up the business. Yeah we blew up the business right on the heels of the Microsoft press conference, yeah.Sagan: And then that went nowhere, technically?Kurnit: Technically it was impossible deal, but MCI was always intrigued about having a relationship with Microsoft.Sagan: Talk about the user experience around News Meta 12 content, then. When you're on the open web in creating [inaudible 00:30:13] . What did people do, and how did it change their habits? Did you see any of that?Kurnit: IGuide was a guide to the Internet. We had editor's that were combing for good websites back then. There weren't that many of them, so it was actually possible to do by hand.Sagan: A little bit of Yahoo copy?Kurnit: Very much. Very much like a Yahoo. A little too heavy. The Pathfinder problem of being too beautiful, but not delivering in speed, so when Yahoo, because their pages loaded in two, to three seconds, versus Pathfinder at 30, and our stuff at 18 seconds a page, made a big difference. Anthea's background as a news person, as an editor of a range of magazines, created, I thought, a really interesting news product, and a newsroom. Coupled with the wires, and other sources that were out there. I can't recall well enough, I guess it didn't really change news consumption, back then.Our product was too thin. The likes of magazines, and television were still strong. We were not a dominant news source by any means back then. We were not a threat to conventional media, yet.Sagan: No, but you touched on one of those themes that keeps coming up, which is the, "You either are what you are, or you compete with what you think you are." You have a bunch of, effectively, magazine companies, or magazines types, or print types looking at each other, and not understanding that, somebody who doesn't know those rules, and is doing something else, like Yahoo, which was basically, go back, that page had a couple of boxes, a Visa logo, and text, and was just cleaning up audience interaction.Where these other things, which were beautiful, but not very useful.Kurnit: Well, they were beautiful. I always used to say to people that, "The reason Pathfinder was so thick, is that you printed the pages to show Jerry Levin what it looked like." "Because he probably wouldn't use it on a computer back then, you can tell me later." I was an advocate for simple, fast, versus beautiful, slow. I think that continues as we see things like Reddit, and Craigslist today. Simple, fast trumps beautiful. We also had the corporate problem that we had to serve the parents.Sagan: That's the same point, right?Nisenholtz: As Prodigy too. It seems to me, whether it's Steve Case, and Prodigy, or Jerry Yang in MCI, it's very difficult for people who get up in the morning to work for a big companies to compete, with people who don't. Who get up in the morning with a gun to their head, across the entire entrepreneurial spectrum? It's just very difficult.Kurnit: The question is. Are you doing it for the consumer, or are you doing it for some board of directors or for some sister division?Sagan: ... We can go then, post Microsoft, to all web stuff. What came after the Microsoft thing that blew up?Nisenholtz: I had asked a question of, whether you think there was any hope for large corporate parents like the Prodigy, or MCI businesses to compete with AOL, and Yahoo respectively? In other words, I'm asking a cultural issue, Kurnit. As we go further along.Kurnit: As we look at the future.Nisenholtz: Yeah. The history of the news business too.Kurnit: I think in theory yes, I think in practice it's really hard. Having been in a bunch of JV's, one of the things I actually tried to do was say to both MCI, and News corp. "Either of you guys could fire me." "Takes two of you, to get the new guy." "But I don't want to be here because, I'm MCI's guy, and they don't have the right." I saw that at Prodigy. The guy who was my boss, should have been let go, but he was CEO's guy, and it was CEO's turn. To me, I looked at that, and said, "Oh my god." "That's crazy." Because the CEO is obviously so critical.I put this forward, and they said no to it. I said, "Guys, this puts me at risk." I don't know why they said no to it. I actually wrote 10 points as to why it was a good idea. That I'd be on eggshells having to serve the mutual needs, or one guys going to say, "Out." We've seen it. The start ups trump the established guys over, and over again.I think it's possible. One of my dreams when I sold About.com to Primedia was being able to take the About culture, and I'm a culture freak, and lay it on this traditional company. I was well aware that 50 percent of the people would reject the culture that I wanted.It happened in the very first meeting, interestingly. At my company the word employee is banned, and the word consensus is banned. I walk into my first big group meeting at Primedia, and both of those words are used. You pay 20 bucks to the party fund here, at Keep, or About if you use either of those words.The big company thinks that consensus is a good thing, even though it completely slows you down. I have other issues of the word employee, in terms of indentured servant, and things like that.I think it's possible, but I think that it's only possible, and for the future, those of us who have been in those environments, who then go to start up. I think I could make a big difference, at a big company. Half the people would want to kill me, but I'd want to kill them too.I did learn at places, Prodigy is an example, where ingrained culture was a problem, and so was Primedia. I do believe that half the people, whether it's Time Inc, or New York Times, or whatever, want to take the helm, want to move into the future, are willing to take the risks, so it is possible.Maybe there is a generation of us, who have gone corporate, then start up, and can go back to corporate, and make something happen.Nisenholtz: Let's talk about, About now. You left MCI. Did you start About right after that?Kurnit: Pretty much. I consulted for Open Text, the Canadian search engine company. Which was Yahoo's original search engine, and they said, "Hey, Yahoo just went public for 700 million dollars." "They pay us a whopping million and a half dollar fee, which they're actually not paying us, because they think we're a commodity." "What would you like to do?" I wrote them the two page memo. Which had been milling in my head from Prodigy, then at MCI where I wanted to do it, and they said, "Great, we'll fund that", and got into business pretty quickly.Nisenholtz: The principles were based on your learning about how users wanted to contribute?Kurnit: Really, two things. One is, how do you create something that's really big? Very wide? That uses the power of the Internet for both distribution, and production? So is using all the power of the Internet to create something new. At the time most people thought it was not a very good idea. It's interesting that 16 years later it's alive, after five owners, and six CEO's, because of its distributed nature. At the beginning it's, "Can we make a site that's run by one person?", because as soon as you add more than one person, you get into all kinds of friction, and politics, "That can then network with others, both in terms of production, and distribution, that creates something that has an ever growing scale?"I believed that, from what we wanted to do at Prodigy. I knew that there is passion out there in the world from the Prodigy experience, originally, that's untapped. Where people don't have the chance. Whereas, a Time Inc, or New York Times it's like infrastructure, and distribution, and gate keeping, that the Internet was just much more flexible, and that we could take advantage of it.Interestingly at the time, we got most compared to Geo cities. We were very different businesses. It actually infuriated me, even though Geo cities ended up being worth twice as much as us. There are some lessons there. Although they're gone, and About is still around.That was user generated. Build a container the users generate, and fill it. That's what Twitter, and Tumbler, and Facebook, and Pintrest are. That's a great model, that's what Keep.com is, for shopping.With About, we were much more controlling than that. We found people, we recruited them, we trained them, we supervised them, but just short of employees.They were independent contractors who continue to be, which is an important part of the model, so that people had the [sense] that it was theirs, and that they had a passion for it, whether it was composite materials, or parenting.It allowed us to have 750 verticals run by people with tremendous passion, and capability without having them all in one place, which is a big deal. LookSmart was a big competitor at the time. They put everyone under one roof and that model didn't work.Our model of distributed workforce has lots going for it. Very different than the current Yahoo was the mere issue of distributed. In this case the distributed workforce is probably one of the half dozen reasons that About exists today, while so many other businesses don't.CEO turnover, or selling the company, these people are in Argentina, and Switzerland, they never saw any of that. I think that not seeing the sausage being madeAt corporate is actually beneficial to having been around. Use the power of the Internet, and still does, on all parts. Production and distribution.Nisenholtz: I think that's a very interesting point about the production, and distribution. I think the news industry recognized very early on, the power of distribution. The processes that go into quality news have to do with processes that, at least in some folk's opinion, kind of transcend the changes in production technology. Part of the question is, can you get a level of quality out of a new production technology, versus an existing set of processes? As an example, About.com has one person, it's a published first model, stuff is quite good, but a lot of times people make errors.It would be great if you could comment on that, because from About, came blogging, and from blogging came many other things, that presumed to compete with traditional news processes.Kurnit: It's always fascinated me. About's very efficient, but the content is B+. The New York Times is pretty inefficient, but the content is A+. The interesting thing, About is a published first model, so it's kind of like, "Ask for forgiveness, fix it along the way, train the people, so that they don't need to be edited." Whereas, at the traditional companies, you write an article, and then two, or three editors look at it.I just heard an interesting story at Time Inc, where someone has to actually submit her Instagram pictures, so she's in her closet; she sees something interesting, she then has to submit it to the social media person, which means it takes two days, for her Instagram picture to go live. That's Time Inc. Whereas; a start up [snaps fingers] would go live.Here's the trade off. How much better is that? Because it took two days, and it found itself into a queue through a corporate entity, that puts it live. They have to lose. Are they 10 percent better? They're not 90 percent better, so on the classic 80/20 rule, Time Inc, New York Times, this stuff's better, but it's not enough better, to justify the cost, and time. Whether we like it, or not.Nisenholtz: It seems to me that played out in encyclopedia. Microsoft Encarta replaced Britannica, and Wikipedia, which is kind of an About like model, in a way, replaced Encarta.Kurnit: Correct. The interesting thing is, Encarta is more accurate. I always have that little five percent fear when I'm reading Wikipedia, because I see my own posting, which is 90 percent right, so we all have that feeling. I don't think we put the genie back in the bottle. It's interesting; along the way I think I own curated Wikipedia.com. You probably told me that's a bad idea. If you can blend, if you can take something that's crowd sourced, and give it another editorial layer, to just fix that 10 percent, that's interesting to me. It's not as efficient, but...You're smiling...Nisenholtz: I don't think you ever told me... [laughs]Kurnit: Of all of my bad ideas, you hadn't heard that one?Nisenholtz: No. [laughing]Kurnit: If you take a look at the URL's I own, you'll see there's lots of curation; I'm a big believer of curation. Which is, in some ways, in conflict with the craft. That's interesting. GeoCities was worth twice what we were worth. We worth a billion seven at About, pretty good. GeoCities sold to Yahoo for four billion dollars. They had a cheaper model, and it was like, "Anything goes." A true crowd source top to bottom. Mine was somewhere in between, probably, GeoCities, and the New York Times. I think we're going to have to figure this out a little bit.I do think that a slightly better curation on Wikipedia would make a better product. It would slow it down a little bit. It's fascinating, because if we look at Wikia, which is the commercial version of Wikipedia, it's not as good as Wikipedia.Nisenholtz: Not even close.Sagan: [inaudible 00:48:44] vessel, and fill it up more. There are a lot of those, but they haven't necessarily endured. GeoCities was one, followed by MySpace...Nisenholtz: Tripod.Kurnit: Tripod, MySpace, et cetera. About, the curation has endured. Maybe it was not as popular, or valuable in a moment in time, but it's endured. In some ways you could say, Wikipedia is semi curated. It's curated by editors, et cetera. Over time it's, maybe this is controversial, there's some that would say it's now more accurate than the curated encyclopedia's. Even Britannica was not error free, and they could not correct it if you bought the 30 volumes. It was much, much slower.It's interesting. I love to think, that because we curated it, it gave sustainability to an About. I think if you take a look at some of those, MySpace, why did it go down? Well, it got bought by Newscorp, and Newscorp would be more of the reason, and their model wasn't as good as Facebook. Facebook was a communication platform. MySpace was an expression platform. Not as interesting actually, as the communication platform.GeoCities, why did it go down? Was it a bad idea, or was it bought by Yahoo? At that point Yahoo had become a corporation. Looking at Twitter, Pintrest, Instagram, Tumbler, if remaining independent, I think these platforms are pretty interesting.I would have to say that it's more, those who purchase the platforms. Kudos to the New York Times. Kudos to Primedia, they didn't kill About. Would've been a tendency to do that. Kudos to Nisenholtz, who said "About has to be in a separate place."Because had About been in the New York Times building, then people would have been in the lunchroom saying, "I think we need to edit this stuff a little more", and it would have ruined the platform. I think a lot has to do with the stewardship of ownership, versus the models.Sagan: Bring all this experience together of decades of interactivity, to sort of focus on the news journalism piece, and what your observations about what's happened. You haven't been in news directly, but you've been touching it in lots of ways, and certainly see the impact of the Internet. Bad on the business model, for sure, positive on the innovation, more stuff out there. But it seems to be halfway across the bridge and not sure it can get to another side.Kurnit: What we haven't seen happen successfully in news is professional journalism matched with crowdsourcing with proper curation, I don't think. We see on Twitter when the plane goes down on the Hudson, it's first reported, I think, on Twitter, and then the conventional news outlets pick that up. We've seen businesses like now Public and others that have tried to crowdsource into news; I'm intrigued by that space. I have a lot of respect for "the people." There's a lot more "the people" than there are the folks in the ivory towers. Part of it's in commenting.We see Huffington Post has been successful, I think, with a modified model both in terms of massive amounts of user input from commenting, and also blogging as interesting fodder.They're not the "New York Times." The question is, as we look at the likes of the "New York Times" and the "Time Magazines" as they go forward, they can't keep doing what they're doing. The model doesn't work.There's less revenue in digital than there is in the old media, and that's not an anomaly. That's real. That's going to continue, so they have to lower cost structure. How do you lower cost structure? Well, you introduce, I think, people with passion who don't do it for the money. They do it because they love it.The interesting thing about people who do it because they love it, they're actually in a lot of ways, if they're good, they're better than the person who gets up at eight o'clock in the morning and says to his wife, "Damn, I've got to go to work today." These people don't do...They'll get replaced by somebody else, because they're not doing it for the money.I think that the blend of professionalism, and passion, and curation will become, and it is becoming, the new source. I do worry about news that is just incorrect. I actually shared on...Facebook this quote written on a slate that said something about the Internet, this and that Abraham Lincoln.You never know if a quote's real or not on the Internet, and that's a problem. So how do either we the people thumb it up and down or share it appropriately to create enough of a filter so that we know that it's real? I don't think we've achieved that yet. I still think there's...There's more voices for sure, but I think that the ultimate news product is still in front of us....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (9)

Ted Leonsis

BIO: YES: Theodore John Leonsis (born January 8, 1957 in Bro...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: April 4th, 2013, Paul Sagan, John Huey, Martin Nisenholtz speaking with Ted Leonsis. It's great to be here.Paul: At the Verizon Center.Ted: Thank you. I'm very fond of everybody here. We're like co*ckroaches.[laughter]Ted: We've survived all the nuclear winters. [laughs]Paul: Still standing. So, maybe go back to...You and I met in the AOL days.Martin: I want to go back before then. We first met when you were at Redgate. Take us through when you first realized that some form of digital technology was...You were at Wang, maybe? When did the light bulbs go on here, Ted?Ted: In 1976, I was a student at Georgetown University, and I had to write a thesis. All Georgetown students, because of the Jesuits, have to write a thesis. I was assigned a mentor. He was a 75 year old Jesuit priest, the least technically astute person you could imagine. I had to find a subject to write about, so I went to the library to find the smallest book I could find.I was successful in finding "Old Man and the Sea." I pulled "Old Man and the Sea." It was my kind of book. The first chapter was, "It was a good day. The sun was hot. The water blue." Chapter two...So I really liked the book, and I then went back to the library to get another book by Hemingway. The second book I got was "Across the River and Into the Trees." Totally different, like 600 pages and long run on sentences and 100 page chapters.I came up with this concept that maybe Hemmingway had written "Old Man in the Sea" early in his career, when he was a journalist. He used to write for Esquire and was on the battlefields and filing reports and the like. He started to write books, and he needed some money, and he went back to what he knew best, a journalistic style of writing.I mentioned that as an idea to Father Durkin, and he said, "Why don't we use a computer?" It's 1976. There was one computer on the campus at Georgetown University, an IBM 360 mainframe computer, in the registrar's office.I participated in perhaps the first real mash up, interdisciplinary, connecting the dots. We brought in a graduate student who was a linguistics major and then the one guy on campus who could program, and we created an algorithm. I was forced to type in the first 5,000 words of articles and books throughout Hemmingway's career, and then of "Old Man and the Sea" as a control.The linguistics major created the 17 measures words per sentences, sentences per paragraph, pronoun references. We put it all into this big computer, punch cards, and what was spit out was that Hemmingway wrote "Old Man in the Sea" in the '30s and dressed it up a little bit and published it in the '50s, won the Pulitzer Prize, it was a best seller, and then a couple of years later took his own life.I remember Father Durkin saying when we had to do an oral presentation of it, he introduced it and said, "This is the first time ever where liberal arts and technology come together." I think it got published in this really arcane "Computer and the Humanities Newsletter," and that was my first introduction to computers.I remember when I read Walter Isaacson's book on Steve Jobs, they asked Steve why was Apple so successful, and he said, "Apple's where liberal arts and technology come together." I was first generation, I graduated in 1977, really first generation that knew what a computer was.I ended up fortuitously going to work for a populist tech company called Wang Laboratories in my hometown of Lowell, Massachusetts. Why it was fortuitous was Wang wasn't like IBM, selling to corporations.Dr. Wang believed that women coming into the workplace had drudgery. They were typists. He really built the first killer app for computers, which was a word processing application that freed up drudgery, and one of the first companies to create email. That was my first job out of college.In 1979, I had my whack on the side of the head because I went to the West Coast Computer Faire. There were booths selling Commodore computers and Osborne sets, and I bought an Apple II computer. It wasn't really a computer, it was a motherboard and a keyboard, and you bought a CRT.I remember paying six dollars to a guy for a manual. He had written his own instruction manual on how to put it together, and he was selling it outside the convention center in baggies like a drug dealer. "You want a manual? Six dollars."[laughter]Ted: Me and a friend put it together, and I had an Apple II. It used the CPM operating system. VisiCalc worked on it, which was a spreadsheet which everyone was buzzing about. I didn't need a spreadsheet, but it was cool to play with. Then there was a database, PFS software. So I'm struggling playing with this Apple II in my little home office.Then one day I go grocery shopping, and at the checkout line I see a TV Guide. There's a starburst on the cover of TV Guide that says "the number one best selling magazine in America." It shocked me that I wouldn't be aware of the number one best selling magazine in America. I bought it. The front of the book was interviews with television program directors and television stars, and the back of the book was a directory, what programs were on what network at what time.I remember thinking, "I can't believe this is the number one best selling magazine in America." I threw it away, and then I went in front of my Apple II to play. I honestly had this, I said, "This computer, this screen, looks like a television." And I've got these two programs, big floppy discs, next to my computer. They're called programs. TV Guide talked about programs and networks.I just came back from the computer fair, and I had met Dr. Bob Metcalf, who was at Xerox, talking about Ethernet networks. I remember saying, "I bet you this computer and a television and programs and programs and networks, and it's all going to be the same."Martin: Ted, were you aware that around that time videotext was coming along, or was that off your radar?Ted: That was a little off my radar. I was more a personal computer...Martin: Right, you came up from that side.Ted: But then I quit my job, and I started my first company. It was called LIST, the Leonsis Index to Software Technology. I literally went out and created a database of every piece of software and hardware that worked on the Apple II platform, the Commodore platform, because they all had different operating systems.Literally just as I started that work, there were rumors that IBM was going to introduce a PC in Boca Raton, Florida. So I went to Florida and I started my company in Vero Beach, Florida.Martin: Oh, is that why you were in Vero Beach, where you later became mayor.Ted: I was mayor of my town. It was a beautiful time, because IBM was going to popularize personal computing. They used Charlie Chaplin. One of the ads that they had, with Charlie Chaplin holding all of these pieces of software, we worked on. We gave them, "Here's all the programs."I met Mitch Kapor. They were introducing Lotus 1 2 3 to take on VisiCalc. I met Bill Gates, because he was working now on a new operating system. He'd bought a company and turned it into DOS. I was right there at that launch.In 1983 I had known Steve Jobs a little bit. He said, "I'm introducing the Mac. You should work with us on the Mac and do a Macintosh buyer's guide," publishing. In the first million Macs that shipped, he put one of our magazines. He paid a dollar per copy. That's how I got into the publishing business.We did one for IBM, and we did one for UNIX. I had this next generation company. It was a database company. It had a publishing arm, and then it was, "Now we need to be online. We need to let people get this information online."I think the first time I got online it was 1,200 baud. It was 1,200 baud. One of the ideas was someone should be able to download software. I did a big book publishing deal with Warner's about software, and in the back of the book we put a floppy disc so you could sample the software that we were writing about. Then I met Walter Forbes at Compu...Martin: Comp U Card.Ted: Comp U Card, because he was building an online service. Eventually I sold that company to a very large publishing company, news company, Reuters. I'm sorry, it was called Thomson, which now is Thomson Reuters.A couple of years into it, I said, "They've taken this business, traditionally print based, and I like this data business." I had started a private satellite network business where I put satellite dishes on the roof of Time Inc. and pulled the cable down and gave all the editors a TV, a VCR and a fax machine. That was the workstation. I would allow Microsoft to broadcast into all of the buildings.Then I had started this interactive shopping business based on CDs. Thomson hated the business. It looked like losses to them. So I approached them and said, "Could I buy back? I'll walk away from a couple years of my deal, and I'll take the money losers that you don't like and about 20 people." That's how I started Redgate. Redgate was started in 1986 and, honestly, I think, was the first new media company.Everything was digitized, databases. We started working with all the local telephone companies, the RBOCs. We had NYNEX and Bell South, and we were building applications for them. Apple, EDS, Dow Jones.We, as a young company, kind of got in the middle of this world, and I would see the world through the telecom guys' eyes and through the personal computer guys and the media people like Dow Jones. I just came to this, "Something big is going to happen."We wrote some white papers and made some posters. One was "New Rules, New Media." We tried to articulate what this would mean to consumers and the industry. Then it got a little darker in 1988. It was "Digitize or Die." That was the poster. We sent it to all presidents and chairmen of media companies and the like. The company's growing really, really fast, and Dow Jones wanted to acquire the company.I thought I should hire an investment bank, which I did. My investment banker was Dan Case, who was head of Hambrecht & Quist. Dan worked really closely with us and one day said, "I've got a brother who's just been named head of this little online company, and you talk about stuff the way he's talking about stuff. He's seeing the world from one vantage point, you're seeing it from another, but you're seeing something very similar. Can I introduce you?"And so I had breakfast with Steve, and over coffee he bought my company. I remember him saying, "I know a lot about your company, and my brother's been very positive, and I'd like to acquire the company."Martin: This was around '94?Ted: '93.Martin: '93.John: And this breakfast is in Vero Beach?Ted: No, this was in Boston, at a trade show.John: Oh, OK.Ted: I remember saying to Steve, "Can we kiss first? I mean, can we date?" He's like, "Want to get married?" And Steve said, "Life's too short to drink bad wine, and this is what we should do. We should merge our companies. You have 150 people. I have 250 people. I'm $40 million in revenues, you're $20 million. We'll get scale. There's not that many people out there that get it."Martin: What was the idea? Because Steve didn't like advertising at AOL.Ted: The idea was, Steve in hindsight says he bought the company for the people and for me.Martin: Oh, I see.Ted: But it was how do we take an online service, which was predominantly a B to B company. People forget that AOL started as a private network for Commodore, Q Link, and a private network for Apple, AppleLink, and one for IBM. My experience in the sponsored publishing business was similar. Steve brought all of those together, and that's how America Online was started.But it was still seen as a telecommunications oriented...You advertised in Datacom Magazine. The ads were, "If you have a computer and it has a modem, send us $5 for this disk," so you can try and see what getting online was all about. Then you'd get online, there was nothing to do. "OK, so now I have a modem."[Ted makes modem noises][laughter]Ted: And I got online at 1,200, but what do I do? We were talking about content and interactive shopping and applications off of communications apps. By bringing all of those people, some development people and engineers, some creative people, some business development people, that was the first acquisition for AOL. A couple of months after the acquisition, Steve asked if I would move up here and become president.John: Wasn't there something about the marketing DNA that you and Steve shared? I mean you're both interested in these technology businesses, but you were marketers. Redgate, B to B, everybody knew about Redgate. I mean it was a very noisy company. You saw it all the time.Ted: Yeah, thank you. I think that grew out of my Wang experience, where I saw this little company come off as being bigger than life. We were competing with IBM at the time. I remember my first business card, Wang's tagline was "Wang, the hungrier computer company," and our business cards had a bite taken out of them.[laughter]Ted: We were all young, and it was populist. Our message was ease of use and take the drudgery out of your business day. We were the first computer company to advertise on the Super Bowl, I remember that vividly. That was 1979.We used Ridley Scott to produce a television commercial for us. At first he was saying, "Are you crazy? Why would you want to be in the Super Bowl? You should be in Computer World Magazine with a big ad, and you show your computer," We had people in our ads, and we were talking about email back then, "electronic mail" was what it was called then.That was such a precursor to the popularization of using technology. The America Online name, the promise of "let's get America online," I just clicked into. Yeah, that sounds like a higher purpose for a company.Martin: Now at around that time...We just came from the Post, and Don Graham talked about doing a deal with you guys. It never got done, really. We're now at 1993 or '4 or '95.Ted: Yep. Don Brazile was the guy. I'll never forget that whole episode, because AOL was a national service. We had to build what were called POPs, points of presence. The service reported to me, and we had to build out capability in every state and then every big city, like Miami or Orlando.When I first got on AOL, I would have to make a long distance call to Melbourne, Florida.Martin: Which was incredibly expensive.Ted: Yeah. You would pay AOL $1.35 an hour to be online. This was before. I was an AOL customer before I was acquired by the company. That was the big thing racing to build points of presence everywhere so that it wasn't a long distance call. We built that capability. We went from 1,200 baud to 9,600 baud, and now you could get a photo delivered. Now the photo was delivered...Martin: Mm hmm, it painted.Ted: [laughs] It painted. Still, the print would come up. We had our own proprietary thing called RAINMAN. It would fill up the print, and while you're reading the print, this photo would, we'd say, "magically appear."[laughter]Ted: But it would take minutes. It was truly amazing. We had the idea of, "We have this national network, but we have these local nodes. And what we should do was a create affiliates with local companies." The first company we went to was the Tribune in Chicago, and they embraced us totally.Paul: And invested.Ted: They made an investment that ended up, I think, making them about $4 billion. It was obviously their best investment, but they wanted to learn about digital. They carved out the Chicago territory, so when you logged on to AOL from Chicago, it would come up with AOL News, followed by Chicago Tribune news. Then they programmed Chicago Tribune Online.Martin: You did the same thing with the Mercury Center, right?Ted: We did the same thing with the Mercury Center. We did something with The New York Times...Martin: @times.Ted: Yep.Martin: That was different.Ted: Yep. But the Times was embracing, and then we went to The Washington Post. We just said, "It's such a natural. We're in DC, The Washington Post is in DC." At the time there were some people that thought what we were doing was easy. How hard can it be? You buy some computers, you send out some disks, you hire some editors. We never could get to the point where we would move ahead with The Washington Post.I remember Steve and I went to a meeting, and it was obvious that they couldn't make that decision. Steve asked me on the way back, we were driving back, "What's your plan B?" and I said, "They always say, 'How hard can this be? Buying computers and...'"I said, "Well, how hard can it be to do what they do? What do they do? They hire some writers, they get a photographer. Why don't we make a local media product, and try it in DC? It would at least get their attention, and we'll learn something," so we launched AOL DC. That was the precursor to Digital Cities.Martin: Paul De Benedictis.Ted: Bob Smith was actually the founder of it, a former publishing executive from Congressional Quarterly. Then we brought in Paul De Benedictis, who was like a president at Hachette, I think it was.Martin: Yes, that's right.Ted: They were the first generation of publishing people that wanted to embrace the new media.John: So you were forced into the news business.Ted: Oh, totally.John: And so now you're in the news business.Paul: Explain the national [inaudible 25:43] . You spent a lot of time on that, and that was different content and a different deal.Ted: At the time our business model was usage. You paid $10, and you got 10 hours for free. Amazing, huh? And then every hour...Paul: About a dollar an hour.Ted: Then every hour thereafter, you paid a dollar an hour. The more usage you could activate and generate, the more revenues you would get. We decided to go out to every publisher. TIME Magazine was one of our first deals. NBC, ABC, we literally went to everyone. Our deal was "digitize what you have and make it interactive." That was the first big ask. I remember, who was the editor of TIME Inc.?John: It wasn't Walt?Ted: No.Paul: Before Walt.Martin: Henry Grunwald?John: Jason McManus, Norman Pearlstine.Ted: Norm, I had a good relationship with.John: You knew him from Redgate.Ted: Yeah, from Dow Jones.John: Right. I know that.Paul: You mean the magazine or all of it?Ted: No, TIME Magazine.John: Oh, Jim Gaines.Ted: Yeah, Jim Gaines. We went to see him, and they literally would give us the magazine, the typography, we would have to digitize and put it into RAINMAN, eventually we got them to do it, but with no extra added value. You'd go to TIME, the TIME button on AOL, and it was everything you could get from the magazine. Then they would get, I think, 50 cents of every incremental hour that they generated for us.I said to him, "You could have the editors, the writers, available in chat rooms to talk about it." I remember him saying, "That sounds awful. We don't want to talk to people. What would we say? What if they're not nice?" I said, "They'll probably be nice. I'm sure there'll be a percentage that aren't nice, but you'll be with your readers. Isn't that a good thing?"[laughter]Ted: It was, "No, we have this wall in between us." Then we went to Walter Isaacson. I had another penultimate meeting where...You might have been in that meeting on Pathfinder. Were you running Pathfinder?Paul: With Walter, yeah.Ted: With Walter.John: We're going to Walter right after here.Ted: Are you? I remember that meeting. It was a real hot day, and Steve and I decided to walk. We got to TIME Inc., and we were sweating, and I said, "I know these guys. We have to look prettier."[laughter]Ted: Steve was wearing a T shirt and jeans. We went up and we spent time. You were just about to launch Pathfinder, and we made a really impassioned plea to let us carry Pathfinder. You use our backend, and we could take a disk and private label it as Pathfinder. That didn't happen.Martin: That was the beginning of the Web era, really, because...Ted: That was 1994, probably.Martin: OK, so AOL is doing really well as a proprietary online service, and now the Web comes along. What are you thinking when you first see the World Wide Web? You must have had some kind of an "oh sh*t" moment.Ted: Well, I had been familiar with the Web at Redgate. There were private networks being built when I was building my satellite network. EDS did it, and they first introduced me. They did a lot of government contracting, and, "Hey, there's this thing happening that maybe you don't have to broadcast. Maybe there's going to be a way to do it computer to computer. Compress your video, and be able to move it. Why give a workstation of a television? Maybe it could be a computer station?"I was introduced in 1988, '89 to this thing. But back then it really was government agency talking to government agency and a government contractor being allowed in. They could share plans and proposals.Martin: Maybe, the better question then is what would be the browser, because that really catalyzed the user side of it.Ted: Yep. We saw this thing outside...When we first put people online at AOL, it was illegal. You were not allowed to get online. We were breaking the law by getting into the cloud, basically. That's how fundamental, and Steve can give you some unbelievable stories, because he was there in 1988 when AOL, 1989.We saw this other world emerging, and we were being sneered at. Remember? "You're a walled garden. You live in the walled garden." I laugh now, because Apple's the most valuable company in the world. They're the ultimate walled garden. Facebook's doing pretty good. They're a walled garden. It's not like they're a platform that's open and anyone can develop and write on it and the like.Paul: Google and Amazon. They're all gardens.Ted: They're all gardens. We were the first walled garden, but we knew that our first value add was getting people online and building out that massive network and having server technology that could handle simultaneous usage, and then we added value atop of it.We had great email. I still use the AOL client as my email. We invented messaging, SMS and instant messaging. We had this package in the client software that was access and communications and content and community and context.But people were going to start to do stuff on their own. They wanted to dot com themselves, so we got very aggressive. We got one of the first browsers. We bought a company in Boston called BookLink.Martin: I remember that.Ted: For $45 million. It was like some code to make the browser that we could integrate into our software, so that when you put in the disk to get AOL, a browser was in it. You could get online, you could do your stuff on AOL, and then you could easily go out to the Web.Then we bought GNN, Global Network Navigator, from Tim O'Reilly. Lisa Gansky reported to me. That was the predecessor, really, to Yahoo. It was the great directory in the sky, by channel, by content partners, with links. The first "hyperlinky" thing.Then we launched AOL.com. You could go to a site, point your browser, and go to AOL.com. That was all in the '95, '96 era.Then the launch of Netscape changed everything. When Netscape launched, we knew, "OK, this is giving software away for free. We know that model." We were giving billions of dollars of software away for free. AOL was the most highly distributed piece of software in the history of the world, because you would get those disks everywhere.We were putting in a browser, but now Netscape was out, and they were giving a really high quality browsing experience away for free. That activated Microsoft, who immediately rushed into the market with IE, and then they came out with their online service, MSN.Martin: You sent a plane or a helicopter or something.Ted: I did do that. A blimp.Martin: A blimp. Right, a blimp.Ted: ...with the blimp saying, "Welcome." That was bundled into Windows 95.Now, all of a sudden, the industry was different. You had AOL. We were booming, and we had our taxonomy, software, and network. You had Netscape, which was about a thousand flowers blooming. And then you had Microsoft, which was building its online service and its content right into the operating system.All of those were trying to recruit journalists, either to work for us or to partner with us. There was an unbelievable amount of confusion in the marketplace. You'd have to work on all three tools. The Microsoft tool set, publishing platform, was different than the AOL platform, was different than HTML and what was being put out there.It became a real tough decision for partners, media companies, journalists. Whose side should they take? A lot of it became who would pay you the most money. Rights fees were created. I once had a $400 million budget to now write a check upfront. There was no longer revenue sharing. It was, "We're going to write you a check, and you'll be with us, and then we'll charge."Then came the advent and the birth of the independent ISP. Originally the cable industry was built that same way. NBC, ABC and CBS would broadcast, and if you were in Manhattan, you'd get the signal. If you were in Albany, I remember moving the antenna to get a clearer signal.Cable was born where entrepreneurs in those outcast cities would say, "I'll pay for, I'll put an antenna, and then I'll go knock on doors and say, 'I'll put a cable from that antenna into your house so you can get and watch NBC and CBS.'"The networks thought it was great. "More people will watch. We'll be able to sell more ads." Consumers didn't have a choice. They couldn't watch television. That cable industry became the biggest media business.The ISPs were doing the same thing. In Vero Beach, Florida, you would have to make a long distance call to Melbourne. Some local guys got together and bought servers and equipment and modems. They built Vero Online in 1995, and you can access the Web, and you subscribed.Thousands and thousands of ISPs bloomed. Now all of a sudden for AOL, we had to change our model. We had to go from metered pricing to $19.95 all you can eat. I remember the world saying, "That's it for AOL. You're dead." The exact opposite happened. As soon as we went to unlimited pricing, usage went...When I first started at AOL, it was seven minutes a day. Seven minutes a day.We added the audio file, "Welcome. You've got mail," not because it was cute and not because it was a marketing gimmick. It was because in our user tests, we found that someone would send an email and then would get back online three days later and forget that they'd sent the email, and they couldn't find where the mail was. They weren't trained to get online and look for mail.By telling them, "Welcome. You've got mail," it was, "Oh, I've got mail." They would look, and they would respond. It's amazing now, when you think about it that you had to tell people. They were thrilled to get mail. I hate getting online in the morning to see, "Oh my God, I've got 300 emails. What did we do?"[laughter]John: It was so popular you had a service crash, right?Ted: Yeah. The month that we went, August...Paul: It created a Pavlovian response.Ted: It did. I'll tell you something interesting that happened here with my sports teams yesterday. We've launched the Monumental Network. It's a precursor to one day being our regional sports and entertainment network.Yesterday was the trade deadline. We had our general manager, and he was going to have his press conference. We said, "We're only going to do the press conference on Monumental Network and then we'll send out the news release."I was in New York yesterday, and I'm getting all these emails and calls. "We're ready. We think we'll get 3,000, 5,000 people." We got 44,000 people, and the network went down. Everyone was bummed out. I said, "This is fantastic. 45,000 people, that's what a local cable network gets at 6:00 PM," is when our GM came on.I said, "This was my experience at AOL." You want to go to the popular restaurant. No one comes down the street and says, "Which restaurant has no people in it, that I can walk right in?"[laughter]Ted: It's like, "What's the best restaurant?" Well, the restaurant that you can't get a reservation is where you want to be. That's what happened with AOL. The message that was transmitted was, "Wow. Everyone's online, and I need to be there. I want to be where all the people are."Martin: Ted, I know you have a hard stop at two thirty.Ted: I'm fine. I have time.Paul: We should talk about, you're dealing with all these news organizations and effectively fragmenting and disaggregating their content. Even if they gave it all to you, people started looking at it by the section, by the story. To some extent, I think, they got distracted by this great distribution money they got.Ted: I think very much so. I think they got distracted by the easy way that we would get them online, and they would get a check.Paul: You made it seem as if it was really easy and really simple, without commitment of cost.Ted: That was by design, because most of the people, at the time, didn't believe in the medium. That was our hardest thing training people, and getting people to think that there was something to this, and that a reader of TIME Magazine or of a woman's oriented publication would somehow want to get it online.Where I believe that first generation of journalist/publisher fell down was that they didn't internalize that this was the birth of a whole new industry. I remember, we'd have our partner conferences, and I would plead with companies. I'd say, "Rolling Stone Magazine didn't create MTV. The New York Times didn't create CNN. Don't let that happen to you. Understand the new medium and build new properties, new brands for it. Just taking TIME Magazine and making it available online isn't taking advantage of all of the things that online is bringing."Martin: That was Greenhouse and iVillage.Ted: That forced me to say, "We need to find young people, who are growing up acclimated to being online. We know this will get faster and faster and cheaper and cheaper. Why don't we try to be like Liberty Media in the cable world, where we'll seed fund companies? We'll give them real estate and access to the tools and promotion."We launched about 40 properties. Google was one of our Greenhouse investments. I think that one turned into $8 billion. Excite was an investment. We started iVillage, Motley Fool.These were just young kids who were hanging out in our chat rooms. They were the leaders in our chat rooms. We gave them a little money, and they started companies. They helped to create the first generation of interactive technology.John: You just listed a bunch of companies there. The ones that were platforms turned into hugely successful businesses like, say, Google.Ted: And they lied. I think there's a quote, "Behind every great fortune is a great crime." It's funny because as we were building AOL, everyone always thought, "You've got an ulterior motive." Yahoo and AOL were the first companies to make Google real.We allowed AOL search to be powered by Google. I did that deal. I went on the first press tour with Sergey Brin. Sergey told me, "We're an arms dealer. We're just going to make the best algorithm and get it to anyone who wants to use it."Paul: He may have actually thought that at the time. You don't think so.Ted: I said, "I heard that with Netscape, with Marc Andreesen, 'We're never going to be in the content business, just license our software, our DLL, and we'll put it into AOL.'"I said, "How can you not be in the content business, because to get your software you go to your portal? You're getting all these people going to your portal. Let me program your portal, and I'll believe you. But if you're going to program your portal, then you've got to do what we do. You have to offer email and messaging and maps," we had bought MapQuest at the time, "and content." So they did.Netscape.com, Mike Homer, God rest his soul, that's what he was running.Paul: But Google...Ted: Google at the time had a really I thought, and boy, was I wrong different and, I thought, not going to work view of the world, at first. At the time they were all about the editorial listings, getting the best results. They hadn't broken the code yet on, "How do we make money? How do we do sponsored links?"I was spending all of my time, Netscape was spending all of its time, Microsoft was spending all of its time on, "Come to us, and we're going to keep you in this environment. We're going to move you from news to sports to weather. From mail to messaging to a chat room."I would always talk about "pathing." That was the first level of detailed metrics that I would look at. How did people move around the network? When I first saw Google, I said, "This is crazy. I come to Google, and then they push me out as fast as they can, and then they tell me...Martin: How fast it is. [laughs]Ted: "We found a million things that you're looking for in 1.3 seconds. Get out of here. We don't want you." I said, "How are they ever going to make money pushing you away?"Martin: I hear you.Ted: Then I'd see their home page, and I'd go, "Boy if I had that real estate I'd put channels and pictures and videos." Boy, was I wrong. That was really the opening of the Web and the birth of Web 2.0, that the Web would become particlized, and you could get out to all of those areas.Another thing that was happening at that same time, because of ISPs, the cable companies, who at the time saw themselves as local they were local, a cable MSO was in your neighborhood they were afraid of the local ISPs, not us, because they realized that that local ISP, could they offer video services? Would they be able to grow into offering phone services?The @Homes, were born, the Road Runner was born, to say, "You should get your TV service, plus you should get your data service." They got into the business, and because it was a thicker pipe, it was broadband.Now AOL was fighting two fronts. It was, we get people online, and people now can get broadband for $19.95. It's better and faster, and it's from your cable company. That's bad for us. We've got this Web where you could get Hotmail and Yahoo mail.Probably strategically, one of the things that killed AOL, or made it not be one of the major platforms, is that we would see we had really happy customers. They loved AOL, but they could get broadband, and we couldn't give them broadband, and we wouldn't let them take AOL with them.So everyone in the world had an AOL email address. But we were so dependent on that $19.95 a month, we would say, "If you cancel, you lose your email address."Martin: The innovator's dilemma.Ted: Yahoo and Hotmail got all of their customers from us. Someone canceled and went to Road Runner or went to Time Warner or went to one of the cable companies, and they just got a Yahoo address. That's literally what happened. They used someone else's home page.If we had just had the foresight and, frankly, the gumption to say, "Take us with you," we would have had everyone's email address. We would have dumbed down, if you will, the cable guys, because everyone would be defaulting, when they went to get their email, to our home page.Ted: So AOL, back in the day, was Google, was Facebook, was Twitter. I've spent some time with Mark at the Allen & Company Conference, and he said, "Hey, my first exposure to online was through AIM. I hacked AIM."First time we met the guys at Twitter, they said, "Look, AIM," which was really the first virally marketed network. At one point at our height we had 14 million people simultaneously using our network, and there was about 300 million people around the world with the AIM client up. That client was just open all the time.The guys at Twitter told me, "You're not mad at us?" I said, "No, why would we be? I'm so proud of what you've built." They said, "Really all we did was we took a feature of AIM, status messaging," this small little 140 character box where people would write on their status messaging, "I'm in the library, don't message me. I'm studying, but I'll meet you at the bar at 7:00." It was just bursty little publishing, and that really was what the guys at Twitter created a new platform, a new way to communicate.SMS messaging, we were the first suppliers of messaging with a little mobile client.John: So Ted, what's next? You're a pretty avid follower, and you've seen it from the beginning. You've demonstrated a lot of vision over the years. Specifically, what do you think is next? Because our project has a lot to do with what happens to the news business. It got fragmented, it got disaggregated, it got commoditized, and it's an advertising product, and...Ted: Well it's going to get even worse now with mobile, and we're all trying to wrap our heads around that issue. Because journalists, media types, you see an iPad, you see a big screen desktop computer on broadband, and you want video, you want pretty colors, you want to make a magazine, you want to make it interactive.Now the world's moving to mobile, tiny format. How do you get news onto that? I remember first going to a WAP website...John: Browser.Ted: Browser. We owned, at the time, the company that invented, it was in every keypad, so that you could text, you hit it twice and it becomes an L instead of an M. We saw early on this is an issue.Communications and messaging, nobody wanted advertising there. No one wanted news. That was a very intimate, personal way to communicate. Mobile it was, "How do we stick in, how do we create a business model here? How we get news and information here, and then serve an ad? It's this big. That's really going to be a huge next generation challenge.The other thing that happened, our first generation of social was chat rooms and message boards.John: Yeah, you were all about community.Ted: We just believed that people would spend a lot of time online. I would always say, "Content activates community." Great content activates a conversation, so that you don't just want to read that story as a utility, you want to talk about it. You want to get the links and context to go find more information. You want a video around it, and we'll start to produce these packages. Well mobile's going to break that apart.I'll tell you another interesting...I'm acting CEO right now, with another friend, of Groupon. Groupon was a phenomenon. It did $5 billion in its fourth year of business. It grew like no one's business. The founder of Groupon, Andrew Mason, reached out to me, because he thought he was building a local commerce business, and he had read about Digital Cities. He approached me, and I met him, and he said, "Would you like to invest? Would you like to go on the board?"I've watched that side of the world reinventing commerce. Almost half of all orders are in real time on a mobile phone, for Groupon. Amazing. One day, not one day, you can now go down to F Street here, and you're walking down the street, and if Legal Sea Foods has two tables that are not taken, and it's lunchtime, they can go to your IP and say, "Come on in, and soup's on us." "30% discount." Mobile will disrupt, but mobile will also create great new apps for customers and new ways to market.John: And you can read "Old Man and the Sea" while you're waiting for your shrimp, on your phone.Ted: I would say right now the biggest issue I saw early on in news gathering was generational. When we were in college, when I graduated from college, you didn't have the laptop. In 1993, I would make calls on advertising agencies, and no one had a computer. We would have to bring in, lug in, a desktop computer to show the ad agency, "This is the ad you created and where it's running on the service."Paul: In 1993?Ted: Yeah.Paul: Wow.Ted: That's a generational thing. Now the people who run agencies, when they grew up in college, they used laptops. They grew up on the net. What's happened now is this generational tilt. Now college kids, it's digital first with print beside it, where back in the day it was print with a website beside it. It was an adjunct kind of thing. My belief is that the IP, the young people that are going into these companies, need to be celebrated because they're the ones who just intrinsically will help to reinvent the companies. But I used to forecast and say, "In the digital world it's faster, better, cheaper 'til it's free, and in the physical world it's more expensive." Paper costs go up, and gas prices go up, and union prices go up, and that it was just a matter of time before the new became the mainstream, and the curated, the highly produced, would be nichey.I still subscribe to The Washington Post. I don't read The Washington Post. The Washington Post comes in the morning, but I'm in my pajamas in the morning, and I read it online, and now the online property is better than the newspaper.I should cancel my subscription. I don't out of loyalty to Don Graham, but why do I need the newspaper? The online property is better. It's updated all the time. It's got video. It's colorful. The paper comes. It's wet. It's dirty. It's from last night. If we play a game on the West Coast, there's no coverage of the games. It's like, "Are you kidding me?" I go online first thing in the morning, and I got highlights from the game.I think what we're going to see for publishing is that publishing's going to be highly curated the best of the best, the best production value. It'll be something that I value. If it's just straight news coverage and a couple of photos, I can get that anywhere for free online.If I were president of a newspaper company right now, I would tell, I would speak at the American Newspaper Association. I got booed off the stage once in Pebble Beach, because I said, "This isn't going to work. I just don't see how the math works. You're so profitable, you have so much cash, you should be buying Yahoo and AOL and cable companies. You need to repurpose..."John: Do you remember what year that was?Ted: My first speech was at Redgate in 1987. Then I went back in 1994 with AOL, and that's when I was booed off the stage. I wasn't trying to be provocative. It was how can you compete if we go from 9600 to 28,000 to 56k to broadband, and the cost is going from a dollar an hour to $19.95 to all you can eat. And you can add video, and then everyone who's in a chat room will become a blogger. There's some smart people there, and they'll have opinions, and there's going to be lots of people self publishing.How will this work? Then how will you get scale? Because the Internet is about scale and local, you can be great, but The Washington Post locally now has half a million subscribers, maybe. But their website gets tens of millions of people, because it's a global phenomenon. If you're an expat or you're interested in politics or you live internationally, you come to WashingtonPost.com.You had to be ready to able to know how to monetize. I always felt that that was a missed opportunity of not buying companies that knew about online and had people that were running online. I always used to think The New York Times...Lewis DVorkan is a great example. Lewis ran News for me at AOL, and he was fantastic. He came from the old world, Wall Street Journal and Forbes, and then he ran News.John: Newsweek.Ted: ...and Newsweek. He started a publishing venture that failed, and we helped them, at AOL. I liked him and respected him, and he ran our newsroom. Now he's back at Forbes, and his job is help to reinvent Forbes to be more of an online digital property. He's the right age, and he's doing a fine job at Forbes. Forbes is available everywhere online.It's this next generation of digital producer, digital packager, who will save newspapers if they can be saved. It might be that newspapers end up becoming charitable enterprises, that they're businesses with a double bottom line endeavor, and people of wealth, instead of building another wing at a hospital, will buy and save the local newspaper, because we do need journalism. We do need that critical third eye. We're living in this more transparent society.I remember, literally, at meetings at AOL, I would say, "We're going to run this meeting as if The New York Times' journalist is sitting right there, " because anything we say somehow gets to him, and it always comes out the wrong way, so we'd better not say or think or conceive of something that we don't want to read in the paper. That's their job, and their job is to be transparent and to show what they think we're doing and thinking.That's a very healthy and needed thing in society, to have journalists probing and researching and having sources and digging behind a story. That's what makes us a democracy. On one hand, I always wanted to beat traditional media with new media. Now I'm nervous. We need jobs, we need career paths. We need a perch for these people to work.John: If it's OK with you, that's a great place to stop.Ted: That was awesome. Thank you....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (10)

Gerald M. Levin

BIO: YES: Jerry Levin is chairman and investor in StartUp He...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: It's February 20th, 2013 in Cambridge, Massachusetts at the Harvard Kennedy School's Shorenstein Center. Paul Sagan, Martin Nisenholtz and John Huey are having a conversation with Jerry Levin about the long, fascinating history of the intersection of digital technology and media, specifically journalism. Jerry, obviously you will have an opportunity to go back and start at any point you want but for sake of getting the conversation going, you mentioned something to me the other day about a moment you had when you were at HBO where you looked at a screen and it had to do with slow scan television. You suggested that that might have been the beginning of something that got you going in a direction digitally. Is that...?Jerry Levin: Actually, before we started HBO, I was in...It was Sterling Manhattan Cable in a little office working on the business plan. Next to my chair was an AP news wire with a camera in front of it. In the cable system at that time, that's how news was delivered to the audience. What fascinated me was I was more interested in reading what was coming off the wire. I thought this was fantastic because somebody at home can get the news just as quickly as any reporter working for any company.That was a pivotal thing for me. I didn't think it was primitive that there was a camera set up in front of a news wire.After we started HBO, I kept thinking about ways of delivering news into the home. A lot of being even a small part of Time Inc. at the time, because I was taken by Life Magazine and pictures. I asked one of the engineers at Manhattan Cable, "Is there a way you can get a news wire into the home? Let's get pictures into the home because...To see Life, to see the world." What Harry Luce said about Life.I said, "Oh, we're great. We have this technology called slow..." This is more than you'd ever need to know.John: No, no. This...Jerry: Slow scan technology. A photograph will wipe across the screen. Now, it takes a little time and people may get a little impatient but you can deliver a picture. We set it up in our office there and did a little model. I thought, "Well, it's probably going to be too difficult for people but at least they gave me the notion that..." This is all analog technology at the time. You could deliver text and you could deliver pictures.John: Do you recall what year this was?Jerry: It probably was well before CNN because I used that slow scan pilot to suggest to Time Inc. that we do a video pilot, to start a news service. So that would have been before HBO went profitable. So probably HBO turned the corner in 1977. It was somewhere around there, '76, '77. Those who had the purse strings at Time Inc. said, "No. Until you turn the corner at HBO we're not going to start this other thing. Because we're Time Magazine and SI and Fortune. We just started People. Life is going to close at that point." I said, "OK." That's when Ted came by and said...We actually used...I forget his name. We did a pilot. It was the same person that Ted hired first for CNN. I said, "You should go ahead and do it."John: Reese Schonfeld?Jerry: It was Reese Schonfeld first did a pilot for us. Yes, thank you. So that was an abiding interest in journalism. The other thing that...Shall I continue?John: Yes.Jerry: That struck me at the time. Even though we were starting an entertainment service we were very active with the Hughes Aircraft people. Because Jim Shepley was a conquistador and he originally wanted HBO to be a part of Hughes.Martin Nisenholtz: They were in the satellite business?Jerry: Yes. It was all satellites. It was going to be a four satellite service, four channels. I talked to one of the engineers. We had lunch. It was guy named Paul [inaudible 05:42] . He said something to me. He said, "The technology...I don't know when it's going to happen. But you're going to be able to duplicate the Library at Alexandria. Anybody who wants to get any information will be able to get it." I went, "Wow."John: He was painting a vision of a technology...Jerry: Without specifying a technology.John: Without knowing what it was but he had a vision that someday, technology would be able to capture all knowledge, all printed material, everything would be somewhere. That got you thinking what?Jerry: We need to do one other thing. Even though we were starting HBO, the concept of HBO, as primitive as it was if they made the [inaudible 07:42] was to give the consumer, or the reader, three Cs. Choice, convenience and control. So that I can reach in and get anything I want at any time that's on my time. So for HBO, very primitively, repeated programs. So that people could watch it. It was a revolving carousel.John: That's a thing that we're going to revisit again and again. With full service network, with digital.Jerry: Exactly. But it's origins were in the business plan of HBO. I'm not saying it was obvious, but it was certainly in my head. Plus the technology, as primitive as it was, what we were trying to do we were always going to be frustrated. Because you couldn't deliver, "I can get what I want immediately." It was still a pushing technology. We weren't alone. Qube, the idea of interactive television.John: That's in Columbus, Ohio?Jerry: Qube was in Columbus. It was Warner's...One of the reasons we were interested in Warner's in the mid to late seventies. But in the beginning of the seventies, when I first started HBO in Orlando, somebody tried to put two way...Not transformers. But along the poles themselves, amplifiers. It was the first place where there were two way amplifiers. My whole introduction to journalism and technology was all about two way. There was no talk of digital at the time, no Internet, no computers. It was taking all these pieces and seeing how you can get interactivity. That was the goal. From Qube we went, tried to do things in Queens, in any event. TeleText was part of this drive.I don't know how I was able to get authorization. I was running the video group at the time, to build a studio that would deliver journalism that was theoretically two way, but was actually one way, and was called TeleText. We got Don Sider, (Dick) Stolley was involved. We got a number of journalists involved. We created a TeleText newsroom.It was to be delivered to Orlando by satellite, into something that wasn't a cable converter box. It was a box that would take the text and put it on...Now, you could access it, because it was streaming down. It wasn't technically two way, but to the consumer, it might feel like it was two way.I thought, this is great, because we can test how much information can the consumer handle, what kind of journalism, what kind of information is...The most interesting finding was that we couldn't deliver this is my recollection enough information fast enough, deep enough, to satisfy the consumer's appetite.Rather than being, hey, we're onto something with this technology, it suggested that if ever you could find a technology that had much greater capacity that was truly two way, the consumer would be there.Martin: At the time did you see teletex as a potential threat to print, or was that not even in the back of your mind?Jerry: That's a good question. No, because I thought that the style of print, and not anticipating iPads and other things, but would always have its place. But this is now an additional way of having the consumer get direct access to news feeds and make judgments, but there'll always be a need for editorial discussion and analysis on top of that. Now whether print is going to survive is not anything I thought about in those days, but it was always supplementary, and the concept was let the consumer have access to the same feed, and then go to whatever other sources the consumer wants to go to.Martin: Now the TeleText service was in...around 1980 or '81.Jerry: Yes.Martin: By that time the PC had been invented. Apple was out there, Tandy. IBM brought its PC out in '81. And there were nascent services for the PC. CompuServe is the one that comes to mind. You must have looked at that. Why bet...was the bet on the TV cable implementation vs. the PC just a practical one because these devices were in the home and you thought you could get these decoders in? Because you weren't at that time betting on the PC.Jerry: No, PC hadn't proliferated. What we were betting on was the power of the network, that if you had an almost infinite capacity network, satellite and cable, you could deliver a stream of information, and the handset or the set top box didn't matter as much as using the network. I was very network oriented at the time. There wasn't a uniform PC. It was very slow and primitive. I wanted the speed in the network, which is the way we would think as a cable operator.John: So were you at the time thinking of set top box technology that would advance that technology?Jerry: Yeah.John: You were working with those people?Jerry: Yeah.John: Scientific Atlanta?Jerry: But it was more a consumer test. It was more can you take a journalist...and you're not writing for print. You're writing for a daily stream. And so, what does that mean? What do you provide? How do you give access to the consumer of something they've never had before? I mean they could hear the news. They could watch a newscast. It was to see if we could take journalists that's why I keep mentioning Stolley, because I was interested to see how Stolley would react. Don Sider was very good technically, but can you take a traditional print journalist and put them in a TeleText newsroom that's not a print newsroom? You're not closing an issue with printing technology. And so, I found that there was great interest on the part of the journalists.John: Stolley was running that newsroom at the time?Jerry: He was involved. Don Sider was the manager, because Stolley was doing other things, but he was definitely involved.Paul: There were several media companies that tried some versions of TeleTexting that period or trying to deliver things online, and that chapter closed unsuccessfully for the industry, I think. Was there a conclusion? Was there a group lesson? One of the things that has been suggested to us is that that's where print got way ahead and felt its hands got burned and maybe backed off and missed the next wave of...Martin: Yeah, and VideoText, actually, the Times Mirror, Gateway, the Viewtron, all that stuff was happening at the same time.Paul: Do you think they were related completely or parallel? What do you think was going on in that period?Jerry: It possibly [coughs] means that print felt pretty good, that these technologies were either so inefficient or so far in the future that we didn't need to worry about them or adapt to them. And that infused, I think, the print culture. So these were all failures. TeleText was considered a failure, and I don't know why the $25 million number sticks in my head, but it was a costly thing.Paul: That was real money back then.Jerry: Yeah. It was costly. I'm amazed that I had the authorization to do it, but the video group was the darling of Time, Inc. at the time, and there was a lot of interest, but then we basically shut it down. So when you shut something down at Time, Inc., it's a failure. It's not a success.Paul: The next thing that really happened was cable news in a sequence, right? Before online, CNN came along.Jerry: Yeah, CNN came along in 1980.John: And you were on the board of Turner at that time, right?Jerry: Yeah.John: Do you recall any transition from...you'd been dealing with the news on the print side, then the TeleText, now all news.Jerry: But also I wanted to start some video news service, which wasn't ultimately realized until New York One, until we ultimately bought CNN. And so, we had a pilot that Reese Schonfeld did, and I could not sell it to Time, Inc. Ted came by and said, "I heard you're working on something. I'm going to go ahead and do this. I said, "Go ahead and do it, because we're not going to do it, and Godspeed, because we'll support it."Martin: One of the things, one of the themes that seems to be true throughout this whole period and well into the '90s and beyond, is that large corporations, maybe because of their culture, maybe because of the point you made that it wasn't a threat, just don't seem to be able to adapt as quickly to some of the digital technologies as the entrepreneurial community that operates on a, in a funny way, slower but faster cycle. At the same time as you're shutting TeleText and Knight Ridder is shutting down VideoText, and Times Mirror is shutting down its VideoText service, Steve Case is starting up AOL or not Steve, but the quantum computing guys in the mid nineties. That must have seemed trivial at the time.Jerry: Well, it was always an issue. Well, first of all, there is an issue. A large corporation, which makes most of its money and therefore its Wall Street stock success is based on its inbred businesses. The threats seem unavailing because you're walled up in your own secure revenue generation, but it was at least clear that we wanted to start something. Pathfinder was our way of starting a service using these computers. The Full Service Network was definitely...in Queens we had tried to start an interactive two way service. The Full Service Network was designed to demonstrate that with a network and writing the right code with Silicon Graphics that you can give people the ability off of the screen, the television screen, to pick anything you want, stop it, start it, go backward, forward news, movies, whatever.Paul: Games and commerce.Jerry: And games and commerce. It pretty much had everything. Now what's interesting about it is it was considered a failure, and a lot of money was spent, and yet all of the code that was written...It was the first server that delivered digital on demand service, and the code for interactive everything really came from that system. It was a failure because it was too much too early. We knew the consumer was there, but we couldn't spread it across enough of the subscribers to make a difference.Martin: On the journalism side, though it seems to me I was struck by one of the things you said about TeleText was you really couldn't deliver as much as the audience wanted. The same thing happened in Orlando because we could only cut up a certain amount of existing TVD.Jerry: Yeah, we were limited.Martin: Yeah, and so they consumed it, and there just wasn't much more yet, right? It was...Jerry: It was the same finding.Martin: Yeah, same finding.Jerry: Because even though it was advanced technology...it's a very good point what the consumer wants everything. We're back to that library at Alexandria. I want to be able...we're now there, but I want to be able to get anything I want at any time immediately.John: But I think the seeds...Jerry: Unpredictable...Paul: ...of the issue to me go back to this point of use of the network. So to your point, a content company would look at delivering content to a user. I think what the early PC networks found particularly AOL was that user/user communication was really almost an to use your point about limits unlimited thing. I could email you back and forth all day or chat. So this notion of communication versus content I think is an interesting one.Jerry: No, that's a great point, and not to bring up a lot of conflicting history, but when we were combining with AOL, and I was asked the question what I thought the most interesting feature of AOL was, I said, "instant messaging," that the ability for people to communicate back and forth probably was a goldmine of opportunity on an unlimited basis. It is true that you needed the communications, but in all cases what you needed was the network. You needed the broadband capability so that any box, any instrument, didn't have to be so smart. You didn't have to download everything in the world, that it was all in the network. And now it's in the cloud.John: So we...Martin: We need go back...John: Yeah, I was going to back up to Pathfinder.Martin: Well, even before that, because...John: Oh, good. Yeah, you mentioned a lot of things we need to go back and fill in.Martin: If we talk about journalism as opposed to just interactivity or communications or those things, there wasn't much new journalism yet. So the dialup era, which was CompuServe, Prodigy, and AOL, was about re purposing old stuff in much the way Orlando was the about slicing and dicing. So maybe it would really be worth talking about, because Time, Inc. this was just when I entered the picture there was pretty active in putting existing stuff in a new distribution channel, but not creating new journalism.Jerry: And none of the systems...There was a eureka phenomenon that, gee, if we can take stuff that already exists and put it in a different platform, that's a double use of the same material. The adjacent argument is that there isn't a sufficient revenue stream coming from these new distributions to fund original material. Now one of the things we thought was, well, but what it can enable you to do is you never have to close a piece of journalism, that instead of having an edit point, close the issue. Put it out there you've already written it and then have the comments come in and keep the flow going. Thought that was an interesting way.This is a characterization, but I think we had to find only a certain type of journalist who was really interested and engaged in trying this. Now we definitely tried this from...First of all, we wanted all the Time, Inc. journalists to have video cameras, and that was an aspiration that never quite happened, to get away from pencil and pad.John: And that would have been roughly in 19, what?Jerry: 81.Martin: 80, the early eighties?Paul: No, no.Jerry: No, no, early nineties.John: Early nineties.Jerry: Early nineties. We actually under...Joe Quinlan , whoever else was involved, we undertook a little program. Anybody who wanted to you could come, and we'll teach...here New York One journalists are carrying a camera around and doing stories. Why can't you, if you're going to interview somebody, use that? This is my impression. It was a slow pickup on that, because you can't take a print journalist and just move them over here.John: Well, this is going to a recurring theme for the whole 40 years is that print journalists were clearly the cows that didn't want to go in the chute. They just wanted to stay in the pasture they were in. There's no question about it. It may even be true.Jerry: Less so.John: Well, there are fewer of them. So how does this...we're going to talk to Walter (Isaacson). We're going to talk to Paul. We're going to talk to a lot of people about Pathfinder, but what's your memory of that in the evolution?Jerry: It was a stepchild, but what it indicated to me was that there were certain people who were really interested. Walter. Walter was one of the first people who came to me and talked about the World Wide Web so he was already into it. Paul and everybody was doing it at New York One. There was a group that really wanted Pathfinder that we're Time, Inc. We should be number one because we've got the number one content.John: Now at the time you were talking about these videos, you were talking about them being re purposed for New York One, or...?Paul: And CNN and anywhere we could place them.John: Anywhere else. OK.Jerry: Yes. Right.Paul: We put some on PBS.Jerry: Right.Paul: Anyone with TV at that...not online.John: OK, so that's separate from Path...Paul: You couldn't do video online.John: There were no...because it was dialup.Jerry: But Walter was very important, because it was not only Pathfinder, it was...you know, he was really the lead component for the full service network, the idea that we're going to deliver on demand news, video on demand news. Now, again, you can see how we were trying to be utilitarian, because we had New York One, so we're already producing. We're trying to get some of the journalists to carry a camera around so it was to take some existing stuff and put it down here. We were a little taken by the technology, that, boy, I can start, stop, call up video.Now at the time we called it VCR functionality because that's what people did with videocassettes, but, boy, that there was no videocassette, and you could do that on your television set, just with the remote. So I think we were so intrigued by that technology that why isn't that enough? But, of course, it wasn't enough. What the consumer was saying is, "Hey, we're getting prepackaged stale news here instead of robust new material."Paul: So we gave them the convenience, not the choice yet.Jerry: I think that's right. And it shows you how hard it is to bring all these disparate technology elements together with the content when you're talking people away from their existing...you're taking the consumer away from their existing experience, and you're taking the journalists away from their existing form of communication and trying to marry them. It's a little frustrating. It just takes a little longer.John: Can you remember, if you put yourself back into time, what else was going on around you that you were interested in that other technology...This was about the same time that the Bell Atlantic thing came up. I assume that's going to be a network story. But in terms of journalism and content, what else were you looking at? You always were absorbing the competitive landscape.Jerry: We had looked at all the things, all the companies that tried these various iterations. Were we looking at AOL at the time? Certainly any of the services, not just AOL, that were delivering...Paul: Prodigy.Jerry: Yes, Prodigy. Exactly. They were delivering material, but it was more communications and no original content. Slow to develop, clunky and that's why I kept focusing on, we're looking at that, but we're looking at trying to make a full network. A network that was high capacity, that could deliver everything you want. You just need to pull it out which is, again, why TeleText was the format. You can say everything's interactive, but you're just pulling out things that are coming down the network.Paid: At that time, did you spend any time trying to figure out the equation between advertising supported content, paid content and how that was going to play out? Which becomes a major theme pretty soon, after this period. Becomes a major theme in the direction journalism takes. The issue of for free, versus paid and advertising supported.Jerry: Put aside a lesson that was coming from satellite, that everything coming through the satellite should be free. I shouldn't have to pay for it. We dealt with that. We were raised as a subscription, advertising, dual revenue source company. It seemed that if we could provide the right content with the right convenience and control, you could get a subscription. Then you could also have advertising. That was our abiding assumption.John: So you were always a proponent of the balanced model?Martin: [inaudible 34:28] TeleText. Everybody thinks banner ads were invented with the first websites. But we were running banner ads on TeleText.Jerry: You're always a product of your cultural history. We made ads. We put ads in and around material.Martin: This is very important, too. Because that's another thing that...AOL refused to do that. Which is really interesting. They just thought it was bad for the user experience. They were purely a subscription service for a very long time. It's this notion of culture determining where...John: If you look at it the point of view of the assets that you assembled, you had that mentality on one hand, which then morphed into all advertising mentality. And then you had the Turner model, which also had...It had affiliate fees, but not direct consumer fees. So when the online world developed you had several different online cultures developing in the same company. Right or not?Jerry: The cable model is not a journalistic model. It comes off of a network model. There are advertising and affiliate fees. So that was that model. I think it was helpful in our company...HBO is a subscription service with no advertising. What was helpful was the Time Inc. history and the Time journalistic model, which made a lot of sense. The online people came from a different culture entirely. It was either going to be straight subscription or free and straight advertising. To this day, there's still a struggle to find the right model.John: Here's a hypothetical question that we keep asking ourselves. We have no answer to this.Jerry: Maybe it's the wrong question.John: It might be. You can tell me. When you go back and look at the development of all this, you look at all the decisions that were made and all the coming together that you described, of trying to juggle technological development with content development...Is where we are today pretty much where we would have ended up, inevitably, no matter what, or were there things... I'm not just talking about Time Warner. I'm talking about the whole landscape. Is there another path that, had it been taken, things would be profoundly different today? In other words, is the march of this technological disruption inevitable to all the business models, or were there other ways to have ridden that technological disruption that would have ended up in a profoundly different place?Jerry: That's a good question. I think we're where we were meant to end up. The disruption was simply the notion of a network that has no central control, that can deliver near infinite capacity. And everybody tries to figure out how to make money and what to deliver over that network. That's where we've ended up. Everything pointed to that. No one owns it. It's, I think, a beautiful thing.John: You said Walter was the first person who ever brought the World Wide Web to you?Jerry: He came into my office and said, "There's something called the World Wide Web. You ought to take a look at it."John: Can you continue with that?Jerry: It showed that somebody had finally figured out a unification strategy for all these disparate ways of...Again, I'm a network oriented person. Somebody brought an agreed upon standard, so that all parties could then have access to signing on and getting something back. That there was a universal code. I thought that was transformative. Which again, was why I started to think about, to have something like that. It wasn't until AOL started to become the leader that I thought, "That's going to change every part of our business. We better get on that band wagon." We did talk to Jerry Yang at Yahoo. At first we thought we could develop all of this internally. So we had Rich Brressler and we had a digital group.You can't turn the battleship around, much as I would have liked. So we went to the next strategy, which is you acquire it. We thought, "Yahoo would make a lot of sense." Jerry Yang was not interested. I went to some...It was probably Larry Summers, who was probably Secretary of the Treasury at the time, was having a group of CEOs come in.Here I'm Time Warner. Biggest company in the country. I'm media. This other guy, Steve Case, is there. All everybody wanted to do was talk to Steve Case, wanted to hear about AOL, what's AOL doing. I thought, "Pretty interesting." So we started to talk. I thought, "Interesting." Had a very good board. Was actually making money. My assumption was, based on all this history, that you couldn't take journalism and turn it around.By this time, we had CNN. I had my ideal of a video news service. But it was all going to change and somehow was going to affect all of the businesses. We better get a part of it or it's going to disrupt or eat our lunch. A lot of this is the reason why we put AOL and Time Warner together.Paul: I'm just going to go back and then fast forward to this spot again. Because there were disruptive distribution technologies in the past. Print, movies, radio and TV. But they all accommodated each other. They didn't kill each other. Then something happened with interactivity when we got to public standard, or the web standard. It really started to not just make room at the table but really hurt the old distribution.Jerry: These were totally disruptive. For example, music....Paul: It was this aspect of disaggregation or digitization? What was it that made it disruptive, as opposed to incremental?Jerry: Because it made the old form of distribution totally irrelevant. There was zero need. At least I can still go to a movie theater. There's some socialization. Popcorn, booze. But music, the fact that you had to buy music on a disc or listen to it on the radio. That you could get any piece of music at all, anytime, anywhere...Why do I need anything else? If I can get every...This is why it's slowly going to take the networks down. I can get online, anything I want.Paul: Same for journalism though?Jerry: Yeah.Martin: The other thing about music, just to be clear, is there was a culture of free around music, which was a copyright violation. And yet the music industry didn't recognize that it needed to change. Again, you have these cultures that just can't change.Jerry: Yeah. The music industry could have...Martin: Well, could it have? That's John's question. I think John's asking...Jerry: Could it have?Martin: Yeah.Jerry: Ultimately, I don't think so.Paul: Journalism went with free and it didn't work out well either, so far.John: Back during that period, did you think about, look at, examine the newspaper model? There were these big, powerful newspaper companies that were in a similar business you were in, but different...Jerry: No. We were going to buy Gannett in the eighties, if that's the question. Yes. I wanted that. Jim Shepley wanted it. Good thing it didn't happen.John: Just quickly can you tell me...Remind me of the Bell Atlantic story? You said, again, good thing that didn't happen. What was that about?Jerry: Ray Smith was...This was the period where everybody was trying to deliver...In his case, to convert a telephone system into a high capacity fiber optic, deliver content and get into content.John: So this was like Fios forerunner.Jerry: Right. And not just be a distribution platform. Some people in some companies just aren't oriented, acculturated to content as well as distribution. He was one example of that. But he had a powerful distribution base, which ultimately became Verizon.John: So you're a civilian now. Are you a consumer of journalism and media?Jerry: You know what's interesting? For the first time in my life, I've gotten off the grid entirely and am concentrating on more universal, spiritual things in the environment. What's interesting is, for the first time in my life, I do not read a newspaper or a magazine. It's a huge change. But somehow I know what's going on.John: [laughs] Osmosis.Jerry: It's just there. It's revealing to me.John: Do you have an iPhone?Jerry: No. My wife does. I do not have an iPhone.John: Do you have any thoughts...Since you do seem to know what's going on...You've always looked ahead, whatever you've done, right or wrong, you've always been looking ahead. Do you look ahead now and have a vision that you can share about where we're headed now, what's going to happen to journalism, delivery, media?Jerry: It's not exactly a vision. I think that economics can't sustain existing media companies. Not just the simple thing of Conde Nast moving to Southern Manhattan. They'll be out of business as they currently exist at some point in the relatively near future. Comcast, NBC can't maintain Rock Center. Time Warner can't maintain Time Warner Center. It's not just the fiscal plans are a metaphor for the institutions themselves. The elaborate infrastructure which we'll call overhead is all going to dissipate. What's gonna take its place is...I don't know. Probably a new set of majors. Could come from Google and Microsoft and Apple and Amazon. Maybe Facebook.John: The super stacks?Jerry: Yeah. And then there are these little things. A thousand flowers will bloom out here. The landscape isn't going to look anything like we used to think.Martin: For journalism, let's just explore that. I think...John: I want to ask him about The New York Times. Because we're sitting here in the Shorenstein Center, which is the veritable chapel of faith and worship of The New York Times. It is the one that's held up as the one that's kept invested in their news product and their journalism. And has found at least the start of a business where people are willing to pay them for digital content. Since you threw all the others in there, where do you think that's headed?Jerry: I can't deny my views are not worth a hell of a lot. To the extent I want any access to any major journalist...They're not going to be able to keep a posse of journalists, for any length of time, into the future. Ultimately, I'll have access on some basis to anybody who I find interesting. It isn't going to come from a traditional media company like The New York Times. They're just not going to make it.Paul: Do you think the current cable model is like the music CD then?Jerry: I do, unfortunately. I think the current cable model...Holding on to the revenue stream, and to the extent that Jeff can do it at Time Warner, holding on to how you get HBO...But eventually...We were an early developer of high definition television. On the iPad and iPhone I can get anything. The pictures are beautiful. If I can get Glee any time I want it, why do I need anything else?Martin: I am going to go down this road, because I think it's important. You obviously had a commitment to high end journalism for many years. This notion that you can get access to anyone at any time is obviously true now. The issue for journalism, I think, is that to adequately cover something like a local city hall or all the way up to the Iraq War, you need dedicated resources that require more than one person's input. Therefore you need a team. Therefore you need some form of an institution. If there's no economics around that, what happens to journalism over the medium to long term? How does that resolve itself [inaudible 50:33] in a democracy?Jerry: Coverage of local political activity is going to get done by some process of...It'll grow up spontaneously. Some people will come together and report on the most local news you could possibly we have. How to cover wars...It's going to happen, again...Today, you're right to get an analysis of what's happening in Iraq, Afghanistan and Egypt. But it's also coming from citizen journalists. There's something more authentic coming. I know you're making a good case for an infrastructure that can support coverage as we're used to having it, but instantaneous citizen journalism has to somehow be a major part of the mix. That doesn't cost anything. I don't know.Paul: I want to go back to one question. Because as we've done the reading, there's this sense, allegation, resignation of original sin. The decisions were made to make content free online, that was the big mistake. And yet, I'm not sure there was any other choice. We even made it at Time Inc. Although I don't think we thought of it. Part of it we thought of it was free. I'd be interested in your perspective. But we thought, "We've cut the costs out." Turned out there were these new digital costs we didn't quite understand, but there was other revenue, when it comes to the pure model, I think you were talking about.AOL sent big checks, CompuServe sent big checks. I don't think we thought of it as free, but there's been this stake in the ground that there was this one sin committed, and I was just wondering what you thought about that when we were in the middle of making those calls.Jerry: "Free" is a misnomer, because...First of all, it's a democratic concept. I'm entitled to get something that comes through the public distribution system, but you're always paying for something. You're paying for a phone line, you're paying for a broadband connection, you're paying for a cable line. You're paying for a DVD box. It's why, I think, advertising will always be there. Even advertising now is cutting out the middle man. It's all done by auction and machine. It's become a commodity.I don't think a major error was committed. There is this sense that I'm entitled to get things free. Just introducing pay television was tough because everybody was entitled to free over the air broadcasting. The consumer will pay for something that they want to get.John: That they can't get anywhere else.Jerry: That they can't get in that fashion and that format, yes.John: Like a world heavyweight boxing match.Jerry: For example.Martin: Or a Michael Jackson CD. That's the distinction on the music side. For the music side to go free was disastrous because there was no advertiser support in that business. That's very different than the more traditional journalism business, is that we're, at least in the newspaper, we're 80 percent supported by advertising....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (11)

Steven Levy

BIO: YES: Steven Levy (born 1951) is an American journalist ...

TRANSCRIPT: John: I'm here at the offices of Medium with Steven Levy. Steven, why don't we start off by just telling me what has been the arc of your career? How did you land at Medium? Where were you before? Steven: It's sort of a long arc, like kicking a long field goal. It doesn't get too high. I went to grad school in literature. Didn't have any kind of firm plan, really, but I found out quickly that I wasn't going to be a scholar. I wouldn't go for a PhD. I got a Masters. It was at Penn State. Went there for a while and then came back to my hometown of Philadelphia. I just wanted to try being a writer. I did an internship when I was at Penn State at the local newspaper and went into the underground newspaper, the alternative newspaper in Philadelphia. I was writing stories for $10. After a few months I started writing for the magazines in Philadelphia - Philadelphia magazine and the Philadelphia Inquirer magazine. They had a magazine then. I really loved that, writing for weekly papers and magazines. I hadn't realized you had that degree of freedom writing non -fiction. You could write the narrative there and it was the day's new journalism. My main interest originally is I wanted to be a rock critic where I'd write about music. I was interested in sports and other kinds of stuff. Got a job in New Jersey. My first job was at a magazine called New Jersey Monthly, which was just starting up. The editor was a woman named Jane Amsterdam who became pretty well-known to a totally journalism obsessed person, good to work for. I met the woman who became my wife there, New Jersey. We moved together to New York City in 1980. She was writing for the Village Voice. I started writing for national magazines. At the end of 1981, maybe, someone who used to be Theresa's editor, her name is Susan Long, was working for Jane Fonda's film company. They had this scheme where they would come up with an idea for a story and pre-option it so they wouldn't have to bid against anyone else. It became movie material. They had this idea that she heard about to do a story about computer hackers, these people called computer hackers. She asked me if I was interested to do it, could I have a magazine place to do it? I had been writing for Rolling Stone. That worked out. So I got a little extra money to write my first story ever about computers - I had never touched a computer before - about computer hackers who, at the time, were basically thought of as these oddballs. There was no transgressional definition or connotation attached to the name there. They were thought as a creepy kind of loser people, addicts. When I went out to California to research the story I found something quite different. These people were really explorers. They were doing these really exciting things. They were building. Also, it was the future. I talked to a bunch of people who had been involved in the early computer industry who were very much hacker types. I felt the connection instantly to the '60s when I went to college. We were protesting the war. My sensibility was very attuned to that. I found that it was that world. Some years before I realized that it wasn't really interesting to be a rock critic anymore because all the good ideas were gone, and that really wasn't the handle to tackle the world the way it was in 1968, 1969. I was reading Rolling Stone and Crawdaddy in college. This was. You could write about anything through the lens of technology there. It was a great time to begin because on the one hand you had the trade magazines which money was going to pour in because the personal computer industry was taking off. They were moving from hobbyist writers to professional writers. They wanted to know who is a professional writer who's interested in this stuff? Then for magazines like Rolling Stone and other places that I was writing for they were interested in exploring the subject and wanted to know someone that they had a relationship with that could bring them a story to their standards. I worked both ends of that. I did a column for a magazine called Popular Computing in the early '80s and I was writing a lot of stuff for Rolling Stone. I wrote the first story about the Macintosh. I was embedded in that team a little. I wrote a story when the thing came out, spent time with Steve Jobs when the Macintosh was being readied. As I went on, I spent more and more of my time doing that. John: Excellent. Excellent. This was sort of new country. Did you ever think that it would change from that boast that technology could change the world - it was a boast, prove it - to that happening? What eureka moments did you have? Steven: I think one was the Macintosh. Right after my first story for Rolling Stone I came back and I said to my girlfriend - now my wife - "We've got to get these things there." At the time, people were debating, writers were debating. The big debate was should you get one of those things with a TV screen on your desk or should you get an electronic typewriter, which was a little less radical way to get into something where you wouldn't have to use whiteout if you made a mistake on your text, on your drafts there. I said, "We've got to go get an Apple computer" and we did. We spent a lot of money and got two Apple computers. The monitors and disc drives and a dot matrix printer which we shared. It cost an amazing amount of money and we needed training to use them. We went there. It was hard, but then I saw the Macintosh and I realized this really is moving out there. Intellectually, I always did feel that this is the way of the future, but it was hard to actually feel it in your heart that it was going to happen. I remember in the mid '90s, the early '90s particularly, after Mosaic came out and people were looking at the Internet. I was a big advocate. I saw right away this is huge. Markoff was first but not too long after that. I would go and talk to people, and I even did some consultancies. I went to the big paper chain in Minneapolis. John: "Star-Tribune" yeah. Steven: Yeah. All kinds of people there. They would bring in people like me to basically say the same thing their people in the trenches were saying. They wouldn't listen to those people. They had some people that knew what was going on, but they wouldn't listen. I showed them, here's a website. You could have a website, and people will come to you. I said, "100 million people are going to be on this." In my head I would think, 'That's a lot of people.' It was the one thing where it was an incredibly hyped thing, where the hype wasn't enough. You could not over-hype the Internet, no matter how hard you tried. Some people tried greatly, but there was no exaggeration you could make that the Internet didn't exceed later on. John: Yeah, no, absolutely. How did the consultancies, when you went out to meet companies...? Did people in the trenches...? What was the mindset of the business leaders you were consulting with? Steven: They were curious. They didn't really see this as something that would put them out of business. They were just saying, "This is something we should be interested in," and I would say, "If you're not doing this, your competitors will." It's pretty tough to envision exactly the way the thing took shape there. You could see the outlines of it. About any of your interests, there would be something there. Steven: So even though I didn't think they would find it that easily, when Alta Vista came out, people were excited. We can find stuff now but Google surprised us all with how easily you could find that. But t was very difficult just to see Google there, to immediately jump ahead to all the implications of that. Google, again, looking back, that was another one of the turning points there. Another part of the turning points is, as I got into it more in the '80s, I got actually into looking at the underlying technology of it and what was happening there, Moore's Law, the way of thinking it represented. Also the politics of it. When I did my first book, "Hackers," I was really struck by how much the issues of this age were political issues. Again, it was already tied to the '60s, and that sensibility was in Hackers. It took a number of years for people to pick up on it really. Then, one of my great delights is that people...now it's really known for that stuff, as opposed to the stories I told alone. Oddly, my second book was not about technology. It was about a true crime story I always been interested in. I was sort of hedging my bets, maybe. Thinking, should I be known only for this? Then after that, I thought, yeah, yeah, this is interesting enough. So my third book was Artificial Life, which was really about creating biological processes in the computer. I had, besides the consumer story, the business story. I'm interested in almost the science of it and the effects of computer technology on humanity. It's all tied together there. Even though if you look at my books, they sort of zig and zag within the field. I just do think it's all one piece and a lot of people ask me, "Well, when are you going to write a sequel to Hackers?" I always like, "I've been doing nothing but sequels to Hackers." John: It's fascinating that what originally attracted you to Hackers, what you mentioned, was very much a '60s sensibility. Over the course of the last 30 years, technology has almost become like banking, in the sense that the amount of wealth flowing into that. How do you trace that arc? Is that sensibility that you originally saw still extant in the technology business? Steven: The third part of Hackers was just dealing with that issue. I knew the money was going to pour in, and what happens when the hackers get rich, there? I grappled with that. I had somewhat of a more pessimistic viewpoint than I needed to. I think actually there was a nice accommodation to hackers being rich. There was a way you could still be a hacker and have that spirit and be locked into that mindset and be a billionaire. I think people like Mark Zuckerberg and Larry and Sergey at Google, they're good examples of that. John: What is the effect...? Did you feel an effect on you, on covering a cohort in industry where you're watching people get fabulously wealthy. How did you react to that? Steven: I don't know. I never really felt, oh my god, I'm missing out there. The fact is, I've been, for a journalist, pretty well compensated. The mid-'90s, after a long time freelancing, I took at job at Newsweek. I did that and I wrote books, and I have not been needy. I'm not rich. I'm not Mark Zuckerberg or even the many, many people who have 20 to 30 million dollars in wealth. I never thought I wanted to do this stuff that you would have to do to that. I'm doing what I want to do, just as those other people are lucky enough to do what they want to do and be richer than me. I feel that it's pretty good for me to be doing what I want to do and have a pretty good income. John: Yeah. Trace the arc, if you would, of what your colleagues, all the journalists, you start off as a small tribe, almost, covering this industry. Now there are masses of people covering it. How has that culture between journalists changed? Steven: You're right, in the '80s, it was a small tribe. There was this thing -- I don't know if this has come up — in New York called the Digital Deli Group, the lunch group, which was...I have mixed feelings about it. It was simply because this one guy said, "Oh my God, there's a bunch of writers in New York who cover technology. We should get them together." You could put them all at a table, at least the ones in New York. The group there, it was a relatively small band there, but you know what? I just don't think, from where I am, inside this world, it doesn't seem much different. It seems to me there has always been sort of the same relatively small group there, masses of people who also write about it, who just aren't plugged in to the echelon of coverage, which is not all that much bigger than it used to be. John: You mentioned Digital Deli. Markoff mentioned something to me, the "Justice League of America"? Steven: I know how he tells the story. It was one of these conferences in Arizona, and we met and I think maybe Kara Swisher might've been there. It was the time Kara had not built her reputation to be one of the top people, which of course she is now. The idea that we could get Markoff and Walt and me and a couple of other people who were the big names at the time there. We would have our website and we would do that. I joked it was Justice League of America and then Superman and Batman and Aqua man... ...and all that and Wonder Woman I guess. We all had this little meeting. Dan Gillmor I think was a part of it too. No one wanted to take the step, really, of doing this. We're journalists, we're not business people. We said, "Well, let's all keep it quiet." Then of course, about 10 minutes later Kara is in the bar talking to a VC. Maybe it was Jim Breyer or someone. John: Markoff said she talked to Breyer. Steven: She told the idea there. He like on a napkin wrote down something like $40 million and 25 percent and Kara looked at it and said, "That percentage is too high." I don't know which is crazier, the idea that just based on this meeting that it got this multimillion-dollar valuation or that Kara thought it wasn't enough. You know? John: What's fascinating is that in the arc since then we've seen a transition in the last 15 years where the journalists are becoming their own brands, separate from the institutions. Steven: This was something that I was talking about in the mid- '90s. I had a little slide because I was writing a column before I got to Newsweek. I was writing a column for "Macworld". Everybody would always tell me, "Oh, you're the reason I buy Macworld, Steve." "I read it just for your column." Macworld was five dollars an issue or something or even if you subscribed to it it's a couple of dollars an issue. I'm thinking well, based on that, what if I charge 25 cents to write my column? I could sell directly and I had the thing there. I'd make more per column and go direct. That's super hard to do, just to go off on your own and do that and find an audience there. People figured out and after, it really took somewhat of a collapse of the traditional business model to make that plausible and how things are itemized out. It's still a lot of work. Even when Kara and Walt did that they, basically for the first 10 years they worked for the Wall Street Journal. That's a big set of training wheels there. John: Absolutely. Does this transition … ….. becoming a brand, does it allow you to keep your distance from, that journalistic distance from what you're covering or does the access overwhelm everything else? Steven: What's the difference between being a brand working for Sports Illustrated and being a brand who's in charge of Grantland or something. If you're a brand you're a brand. If you're well-known on your own right, the issues of access are stable no matter what. The only thing that would be different is if you have partnerships and relationships business-wise with some of these places there. I've found that one thing which, it wasn't so much Newsweek, but at Wired I was constantly being called on to bring in my sources for speaking events. I never was all that happy about that because I always feel that you have a certain amount of capital with these people there. I prefer to use my capital to get stories rather than conference appearances. John: Talk a bit about the difference in the audience, too. You mentioned while writing for MacWorld people said, "I used to buy because of your column." That audience when you started out in Philadelphia used to reach you by mail once every 10 days. Now, it's more intimate... Steven: ...or not. They're not. They don't reach me at all. If you got three letters for a story in Philadelphia magazine, they’d print them. It's a lot. The relationship is different, a lot of it is noise. It's interesting. It's interesting to read Twitter and I look at the comments on it. I find that the biggest difference is when you write a book. Before the process of readers getting in touch with an author used to be every six months your publisher would send you a small bundle of the people who wrote to the publisher with a question or something like that. Now, bang, instantly you get notified. If you're like me that you put your contact on your website or whatever it's right there. That's dramatic. You could also monitor what actual readers think of your book. On Twitter and other things and they blog about it. Steven: ...which I think is great. I think by and large you get a much better picture of how your book is being received from readers speaking to their peer groups than you do from book reviewers who by and large don't do a very good jobs of reviewing books. They have all sorts of other aims in doing a book review, saying, "Here's my take of the subject." “Here's my chance to settle a score or whatever.” John: They’ll be new wave in media and on other sites and apps. You will be able to tell how many readers start and how many readers finish that story. Is that daunting, because we never knew? Steven: Yeah. I know. Well, Medium is particularly interested in that. We measure by big metric how much time people spend reading it. You could see who's actually reached the end. That's interesting. Now that I'm running this site, I'm trying not to go overboard on…. It's a fragile thing when it starts out. If I publish an essay by one of my writers, one of my contributors, and I think it's a great essay but it doesn't get a huge readership, I don't want to overreact to that. There's one in particular I published the first week. I thought it was a really wonderful essay by one of my writers and it didn't get a giant response. Then someone at Google told me "That was the greatest essay, I sent it to other people." It's kind of interesting there. John: I think you're right, you have to guard against that over-reliance on too much. Steven: It's interesting. We're sort of hard core here at Medium. We don't chase traffic. We don't do things to inorganically build up our numbers there. That makes it sort of an outlier. It's tough to make a comparison to someone who's trying every trick in the book to drive traffic there when we're trying to do things old school. By saying it'll be our content. It'll be what we do, the quality of what we do that brings people to our door. John: Esther Dyson likes to comment that she thinks that readers have to become smarter in a world of info-besity, where there's too much out there. There has to be a curve to the readers' awareness and where the reader looks for information. Do you think that is coming? is nascent? Where do you...? Steven: I think there is going to be a reaction among people., a realization that they're spending too much time getting lured to stuff, which is candy and not nourishing. I think the places like Facebook and other places, Google, are recognizing this and pondering ways to realize that it's better for everyone to have an ecosystem where quality rules, as opposed to distraction and junk. John: Junk, yeah. One of the riddles, of course, is how do you pay for quality? You're testing one model here and that still isn't known, or...? Steven: I guess we'll find out through sponsorships or whatever. I don't know. If you go to native advertising properly labeled and all, we'll see. I think the one thing we have here, and I think you almost need to have this these days, is the revenue is important but you’re advantaged if revenue isn't the only thing you bring to your company here. In Medium, the reason why these hubs like mine are good, not just in of themselves but for the whole thing, is we're going to draw readers and writers to the platform, the overall platform. The overall success of Medium is not going to depend on whether Backchannel or Cuepoint (the music hub) or any of these other things do well, but how well it is in fulfilling its mission of bringing out ideas in general, making it easier to express them there. Our success will help that larger picture. I don't think they want to lose money on us and they’d like to make money on us, but I think if we do OK and help that bigger mission, then it'll be a really good thing. John: How would you say among the journalist covering tech, was it more collegial or competitive? How would you describe the ecosystem around it? Steven: I think it was generally a collegial group, I really do. Even when we're competing for the same stuff, at least to our faces it's collegial. Everyone's nice to me, but then someone at Facebook will say, I get a lot of complaints about giving you these scoops. John: There's that. How do you think journalism writ large has done covering the last 30 years? How do you think? Steven: We've had our successes and shortcomings. By and large, you could say there are aspects of the industry which are fawning, but there's aspects that are like knee-jerk critical. Overall, I think people are informed on the issues. Everyone knows about the threat to privacy, all the stuff at the NSA, people are shocked… But you know what? People have been writing about this for years. Wired did a huge story by James Bamford about the data center in the desert that he said was going to do every single thing that Snowden later had. It just happened that here was a document, a lot of documents, which put it in black and white. Well if you go back and read that James Bamford story, you can say, "Yeah, OK, here's the proof of that, which people shrugged off when it came out there." It's difficult to filter through what could come about and what couldn't come about, in part because it is so difficult to know what's going to happen there. You're trying to catch a target with a non-linear trajectory. It's really hard. Even to go back five years, you could make some generalized predictions about directions and generalize that, but to actually know what kind of stuff is going to be popular in five years, you don't because there's going to be stuff that's enabled two years from now that you couldn't figure out there. John: Would you argue that the traditional news industry should have seen this disruption coming? Steven: Of course they should have but they were not equipped to see it. It just could not happen because of the way the business worked. Who wants to look at something that tells them that the model they're making money on is like climate change. By the time you do something about it, it's too late. They just did not understand how quickly and thoroughly things were going to change. The writing was on the wall. They didn't want to read it and they couldn't read it. How could they reconstruct that? In Newsweek I would tell anyone who would listen, "What we should do is give all our content to five people in Silicon Valley and let them invent something," but that was never going to happen. Newsweek thought it was a pioneer because they jumped on the CD-ROM bandwagon. They would do these things…there was a big fight in the mid-'90s. No one really wanted to hear what I had to say but I was griping a lot about it. We had a choice on our online thing whether we would do a website or develop on Microsoft's Blackbird. And of course they picked Microsoft because Microsoft was a good partner… And then a couple of years later, of course, they had to pull the plug on that. John: Why was that in some of the companies? Others have mentioned, too, that your voice was sometimes heard louder outside the company than within the company. Steven: No one wanted to hear what technology reporters had to say, no one. John: Why? Steven: I had a good relationship with Donnie Graham. He never sent stuff down to me and said, "What should we do, Steven?”……… I had a terrific relationship with him. John: But you are optimistic about journalism. Steven: Yeah. It's interesting. I'm optimistic and this field in particular. I lived for Newsweek and a lot of people took those buyouts or had to leave. Newsweek now, it's still a viable operation but not really Newsweek. It just has a name of Newsweek. Basically, my institution is gone. It's a shocker. Who would have thought, even when I left, I thought, "this amazing institution," would vanish. It is gone. A lot of people just did not find their footing or went into different kinds of businesses or things like that. I was lucky because the field that I write about there's this big demand out there. I've been in the Huffington Post newsroom. Giant newsroom, right? 300 people there. I've been in Business Insiders newsroom, again, desks and desks, journalists writing, working there. There's all these other brand new newsrooms that didn't exist before, that are hiring journalists today. The job might be a little different and the approach might be more demanding, but they're journalists. This field isn't dead. It's like new institutions rising there and they'll be just as sclerotic in their own sense in a few years, it's just as well. Another place will come up. John: One last question. Some people say we as journalists got too much into celebrity. We love covering Apple, we don't cover the anthropology as much as we should have. We got Hollywood-like. Steven: I don't know. I'm pretty much into anthropology. Apple, in particular, can get a little extreme but to me I would say it's not that outrageous. To me, this is, among other things, a giant cultural story. IBM is a big, important company. It makes a lot of money but it is not really a company that is co-evolutionary with the culture like Apple is. When you're covering Apple, you really are covering "The Big Story." It's like saying in newspapers...Congress. You read about Congress a lot, don't you, but when we're talking about laws and whatever, the nation's covered. You can't avoid Congress. That's a big central story. The big companies like Apple, Google, and now Facebook, they're the companies that I spend a lot of time with because they're not only important from an economic sense or a technology sense, but a cultural sense. John: Wonderful. That was great....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (12)

Caroline Little

BIO: YES: Caroline Little is president and CEO of the Newspa...

TRANSCRIPT: Paul: It is April 5th and we're in Washington DC with Caroline Little. It's Paul Sagan and John Huey. Good morning. Welcome.Caroline: Good morning. Thank you.Paul: We started with a similar question for everybody, which is, just go back and think about the first time you really saw the power of digital technology coming into this industry, the news business. Either it was an epiphany and you said, "We've got to go there." Or, "This is really going to be painful and what are we going to do about it?"Caroline: The first time I saw it, I was working as a lawyer at "US News and World Report," and a bunch of other entities that Mort Zuckerman owned. One was a pre print business. The whole technology of printing in magazines changing dramatically in the '90s. At the same time, this whole concept of third party content was coming into age. We got the first AOL contract and we actually thought it was another library database contract. We didn't pay much attention to it. Then we started realizing the possibility of commenting on news stories and the going back and forth. How does one regulate that? How does one protect it? How do you get insurance for third party content? People tell me, "It must have been really interesting working for a news magazine." Actually, it was pretty interesting. What was really interesting was the pre print business and the coming of age of some of the AOL kinds of contracts. What I realized was, as a lawyer, it allowed one to be a lot more creative than one generally could be being a lawyer. It was like convincing the insurance companies, "Listen, this is the way it works. You should provide insurance. This is the way things are going. This is how it would work. This is how copyright applies to third party content, et cetera." That was really exciting and fun.John: What year would that have been?Caroline: 1995.Paul: Height of the proprietary services and AOL. Really pre the web taking off still.Caroline: Right.Paul: You obviously signed some of those deals and did what most of publishing did, which was enter that world of effectively licensing content to a new distribution channel.Caroline: Right.Paul: Did it seem, besides these legal issues which we had to get through, that it was just going to be another opportunity or the biggest opportunity? Or, this could get really difficult to the business. How did it seem back then? Then how did it play out?Caroline: It seemed very complicated and difficult, but also full of opportunities.Paul: You were there and then transitioned?Caroline: Yeah. I had always been interested in publishing and the legal side of publishing. I thought about going back to a law firm, because a lot of law firms in the mid nineties were starting at publishing, Internet areas. But I, frankly, wasn't dying to go back to a law firm. US News was moving its offices up to New York. I was ready for another challenge. I heard about this job at what was called Digital Inc., in Arlington, which was an outpost of The Washington Post, but was doing digital, experimental. I went out and interviewed. I thought it would be so much fun. I took the job as general counsel there. My sense, at the time was, management at the Post, Alan Spoon, Don Graham, were very open to experimentation. And purposely put Digital Inc. across the river, for experimental reasons and other reasons. But I thought it could be really fun.Paul: You've touched on one of the big questions that's still being grappled with today, which is, separate or together? You want to build off the brand, use the brand to create an audience. But there was a question of whether the traditional newsroom could be prepared to ever do this in a way that was competitive. So the Post took one path that not everyone followed. Can you talk about that? What worked and what didn't work?Caroline: How much time do we have? [laughs]John: Did you have your own general counsel? Did you have your own CEO?Caroline: Yeah. We were a separate entity.John: Separate incorporated company?Caroline: Yep.Paul: With, effectively, a license to the paper's content.Caroline: Right.Paul: Created your own website. You had the right to their brand. Talk about how much negotiation with the newsroom was there. One of the things we've talked about is, in many ways the platforms that won were automated. They just ingested stuff and spit it out quickly. The challenge for the mainstream entities was just they weren't 24 hours. If they were newspapers, they didn't have video. There was the whole, "Wait, you can't break it on the web because you've taken the value from the morning paper." You joined an entity that had a very specific idea about how to try to navigate that.Caroline: At the beginning, we were so under the radar screen, and so viewed as this little thing in Arlington that people really didn't pay much attention to us. Which was nice, in a way, because we could really experiment. It got more complicated as time went on. What I found in the newsroom, Doug Fever was the editor when I came. Wait, no. Chris Moll was the editor when I came. Then he went over to the newspaper, to corporate. Then Doug Fever came over from the newspaper. There was a feeling like, "We need a real grown up over at WPNI." It was still Digital Inc. at the time. And a very seasoned newsroom person was there for a long time. When Doug retired, and by that time I was CEO, I felt that we needed somebody with some Internet juice. Not that Doug didn't. But, in terms of somebody coming from the newspaper, they just didn't have that experience. We had incredible journalistic talent, but not as much Internet experience. I knew that was going to be an incredible challenge. So I put together this panel of the top editors and people from corporate, so that everybody would feel like they had a stake.I had Merrill Brown come in and do a technology assessment, open everything up. There was a real sense, from the newspaper, that we were shutting them out of the future and I didn't want them to feel that way. But I also wanted them to understand that we needed different talents to drive WashingtonPost.com and Slate and Newsweek.John: How much emphasis was there on engineering. It's been observed that one of the things that happened was engineering ended up trumping a lot of the journalistic innovation. That most of the really successful disruptors were platforms that were created by engineers.Caroline: I think that's right. I think they're at it a lot now from the business side. Anyway, let me get back to the editor. We eventually got Jim Brady, who had been at WPNI and then had gone to, oh, he had been, sorry, Digital Ink. A sports editor had gone to AOL and he came back as editor. That was a real coup to get Jim, to get the organization to agree to have Jim to come. Now, people would say, "Why did you even need to get the newspaper?" My friend was like, "We weren't going to succeed if we didn't have buy in from the newspaper." Even though we were a separate entity...Paul: Even as a separate entity across the river...Caroline: We share content, we share a brand.Paul: Did you feel that that was sort of an ultimate trap for these businesses, that it was just so hard to move in the way the web needed it to? Or did you not feel constrained?Caroline: Oh, I felt very constrained. It was a very hard job because on the one hand, you're being diplomatic with the newspaper. I don't have the journalistic chops so I didn't have that kind of relationship with the newsroom. I had a good relationship but not I'm not a journalist. Then really driving a team to experiment. You look at whom we're competing with, it's very different than the newspapers competing with. It's funny. Over time, I think it was great for us to be on our own. Don was incredibly supportive but we didn't have a, if you look at the model that Clark Gilbert is running in Salt Lake City, he's a Clay Christensen...Paul: Clay Christensen, an innovator dilemma's disciple.Caroline: Exactly. He's essentially, he'll describe it as he's running two businesses and he is constantly there saying, "No, you guys go do this. This is what you guys need to do. Let them do what they need to do." We didn't really have that. Don couldn't possibility play that role.Paul: So talk about that. It was Digital Ink and it was across the river and it was separate. It even had started in the proprietary worlds, not even an open website, but it was...Caroline: That was before my time. It was on an AT&T platform.Paul: Right, exactly, and then it transitioned to the open web and it became WPNI or Washington Post Newsweek Interactive. You even moved back across the river at some point. It literally didn't stay separate.Caroline: No, we were always across the river.John: Just stayed physically separate but somehow emotionally or legally or reintegrated. Explain that a little bit.Caroline: Well, we didn't really integrate. That was later. I know around 2006, 2007 became obviously pretty clear that the web and different platforms were going to be a huge part of any news organization. I think it became increasingly difficult for Don to say, "Let Caroline and Jim run the web and you stay at the newspaper." I mean, that's ridiculous, right? It also became pretty clear from a business standpoint, circulation was dropping. It had been dropping. Print ad revenues were dropping, 80/20 split of print advertising and circulation was not probably sustainable. [sighs] There was a lot of tension. Jim had organized the newsroom somewhat like the paper. You had your politics vertical and a bunch of verticals. People were getting excited at the newspaper about opportunities. This was when the whole Politico thing came up and it was just a light bulb to me. Harris and VandeHei wanted to run a political site and evidently gotten an offer from Allbritton to do so. They had come to Don and said, these are the major struts of the story. I may not have the specifics correct. Don said, "Well, you could do this at Digital Ink and WPNI at the time."They came over and then it became this big discussion about who would run it because Digital Ink had its own politics blog. Then there were these people from the Post. It was absurd because it became fairly clear that we were actually competing with the newspaper. They hired a blogger at one point and that was just a big, huge issue.If you look at the economics of it, you're thinking, "Now so wait a second. I'm here at WPNI and we're hiring all these politics bloggers and whatever and then the newspaper has all their people. They're doing one kind of reporting and we're doing another kind of reporting. Technology demands that this is all about storytelling, so how do you tell the story in the best way? If you're going to hire a journalist today, you're going to want them to have the skill set to do all of that and to allow them to choose to tell the story in the best way."We had these constructs that were actually impeding, in my view, the best journalism. It was also incredibly tense and from my standpoint, very unpleasant because it was just untenable to try to bridge these gaps.John: Just to continue with that to the end, they leave the Post and go start Politico. Does that have repercussions at WPNI or at the Post?Caroline: I don't know. I think it was a big blow for the newspaper to lose them. It was clear to me that we couldn't move fast enough and coordinate enough because we had our own issues among us. I thought we, at the digital division, because the newspaper's so strong, because the newspaper has history of great journalists, we were trying to be like them. There was this incredible pull to be like the newspaper. We were kind of losing our identity in a way.Paul: Your web identity.Caroline: Our web identity and our web path. So at the same time all of this is going on, people had always said, "Well, the web, digital revenues will make up for, will cover the newsroom." And I'm thinking, like, OK, so we're making, about 15 percent of our overall revenue was coming from digital. And that was strong. I mean, the New York Times and us had the strongest at that point. And I'm thinking, "How are we going to pay for the newsroom? I don't think I can do this!"John: And the margins are shrinking, right?Caroline: Yes, and the margins are shrinking. And overall, I think about it now watching these businesses and watching the transformation, and I think what we had wrong was, it's not about print versus digital. And that's really, really limiting yourself, sort of thinking about it in those terms. And it's, how do we take these brands and move to a transformation in a digital world? I mean, hindsight is always 20/20, but the model of selling print advertising in a local market where there's not a lot of competition, to say the least, 25 years ago, and transferring that to trying to sell digital in a completely wide open world against content, I wouldn't bet the house on that. And it's certainly one very important part, but it's not going to make up for the world 20 years ago.John: It seems like there's a conundrum that you needed to get away from the mothership to foster the kind of innovation and cultural atmosphere that you needed to get launched. But then, when exactly is the right time to integrate that with the core product and try to turn it into an integrated business that can leverage off each other? And the Post would be an example of the extreme keeping them apart for a long time, I would think.Caroline: I think that's true, and I think when you put them back together, my sense was, with the exception of maybe one person, digital was kind of subsumed back into print. Of course, since I came from the digital side, I think you probably know my answer to that. But it didn't feel like a kind of new entity from a distance.John: So, you returned to the old form.Caroline: Yeah. I mean, even physically, people moved into the newspaper.Paul: So, you left in what year?Caroline: I left in 2008. Don was very gracious and said, "Come and work in corporate." And I didn't want to be bitter, and I thought I would become bitter sort of watching things being taken apart. So, I left and I took some time off, and then I started working with The Guardian. And I had always admired The Guardian from a web perspective. What was really interesting about The Guardian was that I was hired by the head business guy there, a guy named Tim Brooks, who's no longer there. And, at that time at least, things had changed. The business side didn't even talk to the editorial side, as far as I could tell, and the editorial side called the shots, big time. And so, I was working with them. I was running paidcontent here before it was sold and trying to gin up their U.S. presence, which was actually substantial, but they didn't really have a plan. So, I did that for a couple of years, and then I went to the Newspaper Association.Paul: So, talk about that current chapter, because now all your members are dealing with this challenge, and we are seeing the end of daily papers, right? We're seeing these...Caroline: In some cases.Paul: In some cases. So, we've got people experimenting with no paper, very few, or the weekend version, effectively which we're seeing, and a lot still trying to do six or seven days and make digital cover more. How do you see that playing out, and how do you see those various, really, experiments today? And even, ones that are trying to keep the traditional seven days going are almost an experiment, which is that model going to play out in how you...? I know you can't pick a winner, and they're all kind of your children now...Caroline: Right.Paul: But, how do you see that playing out, and what do you hear from them?Caroline: Well, when I was first approached about this job I was sort of like, you've got to be kidding me [laughs] . And coming from the digital side, there is this perception like, oh, they don't get it. And I thought, you want me? And I thought, why would they want me? But, when I interviewed for the job, and this was three or four years after I left, three and a half years after I left the Post, I actually saw a lot more willingness to experiment than I did in 2007, 2008, and maybe it was the bottom out of 2009, I mean, that will make people really look at other things.So on the experimentation, I actually think it's really good that there's experimentation. Most of the papers that are doing the kind of, "We're not going to publish every day" are very quiet about what the results are, so I don't even know.It's not unlike the politico model where they're publishing a print newspaper two or three times a week. I don't know how often it is, actually, but I suspect that the print advertising covers a lot more than digital does, and they've cut their cost substantially and they're still publishing. And they've done that in places where there is significant web engagement, like New Orleans.You know, one of the frustrations about doing this job is people just say, "Newspapers are dead." And all media has been disrupted in the past 10, 15 years. The saddest part for me is, when I came to the Newspaper Association, which pretty much does things the way that they've been doing things for a long time, we were publishing the print advertising numbers and the print circulation numbers every quarter.And every quarter, we'd send out a press release, which would start something like, "For the 21st quarter in a row, the newspaper industry has lost X, X, and X." And I'm like, we're press releasing this? I mean, it was so hard just to stop doing the press release, but at the same time you think, "Well, you're the trade association, you could make the numbers transparent." So, I did a little study, and I found that every time we released those numbers, about 100 stories would come out citing the NAA members saying the newspaper industry is dead.So meanwhile, the board is telling me, you know, we've got to get that. We're not suffering. We've got challenges, but everybody's challenged. We should get a PR firm. And I'm like, great, we can get a PR firm, but we've got to change the numbers and metrics, because we're going to get the same story.Paul: You were leading with your chin.Caroline: Which we do quite well. So, in the last couple months, actually, I said, we've got to look at this pie. I know we don't have to give all these numbers out publicly, some of these are really small numbers. But let's look at print advertising, digital advertising, digital subscriptions, print subscriptions, events, e commerce marketing, all of the various things that newspapers are doing. And if we just look at what we've been measuring things on, we were down maybe nine percent over. And any publisher you talk to, I'm sure they'll say, yes, we're going to be lower on advertising. We were actually down two percent last year, because that, you know, 80 to 20, sorry, that 80 to 20 model was moving more to a 60 percent advertising model, 40 percent other. And to me, it shows that we really are in transformation. Things are moving. It's not easy and it's not necessarily growing, but it's not dying the way that the industry is pictured.John: Which ironically, is most often pictured that way by newspapers.Caroline: Yes. Well, it's really interesting, because we actually have this study embargoed until Monday, and a lot of journalists are quite interested in the story. So yes, we're really good at slamming things.John: So, when you look back at all this and you look at the issues like the legacy culture versus the innovative culture, and journalists versus engineering, central versus divided in different corporations, is there anything that anybody did that you think made a big difference in the other direction from the way it worked out for you at the Post? And in the end, would it have made much of a difference anyway, or was this just the tide taking the swimmers out to sea?Caroline: I think this is growing pains. I do think some of this is growing pains. I mean, you have people with the best intentions and the greatest hopes, and the passion about reporting in whatever media. You know, I go back to Clark Gilbert. What he's done, he's actually been more radical in the newsroom in some ways, which I think is really healthy. He combined a newsroom of a radio and his own newspaper newsroom.And he said, "OK, breaking news, we're going to put here in a breaking news pod, or whatever. We're going to invest in these five areas, family, faith, X, Y, and Z. We know that our audience is really interested in this, and we're going to take these people and put them in a separate newsroom where they are going to be able to do long enterprise pieces," and he actually hired more people to do that. I mean, that's pretty smart.You know, hindsight is 20/20. Maybe it's easier to be able to conceive of those things when you're looking at the whole thing. We were sort of looking at digital, and the more we felt threatened by the newspaper, the more we sort of crouched down and did our own thing without kind of looking at the whole enterprise.John: Well, but to be fair to you and everybody else in that business, there was an arc. Digital was growing, and it was the future, and it was going to save the business. Then it flattened out and then it started declining. It turned out, "Oh, maybe it isn't going to save the business." It's the future of the business but it's not going to instantly turn into replacing these previous revenue models that included circulation. So, how much time, in your tenure, did you spend thinking about paid versus free and wrestling with that whole issue?Caroline: That was just so off the table by the user. I don't think we could imagine. The FT and The Wall Street Journal had models. Consumers aren't ready to pay. They're not going to pay. Those are business models. You talk to Martin, I think he felt a little bit, "Oh, man. Is going to charge. This is against our ethos," at the beginning. Now you hear people doing that all the time.Paul: Maybe this should be the last question, which is just now that the ethos has changed and people are starting to switch, including the Post, some people now look back and there's always this easy hindsight criticism which is now it was an original sin to go free. We just should have waited, should have been patient. It wasn't just the newspapers. It was magazines. Even some of the pay cable channels, at least. We all went free for that. We just had to try it and there was enough free stuff. Now some people are looking back and saying, "You just made a big mistake." Do you think it could have been done a different way? Do you think a different decision could have been made or would that have just simply made it just not come out of the gate at all?Caroline: Well, we tried that at The Post. 12.95 a month, and it was a complete disaster in 1996, I guess, they tried it. People forget to realize, not forget, is the Washington Post cost 25 cents 15 years ago. That was very heavily subsidized. That wasn't the true price of the paper. Consumers, things are changing. I guess, thanks to Apple, I think, and Netflix and the cable channels, we've gotten used to paying for content. So I guess I...Paul: It played out as it had to.Caroline: It plays out as it has to, yeah....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (13)

Om Malik

BIO: YES: Om Perkash Malik (born September 29, 1966) is an I...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: All right. Here we go. Martin Nisenholtz speaking to Om Malik on April 8, 2013 in San Francisco. Can you just give me five minutes worth of background? How did you come to digital journalism?Om Malik: My first interaction with the web was way back in '95. I had been playing around with it personally, and I started a personal website with the idea of using it as a hub for aggregating night life activities for people of South Asia, and in learning about the web I realized that my day job would be on the web. I was working for a news writer at that time. Lee K., and I left that job and hounded my future boss at Forbes.com into hiring me for what was going to be Forbes.com's web presence. I started with them in early '97, late '96, early '97 time frame. That was my entry into the world of digital journalism. We were very early.Forbes.com was a pretty pioneering project, at that time. A lot of interesting writers came out of it, including my colleague, Adam Penenberg, who broke the Stephen Glass story, and now he teaches at NYU.That was the early days of the digital journalism for me. But, I was always a believer in the web writing. The more time I spent at Forbes, the more convinced I was that it was the future. Even though I left Forbes and worked for "Red Herring" and later for "Business 2.0," I always felt that the web was the way to go, even for "Red Herring."I wrote for Redherring.com as well, even though it was not part of my job and the same thing with "Business 2.0." Even though I was just a magazine writer, I was completely writing online, and the reason for that was I believe that online created the necessary speed you needed for technology news. It was just made for technology.That was my brief history of traditional journalism, but completely obsessed with digital, completely, 100 percent. I always felt that the print just was going to go away, even from the very early days.Martin: Because of speed?Om: Because of the speed and the ability to actually to be more interactive and the ability to actually get feedback in real time, and the ability to write as much as necessary. The difference between a paragraph and an ebook, is basically how much you have to say. I think that is something so unique about the web. Any one person with many different styles of writing, can actually succeed, which is very difficult in the print world, right? If you're a news wire guy, you'll always be a news wire guy, because that's what you're really good at.If you work for a newspaper like "The New York Times," like writing "The New York Times" story is your thing. If you write for "Esquire," or "New Yorker" magazine, you are that guy. It's like you have a certain style, but the web allows you to go between various different styles of writing. That's what always drew me to the web.Also the fact that it was something people frowned upon initially. Being an outsider, I always thought, "Well, if people hate it, this thing is going to be good."Martin: You initially start out at Forbes then?Om: Forbes.com.Martin: Yeah, at Forbes.com. How long were you there?Om: About two years.Martin: What did you learn at Forbes.com?Om: I learned two things at Forbes.com. I learned the great lesson Jim Michaels used to teach everybody. If you can say it in a thousand words, you can say it in 500. If you can say it in 500, you can do it in 200. That's the best blogging training anybody can ever get. If you really think about it, all the good bloggers have come out of Forbes from that era. Peter [indecipherable 09:50] is another example. That was the number one lesson. You don't have to use too many words to actually have a great narrative. The other thing which I learned was to look beyond the obvious, which was when you are looking at a story, don't look at just one layer underneath it. Look three, four layers underneath it.That was through...I just picked it up. They don't teach you that there, but it's part of the conversation all the time. It doesn't matter whether you're on the online side or you are on the offline side of the work, you just picked up that you have to dig deeper, look at angles like three or four [indecipherable 06:31] removed from what you were looking at. Those were two big things I picked up from "Forbes."Martin: Did you think about the culture at all when you were there? Was there anything about the "Forbes" culture that was interesting to you at the time? It's interesting to me that "Forbes" is one of the few magazines that, at the time at least, was really trying to get significantly larger online than it had been. The other magazines seemed not to...well, that's not true. "Conde Nast" had a significant effort and "Time" was with AOL, so that was a little different.Om: My view on the culture of "Forbes" was that because of the fact that it was family owned and it was a single property, they were highly focused on finding out what would happen next. I think that's why they let David [indecipherable 07:27] and his merry band experiment with the web stuff. I don't think the print people completely bought into it. They, in fact, thought very little of us at the website. Now they come up with a different story, but back then the management, the Forbes brothers, were very open to the idea of what comes next and they were ready to spend money on it.Martin: You spent two or three years there and then what happens?Om: I briefly left to go work for H and Q as an investment manager, which turned out to be a bad idea. When banks like H and Q and Venture Funds start hiring journalists to do investments, you know you're at a market top. Jokes aside, I was there for about eight months. I was miserable. I didn't really like working there, mostly because I wasn't working with people who were changing the world. I was not even in the flow of things. There was just a difference between being a part of something which is exciting and something which is boring, so that got to me. I called Jason Pontin over at "Red Herring," who had been a friend for a very long time and a few other people. They tried to recruit me a few other times already. I called Jason, I think it was in July 2000.I said, "Jason, I'm miserable. What can I do to get out of here?" He says, "Why don't you start on July 7th?" I said, "What? That's it?" There you go. I was working for "Red Herring" and I loved working for "Red Herring." It was a good training ground for my full immersion into the Silicon Valley culture.Martin: The timing was auspicious though, if I'm thinking about it correctly, the dot com bust happens, you read how it went from being a telephone book sized magazine to a newsletter within a matter of months, as I recall. I may be wrong about that. Maybe I'm thinking of Industry Standard.Om: Yeah. That was Industry Standard. "Red Herring" took about three years to die. I still feel that it died less because of the market conditions and more because of bad management. I think it was a very poorly managed company. People who ran it didn't create a plan for a downturn, real stupid leaders. I could spend days talking about that. The magazine itself was actually putting out a good product to the very end, to the very last issue. In fact, the last issue would have been the 10 year anniversary issue, which is ironic. This perhaps was one of the best issues we had put together with a skeleton staff. Too bad the world didn't get to see it.The year I joined, probably after the market topped, but again, if you're a writer, you just write stories. The market is just work it. When things are going up you write about that, and when things are coming down, you write about that. A very encouraging editor that I had. Even though many of them were my age and young, but still always encouraging me to think different. I think that had a big role in how I eventually became who I am.Martin: You leave when they go out of business?Om: Yeah. I literally turned the lights out in the office. Me and Doc [indecipherable 11:33] were the two guys that [indecipherable 11:35] it can't be found.Martin: What do you do next?Om: For about 15 days I tried to do nothing, which is so hard for me. Then I talked to Josh Quittner over at "Business 2.0," and he said, "Come and work for us," and that's what I do.Martin: Yeah. We had lunch with Josh Quittner last week. He's at "Flipboard" now.Om: Yeah. He hired me and another guy, Michael Copeland, and Time Warner bought the mailing list of [indecipherable 12:19] . I went there and I guess this was the next step in my life. Just like people think the worst is happening, and from the worst came the best. I wrote for three years or so. I wrote a lot of articles for them, a lot of cover stories. Some of those cover stories have actually become management practices now, like the lean style startup.Martin: Now you're writing for a print magazine.Om: It was a print magazine, but they also had a website. I would write occasionally for Business 2.0.com, but I also had my personal blog which had actually blown up.Martin: When did you start the blog?Om: The blog started in December 2001, as like what it is, like career. Before that it my a repository for my links to my articles and my resume. It's been around since '97. I actively started writing in December 2001. There I would write pretty much every second day, or every day.Martin: Just your thoughts?Om: Just thoughts. People I would meet in the Valley. Again, I was working for a monthly magazine. I had a lot more to write than most people, because I'm just a daily guy. I like to write five times a day. That's who I am. I would start my [indecipherable 13:44] in a news wire, so I'm used to writing fast. At this time, because of my background, I was able to become a good blogger/reporter without even trying, because I was blogging, like a traditional blogger with a lot of voice and personal stuff, but I also was reporting, and I was also being able to offer my narrative experiences, like the magazine, things I learned at the magazine, I'd bring them in.I also learned magazines teach you how to think literally and use the graphics, and pictures. All those things are combined in my head somewhere. Like this happens, like you just learn these things while you're doing your job. When I turned professional blogger, which was in 2006, all those things came in very handy.Martin: When you say you turned professional blogger, you left "Business 2.0," or did it go away as well. I think it went away at some point.Om: I had left in June 2006, starting GigaOm, the company.Martin: Why did you do that?Om: I think it was funny that there were two people who would harangue me every day. One was Ratat Ali at paidContent, and Michael at [indecipherable 15:16] , Michael [15:17] , was like "Great. You are telling us to start blogging, blog based companies, and you yourself are still working for the man"? People gave me enough hard time, but jokes aside.What had happened was, people kept talking to me on whenever we'd go to parties or events. They would talk to me and say, and they would talk to me from the perspective of what I did on my blog, and not what they read in the magazine. I said, "That makes no sense. The magazine is so much bigger." I didn't realize how much bigger the blog had become.Also when that happened and I went to Toni Schneider, whose Matt's partner in crime and he said, "What makes you happy. Writing for the magazine or writing for the blog"? That was the answer, so I left to start a company. I could have done...I love Josh, so my loyalty for Josh is completely 100 percent, so leaving him was the hardest thing for me because I really loved working for him.He probably was, he found the genius in the [indecipherable 16:33] . He would look at things and be like, "Yeah. That's a story." Then he would turn that into magical cover story. It was really hard to leave. He was my [indecipherable 16:45], but I had to do it. The world was telling me, my intuition was telling me, that the time for the magazine was coming to an end, and this next wave of journalism, or writing, or content, or information is going to be driven by these real time systems.Whether it is a blog, or Twitter, or Facebook, it doesn't matter, but there is the real time nature of these things, which is going to drive the narrative of the future, and that's exactly why I left.Martin: Can you talk to me about this so called real time nature, because what we've heard continually throughout this process is, not always in conflicting terms, sometimes in complementary ones, but certainly sometimes conflicting ones, that the idea of a more traditionally journalistic process where there are teams of people working to create something and you know, then put it out, versus the individual who is going directly to his audience, not necessarily versus, but you know what I mean, in contrast to is a better way to put it. These are two very different things. One is meant to assure the truthfulness of something; the other is meant more to provide, to use your phrase, the benefit a more real time, more instantaneous view of something, and both have benefits but, both have down sides.Do you think that's right, or...?Om: To some extent yes. The way I see it is information is...The analogy I like to use is that a food. There is many different kind of food, many different ways of preparing food. There is the chef, the slow food way, and there is some art to it, but not everybody can create that. Not every publication can have 10 people working on a single story. Not every publication can hire Malcolm Gladwell. Not every publication can afford to pay David Carr.My view is that, that is one way of doing things, then there is the blogger way of doing things, which is one man trying to obsessively cover an industry, or a topic, or a subject, and finding all sorts of information about that topic, subject, or person, and then aggregating it on their blog.That too, to me, is information gathering, just like a reporter in a big city newspaper that does that.The two are very complementary. I think I'll use the idea of 21st century reporter, in my opinion is somebody who works for "The Times," is Brian Stelter, he's on Twitter. He is blogging, and then he writes a column, which is perfect.There is never a discontinuity in understanding his view of the industry. That's a good reporter, in my opinion. That is a prototype. Some of my people, especially some of the people who've been with me, for a long time. They're exactly the same. They write classical journalism, they work with a team, they do a little bit of blogging, and then they tweet. There is a continuity to it.I think the real time nature of information is important, because we don't put out just magazines that get distributed. The world is more connected today. Just like television changed our expectation of information, and cable news changed expectation of information, the Internet, too, has change our expectation of information flow.Mobile is changing it even more. I think there is nothing wrong with it. That's technology is the inevitable. We just need to do how we do things, adapt them a little differently.I love reading "The New Yorker," actually, in paper. I would not like not like to read it on the iPad. I don't mostly because I am enjoying my Michelin star meal, it's costing me, not money, it's costing me my full attention.I mean, you don't do that when you have a taco at a taco bar. You're just like stuffing your face. You have no regard for your body. When you eat at a Michelin star restaurant, you're enjoying the process, the food. You're immersing yourself into it.When you read something in "The New Yorker," that's exactly what you're doing. I cannot wait for Monday to come when David's column comes out. I read it on the web.Martin: I think the question, in large part, this history is not looking to answer, but certainly looking to outline is whether in the near term future, the Michelin Star restaurants have viable business models. As willingness to pay on the part of the consumer has been somewhat different on the web than it is in traditional media and the advertising, in particular. That business has changed. The question of whether you can support all of the staff that it takes to build a Michelin Star restaurant is viable, how do you react to that?Om: I think there are challenges of business model. These are not challenges of the business. The business model has to adjust to the new reality. Can a publication like "The New York Times" afford 5,000 reporters? Probably not. Can they afford a million square foot office in the middle of Manhattan? Probably not. Those days are gone. However, you can right size your business model. You can right size things you do and do them really well. I think there is going to be at least 10 to 20 top publications in each category, whether it's a newspaper, magazines and even online. Then there will be a lot of other individual means of expression. I think I find many Twitter feeds are more interesting and intelligent than reading some columnists, to be very honest. They're just short reach [indecipherable 23:47] .I think the model has to change. I think we have an old industrial idea and business model around news and information. That has to change. Why do we have to have fixed infrastructure? Why do we have to have a fixed idea of what a foreign correspondent is, or a news office is, or a news bureau is. Those ideas have to change drastically. They have changed over a period of time.The technology allows us to do many new things, as well. You don't need a lot of expensive Telex systems and all those kind of things anymore. It is a lot of cost savings as well. I do feel that if people put out good product, there will be need for that.Even today, you see a lot of these tiny startups are popping up which are using the web to write narrative, long form journalism, which is exactly what "The New York Times" does and some of the better publications do. It's not the idea of long form or good journalism has gone away. It just is adapting your business to it. You have to do it.Everybody has to do it. We have to do it. We are almost seven years old, now, and as a company we have to change to the ever changing reality of the business.Martin: It was interesting because Marty Baron, the new editor at the "Post" in Washington, really, I thought, gave a pretty compelling rationale for the need for the kind of investment that the traditional journalistic process takes. He talked about a couple of different things, but in particular the thing he worked on in Boston, the priest scandal, took a lot of time and a lot of sustained effort and a lot of commitment. If "The Globe" didn't do that it would still be going on or most likely would still be going on. On the other hand, maybe in this world of real time information, you can't hide anything from anyone. In other words, what was the thing that was ferreting out all of this corruption and all of these problems had to do that more aggressively because there weren't a million different ways to publish. I'm not sure whether that's true or not? Do you have a reaction to that?Om: I do, and I think he's right. We have to do those kinds of journalism, like we have to. That's the real reason we do journalism, is to kind of look for things which people don't want us to write about. "The Times" or the "Washington Post" have the resources to do those kind of things, but they just can't do them at the scale they used to do it. There's 50 investigative reporters going on at any given time at a big city newspaper. Or maybe there is five now, instead of 150 reporters dedicated to some investigation, there's only three or five.Like what I'm saying is the relatively...But there is other ways of thinking about it right? Like while the "Post" or "The Times" are thinking about it, just add the story or the paper, right? Why isn't it an ebook, why isn't it a Kindle single?Martin: Well it is now in today's world. To be fair it is. The "Times" has a...Om: When you are going in to an investigative piece the whole thing has to be end to end. From a tweet, to a book right? You figure out what does the entire ecosystem look like, how much money you can make in the entire eco system. Think differently about the same idea, just use what is at our disposal to do new interesting things. I do feel like there is few people who will just be brilliantly successful like this, a few big publications, and thank God for that.It would be a shame to see "The New York Times" not do its investigative pieces. Or "Wall Street Journal" not go dig deeper into companies. Because then, who else will? These things do need time and patience. I don't expect that from any of the traditional business magazines now. We try and do as much as we can with our limited resources.The ideologies are still there. We just are more cognizant of the world we live in. We are more aware of the business model we are competing with. I think that's just what it is. I'm still positive of our information ecosystem.I'm still excited about media. In fact, last year we bought paid content on that premise. That the renaissance in media is going to happen. It's going to happen relatively soon. All these new devices, these new mediums of distribution and consumption, mean new opportunities. We just don't know what those opportunities are. I think that's what makes it such a great time to be experimenting.That's how I feel. I'm an optimist from that standpoint....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (14)

John Markoff

BIO: YES: John Markoff joined The New York Times in March 19...

TRANSCRIPT: Markoff: Journalism I started early but didn't come back to it, so it's slightly tortured. I edited my junior high school newspaper, and then I sort of fell away. I'd grown up reading I.F. Stone and "The Nation," so I was really influenced by I.F.Stone as a model. Then, while I was in college, I read the autobiography and perhaps biographies of Lincoln Steffens. I was very much in an investigative journalist, muckraking sort of domain. I was active in the anti-war movement, and we were doing a kind of journalism...where I fit into the political movement was doing a kind of journalism that was called "power structure research." Modeled after C. Wright Mills and G. William Domhoff. There were these organizations all over the country -- NARMIC in Philadelphia, NACLA in New York, Pacific Study Center in San Francisco. I was involved in Pacific Study Center. It was basically investigative journalism, but without a commercial connection. I ended up editing my college newspaper, and then there was this branch point where I decided that -- I think I had applied to Columbia, but I didn't finish the process there. I applied to graduate school at the University of Oregon, and made the decision to go to the U of O. In my head, it was about relevance. Which was crazy, because on the first day I was there I realized I was in the wrong place. But I had a fellowship, a graduate fellowship, and it sort of took me four years to unwind it. While I was there, I was very politically active and there was another research group called Pacific Northwest Research Center that I was involved in. I was involved in the . I applied and failed toward the end of my time in graduate school for a job in the AP Bureau in Portland. Didn't get it. I had done this 70 page report on "Corporate Farming in the Mid-Columbia Basin." I used that with the AP Bureau chief, a really nice guy. This had taken me six months, or something. He said, "Hey, this is really nice! Can you do one of these everyday?" I didn't get hired. I dropped out of graduate school. I had a master's degree, and I left. I decided that I really did want to be a reporter. I wanted to work for a newspaper. That was going to be my career. I was going to have to back into it. In that point in the world -- this was 1976 -- if you wanted to work for a major metropolitan newspaper, you had to go to journalism school and then you had to go to work for like the Fresno Bee or the Modesto Bee. I had sort of bumbled around. I brought my own money to Pacific News Service. That was an alternative news service run by Sandy Close, started by Franz Schurmann and Sandy Close. It was sort of a wonderful place to be. There was a small group of people interested in intellectual ideas. Their package, it went out on paper to about 300 papers around the country every week. I had no money but I'd get great by-lines. I had by-lines in every major paper in the country for these sort of think-y essays on the war. Then, increasingly, I got very interested, because I was living and working in Silicon Valley and could see... This was '76. Silicon Valley had been named. Silicon Valley just, how many years before? So, '73 or '74, it was named "Silicon Valley." I was there right around the time that the notion of this places was coming together. I sort of grew up with it. I saw it. I did a couple of things that I remember. I wrote about surveillance for Pacific News Service. I wrote about the social impact of the microprocessor and personal computing. I wrote about "Star Wars." As matter of fact, it was my piece on the "Strategic Defense Initiative," in which the headline writer used the term "Star Wars" for the first time with respect to SDI. We sort of coined it. I got it picked up everywhere, and then the name stuck. There I was, and I had been working for five years as a freelancer. I was writing for PNS. What had happened, the reason I got the gig at PNS and Sandy Close, to her everlasting credit, was I had found a Quaker family who gave me $6,000, I think. They gave me $6,000 to support investigative reporting on the military in Silicon Valley. Sandy took the money. She ran it through PNS, because that was a non-profit. She took no overhead and gave it all back to me, plus she gave me $100 a story. I was living on $3,000 a year. I was hanging out, both in the city, where I had a little office, and down in Mountain View in the middle of Silicon Valley at Pacific Study Center, where we were tracking what was going on. There was this amazing branch point, but I really wanted to get to a newspaper. I was tired of living on $3,000 a year. It was clear that that wasn't going to work in the long run. I was taking the summers off, and going and working in this wilderness camp. Then, I'd come back, and I'd be starving. From this great distance, it looks like it was a really great life, but at that point I was kind of burning out. There was this moment, where I was looking in the Palo Alto Times for a job. I had to get a job. The first thing I saw was a job for guys driving, they had just started a recycling program and they needed guys to run the recycling. I said, "This is really honest labor." I called the guy. He said, "You know, it's too bad. I just hired someone, but keep in touch. I really like college guys." I didn't get that job. Then, a week later in the Palo Alto Times, InfoWorld, which had just started... It had been Intelligent Machines Journal, but it became InfoWorld. It was bought by Pat McGovern. He began to put together a weekly newspaper for the personal computer industry. I walked in there totally off the street with my Pacific News Service clips from the "LA Times," the "Chicago Tribune," the "Washington Post." I had everything. They looked at them, and they thought I knew what I was doing. It's true actually. I knew more than what they... Because they were making it up as they went along. It was a really sweet group of people, kind of crazy group of some hobbyists, some sort of wannabe journalists like me and Paul Freiberger, some techies like Mike Swain, crazies like John Dvorak and Scott Mace, John Berry. There was a little team of people, who began covering this industry just as it started. I walked in right at the right time. There was this sucking sound. This is in terms of covering computing, at least. I want to segment covering computing from covering technology. I see what happened as an aberration in some ways, just deforming what should have happened. There was a huge sucking sound in a very rapid order. Dozens of publications exploded, just all focused on computing. It was a new industry. It was a consumer industry. It attracted this new kind of journalism, starting probably 1980 to 1981. John Geddes: OK. You're there at the start. It's pioneering. It's a new industry, just like you landed in a new country to cover as a foreign correspondent. You were there new. When did the social impact of it start to hit you? In other words, that tomorrow will be different than today? You came in from the surveillance side, from the passionate... John Markoff: Are you talking about media, or society and the technology? John Geddes: I'm talking first about society and technology. John Markoff: I had already seen that. I had already come into contact with Moore's Law which argues that things become faster faster. That was really sort of on the technical side, I saw that. I had seen three things, probably. I sort of knew about Moore's Law. I had read this book called "The Microprocessor Revolution," which was written by a British guy in the 1970's. It argued that the microprocessors were going to change society. I bought into that big time. The third thing that happened that sort of set me apart is that, through a strange set of circ*mstances, I became a friend of a guy who was one of the designers of the Alto at Xerox PARC. Before I was at InfoWorld, maybe as early as 1979, I had seen a Parc Alto. I realized that computing, networking and all of that stuff, was all going to be... It was kind of the same kind of insight that Bill Gates had. That there would be a personal computer on every desk and they would be connected. All of this fell out of that. I was writing about that. I was the one at both PNS and at InfoWorld that was writing about social impact stuff. John Geddes: Were you a geek? Had you ever programmed? John Markoff: I enjoyed hanging out with hobbyists. I was on the periphery. I had taken programming classes in graduate school because I needed to be able to do things for statistics. I had some experience. I was hanging around with the people. They were all around me. Particularly, after I got to InfoWorld and people were building their own S100 based computers. I was not going to be a geek. I was always going to be a reporter so there was a different path. I enjoyed playing with the machines. I had been going to West Coast Computer Fairs, probably going back to '77. I don't think I went to the very first one, but I was probably at the second West Coast Computer Fair. Just watching the hobbyist scene explode into this billion dollar industry. John Geddes: You walked in the with the feeling from your books and from your experience that this was going to change society. When did it become clear to you that it was going to change the news business, like journalism, your craft? John Markoff: I knew that, intellectually, very early on. Did I understand how much it would undermine it? I don't think I understood until much later that sort of the obvious thing, that the monopoly choke point would go away and Craigslist would pop-up and eviscerate the industry. I don't think I understood that. I sort of understood that the industry was in for a really dramatic rough sledding, not without knowing the specifics early on. You have to remember, you were looking at things through the lens of a 300-Baud modem. It's very hard to see. That was probably harder to understand, the impact bandwidth would have and mobility would have, and WiFi and things like that, toward transforming news, but in principle. The company that was in the office before InfoWorld, on Lytton Avenue in downtown Palo Alto, was this early networking company. I'm blanking on its name now, but it had been this early effort to basically do an Internet like sort of communications technology too early, and it failed. When we walked in there, the first couple of weeks, they were still pulling the parts of that company out there. It was everywhere. "The Source" was around. "CompuServe" was around. You could see that something like that was going to happen and there had been these experiments. Crazy Geoff Goodfellow at the Stanford AI Lab had managed to get the New York Times wire to flow into the ARPANET. I knew that was around and could see it. I don't remember writing a lot about the death of newspapers. I sort of assumed there would be a transition to an electronic world, but assumed it would still be profitable and maybe even more profitable, rather than profit-less. John Geddes: Profit-less. Well, it's a different world. I guess that's what's often said, that the pace had changed, that Moore's Law would affect the transitions too. It gets faster and faster. Nobody had anticipated that, because let's remember. The newspaper industry had been through 15 years of getting rid of "cold type." They had withstood that, which had been there for 300 years and maybe there was a co*ckiness about the ability to withstand change. John Markoff: The other thing is that computing and connectivity, those transformations -- I just have to try to stay away from the word "revolution" -- but those transformations were separate. The computing thing happened. The desktop computing thing happened and the pipes were very thin. As long as the pipes remained thin, there was something that wasn't happening, and that came later. Steve Jobs, as late as '84, sort of missed the thing that he saw at Parc. He missed that all the computers were connected. People knew it was going to be the Year of the Network. We used to joke about this. It was the Year of the Network every year for like 15 years, before it was finally the Year of the Network. Those two things had to happen, before you could really see where things were going. John Geddes: It's that further iteration, the network turning into the social network. It's that one come in one on top of another, which had multiplied. You've also lived, as have other reporters here, through that change in the relationship with the audience, that when you started at InfoWorld, when you started at Pacific News Service, you'd oftentimes get a letter in the mail once every five weeks. It's changed into something far more intimate. How does that effect your journalism? What has that changed? John Markoff: Well, I know that's going on, I've listened to guys. But I am the most protected and the last survivor of the old model. I mean, the Times really is. Everybody else is sort of chattering on about how journalism is a conversation. Not where I work. I frankly have no interest in that conversation. I do my job. I guess where I fit, where I come down on that is, I'm sort of more comfortable with George Orwell, who said, "Journalism is what people don't want you to know. Everything else is PR." Everything that I've done that I'm proud of is turning over a rock and finding something, as opposed to the scoop cycle of Silicon Valley, which I deeply hated and I'm now finally away from. It took me a long time to get away from that. John Geddes: Once upon a time, it was you and others -- the people at the Journal, the people at the Times -- you were the main target for all of Silicon Valley, as far as scoops…right? John Markoff: Yeah. It was a certain part of the ecosystem we lived off of. I had a very love/hate relationship with that. Didn't want to miss the story, but you knew you were playing a part in an ecosystem that was about money and everything else, that is not what I signed up to be as a journalist. As the Silicon Valley reporter of The New York Times that was a big part of my job. John Geddes: That ecosystem's changed now, not just because of your position. The ecosystem's changed radically now. John Markoff: Yeah. I see it as being more confused. Yes, you're right. I'm thinking now about these communities of interest around products, where now I would say that's right, it's become more decentralized. The barriers to entry have fallen. Everybody can create their site. Everybody can be a journalist. Most of those people are trying to do it on a for-profit basis, but there are lots of hobbyists out there that are in the mix. Everybody can be a voice. There's lots and lots of cross-cutting and things going on now, and I don't think it's settled out. I have, for a long time, bought the idea that much of what has been journalism will be automated. In a way, maybe we'll go back to my notion of journalism, as the role of the press is to report what society needs to know and isn't being told and everything else will be automated. I think I got this for the first time relatively recently. Probably 10 years ago, I saw Intel Labs build a system that automatically created a highlight reel for a basketball game just by pulling on crowd cues and things like that. They did a very nice job of generating the evening news. I looked at it and I thought, "You could do this for a city council meeting just as well." Nobody had done it, but it was obvious to me that any kind of set-piece interactive function could be picked up by technology and automated. It's been slow, but I can see it's bubbling all over the place. I'm 20 days away from my pension, so it's not really my problem, but I can really see that a young writer has some deep choices to make. This is right now. This is best of times, worst of times. I see so much stuff going on and I don't see a lot of super profitable stuff going on. There's capital flowing in and so there's lots of support for experimentation, but it's not clear to me that anyone's nailing the business model. Although, maybe it never changes. Here, what are we, 10, 15 years out from Justice League of America, this effort from brand- name journalists to create a news site that never went anywhere. Steven Levy creates something called "Back Channel" on the Medium website. I keep pressing Steven, "What's your business? What's your business?" because they don't have any advertising. His business is he's got a billionaire who's funding him. This is probably a rounding error. If a billionaire can do this as a hobby and has an audience, maybe it doesn't matter. Maybe that is the business. John Geddes: One could always argue that the history of newspapers in America was always the billionaire. John Markoff: That's what I was going to say. John Geddes: Let me go back and ask two things. Justice League of America -- tell me about that episode. John Markoff: What I don't remember now is whose idea it was. I remember some of the people who were at the table. I don't remember. Was this at a PC forum? John Geddes: You had said it was either a PC forum or one of the gatherings where the same group came, year after year. John Markoff: Showed up every year? PC forum or...Stewart Alsop's was not PC forum. His was the other one. John Geddes: No, his was the other one. John Markoff: It was one of those two events. It was the same group. Was it '97 or '98? It was fairly early on, when things were very frothy. Walt was there, Walt Mossberg, Kara Swisher, Steven Levy, myself, Peter Lewis, Dan Gillmor. There were three or four others. John Geddes: Dvorak? John Markoff: No, Dvorak was always a loner. He wasn't there. We talked about the idea. It seemed kind of obvious. Some people like Dan were really into it. Dan was a deep believer in looking for new models. All the rest of us had our...I didn't need this. I was not feeling entrepreneurial. I already had all the platform I would ever need in my life. I kind of liked the group, but I wasn't committed in any way. Before anything could happen, I remember just one discussion around a table where everybody was sworn to secrecy. Kara immediately went to Jim Breyer at Accel Partners that night while he was drunk, as I remember. That's hearsay. He wrote, I think, $10 million investment on a napkin. Then it fell apart. Nobody was willing to commit, to jump. I think Dan would have jumped. John Geddes: It's that interesting thing. We've lived through an era where, when we started it was almost the institution we worked for. We weren't meant to overshadow the institution. The institution was supposed to be the brand, not necessarily us. It always existed that there were brands out there -- a bad columnist, Johnny Apple. There were always brands out there. We weren't expected to promote ourselves. That's different now. John Markoff: I agree, although that discussion began very, very early. It was at the Berkman Center. Early on, it began holding these Internet and media conferences. I think I was at the first one. John Geddes: You were at one in Nieman in '92 or '93. Was there one at Berkman, too? John Markoff: Maybe it was Nieman. John Geddes: It was at Nieman, because I went back and read your speech. John Markoff: That's interesting. There's a transcript. There was this interaction between Esther and Arthur, where Esther suggested that I was a brand name. I was aghast at that idea, because I had always loved reading new journalism. Brand-name journalism had been around in limited form. There were the Tom Wolfe-style journalism where you put yourself in the story. I really loved reading it, but it wasn't me. For me, dying and going to heaven was working at the New York Times because I never expected to be at the "New York Times." That was serendipity. I always ran away from the idea that I would be a brand. I was committed to the idea of not being in the story, although I enjoy reading people who do the other. John Geddes: How do you think that's changed now? The fact that that expectation that you went into and you didn't want to be the brand and other people didn't want to be the brand. Now, it's almost presumed with tweets, with social networking, that you build up your own. Your following is something that travels with you. John Markoff: My sense is that different institutions have different commitments to this notion of forcing the...that's an interesting question. I still think that this cobbled-together social presence that comes from lots of different things is an imperfect mechanism. It's not as effective, for example, as video or TV where you have THE personality. The Charlie Rose. There are Twitter equivalents of Charlie Rose for those little universes, but they don't have the kind of force that television has in terms of personality, I don't believe. Maybe that's just a matter of the platform hasn't emerged yet. John Geddes: Right. It may be a matter of the difference between 10 words and 30 minutes. 140 characters and 30 minutes. John Markoff: There's this new wave of experiments that I see. I keep watching this thing morph constantly. Vice popped up over the last couple of years. Now, I haven't even looked at it yet, what's Fusion? Do you know Fusion? John Geddes: No, I don't know Fusion. John Markoff: Alex Madrigal, who had been at The Atlantic just jumped to Fusion. I saw that. Fusion is about video. I haven't had time to go look at it yet, but I have a sense that there's yet another model. Lots of money, lots of talent, and they're taking these people and they're going to be doing video. Maybe it's a print/video thing. I see this as a search toward finding...it'll obviously be Max Headroom at some point. Isn't that where we're heading? I've seen this. John Geddes: Max Headroom, putting together clips from the basketball game. John Markoff: Exactly, with the AI in the background. It will emerge. I know that. For good or evil. John Geddes: Talk a little about the chronology of journalism coverage in the Valley. How has all this changed what you've observed, as far as, are we covering this well? John Markoff: I'm a huge critic. I think that the deformation I talk about is the role of vast pools of capital and how they've influenced coverage. When I first came to the New York Times, for example, the Times had this wonderful weekly meeting of the technology pod. We were called pods, right? There was really a broad view of technology. There was a guy that covered the chemical industries because that was technology and there was somebody that covered energy. Computing had a seat at the table. Telecommunications was separate. Computing had a seat at the table but it hadn't eaten the world. Then, I watched as everything changed. Let's just look at the Times, going from nobody covering to computing and having one technology writer at the paper. David Sanger circa '84 to '88 defining this beat nationally. At that point, Andy Pollock, who was in San Francisco, was still covering banking and, oh by the way, there was this thing called Silicon Valley. He was doing both and began to do more Silicon Valley coverage. When Sanger went to Japan and I went to replace...no. I replaced Sanger first in New York and then I replaced Pollock when Pollock replaced Sanger in San Francisco. I went to San Francisco, and I didn't have to cover banking. The banking industry was New York. I just covered Silicon Valley. By that point, Silicon Valley was everything from semiconductors to networks to computing and it wasn't the Internet when I showed up in '92. It was just me, and I had a stringer, Larry Fisher. Larry left. I got another stringer. During that period, beginning in '96, we went through the first bubble. There was a point where it was me and Matt Richter and I think there were 13 reporters at the Journal. Just this vast switch in coverage. This was a "follow the money" kind of thing. That's the way I saw it. The Times, to their credit, stayed back, but you could see our technology coverage change. Now, you come forward to today and there are seven people just covering technology for the "New York Times" in San Francisco and I'm not one of them. I write about technology, but I'm notin the business section covering technology. That's how deeply it's changed. To my mind, what's left of newspapers and even on the Web, has forgotten balance. I mean, the Internet has perturbed coverage and it's this prism with which you look at the entire world. John Geddes: Has the prism been too much corporate coverage? Do we pay too much attention to Apple? John Markoff: Clearly, we do. Apple has always been a reality distortion field. For reasons I do understand and reasons I don't understand, Apple perturbs the universe. But it's not just Apple. The New York Times coverage, as I see it, has largely devolved into four companies -- Amazon, Google, Facebook and Apple -- which I find bizarre and frustrating. But it was a bit celebrity — follow the people and follow the money. I don't think that reflects...Maybe I'm just an old fogey and out of tune, but I really think the coverage got eaten by the Internet. John Geddes: Have we lost sight of what you started off on with the social impact of technology? If you look back over the last 20 years, what strands have we picked up? Follow the money? Celebrity-hood? John Markoff: There's a lot of coverage. I wouldn't say that we're not covering the implications of technology. It almost becomes like a cliche. Right? Every technology, there's the dual-sighted thing and it's sort of formulaic in a way. There's a lot of discussion of the impact of technology, maybe even too much. But I wouldn't say we under-cover that. I think the other technologies in the world have been marginalized. That's probably because of the way computing and communications have become a universal medium. They've reinvented everything in the world. They've reinvented science. You can't touch something that hasn't. Maybe it's inevitable. John Geddes: Is there something in news organizations that prevent us from innovating? Someone said, in one of the interviews in "Riptide," that the problem is news organizations aren't used to beta because news organizations and newspeople are meant to get it right the first time. A beta existence says you're going to get it wrong, and that's an anathema. John Markoff: I often tell people when I make mistakes, "Think of it as beta." That's funny. That's my cop-out. But you're right. I actually think that news organizations have trouble with this because they're not start-ups. You've got a newspaper to put out everyday, whatever the frequency is. There are certain things that are sort of ritualistic and required that have to work and you don't have a lot of time to rethink the process. Being stuck inside a paradigm, it's probably even worse than the kind of corporations that get stuck inside their particular paradigm and can't innovate out. They get, what's the word? John Geddes: They get a self-fulfilling prophesy? No. John Markoff: No, when someone comes along and takes their business and their industry. Disrupted. John Geddes: Disrupted. If you look back over the last 20 or so years, are there key junctures that you think made a difference in journalism, in news, in how people cover it? Some people say 9/11 was a key point, because suddenly everyone started turning on the computer more during the day to see what was going on. It was a news event that drew a different audience away from the next day, from the news night, into an immediacy. Are there other things? Was AOL/Time Warner? John Markoff: The ones that have really shaken my world are "WikiLeaks" and Anonymous and Snowden, the more recent stuff, that really the story has been taken out of the professional journalism world and just liberated. John Geddes: Something like that. Is that because, is the next story going to be surveillance? Is the next story going to be privacy? John Markoff: I don't think that, so much. That was more of a move to citizen journalism, in a sense. Snowden really controlled that story and turned the whole world upside down. Before that, Anonymous had been having this kind of impact. And before that, WikiLeaks had shown that the Internet could be used as an effective medium and extremely disruptive. It's hard to control the whole story anymore. What happened before that, let's look back. That's very recently and really dramatic. The way news is gathered has profoundly changed. Who calls the librarian for clips? We all do our own research now with Google. Google had that kind of impact, the emergence of search engines on the web. That had been forecast for decades and then, all of the sudden, it arrived in a hypertext kind of world. Were there other junctures? I was at Bruce Koon's wedding last night and Larry...he's the publisher of "USA Today." John Geddes: Larry Kramer. John Markoff: Larry Kramer. Larry Kramer who invited myself and Paul Freiberger to give him an introduction to the Internet in 1995. Was it even earlier than that? Was I already at the Times? It was really early. Freiberger and I went to a group that he was starting. I think he was doing sports betting initially, before MarketWatch. Did you ever financially get involved with that? John Geddes: No. John Markoff: That was separate. Kramer took a great lesson away from it… He was one of those people who saw things really early on, from a business point of view. Interesting that he's the publisher of USA Today now. Google News was a dramatic point. News by machine. News by algorithm. I think that was a really big deal that we're only beginning to see…..still, it's been around for 10 years. There have been lots and lots of experiments, but I think that's a major force that we don't completely recognize yet. John Geddes: To circle back to the thing about WikiLeaks and the changes, the confirmation of citizen journalism as a force, that the news is uncontrollable or it's happening out there without the validation of citizen journalism. When I talk to Esther or others about this, Dan today, they both say there's a missing piece here. The missing piece is the readers have to get smarter in knowing how to read news, that they have to be able to discriminate more. It never was required of the reader. In a world of info- besity, how do you decide who to pay attention to and who not? John Markoff: Boy, I think I see it. I'm not a real waterfront kind of guy, but I see news communities, which are the readers, emerging around things like Reddit or 4chan these things you would never have thought of as news publications. Or Facebook or X. Was the word "info-besity"? I refer to it as the fire hose. For a long time, I tried to keep up with the fire hose. Then, I gave up. I've taken refuge inside myself. I've taken refuge inside the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times. For a while I had an RSS feed. That is a technology that I think has failed basically. If you want to be a wire editor, please. But if you want to know about the world and be educated and up to date that's not the answer. There's a missing piece, but I think the audience has self- selected and has gone places. Hacker News, Reddit, 4chan, these huge communities -- or Huffington Post -- have emerged. Huffington Post fascinates me because, to me, it is a step towards... It used to be that you chose your newspaper by your politics, even in America, and still in Europe. Huffington Post and many other types of news platforms seems to be a step in that direction. They want to see the news world through a political prism they're comfortable with and that's going on right now, which seems to be the metronome swinging back in a way. John Geddes: Does that make you happy, someone who came from the far- left of the Pacific News Service? John Markoff: If you ask me, personally, no it doesn't, because I began as an activist. Somewhere around, I would say, the end of the anti- war movement, I picked my head up and realized everyone else had left. There was no political movement in the country and I decided, "Oh well, I better get a job." Actually, what happened to me personally, my view of society didn't change. What changed for me personally was that I no longer felt that I had the solution. Which made me perfect to be the kind of reporter at a place like the New York Times. I have my perspective, but I don't really pretend that I have a solution for society. I never did. I think there are a lot of people who believe they have the solution. I'm just not one of them. John Geddes: Coming up close to time. Last question for now. I may come back. Are you optimistic about journalism? I'm not saying about newspapers. I'm saying about journalism. John Markoff: If I didn't feel that things were still changing so dramatically, I'd be very optimistic. What's striking to me is how much journalism there is out there, how easy it is to commit journalism. How easy it is to reach an audience and how much innovative stuff I see. That makes me feel very...despite the fact that my publisher is cutting back and seems in doubt, still in doubt, the idea is, to me, right now it's very easy to be a journalist. Easier than it ever has been, to the point where if a young person starting out in the field comes to me, I wouldn't say no at this point. I would say, "Just be agile. Be ready to change with the technology." Where I worry is that seeing what's going on in terms of technological change and my sense that we're not in an end-game in terms of this media at all, I just spent a year on an AI book. Watching the pace in these automated systems and what they're doing to intellectual work, why should journalism be protected? If you can do sports and you can do the city hall and you can do entertainment all very well by machine, what's left? Right now, Narrative Science and a couple of other companies are taking stumbling steps, but I expect more. That forces us, as human journalists to be more creative and maybe spend our time turning over rocks, but there might be fewer of us too. John Geddes: There might be. Now, you've just triggered a second to last question. How well do you think we as journalists covered the last 20 years of digital? John Markoff: On one level, I'm very critical, because technology journalists as a group have become too close to the subject they cover. It's always troubled me. When there's that much money, it's very dangerous for journalism. Let me relate a story from the very beginning of my career, when I first realized. I had been an investigative reporter and I was getting sucked in by the rise of the personal computer. I showed up at InfoWorld. Maggie Cannon, who had been a secretary and ended up editing InfoWorld, the first real editor. She was wonderful but she was making it up as she went along. She took us to my first ComDex in the fall of 1981, which was the big computer show at that moment. She took us out and she put us in a limousine to take us there. I didn't want to be seen. What were journalists doing in limousines? But we took a limo to the airport. Then, I went to my first party, one of those evening, glittering events. Who was it held by? It was someone like Sanyo, someone who made disk drive peripherals. There I was standing and there was this immense bowl of shrimp. I had just entered this world. I looked over the top of the bowl of shrimp and there was Stewart Brand on the other side. I go, "Oh, I get it." John Markoff: It was palpable. Nothing's change in a way. It's very dangerous. By and large, the technological journalist corps that you're looking at has not been an adversarial group. They haven't told the hard stories well enough, I think. Part of that, I'm critical of myself for that. John Geddes: Thank you....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (15)

Brock Meeks

BIO: YES: Brock N. Meeks (born 1956) is an award-winning inv...

TRANSCRIPT: John: I'm here with Brock Meeks today, visiting Washington. Brock, why don't you just tell me how did you get, career-wise, to where you are today? What's your path been? Brock: That's a pretty long story. Let me see if I can give you the journalistic shorthand of it. Never went to college, I did go to college for a couple of years, but I don't have a college degree, so I'm a proud holder of a high school diploma. I started really writing for my local bulletin board system, BBS's. In fact, I have called myself Journalist Zero when it comes to online reporting, and have asked my colleagues, "Please prove me wrong. If there's anybody out there that was doing this before me, fine. I'll gladly hand over the mantle to them." I started writing, going out to different events and reporting, and then bringing that reporting back and putting it online for my local bulletin board community, which was in San Diego at the time. I remember one of the only other folks online at the time that was doing some of that type. He'd never called himself a journalist, but he was doing social commentary, was Dave Hughes from out in Colorado. From there, it evolved into more of just going out and covering local events from my local crowd to freelancing stories. Then I actually became a freelance writer, and I looked long and hard at what it took to be a freelance writer, and read probably 14 different books on it. They all had different opinions and so forth, but one of the things that was constant throughout all of those books is you have to persevere. You have to keep trying and keep trying and don't worry if you don't get the first thing published, or you rack up all these rejection letters and so forth. Just persevere. I told myself I'll give this a shot. What I'll do is I'll try for two years. If I don't get anything published in two years I'll give it up and become a plumber or something. The other thing that they all said was writing about something that you know. The thing that I was really interested in, and knew the most was this arcane world of telecommunications. I knew that by using telecommunications you could tap into these things called databases, the Fortune 500 companies were tapping into for lots of money and stuff like that. The little guy could also tap into these things and do research, and do things like fight the incinerator in your backyard. I thought, 'I'll start writing about telecommunications.' This was in the era I had a Commodore 64 computer. John: We're talking about '84? Brock: You're right, '84. A Commodore 64 computer and what, at the time, was called a HesModem where you actually had to dial the phone number, and then unplug the cord from the handset when you got the carrier tone, and plug it into the back of the Hess modem to make the connection. It had 300 bps. That was it. The very first thing I wrote about was a database program and how to use it and sent it in. Lo and behold, I got a $35 check back in the mail. The very first thing I tried to get published was published. To this day, I've rarely had an article accepted that has given me as much joy as seeing that $35 check in the mail. From there, my freelance career just took off, and I kept writing for bigger and bigger publications. Started a column in Byte Magazine that was called Comm1 that was talking about communications. At the time, I had upgraded through the ranks and I was writing on a Kaypro computer, and had a column in the Kaypro magazine, the magazine for Kaypro computers, which was called Profiles. That was called "Life at 300 Baud” Again, it was all writing about being online and using this thing called telecommunications, and the type of stuff you could do with it. One of the early columns I wrote was buy a modem, welcome to the white boys club, which was all about how it was overwhelming white males and there was no diversity. This was back in the mid-'80s. How if this area was going to thrive it had to diversity and it had to bring in other voices. Sure enough, today you hardly see anything anymore about non- diversity of the online world. It was all technology that I was writing about. It was all freelance. Then I got some jobs, regular jobs. I was a contributing writer to several different computer magazines and so forth. Then I decided to try my hand at being a foreign correspondent, and got on with San Francisco Chronicle and did a stint with the Chronicle as a foreign correspondent in the War in Afghanistan. Had a horrendous time over there, because I was reporting right after the Soviets pulled out. I was embedded, before the term was even invented, with a group of mujahideen that was in the first offensive to try, and capture the old provincial capital of Afghanistan which is Jalalabad, so they could get up their interim government and the U.N. could recognize them and all this kind of stuff. The Afghan guerrilla army tried to turn overnight from this guerrilla army to a conventional army and they got slaughtered. Everybody that was around me died. My interpreter saved my life unwittingly by acting as a human flak jacket for me. I got wounded over there. It was a very horrendous experience. But $10,000 in therapy later I can sit here and I can tell you all of that without suffering any of the nightmares. My editor at the Chronicle just told me, I won an award from the World Affairs Council for that reporting, that I might win a Pulitzer for it, but that was the same year that the Berlin Wall fell and Tiananmen Square. Of course, Kristof won it. Such is life. My editor told me to just come back to the Chronicle and write from my notebooks and write anything I wanted to. I found that I couldn't. It was part of PTSD. Back then, I just locked up. Couldn't write, dropped out of journalism for two years. Thought I'd never write again and worked my way back into it. At the low point of my life I hired myself out as a word processing temp. As I was doing that, I would be retyping memos and so forth, I started to edit the memos and I started to change some things around and people started to notice. I started getting some writing assignments from that. From that, I eventually hooked up here back in Washington with a trade publication called Communications Daily. That really saved my journalism career. It was like going back to boot camp, writing for this newsletter, because I was having to crank out 3,000 words a day. I was covering the telecommunications industry back when we still had the Baby Bells and AT&T sitting out there and this thing that was beginning to pop up called the internet. I had always been using services like CompuServe, and the Source that Murray Turoff. I forget where Turoff was out of. He wrote "The Networked World" and would talk about these things as computer mediated discourse, but it was really forums that were locked up inside, things like CompuServe, and America Online, or the Source. I found early on that you could mine the special interest groups for experts. Again, I think I was one of the only reporters that were doing that at the time except for a guy named Art Kleiner. Art Kleiner, last I heard, he was a professor at NYU someplace. Art was writing for Whole Earth Review out of San Francisco. John: Stewart Brand. Brock: Yeah. Art, I found out, was doing the same thing, but his was all print. All the stuff I was doing was online. Art was out there but he was the only one I can remember that was mining these computer systems like CompuServe and the Source. My home base, of course, was the WELL. It had a tremendously fascinating group of people and some of the brightest people on the planet were trafficking on the WELL. The WELL was my home, my home base. When I got to Communications Daily and was writing all of this stuff about the Baby Bells and everything and this thing called the Internet started bubbling up, writing for the newsletter was like writing with handcuffs on. At the time, they wrote in what was extended headlines. They never used any articles so you couldn't say “today the company announced a new product”. You would say “company announced new product.” John: Telegraphic. Brock: Telegraphic. It was considered a success if I wrote one or two interesting sentences in the entire story. Out of that, I started writing at night CyberWire Dispatch and adopted this alternate Hunter Thompson persona. The New York Times famously said that CyberWire Dispatch was laced with savage profanity at the time. That was Evan Andrews that wrote about that. CyberWire Dispatch was unnamed at the time, but I was doing investigative reporting based on stuff that I was hearing here and there. I was doing some hardcore investigative reporting on CyberWire Dispatch all on my own and all at night and did a big piece, I remember, on the FBI's Carnivore system. This was a scheme by the FBI to place a tap on people's modems and so forth, and capture all the traffic coming out of them. The FBI had tried to deny it. A group here in Washington that's still in existence, EPIC, the Electronic Privacy Information Center, run by a great group of people and headed by Marc Rotenberg, who is still there,got some documents and leaked those documents to me. I used those documents to write about this. It had a budgetary proposal in it or something like that. I wrote about it, and I put this out on what was then my unnamed publication. Lo and behold, the next morning the New York Times had a story on it, too. Too much of a coincidence. I'm not going to say the Times stole it. John: It was too much of a coincidence. Brock: Too much of a coincidence. I groused a little bit about this on the WELL which was the home base for my publication, and Kevin Kelly said, "You know what you have to do is you have to give this thing a name. If you give it a name and you brand it people will have a lot harder time stealing from it." I came up with the name CyberWire Dispatch. Mitch Kapor said that by doing that I created the first brand in cyberspace. I created this thing called CyberWire Dispatch. CyberWire Dispatch, at the height of its readership, had about 800,000 people reading it. That was based on how many at the time it was called newsgroups. People would have newsgroups. I know it went throughout 40,000, 50,000 newsgroups, throughout the FBI and the Pentagon. I had about 800,000 readers at the time. It was breaking stories left and right and competing with the mainstream. The notoriety I got from that led me to get a job with Wired magazine. I was on staff for Wired magazine for a while. Then MSNBC came in and they stole me from Wired magazine. I spent 10 years at MSNBC where I wrote for the website. I was on NBC News Tonight with Tom Brokaw and also was on-air for the cable channels. I was a triple threat doing all these things, working out of the NBC office here in Washington D.C. with Tim Russert and Pete Williams and all those great folks. Andrea Mitchell and all that. I did that for 10 years and then I had done everything I thought I could do with MSNBC, had won all the awards I could win. At the time, they still weren't giving Pulitzers out for online stuff but I won all the online awards that were given out for online stuff so I just walked away from journalism at that time and decided I wanted to see what it looked like from the other side. Instead of always trying to figure out what's happening inside the room, I wanted to be inside the room. I joined on with Center for Democracy and Technology, a public interest group here in Washington D.C., as their communications director and got to be inside the room and see how legislation was influenced and really be a part of keeping the Internet open, innovative, and free, as the tagline says. But I always missed journalism. I always, always missed it. About a year and a half ago I left CDT and this opportunity here at the Atlantic became available for this new kind of journalism which people call all kinds of different things. I prefer the term “branded journalism.” I decided to come on-board and try to do the same thing I did for online journalism which was elevate its integrity to the same spot as print journalism. I don't think anyone now sees a difference. It has just as much integrity but that wasn't always the case. Now I'm trying to do the same type of thing for branded journalism and make sure it is done with the same rigorous standards that any type of straight- up journalism would be doing. That's where I am today. John: Branded journalism is also known as what else? Brock: There are different names for it. There's sponsored content, there's native advertising. Branded journalism, what we're doing here is, for example, where a company isn't paying for an article to be written to be placed as an advertisem*nt on some place. For example, for a year I was running GE's Ideas Lab. Ideas Lab publishes all kinds of things from advanced manufacturing, 3D printing, and lots of stuff about innovation, healthcare, and aviation. It's sponsored by GE, but it's not a mouthpiece or a platform for GE content. In fact, when I left Ideas Lab the content was 90 percent contributed by outside contributors and not GE people. A lot of it was op-ed style perspectives. Some of it was what we called in-the- field reporting which was straight-up journalism about all those different topics. It was no different than the stuff you could see in the New York Times or any other newspaper. The only thing was instead of having the New York Times being the publisher it was GE who was the publisher. I've switched from Ideas Lab. We're going to be launching a new site called Brink that is going to be sponsored by Marsh & McLennan Companies and it's going to deal with global risk. That's the branded journalism as opposed to native advertising which is where a company like, for example, a gas company or an association, the American Association of Natural Gas or whatever, will buy a spot on The Atlantic or Vox or someplace else and say, "We just want stories about natural gas. How natural gas is affecting the economy, how natural gas is effecting transportation today, and that type of thing." The associations won't tell you what to write they'll just give you some broad ideas. You won't be writing about the association, but you'll be writing these stories about natural gas to up the level of natural gas in the minds of people. Then, of course, the publications themselves have different ways of, even the Times, setting that content off from the regular stuff that's done by their staff. That's what we're doing. John: One of the interesting things about your career path is that, unlike many of the others I've talked to, you almost stepped backwards in the transmission thing. I have to believe you were using a telex in Afghanistan. How were you getting your stories back to San Francisco? Brock: That's a great question. The telex machine at the San Francisco Chronicle was broken. However, at the time there was a great email network called MCI Mail. MCI Mail had a couple of different facilities to it. You could send a fax through MCI Mail, but you could also send a Telex through MCI Mail, and you could send a telex into MCI Mail. MCI Mail would take that, turn it into an electronic mail message, and send that electronic mail message to the address. So from Afghanistan, it was actually from Peshawar… All of the news out of Afghanistan went through this little two-telex machine shop in Peshawar. Mr. Aziz ran the telex shop and he was a master at being able to route your stuff wherever you want it to go. You would sit down at a telex machine, you would type into this old telex machine and it would cut a tape. It almost looked like it was in braille. You would do your story and you would take your tape, and you would hand it to Mr. Aziz and say, "I want it to go to this address," and he would feed it in. I had a freelancer back in San Francisco that had an email account, somebody that would take my copy. The telex machine would transfer it to her email account. She would do some copy-editing on it, and then send it by electronic mail. Also, it was only in upper case so she would take care of going upper and lower case. Then she would send it on to my editor, David Hipschman at the Chronicle. He would work his magic on it and then it would go into the paper. John: It was truly an intermediary effect in the sense that changing from telex to email or a precursor of email at that point. Brock: Yeah, it was fascinating how it worked. I remember at one time it got routed to a wrong place so an MCI operator who had seen my email come through at one time…. When we would get emails back it would have to be transferred the other way. We would get the email back, but it would be cut into a telex and Mr. Aziz would hand you a printout from the telex machine. I got a message that said I'm so-and-so and so-and-so from MCI. I intercepted your message because it got sent to the wrong place. I assumed you wanted it sent here so I sent it on. I hope that was OK. It was just serendipitous stuff like that and how the news got out. It was amazing. John: It was. The other interesting part is your audience. Going from a bulletin board which is far more intimate than a print paper, also your career has marked huge transitions in the audience. Have you felt that? How did that influence your storytelling? Whether it's using a bulletin board for sourcing, to change the CyberWire Dispatch to hear the readers, how has that affected your storytelling about how you think about things? Brock: It made me a lot more accountable because, believe me, if I got a fact wrong, or some minor point was misstated I heard from hundreds of people, and people that knew what the hell they were talking about. I felt immediately accountable every time I put a piece out, because I knew I was going to hear from these people, and I heard from them immediately via email. Throughout my career, I've made it a principle of mine to respond to every single piece of email that I ever got. I checked and double checked. Throughout my career, I've had very little corrections because one of the things I also was able to do, because I knew all these experts were out there, and this is an early form of crowdsourcing is, I would go to these people and I would say, "What is this all about?" I would get back 20 or 30 replies. You could do it all by emails. This was especially useful when you were in a computer mediated system like, The Source, or CompuServe, because you could just jump into a specialized area and say, "Hey, I'm doing a story on such-and-such. I don't really understand it. Could somebody explain to me?" You get 20 or 30 replies from experts and then you would say, "Can I quote you saying this?" It was really easy to generate sources and stuff. I think being online made me a lot more accountable because my readers were personal to me. John: A similar arc is going from a readership and a source that's very industry-centric like when you came back from Afghanistan and writing for a trade press into going into MSNBC which is not. How did that change? Did you find that general interest more daunting or was it easier to reach? Brock: It was more daunting being on TV. Let me tell you that right now. John: That's why I'm sitting beside the camera. Brock: It was amazing. That little red light would come on and you're on with Tom Brokaw or somebody, how that affects your head. It got easier through the years, but it never got easy. It never got easy. It was interesting, too, when somebody would see me on television. I always found this fascinating. They would say, "Hey, I saw you on TV last night." I'd say, "Great, what was it I was talking about?" "I don't know, I just saw you on TV." It must have been something really important, right? The thing was I rarely heard feedback from the folks that saw me on television. Maybe it was because they didn't have a ready way. They didn't put my email address up there on the chyron or anything like that. Certainly, I heard from people that were reading my stuff on MSNBC.com so that was the same type of thing. I would get hundreds of pieces of mail from them. John: Question. Did you hear more from the people reading on MSNBC.com or the people watching on TV? Which was the more active audience? Brock: MSNBC.com by far, that could have just been a couple of reasons. The people watching me on TV, just knowing the demographics of the people that were watching the news at night and stuff, probably didn't have computers in great use at the time as people that were reading me online. John: That level of engagement always seemed stronger online? Brock: Always. Always. John: How did companies respond? In talking to colleagues throughout, they argue, and you had an arc, too. They argue that at one point it was far more accessible. Companies really came to you at one point. Now it's less so. Yes, no, how do you see that? How do you see the arc of you as a...? Brock: Interesting. That's true, but I think it all came down to relationships that you made. I never found companies that difficult to reach but it was because of the relationships that I made with the press people and stuff at those companies, or the relationships that I made with officials at conferences and stuff that you would meet. John: It's relationships rather than the brand, you think? Brock: Yeah, but people knew me, too, as a brand. They didn't see me as the New York Times. They really didn't see me as CyberWire Dispatch. They saw me as Brock Meeks who writes CyberWire Dispatch. Relationships, really the key for me back in those days. What's interesting today is that companies are finding out that using things like branded journalism they don't have to go through press people, whatever, and hope that somebody on the business desk of the New York Times will write about their thing. They can go directly and get their stuff published by having a journalistic piece written by somebody, like I said, about strategies that’s sponsored content. Or they can take the route that GE has done or Marsh & McLennan now with Brink, and sponsor their own publishing platform on areas that are important to them. John: Just as you said and colleagues have mentioned, companies get their message out its multi-channel now rather than that single channel that was journalists for many years. Brock: I'll tell you what never changed was government was incredibly hard to crack, no matter what. Government always remained tight-lipped no matter where I was, MSNBC, or just out on my own doing CyberWire Dispatch. It was always hard to get government to open up. John: Particularly because one of your interests over the years has been privacy and they're particularly close-mouthed on that. Brock: Right. Exactly. After 9/11 happened I was made the Homeland Security reporter for MSNBC, and had to standup that entire beat. I broke a lot of stories, a lot of important stories, in one of the hardest nuts to crack which was the Air Marshal Corps. Then again it wasn't because I was such a brilliant reporter, but it was because a disgruntled air marshal that happened to be a boyfriend of a former girlfriend of mine, she introduced me to him. This guy was a standup patriot from a long time ago and he was upset with how he saw some of the stuff happening in the early Air Marshal Corps when they had to go from 33 air marshals on 9/11 to 4,000 three months later. They were bringing in all kinds of questionable people and so forth. This guy was just Mr. Patriot, standup, and he left a good job as a military investigative reporter to become an air marshal. He felt things weren't going right. He didn't get any satisfaction talking to his bosses so he started talking to me. Once I published that story it was like shaking the tree. Other air marshals saw that I did a good job with the story and then the sources started coming. That's how I was able to crack government, but they've always been hard to crack. John: They always have. It's interesting, as I mentioned to you walking up here that it seems like in this series of interviews I'm being an alumni party, or holding a reunion by proxy, because many of you worked together as colleagues in the '90s and 2000s. What was the relationship like within that press corps covering tech? Was it collegial? Was it competitive? What was it like? Brock: It was always competitive. Among the reporters it was collegial. I consider all those guys my friends, but it was their bosses that certainly thought that online journalism took a backseat, or was a lesser form of journalism than what came out in print. I remember the days when it was forbidden for a story to break online before it appeared in the paper the next day. Can you imagine this? When the San Jose Mercury News would have some big story about tech they couldn't break it on their online. They had to wait until it was published in the morning. The Dallas Morning News was one of the first ones to start publishing something before it hit the paper. I could be wrong on that but that's what I remember is the Dallas Morning News published a story, a big scoop, online and then it was like oh my god. Everyone as scrambling to cover it, it was like maybe we don't have to wait anymore. Today that's unfathomable that you would hold the story until it first saw print, but that's what I was working against in those days. John: Can you remember the first story you broke online? Brock: The first story I broke online? John: Yeah. That would apply to all of us today. Brock: What was the first story I broke online? Probably the biggest one was the one on Carnivore that I mentioned before, the FBI's thing. John: That was on CyberWire Dispatch. Brock: That was right before CyberWire Dispatch. John: Before it became named. Brock: Before it became named, yeah. That was probably the biggest one I broke. John: Are there other inflection points, as you think back, things that made a difference in the growth of this online medium? Some people have mentioned 9/11, only because you suddenly had people at their computers looking for news during the course of the day. Other people mentioned AOL. Some people thought it was earlier than '95.Are there any inflection points you see and what turned? Brock: I know that one of the earliest examples I can remember of crowdsourced news happened back when, I don't know if you remember this or not, but Time Magazine published a horrendous story about online p*rnography. It was a complete hoax. They were hoaxed by a named Marty Rimm. I started to investigate it using CyberWire Dispatch, but it was really a crowdsourced effort because I put it out on the WELL. People on the WELL said this thing must be a hoax. We must have had 25 people all "pounding the pavement" looking for pieces of this story, and they would report back what they had found, people they had talked to on a discussion group on the WELL. Then I was taking that and doing my own reporting. Eventually, I got to Marty Rimm himself. He basically admitted that it was made up and I published this big piece about how the Time had been duped. CyberWire Dispatch won an award for it. I could not have done that without the folks on the WELL doing their own reporting. It was really crowdsourced. People fed off of each other, took tips from each other, and took pieces of the puzzle and got together and that type of thing. That was a big inflection point. Of course, you see that in real time today with reporters using Twitter, and being able to get pieces of the story, and pull in things like that on a real-time basis. John: Interesting. One of the things you touched on earlier I want to drill a bit on, when you started out, when you worked for the San Francisco Chronicle you worked for an institution. In other words, your work was designed to boost the institutional brand more than your own. How do you look at branding now where now it's important for the reporters to have their followers to do their tweeting? How do you view that tension between institutions and journalists over the question of brands? Do you view it as tense? Brock: I understand where the tension could be, but if a publication is leery of that I think it's at their own peril. I remember a time when the Wall Street Journal wouldn't allow its reporters to talk online about anything that they were doing. How amazing is that? They were forbidden from going online and talking about anything they were reporting. Insane. Of course, that's not the case anymore, but it was because a managing editor, who shall remain nameless, at the Wall Street Journal told me, I was at a conference talking to him at lunch, he said, "We don't want to give away our intellectual property." I was like, "Are you kidding me?" That was amazing. Today, publications that allow their reporters to become their own brand, I think, are doing themselves a service. I know some reporters don't want to do that or don't know how to do that, but I think, again, it goes back to creating those relationships and creating that name for yourself out there in cyberspace. People are drawn to that because there's so much out there, that the brand of the reporter then becomes the filter. They may not like the publication, or they may not like this or that, but they can trust the reporter. When I was doing CyberWire Dispatch I can't tell you how many times I had people tell me, "You know what? I don't agree with 90 percent of what you write," because I was very opinionated in what I was writing. Along with the opinion, what I always made sure to do was I was rigorous in presenting both sides of the story. My reporting wasn't objective. I think objectivity is the false god of journalism, and I've said that from early on, but I was rigorous in reporting both sides of the story. Then I would put my opinion on it and say this is which side I think is right and why. A lot of people would write to me and say, "I don't agree with your opinion, but I follow you because I know you're going to give me the truth on both sides of the story, and you're giving me stories that I don't see anyplace else." A lot of people used me as their filter for finding things. I think it's the same way today. Because there's so much to choose from, people will gravitate toward a particular reporter because they trust that reporter, they trust that brand, and they use that reporter as a filter for their news rather than the publication itself. John: One of the questions that we're all riddled by, we're all asking ourselves, is are you surprised at big media is in trouble now? The day after CBS decides to stream on the Web, two days after HBO. Are these developments stunning to you? How do you navigate? Brock: I think that big media for a long time has been struggling to find the alchemy that a lot of these newer publications, like Fox and Vice, and even going back to some of the grandfathers, it seems funny to call them grandfathers now, like Slate and those folks picked up on early on. I don't know if it's because the leadership has tried to protect its big cash cow or something like that. They have so much invested in it or they're afraid of change. They're afraid of letting their reporters have opinions. They're afraid of letting there be too many cowboys out there or not. They're coming to see that that's what an audience wants. I've always said this; the reader is smart enough to know if somebody's just blowing smoke up their ass. The reader's smart enough to know, and they'll just disregard them. Let your reporter have an opinion. Who else knows the thing better than the guy that's covering it day in and day out? Let the reporter have an opinion as long as the reporter's not playing fast and loose with the facts. So what? You've got an editor that's keeping him in line. I always said I wrote the hell out of a story, and thank goodness I had editors that would edit the hell out of the story that could rein me in. I'm very, very lucky over the course of my career that my editors all realized what I was doing, and how I operated and gave me my head and let me do that. John: A number of your colleagues have said the one thing that needs to happen in parallel of this, of the reporters becoming brands, getting out there, whether they're working with editors, is that the readers have to become smarter. They have to be able to make their own judgments and be schooled in making their own judgment about this source is good, this source is bad, and who do I listen to. Do you think that's a requisite or do you think that's hope against time, hope over experience that readers become smarter? Brock: Was it Barnum or Bailey or somebody who said, “Nobody ever went broke underestimating the intelligence of the American people.” I don't know, I always found the readers to be smart enough to filter out the good from the bad. I don't know that they have to be better educated or better at finding the source. I think people that gravitate toward Fox News are going to gravitate towards Fox News. That's what they like. Does that mean they have to be smarter? I don't particularly think Fox News is the paradigm of journalism, but they probably don't think what I do is the paradigm of journalism, either. The reader will gravitate towards what they know and what they think is best. I really don't think the reader has to become smarter. Probably, they have to become more efficient because there's so much out there they can easily become overwhelmed. This gets back to why I think they will gravitate towards the brands of the reporters, because they'll start to pick and choose. As far as the readers getting smarter, I think the readers have always been smart. John: You start off by covering telecommunications and being in Washington. You were never in Silicon Valley. From afar, how does it look to you like the tech world has changed, the culture of the technology world has changed? Brock: I think they've gotten better at realizing you can't keep Washington at arm's length. It used to be Silicon Valley would just say, “F-U Washington, let us do our thing." They found out pretty quickly that if you do that they're going to get rolled every time. I think they realized now that you can't ignore what's going on here in Washington. They have to educate people here in Washington. They have to be a part of the Washington dialogue in some way, shape, or form whether that's being active participants supporting some kind of non-profit organization, like where I used to belong to Center for Democracy and Technology, Electronic Frontier Foundation…. People that are engaged with Washington back here, or they have to be ready and willing when the flag goes up to step up and take an active part. For example, a couple years ago when we had the great Internet blackout. That was in the big SOPA/PIPA debate where people stood up, they participated, they actually melted the phone lines, they overflowed the phone lines. A big part of that was the tech community got behind that. They understood that now is the time. Here's the line in the sand. Silicon Valley is getting more and more educated to the fact that you've got to play in the same game that the man's playing in, you have to play the man's game, but you have to be in the game or you're going to lose every time. I know that start-ups don't like to think about policy and some of the other technologies companies that don't want to be bothered with policy, because it's not putting hardware in people's hands or it's not coding software. Unless they take more of an active interest, and unless they pay attention, they're going to get rolled. It's just going to happen every single time. John: Some people have said what you've seen because of the growth of the influence and the money in tech, these two journalistic worlds are getting more and more alike. Covering politics is like covering tech. You're trying for access, you're trying for influence. You need to get in that closed circle. You're here in Washington. Do you think that is at all true, that it's you've got to get close to Apple. Is there any parallel or don't you see it? Brock: Maybe I'm misunderstanding your question. I think you've always had to get closer to whomever it is that you're covering. John: I think it's the level of influence in these circles that you're covering. In politics, it always helped to get close to the top. In tech now it's get to Google, get to Facebook. It's closing in, and it's harder, the argument goes, to keep it requisite journalistic distance. Brock: Oh, I see what you mean. John: OK? That you trade off access. Brock: Yeah. That is always the danger. The more access you have, the less willing you are to write something negative, and could be afraid of losing the access. I know that certainly is endemic here in Washington with political reporters. I don't know for sure, but I can see the same thing happening in tech. There's so much, there's so many other ways to get access to things and these companies that you don't have to get close to the people at the top. Man, today, there are just so many avenues that I don't know how some of these companies keep secrets, because there's so many ways. Not just ways here in America, but people are going overseas. Just look at all of the leaks about the iPhone 6 before. We already knew everything about it before it showed up on stage, and it was amazing with pictures and everything else. There's a whole cadre of global sources out there that are within arm's reach, that weren't there when I was doing Cyberwire Dispatch. It was still a global world but you couldn't get to them as easy as you can today. John: Now, do you looking back, how would you say journalism covet this digital era, this digital trend these last 20 years? How did we do journalistic, we as a group? Brock: How did we cover the digital transformation? Well, I think dragged kicking and screaming into it. Going back to what we were talking about before, about how online journalism was always seen as the red-headed stepchild of journalism. I don't know how you could cover tech without being in the online world itself, it was such a part and parcel. Telecommunications was infused in all of that. The fact that I broke a lot of stories on CyberWire Dispatch that weren't showing up in the mainstream press is another indictment of how they were covering it. For a long time, the San Jose Mercury News probably did a better job than most, because they were right there. I remember some early stories that they did about the health of workers on assembly lines. You'd just enter the grade A components and having to work with the chemicals and stuff like that. They did certainly some good stuff. That was their beat. We hoped that they would do that kind of stuff. You had one or two guys, Markoff, certainly. Markoff's arc of his career, he grew up through "InfoWorld" and all that. He was hard-coded into that. John: Not quite the native you were. Brock: Right. He always had access and did good stories and did a good job of covering it. But As a whole, it was in fits and starts. There was more of gee-whiz reporting than there was holding people's feet to the fire. John: Did you see this meteor coming? Could you have predicted where we are now 20 years ago? Did the speed of the transition surprise you? Brock: I predicted a lot of it in one form or another. I remember a story I did for ACM Magazine talking about how one day you'd be able to walk around and be able to go online from wherever you were, because there would be these things on telephone poles or whatever. I was talking about micro-hotspots and now it's WiFi all over the place. I foresaw an era where you would always be online at some place. I didn't know how you were going to do that but I foresaw that type of thing. What I did not see, I did not see social media in the form that it is today, certainly with the rapid, real-time and rolling present of how you can cover things and get information like that. I saw more access to things that I saw with computer systems, computer conferencing systems like the WELL and CompuServe. The people have more access wherever they were to those type of things and you would have these sequential discussion things, but I couldn't have thought that you would be able to have 25, 50 conversations in a two-minute time period with Twitter and be able to grab things real-time like that. I didn't see that coming at all. John: What do you think about journalism prospects? Are you upbeat, downbeat? How do you think the craft you've got into, how do you see that going forward? Brock: First of all, I see it being as strong as ever. I think that reporters today have to work a lot harder because they're in competition with everybody that can be a reporter today, and everybody basically is. I also think that really good reporters, and this is a total switch from what it was. In my day, I used to go to IRE conferences, investigative reporters and editors, and be on panels and tell them all my secrets about going online. People would say, "How come you're telling us all these secrets?" I said, "Look, the truth of the matter is 90 percent of you are going to go out of here and forget everything I said and not do it because it's too hard. They're not going to take the time to learn so it's not any competition. The 10 percent of you that do are going to find your way." Reporters had a reluctance to get online and do this kind of stuff. Now everybody's online and they do too much of it online. The really good reporters, the ones that are getting the scoops, are getting up out of their desk and they're going back to shoe leather reporting. They're knocking on the doors and they're waiting for the government executive to roll into his house to say, "Excuse me, sir, can I talk to you for a few minutes?" Instead of sending a piece of email to some spokesman. It's the people that get up off their ass now and get away from the computer that are the unique ones. I think it's come full circle, and I think that pretty soon people will have to have a discipline, and do all things in moderation to really get the good stories, to get the depth and everything. You have to step away from your computer. You can't rely on Google and Twitter and all that or this old thing we used to call the telephone. You have to get up off your ass and go talk to people face-to-face. Ultimately, what it all comes down to, again, at the very beginning we started talking about it, it all comes down to relationships. The one-on-one aspect of this is really where reporting gets done. Knowing your sources and having your sources trust you. A lot of times, that can only happen these days when you meet people one-on-one. John: Thank you very much. Brock: Sure, my pleasure....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (16)

Betsy Morgan

BIO: YES: Betsy L. Morgan is currently the President and Chi...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: It is March 13, 2013. We're in the offices of TheBlaze, speaking with Betsy Morgan. Betsy, you've been a mainstream media, digital news person, and you've been a disruptor more than once. Could you give us just a brief bio of yourself and where you fit into this picture?Betsy Morgan: Thank you, John. I'm a little bit of a strange bird. I am not a television producer. I was not a communications major in college. I'm a businessperson who, in many ways, fell into the news business when I joined CBS News back in 1999, after I had been at corporate CBS for a couple years. I have always been the person that has had the good fortune of looking over the horizon, looking over the horizon of television to the world of digital and looking over the world of digital to think about disruption. That both have happened in the course of The Huffington Post and in my current job in TheBlaze.I'm an unusual person in that I have straddled both worlds I'd say pretty successfully and have been successful in both environments, both of which are very, very different. The things that it takes to get ahead in a traditional, large scale media organization are far different than what it takes to grow an audience, to grow revenue, and, most importantly, to grow a brand in a startup, which is what we did at The Huffington Post and what we're doing now at TheBlaze.Along the way, I've broken a lot of rules. I've challenged the establishment more than once, on more than one occasion, and I've had an awful lot of fun.I do think the world of news is changing rapidly, and I'm glad to see some of my colleagues from traditional media continue to stay in the fight and continue to be very, very successful in allowing their brands to stay relevant and part of the conversation. I'm also very, very excited that newer brands in the space remember, Huffington Post was not even on the scene until 2005, which really wasn't that long ago.And, brands like TheBlaze, which is just two years old, are coming in and challenging all sorts of historical beliefs about what it means to be a news and information organization in a digital age.John: You obviously have a strong point of view, and we're going to get to a terrific story here in a minute. Before we go there, could you just speak briefly about, really, the core differences between the culture of an established media company, say CBS, and the culture of a disruptive media company, say HuffPo or TheBlaze? What is the essential cultural difference?Morgan: The essential cultural difference. In traditional media, you get up every day worried about the audience that you're going to lose and worried about the revenues you're going to lose when you lose that audience. Every day you're preserving something not growing anything, you're preserving something. In a startup brand, with no audience and no revenue and, in many ways, no idea how it's going to fit into the ecosystem, it's all about gaining. It's about gaining audience. It's about gaining revenue. It's about building a brand. It's a much different mindset. The way that established media responds to disruption, threats, innovation, is far different than how a startup, innovative organization responds to all those things.For me, I'm now one experience in traditional media and two experiences in startup world. I must say I prefer the startup world and the world of growing something out of nothing much better than preserving a legacy. It's hard out there. It's hard to preserve a brand. It's hard to preserve revenue. It's hard to keep that audience.I think that's why it's hard for mainstream media to be disruptive, because they can't afford to break what they have, because what they have keeps a lot of people employed.[recomplied]John: What we would like to capture here today is some of that feeling, of both sides of that equation.Betsy: I think I am an interesting person in this ecosystem, and an interesting executive in that I've been on both sides of the equation in a really, really new frontier and in challenging times. I think what's interesting, if you look out over the landscape of news executives, there aren't a lot of people that have had great success in established media and legacy media and traditional media, and also great success on the startup side.I think in a lot of ways, the skills, particularly if you're a business person, the skills don't necessarily translate. What's really good, what you're really good at in being successful in a big corporation is often a different skill set than in a startup space.For whatever odd reason, I've had the opportunity to do both, and I've had the opportunity to be successful...John: You started out as what?Betsy: I started out at CBS in corporate development. When I went over to the news division of CBS in 1999, I dare say many of my colleagues and peers on Andrew Heyward's senior staff thought I was some sort of spy from corporate that was going to look at their books and look at what they're doing and got the place and report back to Black Rock. What happened was not that at all. I was able to work in the news division forming strategy and thinking about how this business that was $500, $600 million in revenue was going to be relevant 10, 20, 30 years down the line.At the time, we were less worried about the web and more worried about CNN cable television. How would the broadcast news network survive in an era where Fox News was just getting started and was interesting but nothing to be frightened of yet from an audience standpoint or from a revenue standpoint.Same as true at MSNBC. CNN, on the other hand, was really the 800 pound gorilla in news because it was making money both on the affiliate side, affiliate revenue and advertising revenue. The broadcast news networks were beginning to get a little bit nervous.Here I was, this business executive, who wasn't running a show, wasn't overseeing content day to day in any fashion, but had this strategic perspective and the ability to think and show the other executives over the horizon at what was coming.What, of course, John, is so fascinating is that the 800 pound gorilla, what was coming over the horizon that was so important wasn't CNN or the rise of Fox News or MSNBC. Of course, it was the Internet.John: What was your first scent of the gorilla?Betsy: Gosh, my first scent of the gorilla was probably right around 9/11. I think in many ways, 9/11, from an editorial standpoint, was a changing agent in terms of how people were getting their news. If we remember, back to 9/11, where people went back to work for the most part the next day or a few days later and tried to resume, across the country and across the world, some degree of normality in their work life, yet very much wanted to continue to be glued to the news and what was happening.No one really knew exactly what had happened on September 11th, what the fallout would be, would be go to war? Who were these people that flew planes into the Twin Towers?Most work environments didn't have televisions, so many people got that information, and really, if you look back at the ratings numbers from AOL, from cnn.com, from msnbc.com at that time....John: It's interesting that you cite 9/11, because Martin Nisenholtz, who is a partner in this project but also the developer of New York Times Digital cites 9/11 as the turning point for digital news at the New York Times. It was the first time that suddenly they were in a serious 24/7 environment, where they were reporting real time, and it continued ever since then. CBS was there with no real cable outlet, no real 24/7 television out, so that must have created some kind of realization there.Betsy: For the first two weeks after 9/11, that was OK. Because if you remember, those first two weeks, certainly the first week after 9/11 all the networks went without commercial, without interruption, seamlessly, they stayed on the air all the time. In a lot of ways, the initial response to 9/11 put us on equal footing with the cable networks. It was after that point when the broadcast networks resumed regularly scheduled programming that CNN certainly, people were turning to the CNNs and the Fox News and the MSNBCs of the world. Again, I really think it was more CNN than the other two to get their news and information.John: By that time, CNN.com was a well known entity already.Betsy: Absolutely, an absolute powerhouse. As was MSNBC.com, because it had the power of Microsoft to drive traffic.John: When did CBSnews.com, which you started, right? When and how did that happen?Betsy: CBSnews.com was started in, if I remember correctly, '97, '98. There were a number of people in the news division. Steve Jacobs is one of them, a long time CBS News executive that was instrumental in the early days of CBSnew.com. Dean Daniels, another executive and ex local news director was also instrumental in the beginnings of CBSnews.com.John: What year was that?Betsy: That was '97, '98. I joined CBS in '97, so it was just about when I was coming into CBS that they were starting their efforts on the web and on the entertainment side as well, for CBS.com on the entertainment side. CBS had taken an interest in Sportsline, which then became CBS Sportsline, which then became CBS Sports. We had taken interest in 1997 another site called MarketWatch, CBS MarketWatch, which was eventually sold.John: I'm going to ask you about that.Betsy: Which was eventually sold to Dow Jones, and part of the Dow Jones empire.John: We interviewed Larry...Betsy: Larry Kramer?John: ...just this week, so all your buddies are in here.Betsy: Which was very fun. Larry Kramer, I've had many lives with Larry Kramer. The first CBS MarketWatch, and it was called DBC at the time...Called DBC for Data Broadcasting Corporation. The first CBS Data Broadcasting Corporation meeting took place, I think, two weeks after I joined CBS. I flew out to San Francisco with some other executives, including Derrick Ricefield, who did the original deal with Larry to make the original investment in CBS MarketWatch. I've known Larry since 1997. He came and has been a friend all along.He came back into my life in a day to day way in 2005, I believe, 2004, 2005 when he came in to run CBS Digital. That was after MarketWatch was sold to Dow Jones.John: To back up, when you started CBSnews.com at the time, was this part of a strategy that you were working on to make CBS News more competitive in the future some way or another? Or was it an advertising strategy?Betsy: I think at the time it was a novelty. I think at the time it was...John: Everybody had one, so you had to have one?Betsy: Everybody had one, so we had to have one. I don't think we had thought at that time that it would be a big advertising platform. I don't think anyone had any idea that the web would be where it went to....[pause]Betsy: CBSnews.com, at least when I started, everyone believed that the web was something...I don't think we had much expertise in house on how to build, what to build. It's one of the reasons that we had made those early investments in Sportsline and MarketWatch, so we could watch some standalone companies build and see what they were doing. CBS then went on and made a number of other investments. They were an exchange of equity for marketing and promotion of those brands, made a whole bunch of those investments in the late '90s.Again, from a perspective of not really wanting to put so much cash towards this business, but being interested in learning and being interested in growing these companies and feeling like...Again, this is during the first dot com boom, pre the first bust. Thinking like, "This is of value, but we don't really know where these businesses are going."John: 9/11 was when you saw the possibilities? Did you see the possibilities more from a positive point of view? What CBS News could do with it, or more from a threatened point of view?Betsy: I think both. I certainly as a young person at CBS News felt it was a door opening to a world of possibilities. On the television side, I think the web was still very much thought of as a threat and a competitor to traditional television and traditional television news. I think we were...John: You had that whole innovator's dilemma which everyone talks about?Betsy: We had the innovator's dilemma combined with the fact that CBS News was not a 24/7 news outlet, nor was NBC News, nor was ABC News. The content team was used to working towards certain day points, a morning television program, an evening television program. The folks working on "60 Minutes" worked on a totally different schedule. We were prepared for breaking news at any time. We were prepared globally for breaking news, but we weren't broadcasting breaking news, so the web posed an enormous threat because it was clear that this was a medium that was not a nine to five medium.John: You were looking suddenly at Yahoo! And AOL and outlets like that, and cnn.com and going...Betsy: Absolutely.John: People want this post 9/11 news all the time, and there it is and we're not there. That leaves me to the question that I'm really curious about, and we've asked several people this question. Television networks still have the largest audience for pure news in their big shows. They still aggregate tens of millions of people to watch these shows.They're very trusted, very well branded news outlets. Why have they been unable to make much of a mark online?Betsy: I think that one, audience that is still watching 6:30 news, evening news broadcasts. It is almost universally a very old audience. It's not a younger audience. I think really a lot, for the broadcast news networks, a lot has factored into no matter who you talk to and what they say a news organization that has its roots not being a 24/7 outlet. One reason.The other reason is television news, I believe, didn't start out this way, but really grew interesting a medium that did not write particularly well. The value of the printed word and the appreciation of the editorship needed for the printed word. That set of skills didn't really exist in television news the way it did in newspapers and magazines.[pause]John: So after 9/11, what happens at CBSNews.com?Betsy: I think there was absolutely a realization that the world was looking different, and that the Web was important. Certainly we saw the numbers. The numbers at CBSNews.com spiked tremendously after 9/11, as they did for every other news website. We really started going down that path of trying to understand what the Web was and how we could take our television assets and put them online. Again, still very, very early days in the video space...John: Because broadband was just...Betsy: Broadband was just getting started, and the legal ramifications of putting clips that had AP content in it, that had Reuters content in it, putting it online, we didn't have clearance for all these new mediums. So that became more difficult, because here our bread and butter, the television side, the video side, of news was not showcased in a super meaningful way online, the way it is now. And a lot since then. Now a lot of those hurdles, a decade later, have very much been overcome and dealt with.John: But yet, network television news, and we'll leave this subject in a minute to get to what we're really very interested in, which is the big disruptorship, when you go from being a traditional media company to a disruptor. I want to get you to say this again, just in case I missed some of it before. Yet, network television news still hasn't become a major player in the online news business, and you were saying earlier, that was because...Betsy: I think that was because a number of reasons. One, broadcast network news never really understood the 24x7 news cycle. They weren't set up, they didn't have a history that was geared towards being on air, except in very specialized, breaking news moments, 9/11 being one of them. That was a great effort for CBS and ABC and NBC to stay on air continuously as long as they did.We could do it on election nights, on presidential election nights, but it wasn't commonplace to us the way it was of the cable networks.There was a combination of that, and there was also the issue of really writing. That people in television at that point, that had been communications majors in college that had gone into television in the '80s and early '90s didn't have the same skill set that print journalists did.The web was still very much then, I really think, and even today, still very much a print text medium, which is why the newspapers and the magazines had such a competitive advantage over the broadcast news networks and still do.John: Now, you were a strategist and you were a business person, and this is the last CBS question. Did you ever consider that CBSNews.com might be something that would be charged for?Betsy: No.John: Even after you bought MarketWatch?Betsy: We never really looked at it as a pay business, and I think that was a combination of not having this sophistication to be in the commerce business. Now remember, CBS as a television network never had meaningful revenue other than advertising revenue.John: Right, so one stream business.Betsy: It was a one stream business, so it wasn't the core competency in the company to really explore what it would be like to have a commerce business, a subscription business. Had we had magazine people or newspaper people in at the highest levels of the network, I think that would've been a different story.John: You embarked on a series of investments that included...I guess the most notable one was Market Watch, the biggest one. What was the thinking there?Betsy: The thinking there was very smart thinking on CBS's part, the part of CBS corporate led at the time by Mike Jordan and Fred Reynolds was, we would invest in these companies. We would take, in exchange for equity in these companies, and a seat at the table to understand how they were growing, we would give them marketing and promotion on the network, which was very, very valuable. Market Watch actually changed its name to be CBS Market Watch because of the brand that it was associated with. To be associated with the brand of CBS and what that meant in the news and information business was valuable enough to Market Watch, this teeny little brand that no one had ever heard of. That was part of the exchange. If you remember, CBS Market Watch had a green CBS eye on it for many, many years. That was a branding strategy of [indecipherable] , I think, turned out to be very smart.John: Were you there when it was sold to Dow Jones?Betsy: I was still there when it was sold to Dow Jones, absolutely. Andrew Hayward, my boss at CBS News, was on the Board at Market Watch and was obviously part of the discussions. In the sales, CBS bid for CBS Market Watch, as did Pearson, the other outside company that was invested in Market Watch at the time, we both lost out, as did I believe the "New York Times," but I think it was early on in the bidding, all three of us lost out to Dow Jones. Leslie Moonves said very famously when he hired Larry Kramer, months after the Market Watch deal closed "While I might not have gotten the company, I got the guy. I got the guy that built the company, and that's far more valuable." That's when, I believe it was 2005, when Larry Kramer came in to work for CBS.John: Then later of course, CBS bought CNet but you were long gone by that time.Betsy: That was after my time. I was long gone.John: How did you become the CEO of the "Huffington Post," and go to the disrupter side?Betsy: John, I have told this story many times. I had 10 magnificent years with CBS. I was really fortunate to work with some exceptional professionals across the board, Leslie Moonves obviously being one of them, Andrew Heyward in his division, obviously being another one. I had amassed, in probably my last three or four years at CBS, I started keeping a list of the things that I couldn't do, and things I couldn't do because we were part of a legacy brand, because we wanted to make sure we wouldn't do anything to disrupt our television audience, which was slowly eroding as it was at other competitors. We were very, very mindful of the legacy brand of CBS and not tarnishing that brand.Every time we'd want to do something new, innovative, disruptive, you had to go back to those brand questions and traditional media questions and say, "Can I do this new innovative, disruptive, thing," knowing...?John: Totally trapped in the innovator's dilemma.Betsy: Very much trapped, and my list got longer and longer and longer. In 2007, I was celebrating my 10 year anniversary at CBS and I said, "Holy cow. I might spend the rest of my life with this company, and there's a whole new world out there that I had been very fortunately exposed to through my work at CBS News.com, through CBS was part of Viacom for a long time, through all of the friendships and the business partnerships we formed with Viacom, and had a real taste for many other sides of the media equation. I was getting a little frustrated. I think, for me, the breaking point, and I've told this story many times in Martin's class and at other places, I think the breaking point for me was in 2006. If you remember, in the summer of 2006, Katie Couric had famously just signed on to be the first female anchor of the CBS Evening News. It was really exciting, a big coup for CBS. People were thrilled beyond belief that she was coming over to the network from NBC and from the "Today Show."It was really a resurgence of energy in the news division, and everyone in the news division was really feeling that. That summer, all of us feeling very excited about the fall to come, with the new evening news, I took several engineers from Google around to meet different executive producers at CBS News, and senior producers and some of the content folks that I was close with.I wanted to show them something very early on that was called Google Trends. It was in Google Labs at the time. Now, very much commonplace. 2006, not so much so. At the time, Google Trends, which was in Google Labs, had lag data. You couldn't see anything current, because Google was afraid if they made that open to the universe, that people would start gaming the algorithm. Now you can actually see that stuff live. It had a six month lag, but sure enough, you could search, in a crude and elementary way, words like "Iran" and "Iraq" and find out when people started searching more for one word than the other word.You could really chart the history of things happening in the news space and learn all sorts of interesting things. Famously, there was a cover story in The New York Times, several years later, about how Google Trends predicted flu outbreak. They were able to near perfectly correlate it with CDC data. We got to see this early on, from these fabulous Google engineers that we had befriended from part of another relationship with Google.We took these engineers around to meet various senior producers and executive producers. I said, "This is fantastic. You could change your line ups for the evening news based on what's trending that day on Google if we had current data. Won't this be fantastic for some of the investigative reporters at 60 Minutes or 48 Hours. You're going to see connections to things that you never would have seen before, as a normal course of investigating a story or sourcing a story."John, universally, at every meeting I went to and these Google engineers were fabulous and smart and articulate I got shut down. I was told that, had I not learned anything in the time that I had been at CBS News, had I not learned that it was not the way that journalism was done, and that these funny, skinny kids from Google had nothing to say about the business, the creation of journalism.I have to say, that was sort of a breaking point for me. I thought, "Oh my God, this is a company that's just going to find change to be very hard." So in the fall of 2007, cheered on by Kenny Lerer and Arianna Huffington, I took the leap to become the first CEO of The Huffington Post. I have to say, all of my good friends from CBS wished me well.They totally understood why I might want to embark on a new challenge and leave CBS. They absolutely did not understand why I would go and work for this start up thing that couldn't possibly pretend to be journalism, that was being led, on the edit side, by a woman who ran for Governor of California. Yet I knew that this business that had been started HuffPost was about 18 months old at the time was really going to be something different and magical. We were just going to go in and break a lot of the rules of traditional news gathering. And we did it.John: ...Why did HuffPo take off so fast?Betsy: There are many reasons. HuffPost was not bound by the constraints of traditional media. It had no legacy brand, it had nothing to lose. Many, many things have been said about Arianna and her exceptional qualities. One, that is a standout for me is that she is fearless. Kenny is fearless. Jonah Peretti, who built the back end of HuffPost and was absolutely our technical advisor through all of HuffPost's life, enormously important to the company, was also fearless. So, we didn't have anything to lose. We also weren't going to play by somebody else's rules. Every time somebody said, "That couldn't be possible. You couldn't do that," we said, "Watch us." HuffPost, in many ways, was in early days, an exercise of routing around the establishment because we were going to do things differently than the establishment.The establishment was both on the television side and the print side. Nothing gave us bigger smiles on our face than to see HuffPost show up in the first page of a search result above sorry, Martin The New York Times. It was because we cared, really early on, about the value of search and SEO before many of the other publishers did.The things that we did very, very early on, in SEO, were all very much organic, very respectful of the Google spiders and how Google tracked the news and information space. The other news organizations weren't willing to look as deeply into what would make that work, than we were.John: That goes to everything, the kind of headlines you wrote, that worked the spiders.Betsy: The splash pages, the visuals that were big and bold and in your face.John: That changed the whole landscape. I know, on the other side, a lot of time was spent examining the legal implications of aggregation. Did you spend any time thinking about that or was it just, "Damn the torpedoes, straight ahead. Full speed ahead"?Betsy: No, of course, we spent time thinking about that. I think, the difference was, legacy media and traditional media were continuing to rest on the value of their brands. We had a new brand, so we had nothing to lose. We were going to try to grow this new brand. We looked at everything we did from the point of view of the audience and the consumer. When you saw a story that was a major news story, that was a headline on CNN, was on the cover of The New York Times and the cover of the Wall Street Journal, our editors, from the very beginning, would say, "We want to tell our users who's doing the best job covering this story, our opinion." HuffPost, in very early days, was a lot like Drudge.We were just linking out to other sites. Today, this story on the administration, the site and the news organization that has the best headline and the best story on the budget is the Washington Post or is the Wall Street Journal or is the New York Times. That began the process of what we called curation to take major news stories and be able to distill them down.John: Did HuffPo coin the term curation?Betsy: I believe Willow Bay, who was the HuffPost senior editor, coined the term curation.John: Really?Betsy: Yes.John: I did not know that Willow Bay coined the term.Betsy: Willow Bay gets credit for curation. Aggregation seems, I don't know, aggregation doesn't seem sort of highbrow enough.John: Well, aggregation I think was coined by, I don't know who, but probably not somebody who was doing it as much as somebody who was being aggregated. I'm not sure.Betsy: John, it's sort of funny. Curated has become a term of art, right? [crosstalk]John: But curated has become another word for editor. There's editing, and there's curating. What's the difference? I don't know. What is the difference?Betsy: In the HuffPost case, the idea was to have a number of different verticals covering a number of different beats, and have editors take topics that we believed were of interests to our audience, and pull the best from a number of different sources. There were plenty of times we just linked directly to different...if it was a one source story. What was interesting about HuffPost was we began to see an audience that was coming to our site to blog, to converse, to share, to comment, and they were so pleased that we had found for them kind of the best of the web and brought it into one place. The noon news habit of going from site to site to site to site to site, to make sure you got everything, if you were a news junkie, you just come to HuffPost and you could get most of that in one place. I think a tipping point for us was linking straight out to a 60 Minutes piece where that was an exclusive, and 60 Minutes had a story on something, and the only person that had the story on a certain topic, and seeing more comments about that link out to the 60 minutes piece on our site than on the 60 Minutes page. We were really curating a community.John: Explain the business model to me because from the outside some people would say that HuffPo did a fantastic job of disrupting the traditional news media, that it created all sorts of influential patterns that changed the way everything that came after it. But that it really was a one score business in that it made all of its money by selling itself to AOL, and may or may not be making money today. Do you have an opinion about that? You're a strategist and a business person.Betsy: I think John, I think it's hard to look back and say, "If HuffPost had been left independent for two more years or three more years, what would have happened, and how the ad revenue would have scaled?" We set out to do three things. What's interesting, and I think you haven't seen a lot of other sites be as successful as HuffPost has been, because other sites are doing one or two, not all three of the things. We set out to build an audience, to build a brand, and to build revenue. We've seen a lot of sites out to build an audience, and maybe get revenue or not. Maybe get sold. But not really sort of care about building a brand. We've seen a lot of sites go out to build a brand, but not care so much about how big an audience they could get. Because we did those three things that took the efforts of myself, of Kenny, of Arianna, and of Joanna, and they were all very, very important, audience, revenue, and brand, I think that's what put us on the map.There were plenty of things that we did on the front page of HuffPost in the early days, and I'm sure even now, that were not done for pure traffic driving reasons. HuffPost gets a bad rap for, "Oh, all they're doing is putting celebrity content up, and they're doing a lot of low cleavage stories, and that's driving all the traffic." We were very thoughtful about, both to thank Tina Brown for her efforts on this, to think about a high low strategy where you were happy to not have to go to another site. You could read in one place a very wonky story about the economy and also look at celebrity content, sort of understood a high low strategy in our front page and in our content generally.John: But one to the questions that we're trying to answer is, "Is there anybody offering a profitable growth model in the news business? Is the Huffington Post a profitable growth model?"Betsy: It certainly was absolutely a growth model and a profitable growth model under my leadership. It was under Eric Hippeau's leadership. AOL now...I don't know.John: How much money did it make in your best year?Betsy: Toward the end of my tenure, we broke even. I would believe under Eric's tenure, they were profitable. It was a short time span.John: What kind of profitability are we talking about?Betsy: Small numbers. Small numbers.John: Like under five million dollars?Betsy: Probably under five million dollars.John: Today, your best guess?Betsy: Today, I don't know. The hard thing about today is that it's now within a much bigger organism.John: Is it a profitable business model?Betsy: Oh I think it's absolutely a profitable business model. What's fascinating, when we went out in 2008 and raised capital, our Series C round of capital, for which we had to do five year projections. What's HuffPost going to look like five years from now? The margins that we set out to build in future years were very significant operating margins. Part of it is we did not have a lot of the expenses that constrained a lot of the legacy media companies. This was looking at a model that would take a company that had some very young people editing and curating content, to a much richer hybrid of people. I think you've seen Arianna grow that, of people doing original reporting, people doing curation, people doing voice and opinion. We often talked about, and this goes back to the focus on the consumer and the audience, that what mainstream media didn't understand back in 2007, was that there was an audience out there that was craving three types of content, we called it the rule of 3s. Three types of content under one brand voice and opinion, original reporting, and curation.If you only did curation, you were looked at as just stealing from somebody else. If you only did voice and opinion, you were looked at as just a commentator and nothing more, and not taken seriously as a news organization. If you only did original reporting, it was going to bankrupt you. The idea was to do all three in enough of a perfect blend that we could make our margin numbers, and we could satisfy our audience.John: This sounds when you talk about it with a great deal of enthusiasm, it sounds like that this may have been a real high point for you. Correct?Betsy: Absolutely.John: And something you're very proud of.Betsy: Absolutely.John: You seem to be saying that the strategy was good and it was executed with a lot of energy by this team who were all exceptional, so what broke up the gang?Betsy: Gangs break up. It was very disappointing for me to leave HuffPost in 2009. I stayed very close. I'm still very close with Arianna and with Kenny. They're great friends. They've been great partners. They're great supporters of what I'm doing in the next chapter of my career. But sometimes bands break up.John: Well, let's talk about the next chapter in your career because this seems like a pretty unusual model too.Betsy: It sure is.John: Explain this to me?Betsy: Sometimes life is stranger than fiction. I had the opportunity in 2010 through a mutual friend to come and meet Glenn Beck. I was really excited and sort of interested. Glenn was on the cover of Time Magazine. I don't think his cover story on the cover of the New York Times Magazine had quite come out yet. I hadn't really followed his career. I certainly knew a little bit about him. It seemed like an interesting meeting to attend. On Glenn's side, I think he had to be pulled kicking and screaming to that first conversation. Because as he was shown my CV, which included a CEO stint at the Huffington Post, a long stint at CBS News. I was a Harvard Business School grad, and God forbid, I worked at the Federal Reserve at the beginning of my career.John: You sound like the enemy. Distilled enemy. You have everything.Betsy: I was the distilled...exactly.John: Harvard. CBS. Arianna.Betsy: Arianna. Yet, within the first five minutes of meeting, Glenn, probably in many ways not unlike the first five minutes of meeting Arianna, there was a connection. Glenn and Arianna have many things in common. They have many things not in common, but many things in common. One of those things that they have in common is, as I said about Arianna, and I'll say about Glenn, they're absolutely fearless. They have imaginations of what they can build beyond anyone else's imagination. Glenn had thoughts and a vision of a media company that he wanted to build, "TheBlaze." That very much resonated with things that I had done at CBS...I'm sorry, things that I had done at the Huffington Post, and another opportunity to disrupt the industry.John: Explain the disruption model here? What is the model?Betsy: What's interesting about what we're trying to build, it's still the early stages. We're two years in. I joined HuffPost 18 months in. This venture I got to see from the very beginning. HuffPost I didn't quite get to see from the very beginning. We're two years in, and what we're trying to build is a multimedia business three different multimedia businesses. What's different is, is we're trying to build them all together. There's no tail and there's no dog or there's no dog and there's no tail.John: It's online radio and television.Betsy: It's not radio. Radio got left behind in a company called Mercury Radio Arts. We have created a new company, TheBlaze, Inc., that has theblaze.com with right now about 11 million people coming to the site every month. Not shoddy.John: That's your audience.Betsy: That's our audience online. That's one of our audiences online. We have a subscription network online. We call it internally theblazetv.com. But that's the subscription network that was started about 18 months ago. It started as GBTV, it's now been re branded "TheBlaze" 24x7 streaming network, and then you can watch all the programming on demand, 300,000 people paying 10 bucks a month. Those are two pillars of the business. Economic aren't bad. The third business is to get into the cable business. We are now on Dish Network with...[pause]Betsy: The third pillar is TheBlaze on cable. We're on Dish Network and more cable networks to come. So, looking to get fully distributed on the cable side as a cable network.John: This is very much a two stream...A three legged, two income stream...Betsy: Three income stream.John: Three income stream.Betsy: Advertising revenue, on the web, and on television. Subscription revenue, direct to the consumer so I know who those subscribers are and I can communicate. I have their email addresses and I have their home addresses. I have their credit card numbers and I can talk to them as often as I want to. And then, affiliate revenue as a cable network.John: Is this a model that, if it works, is replicable? I mean, can others do this?Betsy: I surely would hope so.John: Or is this only...?Betsy: Ari Emanuel thinks it's replicable. Mary Meeker thinks it's replicable.John: Will you be the one replicating it or will you be...?Betsy: I'll go on to disrupt something else at that point.John: After this you'll go disrupt something else.Betsy: But I think, John, what's interesting is there are a couple things that have similarities to Huff Post. There is a very passionate leader at the helm that has commanded a certain amount of attention and audience. At the Huff Post, it was Arianna. At TheBlaze, it's Glenn.John: You have the three. You said audience, brand, revenue. Those three are obviously...Betsy: Right, we're doing the same here. It's interesting in that we're not interested in the mainstream media gatekeepers to reach that audience, in the sense that we have complete creative control over this network. We have not...John: If you have people paying you $10 a month in the hundreds of thousands, what do you need them for?Betsy: What do we need the cable side for?John: No, the mainstream gatekeeper.Betsy: I think what's happening in the television business is this interesting time of, will the world continue to be bundled in the television space in cable or will it be unbundled? We've been able to play in both spaces and let the marketplace determine what's going to happen. I'm not saying, "Hey, the whole world is going to become unbundled and I have got TheBlazetv.com and that's where I'm going to spend all of my energy and at some point, 300,000 will be a million, will be 50 million, will be 100 million people."I'm very much playing in backend traditional media. That's what's kind of interesting and disruptive with this brand new network, to say.Cable television is still very valuable and still very valuable from a revenue standpoint, still very valuable in terms of reaching eyeballs, and we want to play in that space, too.From a content standpoint, I have, on the web side, a lot of editors that are young like at HuffPost, but have their roots on the print side. You can look out on the newsroom and see a lot of people much younger than the two of us.John: I would hope. I don't know about you, but...Betsy: We have on the website, writers and editors that have print backgrounds and are very, very strong writers. We have television personalities that are very good on television and understand that means of communication, and we're putting it all together in the same company.John: You've seen a lot. You've been on the establishment side. You've been the disrupter not once, but twice. When you look at the great broad landscape of the news business today, which includes declining businesses, businesses that are holding their own goods, newspapers, television, magazines, and all the people, and the dotcoms, where do you think this is all headed? What is the next...When you wake up five years from now, what are you going to see?Betsy: Everybody says I'm crazy, and you'll say I'm crazy, too...John: I don't judge.Betsy: ...but I don't think there has been a better time for journalism. I know that, as a consumer, and I'm certainly not alone, there is more great writing, great stories, great coverage, globally. Technology allows us to do things we could never do before, we certainly couldn't do in early days that I was at CBS, in terms of news gathering and news coverage.John: But you wouldn't argue with the idea that all that is still in search of some business models, right?Betsy: I think all of that, if all of that continues to search for mass audiences, I think they will be woefully disappointed. I think where the opportunities are, as with HuffPost in the beginning, as with TheBlaze today, is finding dedicated audiences where your brand, your content, your voice, your coverage, resonates with that audience. In some cases, those audiences can get bigger. HuffPost started very much in the center left space with a very clear group of leaders reading the site, being interested in the site, being interested in the content on the site.Arianna put her stake in the ground. It was very clear from the beginning about what she believed in, and let lots of conversation happen around that, and to have that strong voice and opinion was an early hallmark of HuffPost.It's certainly been a hallmark of Glenn and creating TheBlaze. And in some cases, like in the HuffPost, that audience gets bigger and bigger and bigger and bigger, and it attracts readers that are very different than the early readers because there's more content, because there's more conversation.In other cases, that audience never broadens. I think where journalism is challenged today is really thinking about who are the 10 people, the 100 people, the 1,000 people, the 10,000 people that you want whatever you're writing or taping, who you want to read that piece of journalism and knowing where they are and knowing how to get that content to them.That should be everyone's starting point, but often it's not. Often, it's if you're in, like I said, media you're just trying to hold onto everybody that's subscribed to you forever before or has watched you on television every night.John: Thank you very much. ...

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (17)

Mike Moritz

BIO: YES: Michael Moritz (born 12 September 1954) is a Briti...

TRANSCRIPT: John: It's April 2nd, 2013. We're on Sand Hill Road in Palo Alto.Mike: Menlo Park.John: In Menlo Park. We're in Silicon Valley with Mike Moritz of Sequoia Capital. Mike, we really do think you represent a sui generis character here because not only did you work as a journalist, and you covered Silicon Valley and venture capital, but then you managed to invest in a number of technology companies that have played major roles in this whole journey of journalism and technology. Could we start out with just a five minute exegesis from you on when you first began to figure this out and how you came to this? I'll just let you tell that part of the story.Mike: Like everything that we do, there's only a grand design in retrospect. At the time that particular investments present themselves, it's not as if there is, despite what all the myth makers and marketing departments might say many years afterwards, a huge, enormous, grand design right at the outset. When we invest in a small company of a few people, what we're really thinking about is how we survive the next year. Rather than where things might be 10 or 15 years from now. That's certainly been true of the investments that we've made on the Internet. As the years went by, we became more educated about the possibilities and instincts became, perhaps, a bit more refined.But at the beginning, we were really feeling our way. I suspect, in the mid 1990s, when Sequoia Capital first encountered the founders of Yahoo, which was really our first Internet investment of note in a software company.Bear in mind, some years before that, Sequoia had been the only investor in Cisco Systems, which helped lay the underpinnings for much of what was then possible for all the software and media companies. But when we encountered Yahoo, the only real differentiated insight that we may have had at Sequoia was the fact that we had a lot of belief in the notion that, if a substantial audience is built for a site on the Internet...This is before they were called destinations or properties. Then with time, it should be possible to attract advertisers. The idea that was heretical in 1995 in these environments was the idea that you could provide a service for free.People in the investment world, in the venture world and elsewhere got all tangled up in the conundrum o f whether or not it was possible to have a business that on the surface gave itself away for free to consumers.Our assumption all the way along was that Internet sites were no freer for consumers than network television or broadcast radio, which in retrospect, seems straightforward, very evident, extremely apparent. But for whatever reason, it perplexed a lot of people. Don't forget, there was no history in Silicon Valley perhaps outside of AOL, which was not really considered a Silicon Valley company because its center of gravity was in the east.There hadn't been any investments from our sector in these sorts of companies. The only investments in "media companies" that people could conjure up were in long since obscure and failed magazines.Then, Sequoia in the very early years, had invested in a little magazine that went nowhere.John: What was it?Mike: I think it was before I arrived here, something called "Executive Magazine" or something like that. Martin: Can I ask you about...Because I recall this notion of free intersected with the New York Times in the mid 90s. I think part of the issue was that these industries collided in roughly 1995 in a way that they hadn't before. One of the things that kind of comes up as a theme in some of our interviews is that Yahoo managed to get access to Reuters and the AP pretty early. We packaged content that had been coming to the consumer indirectly through broadcast and print channels and brought it directly to the user in an almost a kind of very updated way and so created in a sense, a superior free service to the legacy service that thought they should be paid for.Yahoo News, in a sense, set the stage. It became large very quickly because of the size of the portal. It set the stage very quickly for the rest of journalism to go free.Can you comment on that? Do you disagree with that or is that something that...?Mike: I wasn't talking about Yahoo going free in as narrow a sense as you were just alluding to. I was just talking about the whole idea of the website and all the different things over time that it offered. Best as I recall, at the beginning, there wasn't a purposeful desire to get into the news business. I think it was very much the result of the fact that Reuters at that point had a corporate venture on that was quite active, run by a thoughtful person.They had identified Yahoo and I think also Excite, had made small investments in both. We had said to them, "As a result of the investment, there's got to be something more than money. We need some sort of relationship. Can we perhaps distribute the news and information that you provide on the Reuters' wire?"That was what led to the beginning of the news business. The news business, in and of itself on the Internet has not been a great business. It's been a very useful service for consumers but there are many other ways and far more profitable ways for companies like Yahoo and Google and others to build large sales volume than trying to sell advertisem*nts around news and information.It does not, to use the dreadful word, monetize as well as so many other portions of their business.Martin: Yet, you've continued to invest in news and information. I think you were an early investor in the Bleacher Report, right?Mike: No, we weren't.Martin: You were not. In Sugar, maybe?Mike: In Sugar? I think after Yahoo we'd also invested in a financial services company called Quid.com that eventually I think was bought by Lycos, but they had the idea... Let me just finish with...There's a fair amount. If you're interested, we can say more about Yahoo.Martin: Yeah, let's do that please.Mike: I think to some extent, it was a little accidental that we got into the news business. When Jerry and David were first talking about the site, news certainly, current news was never on the road map. It became about like so many things on the Internet, accidental and opportunistic.John: Is it fair to say that for the most part, your media investments have been at least the most successful ones platforms, not content, right? Yahoo, Google.Mike: YouTube. YouTube, I think of is one of Sequoia Capital's really wonderful media investments. I think, John, these companies at the beginning, they're not platforms. They're very narrow, niche companies. I think any company that sets off to become a platform at the beginning will get eviscerated along the way.I think what happens is these little Silicon Valley companies, they start with an offering that for whatever reason, becomes popular and then the opportunity widens out and they then become recognized as a distribution platform.John: Twitter could've been just a notional thing but it became a platform.Mike: It's become a form of distribution of other people's content as well as in some cases and in other companies therein.John: Is there anything you can say as somebody who evaluates thousands of these things over decades? Is there anything that you can tell us that you see in one that is destined to go on to something versus ones that you pass on or ones that ultimately fail? What is the secret sauce?Mike: At the beginning, it's very difficult. Every time we feel that there's certain successes attendant to any particular business, when we make the original investment decision, I think we're deluding ourselves. Because if we've done our work properly, the decision rests on a narrow knife edge because there are so many reasons why the company might disappear. Again, 15 years after the original investment when everything is obvious through the rear view mirror.That doesn't seem like the case, but if you place yourself in 1995, there were two people who dropped out of the PhD program at Stanford. They're surrounded by all of these other companies that are really powerful.AOL, for example, all the networks, the broadcasting companies, other companies out here like Netscape, not to mention Microsoft and the browser wars. The people at AOL and Netscape and to a lesser extent Microsoft saying, "Goodness gracious. We're going to eradicate this little company from the face of the Earth." People forget that 15 years later.Nothing about these things is certain, but at Yahoo they led with alacrity onto a lot of these things.John: Yahoo becomes a tremendous disruptor of fundamental models of journalism and news and in many ways, improves what consumers can get and when they can get it and changes the [inaudible 14:55] .Mike: I never thought of it all that differently. This will sound weird, from Time magazine circa the 1920s. When Time magazine...People forget this now.John: Your alma mater.Mike: My alma mater for three or four years.John: Yeah, come on.Mike: No, you're right. For three or four years, it was home. When I began in business, it was a packager of third party information.John: An aggregator.Mike: An aggregator, packager, and distributor of third party information. It didn't supply any of its original content, best as I know, perhaps outside the cover art at the very beginning. Then it crept into the original content business over time. To me, there were at least some rough...I don't want to overstate it, rough analogies between what Yahoo was doing. Repackaging third party information and distributing it in a slightly different way or in a new way.John: Time moves on and Sequoia backs the next and even larger more disruptive player, Google. Can you talk a little bit about that transition and how you're...?Mike: The Google investment wasn't centered around media. It wasn't centered around news and information. It was centered around technology. The obvious point that the power of the search technology that the founders of Google and their close friends had worked on were superior to everything else that was around.John: But you saw it early on as an advertising play, right? Or not.Mike: Initially, Google was going to be a licensing company to...Martin: It was. It was licensing to Yahoo.Mike: That was part of the way that Sequoia got involved with Google. Google was licensing its search technology to Yahoo for Yahoo to distribute.John: When and how does the advertising lightbulb go off? Is Sequoia involved in that?Mike: The advertising lightbulb went off very early in a tiny way at Yahoo. The first advertisem*nt, I think, was a tiny, inconspicuous Visa advertisem*nt, which provoked all manner of hand wringing within Yahoo. This was a tiny little, I think, probably just a little Visa button or Visa placement on the home page. There was enormous fear that we were selling out to the demons, that this service on the Internet was going to be perverted and spiral downhill into the clammy hands of the capitalists. There were all these outraged emails from the devoted that there was this little Visa advertisem*nt.But that was in 1995, and I think that year, for pure Internet companies, total advertising revenue was probably under $2 million.Martin: Part of the reason that we're all sitting here today and part of the reason that we're doing this oral history is because a lot of the traditional institutional journalism entities... I mean, you can see what's happening at Time, Inc., now and others, are really troubled. The business models are difficult. From your perspective in the valley, what is it that the legacy folks are doing wrong, if anything, and do you think they have a future?John: Could they have done anything differently that would have made any difference, or was it just the tide is coming in and you swim with it or you swim against it?Mike: When you have an existing business, it's a tremendous boat anchor around the corporate ankle. You have existing customers to take care of. You've got your daily affairs to take care of. All the confusion of the day to day existence apparent in the newspaper or magazine or TV station. 95 percent of management's time is worried about putting out tomorrow or next week's publication or product. A tiny little percentage is devoted to worrying about the business model and thinking about the future, particularly at the beginning.Then I think there's also, again, the natural confidence that comes with an established place and the firmament that makes it very difficult to really appreciate the power of some of it...It doesn't matter what the business is...The power of a young small company and the havoc and destruction it can cause upon your business.There's the fear of antagonizing your customers by providing them with something completely new.I think, on the whole, that media and forms of journalism that have something original to say, have their own content, have stuff that's really proprietary and have their own voice, as opposed to distributing the wire services or being warmed over versions of stuff that you can find all over the place. I actually happen to think that they have a far brighter and better future than they ever did.The entities that don't have really original content I think are going to, obviously, find it extremely difficult to survive in today's world.Martin: Why are you so optimistic about that? What would the... Given the downward trends in terms of revenue and profitability in places that create content, what's the catalyst that turns them around? What's the catalyst that reintroduces growth into those businesses?Mike: I think almost every media company management has made one. I don't want to be too harsh and say terrible mistake. I could be charitable and say failed to appreciate that their business could be a lot healthier if it was far smaller than it is today. It goes against every instinct in management, who have been trained since birth that revenues, increasing revenues every year are the real benchmark of success. But I think a lot of newspapers would not have...Most newspapers are in this dreadful race between the death of their existing print business and the death of their subscribers. The death of their subscribers is a sure thing. But, again with good reason, they're very apprehensive about stopping the printing presses.But if you're sitting at the helm of a media company that's got really original content, I would stop the printing presses this afternoon, change the business model entirely to digital. Be completely prepared to have in the short term, far lower revenue, but you're going to have a much healthier bottom line.Now, that's hard, it's callous, it's cruel and it's harsh. But I think that's what's going to happen sooner or later to any of these companies.The thing that people failed to I try to make this point to everybody who comes and talks about magazines and media and everything really appreciate about the enormous triumph of the return of Steve Jobs at Apple was that he shrank the size of the company.John: To that same point you're making, one of the things that... Do you have any thoughts on this? It struck me that some big media companies like Time, Inc., for example, they started out as an aggregator and then they discovered data. They had all the subscriber data and they were data driven marketers. RDA, Reader's Digest was a global data company.And yet, somewhere along the way, about the time that Yahoo became emergent and then Google became transcendent, none of these legacy media companies invested in all in their data and didn't transform any of their data.If they wanted to do what you're suggesting now, which is to shrink, go all digital, if they had data, if they had developed that data capability, they'd be in a much better place, wouldn't they?Mike: I suspect that might be true. I think the other thing that they lacked, again, no fault of theirs, they'd grown up in a different era, was they lacked the engine of these young companies out here. They didn't realize they lacked the engine. And the engine was software programs.John: Somebody said the real problem with legacy media...Eric Schmidt said the real problem with legacy media is they don't have any engineers.Mike: I couldn't agree more.John: But if they had been focused on data, they might be more interested in social...I'm not trying to re write history, but I'm saying that is a place where the road divided. Now, they have no data.Mike: Best as I can remember, at the helm of America's largest 50 media companies in the mid 1990s, there were no programmers, there were no software engineers anywhere near the top realm of the company. You could probably have let 100,000 of yesterday's media employees through the door without spotting one software engineer.John: What about the next phase? Some people divide the Internet media into the portal era, the paid search era. Now, we're in the social era. That's simplistic.Mike: That's fine. Or the mobile era.John: And then the mobile era.Mike: Where, all these media people who are whinging and moaning and wringing their hands, and here they have an opportunity to market to several billion people around the world, depending, obviously, on the property that they have, who are eager to gobble up information, any time of the day, anywhere they happen to be. That's the first time that's ever been possible. I think a lot of people in the media should take great consolation in the fact that record sales for the very first time were up last year because after a decade of having their, to some extent, head in the sand trying to defend yesterday, being utterly litigious, being scared of their future being taken away, the record companies, on the whole, have finally woken up to thinking about the future as an opportunity rather than as a challenge.I know that sounds glib, but, again, if I was running a media company, that's what I'd be thinking about. There are all sorts of ways to repackage information. Distribute it far more cost effectively. Gather it in far quicker and more effective ways than ever before.John: In that environment, do brands still matter at all? Or is it all distribution platforms?Mike: I think brands matter a lot, and if you have a trusted brand, it doesn't matter if it's TMZ at one end and the Economist at the other, you're going to have a following.Martin: Mike, I want to go back to this point about engineering because when Eric Schmidt and Mike Moritz make the same point, it's worth listening to. [laughs] The push back that I often hear about putting engineering more at the forefront of particularly the newspaper companies is that that's not really their "core competency," and that these companies are never going to be able to out engineer Facebook, Google, the companies that are in their DNA engineering companies.That they should stick to their niche, create the original content and maybe have a small engineering team supporting the application value of that content. But they're not, in essence, tech companies, and they'll go out of business if they try to be tech companies.Could you just parse that a little bit for us, because I think it's a critical point?Mike: It depends what form. I think both Eric and I aren't talking about the sort of engineering that would bring about a huge change in something very foundational. What we're talking about are engineers and programmers who are capable of using tools built by others in artful and creative ways to help with the distribution of content from a media company. That's what we're both talking about. We're not expecting the "New York Times," as you put it, to outmaneuver Facebook or whatever the next Instagram happens to be. It's not going to happen unless they get incredibly lucky.But being able to have a very capable group of people who can create and manage websites and mobile properties and quickly take you onto tablets and do so in very interesting ways for the consumer. That's very well within the reach of...Or it certainly was within the reach of the well heeled US media.Martin: Absolutely. I think the struggle has been, and as someone who has been through this directly, it's just something I've noticed. It's often a cultural struggle between the legacy processes and the introduction of these engineering talents and processes, as well. Who's in charge? Who gets to make decisions about products and what those products do? And so, oftentimes, you have a kind of freezing up, if you will, because the product direction is sometimes unclear. It's hard...Mike: I agree. That's what's been lacking for so many of these companies, that you don't have anybody at the top or the senior management is not given the authority to take a fairly sizable risk, perhaps a huge risk, and embracing a very different future. In the collision of yesterday and tomorrow, for all of these companies, or for most of these companies, it's yesterday that's triumphed.John: We have run across two distinct schools of thought, in looking at the landscape going forward. One of them is that legacy media companies will continue to decline and they ultimately will be absorbed into some version of either the super stacks or a social giant. The other view is one that, why would anybody invest in low growth businesses? In the past, I remember calling you once, evaluating a potential deal that I was asking you about. You said, "I think I would think of it as a small island in the South Pacific during World War II, best flown over and ignored." I have a guess where you might come out on this answer. Is it some of both or clearly one or the other?Mike: Most of the existing media companies who don't have their own content will go the way of the dodo. No doubt about that. There will be a few that are able to engineer a leap over this gulf. But we all know the industries where the makers of horse carts or locomotives weren't the leaders in the next form of transportation. It's no different in the media business.John: But they usually turn up somewhere down the food chain, in some odd place. Like the buggy whip manufacturers are Caleco, manufacturer of the Cabbage Patch Doll.Mike: Yeah, they wind up as interesting, amusing asterisks in the history books. But that's not a very profitable place to be.John: But you don't see these super stacks, social media giants or anything gobbling up legacy media?Mike: It's happened a little bit already. I don't know how you feel about, for example, Google's purchase of Zagat's guide. I think of that as an acquisition.John: Actually, they're buying a user generated content business, which makes a lot of sense.Mike: It's a media business.John: You've been singing that song for decades.Martin: I think it would be more interesting if Netflix bought a studio or something like that.Mike: I think it will be a mixture.John: Or Twitter bought The New York Times.Mike: I think some of these properties eventually will wind up in other peoples' grasp, but no fast growing Silicon Valley technology company is going to go and encumber itself with a slow growing business that hasn't already, I think, put itself well on the path to success tomorrow, because their opportunities are too big to worry about that sort of costly management distraction....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (18)

Walt Mossberg

BIO: YES: Walt Mossberg is the co-CEO of Revere Digital, the...

TRANSCRIPT: John: Let's start. I'm here in Washington with Walt Mossberg of Re/code Walt, why don't you start telling me about your career path? How did you get here? Walt: This is turned on. Geddes. John: This is turned on. I checked it. The red light thing. Walt: Because I've known you a long time. I don't associate you with this. John: Walt: How did I get here? I worked for the Wall Street Journal for 43 years. They hired me out of the Columbia Journalism School directly in 1970. I spent just under 20 years, a few years covering the auto industry in Detroit, which is an interesting story, only because we had a five-person bureau there. Two of them went on to be managing editors of the Journal, one went on to be national editor of the journal, another went on to found the New York Sun, and I was the least successful. I went on to be me. John: Walt: But mostly it was in Washington. I had a variety of beats. I covered energy when it was a hot topic. I covered the Pentagon during the Reagan buildup, the defense buildup. I was the deputy bureau chief there for a few years in Washington. Then, I covered international economics and the trade war we had with Japan in those days. Then, I covered the national security, really got to cover the collapse of communism and the US winning the cold war. But all that while, the last 10 years, I became computer hobbyist. I had no background. I never entered the computer building at college. I was a politics major. John: No Fortran, nothing like that? Walt: Nothing. I bought a computer and I learned Basic. I joined the precursors of the Web, the precursors even of AOL, which were called "bulletin boards." I joined CompuServe where there was a forum for people with Apple IIs. That was not my first computer, but eventually, I had an Apple II. Most of our conversation was, "How the f*ck do you get this to work?" or, "How the hell do you get this to work?" Walt: That could be another take. John: Give me a break. Walt: "How the hell do you get this to work?" And people would say, "I figured out a way to do this." "Oh, that's great." "I figured out a way to do that." Years later, after I became a columnist on tech, I would occasionally meet these people, who said, "Do you remember me? I was in that forum." But mostly, we didn't know each other. That was my introduction to the idea of online communities. Anyway, I taught myself computing. I did a few freelance pieces for computer publications. I did one article for a special section...actually, it was a cover article. The "Wall Street Journal" ran a special section about computing. I think it was the first thing they ever did on it. I wrote the cover story, and I became a little bit of a...when I became deputy bureau chief in Washington, I bought everybody a Radio Shack Tandy Model 100 which is sitting up there. But it was a hobby. I was busy covering the Pentagon and covering all these other things I explained. In 1990, I went to see the managing editor of the Journal, Norm Pearlstine. He's now the chief content officer, or something, of Time Inc. He said to me...I'll never forget. I went to New York. I was always based in Washington. I never worked to New York. I turned down countless jobs in New York. But I went to New York and I walked in his office. He goes, "What do you want?" "I just gave you a raise." This is literally what he said. I said, "Thank you. I know that. But that's not what I'm here about." He goes, "What are you here about?" I said, "I want to stop covering national security, and I want to write a computer and technology column." He goes, "Really? Tell me a little more." I said, "Well, we're the last newspaper to have this kind of column." The New York Times had one. A lot of other newspapers had them. "But for the most part, these columns are by geeks for geeks, there's a lot of jargon, and they're very reverential about the computer industry. "Here is my idea," which I gleaned from being a hobbyist and having to spend all these hours learning this thing. I said, "These things are too hard to use, and they're about to explode." This conversation was taking place 13 years after the Apple II came on the scene, 13 years after the computer had entered… . A lot of people had computers but nothing compared to the number that we're going to them over the next 10 years. I said, "It's about to be democratized. It's going to about to be a situation where people who have no interest in knowing how this works are going to need to feel comfortable with them. The companies are going need to adjust. I want to write a column that flips the formula on its head. No jargon. Only English. Champion the non-techie. I'm going to ignore the enthusiasts, the hobbyists, the techies. They're all read it anyway, I guarantee you. But that's going to be my focus. Because I think, in anything you do, including journalism, you'd better have a focus, a laser focus. Norm, I'm going to be critical of the companies for ignoring that audience, because they are ignoring that audience. Some of those companies are our advertisers, but that's what I want to do." Norm said, "That's the best idea anybody's brought me since I've been managing editor. I love that idea. But you can't do it for a year, because national security is so important right now. I'm telling you that..." John: This will happen. Walt: "...this will happen." So in '91, after the end of the Gulf War -- the good Iraq War, which I covered -- I said to him, "OK, I'm ready." There was some kerfuffle. I had to write a written proposal which I did and I still have around somewhere. There was some kerfuffle in New York about where I wanted to be on the front of a section every week. He had to convince the publisher and all this kind of stuff, but it got done. What I said to him was, "Look, I want the prominence in the paper and I want the leeway. If it fails you can cancel in six months and you can either fire me or I'll go back and I'll be a beat reporter. If it succeeds then we keep going." It didn't take six months, it took 8 to 10 weeks. It was like the co*cktail party effect. He would go to a co*cktail party, the publisher would go a co*cktail party, and somebody would say, "I love that new column. I finally understand this stuff." It became a hit. That was, to me, important on a number of levels. It wasn't important that there was a computer column in the Wall Street Journal -- there were plenty of computer columns -- but it was the sense of being able to be a little bit entrepreneurial. By the way people in D.C. thought I was out of my mind. They all thought I was demoted. I actually had a conversation with the Secretary of State at the time James Baker, Jim Baker, who I had been covering for five years. I said, "I'm going to leave the beat." Each head journalist tells him that a lot. He said, "Are you going to the White House, Congress?" I said, "No, I'm going to write a column about technology and computers." His exact words were, "What the f*ck do you want to do that for?" I learned later that the minute I left the State Department building he had his assistant, his top PR person, start calling around to find out why I'd been demoted, what had happened. So, I did that. It was very successful. That was in 1991. Then in 2001 or 2002, I had already become friendly with a terrific journalist named Kara Swisher who had worked at the "Washington Post," written a book on the rise of AOL, and I had talked her into switching to the Journal. She was based in San Francisco and she also had a column in the Journal. Mine was focused on products, hers was focused on the industry out there. We decided we could run a tech conference that would be much better than the tech conferences that were running at the time, and that we could make it journalistic, that it would break news or illuminate news topics. We decided to do it by banning speeches, by banning PowerPoint and by just doing what we called "Wall Street Journal" interviews on stage. Real interviews done by real journalists. We'd follow-up, we'd do whatever. Instead of going to the business side of the company, we went to the editor of the paper because we thought of this as a journalistic project. Paul Steiger was the editor at the time. He bought the idea. He helped sell it to the business side. They wanted us to do it in the conference division of the company. We refused. We did it in the news side and we hired all outside experts at how to put on a conference. That was a big success. That was called All Things Digital. I was still writing my column, Kara was still writing her column and we were running All Things Digital. Then in 2007, which was coincidentally the 30th anniversary of the personal computer, we did two important things. One is we started a website. Again, we had convinced the company that we could do this. The company had several websites but they had a big one. Of course, still do -- wsj.com. It was behind a pay wall. We insisted ours be free and pointed out we had this other revenue stream from the conference business, which was, by then, bringing in quite a lot of money. They let us do it. We had this strange thing where we remained employees or in Kara's case she became a contractor to the company, but I was still a prominent technology columnist -- the principle technology writer -- at The Wall Street Journal. At the same time, I was running a business unit. We actually had a contract with Dow Jones to run the business unit. The second big thing we did in 2007 was that we got Steve Jobs and Bill Gates together on the stage at our conference, which had never happened and didn't happen after that. That now is used in business schools and various other places. That was a great moment. We did that and we expanded the website, which became very influential. Actually, it competed with the technology stories on Wall Street Journal's website. Big media companies can have competing properties. It was very small. At one point, we had three journalists, and then, we had a few more and a few more. I think by the end of it it still only had 10 or 11 journalists and one developer and one business person. That was it. Rupert Murdoch bought Dow Jones and he agreed to continue all this and leave us alone, he left me alone and continued to treat me fine. I had a personal employment contract with them that helped. All things continued to thrive and be left alone, for the most part. We began to feel like we needed to grow it. We needed to grow the franchise. We had beats we needed to cover so we needed to hire reporters. We had editors we felt we needed to hire for more editing structure. We had additional conferences we wanted to do. We even had an idea for an additional website so that we would have had two websites. We had all these ideas and we sent them (in). We even had our business person create spreadsheets to help us and all that kind of stuff. They just wouldn't invest to grow it. They didn't interfere with it but they wouldn't let it grow. We made a decision in 2012, Karen and I, that we were going to start a company. We went to the CEO of Dow Jones. His name was Lex Fenwick. He had come from Bloomberg. He was eventually fired from Dow Jones. He had been fired from Bloomberg, too, which raises the question of why they hired him. We said, "Lex, our contract is running out at the end of 2013," which was about 16 months later. This wasn't abnormal, starting negotiating at that point. We said "We just want you to know, we are not going to sign up for the deal where you own a hundred percent of it." By the way, we were compensated fine. We had a share of the profits and all that. But we wanted ownership. We wanted the ability to expand. We wanted to raise money and invest. We said, "We are going to start our own company. We are not going to re-up. But we are happy to have a discussion with Dow Jones or News Corp, which by then owned Dow Jones, about investing." He said "Oh, it is too early to negotiate." We said, "No, it is not really because we have a bunch of offers." For some reason, companies and some investors had, honest to God, we didn't put a word out on the street. Not that we are above it. John: But... Walt: We even thought about leaking stories, doing everything to get investment interest. But by that meeting, we had a dozen unsolicited offers by people who had figured out that we were on a three-year or four- year contract cycle and assumed that by the end of the following year we would be free and wanted to start talking to us about investing. These included media companies. It included investors. By the end of the process, by the way, we had more than 30 unsolicited bids. There were some sporadic discussion with News Corp and Dow Jones about them investing. It never really was serious. I don't think at the beginning that they believed, they thought we were bluffing. I don't know. He said "I can't stop you from meeting with these other companies," and so we did. We went off and we started having meetings. We went on a little mini-roadshow. We hired an investment bank. My God, if you had told me that I would ever employ an investment bank and an M&A law firm, I would have been astonished. There was not a word about that at the Columbia Journalism School when I went there. We found two very congenial investors, private investors who put up half the money we felt we needed, and NBC News, which put up the other half. In addition to putting up the money and being a great board member, we have an operating agreement with them (NBC News) which gives us a TV platform and in turn gives them a bunch of technology news. We got the money to create our own company and on January 2nd of 2014, about nine months ago, we started our company. We have hired reporters, editors, and we have created a whole business side of the company. That is how I got where I am. John: One of the things your path embodies is some of that tension between institutional brands versus individual brands. When we started working at newspapers it was the institution that counted, was accountable. We subsumed our identity for them. Walt: Absolutely, yeah. John: When did that change? You embody it. You didn't leave in '92. You left in 2014. What happened over that span to change that? Walt: First of all, my professors at Columbia in 1970, I am an old guy John, would have shot me. People like Fred Friendly, who was Edward R. Murrow's producer, who was one of the professors that I had there would have shot me if I ever used the word brand to describe myself, because journalism is a calling. I still believe that, by the way. But the idea that you are a product or a brand is ridiculous. Secondly, I would say this. It is not an entirely new idea. Although nobody used the word, and I think some of the power that we associate with these journalistic brands wasn't present but somebody like Mike Royko in Chicago or Walter Lippmann or Scotty Reston or famous movie and theater critics. John: They were always so. Walt: They were always stars. They might have been called stars. They always made publishers uncomfortable. It was a two- edged sword. It helped the paper, because they had followings. This is a really important word, followings. I kept trying, once I became successful and long before I started my own thing, even inside, I tried to get the Journal to create more columns or more people that would have followings. They just, you know. There always were stars. I think what makes it a brand is the web. That is what makes it a brand. My columns were print only. But then the Journal syndicated them to AOL, so very early I was online. I didn't have to do any extra work. But I was in AOL. Then, I was in the Journal's online site. This exposed my name and my work to a much larger audience. The Journal was very often, in many of the years I worked for it, it was the number one circulation print paper in the country. But that is a small number. I think their high point was 2.1 million, right, 2.2, 2.1?. That is a lot of people. But the country, even then, had 250 million or 200 million people, whatever it had, just not that many. The web, not only does it have more people, but it has the ability to replicate through linking and through sharing. John: And it has the ability to measure. Walt: And to measure, right. John: That is almost the difference between a following, is it is non-numeric, whereas an audience, specifically for you, how many people come to view it... Walt: They had their crude readership studies and I always did very well on those readership studies. John: Right. You and I both know in that era they were very crude. Walt: Very crude, every once a year or twice a year, whenever they did them, they never told me, because they didn't want to give me bargaining leverage. But they did tell me in general. I would show up in the top two or three things people wanted to read in the paper. There was one point in 1997 when I got a very lucrative offer from another company and was about 80 percent out the door, because it was triple my salary and other great things. It was a company I could imagine working for, good journalistic standards. The Journal kept me. They matched the pay package, which was extraordinarily high by their standards, by anyone in print journalism's standards. I think that same year Rick Reilly, the sportswriter, was paid roughly the amount that I began to be paid. I know, I learned later, that one of the ways in which the editor of the Journal kept me, convinced the management to keep me, was by getting the advertising department on his side. They said, "Look at the readership studies. We can tell you that we are getting these tech companies' ads, because they know people will read the paper, because Mossberg's column is in it." I guess maybe that is when I transformed into a brand. I don't really know. But by then, I was online already. Online is a big factor. John: It is interesting. You talked about being a hobbyist and getting comfortable with posting online, with using online, with asking questions online. Yet, at the same time, you were covering defense and foreign policy. You began in the days when the only interaction you had with an audience was once in a while a letter that came into the mailroom. John: Typewritten. Walt: By the way, half of them were anti-Semitic. They had yellow highlighter on them. But you are right. I got very few letters. John: Yeah. All of a sudden, you're on the mount, making a sermon to people. Walt: Right. Even before Twitter, even before Facebook, there were comments. If they weren't insane comments, I would sometimes get involved in them.. But you are right. I had a lot of feedback. The other thing is, remember, I was by then and still am a reviewer and a commentator. Either I am reviewing a product or I am doing some sort of essay or commentary. I still do that at Re/code, in addition to trying to run Re/code with my pal Kara, and finally, we have real management people who know something about business helping us. So everything I did was opinion. I think that also helps you be a brand because it is provocative by nature. I am not saying I set out to be provocative. But anybody who knows me knows I have opinions. If I said "This computer is better for average users," remember, my laser focus was on average users. I can't stress that enough. You have got to have a focus if you are a journalist and you want to be successful and you want to do something ion your own. I don't care. Even if you stay inside the "Los Angeles Times" or whatever it is, or NBC, you better have a focus. You better become known, become deeply grounded in it, and you better become known. I wouldn't have a focus on something I hated, of course. I love this stuff. I had a focus. My focus was technology for average people. I never wrote a word about technology for big businesses. I never wrote a word for technology for enthusiasts and hobbyists. It turned out that they read it anyway. Why? Why did the IT director at some big company read my columns? Partly, maybe it was because I often had access to new products that they needed to know about. But a lot of it was that the CEO and the COO and the CFO and the CMO of the company would read "The Wall Street Journal" every day. They would read my columns once a week and they would go to the IT department and say "Mossberg says that you can accomplish this with this thing that costs $75. I just signed a thing you put before me for $75,000. What the hell is the deal?" In a lot of companies, I was very unpopular with the IT departments. In fact, I did a couple speeches to IT managers and it was very interesting. You're right. I had a community around me that could get to know me. A lot of them actually think they know me better than they do. I think that is the case with every columnist, because a columnist can use the word "I" a lot.. "I tested this," or in a sports column, "It is time for the coach to get rid of the quarterback." After a while, they get to know the guy's style or the woman's style and they either like her or hate her, but they feel like they know her in a way that they don't with a reporter's byline, even the finest reporter. Yeah. John: Yeah. Is that the reason you never moved west, you never moved ? Walt: Oh, there is a very good reason for that. The reason I never moved west, they wanted me to move west. The Journal would have paid me to move west. They would have actually made up the housing. This is a bygone era. They would have paid for the move and I think they would have helped subsidize, whatever, make me whole on buying a house in Palo Alto or whatever. I explained to the editor. First of all, I didn't want to uproot my family. But secondly, there was a very practical reason. I was afraid that if I moved to Silicon Valley I would become too close to the industry. That would be fine if my job was to cover the companies financially, but my job was to represent the average person. I needed to keep that perspective. I knew a lot more than the average person, I had to work to keep that perspective, even here in Washington. To move to Palo Alto I would have been going to the PTA meeting and the Safeway and everything else and seeing the people that made these products that I was reviewing, that I was critiquing, that I was saying were either good or no good or whatever. I was afraid that I would become sucked in to the industry culture the way some reporters who cover tech are, the way some reporters who cover Washington or Wall Street are, because they live right there and they're there. I can remember having this conversation with the managing editor of the Journal. I explained what I just said about keeping my consumer focus. I promised I'd go to Silicon Valley six or eight times a year, which, by the way, I have. I've made, I don't know, 250 trips there or something. I remember him saying to me, "How will you see the new products if you're not there?" I said, "When we announce that the Wall Street Journal is going to do critical reviews of the products they will all come to Washington and show them to me. Regardless of whether it was me or somebody else and regardless of the city, if we said we're going to put the person in Des Moines, they would go to Des Moines." It was true. Within, I don't know, a month of us announcing it they all had made appointments to start coming to see me because they wanted me to review their products. John: That question you bring up about how do you, as a journalist, maintain your distance from those you cover is one that goes on all the time in Washington and, to some extent, one hears it a lot in Silicon Valley. Walt: It goes on in Detroit with people writing about the car industry, and it goes on in Wall Street, I repeat, with people that cover the finance industry. There are probably many other examples if we start to think about the trade press. If you're an oil reporter and you're based in Houston and you get to know the oil executives. It's a long-time journalistic problem. It's not just an Internet age journalistic problem. You have to work out a sense of arm's length. I think the thing to do, my own personal point of view - and this is what we try to convey our reporters at Re/code is get to know these people. By the way, I did get to know. I spent dozens of hours in private conversations with Bill Gates and Steve Jobs. I'm not bragging, but I did. I know Bill Gates and I knew Steve Jobs very well and I know Mark Zuckerberg. I could go down the list. It sounds braggy. It's stupid. By the way, not just them but their vice presidents. I know the product managers. I met this morning with the people who are the product managers for the new iPads. I also know Tim Cook. If I were to pick up the phone there's a fair chance he would answer it. If I were to email him he would respond. If I were to ask for a half an hour on the phone with him, particularly, if it was not on the record, he would probably do that. I also know the product managers. I know all these people. Our reporters who are based there also know these kind of people, and they also know, because they cover things that I don't, the bankers, the VCs, that kind of stuff. We want them to know them well enough so that they'll be sources or they'll help with stories, but we always caution our people not to get involved. We also have very strict ethics rules. The Web is very big so you have to be careful. I think we're the only website -- at least, we're the only one I know of -- where right next to the byline of every reporter's name, there's a link to their ethics statement, and everyone has an individual ethics statement. It's not buried at the bottom of the site, sitewide. There's a Walt Mossberg ethics statement, there's a Kara Swisher ethics statement. Just to mention a few of our people, a Peter Kafka ethics statement, Ina Fried ethics statement. Some of them are similar in some of the language, but then, they are all tailored to the person. They go to the question of what investments do you have and don't have? If you're a reviewer, they go to the point of explaining to people that you don't actually keep these products that are lent to you. This morning I was given, for testing, some new iPads. Even if I decide to buy that iPad, I have to send those back to Apple, and if I decide to buy it I have to buy it full price at the retail store. No discount, nothing like that. I've put it in the ethics statement because not every reader understands that. John: Here's one that just struck me. Here's a question for people in the Valley, too, the journalists in the Valley. How much of your drive, your entrepreneurial drive, over the last 20 years was fueled by knowing people, covering people, covering companies where wealth came cascading in? I want my part, too. Walt: Why are you apologizing for asking a question, Geddes? John: Because I haven't been a reporter for 20 years and I'm back in the game now. Walt: You've got to remember you can't apologize. You're almost right just like I'm almost right. Everybody's almost right a lot of the time. You're not exactly right. Yes, I was happy to be making a lot more money than typically reporters...it's not nearly as bad as teachers or police officers, but print journalists have historically and continue to be generally underpaid. If you're at the New York Times or the Wall Street Journal and you're responsible for covering, I don't know, the Pentagon or Google or poverty, health, some super important subject, I think most Americans would be stunned to learn that these people a lot of them don't even make $100,000. I understand that to somebody that's on food stamps that still sounds OK, but if you're the Pentagon reporter for the New York Times -- I don't know what the Pentagon reporter for the New York Times makes -- and you don't make what a junior associate at a law firm makes there's something strange about that. Lots of people are depending on what you do. Yes, I was happy to make more money, but the making more money, like in many careers and jobs, in my personal case, it was mostly a market opportunity. People would offer me a job at much more money and I would go and bargain with my employer and get a little more money or I had a choice, of course, of leaving. Why you're almost right is what made me, and I think Kara, increasingly entrepreneurial was the people we were covering, but it wasn't about the money. Really. I haven't signed up for the clergy so I am fine with making more money and I'd like to make more money and I'd like my people to make more money and I'd like our company to make more money. I am a capitalist, and I'm fine with that, but it was not that. It was really the fact that you could start a company or a venture or a product and actually shape it and build it, and the barriers of entry to that were lower than ever in modern history, particularly, if it was online. In other words, it was a digital product. This is a ridiculous comparison. Facebook is a digital product. It can scale. It can make money. It can also fail, but it can be a big deal. Re/code, my little company, is not Facebook and never will be, but we can do that, get online, we can add more people, we can say this thing we're doing is a failure and drop it in a second and turn around and start a different approach to something we're doing. If we think of a new idea, whether it's the bosses, me and Kara...because we do a lot of things by being collaborative and collegial. One of the reporters comes up with a great idea, a new kind of beat, a new kind of way to approach stories, a new kind of video thing to do, whatever. We're on television, we're about to go on radio, we're on every platform. We have a conference coming up at the end of this month. It's just on mobile. The name of our conferences is called "Code under our Re/code banner." It's called "Code Mobile." It's going to be a terrific conference. It's being produced by two of our reporters. Kara and I are overseeing it, but they're producing it. That's the kind of thing you need. Watching these tech companies. I watched the beginning of AOL and so did Kara. She wrote two books about it. I watched the beginning of lots of them, of Facebook, of Google. I wasn't there at the beginning of Apple, but I was there at the revival of Apple when they were 60 days from bankruptcy, and I watched what Jobs did there. When I started covering Microsoft I think they had 3,500 employees and Bill Gates still had a policy of reading every email sent to him from inside of the company. It was not nothing, it was a reasonably big company, but it was very nimble. I watched what these people were able to do. I watched them succeed, I watched them fail, I watched them do amazing things. In all of American business, it has happened that in this period of time that I've been able to cover it tech has been the most dynamic part of the economy. That did affect me. John: You were inside big media. Why didn't that level of innovation and entrepreneurship that you mentioned occur there? Walt: I'm cracking up. John Geddes, you were inside big media. You can answer that question, but I know you want me to answer it, I'll give you my version of the answer. In my experience, and, granted, I've only worked at one big media company so people can shuck that off, but I really don't mean this as a particular criticism of Dow Jones or News Corps. Actually, Rupert Murdoch does take risks, sometimes dumb ones like the Daily. I think big media companies tend to be risk averse. I just do. Particularly the ones that have achieved a lot of influence and power, whether it's the New York Times company or Dow Jones and the Wall Street Journal or it's, I don't know, Condé Nast or Hurst or it's the television network companies, whatever. I just think they tend to be risk averse. John: Is it because the innovator's dilemma, that they have too much cash flowing in? Walt: I think it's cash. They haven't had that much cash flowing in. I think it's that all of them have extremely successful products that are revered by some a lot of their customers and depended upon by millions of people. They are used to that carrying everything and just being the end of the story. One thing piles on the other. I don't think they tend to feel entrepreneurial, and then, I don't think they tend to hire entrepreneurial people. We went through this interesting experience of people offering us money to fund Re/code, some of whom were big media companies. We met with quite a few big media companies. Their approaches, almost all of them were willing to give us the money we wanted. There wasn't too much argument about the amount of money. There was negotiation but there wasn't big disputes about that. It was almost all about how would we be deployed, how would our brands and our content and our talent and our people be deployed inside the company. In most cases, they were all very conventional in what they wanted to do so we didn't go with them. We went with NBC because NBC understood that they shouldn't try to control our new company, which they don't. They're a minority investor, a very good one. We could have an operating agreement, which would help both of us journalistically and both of our brands, to use that word. They were the exception. Most big media companies are very hierarchical. In journalism, in particular, even on the edit side - maybe especially on the edit side - a lot of sharp elbows. You have to be collaborative. It has to be different to do entrepreneurial journalism. For all I know, this is true of big companies in every industry. I don't know. John: How do you think we did -- and I say, "We," I mean, journalism as a class -- did covering this huge transition where one point tech will take over the world was seen as a boast and at some point it become not a boast but a statement of fact? How do you think we as journalists covered this? Walt: I don't think you can generalize. I think some publications and journalists, if you look back at it, did a good job. I just finished reading Walter Isaacson's book "The Innovators." For instance, he quotes John Markoff quite a lot, who is a reporter at the New York Times and, at one point, was an extremely prominent reporter. I don't mean to say he's not. I don't notice his stuff as much in the paper as I used to or on the website but it's still there, and he's a very smart guy who I admired a lot and got to know some. There were particular reporters. This is always true, I imagine. There were particular reporters. The Wall Street Journal went through periods where it was a must-read on tech, and then, it fell down and now it's trying to come back up. It had terrific reporters at various times. I'm taking myself out of it. I'm talking about the reporters that covered it. Other papers, I keep talking about the big national papers, but I think some of the regional papers. The San Jose Mercury News certainly caught on pretty quickly, because it is the paper of Silicon Valley. There were good tech writers at the Chicago Tribune. There were good tech writers at the Houston Chronicle. Some particular newspapers with some particular kinds of staff caught on to it. Television was slower, much slower if you're talking about journalism as a whole. Magazines also slower, some better than others. I think there's a record. In fact, in Isaacson's book, he quotes a lot of stories that overestimated tech in the '50s and '60s. Somebody would come up with a computer and would claim it was a brain that would replace people in 10 years and all this kind of stuff. He shows how these articles almost read exactly the same 10, 15, 20 years apart. This wasn't an ignored subject. John: Do you think we saw it hitting journalism? Do you think we saw this media coming in and changing... Walt: I can only tell you about the Wall Street Journal. It was very slow. The PC became mainstream in 1977. I mentioned that. You have the Commodore, I think, the Commodore Pet, and you had the Apple II which was really the one that had the most impact, and you had a Radio Shack computer. Those were the first computers. I'm not going to say they were easy to use -- they were certainly not -- but you could use them without being an engineer. There weren't kits that you had to put together. The computer that inspired Bill Gates to drop out of Harvard, which was called the "Altair," it had no screen, it had no keyboard, you could not write anything or draw anything on it. It just had lights that flashed. You could program it to flash the lights with switches in a certain sequence. It was a computer, but that was like in '73 or '74. '77 we had these things. In '84 here at the Wall Street Journal, we were still using typewriters, manual typewriters. The editors would edit it on paper, and then they would hand it to a teletype operator. We were running a national paper. We had a lot of technology at the back-end. We had satellite printing, we had laser engraving of plates. Dow Jones had patents on some of this stuff. The journalism part of the thing was still, seven years after the Apple II...I still remember I had an Apple II and I was doing some writing on it, but I had to print it out. Then, they figured out a way that with a modem you could send something to a printer, but it still had to go to paper before it could be edited. I think there was an Apple II in New York at the page one department. For the people that don't know, the Wall Street Journal has a page one department that, particularly in the old days, was responsible for one page and features. They had an Apple II for writing headlines. I have no idea why, but I remember them calling me with a question once about it or something. I think we were slow. John: You think we were slow. Did you ever hear of a thing called Justice League of America outside of comic books, in regard to tech journals? Walt: No. John: I'll tell you this episode that people related to me. It was either Comdex or one of the gatherings in the 2000s. 10 or so journalists who usually covered tech got together and decided suppose we set up our own site where... Walt: Oh, I was in that. John: You were in that. Walt: Now, I totally remember it. John: Tell me about it. I think this is one of those... Walt: I just forgot that we used that name. I can't remember everybody who was in it, but it was most of the columnists and some of the bigger beat reporters. It was about 10 of us. Who told you about this? John: I heard it from two people. I heard it from Kara, I heard it from Markoff. Walt: From Markoff? Yeah. John: Yeah. Walt: Yeah. No. I was in that. John: It might have been Dan Gillmor. It might have been Walt: Yeah. Dan Gillmore probably was in it. It was also Matt Goldhaber was involved in it. He was not a journalist, but he was an entrepreneur. He had the idea that you could charge for articles. You could sell, basically you could turn into a piecework business that would be very successful. It was an early instantiation of this idea that the brands were big, this why you're asking I'm sure, that the brands could survive outside the institution. Yeah. We all believed it was possible and we talked about it, but it never happened. It never came to anything. Nobody ever carried it forward because we were journalists and not businesspeople and we didn't do it. Personally speaking, I found other ways to be entrepreneurial. Kara and I both found other ways. But boy, I haven't heard that for a long time, but you're right. I don't remember what year it was. But you're right. It was in Vegas. It was either at COMDEX... ...Or CES. It started probably from a typical gripe session. All journalists are always griping about editors and constraints. John: And how this was an opportunity Walt: And Goldhaber, who was not a journalist, had this idea. John: Somebody said that it was, you all got together. It was all pledged silence. Walt: Pete Lewis was in it too. John: Pete Lewis was in it, too. And we'll all pledge silence. And that night somebody just happened to mention it to a hedge fund guy -- not a hedge fund guy; somebody from Sand Hill Road. That person said to them, "I will write you a $12 million check right now... Walt: I don't remember that. John: ...to start this up." Walt: That part of it I don't remember. John: The problem with it, they said, it just like burst… Walt: If that was real, it would have happened. John: ...Yeah. Yeah. No. It was just sort of birthed because everybody was so shocked. Walt: The guy might have been drunk. John: Yeah, he probably was drunk. Walt: Who knows? But I remember it as more of a...it was a micropayment model, I think. We never thought it through. But that's actually really what Kara and I went and did with All Things D, although we stayed within the safe confines, but also eventually, the constricting confines of a media company. That's what we're doing now. You're right. That might have been the first time. I certainly knew by then that I was a brand and so were some of the others that you describe in that meeting. Pete Lewis was a brand and Markoff was a brand. It's easier if you're a columnist and you're a columnist at a national paper to have it occur to you that you're a brand. I can't remember if I was even using that word inside my head in those days, but I certainly understood that my work and my name had some economic, some market value. I don't know if we used the word brand in that conversation, but yes. Yes, I completely confirm that that happened. John: It's just an interesting arc to January 2014 when you guys set up... Walt: Yeah. Or to May of 2003 when we started All Things D. John: Correct. Walt: It wasn't completely independent from Dow Jones, but within a couple years, you know, it was operating as a business unit. We were getting a profit share. We were running it autonomously, which wasn't true for most of the other tech journalists. It was steps and you could argue that we should have argued that we should have broken off and become independent sooner, but there's also cycles. There is right now a high valuation being put on content so it was a good time to do it. John: What do you think of the next cycle? Last question. Next cycle for journalists. Are you upbeat about journalism? I don't mean just examination of products or companies; I mean public service. I mean writ large. Are you upbeat? Walt: Oh, writ large I'm very upbeat about journalism. I think it's a great time to be a journalist. It's not necessarily a great time to be a publisher. Although done right, I'm hoping because I am a publisher and a journalist that you can do it well. I think that there are so many...look. When I got out of journalism school...why did I go to journalism school? John: Because you probably couldn't find... Walt: No. I already knew how to write, and had been published by a reputable paper scores of times. I was a summer reporter at the Providence Journal.... Walt: ...in Rhode Island. You know where Rhode Island is, right? John: Yes, I'm familiar with it. Walt: Providence Journal was a paper that in those days had about a quarter of a million circulation. It was a feeder paper for the New York Times and the Wall Street Journal and some other big papers. Why? Because it was regarded as small, but high quality. The editors of those bigger papers could take a chance on you if you came through there. It had won, I think, four or five Pulitzers by that point. I had a stack of clips already written and published about everything you can imagine... John: City Council issues, you name it. Walt: Politics, City Council meetings. I had written obits. and wedding notices of course, but I had also written real stories, a few business stories. I had one or two scoops that put me on the front page. I knew how to write a story, and I knew how to develop sources. I knew how to do all that stuff, when I was a kid. But I went to the Columbia Journalism School, because in those days it helped you skip a bunch of small...I wanted to be on a national newspaper in Washington. That was my plan. To me, it was the Wall Street Journal, New York Times and the Washington Post. I come from a household and a family of not business people. Nobody read the Wall Street Journal that I knew and I didn't really read it until I got into college and grad school. But I understood it by then to be a very high quality paper. I applied to all of them and all of them offered me a job. Some other papers offered me jobs too that were more regional, but I was interested in national things. The New York Times offered me a job as a news clerk which was very common for people coming out of Columbia. That was their standard M.O. John: It was their entry level, right. Walt: It was considered very nice that they were offering you a job, but I was a published reporter at a very good newspaper. I was like, "I don't want to be a news clerk." The Washington Post offered me a job on Metro. That meant covering police and local politics in the suburbs but I had already done that. Besides, some of the professors at Columbia and other people said to me, "You'll never make it to the national staff from there, because they would rather hire somebody from outside.... ...than promote somebody who was based in Arlington, Virginia, or Bethesda in Maryland, or whatever." The third was the Wall Street Journal and they said, "We'll make you a national reporter immediately. We don't start new people out of school in Washington. You have to go to one of our other bureaus." I went into the Detroit bureau which I thought was a horrible thing at first, but it turned out to be a terrific thing. It was a very important bureau to them, and I met all kinds of terrific people there, including two future editors of the paper. But then, I went to Washington. Within less than four years after graduating, I was at a national paper, highly respected, able to get sources to return your calls, in Washington. John: That makes you optimistic, mainly because...? Walt: Oh, I'm sorry. You see, I lost the train of thought. Walt: It was hard, but you had to do that. I had to be lucky that the journal was expanding that year. They were expanding because Reuters was coming into the country or something. Today, you have to go through that stuff. You didn't only have to go through journalism school. If you can write and if you have somebody...obviously, you can start your own blog. But that has the disadvantage of how do I get audience? Also, if I'm not a journalist and don't have any experience, how do I get edited properly? You may think you need editing, but most people... Walt: ...need editing. Or, how do I get mentoring? When I was a kid at the Providence Journal, the bureau chief in the suburban bureau, where I primarily worked, would sit around after the end of my shift and tell me stories and say, "Good job on this. But you know, you could have done this a little better or differently." I had this huge favor done for me by somebody being a mentor, which I've tried to pay back with other people. You can start your own blog. Lightning might strike and you either might become influential and rich, or influential or rich, whatever, or somebody might buy you. Probably, you want to get in with Mashable if it's technology. Or you might want to get hired by Quartz if you're a business reporter, or you might want to get hired by Grantland if you want to be a sports reporter, or Politico if you want to be a political reporter. Or some influential website in your town if that's what you want to cover. I just think there's more of those opportunities than there were when I got out of grad school, and there were a limited number of newspapers, magazines and television outlets. It's a great time to be a journalist. Not necessarily a journalist who can earn a living wage. That's an interesting question but it's a hard time to be a publisher. If you're an existing publisher, an existing medium, you have to make the digital transition. They all have but most of them not hugely successfully. If you look at The Atlantic, it's done a very nice job. I can say nice things about The New York Times online, but I could also say a lot of things they don't do. They've done generally a good job. Probably, some of the local papers have done a good job, and a lot of others haven't done a good job. If you're trying to start out as a publisher, you have a lot of decisions to make, a lot of which go to the quality of what you're doing. You can be Buzzfeed, which does some very good serious journalism, but primarily, I suspect is making its money and getting its audience... ...from link bait. I would not, personally, and this is not meant as an offense to them. Because, by the way, most newspapers are crappy. Most radio stations are crappy. Most television stations were crappy, and I would say, I've said that 40 years ago. The fact that most websites are crappy is not surprising but I wouldn't want to run a site that depended on listicles and slideshows that say, "20 Pictures of Kate Upton You Won't Believe," or, "20 Ways to Die From Ebola That You Won't Believe," or something. That's just not me. It's a perfectly fine business model. I still think there's a lot of people who consider themselves publishers, or would-be publishers, that don't want to go down that road. I don't care, by the way. It could be entertainment journalism. It could be humor journalism. I think The Onion”\ is a major cultural institution. I don't know the numbers. Maybe you can investigate it, but I'll bet they're doing better being online than they were when they were being distributed at campuses as a free newspaper. It could be humor. It could be tech. Look at Politico It could politics. It could be whatever. It's a harder time to be a publisher, but not an impossible time. I'm actually optimistic about that part, too, but not as optimistic about journalists and journalism. We have succeeded now in opening the gates to hearing tens of thousands of voices, and you don't have to have landed a job at... My example of picking those three papers, those were the three most influential news organizations in America. Even the television networks followed what they reported. Some very high percent of the original stories that were being produced across the entire spectrum of journalism were produced by those three newspapers. They had a ton of money. They had a ton of journalists, and they got to pick from the best candidates, they had the best journalists. Of course, there were wonderful journalists in Anniston, Alabama, and Providence, and Sacramento. As a concentration, they had fantastic staffs and talent. Today, they still are awesome and then there are some additional things, depending on the field you're talking about. I'd like to think, and in fact, I'm completely convinced that "Re/code" has the highest quality team of journalists covering tech. I believe that. We hire carefully. We've been lucky, and we have great people. People want to work for us. Just in general, there's a lot more openings. There's a lot more places. You don't have to think about three. You can think about 300,000. John: Excellent. Walt, thank you very much. Walt: You've got a lot of editing to do on this, Geddes. Is this going to be shown anywhere? No. John: Who knows? Somebody may want to do a full length movie....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (19)

Harry Motro

BIO: YES: Harry Motro currently serves as a psychotherapist ...

TRANSCRIPT: Paul: It is April 9, 2013, and Paul Sagan and Martin Nisenholtz are in Los Gatos, California with Harry Motro. It's great to see you.Harry: It's great to see you.Paul: Long time. So start with just, your background wasn't in news or media, so maybe give us the two minute resume that got you from accounting to the media business.Harry: My love of news really originated from my father's background. My dad was born in Palestine and grew up in Israel. As a person living in Jacksonville, Florida, he was addicted to news, because it was news of his homeland. The evening news and the newspaper were a big deal in our house. I think I just inherited a chunk of that. The other piece of my story is that my mother was a Holocaust survivor. As a Jew in Holland she sort of did the Anne Frank story and escaped. As such my parents were determined for me to be successful and have a job. My brother became an engineer, and I became an accountant.It was really security that my parents were searching for, although it was never a great fit for me. I did it for six years, I was actually pretty good at it, but I was living in Atlanta at the time, working for Coopers & Lybrand, now Price Waterhouse Coopers. Ted Turner was getting up a head of steam. The business was growing.My dad was an entrepreneur his whole life. He was that Israeli make it up as you go. I was attracted to Ted's business. I came in through the accounting side, went into finance, then went to new business development.It was great at Turner Broadcasting because Ted liked to get people who thought like he did. If you could be creative, start a new business, think outside of the box, and be aggressive, Ted loved it and you tended to do well in his organization.I went to new business development. The first businesses that I got associated with that were connected to news were the Checkout Channel, which were TVs in grocery store checkout lines, and the Airport Channel.Those were being done by Scott Weiss and some other people. I got associated with that, and that set me onto that path.I'll take a breath there. Was that the two minute background?Paul: Yeah. That was excellent. I learned 10 things I didn't know about you, and I have known you for 20 years.Harry: There you go.Paul: You were then there, CNN is really revolutionizing TV and what we now call old media TV journalism and it invented the 24 hour news channel. But it wasn't an interactive world, and then things started to change. When did you first see the power of what digital or interactivity was going to do to news, and did you follow that immediately with this entrepreneurial instinct, or what happened?Harry: What happened first was the impact of digital on the backend. I think it was Sony that started doing the 8 track tapes not 8 track. I don't know, but tapes that you stuck into a big machine and you could put a little video...Paul: It was the video jukebox.Harry: Video jukebox. You would take little pieces, that would grab the tapes, and you could compose chosen different formats. You basically programmed it. That helped Headline News, that helped the local news feed business that Jon Petrovich did at Headline News.Paul: It was the backbone technology of NY1.Harry: You're very familiar with it. That started making its way into CNN. We took that to Germany for NTV, Nachrichten Television I'm probably not saying that right at all where we did a partnership with Siemens and some other people there. I was involved in all those "new businesses," and I saw the power to change the economics of creating 24 hour news. At the same time, a guy named Ken Tiven I don't know if you know Ken...Paul: Oh, yeah.Harry: Ken was running around CNN advocating Avid, because Avid had basically digital editing, and everything else was, you know, we were running around with tapes. Those pieces started to show me, because I was working close with Ken, because Ken was supporting all the new businesses from a technical standpoint.Paul: He had launched a news channel in Orange County, California.Harry: That's right. He was deeply into that. It's funny, because I really appreciate him. He had narcolepsy. [laughs] At meetings, he'd fall asleep. But just a wonderful guy. He never really got full recognition of what he did at CNN. We saw the backend build. The frontend started happening as PCs started making penetration.Paul: Was it the proprietary services first? Because, for a lot of publishers, print publishers, it was the dialup.Harry: It was CompuServe for us. Our first deal was with CompuServe. They were aggressive. They were much bigger than AOL to start with. I think we initially spoke to CompuServe and Prodigy. We didn't get to AOL till later, although I do remember meeting with Steve Case in a little conference room, half the size of this room...Martin: What year was that?Harry: God...I want to say '94, '95.Paul: It would be about right.Harry: Maybe it was before. It could have been a little before. It could have been '93.Paul: Within that period.Harry: It was that period. It was the early '90s, for sure. Steve was telling us how this was going to piece [?] different pitch at it, it was going to be much more creative, much more colorful, much more interesting. But we did start with the dialup services.Paul: It was dialup, so you were repurposing or creating text or stills, with no video. It was still not a TV experience, like CNN was. Correct?Harry: It was really tough for us, because we didn't have content.Martin: Right. You could do what the medium required in some ways. Because you didn't have content, you didn't repurpose content, which is an advantage, in some ways.Harry: Yes, it forced us to do some work, but, on the one hand, we had the right brand, because CNN brand meant instant news.Martin: Absolutely.Harry: We had the right mentality of going after a new opportunity, I think. The bad news is all the text that sat inside of CNN was scripts. It was people writing stuff for someone to read over, which didn't fit if you didn't have a video. What we had to do is figure out how do we get rights to Reuters and AP. This is where Burt Reinhardt single handedly enabled the creation of CNN Interactive.I think he used to work for Reuters. He knew them forever. He was a trusted figure in the industry. Reuters and AP knew that they were having someone who wouldn't abuse their content.CNN negotiated massive deals with Reuters for content. Otherwise, we were paying them a lot of money.Paul: I want to make sure we get this part right, because we did talk to Scott Woelful, and he remembered Burt's critical role in founding CNN Interactive. But one of the other things we really focused on was Reuters as primarily a wholesaler and having a different business model than AP, and kind of cracking the door open, we hadn't realized with CNN, and with Yahoo!, and effectively putting commodity news out there in the wild for the public to get it.Talk a little bit more. Was Reuters first at CNN ahead of AP for interactive?Harry: Yes. Reuters was friendlier. If I get this right, AP is a consortium of all the newspapers, and they were much more resistant and restrictive.Paul: They actually forbid them to sell for quite a while until Reuters kind of knocked the door down.Harry: Reuters nudged them through the door. It was like, "Well, we're going to do this." We were much more reliant on Reuters, which is stronger internationally. That influence, I think, Scott Woelful would probably be clearer about this, but Reuters leading position influenced the actual content early on.I didn't realize this until I got to Infoseek, but Reuters was very aggressive in the valley at the same time I was at CNN and Paul, you were at Time.Reuters was an early investor in Infoseek.Paul: And Yahoo.Harry: And Yahoo. And they had a board observer position on our board at one point. They never attended a board meeting that I remember, and they sold their position shortly after I arrived.Paul: We talked to David Graves who was at Reuters and did the first deal with Yahoo! And then went to Yahoo! He talked about Yahoo! Would ask for a product, they would make it and then they would run around everyone else online and say, "Look what Yahoo! Has. Don't you want to buy it, too?"So they really played this game, particularly out here in California, very well.Harry: They didn't do it to us because, as part of their equity investment, if I remember right, we had a great Reuters deal.Paul: Let's go back to CNN then. Then we'll get to Infoseek. You started, like many, experimenting with the dial up services and having to create a new product, which as Martin said, may have been something of an advantage because you have to figure it out. But it was still a pretty limited medium, and then the web came along.Harry: Let me make another comment about the dial up services, Compuserve and we did AOL later, too. Early in Compuserve, the value that they wanted was on air promotion because they were trying to advertise on the cheap. We wanted to really experiment with the integration of television and online. We had people creating news, basically rewriting Reuters and AP. I can't remember how much AP. But we also had a whole staff of people who were monitoring the forums. Do you remember that?That was actually the more interesting part because you could see usage spikes around shows. There was a show that was done in the center of the CNN Center in the floor.Paul: In the mall.Harry: In the mall. I can't remember the ladies name. She didn't last that long.Paul: No, but it was a live show in the afternoon. I remember.Harry: It was a live show in the afternoon. It was sort of our feature integration show. It was actually a great learning experience. It was probably one of the most heavily integrated early shows that was done, especially around news.Martin: I want to go back to this notion of the rationale for your developing this. The newspaper folks, Tony, others, really were focused on classified advertising and the disruptive potential of this technology.You didn't have...There was no existential threat at CNN. It neither threatened the television advertising business nor, at that time in particular, the cable MSO subsidy. Why did you even...As I recall Ted Turner didn't even like it. Why did you even do this? It doesn't add up to me. Was it just because you thought there was some huge business to be had?Harry: I'm not going to take that much credit for it. It was actually the Turner entrepreneurial culture. That's what I really think it was, that, "Hey, here's a new business. Let's go explore it." It was not heavily funded. It was really self funded through the Compuserve.Martin: Right. They paid you. That's the key. They paid you for the content.Harry: They paid us. So it was a financial opportunity. And the other piece where we got a bunch of money was from Lexis Nexis. Lexis Nexis, have you already heard this story?Martin: No.Paul: Certainly not in the context of CNN or television.Harry: Lexis Nexis wanted to have as much researchable digital content as possible because their stuff was text, it was easy to research. They were getting a lot of money from people who subscribed to Lexis Nexis. They were getting a limited amount of our transcribed text of our shows and previously the CNN librarian had negotiated a deal with Lexis Nexis for $10,000 a year, almost no money.I started scratching my head. Mark Bernstein and I cut this deal. This is great content and they wanted it. We flew out to California. Our content was being transcribed by a company that was using the legal touch system, where they could do it almost real time. We upped that deal with that company and sold the content to Lexis Nexis instead of like $10,000 for over a million dollars.So we got a million from Lexis Nexis. We got more than million from Compuserve. It was enough to build the business.Tom Johnson, he came totally from the newspaper space.Martin: And he was running CNN.Harry: He was running CNN at the time. Tom was not a big supporter... He supported. He was a people person so he supported me and our team, but he really didn't understand the opportunity. It just wasn't intuitive to him.John Petrovich at Headline News, on the other hand, was very supported, and Bert was supportive, too.And Ted, Ted didn't get it either, really. I remember the first time I showed Ted a page of CNN.com.We had started our offices under a stairwell. I don't know if Scott Woelful told you this story. It was the most unattractive space in the entire CNN Center. It was under a stairwell. The windows were papered off because you weren't supposed to look in. Wires in the ceiling. It was a little hell hole.We started there, but as we gained momentum we finally moved to a marquee spot because they were starting to show it off because it started to be cool. That was the first time that I got Ted to come down and look at our web page.I was nervous. What's Ted going to think about it? It was just our home page and it had a pretty big graphic on it. This was on a T1 inside of CNN Center. For some reason it was slower than usual and it was a slow load and after about two seconds Ted was like just didn't get it, big thumbs down, and walked away. I'm thinking my God, good thing he didn't see it on dial up the way most people did.Ted's so used to instant gratification with three secretaries and television. He didn't get it. I have to give Ted's brilliance full credit. Even though he didn't get it, his entrepreneurial gut said go do it, supported it, was interested in it. The other thing I think, Ted had a fascination with what was going on in the Valley. He closely followed the net worth of Gates and Larry Ellison. That got his attention.Because of the humanitarian that he is, he was all over them about giving. Almost every executive meeting I was in with Ted he would digress into that topic. He knew something was going on and he knew it was important for CNN to somehow be a part of that.Paul: Let's make sure we tie off the CNN story. You went from these early experiments with dial up and a B2B service, LexusNexis, to a total consumer play on the web. How did that happen? At least up until the point you left CNN.Harry: We're sort of fast following you, Paul, at Pathfinder.Paul: How?Harry: You and Walter. We saw that.Paul: We did politics together.Harry: We did politics together after we launched cnn.com. Scott Teissler came to CNN and he brought another guy and I cannot remember his name.Paul: Sam Gassel.Harry: Sam Gassel, thank you.Paul: And Monte Mullig.Harry: And Monte Mullig.Paul: That, I think, was very important as one of those accidents of history. Three guys who came from the Academic Computing Center at the University of Chicago.Harry: Absolutely. I can't remember if it was Scott or Sam who showed me for the first time what a hyperlink was. I said that's really cool. I was in my young 30's. I was still young enough to have enough energy and I still really hadn't made my career so this is great, let's go do this. We were doing the content anyway and getting paid for it by CompuServe and the other people and Lexus Nexus so let's get some incremental revenue here.Martin: At a certain point, because now we're into the year of the Internet, of the web, CompuServe and AOL, AOL in particular, say we're not going to pay you if you've got all your content on the web. Didn't that happen at CNN?Harry: We spent many hours negotiating around that. I can't remember the details.Martin: You managed to string it along for long enough to transition to an add model at CNN?Harry: Yes, basically. Yeah. They were not happy. Let's say we'll give you some international news, we're going to do so much here. Really, what we had to offer some was still the television promotion. We'd give them a certain amount of mentions, check it out on CompuServe. Then it was check it out on CompuServe and the web because we had a lot of leverage. This was another genius of Ted. He carved out a certain number of minutes per hour for internal promotion and we had access to that. In fact, we sold a chunk of that to AT&T when AT&T was doing an online ploy.Martin: Interchange.Harry: Interchange. We did a deal with them. Really infuriated Lou Dobbs because he didn't know about it. Again, it was a self funding model. It helped us to get onto the real Internet eventually. There was a guy named Richie Glassberg who was the sales guy at CNN Turner Sales and he was the guy who liked Linda McKutchin. It was that little group of people that were inventing it.Paul: Banner ads.Harry: Right, banner ads.Paul: CNN straddled both worlds, dial up and then the web and then the broadband web and it became more a graphic rich and then TV friendly media. You have to fast forward now 15 years and you can start to do TV. CNN was really suited for this.Harry: Yeah. I remember realizing early on that of all the content, entertainment content, sports content, news content is ideally suited to be chopped up and rearranged because we figure that out when the back end got digitized. I got that and then cut it up and people like it in little chunks. We did some television pretty early on before very few people could enjoy it and what happened was we did a deal with Intel. It was called CNN at Work. Intel had so much money back then they were just throwing it around to experiment. They wanted to get video on PCs so they could sell more processors. Their idea was we've got dial up at home but we've got broadband at work and people want CNN at work.We did a thing with Intel and that really helped us understand how to do video on the PC.Paul: Before we move to the search part of your life, let's talk about business models. CNN did have the beauty of the dual revenue stream. It did get subscriber money but it didn't have to go beg for it because it was bundled and it had ads. There were revenue streams at risk. TV on the Internet today is still trying to figure out how to make that transition. You guys really had no issue with that, right? It was all new ad sales. You decided to go free. Tell us why you did that because it obviously had a lot of impact on other businesses.Harry: Tom Johnson said, "Harry, if you give it away you'll never be able to charge for it." He was sort of right. Someone was going to give it away. He didn't put his foot down enough because we were self funding. We weren't burning up a lot of money. Harry: Tom didn't want to have it for free. He struggled with it. At one point, later on, we launched CNN Plus and played with what newspapers are even playing with today, segregating out a chunk of the content.Martin: To have a premium tier, so to speak.Harry: To have a premium tier, exactly. There were a lot of discussions on the sales side about the break up or the split between digital and television advertising dollars because you could play games with that.Paul: If you bundled the sales.Harry: If you bundled the sales and how that was done. It was probably the same on the magazine and the Pathfinder side.Paul: The big risk was it would be digital would be given away for free and never even improve an ad model.Harry: Right. Then the other side happened, too, because the online guys like Richie would try to work it the other way.Paul: You get the TV for free.Harry: Early on there was a lot of experimentation spending that probably you saw and that we definitely saw. Like GM. When we first met with GM they were really interested and they did a big buy that would be impossible to justify.Paul: That's right. There was a period where the agencies were walking down the street trying to throw money at experiments because it was the new cool but it wasn't a sustainable model.Harry: It wasn't sustainable, but it was great in terms of growing a new business.Paul: You were there and then you left. You went west. Talk about that. You went to search for, not to a portal. Talk about that.Harry: It's interesting. In my exit interview with Ted, Ted was asking explain this to me. What is this search? How does it really work? At the time that I left, even little InfoSeek in their news section, because they had news already but not extensive, was doing a significant amount of pages, like maybe half of CNN.Paul: So Infoseek's news was already half the size of CNN's?Harry: It was substantial. It was enough that when I said that to Ted he was like, "Whoa, seriously."Martin: Just for the sake of the listeners, why don't you talk about what InfoSeek is because it no longer exists?Paul: And the year.Harry: The year I left was '97. InfoSeek was one of four search engines that raced out to go public. It was really Yahoo was the clear leader, the clear brand name guy, and then there was Excite, which was KP, Lycos, which was based in Boston, and InfoSeek. InfoSeek was founded by Steve Kirsch and six other guys. InfoSeek had a good search engine and search technology that the guys developed. They had hired a guy named Robin Johnson who came from Time Inc. He built the company. It was a little over 150 people when I came. InfoSeek was under complete chaos when I got there.Martin: What was your role?Harry: I got hired as president. My first day I became the CEO because Steve and Robin were having a proxy battle because Steve thought Robin was the wrong guy. Robin wanted to reposition InfoSeek to a business search engine and he, not telling Steve, hired a bunch of people, bought a little company on the east coast away from Steve, and was going to do that. Steve freaked out and said I don't want this to happen. They had been interviewing me anyway to work for Robin. The first day I got there I went to a board meeting with Robin. They excused Robin, said hey, we're firing Robin today. Harry, go fire Robin. You're the CEO. That was my introduction. CFO quit, head of sales quit within a week. I had to do a restart. The good news was people were flocking to the Internet at that point in time and they wanted search engines. They needed a place to find content. That's how we got to InfoSeek.Martin: Talk about how it developed, because they didn't start to be content creators. I don't think any of them did. They were organizers and guides to the web. That's certainly where Yahoo started, but they morphed into what we call portals and content destinations. Talk about that. Then, obviously, that gave way peer search to Google in a very different model.Harry: Yeah. Yahoo had a directory, no search. Alta Vista did Yahoo's search I recall initially. Then it was replaced by Google. That's how Google got their start. Info Seek was the first paid search partner for Netscape.Martin: You paid Netscape to be...Harry: We paid Netscape. Ned Barksdale and company were really smart, well, sort of smart and stupid at the same time. They were smart in terms of they figured out a way to monetize the traffic that was coming to their browser. They mastered it in term of...we started. That's how we got our initial market share. Then they rotated everybody else. They basically auctioned it off at the most competitive auction possible. Our traffic was probably more dependent on Netscape than any other surf portal. One of my big mandates was to find other ways to get loyal customers outside of this expensive Netscape opportunity. The mistake that I think Netscape made is they could have started their own search engine.They had smart technical people. They could have hired a couple of people in the search business. They could have been the Google today. But they were so focused on other opportunities more enterprise software opportunities, because I think that's what Barksdale understood.It was started out search, mostly for the search engine companies. The portal concept wasn't new. Pathfinder embedded that in everybody's mind, but it probably didn't have the support infrastructure and...Martin: Engineering keeps coming up as the key missing ingredient. Is that true, do you think?Harry: I wasn't at Pathfinder...Martin: Whether it's Pathfinder or CNN, one of the themes that we continue to hear over and over again is that the Valley culture really puts most of its emphasis on engineering and engineering innovation. The media culture is more defensive. They're content guys, and that's a huge difference.Harry: I think that's right. I think CNN suffered a little less from that because we had Monty, Scott, and...Help me again.Paul: Sam.Harry: And Sam.Paul: It was an unusual situation that helped, but it wasn't still at the level...Martin: Ted Turner wasn't.Harry: It wasn't the level of...Paul: But you had a few computer scientists, which was different than all the print guys, basically.Harry: We did. At least, on the news side, we didn't feel like we were always a year behind. At Infoseek, the founder was Steve Kirsch. He was an MIT engineer. He had done several startups, and he had a whole cadre of engineers who followed him around company to company. He got it. We could keep up, although it still felt pretty tough.Paul: The portal idea had started a little earlier. The search engines were basically trying to become portals, and that didn't really work in the end.Harry: What was interesting, we launched portals like everybody else did. I had Beth Haggerty, who came from the East Coast media world, and it was like back in CNN days of selling opportunity. I got experimentation dollars again. I got big branding dollars to go into channels. We made a lot of money, way more than probably could be justified by the actual customer interaction with the brand, by launching portals.It was successful, we got a lot of traffic into the portals.When I got to Infoseek, it was interesting. There was a guy, Peter, and I can't remember his last name. He got hired away from us by Ridder Newspapers because he wanted to start doing the individual tracking and database mining around customers and around advertising, really what we see as par for the course today.We put a technical team on it and we spent a lot of money on it. It was just too early. The technology didn't work. We couldn't get the payback. It was too complicated to sell. It was just a little bit early. We bailed on it. We probably shouldn't have. It was a mistake that I made.Paul: You then merged with content businesses, as I recall. What was that about and what happened?Harry: Every time you ask me a question, I have to tell people stories. Here's another one. I knew Mike Slade because...Paul: He was ex Microsoft.Harry: He was ex Microsoft. Because Microsoft came to CNN. I want to jump back to CNN for a second...Paul: This is very important because it brings in the MSNBC story.Harry: They tried to do a CNN Microsoft deal before the MSNBC deal. I don't know who they spoke to first. They were probably negotiating both of us against each other. Nathan Mervold came. We all sat in a big conference room. A lot of meetings. They wanted half of CNN in perpetuity digitally. A lot of people talked about it and they were going to throw a lot of money at it to create it and Ted said no. At the end of the day, he was not going to give away half of CNN for any amount of money. He knew the intrinsic value of the CNN brand and so he said no.That's how I got exposed, extensively, to the Microsoft team.When I got to Infoseek, Mike Slade had done a deal for Starway, which was running ESPN with Disney.Paul: So it was a digital content company based in Seattle.Harry: Mike Slade's business was a digital content company that did multiple, different brands, including running ESPN with his joint venture with Disney, because Disney was trying to leverage their way into the digital space, just like TimeWarner was. Mike brokered a meeting with the three, Mike and me and Jake Weinblum. That's how I got introduced to the Disney guys. It happened probably within a month or two of me starting at Infoseek.Then we started having some conversations. Not much happened. But the media companies were talking to...Martin: And Disney acquired Infoseek when? What year?Harry: It was in two pieces. Forty three percent in 1999 and closed the deal in January 2000, something like that.Martin: Wow, just got out in time.Paul: When did you leave?Harry: I left a couple of months after closing the acquisition.Paul: That's about the best timing we've stumbled upon here.Harry: Yes.Martin: Steve's was pretty good, too, with TimeWarner. But you're right.Paul: Steve Case's was pretty good, too. But if there was a time in the saddle versus getting out at the right time, Harry's...Harry: I am thankful to God that this was just the perfect timing. When you're in a bubble, the optics are incredibly important. So a CEO selling shares in a bubble company is not a good idea. So I didn't sell a single share until I left the company because it would be disclosable and hurt the company. I didn't want to hurt the company.Once I left, I started selling. Immediately I said I need to divest.The bubble didn't pop overnight. It was over three or four months.Martin: It leaked first.Harry: It leaked, so I sold during that leaking period. I was very thankful for the time.Paul: Let's just conclude by asking you about a couple of themes that have emerged for us. We touched on the one about the engineers and the challenge for traditional companies. Even CNN which had some true engineers by default even before you started online and Knight Ridder out here that did some early projects, but they never had many. They couldn't hire a lot, and they would never put them in charge. That seemed to be one of the themes that just made it, in the end, impossible to compete with the tech driven companies that took over the Internet. Does that make sense to you?Harry: I'm a little torn. There's a guy that I hired, Miguel Garcia, who...Paul: At CNN?Harry: At CCN in Atlanta. He was a talented engineer. He brought in a good team. He worked with Scott and Sam and Ronnie. He built our content production system. There were smart engineers in Atlanta. I think you probably could have launched a good news company, maybe not a search engine which is even more intensive around the algorithms. I want to believe it could have been done.Paul: But not inside CNN. Maybe in Atlanta, but not inside CNN. Or do you think there was a way to go all in?Harry: This is the optimist in me. I think it could have been done all in in Atlanta if it weren't for the traditionalists who were there that made it a little bit more difficult. CNN was successful when I left. I didn't leave because cnn.com was going down. I left because Infoseek gave me a million options. It was a hard deal to turn down, A.And B, once it got successful, it was intensely political. I spent almost half my time negotiating internally for resources or fighting power battles, be it with Lou Dobbs at CNN FM or in CNN SI/CNN Sports.It was just too much, with everybody reaching in for a piece of this now politically attractive pie.Paul: Our experience at Time Warner was very similar, maybe with a zero added... [laughter]Paul: ...in complexity, whereas the tech companies were new.Harry: They didn't have the overhead of all the people grabbing for space.Paul: That was a big piece of it.Harry: Yes. I think that was as big as the engineering, or maybe, my guess, bigger.Martin: That's why a lot of the newspapers built totally separate operations. In fact, Ridder described the process of taking his operation, although it never happened, public. They were completely trying to separate them for that reason. It just never happened for lots of reasons.Harry: I experienced the same political dynamics with the Walt Disney company, too. I spent basically two years interacting in some capacity with Walt Disney. I had to give Michael Eisner a lot of credit, too. He got it at that point that this was really important. But that was still hard, in as big an organization as that is, to keep all the different powers out of it. Jake did a great job trying to compartmentalize things, too, but it's just really difficult.Paul: Let me ask you that last question, and go back to that boy you described, who was so influenced by his father. Even though you started in accounting, you loved news and you went that way. You've seen this arc play out, and clearly a lot of organizations, not CNN, but a lot of news organizations are in pretty deep trouble today trying to figure out how they'll keep doing what they're doing.You've been an observer. How do you look at news now, and do you feel better served, less well served? I know you, you're right, you are an optimist, but are you optimistic about where it's going or pessimistic?Harry: I'm totally optimistic. I think we always look back in history sort of with "oh, it was so great then." I can get almost any news story I want about any content type at my fingertips at any time. I think the biggest fall back is that I read shorter stories. My attention span has shrunk probably, although I'm doing a doctoral program and read all the time and in depth stuff. I love the capacity of being able to find out what I want to know when I want to know it. I think that's incredibly powerful. I think the digital revolution has brought that to us. I think people are story tellers, people are curious. News will always happen. People will always want to tell what's going on with other people.I have seen the pain of a lot of journalists being laid off in the newspapers and transitions are always very difficult for certain people at certain places, and my heart goes out to them. I don't know how to stop or change that. I tell me kids, "Get on the new thing, not the old thing." [laughs]...

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (20)

Matt Mullenweg

BIO: YES: Matthew Charles "Matt" Mullenweg (born January 11,...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: We're rolling with Matt Mullenweg, in San Francisco. On, I want to say today is eight, the eighth of April, 2013, Martin Nisenholtz.Matt: Hi.Martin: Nice to see you after all this time.Matt: It has been a few years, hasn't it?Martin: A couple years, at least a couple. You look the same.Matt: [laughs]Martin: That's a good thing. Working...Matt: Hair's a little longer.Martin: A little bit, maybe not. Beard's a little shorter maybe. [laughs]Matt: That's true.Martin: Anyway, let's start, just because, how did you come to publishing? I mean, I know your history, for the sake of the interview, just talk about how you came to publishing, and why you decided to do what you did?Matt: Sure, I probably found the first blogs I read were economics blogs. One of the early ones I remember was Brad DeLong. It was just in a subject area I was interested in, and folks were writing about it every single day. Like fairly esoteric things. There was no news website on macroeconomics, but there were some professors that would blog about, pretty much, daily. Tyleco, those were my first blogs, and then I discovered...Martin: What year was that have been?Matt: This probably would have been 2000.Martin: OK.Matt: Blogs were already a thing. Blogger started, David Winer had had all of his things, you should talk to him.Martin: I've talked to him.Matt: Then I discovered the cool blogs, Anil Dash, Kos, some of the guys who are still going today, Daring Fireball, and that made me feel like I could blog and so I started blogging. I used Movable Type. I'd done some CMSs for publishing news before, like organizations have their news, there's a meeting next week, we're going to have this speaker next month or something like that. But never personal blogging. That's what brought me to publishing.Martin: Mm hmm. Just to be clear, you were a freshman at that time.Matt: This was still in high school.Martin: OK. What brought you to WordPress? I mean, how did that happen?Matt: Sure, so Movable Type, I wasn't crazy about the software, so I switched to something called b2. b2 was open source. I started hacking on it, contributing some code, which was a great way to learn how to code, because I didn't really know. b2 sort of was abandoned as an open source project. Myself and a fellow over in the UK, Mike Little, picked it up and continued it, and that became WordPress.Martin: I see. OK. What year was that?Matt: That would have been 2003.Martin: OK, and then you landed at CNET?Matt: Yeah. That was about two years later. I had come out to San Francisco to visit a friend, Tantek Celik, who worked on the Microsoft Internet Explorer team. But he was very well connected on the web. I had met a lot of these folks at SXSW, which at the time was much smaller. I feel like 5 or 600 people in the tech part, and so you could kind of meet everyone there. It was like, still like it is today, like San Francisco went to Austin. Being in Texas, I was amazed, all these Internet luminaries were going to be in my state.I visit Tantek , and I spent a week here. It was a lot of fun. I went to Google, I met the Blogger team with Google, actually, because they had already been acquired at this point. I visited Yahoo, I visited a ton of different companies. One of them was CNET.They had said, they just wanted me to come in and talk about RSS, which was a big thing at the time. I guess they were figuring out, and they were already using WordPress for Download.com, and a few other properties.When I went back to Houston, they, a couple of those companies got in touch, saying, would you be interested in a job, and CNET was the most interesting.Martin: Why?Matt: Because they were a media company, not a technology company, and so from an intellectual property point of view, they weren't trying... You work at a Google, you sign something that says everything I create while I'm here or at home or whatever belongs to you guys. CNET did a carve out that let me retain the IP personally to any open source code I did, which I thought was really cool, and they also carved out 15 percent of my time, I could just spend hacking on WordPress.Martin: What were you doing for CNET?Matt: It was kind of odd. I was in a strange group. I worked on Help.com and helped relaunch that. They had some educational stuff they ran through CNET.com and News.com. I just ended up doing some random...I was like a product manager, but I was also the only engineer on that team. So, I ended up coding and managing product and helping them out.Martin: One of the things that has been a persistent theme for us is that media companies just don't get engineering. Was that true at CNET? Did you find that you were alone there?Matt: I did feel relatively alone, partially because of a technological point of view. There wasn't that much going on. Most of CNET's platform was a Java based thing. Obviously, CNET has a huge history in publishing. Vignette spun out of them in the early days. They're really probably one of the first Internet publishers that scaled.Martin: Yeah, they probably were the first Internet publishers. We haven't talked to Halsey, but...Matt: It would be good. Halsey or Shelby.Martin: Yeah, Shelby.Matt: They deeply understood it, which was fantastic. Shelby and there was this guy there Mike Tatum, who were the guys who brought me in, essentially. But, all that stuff was in Java, and I was PHP. The only thing that was PHP at the company was GameSpot, which was very different from, they called the "Red ball properties," that I was in. News.com, CNET.com, Download.com. The had the red CNET ball logo.It's kind of weird how these things inside companies are demarcated. I was the only engineer, and then IT was a little bit of a pain. I wanted a Linux server that I could hack around on.It was easier for me to actually order a second desktop and then configure it as a Linux server, under my desk, and then just point people to that IP address than it was to get something officially going with IT.Of course, IT is notorious at many organizations.Martin: At that point in history, as I recall, blogging is relatively new. It's not brand new, but it's relatively new, and there is a real distinction between publishing articles on the Web and publishing a blog on the Web. That era was... [doorbell]Matt: I'm sorry. Can we pause for a sec?Martin: Sure, we can. [door opening]Martin: Om, how are you?Om: I'm good, Martin. Martin: That's OK. How are you? Good to see you.Matt: You want to help yourself to coffee or something?Martin: Let's just continue. Om Malik has just walked in the door and...Matt: It's a small world.Martin: [laughs] It's a small world, right. We're going to do a little interview with him in a minute. These two things are quite separate. Did you view them as separate? Did you view them as two different worlds, the world of articles and the world of blogging? And if so, what was your thought about what the differences were?Matt: I feel like blogging was in a teenage phase. There was a lot of crisis of self identity. I personally hated the word "blog." I called it either a "weblog" or a "journal." All my sites were called journals. Some folks were trying to define blogging as strong point of view, single author, comments were very, very important, by a lot of people. Yeah, I did see it as something different.But then, very early on, you started to have these blogs, essentially group blogs, for something less popular, even from their early days, which looked a little bit more like a traditional media organization, more than a single author opinion.Martin: Like Boing Boing.Matt: Boing Boing was an early one that was very popular. One of the economics ones I followed, which was called "Marginal Revolution," which is actually still going today. What else? That's all I can think of, off the top of my head.Martin: The world of blogging begins to develop now, and you leave CNET?Matt: Yeah. I was at CNET for about a year. I was a big believer in personal publishing, and I wanted to do something where anyone could start a WordPress.com blog on CNET. They had all these cool online domains like online.com and computer.com. I figured we could use one of these like online.com and say let's have martin.online.com and then everyone could have one. It could be your own sort of voice on the web.Martin: Dave Winer came to the Times with the same idea in the early part of this first part of the decade, around 2001 or 2002.Matt: How nice.Martin: It was just very hard to get that done at that point.Matt: It was hard to get it done now. Slate had done something, right?Martin: I don't remember. We talked to Michael Kinsley.Matt: Salon, maybe. I think it was Salon. Salon had done one of those, using Dave's software, I believe. They just weren't buying it because, at the time, they were locked in a Titanic struggle where their premier properties like CNET and news.com doing tech news were in battle with like Engadget and a Gizmodo and not winning, which was almost inconceivable that four guys with lame software, no journalism degrees, whatever, were beating these very large organizations.Martin: How come that was happening, do you think? It's interesting because CNET's not a traditional news organization like the Washington Post. It's a native web operation so you would think they would be a little more nimble.Matt: I guess they still took that approach to publishing that was much slower. I'll give you two examples. One, the idea that one person would write the article and email it to someone else who would format it who would then go to someone else that would add the photos. There were five or six people involved in it. Obviously with a blog you just do it all yourself and press publish. I recall a meeting I was in at CNET. Some people there really got it. Very, very impressive in terms of what was going on. The thing about when I was there, David Carpenter was there around the same time. A lot of early web folks were there. There's this meeting and they were taking their publishing system at the time that was called Comment or Ajax or something like that and then they had a screen of WordPress on it.I said alright, here's a finished thing ready to publish. We'll set a timer and let's publish one live to the web on both and started the timer. Of course, on WordPress it took 15 seconds. I copy and pasted the article, pressed publish, and it's live instantly. In their system, and this was probably the most uncomfortable meeting I've ever been in my life, it was maybe 15 or 20 minutes. It had to rebuild things. It was excruciating and all these engineers with gray beards were just staring at me, glaring at me really angry.I guess the point they were trying to make is that our system needs to be as fast as this little, dinky thing some kid wrote from Houston. I think that was part of it. Speed was important. Tone was very clinical I felt like. It wasn't really personal there. It was more like an objective point of view approach to writing versus more opinionated, fun, no curse words, those sorts of things. A little less relatable to people, I think. Slower in both of those ways, both at a technical level and at a speed of adapting to what an audience wanted.Oh, and comments were terrible. They had one of these weird BBS system sort of things.Martin: You think comments are important in his direct world?Matt: I think still comments are really important. With WordPress, you just put in your name and your email and you commented where there you had to register and put in your demographic information so they could market to you and all this sort of lame stuff. Conversations there ended up being jilted and not very good.Martin: Clearly, one of the other themes that is really present throughout this whole series of interviews is that there's this sense that, on the one hand, a world in which journalists can directly publish to their audiences is emerging, but, on the other, there's a concern that this whole series of intermediary processes meant to make sure that whatever people are publishing has a reasonable chance of being true is being costed out of the equation. How do you react to that as the guy, or one of the guys, who basically created the software around this more direct world? How do you feel about that?Matt: I feel, on a whole, blogs are probably more accurate particularly in the long term. When I publish a blog post it's not edited beforehand, it's not fact checked beforehand, but it's my words, my name's on it, I feel personally attached to it, and if there's anything wrong in it I get a comment within five minutes telling me about it. That was the beauty of blogs and that conversation would be transparent under the blog post. I feel like bias was clearer, understood, and that the conversation that could happen so easily after the blog meant that the truth came out, even if there was a mistake, an honest mistake. Even if there was a dishonest mistake people would blog about it and link to it. You could have these conversations.One of the things I thought was really powerful at the time was Technorati. You could put in any URL into Technorati and it would show you everyone linking to that URL. It was pretty much real time. Blog posts became a single post, even if they didn't have comments like a CNET article could become the center of a conversation happening on dozens of blogs and you could find all of those really easily like there's this article about X. Let me see every blog that's about that.The blog post, of course, were more interesting and longer than comments because it's someone on their own website or banner writing things. I liked it. I still believe in it today. Have there ever been mistakes in the New York Times? Of course. Newspapers have sections dedicated to correcting things. Books. Everything. Everything will always have a mistake so if you accept human fallibility you don't try to optimize for never making mistakes, you try to optimize for correcting the mistakes as quickly as possible.Martin: Yeah. We were talking just before we went on the interview about alternatives to a more traditional journalistic process, this notion that Wikipedia has largely replaced Britannica with something that's quite miraculous. It has its faults, obviously, but it's also amazing. Was it ever in your mind that blogging would be that kind of thing to traditional journalism? Do you see them as completely separate worlds?Matt: I think there is always a space for both. Whenever there's a new form of media we always think it's going to replace the old thing and it never does. We still have radio, however long after TV was introduced. Different forms of media are important. I did always feel, and I still do. There's an incredible power to, for example, on the Internet, I might click away from anyone just like the Washington Post or the New York Times is. As a source, as the original source of information for any number of stories, I can put my own words out there. That's amazing, as well. It's kind of that realization I think anyone goes through, that you read the paper. Let's say you read it every day for five years, and you assume that it's reasonably accurate. Then there's an article about you or about something that you know a ton about written, and you're reading it, you're like, wow, this is totally wrong.Then you're like, well, is it just this article that's wrong? Or is maybe everything I've ever read has that sort of degree of, kind of? It's never, like, straight out lie, but a little off, right? That filter, I think, is just something now that you apply to everything. You start to want to thirst, I think, a little bit more for those original sources.Martin: Yeah, that's interesting. You've now left CNET and started WordPress. Just talk briefly about the WordPress experience and the development of it.Matt: Well, WordPress had already started, but I started the company Automattic.Martin: Right, sorry.Matt: That's OK. CNET was supportive, in fact, both Shelby and CNET put in, I think, 25K each to the first round, which was fantastic. They were supportive of it, but clear that they didn't want to do this blogging thing, because they felt like it was on the decline. Our competitors at the time were all the Internet giants, Microsoft, Google, AOL, Yahoo, all with blogging platforms, and this company called Six Apart, which was pretty dominant at the time.Martin: They (Six Apart) were pay, right? That's what kind of doomed them?Matt: Yeah, they had some business missteps essentially. That, I think, feel like rubbed the community the wrong way, which kind of was the tipping point for WordPress in a lot of ways because we were there, an open source, and ready. I think, at the time, it was one of these waves where people started thinking about who owned their software, and their content, and everything like that. And of course open source is the most free thing you can possibly use because all the way down to every line of code writing on your site you can control. People were actually worrying about that, so being an open source solution alternative was really powerful.We did two things at first. The first I worked on was called Akismet. It was actually the first product we launched, and that was because spam had become a really bad problem because the openness that enabled conversation on blogs was also just a goldmine for spammers.Both spamming bloggers, and then also exploiting Google's algorithms that looked at the number of links you had. So they found, "Oh, I can leave a comment on 10,000 blogs, get 10,000 links. Google now thinks I'm hot stuff," and when I search for rag right now the spammer comes up. Huge problem, and it was actually, I'd say, one of our big competitive advantages, was this anti spam system called Akismet.And then a few months after that WordPress.com, which was the idea that you could just start a blog in a couple of seconds for free, and it was run on WordPress.Martin: Now, A bunch of other things followed. A bunch of other companies have since followed WordPress, Tumbler, Twitter, so called microblogging services. Do you view them all as one big complement to each other? How do you view...?Matt: No, some are certainly replacement goods, and for certain people. Some might Twitter instead of blog. But, by and large, the rise of social networks in, call it 2007 to 2012, that incredible rise has benefited blogging hugely. Where a lot of people worried that, say, Facebook, or even MySpace in it's day, would replace blogging, it turns out that people still wanted their own sites, and wanted their own home on the web that wasn't just a generic profile on one of these services that are driven largely by advertising.So they provide distribution. Even Tumblr today. Twitter, Facebook. I do a blog post, it automatically goes out to each of those, and people who might follow me on each of these services get my stuff and they click through and come to my site. And so, in aggregate blog traffic is higher than ever, which makes more people want to publish and write.I think that's actually really cool. When you think about it each of these services is kind of just a version of a reader. It's a version of the front page of a paper, and each has its own sort of take on it, but mine oriented itself more towards photos, or more towards headlines essentially, which you could call Twitter, or towards more social actions like Facebook, but they all sort of have a reader.That was actually something interesting that news.com I'd seen it have early on, was they attempted a RSS reader that I though was pretty smart. In fact, RSS readers at the time were kind of the hot thing.You had Blog Lines, News Gator, Feed Demon. I mean these were kind of, and I would say still, among a very small passionate minority, what drove the all the cycles, and readers are kind of what these social networks are too, or what they evolved into.Martin: So what does blogging evolve into in your mind? You don't have to talk about...I'm not asking you about the next ten years, but like what happens next for WordPress and how do you think it affects, you know, the world of news and journalism?Matt: It's kind of funny. Exactly what I just said, we're working up to. So after 10 years of being just about writing, WordPress is now incorporating a reader as well, and the thing we've seen is that, that really...because blogging, certainly for me, has always been kind of about a conversation. Even when I start a post from scratch, it's often in response to something that I experienced or read or came across, which is kind of a beautiful concept. It's kind of like a cross domain conversation constantly happening, where something you write inspires something I write, which then inspires 10 other people and it kind of comes in a loop.By having that reader integrated, we find people blog a lot more, which is fun.And then, for us, it's really about...The one thing that hasn't changed in our entire history we'll be 10 year old in May. I know, nothing to other organizations, but it feels like a long time. A third of my life.Control. The people want control and flexibility just as much as they did five or 10 years ago. The idea that there's been many of these services that, because they provide distribution, get people to trade off some of that, certainly in the short term, but long term, if you are serious about publishing, you want your own domain on the web. You want a home. That's kind of beautiful because I think that the independent web, for lack of a better term, is cyclical, just like everything else.Probably one of the negatives before my time was when you drive by billboards and they'd show AOL keywords. Now you drive by keyboards and they show Twitter hashtags. Hashtags are actually kind of distributive but Twitter handles are not, obviously.I think we're at another one of those points I think we've actually passed it where people, because of the technical and social convenience of these centralized networks, flock to them. They've shown huge growth. And now people are starting to come out the other end and say, "Wait. I just spent four years of my life on this thing. What do I actually have?" Or they changed the terms of service, or they went away, or the company decided to go in a different direction and I'm not important to them anymore.They want to have their own thing again. That's always been our wheelhouse. That's exciting for me to see the independent web is coming back....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (21)

Nicholas Negroponte

BIO: YES: Nicholas Negroponte (born December 1, 1943) is a G...

TRANSCRIPT: Paul: So it is April 11, 2013. Paul Sagan and John Huey, we're on the campus of MIT at the Media Lab in Cambridge with Nicholas Negroponte. Welcome.Nicholas: Thank you.Paul: So one of the questions we've started with is, "What was your first time when you saw or had a glimpse into what digital technology was going to do to the media business or even the news business?"Nicholas: I came to MIT in 1961, so I was here when Norbert Weiner was still alive. Actually, he died that year. Then I was doing my thesis work in areas that had to do with computers. As far back as '65 I was using computers every day. We had just invented time sharing, so people could go up to terminals and type things in. You could search databases. The first time it was news centric, that I could actually go and look up news stories, was in the days of teletext and videotex. Maybe Lexis had already started, Lexis and Nexis, so that puts it early 70s.Paul: '70s into the '80s.Nicholas: That puts it in the early '70s. The '80s, a lot had already happened, but it was the early mid '70s.Paul: That's pre the web, pre dial up, pre proprietary services.Nicholas: Well, it wasn't pre dial up, but it was pre domain names, because a student of mine designed and built the Domain Name Server. I was using what is today called the Internet back in '70, '69 '70. But it was really Multix that was loosely connected with three other computers, and Russell Newman, who's a neighbor, had contracted a man named Licklider. JCR Licklider was very much a mentor and somebody I had worked with. Lick had written a book in, I believe it's '65, called "The Future of Libraries." While libraries isn't news, necessarily, it was the online nature of it and searching, and news feeds would very quickly be available online. It really for me started to happen in the early '70s, to see it emerge.Paul: This is still pre a consumer experience and really pre a B2B experience, even. It was pretty much academically centered.Nicholas: Well, as you know, the Internet or ARPANET, as it was called, and DARPANET as it was called after that, wasn't available to companies until the mid '80s. In fact, it was I think '87. It wasn't legal for companies to use it. The reason I know that is that when we opened our doors for business at the Media Lab, which was October 1985, we were fronting for companies to have email addresses, because we, as an academics institution, could have email addresses on the Internet, and companies who funded us could have them. In other words, it wasn't quite laundering, but it allowed companies to have Internet access. We started in that year, I believe, in '87, something called "News and the Future," which for us was the Media Lab's first real step into the newsroom and news gathering organizations.Paul: Why did you do that? What did you see?Nicholas: We did that because we saw the nature of news changing very quickly. We had something called "Television of Tomorrow" that predates it by about two or three years, but that was really the technology about high definition and delivering television over telephone lines. It was very tech oriented. The news in the future, we thought, would be more content oriented. In the case of news in the future, we basically went to media companies and said, "You better hedge against the future and fund us." I believe that at our peak we must have had 50 or 60.Paul: I remember some of them.Nicholas: You would be hard pressed to tell me one that wasn't, in other words, everybody. Time and Warner were separate still at the time.John: Warner had QUBE and Time had (Time) Teletext. Times Mirror had Gateway. All of those people were...Nicholas: Every single one of those companies was a member of "News in the Future." The only one that was a hold out that I don't think ever was part of it was "The New York Times." Am I correct? I think it might have been the only one.Paul: We'll ask Martin.Nicholas: You should check. I think so.John: Do you know why?Nicholas: I remember in 1981 82 going down to "The New York Times" with Jerry Weisner to see...who was the CEO?John: Russ Lewis?Nicholas: No, his wife, might have been former wife, was a reporter in Paris for the Herald Tribune.Paul: Madison?John: Sydney Gruson.Nicholas: Sydney Gruson and Jerry Weisner have this story they're chatting away about. Then Sydney Gruson looks at me and says, "Young man, what is the future of newspapers?" I said, "Sir, it's to wrap dead fish." Jerry Weisner never forgave me for that comment. As we walked out of the building he said, "How could you say that?" When we did our first electronic newspaper here at the media lab, that was really the first web application. I don't think there had been, really, a previous application, they named it Fish Wrap, sort of in honor of that remark. That goes back to the early '80s.Paul: There's no web threat yet. This is very early. These companies are all here. They understand there's a future that's changing somehow. You've shown them some of it, yet it didn't work out so well.Nicholas: It depends on the companies. Some tried. The Newhouse people, particular Steve...Paul: Who we spoke to.John: He mentioned that he came here and this is where he got this.Nicholas: I think most of the people will tell you that. A lot of them came here.John: Could you step back just for one second and talk for just a minute or so about the founding of the MIT Media Lab, what it was intended to do, and why it was thusly named?Nicholas: Sure. Actually, that's a pretty good topic, and thank you for asking. A couple of things are a bit circ*mstantial. One is that Jerry Weisner was president. I don't know if either of you ever had the privilege of knowing him. He was very interested in the arts and in science. His office as president was on the same floor, and if you followed the corridor, it went through my lab to the elevator that he took down to the ground floor where his chauffeur, he was the last president to have a chauffer, Mr. Tibbs, parked his car.John: So this is a location, location, location.Nicholas: This is a location story. Jerry would walk with his lunch guests to the car through our lab. Who visits the president of MIT? People you would love to have walk through your lab. Our lab was very photogenic. We were doing a lot of display work, floor to ceiling displays, touch sensitive displays, electronic publishing on screens with images and video all mixed, which back then in the late '70s was very astonishing. In fact, when we would show somebody an image that had text and a photograph, they would be impressed to see the two on one screen, but then when you touched the photograph, and it turned into video, you would hear sucking in noises. People who go, "Huhh."Paul: This was in what year?Nicholas: This was '78.Paul: Wow.Nicholas: People would be astonished at that sort of thing. When you could move your finger across text and it would say the words and stuff like that. It lent itself to a 30 second experience, and then you could continue to the elevator and go to lunch. It was very accessible. It was very, as I said, photogenic. Over that period, from let's say '77 to '80, I got to know Jerry really well. Some would say he was, in fact, like a father figure. One day he confided in me. He said, "I'm going to retire as president, and I'm not going to become chairman." Usually the president becomes chairman and the chairman becomes chairman emeritus, and everybody shifts up. He said, "And I'm not going to because Howard Johnson," who was then the chairman of MIT, was younger than Jerry and doing a wonderful job, and Jerry didn't want to. He said, "I'm going to go back and do research. The problem is that there's no lab that I want to go to." I said, "I have an idea. I'll build you a lab, and it will be at the intersection of art and science."At the time I was the academic head of all of the, let me call them, "extradisciplinary" elements of the School of Architecture and Planning, which included photography, video, computer graphics, graphic design, and then we even had the graduate music program. All of those pieces that were orphans at the institute were academically my charge.When we decided to build the Media Lab, we took those pieces, and others, and put them together in this thing called the Media Lab, which was very much a salon des refusés, people who were not accepted in their departments. When I went, at the time, to the provost and said, "I'd like to include Seymour Papert and Marvin Minsky in the Media Lab," they said, "Bless your heart."[laughter]Nicholas: They were troublemakers, and they weren't necessarily welcome in their home department because they were too edgy, too risky, too outspoken, whatever the right word is. The people who formed the original Media Lab did so in a frictionless fashion, and the statement, the "mission statement," if you want to call it that, was that the inventors and creative users of new media should be in one place. The example of where that didn't happen was in television. Engineers invented it and then threw it over the fence, and people used it. The example of where that did happen is photography. If you think of the history of photography, the people who invented it were the creative users, and when you wanted to do something else, you invented more. My argument, had you been in the room and I was trying to persuade you, in 1985, was that the computers would be the same thing. That the future of computers would be driven by the creative users, not computer scientists. That was the basis for the Media Lab.John: Almost everything you just described hit the retail market again, in terms of both product and rhetoric, in Steve Jobs, 35 years later. The science and art, the touching the screen, but television missed out on it too.Nicholas: When we opened the building, 1985, he was our speaker. I've know Steve very well. Steve, four years before, wrote a $500,000 check to help build the Media Lab, which he could ill afford. He not only was our speaker, but as a side note, our caterer was Martha Stewart, an unknown caterer. [laughter]John: That is new media.Nicholas: I said, "Boy, we've launched careers." [laughter]Paul: High/low.John: We don't want to divert into that, [laughs] although after the tape quits rolling, I'd love to hear more about it. Paul, I'm sorry, but I think we may be [crosstalk] .Nicholas: No, I'm glad you asked. The going to News in the Future was very much on mission, because it was about content and invention simultaneously, and people like Steve Newhouse were leading the pack. A lot of people came to those meetings in a more absorbing and reflective mode and would not go back necessarily and invent things, but it was an era of change. The Web, which was born, and some of the people on the team came right out of the Media Lab. It was born at that time and used here. Tim Berners Lee didn't have a clue what he was doing. Not a clue. When he came and he did stuff here, I remember seeing him at dinner once. He was the dinner speaker. I said, "Tim, you don't know what you've done. It's really very important." I remember having the same conversation in, I want to say 1988, maybe it was 1987, in London, with a group of people who were arguably the inventors of the Internet. Larry Roberts was there, Vint Cerf was there, Bob Kahn was there, Len Klein. It was that group.I remember it was 40 people. I forget why I was leading the discussion. I said, "How many people will be on the Internet in the year 2000?" The numbers were numbers like 30 million, 40 million. One person, I forget who it was, reached to 100 million and I said I think it'll be a billion. People said, "You're joking."Paul: Explains why there weren't enough addresses.Nicholas: It's amazing how nobody guessed the extent of it. Really did not.Paul: Walk us up to that a little bit. The lab launches in '85 so no web, no proprietary dial up services in any scale quite yet, right? This is pre CompuServ taking off or maybe just starting, no Prodigy, no AOL.Nicholas: General Electric had a time sharing system available in the early '70s that people used.Paul: But not most people.Nicholas: No. CompuServe must have been around then, too. Maybe '75. Then there were a few others that came and went. It wasn't very common. You could argue the media missed the web a little bit because we were very much into interactive television and television on demand and bandwidth compression and some of the people who graduated from here won. [inaudible 18:45] went and worked with Tim at CERN at inception and brought with him some of the graphics and stuff he had learned here. We certainly contributed but didn't do as much of the invention until it came time to do the applications and I think it's another case where the creative users became the inventors.Paul: Describe that. Did that happen in the same lab with the same group of people or a different group?Nicholas: The lab is a whole building. The building had groups in it and there was one particular group. Actually, they had multiple names but it was called electronic publishing, actually, in its early day and in the same one there was interactive video, which in '85 was a pretty astonishing name and a pretty astonishing thing to be doing. They co habitated. There was a project called "Advanced Television something" which was similar on the same floor. It happened on one floor in the building that was the media lab.John: When you're presiding over all this, and this was an exciting time, obviously, people were getting their own computers in exponential numbers and you're running the media lab. What was your big extrapolation of where you thought all of this was heading, not just for the news business? Where did you think this was going?Nicholas: I will answer the question of where I think it was going by not only telling you what I think it was but also there's real evidence today that that was the case. I thought it was going straight for lifestyle. This was about life, not computing. What was relatively rarefied, people using computers, whether it was the hobbyists first or scientists and so on, was going to, in fact, be a way of life and was going to change the way we did everything from cooking to living to vacationing to communicating just in general. I said back then, before the book being integral, that computers were about living, whatever. Computer science was about life. I forget what the exact quote is, but now it gets thrown back at me a lot because I see it in tweets and so on because when you have a name like Negroponte you don't get false positives on Google alerts. It's either my older brother or me so I track these things, not so much narcissistically but because they appear on Flipboard or whatever you're looking at. I think that was the key, that it was about the quality of life, lifestyle and the way we'd be doing that and the future.John: So you saw it as the great transformer or the great disruptor?Nicholas: I didn't think too much in terms of disruption because it was destiny. I didn't think of it as a surprise and I think of disruptions as surprises.John: That gets to one of our big questions.Paul: Go ahead.John: We've explored all though talking with everyone this concept. In the news business, there is a prevailing theory or myth or whatever that there was this original sin. That tthe original sin was deciding to give it away rather than to charge for it and that that happened in 1994 with Yahoo and Reuters. There's an alternate theory which is once HTML and the digital file was invented and all news could be put into a digital file, that what followed was inevitable. How different companies or different individuals reacted to it is one thing, but that the trajectory that we were on was inevitable and that where we are is where we're supposed to be and where we would be.Nicholas: I certainly prescribe to the inevitability thesis. I don't believe for a moment that there was a misstep, that if we had not taken it that it would have unfolded differently. Information wanting to be free and all of that theory about it leaking out and having the ability to do so is very true. Even if you buy something, you pay and you follow all of the right economic models, then just the ability to cut and paste and copy and distribute and send and so on is going to create that anyway.Paul: Only in digital.Nicholas: Only in digital, yeah.Paul: If you can take the fish wrap and cut it and have one copy and send it and the ability to do it infinitely it's a game changer.Nicholas: That was the inevitable part. Once it went digital and people's lifestyle was digital. If people didn't have lifestyles that were digital the fact that you can cut it and paste it and ship it around doesn't mean much, either. There had to be these things happening in parallel. It's the inevitability. I think that was clear to people. It was certainly clear to Rupert Murdoch. You look at the people who are doing pretty well in the news areas, even maybe they take losses, they're people who, I think, subscribe to this is going to happen anyway so how do I participate.John: Who else would be put in that category?Nicholas: I would put Jerry (Jerome) Rubin, who died about two years ago, who was at Times Mirror for a while. I certainly put Rupert in it. Some of the people. I think Walter Isaacson certainly falls in that category. It's funny because it's on a sharp line because you find people who I think understood it but their organizations didn't allow them to move.John: If you look back at the history of this thing, some of the companies that would have appeared to understood it earliest and best and invested first were companies like Tribune and Knight Ridder and Jerry Levin at Time Warner. You had all of them, in one way or another, crashed on the rocks for maybe, as you say, more organizational reasons than technological reasons.Paul: One of the things that has emerged is a theme because, arguably, Knight Ridder was early and did lots of experimentation.Nicholas: They did?Paul: Mercury Center built a prototype of a tablet before you could even build a tablet, even created a lifestyle movie to show.John: Which is what you was doing in '78.Paul: There were lots of models.Nicholas: Those were a little late, those video prototypes.Paul: They may have been later but they were still before you could have built one. They were 25 years before the iPad almost and yours were 30. The visions were there. Yet, those companies couldn't survive through that. Was that because of the inevitability of changing the business model, blowing apart the lifestyle experience, the bundle they had no longer met the lifestyle? Do you think it's one or the other or the force of both? Then the third thing that's come up has been not being engineering centric, that the digital piece has been driven so much by companies with lots of engineers and engineers in charge. The media companies, by and large, have few engineers or the few that had some like Knight Ridder, Tribune had some, CNN had some but didn't stay a leader, would never have put the engineers in charge. They still would have kept them over in the corner. You can look at them but don't get too close.Nicholas: Let's look at one of the biggest players in news today is certainly Google. There's not a person in Google on the founding team who thought they were at all related to news and they would effect it. It was not a motivation, it was not a purpose. They didn't think they were going to end up doing that. I think what emerged, because you could do these things globally and instantaneously, is quite extraordinary. The people who were running the news organizations became victims pretty quickly because they weren't as general and as expandable. Yeah, you're right, they were not run by engineering people, but had they been I'm not so sure it would have been different. I don't think back to any one decision where I said, Wow, if Time Inc. or someone had only done this or only done what I said or only listened to someone then it would all be different." There really is this other thing happening that you're not part of. It's trains and airplanes and something else was going on and this other thing was happening anyway.Paul: Our favorite metaphor has been swimmers and tide. You have some pretty good athletes swimming, but the current was so strong it just carried the strong ones and the weak ones out.Nicholas: But it's a little bit like being in the smoke signal business when somebody is inventing the telegraph. They are sort of related but not related and there are actually texts as to why the telegraph was a bad idea and smoke signals were better that had to do with your enemy couldn't cut the line and you could still get the signals across. There were real arguments made for that.John: Wind could be a problem.Nicholas: Yeah, exactly. [laughs] I think there was an unrelated concurrency that changed lots of things. It's not just the news industry. Look at all the things that have changed. [crosstalk]Nicholas: Yeah, retail. Could Wal Mart do something different today? Yes, you could do something different. I just said it to the CEO of Wal Mart, and he didn't think it was particularly interesting, I said, "There are ways of printing meat, literally steaks. If you were to take a lead in this..." They have a large food business. "...you could actually deliver food electronically." He just wasn't interested. He just was not interested.Paul: It doesn't sound appetizing.Nicholas: The disinterest was... [crosstalk]Paul: I get your point completely.John Huey: Wal Mart rode one wave of computerization in that they...Paul: And Amazon.John: ...had the data. They always knew what everything was in. Then Amazon took their model and put it on top of that.Paul: Let's go back to the Google News point for a minute. So they're big in news in terms that many people go there as their first news page or Yahoo would be another place that people might go. Certainly Google has taken the lion's share of advertising which drove a lot of traditional print media before, but they don't produce anything. They don't actually produce the stories. It begs the question, "Who is going to do that, and where do you see that coming from?"Nicholas: Let's tease them apart. We can at least categorize three of them. One is what I'll call the long form. It doesn't have to be investigative, but some kind of in depth treatment of something. That's sort of one question. The kind of news alerts which is kind of the other extreme...Paul: So one is total commodity, and one is about as far as you can be from it.Nicholas: Right. Then there is probably a space in the middle which is the more typical news story. The one that's taking the hit right now is the long form, because that used to be kind of subsidized by the others.Paul: Absolutely.John: That's what I do for a living.Nicholas: Right. It's a really interesting issue, because there are two parts to the long form. We only think of one part, which is the consumption side. The amount of time it takes to cue it and the effort and deliberation and research and reflection and seeing it from as many points of view as possible is really important. That's the part you don't want to ever lose, but it's the one that's at risk. The other stuff I don't care too much about, because I trust that it will exist in some way. The question is, "How do you make sure that happens?" Everybody's answer seems to be by strengthening the business models of the organizations that used to do it so that their business can still...I've started to think a little bit differently about it because there are some examples, and the BBC may be one of them, where some material is created sort of more through the public domain.NPR or WBUR, why listen to any other radio station in greater Boston that BUR? So these are not civic but it's not private enterprise, it's a public resource. Maybe it has some form of advertising or the equivalent, but I'm beginning to look at that much more as a way of not just get alerts in the middle form but some more reflective and long form stuff. Maybe this is going to shift more from the private to the public sector in some way over time. I'm sure people discuss that at your (Shorenstein) Center.John: The philanthropic model, the public model, the non economic but strategically linked model, there are all kinds of new models that already operating with no clear verdict on what will stick and what won't. If you look back on it all, do you have in your mind mileposts along the way that mark eras or epochs or big changes? If you do, great, could you share them with us? If you don't, can you extrapolate from where we are now to what you think the next stage might be?Nicholas: Clearly, the web marked an epic. That's very clear. The presence of Google marked another one. That really changed things. More recently it's a little harder. I'm always interested in what happens in parallel unrelated, so the movement away from film to digital photography. It's arguably unrelated, but, yes, they might be pictures and stories, but boy has that really changed things. It's just like we go back to personal computers in their early days. People tend to forget that, in the United States, we had the breakup of AT&T at the same time. You had other things that happened that changed telecommunications in parallel with personal computing.Another coincidence that people conveniently forget is when Europe deregulated their telephone system, it was exactly when cell phones were invented. It's not that one caused the other, but since they occurred at the same point in history, then the way to create more phone companies and more privatization was, guess what, you can have cell phones.Europe became very advanced with cell phones, and we didn't because we had phone booths on every corner, and you could get phones really easily. Different things happen. I think now the changes that are going to happen, whether it's what's in your pocket or the amount of intelligence in the system, if you extrapolate, it's not going to be that big until we can start getting stuff directly into the body. When you can squirt things into your brain and stuff without having to go through the human sensory system, it's a big change. Maybe you'll put on your little news cap in the morning for 10 seconds and that's it.Paul: After you've printed your bacon.Nicholas: After you've printed your bacon, right, if you have to eat at all. [laughs] There are some pretty big changes that are kind of unrelated to extrapolating the digital world as we know it, wireless or wired.John: So do you think that world has pretty much reached its plateau here?Nicholas: Has it become plastics?Paul: Yeah.Nicholas: Yes, it has. Insofar as when we look back, I think the big changes were either previously leading up to now, because they're really quite extraordinary the things that are happening, so by comparison they'll be small. Sort of we're silicone and biology...John: Yeah. If that's true, that has much more profound implications than what we're talking about here in our little corner of the world. That has big economic implication, because this whole world drove the economy for 30 years or 40 years. I assume it...Nicholas: It's not disappearing. I don't want to suggest that it is.John: No, no, but the explosive growth of that whole new industry really changed our economic trajectory for that whole period. I'm assuming you're now saying that's going to bio...Nicholas: In terms of technical innovation and surprise, I'm constantly impressed by the new apps and the new things. But they're all...John: Lifestyle, that's all lifestyle. Wouldn't you say?Nicholas: Yeah, modest changes in lifestyle.John: It's easier to find your restaurant every day. It's easier to get around, know where the tea is.Paul: But refinements.John: Yeah.Nicholas: I think it's in a stage. It's attenuating in terms of the big changes.John: So what are you personally working on right now?Nicholas: Personally, for the past seven years, I've been working on children and learning in developing countries and in the past two years focused on an experiment, on a rollout. "One Laptop Per Child," everything you see behind me, is a really project. It was about a billion dollars. Most people have no idea of the scale of it. The last couple of years I've done a very small experiment to see if children can learn how to read on their own, because of the 60 million kids who do not go to school, most people don't appreciate that most of them, even it's only 40 million but it's probably closer to 50 million, don't go to school because there isn't one. If there is no school, what do you do? The question is, "What can the kids do on their own? Can kids learn how to read, for example?" It's a very specific question because of the cliché, but a very true one, if you can learn to read, you can read to learn.So there's a cusp. As part of that, we dropped off in two villages in Africa that had no literacy, no adults, no children, no words, no road signs, no printed matter, no television or telephone, nothing. We dropped off as many tablets as there were kids. The tablets were in closed boxes without instructions, with no teachers.Paul Sagan: This was Cynthia?Nicholas: Cynthia and Maryanne Wolfe.John: We met Cynthia.Nicholas: Did you talk to Cynthia about...Paul Sagan: Not for this.John: No, but we've both met her.Paul: She's married to Bobby.Nicholas: I know her husband is your CTO?Paul: Head of networks and engineering, so he runs everything that's technical.Nicholas: At any rate, the experiment has worked sufficiently that, about a month ago, we converted it into the next X Prize. We created a 15 million dollar prize for anybody who could basically do what we did, enough to prove that it was doable. And now, if you could do it at scale were the premises. I've spent my time on that sort of thing, and because of the X prize, I've suddenly become a source instead of a sink. It's nice to be on the other side of the equation. [laughs] That's where I've spent my time....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (22)

Steve Newhouse

BIO: YES: Steve Newhouse, 56, is a graduate of Yale Universi...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: ...Steve Newhouse. New York. March 14th, 2013. Let's just start with when did you first realized that electronic media, digital media was going to have a meaningful impact on publishing of any kind. Magazine publishing, newspaper publishing. What was your first time?Steve: I first became aware in the early '90s when there wasn't an Internet yet. It was called "New Media." No one quite knew what that was but everyone was afraid of what it could be and wanted to become more familiar with it. And so, I was editor of the "Jersey Journal" in Jersey City, New Jersey and in the third generation of a family business. Because no one else in the business really cared or wanted to pursue new media, I elected myself. That's how I started learning and experiencing what was then new media.Martin: What was that? Was it AOL? Do you remember?Steve: There was the first of the online networks. It was Compuserve and Prodigy and AOL.Paul: So closed wall garden model.Steve: Walled gardens and...I joined a consortium at MIT, News in the Future, which was a really pioneering effort by Nick Negroponte, who ran the Media Lab, to investigate the changing landscape and remarkably accurate in its focus and prediction.Paul: Do you remember any of them? Can you recall any of that?Steve: I remember sitting with the grad students in the Media Lab and hearing a view of news that was digital, that was interactive, and it was community based. That was very different from the kind of news that I was dealing with in Jersey City. I actually saw the Internet for the first time in the Media Lab. It was before Netscape. It was text based. It looked like the early computer programs where you typed in equations and got an answer. They were actually playing something called NetTrek on what was the Internet, but no one really knew what it would become.Paul: Did you have any inkling at that moment that it could become something else, or did you just look at it as curiosity?Steve: Over time, at the Media Lab, I became convinced that the Internet was the way of the future. We then decided to embrace the Internet as our publishing platform. We never did a deal with CompuServe, or Prodigy, or AOL. At the same time, as I was learning about the digital future at the Media Lab, we had become interested in an unknown magazine called "Wired," which had been founded in Amsterdam by Louis Rossetto and Jane Metcalfe. We made an investment in Wired.Martin: What year was that? Do you remember?Steve: It was early '90s. I'm really bad on dates.Paul: '93 maybe? 92?Steve: I can check it out but...Martin: Negroponte had a relationship in that, too.Steve: Yes, Nick steered us to Wired, and it was a fantastic relationship. On the one hand, I was becoming more educated through the Media Lab, and on the other side, I became the advanced representative to Wired. I would go out there every couple of months and sit with Louis and Jane, and they were really pioneering people. Then we were starting to do our own digital development. We had hired Jim Willse, who was then the President of the "New York Daily News," to become our first new media executive. That was the early '90s. Jim had an office at the Jersey Journal where I worked, and we were basically it, the two of us.Martin: How did that evolve into CondeNet?Steve: In the early '90s, we decided to start Internet sites. It was really based on the first Internet site that ever existed, which was at Wired magazine. It was called "Hotwired." I saw how Wired was starting to develop on the Internet. They were the first publisher to...Paul: Did you say your first application being in the newspaper business or in the magazine business, or did you not say it that way?Steve: Concurrently. I was interested in taking what I was seeing at Wired into both the local and the CondeNet spaces. Jim Willse hired Jeff Jarvis, who was a friend of his, to run our digital operation for that local group. Jeff started planning a site which would become NJ.com. As a sense of how early we were, we were able to sign up URLs like NJ.com, Cleveland.com, Syracuse.com, because no one was doing websites with those names. Now, if I had really been smart, I would have bought a thousand of the best URLs and made hundreds of millions of dollars. But, so be it. We just bought city names.On the national side, we tried to think of how we could apply what we were seeing at Hotwire to magazines, and we decided to start a food site and build a Hotwire like site for food, because we thought looking for recipes would be a good application, which it turned out to be. That's when we started "Epicurious."Paul: I remember that. The editor, what was her name...Steve: It was Joan [Feeney] was the editor.Martin: I was always curious to me because you had these incredibly big food brands, like "Gourmet" and "Bon Appetit," and yet you decided to do a new brand, that was unique at that point, because everybody was just simply taking their old brands and, yeah...Steve: I think we felt that we needed to give the new medium new brands, and experiment with new things. Epicurious was both a site that combined content from the two food magazines, at the time, Gourmet and Bon Appetit, with a searchable recipe database, and all sorts of other enhancements. With the Epicurious brand, we were able to include both Gourmet and Bon Appetit, and also all sorts of other features that made it to the Internet. Most importantly, we believed early on in interactivity, and we allowed our users in Epicurious to comment on recipes, so the recipes became annotated with the comments of people who actually used them, and that became very popular.Paul: Did you see a lesson somewhere else that led you to go a different direction, because it was trying to create a new format and a new medium, not just a blueprint to this online world, which so many did?"Steve: I think that the lesson of "Wired" was instructive, that they really felt Hotwire should be something special and different and not just a digital version of "Wired" magazine. I think that gave us the courage to try something different.John: It was so separate, as I recall, that they actually sold it separately from the magazine. Didn't they sell the website and then sell the magazine?Steve: They had a dedicated staff, yes, which was good at the time, because there were so little dollars in digital that magazine sales staff, which was selling hugely expensive packages. They weren't going to bother with tiny digital buys.Martin: At about that time, a bunch of websites came into being. All of these different media collided. The cable folks, the broadcast folks, newspapers, et cetera. A culture of free evolved. Those of us from the print world were always used to charging for content. There's a subscription price for magazines, as well as for newspapers. Was it a big deal that these sites were being offered for free? Or did you not think very much about that?Steve: At the beginning, no one was building an audience like crazy. Even on a free platform. It was still relatively new. The Internet use hadn't grown to the point where it did. Just getting a critical mass of users was a challenge. If we had charged, at that moment, we might never have built up anything.John: We had an interesting interview this morning, with Gordon Crovitz, who talked about the reason that Dow Jones never gave it away. It was the fact that they had 100 year history of selling an electronic news service, real time news, and they'd always charged for it. It wasn't in their DNA to give anything away. They got a lot of credit for being visionary. But he says, mainly they already were doing that. And changing from the DOW Jones news service to the Internet was not as profound a shift as it was for somebody like The New York Times, who had no wire service 24/7. They just produced a daily newspaper. It was a different culture.Steve: I think The Wall Street Journal's lack of a critical mass in the early days, allowed a site like Market Watch to grow like crazy. Didn't Dow Jones eventually buy MarketWatch for like...Martin: 580.Steve: $580 million, making Larry Kramer rich.John: Culturally, was there a big difference between the newspaper side of your business and the magazine side of your business, vis a vis the Internet?Steve: Culturally, there's a complete difference between the magazine and newspaper worlds. There is, naturally, a different sensibility. The early pioneers of the Internet were willing to try things, and embracing an approach that was different than the print sensibility, especially the interactive elements. That helped make it grow.Martin: Going back to Epicurious. You launch Epicurious and it gets a lot of notice. What did you learn in those early years? What were the key things that you took away from Epicurious, that you then took to some of the...Steve: The most important lesson was that, unlike print, which was very much an us to them paradigm, where really great editors selecting content and presenting it brilliantly could attract a great audience and make a great magazine or newspaper, the web was a very interactive experience. It was important for the readers, the users, to participate in the process. Epicurious didn't just have amazing recipes. It had readers discussing the recipes, improving the recipes, offering solutions. On the local side, the users of our local sites like NJ.com started jumping in and talking about things that were interesting to them. The Giants or the local political races, in different counties in New Jersey. That became really great content and made the site grow.John: Can you remember your evolution of your thinking, from being excited about the Internet as an opportunity, to becoming concerned about any threats it might have to traditional models? The whole innovator's dilemma situation, where you go, "This is a great thing, but we have this other great thing here." How did that evolve in your world?Steve: One of the many areas that we fell down on was, we didn't realize how, in the newspaper side, the pure played classified category killers would have such a profound negative impact on newspapers.Martin: You were part of Career Path, weren't you?Steve: We were not part of that. We were part of some group classified plays. But we didn't sense, early on, how destructive to the newspaper revenue model both free and vertical classified sites would be. As they started taking share away from us, that's when we realized that the Internet was going to be a real challenge, as well as an opportunity.Martin: Craigslist first and then the paid verticals second?Steve: Probably in that order.Martin: Monster.Steve: Yeah. People started searching on the Internet, rather than searching in our newspapers.Martin: There was a paradox, certainly at the Times. I think this was true at The Globe, as well. 2000, which was the height of the dot com boom, was the height of our classified businesses, too. People think it happened in the nineties, but it didn't happen until after that bust and the recession. Because everybody was taking a big sigh of relief. They thought, "The Internet's over." I'm not speaking for you. But a lot of people said, "Hey, the Internet's over. We can go back to printing newspapers and magazines now." The classified business never recovered from that recession. It just went right down after that. Fascinating how the dot com boom fueled the classified business during those years.Paul: And ended a subsidy to the newsroom, or a partial one.Martin: That's where I was going to go next. Speaking of the newsrooms, what do you see as the principle benefit of...How do you think that local journalism will play out on the news side? In other words, is it about the interactivity? Do you view local bloggers as being important? How do you view the emerging kind of relationship of newspapers to local communities coming about?Steve: I think on the news side, much more so than on the revenue side, the Internet has offered some tremendous opportunities. First of all, as the Internet cycle because a 24 hour cycle, it allowed our local news operations to play in the game in a way that we hadn't been able to at a time when television and radio were the only mediums that allowed continual access to the news. When cable introduced 24 hour news channels that really heightened the challenge to newspapers who are only really able to reach customers once a day. But the cycle on the Internet allowed newspapers to play in the up to the minute news game, and we played really well, and our local sites outstripped televisions as the leading sources of local news on the Internet.It also gave our newsroom the chance to participate in different types of mediums, such as video, and that's been a huge opportunity. The multimedia newsroom is a consequence of the Internet and gives us a stronger position locally, a position which we hope over time will result in a very re invigorated local franchise.Martin: I'm going to skip to another topic just because I think it's something that few people even know about, and that's [your investment in] Reddit. [edited]Steve: We've always been interested in community plays and interactive plays, and so when we first met the founders of Reddit, who I think were barely out of the University of Virginia and they were living in Boston. I think all three of them were in a one bedroom apartment. We saw what they were doing, which was allowing a community to decide what news was interesting them and ranking news based on the communities voting and then allowing the community to comment on the stories that were presented. That was right up our alley, and we really saw great value in what they were doing. I think it was in 2007, although my dates are hazy. It could have been a year earlier or later we hit it off with the founders and really within six months did a trial of the Reddit technology in the entertainment area, and it was through CondeNet at the time.We built a site called, "lipstick.com," which used the Reddit voting to rank entertainment, and it was not a huge success, but it was a proof of concept that you could use the Reddit concept in different ways. Within a couple of months after that, we acquired Reddit and really became committed to helping these founders succeed.They had a three year contract, and in the next three years, they helped grow Reddit on the trajectory that today really has put it at the forefront of news on the Web with 40 or 50 million users a month, and just last month in February we had our biggest page view month. We had the first month over four billion page views.Martin: Is there a business model for Reddit? What are your thoughts about how it can be a...?Steve: Certainly Reddit's scope gives it the opportunity to do many different things. I think that it's important at looking at a company like Reddit, which in an incredibly high growth company, not to impose a business model until it evolves organically and until it really also supports the community itself. Facebook had a 20 billion dollar valuation before it saw any revenue at all. It's not foreign to the growth of great companies to grow without a clear business model for a long time. Reddit, we feel will be a tremendous company as well as a great website. It's still finding its way.One thing that we've done over the last year or two is try to set it up more as an independent company that mirrors the great companies like Facebook and Twitter that really have the opportunity to grow organically. We recapitalized the company so that equity could go to the management team.We went out and found a CEO from the technology world, Yishan Wong. Yishan was an early director of engineering at Facebook and had previously been at PayPal, and really knew how to drive a technology team. We think with Yishan's leadership we have a tremendous opportunity with Reddit and it continues to grow dramatically.John: One thing we haven't talked much about is the advent of paid search and the enormous impact of Google on all your industries and they're now approaching 50 percent market share of all advertising dollars spent. How do you see that playing out as we go forward, and looking back on it, could it have been any different, or not?Steve: There have been companies that have dominated various eras of the Internet. First it was AOL, which really was the gateway to the digital world for a long time and became a gigantic company. And then, when the walled garden kind of fell apart, search...Yahoo became a dominant company as a portal to the digital world. And then search...[inaudible] It went from ramp to guide.Steve: Search became almost the gating factor in digital content. I don't know if that was inevitable or if the brilliance of the Google algorithm furthered that, but who knows if it will stay that way, because certainly social media and Facebook has now put a dent in the Google world.John: That's what led me to the question. You're talking about Reddit as wanting it to be like one of the great companies like Facebook or Twitter, and you didn't mention Google as the great company. Is it your Google killer, or your Google defender, or...?Steve: No, I guess I mentioned relatively young companies, whereas Google now has been around long enough to be really more of an established tremendous success. I think aspiring to be like Google or startups that emerged in the Valley and became great companies is certainly what we hope for with Reddit.[edited]Martin: I wanted to go back again to the Epicurious conversation and one of the themes that has been woven throughout these conversations is this idea of separate versus integrated organizations. One of the things that you guys did first was create CondeNet as more or less a separate organization. We created "New York Times Digital." Do you think in retrospect that was a good idea, to break something out and manage it separately, or do you think it would have been better if you had kept everything inside of the core business and managed it from the inside?Steve: I think at the time early in the growth of the digital world, it needed dedicated people who didn't have tremendous responsibility for other mediums, and to have started Epicurious within the Gourmet organization or the Bon Appetit organization. It would have had a hard time getting the attention it deserved, and also the sensibility for building a website or a digital operation was very different from a print organization. It really needed its own team to jumpstart where it needed to go. But later as the leadership of the company as a whole became more attuned to the digital world and as digital became more mainstream and more important, that started to change, and now we have a Wired operation, for example, that is completely integrated and functioning at a very high level.Martin: Is that true across the organization, Steve? Is very every part of the organization integrated at this point?Steve: It is. Everything is integrated.Martin: Is that going well?Steve: I think it took a while to get to a really effective integrated operation, and there were some speed bumps along the way, but it was a learning curve that could be expected and turned out be very positive that, right now, we're really hitting on all cylinders and Wired is just going from strength to strength both as a print magazine and as a website.Martin: So you guys joined with some of the other magazine publishers in this consortium. I think it's called "Next Issue." Can you talk about that a little bit and what you think that will do?Steve: Next Issue media is a digital newsstand for digital editions of magazines, and the digital replica editions have been very popular and are really attractive compelling products. The iPad and the Kindle and other digital devices are tremendous platforms for digital content. They're almost like super high grade paper, because they show photography so beautifully. If you read Vanity Fair on a tablet, it's really remarkable how well it looks. Magazines like the New Yorker have proven to be popular not only on pads but also on smart phones. The smart phone audience reading the New Yorker was a pleasant surprise. A lot of people said, could you really read a long New Yorker article on the subway on a phone? The answer is yes.Martin: Do you think that's really a big part of the future, the idea of electronic distribution on these?Steve: I think it will be an exciting part of the future. Next Issue Media has come up with a really clever offering, which is a kind of cable subscription to whatever magazines you'd like to read for a flat fee. That cuts across all the major magazine publishers. I can choose some of my favorite magazines, Sports Illustrated and Vanity Fair and the New Yorker and each month, or each week, I get an email that the new issue has arrived. I can read my favorite magazine on my iPad.Martin: How much is that? Flat fee, do you remember?Steve: I don't remember the pricing.Martin: The money flows based on usage? Is that how it works?Steve: I don't know the exact details but it's shared among the publishers whose magazines are selected.Paul: You actually jumped to the conclusion, but the march of technology. So if we had barely get online with AOL and it was dial up, which you couldn't do much compelling on the screen. The more interesting the site, the slower and the less appetizing it was. Then we got broadband, which helped, but it was still locked to a desktop. Mobile and tablets and high resolution and broadband have changed it, but it's still not television, but you can see where it will be full motion video and it'll be like TV and another iteration or two. Do you think that creates a whole new business modem environment for publishers?Steve: The one thing that you can guarantee in the digital space is nothing stays the same for very long. There will certainly be new iterations of models and products. No one would've guessed that you would suddenly, in the space of a couple years, be connected to your friends all over the world through a digital site like Facebook.You would be able to see what they were reading and discover interesting news stories because they had posted them on their feed. It was almost incomprehensible until it actually happened. I think there's going to be more opportunity like that and more challenges.Martin: Do you have a view? I noticed two days ago, LinkedIn acquired Pulse. Do you have a view of how copyrights should be or have been managed online? In other words, there's this tug and maybe Reddit's a little bit part of that, but there's this tug between this notion of free links and open web and the idea that much of the values seems to be accruing to the guys that aggregate, not create. Do you have a view of that?Steve: I'm not really a lawyer...Martin: No, I know that.Steve: It's hard to really...I think that in the end, whoever delivers the best product to the audience is the winner. I think the compelling nature of Facebook, for example, has more to do with how it's evolved over time and continues to change and find new value. That's what keeps people engaged.Martin: Let me ask the question in a different way. Rupert Murdoch, he's not been on this lately, but for a very long time, was threatening to pull his links off of Google News because he felt that Google was in essence, exploiting the content, the creative material that he was paying all this money to have created.It doesn't sound to me like you view that as a viable strategy at all. I don't want to put words in your mouth, but that...Steve: For example, Reddit simply gets much of its traffic from linking to stories that appear elsewhere, but the stories that it gets linked to get tremendous audience. Certainly, a lot of the sites that I work with aspire to be linked to and have that traffic driven, so I don't think that would be something that is an unfair exchange of value.Martin: That's the answer. OK, thanks....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (23)

Martin Nisenholtz

BIO: YES: Martin A. Nisenholtz (born April 1, 1955) is an Am...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: It's April 16, 2013. We're at the Shorenstein Center at Harvard's Kennedy School and we're interviewing Martin Nisenholtz, who is not only our colleague on this project but who built and ran the New York Times' digital business for 17 years.Paul: You should say you're John Huey and I'm Paul Sagan.John: Oh. I'm John Huey with Paul Sagan.Martin, we're going to ask you the same question we've asked everyone else. What was your first time?Martin Nisenholtz: Well, that's easy. I was a graduate student at the University of Pennsylvania. I was a PhD student and I was asked to take a year off on a research project.John: What year is this?Martin: 1979. At New York University. The National Science Foundation had funded a division of N.Y.U. to experiment with this new technology called teletext.And, at the same time, they were starting a graduate program in what was called interactive telecommunications at the time. It's now called I.T.P., which is one of the principal graduate programs in new media.Red Burns hired me to participate in the teletext project. And I moved to New York, and I never moved back to Philadelphia to finish my doctorate.John: OK. So you got involved with teletext in this project.Martin: Yeah.John: At that point, did you come into contact with the legacy media business? Someone hired you or you...Martin: No, what happened is the teletext project was being conducted at Broadcast Station WETA in Washington. It was a Public Broadcast (PBS) station. There were several other teletext projects taking place at the time. About 1980, I would say, Time Inc. announced that it was going to do a large teletext project called Time Teletext. Jerry Levin was the sponsor of that project.That caused a bunch of things to happen, including all of Time's agencies, one of whom was Ogilvy & Mather, to begin to get interested in that technology, because Time wanted advertisers for its teletext service, and they went to the agency world to find them. So, in 1982, Ogilvy & Mather hired me as a consultant to begin to think about how to bring advertisers into the world of interactive media, and I joined the agency in March of '83 and founded something called the Interactive Marketing Group, which was the first digital agency, you know, at a large advertising agency company.John: Did it survive?Martin: Yeah, it survived. Not only did it survive, but it became a successful business, and it ultimately merged with Ogilvy & Mather Direct into an entity I believe called OgilvyOne.John: So you started the first digital agency. You're a Ph.D. graduate student. You're working for O&M. What are you seeing at this point? I mean, do you have a vision of what it's going to become and have you thought at all at this time about journalism?Martin: No. The journalism that was taking place were these short form screens of information that were being broadcast in these teletext and videotex projects, so it was a very limited form of interactive media, I mean in comparison with what exists today. I think, in general, the thinking was that, because the PC really hadn't penetrated at all by '81 or '82, the only viable way to get interactive media into the home was by bridging the telephone network and the television set. Those were two ubiquitous technologies in the home, and so that's what teletext and videotex services attempted to do in different ways, and they failed at the end of the day.I can talk about why, but I think the more important point is that the PC, which was invented in the '70s, I think in Xerox PARC... ultimately IBM came out with its PC in 1981, and that technology supplanted the videotex/teletext services so that, by '85 or '86, AOL had started. CompuServe, The Source and other online services were in the background operating as hobbyist services for the nascent PC users.John: So, do you remember your first online experience?Martin: Online, yeah. I mean, obviously, it would have been teletext.John: Well, OK, I should have said online PC experience.Martin: Oh, jeez, yeah, it probably would have been some form of accessing CompuServe is my guess. ASCII...Paul: Which would have been...Martin: Exactly. Text only. ASCII text, you know, screens of information.John: But at this point you're a pretty deep wonk in this world.Martin: Well, there weren't that many people working in this area mainly because nobody was crazy enough. [laughs] It was fairly early. There were a couple of other people. In fact, we interviewed Richard Gingras, who was working in teletext at the same time as I was doing that. So, there are still some people who are around who were working in the area. We talked to Tony Ridder who was the... obviously Jim Batten was the sponsor of Viewtron, but Tony was involved in that as well. Cathy Yates, others.John: So, unlike everyone else that we've interviewed, you have the advantage of having talked to some 40 or more people who have been involved in this. You have a lot of firsthand, primary information of your experience, and you also know what everybody else remembers and what everybody else thinks, so why don't you just start with The New York Times comes along. You end up at The New York Times, and give us about five minutes on what you think happened and why and how, and we'll ask you questions as it goes, but just tell us your story.Martin: OK. Well, as I just said, I came to The New York Times not as a journalist but as somebody who had been working in interactive media for... by that time it was 15 or 16 years.John: What year did you go to the New...Martin: 1995. So, by then, I'd been working in the field for many, many years, and my orienta...Paul: I think it's fair to say the PC had won. The Web was coming along, and the proprietary services you just referred to were already yielding.Martin: Yeah, I'd say they were just beginning to yield. By 1995, I think AOL hadn't even reached its apex yet.Paul: Fair.Martin: Yeah. I mean, AOL was really winning at that point. In fact, the Web looked so crude at that point to a lot of folks in comparison with the way AOL was working that some people felt that AOL would actually continue to grow for a very, very long time, certainly much longer than it did, as a proprietary service.John: So The New York Times has the wisdom to hire you, and they bring you in, and the assignment is what?Martin: The assignment is to get the Times on the Web. AOL had already convinced The New York Times to start an online service, and a group of folks had done that. It was called "@Times." As I recall, it was a very limited, mostly an entertainment service. There was a feeling, I think, at the time that certain people at the Times didn't want online services to compete with a businesses that had been set up in the B to B space. I mean, it's a more complex story.In any event, I arrived at The Times not from a journalism organization, but with an interactive media background. My orientation in coming in was really more AOL, Yahoo, other native Internet companies. Other native interactive companies, I should say, because AOL" wasn't strictly an Internet company at that time.My thinking was, The New York Times should maybe approach the web, in some ways, the way Yahoo did. Yahoo was a directory. I thought, "Well, jeez, The Times could do, in essence, what "Yahoo" was doing. It could find the best stuff for people." The journalism of The Times, probably, was not at that point in any event, very interesting on a PC. It was very, very clunky. But I realized very quickly that was not going to happen.What The Times wanted, for good reason in some ways, was to publish the journalism of The New York Times on the web. In fact, that's what I think, probably, 99 percent of the people who would use The New York Times on the web would expect from it.Now, of all the things, of all the decisions that have been made, I think that one is the most seminal. The idea to publish what was, in essence, the newspaper instead of going in a different direction at the outset.I think that, certainly, publishing the newspaper on the web is what was expected. It's what the consumer expected. It's what was logical. It was low risk, in many respects. It didn't cost very much because we already had the content. It made a world of sense.But, in some ways, some fundamental ways, it kept The Times from truly being a great innovator because it didn't allow for something startlingly new. [laughs]John Huey: So that was the big fork in the road?Martin: That was the big fork in the road. Not whether, in my view, you charged for content. The big fork in the road was publishing the content of The Times versus doing something else.John: So, you hadn't been in the news business and you're there. You're looking at it. You look around at the competitive landscape. You've mentioned quite a few things there that you saw. So could you talk a minute about that, about Yahoo and CNN.com?Martin: Sure. What occurred to me almost immediately, is that the distribution silos that existed in the past were going to go away very quickly.Paul Sagan: You mean by those, media distribution not online competitors, but traditional...[crosstalk]Martin: Right. We would not be competing with other newspapers. We would be competing with a whole range of providers. And CNN had already come on and was doing a very good job. It had breaking news in its DNA. It was writing short form, very pithy, good articles for the web.Remember, it was a desktop world, small screens, not very much resolution, slow modems, narrow band connectivity. And so, you know, you're talking about a user experience that is, in comparison with today's user experience, pretty clunky. CNN had done a pretty good job, mapping the content to that user experience. They, in my view, set the bar on the news side.Now, there were a lot of people who felt that the content was not as deep, or as analytical, or as interesting, as New York Times content. I would agree. It was very difficult to read long form New York Times articles on a screen at that time. It's become much more comfortable to do with an iPad or even a modern display device, but at the time, it was really clunky.So, we were competing, yes, with CNN roughly at the same time as we came on, maybe a little later. MSNBC came online. Yahoo News was already online, I believe, with the full Reuters feed so that was very current, also very comprehensive.There were a couple of other newspapers that had come online and were producing pretty good reports. The News and Observer had a news website called NandO. I believe The San Jose Mercury News was up with Mercury Center.Yes, there were quite a few online newspapers and they were all free. I shouldn't say newspapers. There were quite a few online news services, including the cable folks. I don't remember whether ABCNews.com came up in that first year or not. My sense is it probably did not.To your question, we were colliding, now, with a range of media competitors, not just newspapers anymore.Paul: The magazine companies had started updating more frequently than weekly or monthly, as well?Martin: Yes. Certainly, Pathfinder had come online. They were one of the earlier services which, of course, you ran. There were other services, as well, all of which were coming together in this space. All of whom were, now, going out and trying to attract advertisers.John: We don't want to dwell on this too long because there are exciting things to talk about that come later, but looking back on it all...One of the things we've talked a lot about with other people is the cultural issues and the cultural barriers of both legacy news business and of successful businesses trying to innovate. Do you have any rich memories of that period?Martin: The fact is at the outset, certainly, for the first two or three years...I want to be clear I don't say this for any other reason that it's true, I was incredibly well supported at The New York Times. Joe Lelyveld, who was the executive editor at the time, and Russ Lewis, The Times' general manager, couldn't have been more supportive.The fact is, hindsight is 20/20. It was a small effort, a small experiment, with a very small impact. For most people in the organization, it really didn't touch them very much. It's not that people were hostile or that they didn't want to do it. They just didn't care very much to be perfectly honest.Paul: It was just peripheral?Martin: It was totally peripheral, totally marginal at the time. Now, that's changed, obviously, but at the time it was marginal.Having said that, I think there was a clear expectation that The Times on the web would be principally re purposing The Times' journalism.I will go back to this theme. I think, if I could do it over again, one of things I probably would have pressed harder, although the financial side of this would have certainly intruded, was to do something more aggressive, maybe with the Times brand as a side project, or with an entirely different brand. But certainly the Times I think could have played a broader role than simply one that reflected its newspaper.Paul Sagan: Just to pick on some on some of the themes we've asked other people about, it was not an engineering led effort?Martin: No.Paul: Or it wasn't an editorial led effort? Because you're certainly in charge, and not a very large engineering staff. You talk about roads not taken. It wasn't as if it was an engineering company that you had that you restrained from becoming...Martin: No. I understood the technology extremely well at the time, and while I'm not a trained computer scientist I had been around it and created a lot of stuff in the online arena for 15 or 16 years. I was very well versed in the technology. As I say, I came to the position with the idea that we could do something fundamentally different than we ended up doing.But yes, to answer your question, I'd say that in a major news organization, the culture is such that journalism typically is in the lead position. That's the business the company is in.John Huey: What is the next aha moment? You have this peripheral effort going on.Martin: The next aha moment came with the dot com boom. The dot com boom starts, and all of a sudden we're seeing people leave the organization. We can't hire people because people are expecting stock options. By 1998, I would say it was clear that something much more, let's just say interesting, was going on, than a small bore experiment.At that point, Russ decided we needed to breakout into a totally separate operation. I believe he had read the "Innovator's Dilemma" by Christensen, and sort of believed that in order for us to truly get some kind of scale here we needed to have our own separate operation.John: Tell us about that. That happens.Martin: Yeah, so that happens. There was let's just say a very vigorous debate in the company as to whether we should be broken out or not. Obviously the folks at the newspaper were not happy about losing control of their website, which in many ways I don't blame them. But it was determined that we would become a separate digital operation, much like many of the other operations that existed at the time.In addition we would pursue a public offering of the stock, which again, other operations were doing at the time. Some news operations, some not. Barnes and Noble, for example, had a separate company with its own stock. That was the seminal moment. I would say the other thing that happened at that point is that we decided that we really did, to Paul's earlier question, need to ramp on the engineering side, and we acquired a company called Abuzz, which had been started at MIT. It was a precursor to businesses like Yahoo Answers and Quora.It was a very sophisticated question and answer platform. At the time, it was called a knowledge management platform where people would put questions into the system and the system would find in this vast network of users the five or six best people to answer those questions, send them the questions, and then the answers would come via email. We acquired that business, acquired the engineering team, and began to integrate that capability into the Times on the Web. That was our attempt to create some platform economics around the Times on the Web. That was in '99.John: Tell us how the public offering comes to an end?Martin: It came to an end in a very strange way. We were working with Goldman Sachs.John: What year? What month?Martin: We worked through much to the latter half of 1999, and now into 2000, AOL had just acquired Time Warner. We were sitting in a room with our bankers, the Goldman folks. I believe it was April of 2000. Taking a company public, you work very closely with your bankers. You've created this thing. It was actually a tracking stock. We created this document called an S3 which is like an S1 except for a tracker.We were rehearsing the road show at that point. At that time I think people were still carrying beepers. Remember those little beepers? They started to go off all in unison. The Goldman folks basically said there's some issue...I think the market was actually diving hundreds of points that day. They went back to Goldman, but they said, "We'll be back tomorrow to rehearse again." We never saw them again. [laughs] Because the dot com boom was over, so there was no IPO. [laughs]John: For you the dot com boom had a very personal pointed and dateable moment.Martin: Well it came to a very sudden end. There was a sense that we might reinvigorate the IPO, but as 2000 wore on it became clearer and clearer that this fantasy was just that, and there was no dotcom boom anymore. [laughs]John: Takes us through the 21st century up to now...Martin: Yes. [laughs]John: ...before we circle back and talk about in general.Martin: Then the dot com bust happened, the Web winter.John: Web winter?Martin: Yeah, the Web winter. Like many big media companies, the Times needed to retrench some. I was told, "Look, you got to find a way to get this thing profitable. We've invested a lot of money in it." 2001 dawns, and in January we had our first series of layoffs, and then in April it became clear that the recession was going to be even deeper. We had a second series of layoffs. We did manage to at least get the business to cash flow profitability by the end of 2001.Paul: How big a business is it? How many people are in it?Martin: That's a good question. I think probably, I'm going to guess, at that point across the company, maybe 140 people. But we probably lost 40 percent of them in 2001. It was really taken down. I'd say that the revenues at that point were maybe 25 or 30 million dollars. Remember we also had this B to B entity embedded in the overall business that included our LexisNexis deals and others. I almost don't count that money because it wasn't dotcom money.Paul: The consumer business, the dotcom business, was very small.Martin: Well yes. Once the dotcom bust happened, it got very small, very fast. That's why we had to retrench. Because there wasn't any sense of when this might come back. Now I do want to say that from a usage perspective, the dotcom bust didn't do a thing to our usage curve. Our usage curve was a straight line growth.John: This was all about advertising. Right?Martin: This was all about advertising. Yeah, it was all about the stock market too. If you plot the NASDAQ it looks kind of like a wave form. If you plot our growth rate, it looks like a line, a straight line up. The consumer basically all through the dot com bust, was saying, "I really like this."John: But the economic model had eroded.Martin: The economic model had collapsed. It hadn't eroded. It just collapsed. It was very, very difficult to sell Internet advertising. In fact, we started the OPA in 2002, because the buzz on the Online Publishers Association, because the buzz on Internet advertising was so bad, that I felt that the industry needed to come together and put a fact base out there that at least said, "Look, there are these users who are actually using these services, and they actually see these ads, and they respond to them in these ways." We did put that fact base out there. Michael Zimbalist came in to run it.Paul: That's right. Web 1.0 happened with too much hype much too publicly. In many ways Web 2.0 happened much more out of view, but much more as a reality.Martin: Yeah. Well Web 2.0 was really defined by Tim O'Reilly and I think to some extent John Battelle a little later on, I think around 2004. But the beginnings of it had...Paul: But it's happening.Martin: It's happening right as the...yeah.John: Does that mean network ad sales and all that?Martin: No, no. The idea of...John: Let's go to Web 1.0, Web winter, and then Web 2.0. But before we get to Web 2.0, would you just answer this question, which is, "What were you and other digital people thinking, and what was ownership and the leadership of the company thinking Web winter meant?"Martin: Well I can tell you what it meant to me, it meant some of the best Internet businesses on the planet were selling at unbelievable discounts. That's what it meant to me. I think what it may have meant to some of the more traditional folks is that this was a bunch of bull and it was over.John: Do you agree with the people who say because of that, that gave the advocates for the traditional print arc of journalism to say, "OK, well this turned out to be a bust. We need to get back to our knitting and reinvest and push that over digital? Or is that exaggerated?Martin: I think that maybe a little exaggerated. First of all, I wouldn't say, certainly speaking for the Times, from a perspective of having been at the Times, we ever stopped focusing on our knitting which was the journalism and whether it was in print or digital.John: Well I'm talking more about economic financial, where you're investing your money in digital and digital growth.Martin: Well no. Certainly, once the dot com bust happened, I think there was an expectation by the Street, if no one else. Look, you got to put yourself in the position of being a public company CEO at that time. There were very, very few public companies CEOs that I know of that did any investing during the dot com bust. Whether they were newspaper CEOs, broadcast CEOs, they basically all ran for the hills.John: But you're saying that you, in your view, there were a lot of values out there.Martin: Yes. Absolutely were. Barry Diller, who is a very smart guy, was investing heavily in some of those businesses at that time. It wasn't like no one was doing it. He was the one guy who was doing it at the time that I can recall.John: Take us into Web 2.0.Martin: Right. As Paul just indicated, Google was founded I want to say 1998 or 1999.Paul: '98.Martin: Right. By Larry Page and Sergey Brin. What was very interesting about Google, unlike the Web 1.0 companies, which really were portals for the most part. They were destinations that you typed a URL into and the whole purpose of them was to keep you in the environment. Web 2.0 was characterized by joining many web companies in a loose federation.And so, Google's entire raison d'etre was to get you off of it as quickly as possible. It was to get you in and off quickly. That was not something that a lot of Web 1.0 folks thought would be a profitable model. But, as it turned out, it was the most profitable model anybody could possibly dream up because the notion of intent was clearly...Now, I don't...Just to be clear, just for the sake of the folks who may be listening, there's a very clear definition of Web 2.0 that O'Reilly and Battelle wrote that is on the O'Reilly website that everybody can read. I don't remember all the attributes of it, but it's there to be read if anyone wants to read it. We should link to it.http://oreilly.com/web2/archive/what-is-web-20.htmlPaul Sagan: And I meant it more as shorthand of the second phase of development of business models and where the audience went and which companies reigned supreme in the next phase.John Huey: Just to get very parochial here, I would like to point out one huge difference between Web 1.0 and Web 2.0 was in Web 1.0 the big players spent heavily on print advertising.I was the editor of Fortune Magazine in 2000 and we had several 500 page issues. And we earned over 100 million dollars in operating profits, driven principally by this wind at our backs from web 1.0.And the Industry Standard in that year sold more advertising pages than any other magazine in the country. The next year, it went out of business.Martin Nisenholtz: Well, that was Battelle's magazine.John: Right. And it had a very small circulation. And it sold more ads...Martin: Yeah, I remember that issue.John: Because I was in negotiations to buy it at one point. But the next year, it was gone, and then as web 2.0...you get through the web winter, web 2.0 comes along, and the Googles and every other player, there's no or very little print advertising. It was self contained on the web. So print got left behind in sharing in the bounty of that.Martin: Right. Well, the classified business never really recovered from the recession. Monster, by then, had become a very dominant job board. And of course, Craigslist was spreading all around the world by then. So you're right, the classified industry did not have a typical cyclical rebound following the 2001 recession.John: So now, here you are. You are leading the digital effort of the most successful newspaper in the country, the most serious about its news report. And you've made it through this web 1.0 in a very disappointing fashion. Web 2.0 is starting to come back. What are you thinking then, and what do you do? There are acquisitions, there are...what's your...Martin: Well, no, I mean, I think at the time, as I said, my perception was that there were quite a few great Internet companies that could have gone for fire sale prices. But as I said, we emerged out of web...we emerged out of the web winter. The advertising markets began to come back around 2003. And we really began to grow robustly once those markets returned.John: "We" being?Martin: The Times on the Web, and Boston.com, which was obviously still in the portfolio. But the Times on the Web, by then, was the largest newspaper owned website in the world, which was not necessarily an intuitive position for us to have, given that the Times in print had always been more of a niche. We did manage to get into that position and to hold that position, which I was always very gratified by — as largest the largest newspaper owned website in the world with this unbelievable audience I mean, we had a great audience — this was before you had Facebook out there with a billion users. Yahoo was out there with maybe 120 million uniques.John Huey: But this is back when 20 million uniques meant something.Martin: This was back when 20 million uniques meant something, exactly. And so our feeling at the time, and boy, was I wrong about this...there were a few things I got very, very wrong, and one of them was scale. I thought if we could get to 70 million uniques, 50 to 70 million uniques, globally, we were just going to be a major, major player globally, because of the character of our audience, and that size, we might not be the size of Yahoo, but it didn't matter. And I was off by...100 million uniques today at Facebook is a rounding error.Paul Sagan: You're an order of magnitude away from being...Martin: Yeah, I'm off by two orders of...yeah, I'm off by...no, by a lot. Put it that way. I was very, very wrong about what would happen, the definition of scale on the web. I just got that fundamentally wrong. I think the other thing I got wrong was that I really did expect that traditional media — not just newspapers and magazines, but television broadcasting as well — would start to give up brand advertising much sooner than it has. I think it eventually will, but it hasn't yet, not in any numbers that you would be really staggered by. The business has really gone into a kind of direct response mode.John: Explain that a little. Give us an example of that.Martin: Well, the examples are everywhere. The advertising metric that was most used from the beginning was the click through. My hope when we started the OPA was that we would migrate well beyond the click through to a more traditional set of brand metrics, and those brand metrics would be tied...you could have offline to online measures and attribution.John: So you're selling influence and engagement and impact and all that kind of thing.Martin: Yeah, you're selling more than just a click, put it that way.John: Right, but at the same time all the digital businesses at that moment are still chasing traffic, because you're thinking scale is 70...Martin: No, I guess what I'm saying is that if anything, the creation of Google really doubled down on the click. People get paid on clicks with AdWords and then AdSense. The click became the currency online. From there, the direct response economics — retargeting — the idea that data was at the center of the web's value proposition for advertisers arose in a way that went well beyond any single publication and is now today a part of this overall trend toward programmatic.John: Which leaves newspapers like The New York Times where?Martin: Well, it leaves all premium brands in the position of having to create very, very special advertising experiences, campaigns, for their clients, which are sometimes called native campaigns or native advertising positions that break through what you can buy, in a sense, off of the exchanges, the traditional banner ads, by the pound.John: Are you optimistic about that business?Martin: I'm optimistic about the fact that I think...let me put it this way. I think that there will always be a role for premium, well constructed, well designed advertising on the web. What I'm a little bit disappointed, or maybe more than a little bit disappointed about is the creativity that the industry has brought to that.The Mac/PC campaign which appeared on the Times' home page a few years ago, I think, is still the best example of a cross media campaign executed on the web in a premium environment. It was us. It was the Journal. I think maybe one or two others. It was just witty. It was interesting. It was just a great campaign.Unfortunately, there aren't that many people creating that kind of advertising. And so, what you have is a lowest common denominator approach oftentimes.I'm certain, having seen that Apple campaign, it can be done. It's a shame that it isn't done more often. That's...John Huey: The world would be very different if there were a lot of Apple computers and Steve Jobs who cared about creativity and where they advertise.Martin: It certainly would be.John: Because he also advertised in outdoor, magazine covers, New York Times. He liked those.Martin: Lee Clow should be given some credit, as well.John: That's true.Paul Sagan: I was going to suggest we should take a break and come back.Martin: That's fine.John: Can we ask one question before we do that because we're asking all these big questions and we're just right in the middle of this.Could anything have been any different? Just that one big question.Martin: You mean in an overall industry sense?John: Is there anything you could have done or the industry have done or the New York Times have done that would have made any big difference? And then we'll take a break.Martin: I think that there are two answers to that question. I think from a company perspective, yes, I think that companies could have been much more aggressive and much more imaginative in developing businesses that may not have had anything to do with journalism, per se, but which are very big and profitable businesses, OK? And whether you view that...John: Like say Bloomberg instead of...Dow Jones instead of Bloomberg?Martin: Whether it's Dow Jones instead of Bloomberg or whether it's company X owning...I'm just sort of pulling this out of the air, but a business like Expedia, which of course, Microsoft sold to Diller, whether it's either one of those or any number of examples, you could certainly envision that to have taken place.If you're asking about whether I think journalism itself could have taken a fundamentally different course, I'm not sure there's a good answer to that because fundamentally what happened is that the old packages became unbundled. And that was an inexorable development.Paul Sagan: Martin, we're back again. You described that the ad world or the model collapsed all around the industry. Let's go back to another fateful decision. Some have called it the original sin of the media companies, which was not starting with paywalls, not being patient, and giving content away for free, which earlier you described as not, you think, one of the major decisions.But a lot of people have looked at that and said that was a pretty major decision and many, particularly the Times, was one of the leaders in deciding not to do pay.Can you take us back to those times and what you were thinking and why that was the obvious decision then?Martin Nisenholtz: I want to reiterate something I said before, which is that there was a collision of a whole bunch of different industries at once. CNN had already come out with a very good free website. There was no indication that they would ever change that model. They had a cable model and they were, in essence, going to be advertiser supported.Paul: And in fact, our interviews with Harry Motro and Scott Woelfel confirmed that. Their model was that they were going to be free.Martin: Absolutely. The Yahoo News folks had launched with Reuters. They actually had the portal to depend upon. As did MSNBC.Paul: What year was this decision?Martin: I want to say the decision was made in late 1995. We knew that in order to build an advertising business we needed to build an audience. We were thinking very flexibly about how we would ultimately charge, if we would ultimately charge.We decided to run an experiment outside the United States where we did charge, which is something a lot of people forget. The website was free in the US, but outside the US you had to pay for it. We kept that going for about 18 months.We got, I want to say, about 3,600 subscribers. One of the things I like to say is we ended the experiment on Bastille Day, and that day, I believe it was in 1998, we got more registered users in about an hour than we had subscribers in the last 18 months.The fact is that, at that time, in a general news context, given the quality of the product that we were building in a narrowband context, very crude technology, we absolutely, I think, made the right decision to build the audience because, as I think we'll get to later, we'll see that a lot of the economics of going pay have to do with conversion rates off of your loyal base, the people who are coming to you every day.So those conversion rates are very material. The bigger your audience, obviously, the more people will convert. I think, a little bit later, we'll probably get to a point where you'll see the logic of having a big audience, not just in the advertising context but in the pay context, as well.Paul: I think it's worth just reminding people, because it does seem just a little bit like ancient history, today's model, and you'll get to it in a minute, of the meter. X number of pages for free and then the wall goes up and you have to pay, but you can link in and out. That technology was not available then.Martin: That idea was not...Paul: You couldn't have done it.Martin: I don't know if we could have done it or not, Paul, but the fact is, maybe it was a lack of imagination, but at least at the time the thinking was very binary. Either you were going to be free or you were going to be pay.Paul: Just to remind people, even back '95, '96, '97, the act of taking a credit card online or having a multiple payment system was not all that easy. Even a commerce server was not easy to set up, relatively. Not to make excuses for the past, but we made some of the same decisions at Time, Inc. and Time Warner at the same time. It was pretty crude tools.Martin: In any event, honestly, I don't remember that being the barrier. I'm just suggesting that, at the time, there was no hint of a metered model. Our decision to build the free site had to do with building a large global audience. We felt the Times had finally become completely unshackled from the distribution constraints. Unlike any other newspaper, certainly general interest newspaper in the United States, we had the capability of really building a big, global audience for this brand. And that was something that I think within four or five years, we proved we could do by ultimately becoming the largest newspaper owned website in the world, so...John: Put that in a context of when we talked to Gordon Crovitz, he said that the two of you exchanged views often. And they were a national newspaper, had been a national newspaper for a long time, with a worldwide global information system. And they decided to stay behind the wall. Why was that the right decision for them?Paul: And "they" meaning the Wall Street Journal.John: "They" meaning the Wall Street Journal.Martin: I always thought it was a decision that was made based on two notions. One was fear. I think they were afraid that if they went free, their paper would simply be cannibalized because let's keep in mind that this was well before Rupert bought the business, and they were a core business to business product. They were not a general interest newspaper.John: No, but they had a circulation of almost two million at that time, which was bigger than the New York Times.Martin: No, I'm not arguing with that. I'm just suggesting that they had a different positioning in the marketplace than we did. They were a business to business product, and we were a general interest product. Even though we had a business section, have a business section, their whole focus was business at that time. I think they were deeply concerned about cannibalization. And by the way, there were folks at the Times and other general interest newspapers who were very concerned about circulation. As it turned out, the web became a very significant source of print starts. Within four or five years, it was driving more print starts than...John: Print start being New York Times-ism for subscriptions?Martin: Yes, print subscriptions to the paper, print subscriptions, yeah. But in the earliest days, there was a fear, I think, in a lot of circles. But in particular, in a business to business product like the journal, that there would be some cannibalization. I think the other, and Gordon expressed this, I thought, well, is that they just felt that their information was such they could get a price for it. So they doggedly developed a subscriber base from zero people over a very long period of time.My view is that two things happened as a result of that. One is that they never really developed a large audience, not a really large audience, on which to build the advertising business. They were constantly running out of inventory. The second...John: Which led to their buying Market Watch.Martin: Not only did it lead to their buying Market Watch, I don't think, and I think Larry confirmed this in his interview, that Market Watch would have existed if the Wall Street Journal had been a free product. I think it would have basically...there would have been nowhere for them to go. I think that the fact that the Journal was a paid product from the beginning allowed Larry to come in and build that. He'll argue that some...that they're a little bit different. Obviously, the Journal was more focused on covering the world of business, and Market Watch may have been a little bit more focused on individual investors.Putting that aside, ultimately the Wall Street Journal had to pay over 500 million dollars to buy Market Watch. And that's a high price for a company of that size. From a strategic perspective, I could argue that they made the right decision, didn't make the right decision. I think certainly for the New York Times, we made the right decision.There were many decisions that we made that were not right, but this is just not one that I believe is worth relitigating.Paul: Then let's fast forward over a decade. And in the last couple of years, that model flipped or started to flip to this idea of the meter. So describe where that concept came from, which was the metered model, as opposed to the paywall, because they are different, and they often get lumped together.Martin: Oh, but they are very different.Paul: Describe that and then describe what's happened so far and what promise that brings to this question of journalism in the digital age.Martin: Just before we get to the metered model, I do think it's important for people to understand that we continued to experiment with certain kinds of paid services from the beginning. TimesSelect, we implemented, which was a hard paywall against just our Opinion content...Paul: Thanks for reminding me. I was going to ask you...Martin: ...which quickly developed into a $10 million business that we judged to be problematic in a couple of other ways, but at the end of the day, I would hardly suggest that it was a failure. It was larger than many websites even today, in terms of revenue production, just that. That was one experiment we did.Paul: That was effectively putting the columnists behind a paywall.Martin: The columnists and the (news) archive. I think it was the entire...Yeah, it's effectively the columnists, yeah. That was essentially what people thought of it as.John: For one thing, it made people in India have to pay if they wanted to read Tom Friedman.Martin: Which I think is a problem because obviously that content...The problem I always had with it, as an idea, is that...I know it's a cliché, but I do believe that the web is a big global swirling conversation. If you take yourself out of that conversation as a news company, you diminish significantly many things, including your brand, your reach in the marketplace, and your influence. That's a problem. I think intuitively, the columnists knew that. That's why perhaps some of them may not have been such big fans of it.It ended. One thing about the Times is, we may make mistakes, but we ultimately, I think, get there. The fact is, it ended. It ended right as the era of search was booming.We had acquired About.com and really got very, very capable in terms of SEO (search engine optimization) and insinuating our content into Google so that we added tens of millions of new users as a result of that over that period of time.That was the TimesSelect thing. We had other experiments going. We were charging for our crosswords, for example, so we created a little games business, which is a few million dollars now. It's not like we weren't thinking, "Well, can we monetize this content in other ways other than advertising?" We were always doing that.I think to get to the metered model, I think the breakthrough there happened when we saw what the FT was doing. The FT was the pioneer in that model. They had succeeded with it and they were very, very open, generously open, in terms of sharing information with us.I think we saw this as a great solution because it both preserved the very large audience that we had of fairly light users. Most news companies, all of them in fact, have a very significant audience of light users who come in from search and blogs and email and all these side doors, Facebook, Twitter. And a relatively smaller group of deeply loyal either everyday or every other day people coming in and actually using the product directly.The recognition of that created this notion of a metered model or a "freemium approach," some people call it. We got that idea pretty much from the FT and then refined it after that.Paul: Describe how it's implemented and what it's done.Martin: It's very simple. The idea is that users get up to a certain number of pages per month for free. I think we started at 20. I think the meter is now at 10. That allows you to provide this massive sampling of content to tens of millions of people each month. It also provides inventory and reach for your advertising business. From the side doors, by that I mean companies like Facebook, Twitter, Google, etc., you can go to a search and get again, an article for free or if somebody wants to share an article, they don't have to send you an article that you're going to hit a wall on. It's a very easy and friendly way of dealing with content on a global web.Paul: If you hit that number, what happens?Martin: Once you hit that number...Before you hit that number, you're told by the system that you're about to hit the number and hopefully you'll subscribe at that point. Once you hit the number, then you're unable to see more content until the first of the next month. You've used your quota. Then you come back and on the first of the month, get a new meter. In essence, the meter is reset.Paul: At least in 2013, what's the result? Some of that's been publicly reported.Martin: A lot of it's been publicly reported. The result has been, I think, stellar. It's certainly exceeded, I think, the Times' expectations of what would happen along essentially three dimensions. Dimension one is the number of subscribers. I think we talked about 640,000 in the fourth quarter of 2012. We'll release earnings, I think, this week or next, we'll have a first quarter number very soon. I think by anybody's calculus, the number of subscribers is positive.Secondly, we thought that it would diminish the advertising inventory more than it has, so more free users are coming than we expected.Third, there was some thought that there would be a migration out of print and into the web faster because of the price differential, and that hasn't happened. It's actually been additive in some ways to the print side.I think the model has been a success pretty much along mostly every dimension that you can think of. That's why, I think, you've seen so many other newspapers take a whack at implementing this model. I think at last count, there was something like 400 or 450 newspapers in the US pursuing a metered model.Paul: Let's take a really broad arc to this. Because as you described at the beginning, you were involved in the earliest projects. As we've looked at this as a 40 year span of when digital technology first started to show up to today when it hits full blown, lots of video and broadband always on and moving to ubiquitous and mobile. What are the two or three lessons that you've drawn from this? Particularly for where media companies went right or wrong or the lessons they learned, good or bad through this experience. Because most of them waded right in got knee deep or deeper, and not all of them have come back out.Martin: The whole notion of the swimmers and the tide, which is something that we've been talking about from the beginning of this project. John coined the metaphor, is I think a very material part of your question. How much could anyone have done given the very profound changes that are taking place in the technology and whatnot. I think you have to parse that carefully because on the one hand, you can say, "OK, if we had done this, this, this, and this we might have preserved certain economics in a different business." An example might be today you see a lot of newspapers locally going into marketing services, which is a whole new area of revenue production for them. They may succeed at that. They may not, but it's a different business.Versus keeping the Baghdad bureau alive or covering the local city hall. The linkages between those two things, I think, are very, very important, Paul. Understanding that yeah, a company can perhaps succeed as a business without succeeding with its civic mission.That's one thing I would draw as a conclusion, that the separation between the business side and the mission side is important to make.The second thing is I really believe, and I think this is reflected in many of the interviews, that there will be and have been a lot of incredibly positive movements in journalism from this statement.I don't believe that a world of 1979, when I got into the business, where there were three broadcast networks and a handful of magazines and a newspaper in each town, and nobody got to have any participation very much in any of that, is not particularly healthy.I think, for all of the problems that journalism has, the world that we live in today, the world that we inhabit today, is exponentially richer and more interesting. Will that continue over the next 5 to 10 years? I have no idea, but I know that today, on any given day, my Twitter feed is full of more interesting things than it was probably in a month 10 or 15 years ago.For whatever it's worth, I have a very positive view of the impact of digital technology on journalism. That's the second thing I would say. We can continue this conversation, but I don't know that there's much more to say beyond that. You need to ask me more specific...it's a little hard to...John: If you go back and go through each major...Paul: You thought you were done at the dentist's office.Martin: It's a lot easier being on the other side of the camera. No, I'm kidding.John: Just go quickly through each of the eras and how you think that era led into the next era, starting with teletext and its effect on what the industry did, going to proprietary walled garden, Internet, search. Just, very quickly, bullet points.Martin: The industry invested heavily in teletext and videotex in the early '80s. The media industry failed to gain traction with those services. They shut them down. To go back to Paul's question, one lesson learned there might be, instead of going in with 300 people and trying to conquer the world inside of 18 months, maybe a more entrepreneurial approach would have been better. In other words, slower in, more patient, more committed, over a longer period of time, in order to find out and then discover and iterate on what the consumer actually wanted. Lesson learned there for me was entrepreneurs trump big iron in almost every instance. Absolutely true. I don't think there's a single case that you can make where that isn't true, particularly of that era.John: While they were doing that, and they were doing it with the television and telephone, the PC was growing.Martin: Nobody could have seen that, so that would have been part of the entrepreneurial approach.John: Right.Martin: And it was.John: Somebody would have said, "Hey, let's try this...Martin: Let's move over to the PC, right. So that's in essence what happened. Quantum actually started as a PC based service which became AOL. The second big thing that happened out of videotex and teletext is that it created a sense that the Internet or interactive...not so much the Internet, but interactive media was a failure, that it wasn't something that the newspaper or journalism industries needed to be concerned about.That created a huge eight year gap, pretty much from roughly 1986 until 1993 or '94, when AOL came in and started to convince people that it was worth coming back in. That was a very important period of time because that was the period of time during which the PC was put into place, people were getting modems, and essentially...John: The Macintosh came along, desktop publishing. The Worldwide Web was created.Martin: All of those things were going on, and the journalism industries, whether they were in broadcasting or in print, pretty much had decided, I think by the mid '80s, that this was not something that was particularly relevant for them, at least not in the form that it had developed in that timeframe. That let the AOLs of the world come in and build fairly substantial businesses and learn, more importantly, what the consumer wanted. By the time AOL and, to a lesser extent, CompuServe were beginning to approach the newspapers in the early '90s, they had already, in a sense, won the proprietary services business. The newspapers were, quote, "information providers" to an intermediary that had a customer relationship. The newspapers had lost that customer relationship in that era. They did not have a direct relationship with the user until the Web came along, which is what they liked about the Web.The online services arena was one in which, certainly until the early '90s...And to their credit the Tribune made a significant investment in AOL, and Knight Ridder in the early '90s began to develop a service called Mercury Center on AOL.All very good but, again, they weren't AOL, so that's a problem. That era, I think more than anything else, reinforces the notion that entrepreneurs with patience and staying power, flexibility and agility trump this notion of big iron moving in with hundreds of people and trying to make something work in a year.John: Dot com boom and bust you've covered pretty well already, but the arrival of Search and Google, the reaction of the industry to that, and how that played out. You haven't gone into...Martin: I don't think the industry recognized how important that was until after it had taken shape, frankly. A lot of people didn't. When Bill Gross first started Overture, a lot of people were skeptical that paid search was going to be a meaningful business. Google, initially, at least, was simply syndicating its search product to AOL and Yahoo!, and that's what its initial business model was. When they acquired Applied Semantics, I think the company was called, which was the underlying technology for AdSense, nobody quite understood it. Once it got into place, it took off pretty quickly. I don't think at that point the industry...Let me just put it this way. There wasn't much of a product relationship between the direction that the journalism industry was taking and the direction that the technology industry was taking. They were two separate worlds.To my mind, there was no attempt...There wasn't even much R&D or engineering talent in the major media companies at that time so there would have been no way for anyone in those companies to get deeply involved in algorithmic search.It sounds like a joke to say it, but it just...John: But it's something that ultimately had to come out of either Silicon Valley or Boston.Martin: It had to. Exactly. And it did. Alta Vista, which was born inside DEC, did come out of Boston. Alta Vista was, I think, the first algorithmic approach. I don't believe it was Google, but I'm straining my memory at this point. It may have been someone else.John: Can you give us word on social and the impact of social? Which did, in a large way, come out of Cambridge.Martin: But I mean there was a lot of social before Facebook. The earliest videotex services discovered...One of the key discoveries, and I think a couple of people have noted this, was that essentially what people wanted was interactivity in these services. They are interactive services, so treating them as broadcast networks is not the brightest thing to do.John: Steve Case talked about community and the social impact.Martin: So did Roger Fiddler (in context to Viewtron.)John: Facebook won the day. Its impact on the...Martin: I think Chris Cox explained why Facebook won the day. I think his...I'll let Facebook speak for Facebook, but all I'm saying, John, is that social media was a part of this arena from the late '70s on. It was a big part of The Source and Compuserve. It was always a big part of AOL. Steve's exactly right about that. I mean...those guys essentially invented the idea of a screen name. Everything was kind of like a telephone number before that.Paul: I think it's interesting. It took someone to figure out the winning formula in each of the categories we've talked about, often not the first player. But when you look back, the clues are all there, they just weren't clear at the time.Martin: Well, wasn't it Steve Jobs who said it's easy to connect the dots in hindsight?John: That was a good last line.Paul: You connected the dots. Thank you.Paul Sagan: Martin, we're back again. You described that the ad world or the model collapsed all around the industry. Let's go back to another fateful decision. Some have called it the original sin of the media companies, which was not starting with pay walls, not being patient, and giving content away for free, which earlier you described as not, you think, one of the major decisions.But a lot of people have looked at that and said that was a pretty major decision and many, particularly the Times, was one of the leaders in deciding not to do pay.Can you take us back to those times and what you were thinking and why that was the obvious decision then?Martin Nisenholtz: I want to reiterate something I said before, which is that there was a collision of a whole bunch of different industries at once. CNN had already come out with a very good free website. There was no indication that they would ever change that model. They had a cable model and they were, in essence, going to be advertiser supported.Paul: And in fact, our interviews with Perry Montroe and Scott Woelfel confirmed that. Their model was that they were going to be free.Martin: Absolutely. The young news folks had launched with Reuters. They actually had the portal to depend upon.Paul: What year was this decision?Martin: I want to say the decision was made in late 1995. We knew that in order to build an advertising business we needed to build an audience. We were thinking very flexibly about how we would ultimately charge, if we would ultimately charge.We decided to run an experiment outside the United States where we did charge, which is something a lot of people forget. The website was free in the US, but outside the US you had to pay for it. We kept that going for about 18 months.We got, I want to say, about 3,600 subscribers. One of the things I like to say is we ended the experiment on Bastille Day, and that day, I believe it was in 1998, we got more registered users in about an hour than we had subscribers in the last 18 months.The fact is that, at that time, in a general news context, given the quality of the product that we were building in a narrow band context, very crude technology, we absolutely, I think, made the right decision to build the audience because, as I think we'll get to later, we'll see that a lot of the economics of going pay have to do with conversion rates off of your loyal base, the people who are coming to you every day.So those conversion rates are very material. The bigger your audience, obviously, the more people will convert. I think, a little bit later, we'll probably get to a point where you'll see the logic of having a big audience, not just in the advertising context but in the pay context, as well.Paul: I think it's worth just reminding people, because it does seem just a little bit like ancient history, today's model, and you'll get to it in a minute, of the meter. X number of pages for free and then the wall goes up and you have to pay, but you can link in and out. That technology was not available then.Martin: That idea was not...Paul: You couldn't have done it.Martin: I don't know if we could have done it or not, Paul, but the fact is, maybe it was a lack of imagination, but at least at the time the thinking was very binary. Either you were going to be free or you were going to be pay.Paul: Just to remind people, even back '95, '96, '97, the act of taking a credit card online or having a multiple payment system was not all that easy. Even a commerce server was not easy to set up, relatively. Not to make excuses for the past, but we made some of the same decisions at Time, Inc. and Time Warner at the same time. It was pretty crude tools.Martin: In any event, honestly, I don't remember that being the barrier. I'm just suggesting that, at the time, there was no hint of a metered model. Our decision to build the free site had to do with building a large global audience. We felt the Times had finally become completely unshackled from the distribution constraints. Unlike any other newspaper, certainly general interest newspaper in the United States, we had the capability of really building a big, global audience for this brand. And that was something that I think within four or five years, we proved we could do by ultimately becoming the largest newspaper owned website in the world, so...John: Put that in a context of when we talked to Gordon Crovitz, he said that the two of you exchanged views often. And they were a national newspaper, had been a national newspaper for a long time, with a worldwide global information system. And they decided to stay behind the wall. Why was that the right decision for them?Paul: And "they" meaning the Wall Street Journal.John: "They" meaning the Wall Street Journal.Martin: I always thought it was a decision that was made based on two notions. One was fear. I think they were afraid that if they went free, their paper would simply be cannibalized because let's keep in mind that this was well before Rupert bought the business, and they were a core business to business product. They were not a general interest newspaper.John: No, but they had a circulation of almost two million at that time, which was bigger than the New York Times.Martin: No, I'm not arguing with that. I'm just suggesting that they had a different positioning in the marketplace than we did. They were a business to business product, and we were a general interest product. Even though we had a business section, have a business section, their whole focus was business at that time. I think they were deeply concerned about cannibalization. And by the way, there were folks at the Times and other general interest newspapers who were very concerned about circulation. As it turned out, the web became a very significant source of print starts. Within four or five years, it was driving more print starts than...John: Print start being New York Times ism for subscriptions?Martin: Yes, print subscriptions to the paper, print subscriptions, yeah. But in the earliest days, there was a fear, I think, in a lot of circles. But in particular, in a business to business product like the journal, that there would be some cannibalization. I think the other, and Gordon expressed this, I thought, well, is that they just felt that their information was such they could get a price for it. So they doggedly developed a subscriber base from zero people over a very long period of time.My view is that two things happened as a result of that. One is that they never really developed a large audience, not a really large audience, on which to build the advertising business. They were constantly running out of inventory. The second...John: Which led to their buying Market Watch.Martin: Not only did it lead to their buying Market Watch, I don't think, and I think Larry confirmed this in his interview, that Market Watch would have existed if the Wall Street Journal had been a free product. I think it would have basically...there would have been nowhere for them to go. I think that the fact that the Journal was a paid product from the beginning allowed Larry to come in and build that. He'll argue that some...that they're a little bit different. Obviously, the Journal was more focused on covering the world of business, and Market Watch may have been a little bit more focused on individual investors.Putting that aside, ultimately the Wall Street Journal had to pay over 500 million dollars to buy Market Watch. And that's a high price for a company of that size. From a strategic perspective, I could argue that they made the right decision, didn't make the right decision. I think certainly for the New York Times, we made the right decision.There were many decisions that we made that were not right, but this is just not one that I believe is worth relitigating.Paul: Then let's fast forward over a decade. And in the last couple of years, that model flipped or started to flip to this idea of the meter. So describe where that concept came from, which was the metered model, as opposed to the paywall, because they are different, and they often get lumped together.Martin: Oh, but they are very different.Paul: Describe that and then describe what's happened so far and what promise that brings to this question of journalism in the digital age.Martin: Just before we get to the metered model, I do think it's important for people to understand that we continued to experiment with certain kinds of paid services from the beginning. Times Select, we implemented, which was a hard paywall against just our opinion content...Paul: Thanks for reminding me. I was going to ask you...Martin: ...which quickly developed into a $10 million business that we judge to be problematic in a couple of other ways, but at the end of the day, I would hardly suggest that it was a failure. It was larger than many websites even today, in terms of revenue production, just that. That was one experiment we did.Paul: That was effectively putting the columnist behind a paywall.Martin: The columnist and the archive. I think it was the entire...Yeah, it's effectively the columnist, yeah. That was essentially what people thought of it as.John: For one thing, it made people in India have to pay if they wanted to read Tom Freedman.Martin: Which I think is a problem because obviously that content...The problem I always had with it, as an idea, is that...I know it's a cliché, but I do believe that the web is a big global swirling conversation. If you take yourself out of that conversation as a news company, you diminish significantly many things, including your brand, your reach in the marketplace, and your influence. That's a problem. I think intuitively, the columnist knew that. That's why perhaps some of them may not have been such big fans of it.It ended. One thing about the Times is, we may make mistakes, but we ultimately, I think, get there. The fact is, it ended. It ended right as the era of search was booming.We had acquired About.com and really got very, very capable in terms of SEO and insinuating our content into Google so that we added tens of millions of new users as a result of that over that period of time.That was the Times Select thing. We had other experiments going. We were charging for our crosswords, for example, so we created a little games business, which is a few million dollars now. It's not like we weren't thinking, "Well, can we monetize this content in other ways other than advertising?" We were always doing that.I think to get to the metered model, I think the breakthrough there happened when we saw what the FT was doing. The FT was the pioneer in that model. They had succeeded with it and they were very, very open, generously open, in terms of sharing information with us.I think we saw this as a great solution because it both preserved the very large audience that we had of fairly light users. Most news companies, all of them in fact, have very significant audience of light users who come in from search and blogs and email and all these side doors, Facebook, Twitter. And a relatively smaller group of deeply loyal either every day or every other day people coming in and actually using the product directly.The recognition of that created this notion of a metered model or a "freemium approach," some people call it. We got that idea pretty much from the FT and then refined it after that.Paul: Describe how it's implemented and what it's done.Martin: It's very simple. The idea is that users get up to a certain number of pages per month for free. I think we started at 20. I think the meter is now at 10. That allows you to provide this massive sampling of content to tens of millions of people each month. It also provides inventory and reach for your advertising business. From the side doors, by that I mean companies like Facebook, Twitter, Google, etc., you can go to a search and get again, an article for free or if somebody wants to share an article, they don't have to send you an article that you're going to hit a wall on. It's a very easy and friendly way of dealing with content on a global web.Paul: If you hit that number, what happens?Martin: Once you hit that number...Before you hit that number, you're told by the system that you're about to hit the number and hopefully you'll subscribe at that point. Once you hit the number, then you're unable to see anymore content until the first of the next month. You've used your quota. Then you come back and on the first of the month, get a new meter. In essence, the meter is reset.Paul: At least in 2013, what's the result? Some of that's been publicly reported.Martin: A lot of it's been publicly reported. The result has been, I think, stellar. It's certainly exceeded, I think, the Times' expectations of what would happen along essentially three dimensions. Dimension one is the number of subscribers. I think we talked about 640,000 in the fourth quarter of 2012. We'll release earnings, I think, this week or next, we'll have a first quarter number very soon. I think by anybody's calculus, the number of subscribers is positive.Secondly, we thought that it would diminish the advertising inventory more than it has, so more free users are coming than we expected.Third, there was some thought that there would be a migration out of print and into the web faster because of the price differential, and that hasn't happened. It's actually been additive in some ways to the print side.I think the model has been a success pretty much along mostly every dimension that you can think of. That's why, I think, you've seen so many other newspapers take a whack at implementing this model. I think at last count, there was something like 400 or 450 newspapers in the US pursuing a metered model.Paul: Let's take a really broad arc to this. Because as you described at the beginning, you were involved in the earliest projects. As we've looked at this as a 40 year span of when digital technology first started to show up to today when it hits full blown, lots of video and broadband always on and moving to ubiquitous and mobile. What are the two or three lessons that you've drawn from this? Particularly for where media companies went right or wrong or the lessons they learned, good or bad through this experience. Because most of them waded right in got knee deep or deeper, and not all of them have come back out.Martin: The whole notion of the swimmers and the tide, which is something that we've been talking about from the beginning of this project. John coined the metaphor, is I think a very material part of your question. How much could anyone have done given the very profound changes that are taking place in the technology and whatnot. I think you have to parse that carefully because on the one hand, you can say, "OK, if we had done this, this, this, and this we might have preserved certain economics in a different business." An example might be today you see a lot of newspapers locally going into marketing services, which is a whole new area of revenue production for them. They may succeed at that. They may not, but it's a different business.Versus keeping the Baghdad bureau alive covering the local city hall. The linkages between those two things, I think, are very, very important, Paul. Understanding that yeah, a company can perhaps succeed as a business without succeeding with its civic mission.That's one thing I would draw as a conclusion, that the separation between the business side and the mission side is important to make.The second thing is I really believe, and I think this is reflected in many of the interviews, that there will be and have been a lot of incredibly positive movements in journalism from this statement.I don't believe that a world of 1979, when I got into the business, where there were three broadcast networks and a handful of magazines and a newspaper in each town, and nobody got to have any participation very much in any of that, is particularly healthy.I think, for all of the problems that journalism has, the world that we live in today, the world that we inhabit today, is exponentially richer and more interesting. Will that continue over the next 5 to 10 years? I have no idea, but I know that today, on any given day, my Twitter feed is full of more interesting things than it was probably in a month 10 or 15 years ago.For whatever it's worth, I have a very positive view of the impact of digital technology on journalism. That's the second thing I would say. We can continue this conversation, but I don't know that there's much more to say beyond that. You need to ask me more specific...it's a little hard to...John: If you go back and go through each major...Paul: You thought you were done at the dentist's office.Martin: It's a lot easier being on the other side of the camera. No, I'm kidding.John: Just go quickly through each of the eras and how you think that era led into the next era, starting with teletext and its effect on what the industry did, going to proprietary walled garden, Internet, search. Just, very quickly, bullet points.Martin: The industry invested heavily in teletext and videotext in the early '80s. The media industry failed to gain traction with those services. They shut them down. To go back to Paul's question, one lesson learned there might be, instead of going in with 300 people and trying to conquer the world inside of 18 months, maybe a more entrepreneurial approach would have been better. In other words, slower in, more patient, more committed, over a longer period of time, in order to find out and then discover and iterate on what the consumer actually wanted. Lesson learned there for me was entrepreneurs trump big iron in almost every instance. Absolutely true. I don't think there's a single case that you can make where that isn't true, particularly of that era.John: While they were doing that, and they were doing it with the television and telephone, the PC was growing.Martin: Nobody could have seen that, so that would have been part of the entrepreneurial approach.John: Right.Martin: And it was.John: Somebody would have said, "Hey, let's try this...Martin: Let's move over to the PC, right. So that's in essence what happened. Quantum actually started as a PC based service which became AOL. The second big thing that happened out of videotext and teletext is that it created a sense that Internet or interactive...not so much Internet, but interactive media was a failure, that it wasn't something that the newspaper journalism industries needed to be concerned about.That created a huge eight year gap, pretty much from roughly 1986 until 1993 or '94, when AOL came in and started to convince people that it was worth coming back in. That was a very important period of time because that was the period of time during which the PC was put into place, people were getting modems, and essentially...John: The Macintosh came along, [indecipherable 22:43] publishing. The Worldwide Web was created.Martin: All of those things were going on, and the journalism industries, whether they were in broadcasting or in print, pretty much had decided, I think by the mid '80s, that this was not something that was particularly relevant for them, at least not in the form that it had developed in that timeframe. That let the AOLs of the world come in and build fairly substantial businesses and learn, more importantly, what the consumer wanted. By the time AOL and, to a lesser extent, CompuServe were beginning to approach the newspapers in the early '90s, they had already, in a sense, won the proprietary services business. The newspapers were, quote, information providers to an intermediary that had a customer relationship. The newspapers had lost that customer relationship in that era. They did not have a direct relationship with the user until the Web came along, which is what they liked about the Web.The online services arena was one in which, certainly until the early '90s...And to their credit the Tribune made a significant investment in AOL, and Knight Ridder in the early '90s began to develop a service called Mercury Center on AOL.All very good but, again, they weren't AOL, so that's a problem. That era, I think more than anything else, reinforces the notion that entrepreneurs with patience and staying power, flexibility and agility trump this notion of big iron moving in with hundreds of people and trying to make something work in a year.John: Dot com boom and bust you've covered pretty well already, but the arrival of Search and Google, the reaction of the industry to that, and how that played out. You haven't gone into...Martin: I don't think the industry recognized how important that was until after it had taken shape, frankly. A lot of people didn't. When Bill Gross first started Overture, a lot of people were skeptical that paid search was going to be a meaningful business. Google, initially, at least, was simply syndicating its search product to AOL and Yahoo!, and that's what its initial business model was. When they acquired Applied Semantics, I think the company was called, which was the underlying technology for AdSense, nobody quite understood it. Once it got into place, it took off pretty quickly. I don't think at that point the industry...Let me just put it this way. There wasn't much of a product relationship between the direction that the journalism industry was taking and the direction that the technology industry was taking. They were two separate worlds.To my mind, there was no attempt...There wasn't even much R and D or engineering talent in the major media companies at that time so there would have been no way for anyone in those companies to get deeply involved in algorithmic search.It sounds like a joke to say it, but it just...John: But it's something that ultimately had to come out of either Silicon Valley or Boston.Martin: It had to. Exactly. And it did. AltaVista, which was born a deck, did come out of Boston. AltaVista was, I think, the first algorithmic approach. I don't believe it was Google, but I'm straining my memory at this point. It may have been someone else.John: Can you give us word on social and the impact of social? Which did, in a large way, come out of Cambridge.Martin: But I mean there was a lot of social before Facebook. The earliest videotex services discovered...One of the key discoveries, and I think a couple of people have noted this, was that essentially what people wanted was interactivity in these services. They are interactive services, so treating them as broadcast networks is not the brightest thing to do.John: Steve Case talked about community and the social impact.Martin: So did Roger Fiddler in [indecipherable 27:51] .John: Facebook won the day. Its impact on the...Martin: I think Chris Cox explained why Facebook won the day. I think his...I'll let Facebook speak for Facebook, but all I'm saying, John, is that social media was a part of this arena from the late '70s on. It was a big part of The Source and Compuserve. It was always a big part of AOL. Steve's exactly right about that. I mean, Ian...those guys essentially invented the idea of a screen name. Everything was kind of like a telephone number before that.Paul: I think it's interesting. It took someone to figure out the winning formula in each of the categories we've talked about, often not the first player. But when you look back, the clues are all there, they just weren't clear at the time.Martin: Well, wasn't it Steve Jobs who said it's easy to connect the dots in hindsight? I think that's absolutely...it may not have been Steve Jobs. Everything gets attributed to Steve Jobs these days. But that's a pretty easy thing to do. I just...oh, my...oh, we're done?John: That was a good last line.Paul: You connected the dots. Thank you.John: Steve Jobs has said it's not easy to connect the dots...it's easy to connect the dots in hindsight.Paul: Thank you, Martin.Martin: Sure.John: That's a good ending.Martin: Yeah, it was better today than yesterday....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (24)

Robert November

BIO: YES: Robert November joined The New York Times Company ...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: I am here at the New York Times on February 28th, 2013 with Robert November. I want to start by asking a very simple question. Can you just tell us what your role was at the New York Times insofar as the electronic products are concerned?Bob November: Yes. In the 1970s, I was the Vice President for News, Education, and Information Services. As such, it was my job to help create and supervise businesses which took the flow of information that was coming into the Times and turn them into profitable enterprises. Included in that was the New York Times Information Bank.Martin: Can you talk about the birth of that and how that started?Bob: Yes. I can tell you that...Martin: I don't mean to digress. We'll get back to the...Bob: Yeah. That, I assume, is the purpose. I need to make clear, because it's not from this distance as clear, that we're talking about a time before the Internet when we were building information businesses which were distributed by high speed transmission lines, but they were all dial up and that sort of thing. When the world became computerized, we were looking for ways to, as I say, expand the reach of the New York Times. One exciting and interesting way was how we could make the news and information available in a retrievable mode retrospectively.Part of the story, but it's an important part of the story, is that the New York Times was indexed from its very first issue in 1851. One of the things we did in building an information business was to fill in a couple of years which were in the 1860s, which somehow had been lost. We had a continuous hardcopy record of articles in the New York Times.That was actually a good business because the index and the microfilm editions of the Times were in every major library and in many smaller libraries as well. There was a complete journalistic record of the coverage starting in 1851.Increasingly, the index under John Rothman's direction had become, as he would say, indicative as well as indexed. The published index would give you not only a citation but would give you quite a concise summary of the story itself. The index was published every two weeks and was quite voluminous.In trying to figure out how we could create a retrieval system, the idea was to use the informative abstracts that we were doing every day as a summary of the news in the New York Times. Each of them, of course, had a citation to the full text of the paper.Unfortunately, this was the days before, because of union restrictions, that the output of the New York Times was in machine readable form. But the input, at the time, was in machine readable form. The news department was using word processing, was editing. So the instructions that went to the composing room were machine readable.Martin: What year was this, roughly?Bob: Roughly, I would say we went commercial with the information back in, probably, 1980. What we did was...Martin: And The Times moved to ATex in the early 70s?Bob: Yes, but... Probably not so early 70s. But yes, and the process was a continuous one as to the input, the editing and so forth. But there was no final page makeup, for example. There was no machine readable actual pages in the New York Times. We decided to build an enterprise around the abstracts. That was machine readable and computerized. We created that as a database. I should know, but I don't, probably starting with the 1968 information. We created a technical and a sales staff, so that in 1970 we could offer this to, principally, businesses. Although our index work was with libraries.Martin: You said 1970?Bob: I meant '80. To make it economical, the sales really had to be with businesses and other publications, people for whom the information had an immediate value and saving them the time of going to the index or spending two days looking up something, to be able to do it in a matter of moments was there. We actually built an information bank of the summaries of all the information in The New York Times, with citations. At the same time...Martin: Did you report to Rothman?Bob: No, he reported to me. John Rothman.Martin: So he reported to you.Bob: Yes. When we decided to go forward with this, we hired an ex IBMer to supervise the information bank, by which we meant the technical and the selling aspect of it. So that the index fed into the abstracts, but the information bank was a separate entity. We had sales people. We had customer service, whom we called trainers. Again, this was the days before Internet, so when a customer came on, our trainer would train them as to how to interface with the information bank. We branched out a little bit. I just glanced at the...Martin: Let me just say. Was there anything else like this at the time?Bob: No. Simultaneous with this, the Meade Corporation, which had created Lexis, announced that it would do the same thing for newspapers. But for them to put up the newspapers, they would be willing to make the articles machine readable. Although individual articles were delivered...Our own news service, for example, which went through the AP, our customers would be able to use that as a machine setting. But there weren't newspapers that were advanced enough that they had page makeup. We decided, at that time, the company was committed to being in the information business. As well as the advertising based journalism business.Martin: Which is a very prescient thing, at that point in time?Bob: But it followed, I have to say...Sort of interesting to me. I came to work full time at The Times in 1960. In 1963, there was a disastrous strike by the typographers union. Following that, when Punch became publisher, there was a decision made that we had to create some income stream other than the daily New York Times because we were so vulnerable to labor disruptions. The Times went on an acquisition campaign. That's when Family Circle television stations...In my area, we branched into the education field. We developed, as I said, from our internal resources, library publishing. We began to treat the news service as a business. It seemed important to us that we have this separate stream.We deliberately went our own way. We did that, in part, because we felt we could be the journalistic information bank. Our microfilm business, which was part of the division, we not only did The New York Times on microfilm, but we did The Times of London and a couple of other leading newspapers. We were able to persuade them that we would be the most effective.Martin: In a way, you were the first aggregator?Bob: We were the first aggregator. Actually, with the information bank, we were the first people to think of doing electronic delivery of news information. But it was not full text. It was hard because the world was not very much attuned to getting electronic information. So we had the training and the technology. We got to the point where this was a break even business. At the same time, almost miraculously, it must have been late '81, it became possible for us to get the full text. The composing room system had gotten to the point where we could pick up the composing room output. By having one intelligent person with the actual hard copy of the New York Times and the composing feed, we could eliminate from the composing feed, something which had been cut on the composing floor.We could make sure that what went into a full text information bank was exactly what had been published in the newspaper. That possibility happened in late 1981. It became clear that we should reconfigure the information bank to be full text for The New York Times. Then, frankly, we could go after the same publications that Meade was going after.But with our special sales. The story I thought would have been very good because Meade was in the legal business and so forth.Martin: Just one question. It's a sidebar question, but I need to ask it. There's another stream that we're exploring in this '80, '81, '82 timeframe. Principally at Knight Ridder. They had started a video text service called Viewtron. You would have been the natural...Bob: We did. All along, we tried to follow what was being done. There was a trade association called the Information Industry Association.Martin: Yeah, I remember. The IIA.Bob: I was the president of it. The purpose of that was to make sure we were plugged in.Martin: It still exists, by the way. It's now called the SIIA. (www.siia.net)Bob: Because it merged with the Software Association which turned out to be a more viable organization. But also in that were DOW Jones, McGraw Hill and Meade.Martin: Don Wilson, right?Bob: Yes. We followed that. It didn't seem to us, at that moment, that videotex made...Arthur D. Little had a thing where you paid your $20,000 and you became part of a study group on broadband communications, which we also followed. That had applications, obviously, to businesses, but we didn't see those as being the avenues for The Times.Martin: So you're sticking now with this...Bob: The information bank was our commercial window on the...While keeping our eyes open as to what the other aspects would be. But if we were to go to full text, that required a bigger computer center than we had with the abstracts. In those days, with mainframe computers, there were plenty of time sharing applications. There were companies that had big computers that were not used 24 hours a day that were willing to sell time. The economics of that, I and our division felt, would then make us viable. Without having to make the investment that Meade had to make in its own huge computer center. We were at the point where the abstracts were break even, maybe a little bit profitable, depending how you did the numbers. But it was time to go to full text. That happened to coincide with the change in management at The Times.Where Walt Mattson became the Chief Operating Officer. He decided that we would not be in the information business. We would be in the newspaper business. Therefore, we would make a deal with Meade. They would then offer the New York Times in full text. Although, in a way I don't quite understand, we still kept selling the abstracts.Maybe because we had deals with some other information services to do that. Also get out of the education business, get out of the microfilm business. Get out of all those businesses. That's the point at which I left The Times and found something else to do. I was sad about that, because I thought it was a great opportunity.Martin: Do you know why we decided not to pursue it? Do you have any recollection of any rationale, any meetings, anything that might have taken place?Bob: I can tell you what Mr. Mattson...Walt and I knew each other. We both worked on the western edition of The Times in 1962. We'd been colleagues here. He told me that, as far as he was concerned, we had invested far too much in the things that I was working on, and that henceforth we would concentrate on the newspaper. The amount of capital that we invested in the information business was miniscule. But he was right in that we had had the excitement while he had to do the hard work. That was simultaneous with a huge effort that Punch had initiated with the consulting firm, McKinsey, which had worked in all of our businesses, with cash flow and so forth which was reasonably helpful.I thought I was trained in economics, so this was a useful thing. But it was my impression that the fad then, in consulting, was to say, "Concentrate on your big business and don't waste your resources in sidebars." I thought that was very foolish for two reasons. One is, the geographical reason, with The New York Times.Another reason that we started decentralizing in 1963 was New York City was not in very good shape and it seemed sensible to be in other cities. Hence, other newspapers. I think that message resonated, certainly with Walter, that we knew the newspaper business. We were so good at selling ads that we should concentrate on this.As you know, over the years, they gradually sold all the information businesses but the magazines and the specialized things. I think that was part of the McKinsey strategy.Martin: Were you watching DOW Jones at all, at the time?Bob: Oh yeah. I mentioned, through the Information Industry Association, the people who manage the information business...My successor, as the president of the Information Association was called Lenty, who was...I can't say the counterpart because DOW Jones had invested in decentralized publishing much more. Obviously, it had an information service that was very profitable. Yes, we talked a lot. They were in a different business. They would not have considered joining with us, because they rightly felt they had real time information which people would pay for.But I did follow them. They, as you know, bought Telerate, because they wanted to expand in the information business, which was decimated by Bloomberg, who did a fantastically good job.Martin: And yet, businesses like Wolters Kluwer, which is a business to business information company based in Holland. It's a global company. Reed Elsevier are big businesses today.Bob: They are big businesses. Reed Elsevier prices things very well. No, it was not my idea to get out of the information business. I think it would have been a good thing. What's interesting about it though is, once Internet came in, it became a publishing business. As opposed just to information business. Crazy enough, with the Information Industry Association, the Software Association, the best, I have to say, that I thought DOW Jones and I and the Times were all placing, that the information would be the valuable thing...All of a sudden the software, the ability to get the information, became the valuable thing. Which, of course, Microsoft...I don't have to tell you. The question of how you get rewarded for the information is a very tough one. I must say, I think it's nice that somebody else has to solve that problem now.Martin: It is a tough one. There is no doubt. But the reason that we want to go back and look at some of these early efforts is because there were decisions made at certain potions. Interestingly, DOW Jones did decide to pursue this. I don't know whether it's mismanagement or simply DNA, whatever it is. But it's not like DOW Jones has a business the scale of Reed Elsevier or Wolters...They too...Bob: They saw themselves, incorrectly, in the financial information business.Martin: But Telerate was a failure.Bob: Telerate was a failure because — this is just my reading — of Bloomberg. Bloomberg invested in that system and he understood the customers. I have to say that Carl and Bill Dunne, my buddies, were newspaper people.Bob: DOW Jones was so far ahead of us on the production side. They decentralized publication and they exploited the value of their information amazingly. We didn't have that kind of information.Martin: Right. To be fair, they were in national newspaper very early on.Bob: But it seemed to me that Bloomberg was able to steal the DOW Jones wire and the Telerate business which was built on this very narrow base of bond...The danger of that was that narrow franchise would be somehow undermined which happened and they did a good job. Not directly, but after The Times, I was the publisher of The Bond Buyer, which is a daily newspaper in municipal bonds. And has real time information. It was still kind of a dream, the real time information itself. But there, Bloomberg invested in bond information on a scale that we weren't ready to do. He's (Bloomberg) a very savvy investor. Not with the kind of payback he's gotten on the other kinds of stuff. It was interesting to me that DOW Jones, which made a much bigger bet in this area, was not a success. But I attributed that to Bloomberg.Martin: You also said something interesting, which is that these were newspaper people. The DNA, it seems to me, matters here. Not just back in the 1970s and 80s, but also right up until the present. One of the things that the newspaper industry and the institutional journalism industry in general, has been unable to do, is really understand the intersection between what they do and the delivery mechanisms, the software, services that underlie it. Maybe part of that is simply DNA. Although you brought this guy from IBM in. He should have understood that.Bob: Our organization and our sales were effective. I think we would have been significantly profitable selling full text of The Times.Martin: I think so, too.Bob: But we were not looking at the business of consumer information. We always started working on niches. We worked with J. Walter Thompson on an advertising news niche. But again, that would be to sell to agencies and to ad Vice Presidents, which we saw as our market. In an amusing way, I had not thought of this before. But Bill Dunn and Walter Mattson are similar kinds of guys. They're production newspaper guys.Martin: And your background was journalism? You came up in...Bob: I started working at The New York Times...Martin: In advertising?Bob: After the summer of my junior year at college. This was 1957. I had expected to get a summer job at a bank, which declined to hire me, so I did what is now called networking. I knocked on neighbors' doors. One of my neighbors was the business manager of The Times, who said, "The Times is starting to move from being a family thing to a company. We should think of a way to get bright, young people." I have to immodestly say that I had...The timing of this was fortunate for me, because I had been elected Junior Phi Beta at Harvard, which had, of course, given local newspapers this thing. I knocked on this guy's door. He had just read I was a successful academic. I worked that summer as a newsstand inspector, a summer replacement at a time when The New York Times cost a nickel.But a newsstand inspector's job was to adjust the order, so that you had enough but not too many papers. And when the Middle East blew up, which of course it did always, to make sure the Jewish neighborhoods had enough. But also it gave me a chance to understand the whole circulation distribution system, the broader system which was very amazing to me.By happenstance, a friend of mine was the head of the Harvard newspaper, the Harvard Crimson. The person who had the job of circulation manager was on academic probation, so he asked me if I would do that. For my first half of my senior year at college I was the circulation manager of a 2,000 paid circulation newspaper which was actually a very good experience.When I came to work at The Times full time, I worked in something called the ad promotion department which is the promotion department that works with the ad to write presentations. I did a presentation on selling automobiles. The point of the presentation was to convince advertisers that The Times was the best publication.I learned what would be the hot buttons that work with the advertising people. Then, in 1960, Arthur Hayes Sulzberger, who was still publisher, decided that The Times should publish simultaneously in Europe with here. So an international edition was created. It was directed by a couple...Harding Bancroft and [inaudible 07:33] . Who were senior people.Harding decided that he needed somebody, as he said, to be the amanuensis, which I went to look up. But to be the coordinator. I got the job of coordinating the international edition. It was everything, from making sure we had the light bulbs that fit the linotype machines in Paris to working with the news department to make sure we understood the flow of copy, to make sure we got it...I did that for six months, I guess. It was a fabulous job. Then The Times decided to do a western edition. I spent several years being kind of generalist. But I ended up as the promotion manager of the western edition. Technically I came in, in the circulation department. But in fact, I was just basically in the business department. It happened when we finished with the western edition, that the person who had been in charge of library publishing got sick.I was asked to take that over. I discovered that this could be a significant business. The microfilm business was a multi million dollar business. Interestingly enough, in 1940, Kodak had come to The Times and offered to microfilm the back issues, in exchange for the right to sell them. And to provide The Times with the back issues.The Times agreed to that. Then after the war, a very good company called University Microfilm, in Ann Arbor, which does lots of things, came and said, "Hey guys, that's crazy. If you work with us, we'll microfilm it for you. We're really good at that. And you can sell it yourself. You don't have to give the rights way." When I came into this business, Kodak was selling up to 1939 and we were selling and manufacturing the rest.We persuaded Kodak that this was not the way they should go. We took over that whole thing. Using that as a baseline...Martin: Kodak gave you the films?Bob: Kodak manufactured the films.Martin: But they then turned them over to you?Bob: Yes. They turned them over. Maybe we owned a set. Maybe part of the deal was that we had a master set.Martin: But the point is that all throughout this period, there's a group of people creating this index.Bob: And way back.Martin: And way back. That becomes the basis for this computerized service because it's a database, in essence.Bob: It's a database. John Rothman...When Times got its first computer...Martin: Did you hire John Rothman?Bob: No. John Rothman was hired in 1946.Martin: Is he still alive?Bob: Yes. But he's long retired. He's a great indexer. He's not a great businessman, I have to say, which is why I ended up being his boss, so that we could integrate this into...Martin: But he had a great vision, if he invented this info bank.Bob: He had a great vision. He knew about Boolean searches, the idea. When The Times got its first computer, which was a Honeywell, I'd went to programming school, so I could figure out what a computer could do. We were looking for ways to use the power of the computer and the information that we had. But yes, we had a machine readable record of what went on. There were many exciting sales things that we could use to sell things with, that companies would use it to get background on preparing themselves for annual... It was an effective tool. It's interesting. Because full text searching, obviously, is a much more powerful tool. But it's also much more of a voluminous tool. Whereas abstracts, informative abstracts we made that distinction are impressive.Martin: It seems to me that...I'm not quite sure when Moore's Law came about, when Gordon Moore proclaimed that. I should know, but I don't.Bob: I should know that, too.Martin: But storage, it seems to me, was inevitably going to be more powerful and cheaper, and so the forces were with you.Bob: The structure of the industry was with us. We didn't have to be a huge computer center. For the paper we did, but there were plenty of people who would be happy to sell us the time and host us and hook us up. We were very good on the front end. We had a good technical staff. And then the customer interface. It was exciting and I was sad that that Times decided not to do that. But that's the way it was.Martin: Thank you. This was a fascinating...Is there anything that you think I've missed in terms of this history that is relevant? I, obviously, wasn't there at the time. If there's anything I should add, please feel free.Bob: No, the question that you asked which I asked you but I do want to emphasize that we were not only working on the specific business but trying to keep our eyes open within the industry and within technical development to see if there were other ways to do it. And ultimately, long after I left the Times, the advent of the Internet and retail distribution, as it were, in the publishing side made it different. I am still sad that on the information side this company did not decide to go forward.Martin: I arrived in 1995 and I can tell you, by then, the information services side, the side that you were in, was well established as an industry. There were big businesses already. We had licenses with these businesses, whether it was Factiva or Reed Elsevier. There were others. There wasn't even any discussion of whether the Times would ever compete with those.Bob: That decision was made, I assume by Walter.Martin: 15 years prior. But it was an interesting opportunity that was potentially missed.Bob: It was. It was one, I have to say, they made some money in the very short run. Meade was willing to make the investment then.Martin: It was pretty visionary of a paper company to do. Meade was a paper company in Ohio.Bob: Which bought the Lexis guys.Martin: Which bought the Lexis guys, but that...Bob: I don't disagree with that.Martin: That was pretty ballsy of them at that time.Bob: They did make it. Through the information industry, I was also...I can't say I was friends with the guy who ran it whose name at the moment escapes me, but with whom I served on the visiting committee libraries at Harvard so I knew these people. I knew the next level pretty well. They did. They did an amazing job, both in software and in investing in the database. And then the Meade Corporation sold it just at the right moment, I think....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (25)

Jonah Peretti

BIO: YES: Jonah Peretti (born January 1, 1974) is an America...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: I'm here in Manhattan with Jonah Peretti on March 7th, 2013. Jonah is founder and CEO of BuzzFeed. First question, 5 to 10 minutes. Just background. How you discovered digital journalism.Jonah Peretti: I've been interested for years in how people share content, ideas. What do people talk about? Why do they talk about those things? Why are there some things that seem awesome that don't go anywhere and other things that seem silly or trivial that get spread to millions of people? I accidentally fell into this when I was a grad student at the MIT Media Lab. Nike had launched this service where you could customize your shoes with a word or phrase. Being a smartass, I tried to customize my shoes with the word, "Sweatshop." Nike wrote back saying it was inappropriate slang and they wouldn't put it on the shoes.I said, "No, it means a shop where factory workers toil under unhealthy conditions. It's been in the dictionary for two years."And then we had this back and forth. At the end, they just said, "Well, look. We reserve the right to not do the shoes."I said, "OK, that's fine. I'll change the ID on the shoes but can you at least send me a picture of the 12 year old Vietnamese girl that stitches them together?" Then they didn't write back after that.That was a few emails back and forth. I sent it to a few friends. Those friends sent it to their friends. If you remember back in those days, this was...Martin: What year?Jonah: This was in...Now I'm forgetting the year.Martin: Roughly.Jonah: I'm extremely bad with chronology. I think it was in 2001. I think it was January of 2001. If you remember back to January in 2001, there were these things called email forwards. Even though email forwards was a completely broken architecture for sharing, people would send things to their whole address book. Sometimes their friend would get it 27 times. Their friend who got it 27 times would often get frustrated that they're getting an email so many times.Today, you'll get the content in your Facebook news feed and it will say, "27 of your friends have shared it," but you'll only see it once. Things have improved since then, but even then, when the mechanism for sharing was broken, people wanted to share.This email got shared to millions of people. I ended up on the Today Show with Katie Couric and a Nike executive debating sweatshop labor, which I knew nothing about, because this email had been shared so widely.Martin: And you were at MIT at the time?Jonah: I was a grad student at MIT.Martin: Grad student at MIT. Were you at the Media Lab?Jonah: I was at the Media Lab.Martin: What were you studying at the time? Did you suddenly go into this or were you interested in this at the time?Jonah: I was studying educational technology. I had previously been a school teacher in New Orleans. I went to MIT to think about how technology could influence and improve learning. Then this email happened and it made me incredibly fascinated with networks. So I started walking around MIT's campus, finding people who were experts on networks. My good friend, who also got obsessed with this, was a guy named Cameron Marlow, who now is the head of science team at Facebook. He built something called Blogdex, which was actually very influential and important, back in those days. It looked at all the links that were being shared on blogs and showed you the most rapidly accelerating links that blogs were sharing.I became good friends with Duncan Watts, who is a mathematical sociologist, who figured out the mathematics of six degrees of separation and small worlds, and then various MIT folks as well. And started to just try to understand, how does this stuff work? How is it that, without a printing press or a broadcast pipe, by sharing something with a few friends, I can reach millions of people?Cameron actually said, "These things are anomalies. You couldn't do it again." So after that I was like, "OK." I wanted to try to prove that I could do it again. After that I made this thing called The New York City Rejection Line. Which was a phone number where, if people wouldn't take no for an answer and they were hitting on you, you could give them a local number.When they called it, it would be an automated rejection message. It had a similar effect. It spread virally and reached tons of people. After that, I did something called Black People Love Us, which was a website that looked like it was a personal website of two super white people named Sally and Johnny who were so proud of having black friends that they made a whole website, with testimonials from their black friends.Both the Rejection Line and Black People Love Us, I did with my sister, Chelsea Peretti, who's a standup comic. She went on to write for Sarah Silverman and “Parks and Recreation” and does standup.But at the time, nobody was trying to make things go viral on the web. YouTube didn't exist. Facebook, Twitter didn't exist. It felt, to me, like there was something new and different, which is that, if you made something really interesting and fun, whether it was humorous, provocative or political, it wasn't clear what it had to be. But there were these things that a person could make in a weekend that would end up spreading to millions of people. That, to me, seemed very interesting.So, I started doing work with political campaigns. I started doing work with non profits. I started doing some consulting with companies all around trying to understand how this stuff works, and why things get shared, and how they get shared.Martin: Email was basically the technology of the day.Jonah: The Nike email forward was an email. That was spread through email. The Rejection Line was a phone number. We actually got voice boxes and we ended up filling a T1 voice line continually from early in the morning to late at night of people calling and hearing the Rejection Line. Black People Love Us was a website and that was a little bit later. That was in 2003, and that started getting shared on blogs and message boards. "The New York Times" wrote a nice profile in Sunday Styles on it. In each successive project, the time for it to spread got shorter.The Nike email was six months before it started to die off. Rejection Line was three, and Black People Love Us was one month. The networks and the ability to share kept getting more and more tightly connected so that media would spread faster. You'd reach more people more quickly, but it would die off more quickly.That was the kind of work I was doing at this non profit in New York called Eyebeam where I was the Director of R&D. There were a lot of artists who worked in my lab. That was sort of my personal work, but I also ran this lab of artists who were doing all kinds of different work. Some were doing robot...Martin: You left MIT in taking this job in [inaudible].Jonah: Yes. A lot of people don't know the story of Eyebeam. Josh Schachter would come. When he used to work at Morgan Stanley, he'd come and work on Delicious at night from Eyebeam. Jeff Hahn, who did the technology that made those election screens that you see on CNN where you can zoom things around, was working on projects at Eyebeam at night. I was doing these contagious media things.There was a group there called the Graffiti Research Lab that was building all kinds of technology for graffiti. They've been covered by The Times and some other publications widely as well.So, we were sort of activists, artists, hackers. We released everything under open source. We did a project called reBlog that was an RSS reader that let you click a button to reblog things you wanted onto your site, so you could curate a site. That ended up inspiring Tumblr and other services to have this simple thing.It was all totally non-commercial, totally...Because it felt like there was these interesting things you could build on the Web at that time.We had the support of John Johnson, who was the founder of Eyebeam, which allowed us to have this space where we didn't have to worry about generating any revenue. We could just worry about doing things that we thought were worthwhile.Martin: Ken Lerer finds you there or...?Jonah: Ken Lerer calls together a summit to help with his gun control cause. He has John Borthwick invite leaders in the Internet field, the smartest people in New York, who know about technology, who could help with his cause. I was, actually, not one of those smartest people. I was friends with Duncan. Then, Duncan called me and said, "Oh, some rich guy is doing this thing. I'm an academic, I can't really help him. Why don't you come along? He really should be talking to you."I said, "Well, I don't know." Duncan had broken his leg skiing, and he said, "Well, the guy gave me his car, his driver for the evening, so afterwards we can take the car wherever we want." I was like, "Oh, OK. Let's go."We go to this thing, and I'm kind of crashing it. Everyone is pitching different ideas to Kenny about this gun issue. Scott Heiferman was there, Jeff Jarvis is there, both with various other people.Scott's like, "You could create meetups for this cause." Jarvis is like, "You could do blogs." Everyone's talking about their stuff.I just talked a little about the viral things I'd done. Kenny was in a mode where he wanted to work with lots of people, so he was like, "Hey, why don't we try to make something viral about this gun stuff? Why don't we work together on that?"He ended up coming to Eyebeam and seeing these research labs that we had, that would brainstorm ideas. Separate from that, Kenny and I ended up working on this Stop the NRA Campaign, the NRA Blacklist, where there was a list of people that...Martin: It didn't work.Jonah: It worked short-term, not long-term. It resulted in a legislative victory and then the legislative victory was later eroded. But it got a lot of people to sign up for a list. It put pressure on Congress and it resulted in a short-term win. Kenny is still working on the longer term battle. But that's how we worked together. I had never been interested in business, hadn't done anything in business, had also never done anything in journalism. I had friends who were reporters and always like them, because they were curious.Martin: You were a teacher?Jonah: And I was a teacher. Yeah. I was a teacher, and then a technologist, and then a maker of sharable things on the Internet. I had friends, who were reporters, who it seemed like a noble profession and they were curious, thoughtful people who you would have good dinner party conversation with. So I was favorably inclined towards journalists. Doing Rejection Line and Black People Love Us and the Nike email I talked to tons of reporters about those projects. But always reporters who were the most web savvy reporters, who would get...their friend would email them this story, would email them the project. They would see it and get the idea independently, "I should write about this."Martin: So now you worked with him on the NRA thing and he's now partnered up with Arianna [Huffington]. Do you contact him? Does he contact you? How did that...Jonah: We were working together on some things. Then he was like, "Let's do a company together." I was like, "I don't know." He's like, "I know business. You know the Internet. We should do something." We basically agreed to do something but we weren't sure what it was going to be. We were talking about what it might be. Then at some point, he went and met with Arianna. Then he started saying things like, "So, our company with Arianna." I was like, "What?"[laughter]Jonah: He knew I was from a very different world with very different interests, and wasn't a creature of the media world. He knew that he needed someone who understood the web and technology. I ended up flying out and meeting Arianna. I remember we had a 7 AM meeting which, for me, is incredibly early. She was already in a meeting with another group when I woke up, came out of my room in her house and she's already at the table having a full breakfast with like some NGO in LA that was working on an environmental cause or something. I was like, "What?" I don't know if I was the second breakfast. Maybe it was the third or fourth. But she was definitely starting earlier. Next thing I knew, Lori David was there and we were flying to Phil Angelini's rally in Sacramento, which wasn't planned.I came back feeling like, if anything, it would be an adventure. Arianna was incredibly charming and tireless and driven. Then we formed a partnership, also with Andrew Breitbart, who used to work for Arianna. The four of us went into business together. We started hiring a founding team. Then, of course, Roy, who was working with Arianna previously and continued, became a partner at HuffPost too.Martin: We'll drill much more deeply into HuffPost in a minute. I just want to finish the bio. So HuffPost is sold to AOL. Do you go to AOL then?Jonah: No, I didn't. I started BuzzFeed as more of a lab, to try to understand various things I was thinking about, as HuffPost was scaling and on its path and growing, and went from being full-time at Huffington Post to being one day a week at BuzzFeed, and then went to half time BuzzFeed, half time HuffPost. When we sold, I was about one day a week at Huffington Post. So I would go to the operations meetings, which was all the senior managers. I would spend a lot of time emailing and IMing and talking with Paul Barry about product and tech, and spent a fair amount of time talking with Kenny about various things. But I wasn't day to day when we sold. So I considered continuing to advise the HuffPost-AOL entity post-sale.But it seemed like a natural breaking point and I wasn't doing justice to BuzzFeed by also thinking about the issues that were important to HuffPost. There was a lot of overlap, but I realized that it was a lot less overlap than I thought. And that what you think about in the shower and in your down time is one of the most important things, in terms of providing value to a company.It was hard to do that, being involved with two companies. Your subconscious was having to fight over what it thought about.Martin: It's interesting, because we've spoken with a few folks now...Yahoo News was a breakthrough in the mid-nineties. Because it was really the first technology-based news service to take a wire service — it took Reuters — and blast it out there, in a more or less very current and real time way. It quickly became the largest news service on the web. But Huffington Post, I think, was the first news service that really got to scale without much of any original content that was created for another form. Is that correct?Jonah: Yeah. I don't know if anyone else has done it. But we definitely did it. [laughs] I'm trying to think.Martin: I don't think anybody else did do it. Let's assume that they didn't, which means that you guys had to have some kind of insight that allowed you to create something quite large. Was it the share? Does it all go back to sharing? Is that the basis for...Or is there a formula that you think is...Jonah: I ended up taking a side journey into search. One of the things that was disappointing to me was that there wasn't really a way to build a big site on social, when we started Huffington Post. You could get some, but we were pretty...It was word of mouth. There was some sharing. Blogs sent a shockingly little amount of traffic. They were talked about so much. But having all the blogs link to us and talk to us got us to be like a one or two million unique visitor site. It wasn't enough to build a really big publishing entity. The traffic was still largely in search. So we figured out some new things with search.Also, Google changed it. It used to be...If you think of a classic SEO consultant would go to news organizations and say you should create topics pages.You should have every major topic and then you should keep linking to those topic pages and trying to win and get in the top ten search results.Martin: We invented that, right?Jonah: Yeah. You may have invented it. That made a lot of sense for Google during that era, because Google wasn't that fast. Google couldn't catch up, especially when it was purely based on PageRank and inbound links. It couldn't quickly know, "This is a breaking story that everyone's searching for." So Google actually was broken for things like Michael Jackson dying. Or whoever died five years before Michael Jackson. It couldn't quickly index it. So the topics pages made sense. It was like, you searched for the general topic and you land on The New York Times topic page. It has all the articles there. The new ones are at the top. What we discovered was that, when there was some person, place or thing, some noun, that wasn't notable and all of a sudden became notable...That Google was, for the first time, able to quickly react and index that. So like a beauty queen loses her crown. Nobody cares who Miss Wisconsin. But if Miss Wisconsin loses her crown in some sex scandal or something, lots of people search for her name, which was an unknown name the day before and now is a name that's on every television show and that...if you swarm that, you can be the top search result for that.That was something that was new, because of changes in Google, and that nobody really understood and no one was really focused... So there was a period of a couple years where we were able to swarm big stories, in a way that worked really well for the Google ecosystem.Martin: Were you writing stories for the Google ecosystem. There's a difference — it may seem like a nuance at the outset, but it'll relate more to BuzzFeed as we go forward — between this notion of taking what you call a big or important story and sending a fire hose of traffic to it by optimizing it, versus tuning the news creation to this particular distribution channel.Jonah: No, I get what you're saying.Martin: I'm not making a judgment. I'm really not. I'm just saying, this has become a theme in some of this history, which we'll get to in a little bit.Jonah: Search lends itself to looking for where there's demand and filling the demand. The most extreme case is a company called Demand Media. The reason they're called Demand Media is because they noticed that there was lots of demand for certain things. Sometimes long tail demand, like people searched for, "Lemon poppy seed pancakes." Because they've had them once and they want to make them. And there's no search result for it. This was what About.com did before Demand.Martin: That's why I didn't include About. I don't view About as a journalistic institution and I don't view Demand as a journalistic institution. That's why I didn't even include...About did get to scale with native content. But I didn't include them when I talked about your doing it first, because it's not journalism.Jonah: Right. I don't spend very much time thinking about what's journalism and what's not journalism. Not that I think it's bad that there's people who do that. But when you think about something like Heath Ledger dying, Huffington Post would have five people writing a story and seeing what everyone else is writing and seeing every single breaking news. So aggregating from other sources, linking to other sources. A few sentences of original, a link to, "The Washington Post is saying this. The New York Times is saying this. This was just discovered by TMZ." This was discovered by tagging it and continually updating it. Google would look at that page and say, "It's linking to all these authoritative sources and it's constantly changing and getting updated. So it must be a good source for consumers since it's constantly getting new information."It's also tagged with Keith Ledger, because people who aren't that familiar with the actor thought his name was Keith Ledger and were searching for Keith Ledger. So we were number one for people searching for, "Keith Ledger," which is useful, for people who are searching for the wrong thing. It gives them the right thing. We didn't say his name was Keith Ledger in the article. But we brought people there through search. From a user perspective, landing on that page actually was a good experience. You do a Google search.You're like, "Keith Ledger died." You search, "Keith Ledger died." You land on a page and its a page that shows you everything people are saying all over the place, that has commentary and a voice and a perspective and it continually updating. Eventually — I don't know if we had it at that time — Twitter modules and Facebook modules and content coming in from other sources, comments running on the site.So, all of that made a page that Google liked and that consumers liked as this one stop shop to find out all the things that are happening all around. Now, the question that some people ask is, "If you are a news organization and you have five people on the scene and you're doing tons of original reporting and you're writing these stories and collecting things and it costs much more and HuffPost is getting more traffic than you, is that fair?"One example of this, I remember some reporter calling me to ask about this a while ago. It was, The New Yorker did a long scientology story and the HuffPost outranked The New Yorker story in Google. The reporter was like, "Isn't this unfair? Think how much The New Yorker spent on that." But when you think of what a consumer wants.A consumer is in their office. They have a little bit of time between meetings. They heard some buzz about a scientology piece in The New Yorker, they search for it. They get a page that has some bullet points that explains what's in it, a link to it. Like, "You might want to read it." And three or five percent of people are like, "Oh, I actually do want to read this long piece." And other people are like, "Oh, I'm glad I know what it's about. I don't really want to read this. But I'm glad I know what it's about."From a purely algorithmic perspective or purely technical perspective, Google is giving people, in that case, a good consumer experience. But from an economics of journalism perspective, there is a problem, which is that The New Yorker is spending a huge amount of money to produce this long story and they're not getting as much traffic online as Huffington Post, which might have spent two hours on it, or some even shorter amount of time. The time it took for the editor to read it and pull out relevant things.So one question is, what's good for consumers? Then there's this other question of what's good for journalism and how do you build sustainable models for journalism?Martin: I think that's a great place to go next. There are people — I'm not one of them — who would say there was this original sin, in 1995, when The New Yorker, or The New York Times, or whomever you want to talk about, decided, A, that journalism should be free, but even more important, in this case, that fair use and copyright law was OK the way it was, it carried over into a new world, an electronic world just fine. And that links should be fairly shared. I'll just use him as an example, again, not making any kind of value judgment here. But Rupert Murdoch basically is saying, "Absurd for content to be free, absurd for links to be freely available through the social web, because that's also our content. Copyright is fundamentally broken."What do you think of that dynamic, given where journalism is today, in its more traditional incarnation?Jonah: Part of the problem is that people get so rooted in the way something worked in the past, that then all of their thinking about how things should be in the future is to justify the economics of an older business model. It's a historical accident that classifieds were so profitable for newspapers. It may be a historical accident that newspapers had monopolies and could do low quality advertising that wasn't very visible, that still brought in gobs and gobs of money. So just because that's how it was 20 years ago doesn't mean that's how it should be and doesn't mean that online distribution should have the same economics and should follow all the same rules. Just trying to get the web to mimic what print business provided probably isn't the best way of using the web.When you look at what technology companies have built, the technology industry is many times larger than the media industry. From a purely economic perspective, like selling iPads and iPods and computers is a lot better business than selling music even when music was in its heyday. So it depends what you care about. If you care about the economy, you need to zoom out a little bit and look at the bigger picture.If you care about journalism, you need to think, "What does the web give you that you didn't have. Why does someone who lives in Philadelphia have to read the local Philly paper and not everything great being produced all around the country? Why do I have to read a third rate write-up of what Facebook's IPO means because I happen to live in one city and I don't live in a city where they have a good tech writer?I'm forced to read that. Is that better for journalism than the very best people in the world are well read because there's a global network where people can share information and pass things around? So I think that there's a tendency to focus nostalgically on the things that are lost, and not enough focus on, what are these new opportunities? And how do those new opportunities give us more of some of the things we really love about journalism.Martin: As Jeff Bezos says, "The web giveth, the web taketh."Jonah: Yeah, it's true.Martin: It is true.Jonah: [laughs]Martin: [inaudible 0:30:11] close, I think of all time. [laughter]Martin: Look, obviously you know I'm playing devil's advocate here, but I do want to go back to this New Yorker example because it's really a good example. The reality is that a lot of journalistic institutions are in deep trouble. It's very hard for me to see the substantive, high-quality thing that replaces them. I'll give you an example. You mentioned Philadelphia. I'm from Philadelphia, I hate to admit, but I am. "The Inquirer" used to be a very, very good paper, actually. It may still be. I don't want to bias this in any way. All I'm saying is that they've been sold, like 3 or 4 times in the last 10 years. The last time, for pennies on what they were sold for on the dollar before. Tribune company is in bankruptcy.So, Jonah, nobody seems to be able to come up with a model for local journalism so that all of these corrupt state houses have a watchdog in their community.I think your point about the "New Yorker" article...Well, I think "The New Yorker" is going to be just fine. It's part of Condé Nast, and it's a national publication, and it has a global reach. There are other forums that are not going to be just fine — it's part of Condé Nast, it's a national publication and it has a global reach -- there are other forms that are not going to be fine.Jonah: By the way, BuzzFeed just published a 6,000 word piece on scientology.Martin: You took some sh*t for that, too. Didn't you?Jonah: No, I think you're thinking of something else.Martin: Oh, I am. Yeah.Jonah: [laughs] We take sh*t for things. But we didn't take sh*t for that one. [laughs] But it was a piece of former scientologists talking about what some of them were calling a real estate scam that scientology was running. So it is possible to fund that kind of work online. We did it. But to me, I agree. It was a very interesting philosophical question.Should Google...Or now, Facebook is even more relevant.Martin: Twitter is the most relevant.Jonah: Or Twitter. Should they be organized for the good of the consumer and what the consumer likes, or should they be organized for the good of the business models of existing media companies? Or should they be organized according to some higher principle of journalism or what people should receive? Those are three very different things. You would organize what you feature very differently.Martin: But this is a history. John Huey characterized it this way. He said, "Look, it's a timeline. Below the timeline, there's this incredible tide — all the events, the technologies, the things that happened, the invention of the Huffington Post, etc. Above the timeline are these swimmers. There are people who are making decisions and trying to find their way." One theory that a lot of people have thrown out is that the tide is just so powerful that the swimmers are inevitably going to drown — at least some of the swimmers from the old world.Another theory is that, the decisions that I talked about before, the historical decisions, the decision to give content away for free, give links away. The link economy, as Jeff characterizes it.Not go hard at copyright. These were decisions that were made, in the mid to late nineties, early 2000s. I made some of them. Things would be a lot different if they had been made in a different way. That's really what I'm trying to explore with you here.Jonah: In the old school newspaper wars, in the William Randolph Hearst era — I'm not so well versed in this history, but have read a little bit about it — it sounded more similar to what's happening now than what happened 10 or 20 years ago. The way the industry was. People would rewrite each other's stories. It wasn't linking or aggregating. But you send someone to cover the Spanish-American War and then it's in another paper and you're like, "I spent all this money to get this scoop and then someone has a morning edition and can quickly rush out there version of the story." And they write it with more voice. It's not like you can copyright reality. You're reporting on the news.If you have any self-respect about what you're doing as a profession, you want the public to know about what's happening in the world and to be more well-informed and to know what's happening. It's not like you've created a movie and you want to maximize your revenue from the movie through every release window and control the content as much as possible.Once someone knows that a plane has landed on the Hudson, there is no way to tell people, "Hey, no one else is allowed to report that a plane has landed on the Hudson. That is our intellectual property." I don't think it's that someone made some mistake early on. It could have been even worse. It didn't work out so well for the music industry, to sue their own customers.It could have been worst if the newspaper industry had decided that any time someone tried to rewrite their story, they were going to sue them. It's not clear to me that it was about bad decisions. I think the Internet is a massive technology that has changed so many things. It has a certain logic to it. Networks have a different logic, that is counterintuitive to people. The way networks function is still counterintuitive to people.Now that's a primary way that media spreads, it's through networks. Increasingly through social networks, where people are the ones making the decisions about whether to share stuff. That would have been true, even if every piece of premium content was behind a pay wall.It just would have led to more content being created outside of those pay walls, and more rewriting of content hidden behind those pay walls — which is something that's pretty impossible to prevent.Martin: Skipping forward now. Your point about scientology is a really interesting one. We just had the Goldsmith Awards, at Harvard. You basically sit and listen to these six or seven teams of reporters who've gone out and done really important, socially-moving, things. One was a tribute series on fire retardants and the corruption in the chemical industry. Putting that aside, it sounds to me like what you're saying is, a new formula is emerging. A new business model or set of economics are emerging. It might not be the Tribune Company doing those things in the future. It could be BuzzFeed. It could be the Tribune Company. I'm not suggesting it wouldn't be. I'm just saying that you believe that it is possible to create an economic value around which socially important journalism is created.That takes significant investment. Not just rewriting somebody else's work. But putting a team out there for six months?Jonah: Yeah. For sure.Martin: Could you talk about that? What is that? Is it The Huffington Post? Is it BuzzFeed? Is it both? Is it other things?Jonah: I try not to talk about Huffington Post, because I'm not there anymore and I don't know the latest of what's going on there.Martin: Sure. That's fair.Jonah: One of our goals at BuzzFeed is to build a real, sustainable business that generates profits, to build a media company for the social age. There are all these big media companies that, 10 years ago, Time Inc., The New York Times, all these companies were worth $10 billion and were seen as really great businesses. But you haven't really seen that with digital yet. You've seen people build companies that, by old media standards, are fairly modest. I think that's because we're at the beginning of a transitional period and that eventually it should be possible to build much larger, more successful, more profitable companies in the digital space.But you have to be native to digital. You have to have a business model that works for the web and for social. So that is one goal. The reason I start with that is because I think there's some kind of a Zen paradox. Where if you start with journalistic goals, where you say, "My goal is to have great journalism like we used to have," or, "My goal is to have great journalism like the kind that's really expensive or whatever," that it works against the long-term goal of having good journalism, because you end up starting with this assumption that you need a rich billionaire, a non-profit or a public service philanthropic organization to fund it. And people aren't trying to pull their own weight. You end up, at the end of the day, with less resources to invest in journalism.BuzzFeed started where the social web was, which was fun, sharable content. Internet memes and humor and cute animals. We built an audience. We built a business and we built a new model for advertising. And that is what allowed us to hire Ben Smith. That is what allowed Ben Smith to hire all these talented reporters that he's brought on to the point that we were able to have the budget to have people travel with the Romney campaign, have Michael Hastings covering Obama.We were able to do a lot more by building a business that was more than just a narrow vehicle for, "We want to do a certain kind of journalism and reporting."Martin: So it was kind of a reverse mullet strategy?Jonah: [laughs] Yeah. I feel like I've replaced the mullet with the Paris café, which is the idea the nobody wants to go read philosophy by themselves in the library. You want to bring your Sartre to the cafe and you want to have your copy of Le Monde. When you turn to pet the cute animal, it doesn't make you stupid. When you flirt with someone at the next table or gossip about something trivial, it doesn't make you dumb. People are interested in lots of different things. You can be smart, but also have a heart. You can have a heart, but also be interested in something trivial. All of those things can co-exist. So that's where we started, at BuzzFeed. But we realized, looking at our audience...The majority of our audience is 18 to 34, according to ComScore.We never really tried to go after that demographic. But those are the people who are most active on social. Those are the people who are sharing. Those are the people who, for whatever reason, flock to our site. They tend to be very educated. They tend to have high incomes. They tend to live in big cities and be the kind of people that omnivorous about culture and all these different things.That's before Ben Smith arrived. Those are the type of people reading. Those are people who are interested in politics and in business and in sports and in news, and all these other things. They weren't getting it from BuzzFeed. But that audience is hungry for those things. For our audience, it was natural to add those things, to add that and make the site better and grow out ambitions and grow the mix of content.Martin: Talk a little bit about the business model, at this point. Because I think everything you said is really laudable. The thing that I'm a little bit suspicious of, only because it's been 32 years of this up and down stuff is that advertising a solid enough revenue stream to do what you've just described. Tell me why you think that's the case.Jonah: I don't think banner ads are a solid enough basis for it. And just like this shift has happened on the editorial side, towards social distribution of content, the same shift is happening a little bit later, on advertising. Where the leverage you get from massive networks can mean the same piece of creative and the same size media buy can get you much more distribution. It also, from my perspective as someone who didn't grow up in newspapers...The church, state separation is very important. And Ben Smith is very rigorous about it. I agree wholeheartedly that church and state is really important.The thing I don't like about the church, state division, as someone who sits above the divide, is that it can lead to a two tiered system where the journalists are seen as the whole purpose and greatness of everything, and that the people in advertising are seen as a necessary evil that are doing things that, "Well, you kind of have to do, but it kind of sucks. In an ideal world, there would be no advertising."To me, that just seemed a deeply flawed way of thinking. If you think that way, how do the people who work on ad side do good work? You're like, "You're a necessary evil and you're just here to support these journalists."There's no way for them to do good work and there's now way for them to innovate and get the resources they need and to be taken seriously. So we have said, "We have church, state. But we want to avoid conflict between them and set up a situation where both of them can go for it and try to do really great, innovative stuff."So we've developed advertising technology that now is starting to power other sites. Other people are using our technology. We are an advertising solution, not just for BuzzFeed, but for Twitter, for Facebook, for the social web. People are launching content on BuzzFeed and using our social discovery team to push that out to Facebook and Twitter and other platforms.So, the scale is really infinite. The expertise we have, in terms of data and technology about how to make advertising work in a social era is something that gets us into this much bigger market that's beyond just monetizing our site. It's a new approach to advertising and marketing.Martin: It reminds a little...I don't want to be hyperbolic here and I don't mean to be at all. But just in terms of ... it reminds me a little of Google, writ smaller. In other words, Google essentially had a search engine and discovered a kind of native ad format on that search engine and took it out to the world.Jonah: Yeah. The reason that Google AdSense has maintained margins, has been a good business, is because they've had the search engine to bolster it. If we can have a giant, owned and operated hub for social content that also is an ideal place to launch social advertising, then we can extend that out to other sites. That makes what we're doing on other sites more powerful, because we have more data. We have more knowledge. We have a better platform. We have better technology. We can innovate on our own platform and see how to make things work better and then extend that out. So, learning from tech companies is something that media companies need to do more of. Google, obviously, is a very aspirational thing to look at. But some of the stuff that Google has done and Apple has done has been very inspirational to us, in terms of how we run the company and some of the way we organize the company — with every employee having stock options and with lunch for the whole company in our cantina, drinks and snacks — and some of the things that you associate more with startup companies, have had a great effect on what we're able to do, even though we're, in many ways, a media company.Martin: That's interesting. I lost my whole train of thought now.Jonah: That's my goal, to make you lose your train of thought — and anyone who's watching this.Martin: You talked about Google and Apple as models. Do you look at others as models. Is anyone in media, in your mind...They can be small companies, too. Is anyone doing it right at this point?Jonah: I love The New York Times. They have a great site. They have consistently had a great site for many years. The content of The New York Times is great. I read The New York Times every day. The reporting is great. We've learned a lot from partnerships we've done with The Times on how to think about this growing journalistic enterprise that we have at BuzzFeed. There are a lot of other sites that...I love the MemeARandom sites, which is not really the kind of company you're talking about. But for someone in the industry, as a trade publication 2.0, reading MemeARandom and TechMeme and what's the other one? I'm forgetting the name now. MediaGazer. I find really useful. I'm trying to think what other sites I read.Part of it is that things are getting a little less site based. It's more like your Twitter feed and your Facebook feed is what you look at. But then you're like, "Oh, that's a really smart piece by The New Yorker. That's a really smart piece by the Times." The brand still matters. You're discovering it not my directly navigating but in your stream.Martin: How important is Twitter to you, at this point, as a distribution channel? Is it feeding you half your traffic? One percent?Jonah: In raw numbers, it's not that significant. In terms of influence and importance, though, it punches above its weight, as our president says to every small world leader.Martin: So is the main man Facebook?Jonah: Facebook sends much more. Pinterest sends more to us then Twitter. StumbleUpon sends a fair amount. Reddit, very spiky, but sends a fair amount. Email and some of the dark social stuff sends a lot.Martin: It sounds to me like you have, in this Zen way, totally embraced what the Internet is, in order to build something important. Is that characterizing it correctly or not?Jonah: I think so. But it wasn't like I let go of embracing something else. It was easier to embrace the Internet, because I never had another girlfriend. [laughs]Martin: You can't conceive, for example, of charging for BuzzFeed? That would be just antithetical to the whole social philosophy of it, right? You're married to advertising?Jonah: Yeah. I do think that there's lots of interesting new business models emerging and it's hard to know which ones are going to be important.Martin: Do any of them make any sense?Jonah: Like Ben Lerer, who I'm friends with, at Thrill List. Combining media and commerce has worked phenomenally well for him. Could BuzzFeed do that in the future? I don't know — maybe. Social plus media, Mobile plus media, Commerce plus media, there's all these media plus something that seems to be producing things that are more than the sum of their parts, so some of those could lead to whole areas beyond advertising, or just new kinds of advertising that could be sustainable and promising and build a big market.Martin: So I guess you think that we're at the beginning of something? This is not mature, it's almost experimental, still, the whole idea of journalism and digital journalism?Jonah: I think that you had an era where portals were dominant, an era where search was dominant. Now we're at the beginning of an era where social is dominant. So digital feels old and has been around for a while. But social, to me, seems like it has more potential both to create new, interesting kinds of monetization and also to be a friend of original reporting in journalism. Googlebot is dumb and will aggregate the page that has the most keywords, that seems the most relevant to...but it doesn't know that that's not the original piece, or the authoritative piece.Whereas on Twitter, nobody is going to retweet that piece, no-one is going to share that piece. Even the Heath Ledger piece I was mentioning, it's useful to the consumer who does a search and lands on the page, but it's not the most shareable piece of content.It's big, and it's messy, and there's lots of information, and you don't really respond to it in an emotional way, the same way you do something that is cleaner and tells more of a story.People will retweet the Ben Smith scoop or the Hastings scoop. They're not going to retweet the rewrite of it. I think that actually makes the reporters that we've hired...They pull their own weight in terms of traffic because of the social web.Martin: How much of your traffic do you buy?Jonah: We don't buy traffic.Martin: You don't buy any traffic.Jonah: The only traffic we ever buy is R&D for branded content distribution. We have a social discovery team that can buy on Facebook and Twitter and all these other platforms. We will often use our own content when we're testing a new approach or a new idea, not so much to drive traffic but to measure how stuff is working.Martin: Interesting. You don't see any future in arbitrage in social in that way.Jonah: There might be. There's probably more of a future in if you had a paid app or something like that where you could make the arbitrage work. It's harder to make it when it's...Martin: I agree. Is there anything...You're talking not to me but you're talking to...Jonah: I'm mostly just talking to you.Martin: Much harder to. This is an important project for people who are going to thinking about this and writing about this for many years to come. Is there anything that I haven't asked because, obviously, I came prepared with a set of questions but I don't know what I don't know?Jonah: Right, and there's lots of things that I don't know so we're even. [laughs] We're in the midst of what we're building at BuzzFeed so it's hard to know what will hold up historically. The reason that I tend to not write that much or not share too many detailed thoughts is that, it's nice to be able to change your mind. Particularly like a book.Someone's like, "Oh, you should write a book." I know that writing a book would commit me to things in my own mind. I'm not talking about worrying about other people seeing me committed to things. Just in my own mind, you have to find a more rigid theory to be able to write something of that length. One of the keys to building something successful right now is having flexibility and open-mindedness and being humble about you actually know about what you're doing right now.Even when you're like, "Would you charge for it?" It just seems like there's no way we'd ever charge for BuzzFeed. But keeping an open mind to any sort of possibility lets you have better ideas....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (26)

Mike Perlis

BIO: YES: Michael S. Perlis is an American business executiv...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: OK, let's start by my saying that I'm at Forbes on March 7th, 2013, with Mike Perlis and Lewis Dvorkin. I just want to begin, and to the extent that you can make it as tight as possible, if you could just give us a little bio and tell us how you first met, your first time with digital journalism. Give us a five minute bio, a wonderful way to begin.Mike Perlis: Want to start?Lewis Dvorkin: No.Mike: I come from a mostly magazine background. I started my own company in Camden, Maine, in the early 80s called "New England Publications." We published "Canoe and Kayak" magazine, "The New England Guide," "Maine Invites You" and a whole series of other print publications.Interestingly enough, we also started a couple of machine specific computer magazines at that time for the Tandy Corporation. One was called Color Computer magazine and another was called Portable 100, which were designed for early branded PCs. In those days you really couldn't understand and couldn't use PCs unless you had a community. We created that community by publishing these magazines.That's back in the 80s. I moved from Maine, after being smitten with the magazine publishing business, to the real world of publishing by joining Rodale Press, where I helped start "Men's Health" magazine, and "Women's Health," and "Quick and Healthy Cooking," and also amassed what we called the Rodale Active Sport's Network, which was "Runner's World," "Bicycling," "Cross Country Skier," "Backpacker."From there I went to...These were relatively long stints, I'm getting older, but it sounds like I can't keep a job. I went to IDG, because I really thought the technology space was heating up.Martin: What year was that?Mike: That was 1986 or 1987, 1987. I ran a division of IDG in Peterborough, New Hampshire, which specialized in publishing magazines, not unlike the magazines I'd created in Maine, that supported specific machines, specific operating systems. "Amiga World," "Apple IIs," a Commodore magazine called "Run," a magazine called "PC Resources," which was for Microsoft based operating systems.It was a really interesting, very exciting time. It was the real beginnings of the PC era and early experience with desktop publishing, which was very much the future in those days. Machines like early Apples and the Amiga were the machines of choice there.This will sound like a crazy confluence of events, but based on my youth and my experience at Rodale with men's titles in the sport's area, somehow I was recruited to be the president, at 36 or 37 years of age of "Playboy." I moved to New York, and I became the first publisher of "Playboy Magazine" who wasn't Hugh Hefner and was the president of the publishing group. I worked there for five years. It was a very different time in the world of Playboy.Arts and Letters were of great importance there. Reporting, journalism, even humor and the interview, for sure, were real staples of the core magazine journalism community in those days. But I also, in that time, started Playboy.com. 1993, 1994. It was a very early -- dial-up, like everything else, reflection of the Playboy media franchise, digitally.From Playboy, after an interesting five years there where I accomplished a lot of what I wanted to do, but unhappily, was not able to surround Playboy with a group of other men's magazines. A car magazine, health and fitness magazine, a consumer electronics magazine, creating a men's publishing group. Mr. Hefner didn't want to do that.He wanted everything to be Playboy. I decided to move on. I went to work for Condé Nast for a couple of years, as the publisher and head of forming a men's group at Condé Nast. GQ and Details were fundamentally the assets there. From there I began doing a few entrepreneurial things, but went to work at Ziff Davis, as the CEO of the publishing group, at Ziff Davis.We sold the publishing group at Ziff Davis in 2000. SoftBank had been the fundamental backer and principal owner, even though it was a public company, of Ziff Davis. I went for 10 years, to work in venture capital, for SoftBank, at SoftBank Capital. During that period of time, half by design and half by luck and happenstance, really took a deep dive into digital content and digital publishing.We invested in Belief Net, Associated Content and Huffington Post. And Buddy Media and BuzzFeed. I had the real pleasure and rare opportunity to have real access to the early days of all of those businesses. And lots of the business names that you wouldn't recognize because they didn't make it. but we had a very strong share of successes. And from that 10 year experience and during that period of time I came to know the Forbes family and was advising them, in many ways, based on my experience in the venture capital space.With other digital content companies, helped design the early days of Forbes.com and its being separately operated from Forbes Magazine which, I think, was fundamentally a very important thing. In terms of...Martin:: We'll get into that.Mike: Yeah. We'll come back to it. But being a completely separate company allowed Forbes.com to develop in ways that other traditional media companies weren't able to accomplish. I advised through that period of time. When I decided I wanted to get back into operating, two years ago, in the very beginning of 2011, it also coincided with it being the right time at Forbes to reunite the digital side of the business and the traditional side of the business.In fact, it happened a little before I joined the company. That merged company was very appealing to me. It really merged my interested in traditional media and brand management and my experience in digital. So I became the first non-Forbes member to be the CEO of Forbes media. As part of that process I was introduced to Lewis Dvorkin, who had been on-board for six months as the chief product officer.His company, he'll talk about that . Had been acquired by Forbes and became the fundamental driving engine. Before deciding to join the company I had to make sure that I agreed this was the right engine and the right guy. Lewis and I had a fantastic lunch and really connected in a powerful way. I was able to match what I thought was a great business opportunity with a great business partnership.We've been operating that way for more than two years.Martin: That was great, thanks.Mike: I'm sorry. Probably a little more than five minutes.Martin: No. It was perfect.Lewis Dvorkin: I've had this rather remarkably unplanned, orderly career. Through the different media businesses. I started out as a copy editor at a joint venture between DOW Jones and the Associated Press, where we took content from both operations and basically supplied that content to the banking industry or the petroleum industry. There were some, also, consumer pubs that would take that content.That was my wire service world. From there, I moved on to "The New York Times," which was a year after "Business Day" came to life.Martin: What year was that?Lewis: 1974. No, excuse me. It was 1978. I spent four years at "The Times," where I was a copy editor for the Business Day section. By the time I left I was working with Soma Golden at the Sunday Business Section. I was running that with her. Between then, I was working as what then was called a back field editor, editing stories of the correspondents.So a wire service, newspaper and then I went to Newsweek Magazine, from there. Which was one of the great experiences for me. I was the senior editor of the business section for four years. I'd spent four years at DOW Jones, four years at "The New York Times" and I spent four years at "Newsweek," where I ran that section. And then was recruited by Norm Pearlstein, to come to "The Journal" and be the page one editor.And did that for a bit. Then I moved on. I found myself in television. At that time, there was this very big deal that happened, called "The USA Today" television show, that started out immediately, with no pilot, with 100 syndicated stations around the country.I went to work for, I think it was Tom Friedman. He was the star of "The Today Show" for quite a bit, and he moved onto this "USA Today" TV show. I worked there for about six months, but I actually was really recruited by a guy named Jim Bellows, who was a mentor of mine over time.Martin: He did videotex for awhile.Lewis: He did. But he was the great alternative editor around whether it was "The Star" or "LA Times." He made his way around there. Then I wound up doing some things in between, but I wound up starting a magazine that was funded by "Newsweek."Which was my entry into the digital world. It was a magazine about what was then called cyberspace. It was a quarterly magazine with a modest little website, and it ran its course as most magazines do. It wasn't successful at all.I found myself at Forbes. Back at Forbes Jim Michaels called who I had met. He said why don't you come here, and I spent four years here basically packaging cover stories, editing cover stories, and things like that. Then I got a call from a dear old friend named Jonathan Sacks who was working at AOL.He said, we have a job for you down here, and I said why not. I packed up my stuff, and put my dog in a car, and we drove down to DC or Virginia. I spent eight years at a...Martin: That was in 2000?Lewis: 2000, which was...Martin: Right after the Time Warner...Lewis: I'll never forget that because I remember listening on the radio in the bathroom that AOL had purchased Time Warner. I'm going what, you got to be kidding.Literally three months later, I was working for AOL. It was March, 2000. I went on as the editor of what then was the welcome screen. Went on to run news and sports and entertainment, and run AOL.com, and helped re-launch...People forget that it didn't quite work at first.But I helped re-launch a little property called TMZ.com. I spent six months of my life in LA doing that, commuting back and forth.Martin: Felt like six years.Lewis: Felt like six years, but I learned a lot. Then I decided I wanted to start my own company. I had an idea about a new way to produce digital news. Actually, it happened right here in this room.I was sitting here, Tim Forbes was sitting there, and Jonathan Miller was sitting right there. They had first met, and I had individually told them about my idea. They agreed right there to fund my idea. That's how that worked.I created the company. That was in May, June of 2008. We had some success.Martin: What did the company do?Lewis: The principal behind it was building a tool set of publishing tools and enabling journalists, academics, authors, people with knowledge and expertise to create content with our tools and to build individual brands and communities around their knowledge. To incentivize them by paying them on the size of their audience.The bigger the audience, the more they made.Martin: It was an About.com concept?Lewis: It was not dissimilar. There were similarities to it for sure. A lot of what goes on in this business is similar, just an evolution of certain things. But the About.com was built more on a search kind of model. This was built more in the era of social media where people like that would find traffic in social media versus search.Then two years later, Forbes bought the company. I became the Chief Product Officer. The team came in. Team, three of us, four of us including myself, and spread out throughout the organization. Pretty much Mike picked it up from there. After six months we were still moving.Mike came in, and the story in the last two years has been very interesting.Martin: OK, let's start with a broad question about the long arc of this. Someone once said, "There's the tide." All the events and activities, technologies, that are affecting journalism. Then on the top of it there are the swimmers who are making the decisions, reacting to those events.There's some question now as to whether the swimmers were going to drown regardless of whether...That the tide has been so strong, that the traditional approaches to journalism are just unsustainable inside of this. The other side says, "Well, no." That certain decisions that have been made over the years have greatly affected the outcomes. Do you guys have a perspective on that? Do you think that if certain decisions had been made differently, particularly in the mid 90s time frame when a lot of this was being first developed, that things would be different today?Mike: You asked a couple questions in there. But something that I think is worth exploring with us and other people that you talk to is, the decision seemed to have been taken by the industry in that time frame.That content on the Internet should be free. If there was a time machine that we could get into and go back in time, and we could change one thing about the business. Who knows where this would take us. But I remember thinking at the time wow, MapQuest.I would pay $1.00 a month for MapQuest. I was using it all the time, it magically took me from one place to another, gave me a map of anywhere on earth. They were giving it to me for free. There were dozens of companies like that there were venture backed, venture funding.They had unreal business models because the money came not from people buying the service, but from investors. If pay walls, as we've come to know them today or for-pay, consumers paying for products, had been more the culture of the early days, there would be a different set of economics associated with the Internet today, and it would be very different.Martin: That's very interesting. Just to reflect on it for a moment, as we've talked to people, there are two things that surfaced during that period. The first was that...We spoke to Dave Graves, who did the Yahoo deal on behalf of Reuters.Reuters, instead of going retail. It was a wholesaler, licensed its wire service to Yahoo, and Yahoo basically ran with it in a free context. It pretty much instantly became the largest news service on the Web, and I believe that it still is, in terms of users.CNN, which had no history outside of...Obviously, you pay for cable, but CNN? CNN.com comes up, and I don't think there was any thought inside of CNN. We haven't yet drilled into that to charge for the service, because they weren't charging for their television service, except through the cable operator.How...Mike: That's a big "except."Martin: Well, yes, but they're not retailers either. My only point is this is where the tide comes in. The collision of these forces, in 1994, 5, 6, are occurring.I'd like to just drill a little into that, in that context. Do you think, if all of those people had said, "Jeez, our content is worth something. We should be charging the user for it..."Mike: It's such a complex issue. I don't want to trivialize it. I chose a very narrow, specific example with MapQuest, which is very different than CNN or Yahoo. It's a service that had immediate and real value, and it was given away for free.The idea was, remember all the conversations which you'll hear from everyone. "If you build it, we'll figure out the business model. Get the eyeballs. Get people to come." It was all built on an advertising-funded bias.You have to talk about the small, very service-oriented businesses that provided a valuable service in the moment for people that they would have been glad to pay for. That's at one end of the spectrum.Huge sites like CNN and Yahoo were different, but I think...No one was thinking way out into the future about diversifying revenue streams, and all the various things that we think about very hard today.Martin: Right. Do you have a perspective on that, Lewis, or...?Lewis: On that part?Martin: No?Lewis: The other side of that is what content was considered. That has in some ways slowed things down from happening earlier, that when those decisions were made, that all of a sudden there would be digital content, it was viewed that it's going to be exactly the same. Just put the print content. Put the magazine content. Digital content equals print content.Well, that set in motion a period of time that was how newsrooms were structured and whatnot, and actually more importantly, what wasn't being done to create the kind of content that actually was right for the medium.Martin: You guys are really hitting on...I mean, you've hit the first two points perfectly. It's great. That's the other side of it, which is that the notion in those years was that that the Internet was simply a distribution channel. It wasn't really a "new medium." In retrospect, in your view, is it a new medium?Lewis: It is today.Mike: Have you heard the...? Sorry to interrupt, and you can build off this, but it's so illustrative when people talk about...Whenever media changes, it experiences that same dynamic that you described. When motion pictures first became a possibility, film was born in the early 1900s, what did they do? They put a tripod in front of a stage, and they filmed a play, which is the same as taking a print magazine and putting it up digitally.Film really only became extraordinarily exciting as its own medium when you started moving the camera, when you started taking the camera on location, when you started doing all the things that became moviemaking. When you were just taking a picture of a play, it was bringing that play to the masses, but it wasn't taking advantage of the medium. Radio to television, news, it's...Martin: I really want to drill into this, because it's such a crucial piece. Today, we have the iPad, and "The New Yorker" basically takes its magazine and it puts it on the iPad. You're in the magazine business. You...Lewis: This is not going to work. The experience and the desire of the individual using a tablet or an iPad to control how they access it and what they do with it, and to be able to explore both inside the app and outside the app and to the web, is unique.You just can't have a captive place and just deliver them what you want. There are still so many organizations that just refuse to understand that you need to be open and not closed.Martin: Do you think that's a generational problem, or is it...Lewis: Generational from the leadership perspective, perhaps.Martin: Well, OK. That's one perspective, but I was actually addressing the other perspective, which is that baby boomers are used to reading in a certain way.Lewis: AOL created community. It was all known back then. It was known that you give people a community, and you give them the ability to connect with each other, content that's interesting to them will be created. That was really what AOL was about, and it didn't take it to the next level, right?Then there was this other thing on the side, called Tools. When I got there, there was Community, there was Content, and there were Tools. Tools would be things that you would...That's what would attach you to AOL, because, whether it was Mail, or whether it was connecting with friends, or different sorts of tools that you used, calendars and all that stuff, which never really worked at AOL, I might add...[crosstalk]Martin: It is interesting. I joined the Times in '95. I came from the interactive world. My orientation was Yahoo. It was a wonderful directory of the Internet. I arrive, and I'm thinking, "The Times could do this." I mean, it's...But I realize, within literally a week, that to go there would have been culturally very, very difficult, not only because the culture just wasn't ready for that, but because if it was an engineering-driven...Yahoo was an engineering-driven company.Lewis: AOL is a marketing-driven company, which is vastly different.Martin: That's interesting, but AOL somehow managed in the late '80s to discover exactly what you just suggested. They did build their business on communication and tools, not on content.Lewis: Because there were some three smart guys in the room, maybe even one or two, who came up with something called Instant Messaging.Martin: That was Yossi Vardi.Lewis: That took off, and that changed everything for AOL. It became cool. Remember that?Mike: Yeah.Lewis: IM, Instant Messaging. Every team had to have Instant Messaging. Then, they tried to load everything into Instant Messaging, and then it just didn't work.Mike: You're talking about a couple different things. You built into your original question, a question about journalism, and journalism's ability to morph and grow and evolve into the new digital space. What AOL and Yahoo were doing were extraordinarily exciting and compelling, and had media implications.But, what you were talking about a few minutes ago, relative to where was the great content, where were the hundreds of years of investment in expertise and the development of content, and why...Were they going to be able to, are they going to be able to, or will only a few be able to take the lessons, the quality that comes from years and years of experience, and carry that into the digital age? The ability to do that has been a rare event, frankly.One of the things that excites Lewis and I so much. This sounds a bit self-promotional for oral history, but we really believe it. In a few places like Forbes, we have had the ability to build on a very strong and authoritative and highly disciplined journalism background, and build, maintain that, and grow it in our print product, transplant it, and imbue our digital product with that same ethos, and deliver on the same message.Our space is business and finance and entrepreneurs and capitalism and the economy, but we're able to deliver a traditional — although it's less and less traditional all the time — magazine brand of journalism that treasures its history and the way that we do stories, but also can act as a front door, an authoritative front door that infects, a bad word, everything that we do on forbes.com, to an audience that's now 45, 50 million unique visitors a month.It's been rare that a traditional product has been able to find its way, without losing its way with its core product, to the digital space in a powerful way. You can, on one hand, you could name the people that have been able to do that.Martin: Well, Lewis, I want to go back to what you said before about the repurposing, because I think, along with Mike's point about free versus pay, this is a critical point.If you could go back, and you were like Adam at "Newsweek" in 1995, what do you think the digital product should have looked like back then, if it wasn't just simply taking the magazine content and...?Lewis: It's easy to say now.Martin: Well, that's why I'm asking, because it is...It's easier to say now. It may not be easy, but it's easier.Lewis: What I've learned is that what could have happened back then was really freeing journalists.Look. You go online...You get a print product, there's nothing you can do with it once you read it. You can't talk back to it. You can't change it. There's nothing you can do with it.If "Newsweek" folks back then were using digital, they would start to communicate with the audience who could talk back. We could start to let the audience take our content and do things with it and create their own kind of versions of it inside.Now we're using our content so the user could feel that they were participating in the experience. So take our content and make it available to be used in different ways as we're communicating with folks. But back then, it was like you don't touch, this is our stuff. You don't touch it. And by the way, we don't talk to you. You read us. Right?There wasn't that notion of you need to be authentic with the audience. There was that wall that existed and you never crossed it. And that has taken, my God, it's 20 years now for people to come to understand that you actually need to engage with your audience, not just speak to them.The thought of doing that back then never would enter anybody's mind ever. Doing those kinds of things and actually saying a story doesn't have to be 2,000 words, but it could be packaged in a different way that maybe is video.Well, video wasn't possible back then. But in other words allow the person to decide I want to go from here, to here, to here within this story, not go in a lineal fashion, but to be able to pick and choose different things. But back then it was, "No, we say you start at the top and you go to the bottom.' That's the way you do it. No one would think in terms of making a nonlinear version of the story.Martin: So let's go down the road now that you started before, which is a third piece, which has to do with Forbes' decision, and I understand you weren't part of that back then, to break out as a separate organization. When I think of Forbes in the magazine business, I think of them as being really the only magazine that really, truly...Jim Spanfeller was a part of this as well, but got fairly large on the web as opposed to some of the others.Mike: Well, it's interesting. There's an interesting oral history gem here. So that when I'm dead you'll know this. Only a few others will know, but we're all old. And that's that when I was at Ziff Davis, and I hope you'll talk to Eric Hippeau because Eric, as it relates to Yahoo and so many other things of subtleties in this space, has been at the heart of many of these things.Martin: We'll try to do that.Mike: And I'm not leaving your point about forbes.com, but some of its roots come from Ziff Davis. Eric very wisely chose at Ziff Davis when we launched ZDNet to set it up completely separately and independently with Dan Rosensweig as the CEO of ZDNet and with me as the CEO of Ziff Publishing.Martin: Did you hate one another? (laughs)Mike: We liked each other. One of the reasons it worked, I think, was because late at night we liked each other a lot, but during the day I considered him a terrorist. But we all knew what we were doing. We knew we couldn't build ZDNet if it was shackled by having to work at the same pace and with the same teams that were putting out weekly, bi-weekly, monthly magazines. It just wouldn't work.We were able to build a completely separate, independent unit that built off of the brand authority and brand quality and tests and research and market research that the magazines had been building for decades. We were able to build an independent ZDNet. And it flourished, and it did very well.It became very big. During that period of time, immediately frankly after we sold Ziff Davis, I met the Forbes family. And I shared that story with Tim. I wasn't the only voice, but I was a voice that had direct media experience. Tim said, "Well, what would you do if you were launching forbes.com?He said, "Well, I have a parochial view of this, but we've just had great success with this at Ziff Davis. And I suggest that you set things up as a completely separate and completely independent operation. Separate building, general council, HR, you name it. Completely independent." And it also created friction. It was difficult. But I think everybody on both sides of that wall, if you will, took great pride in the fact that forbes.com built quickly. Forbes was doing something entrepreneurial and rooted in what we actually cover. And to build a market. Tim actually at the time asked me if I wanted to come and run forbes.com.Martin: That's interesting.Mike: I said, "I'm not the guy. I'm a nice guy. I want everybody to get along." But I know the guy because he worked for me at Ziff Davis; Jim Spanfeller. And Jim fit the Dan Rosensweig mold more closely. Jim, as you know, built a web 1.0 really powerful business off a traditional brand in a way that nobody else was doing in the marketplace. And again, as I said, when we put it all back together, it made sense for me to join Lewis and build it as an integrated business a dozen years later.Martin: Did you want to say something?Lewis: That was a fascinating era because everything was built off the back of portals. And that's the way it worked. There was no other way to get traffic to your operation but to either go through Yahoo or AOL or to some extent MSN. That was the way. And as part of AOL at that point, we held the spigot. Yahoo at that point wasn't what it is today. We were the fire hose. You did it our way, or it was the highway, which was the wrong way for AOL to approach things. Martin: That's so true. At the same time as you were at Ziff, we were breaking "New York Times Digital" out of the "New York Times." We were going to take it public. I remember the one comp we had for my options as the CEO was Dan Rosensweig's tracking stock.Mike: Tracking stock.Martin: We basically patterned "New York Times Digital" down to the comp in terms of CEO compensation on that. But one day we were about to take this company public and we need traffic, right? We need distribution. (David) Colburn (from AOL) shows up at my door. $89 million to get traffic to support ours. We said, "We can't afford $89 million." But I'll never forget that figure.Lewis: You need venture capital for that.Martin: Well, we raised money from Dan Nova and Fred Wilson. The anchor tenancy. We were going to have the anchor tenancy of news.Lewis: But that attitude wound up being the absolute clash point, if that's the word, between AOL and Time inc. That power to drive traffic and a bunch of people sitting in Dullas telling a bunch of people sitting in New York, New York elite editors, we're in charge. You're not in charge. There you have it, right there.Mike: And I think that goes to the point.Martin: All the way down hill.Mike: Culturally it goes to the point you were making before, which is that the old line editors, it doesn't make them bad people, by the way, were raised on and built their business and expertise on the one way communication you were describing before. It was broadcast. It was experts using expert skills to tell a story. Whereas at AOL, you were sharing content and sharing messaging. It was completely different. It could not have more different cultures.Lewis: But AOL wasn't right at the time, nor was Time inc. or whatever. Everybody was somewhat wrong. And I remember walking into the Time inc. building. I felt like I had to wear one of those bulletproof vests, right?Martin: Or one of the suits we were talking about.Lewis: Yeah, it was ugly. It was ugly. Some of those meetings were...Martin: Well, what were they like?Lewis: 10 people on one side of the room, 10 people on the other side of the room. And no one paid attention to anybody else. And the two guys, literally it wasn't much different from that. One guy from Time inc. and one guy from AOL. And it was like an hour later, finally when I got the language. But it was like we're out of here. They said the same thing so that's the way it went.Martin: So fast forward, now most of these "separate organizations" have been "integrated back." Including the one here, at Forbes.Mike: I don't know that there were that many of these separate organizations.Martin: Well, no, the Washington Post had an organization that was actually across the river. It was separated geographically from the newspaper. We had "New York Times Digital." That was integrated back in 2005. You guys had the Web 1.0 Spanfeller thing. That was integrated back. There were quite a few actually, and they were all basically integrated back. Good idea, bad idea?Mike: This may get into an area of distinction that's more subtle, but there's a difference between in the newspaper business where there were a number of separate organizations. The magazine business, not so much. I think for us.Martin: CondeNet, right? CondeNet was separate from Conde Nast.Mike: Yes, but it wasn't built.. You talk to Sarah Chubb and others who managed that, but it was really about building off of the marketplace that Conde Nast operated in. Not a specific brand that CondeNet was building. Here, it was Forbes. We have the luxury or the scarcity to have been dealing with one brand. And I think in retrospect it's allowed us to build a business here that is focused on one marketplace. And that serves that marketplace.Martin: And is that because the print journalists and the print advertising people were ready at a certain point in time? For the integration. In other words, the reason that you articulated before, the reason that you wouldn't have had the integration is because there was...Mike: There was something called the worldwide financial collapse in 2008 that forced a lot of issues. Like everyone, we had to make cuts here, we had to make consolidations. It also happened to be the right time to manage the brand in a consolidated way.But lest we make you feel that this was a simple and non-confrontational time, and particularly when Lewis got here and began to change how we were gathering and distributing and creating content, there was a lot of, I hope you don't mind me saying, there was a lot of are you in, are you out?Are you on board or with a new way of doing things, or are you going to go somewhere else? A remarkable number of very talented. Maybe it's because of how entrepreneurial our marketplace is here and how people try to think like capitalists and how to build businesses. Remarkable number of skilled and talented longtime journalists joined Lewis' new program and a lot left as well. And a lot of new people. We were looking at some statistics yesterday, they were remarkable.Lewis: As I look back over however long it is, to Mike's point here, you had even at AOL or wherever you were, it was print journalists trying to figure out a new medium. Over those years, there developed a whole group of digital journalists, people who only grew up in that medium, who actually used it. The print journalists weren't using it; they were just filling it, right? But you had people out there using it. And soon they moved into the professional workforce and they became bankers and journalists too. Right?And they made their way into journalistic organizations because they used it, they grew up on it. And that started to change with content on the web digitally. To the point that Mike just made, in the last two and a half years 25 percent of the current Forbes editorial product work started in the last two and a half years. Think about that.Mike: And we haven't increased the head count. So correspondingly, that means 25 percent or more left.Lewis: And none of those 25%, this is not saying, oh, a reporter for a reporter. All new skill sets. All new skill sets that never existed here because these are the people who grew up using this from birth who became journalists and part of the media world. That's what's really changed.Martin: And talk about the benefits and trade offs of this a little bit.Lewis: Well, it's funny, I actually think about that a lot right now. The benefits are that there are people who the technology is who they are. They understand it. They live and breathe it. It's just natural. They don't have to think about it. They think how people communicate and use content and the benefits cascade from there.There are some regrets in this when I look at it that most of those folks coming on have never had that classical journalistic fundamental education. Right? It's just a generation that skipped all that. And there are some core things that you really need to know. And the economics of the industry don't enable them to be taught so much.You don't have the editor banging on your head for five years before you can get the next level. You miss all that. But I do think that what we're trying to do here at Forbes to get a little promotional in some ways, I guess, is we have a lot of folks here who came from that world and made it to the next world. And we have a lot of new people who never experienced that world and everybody is kind of training each other now. And I think that's a good thing, but there's never enough time to really do what the guy who trained me did.Martin: To actually practice the craft.Lewis: To practice the craft for a decade. You get thrown right in.Mike: Lewis has an All the Presidents Men poster in his office. A very abstract concept to most of the people who come in and visit with you on your team.Martin: And speaking of that, we just had the Goldsmith Awards two days ago, yesterday at Shorenstein. And the investigative reporting prize, you just listen to these five or six finalists. And it's just incredible.These people are spending six, eight, 10 months solving a really, really important problem either in their local communities; the winner was the "Chicago Tribune," but it was for this fire retardant scandal that took place where a physician actually lied about the benefits of fire retardant chemicals on behalf of the chemical industry. These things take time and they cost money. And do you think we're losing that?Lewis: Look, you're certainly losing. I'm not going to put this in the same category as a safety kind of thing that takes deep investigation. But there are reporters out there, and they collect stories over years and years. We've just had an example of it where an individual at Forbes who followed a particular wealthy individual for four or five years took all of that information that she gleaned and put it into a piece that had significant impact in saying this person's business and whatnot was somewhat suspect about what they're worth. So you can still do those things, but it's not necessarily done as just go do it and nothing else for 10 months. Right? You have to do many, many other things along the way. It's just hard to say this is what you're going to do and nothing else anymore.Mike: You'd appreciate this, this particular example is very real and very live right now. And it's an example of really good quality journalism and real courage to do something tough in an environment where you know it's going to ruffle feathers. But when that happened this week in our organization culturally.Martin: What was it?Mike: It's Prince Al-Waleed, at its core we do our billionaires list every year. We list him at $20 billion. He thinks he's worth $29 billion.Martin: I have the same problem.Mike: I couldn't live on $20 billion. But it was a much bigger story than that because he's tried to manage the process of how we access his wealth and how we'll report it. The reporter that Lewis was describing has been following this for years and she wrote a very brave and courageous piece about a very powerful guy.Not just dealing with the issue of are we right or is he wrong, but what's his modus operandi? What is his context? Where is he? How does he operate? But more to the point I was going to make there, we try to celebrate those things here. And yesterday and the day before and since this story broke, because at its core it's real journalistic piece. And everybody takes pride in it. Everybody is walking tall here on both sides.Lewis: It's not just about the money. It's the way he runs. The Saudi economy is built on something. They profess to have, for the Middle East, one of the more open markets. Now they're going to have to look at how this guy operates there. It has repercussions. Right? It goes beyond whether someone is worth some ridiculous sum or more. Ridiculous sum. It goes to how the economy runs.Mike: But the reason we're telling this story is whatever your medium is, there is an appreciation for that kind of storytelling. And then of course we run it in the magazine, or we run it first on forbes.com, and tens of millions of people see it. People respond, people react, people comment, people share; it becomes an event in peoples' lives, and it becomes a huge traffic driver.Martin: I want to switch gears for just a moment. When we all got into the business, there was this relationship among publishers, advertising agencies and their clients that had existed for decades.The publishers created the inventory. The agencies basically represented their clients in placing that media. That was a system that, it seems to me, over the last 20 years or so, has really broken down significantly.Now, there are parts of it that are still intact, like broadcast television and cable television to some extent. It just seems to be somewhat unraveling. As it's unraveled...Lewis: That's kind.[crosstalk]Lewis: He has a word for it, I have a word for it.Martin: As it's unraveling, what we've seen is the ad tech industry has come up. We've seen two companies, but mainly one, Google, essentially take an enormous share. If you just do it on the money, Google takes a significant, significant piece of the search advertising market, and not an insignificant, now, piece of display. It's probably in the 30 percent range this year and growing rapidly.Where does this lead? You talk about 50 million uniques, and that's wonderful but, where does this lead in terms of the next phase of publishing? How do you think about the business model?Lewis: Which model are you talking about? The revenue model?Martin: We're talking about the revenue model. We're talking about advertising and the issues surrounding it.Lewis: I'll let Mike speak for himself, but we've built, basically, very simply. Content is content. That's what the digital world has wrought. Anybody can create it at anytime, and anybody can distribute it, and anybody can get traffic for it.There are really two key principles that I think remain today, that remained when we got into it, people want expertise and they really want transparency. I want great people creating content that I can read, that gives me knowledge that I want to know who they are and what they're speaking about. That was 25 years or 50 years ago. Those two principles hold today.The question is, how do you do that? What is the manner that you do that in so that you make sure you have that great content? The audience knows who's speaking and everybody works together.That's where my head is. How do you build a business off that?Mike: Two things I would comment on, but there are a dozen that we could comment on, but two that I think are important to your point about Google and Google's impact. The Internet has tilted the scales in the advertising community towards ROI because you actually can, in so many instances, see the return on investment that you get.Google has taken that to almost electric meter status. It's a plug it on the side of the building and watch it spin, so it's a bit of the "Revenge of the Nerds," in that the direct marketing world is manifesting itself in media in a way that is, must be very satisfying to the long-time members of the DMA.Finally, people are looking for results and return. I think that's going to play to the ability to look for ROI in your advertising plan, and is going to play an even more powerful role as time goes by, and will manifest itself in automated and programmatic buying and selling of space.Martin: Can Forbes make a business out of programmatic buying?Mike: Sure. It's a part of our continuum of ad products. Return on investment dynamics and everything we could say about that is, directionally, one of the places the business is going. The other is native advertising. Lewis and I smile about it, because just a couple of years ago we launched AdVoice and what we now call Brand Voice as a way to, in a very organized and very structured and very transparent and extraordinarily providing access, way...Opened up our contributor base platform to marketers. Like our full time staff and like our freelancers and like our, now, almost 1000 contributors, an advertiser can use the same tools, clearly marked, transparently from an advertiser, to express themselves from a thought leadership standpoint. Not to sell cars or talk about a special this weekend, but to talk about their expertise, their leadership in the sector that they operate in.Users, readers value that. They want it. They're excited about it.Lewis: There are other people doing this. There's a media community out there that goes like this, because many years ago, before I came into this, someone said, "We're the protectors of everybody out there." I'm not sure who appointed them the protectors of everybody. But certainly in the world we live in today, consumers have the ability to read and to verify.They read something, with a click they can go say, "Who else has something to say? Is there somebody else that has a different opinion?" Whether it's a journalist speaking it or a marketer speaking it, or an audience member. Everybody can check everybody. So I'm not sure who needs to be the protector anymore, except for the person's ability to be able to find their own truth to things.Martin: I don't want to get into the middle of the oral history. But you talked about transparency before. That's where the line comes. You wouldn't want your Saudi reporter, for example, to be a member of the royal family and not disclose that.Mike: But that's the key. Transparency is a long, respected tradition of the media business. It just is. It must stay in force. The line should get brighter and brighter. The brighter it gets, the easier it is for the consumer of that to make their own judgement.Martin: Mike, can you envision a point at which Forbes starts to charge for its content, its users? Or do you see a free world?Mike: I can't. For our core product, I see our moving down the road with the current business model, Forbes.com. Lewis was talking about iPad and tablet distribution of product. What we were really talking about, a few minutes ago, were replicas. Your example of The New Yorker, ingloriously, is actually called a replica, which speaks to everything we were saying about it.But as technology as evolved, we've launched a new tablet product, that we should show you when we finish, that really excites us. Because it is far from being a replica. It takes a PDF format that you'd expect from a tablet based product. But because of the advances in the technology, and because we have a rich Forbes.com world behind this, it allows you to travel seamlessly between that PDF format and the world of Forbes.com.You can immediately go deeply into video. You can go deeply into any story that someone's telling that starts in that PDF format. But always come back to it. We'll charge for that product, to your question. And I think it's something people will be willing to pay for.Lewis: They are.Mike: Yeah. 100,000 people have tested.Lewis: We've had a couple hundred thousand downloads. I forget the number of actual annual purchases. You know the drill.Martin: Yeah, I do know the drill.Lewis: But people will pay for it. There's the print that they pay for, for one generation. That's showing up in a vastly different experience for a new generation that picks up their tablets every day.Mike: I sat next to a lady on the train this morning, who was in the middle seat. There were two people sitting on either side of here. Me and a woman who was by the window. I was on my iPad. She was on a Kindle. This woman was reading the newspaper. It seemed like an exotic event. It's not so long ago that everybody on the train was reading The Journal, The Post, The Times.They all had their ways of reading it, folding and snapping and navigating through this. This woman had her hand in front of me with the newspaper. I looked around the train and I realized she was the only one on that car reading a print product. Everybody else was... It's mind-boggling.Lewis: What I see on the subway...Mike: And sharing it, too. By the way. I was sending people articles, commenting. Just fascinating.Lewis: I'm on the subways now. There was a period of time where everybody had a cell phone in their hand. I go into trains right now and Kindles and tablet users on the subway are overtaking smartphone users on the subway.Martin: It's actually affected the crime rate statistics in New York City. Because it's theft, if you steal somebody's iPad or Kindle. And that's happening a lot. It's affecting the stats.Lewis: A cell phone, no one's going to take that. It's in my hand. But you see a thousand dollar piece of equipment on the subway. "Hey, what the hell?" Right?Mike: I don't know how you'd go about fencing somebody's iPad anyways. But there must be a way for pennies on the dollar. But when I mentioned the woman with the newspaper and how anachronistic she seemed, I was going to your point about generations and your question about generations. The generational impact exists on both sides of the provider, customer aisle.Customers are readers. Users break down what they look at by their age and their stage and their technological capacity to take on new things. But on the business side, to Lewis' description of new people coming on board with different skills, it's also generational. In an almost mirror image, to the people receiving the content. These folks that come on board now, our kids' age, in their twenties, they speak technology.They use computers, akin to our speaking our native language. You don't have to teach me how to put sentences together in English, because I know how to speak English. That's the way they interact with technology.If I have to speak in French, I have to think about. I have to be taught. I have to be told. That's the way our generation has to deal with technology acquisition and technology use. This generation of folks who are coming in now, they don't need a guidebook. They don't need to be told how to make that monitor work with this PC. They speak the language. They go in and they do it.Martin: Do you think there'll be a magazine in five years?Mike: For Forbes? I do actually think for Forbes. We've launched in the last several years we've really picked up our international licensing opportunity. We're now at 26, 27 countries with local language editions of the magazine. There's a lag. Will it be as big a magazine in the domestic marketplace as it is today? Probably not, but it's very important to who we are and what we're all about.We can produce it profitably because of our circ economics, where it's hard for other folks to do that. There will be Forbes. There will be other magazines that don't go out.Lewis: There will be other magazines. There won't be weeklies, newspapers. The great thing about when you have a magazine that is considered, and you sit back with, and that feels like you are entering an experience that people have spent a lot of time putting it together and you consume it like that. That's not a daily, and that's not a weekly, but that is maybe a monthly, or every three or four weeks or whatever. Those things people really want still.It's how they sit back and catch up. No one's sitting back to catch up today, on what happens today? They need to catch up with what they've missed. That's a lot of what I think we need......

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (27)

David Pogue

BIO: YES: David Pogue is the founder of Yahoo Tech, having b...

TRANSCRIPT: John: Hello. I'm here in Connecticut with David Pogue of Yahoo. David, why don't you just start off telling us how you ended up where you are? David: Sure. Do you want me to talk to you or to the camera? John: You can talk to me. David: Let's see. My interest was always in magic. I was always a fan of "I dream of Jeannie" and "Bewitched", and I was an amateur magician for many years doing birthday parties and block parties. My own self analysis is that technology is the closest thing we've got. I can take out my phone in San Francisco and change my thermostat here in Connecticut, that's pretty close to magic. I was a Broadway conductor for 10 years out of college. I was a music major. I originally started getting into technology for the purpose of generating sheet music. That was my first interest in buying a computer, printing out beautiful types such sheet music. Over time, my clients for... ...what is that? John: I don't know. That's OK. David: Anyway, I started out as a Broadway conductor right out of college. I did that for 10 years, playing the piano in the pits. I started getting interested in computer software because of the blossoming field of sheet music, types of sheet music. You know what? I'm just going to...that's outside. I can just close this door. John: OK. David: Hey guys? Is something going on with the plumbing? We're recording here. Can you give us a few minutes? Woman: Sure. David: All right, thanks. David: Working on the plumbing. I was a Music major. Then right after I got out of college, I went to New York to work in the theater. I was a piano player, an arranger, and conductor for musicals. I've always loved musicals. People say, "Oh, you're a musician." It's really just a theater musician. I've never been a rocker or whatever. I got interested in computers, because there's a blossoming field of type-settable sheet music software that I wanted to get into. That was really the beginning. Then I was asked to teach people how to use it, and to write about these kinds of programs for computer magazines. Before you know it, I was more in demand as an explainer than as a conductor. John: Which computer magazine did you start with? Who brought you in? David: Well, it originally started in New York. I worked for a little computer club called the New York Mac User Group. Their magazine was called the MacStreet Journal. It was an eight-page xeroxed newsletter. Then that editor, bless his heart, suggested one day that I could actually make money doing this. He suggested I send my clips to Macworld and MacUser, which are big glossy computers... John: That was about when? What year was that? David: 1989. John: '89, OK. David: I wrote for Macworld for 13 years. I am sad to announce that its final printed edition is November 2014. Its run finally ended. I wrote for Macworld for 13 years. Then The Times called in the year 2000, and asked if I'd like to take over the personal technology column. I did that for 13 years. John: That cycles. David: Yeah, exactly. David: So, now, last summer, Yahoo approached me about starting a Consumer Technology site, a presence there. They really impressed me. First of all, they were at the time sort of an underdog. They had a very start-up mentality. Everybody walked around with this.. David: Last summer, Yahoo approached me about starting a new Consumer Technology website. It had a very start-up feel to it. I would hire people I wanted. I would shape it the way I wanted to. It was a kind of freedom I'd never really had. Yahoo is both a huge multibillion dollar corporation, but it also feels like a start-up. All the conversations there center on, "What can we build now?" and "What should we do next?" which is not a conversation you hear in old media that much. John: Yes. You never were a programmer or anything like that. It was really the magic of the sheet music thing. David: Yeah. I was never a computer guy, really. I've never taken a computer apart. I've never programmed seriously. To me, that's my ace in the hole. I represent the people I'm writing for. I come to it as an outsider just like they do. John: Can you think of any Eureka moments over the past 20 years where you have said, "Wow. This is bigger, more important." What moments strike you as far — on your journey of discovery? David: I am old enough to remember the dawn of the Web. Actually, the first time America Online came aboard and I was typing live chat with other people I didn't know, that was a little bit of a mind blower. Then the Web gradually became something for the masses. That, too, really changed the game. I remember two products that gave me chills. One was Steve Jobs first held up the iPhone. I'm like, "That thing has no buttons and no keys. What is he thinking?" Man, they saw so far out that day when they showed the iPhone. That really has changed everything. I mean everything! The touchscreen Smart phone...I mean it's now, who buys radios anymore? Who buys cameras anymore? Who buys newspapers anymore? It's all there. I also remember Apple introducing the MacBook Air, a laptop, because it got rid of the DVD drive and a lot of the jacks. It became something else. It wasn't really a laptop. I was invited to interview Steve Jobs after their presentation and it didn't hit me until I saw it lying on his desk there. It looked like a cookie sheet lying on his desk. It made no lump at all. I was just amazed. To this day, the MacBook Air is my main machine and it has no moving parts, so it never dies. It's an amazing creation. John: Did it ever strike you, as you noted, Mac world is close now to magazine issue. Is that a natural progression? Were you surprised that papers and publications and the old media just.. the transformation has been broad? David: Not surprising. When you look at the big picture of technology, there are certain things that you can see as parts of macro trends, so discs for example. They're all going away. I mean DVDs are hanging on. They're going away. Every kind of disc before them went away. They're going away. Things that are stationary and fixed are going away or minimizing. Everything has to be mobile and movable and battery powered. Things on paper, printed things tend to...I mean I love the Times. I love the people I work with there. I love my time there. But I can't think of a single college kid graduating who gets a home delivery of a newspaper anymore. I mean there were always be a Times, but will it always be printed on newsprint? I'm not sure. John: How about the relationship with your audience? You noted that sitting down typing in AOL chatting. You're a magician. You always played to your audience. What is that transformation brought for you that is far more intimate now than it ever was? David: The amazing thing about writing about technology in the digital age is that it's much more of a performance art than it ever was writing for magazines. When I worked for magazine, I would write something in January and it will come out in the April Issue. I'd forgotten all about it. When I write a post for the Times or for Yahoo, the feedback is instant. I mean the comments start filling up. Definitely, it makes the job harder. It makes the job more exacting because if you got anything wrong, they will tell you. Yeah, it's very much a real time two-way interaction now with readers. John: How about the coverage? Do you have coverage expanding over the years? You always wrote for the user. Is it with the multiplicity of devices? Are you facing even bigger challenges than before? David: My audience by my own choice hasn't changed. The whole idea behind Yahoo tech, for example, is to serve this gigantic audience that's not served by the geek sites. We have a heavy focus on how to in troubleshooting and getting started and setting up. We have a lot of help. We're aimed at people who are not technologists. My mission has never changed, same thing at the Times, same thing in my computer. The scope of technology has, of course, changed. Now, the job is just vast. It's touch screens of every size from tablets to phones to computers, and the software they run and the web services that are changing everyone's lives. I do almost no reviews of PCs anymore, computers. It seems like that category reached its maturity. It's finished evolving. There's really nothing new to write about there. These mobile devices, they never stop. They're flooding in. John: Yeah, and they've got to keep flooding. You would mention the...let me step back and ask this. Your relationship with the companies, has that changed in tech? You started off as a blogger writing, have you seen that relationship with companies change as more journalist, more interest is centered on these companies? In other words, do you feel that they have the opportunity to bypass you now because they speak directly to the audience in the way they didn't before? David: I guess so. The companies still treat the leading reviewers as a group to be managed and fed. I think that the reviews of a product, especially a big one -- an iPhone or a Samsung phone -- I still think they have a big impact. The rise of tech blogs has been very interesting. It used to be Times, Journal, USA Today and Newsweek that got the special treatment. Now, the top blogs are also included in that realm. I'm not sure that the companies themselves have any more credibility in going directly to the consumer that they ever did. John: How about your relationship…How about your relationship among reviewers? Do you talk to other reviewers? What's that relation? Is it competition or camaraderie? David: It's very much camaraderie. We all know each other. We all see each other at the same events. Nobody ever talks about work. No one ever says, “that column you did on the new scanner..” No one does that. It's more like you're talking about the event you're there for. I was just out at Apple for some unveiling and the whole tech reviewer world was there and talking more about the free breakfast than about our work, "Excuse me, we're working here." John: How do you think tech coverage has been over the past 20 years? You've been in and of it, but apart from it because of the review category. David: It's interesting how tech coverage has become a thing. The gadgets you carry have also become a thing. It's amazing when you've praise or denigrate anything made by Apple, Google, Microsoft or Samsung. You hurt people. I mean you hurt them in their core and you get the most...you get hate mail. You get death threats. You get the foulest obscenities. That's something new. People didn't have fights like they had over the breakfast cereal they ate or the brand of car they drove. It never got to be this red state/blue state but it is now, and so this thing about tech criticism has become very important to people in a way it wasn't 20 years ago. It gives you feeling of satisfaction that you bought the right thing or it makes you angry when you hear that you might have bought the wrong thing. People identify, I think, too much with their gadgets. Maybe it's because you invest a lot in it. You don't want to be made a fool. Maybe it's because there's fashion statements now; the phone you carry, the tablet you carry. If somebody says yours isn't good, it's an insult. John: It's interesting that you feel it's much more other types of criticisms. Others don't seem to evoke in the audience that type of reaction. David: That's right and it's strange. What airline do you fly, what fast-food restaurant do you prefer, people don't get quite as uptight about these things. John: When you first started covering technology and think that at that point to say tech would change the world, almost seem like a boast. Now, it has. It's a fact. Did you ever feel your existence was threatened by tech? In other words, the magazine go away, did you see this is existential threat at all to a way of life or you're just too adoptable? David: Did I see this a threat to my life or my career? John: Yeah, to reviewing...I'm trying to change the question around from when I talked to reporters covering it. Did you see this is potentially changing your profession so radically? Some of them say no. David: I think that the changes that I worried about were less the role of a critic. With products coming out so thick and fast, I think somebody out there to sort through it for you is more important than ever. I mean the question I get so often is how am I suppose to keep up? I bought these phones, cameras six months ago and it's obsolete. It's also getting a lot more complicated and there are no manuals. They threw it at you and good luck. I think an explainer role will always be needed. Maybe when my age is elderly and the kids, who grew up knowing touch screens and the internet are our age, maybe then these roles will be less necessary. For the moment, I think this particular job is pretty critical. There was a lot of discussion when I left the Times about whether I was sacrificing prestige, power, or influence. I don't know if that's right. I know my readership is much greater now. I mean five, six, ten times more people read my columns and watch my videos at Yahoo because it's this gigantic media property. I still feel like I'm reaching the people I need to reach and a writer writes to be read, so that's good. John: What do you think about the brand question that as a columnist, as a reviewer, you were your own brand? Often times in big media companies, it's the institution that counts more than the individual. Have you navigated that and how do you see that change? David: A lot of people mentioned this brand thing like you've made a brand. I promise you, it was a complete accident. I never intended that. I never considered that. Basically, my career has been shaped by the phone calls I got so it was the Times who called and said, "Do you want to do this column?" Then after I started there, CBS 48 Hours called and said, "Will you do a profile?" That producer went to CBS Sunday Morning and said, "Would you like to be a correspondent?” Then I started doing talks and I started doing books. It was just because people will ask, "Would you like to…?” and I'm not good at saying no. There's never any conscious effort to build a brand. I did get a sense from the Times that they never liked names getting bigger than the Times. That made them a little nervous. In general, it never bothered each of us. I mean I was very happy to have the Times' brand and the Yahoo's brand now as a platform. What I want to do is write and perform or whatever it is that I do. John: In this industry where there's been more wealth created, where there's been more…The wealth created by this industry is astonishing. Has that ever been fascinating to you? Did that help trigger your own? “Let me take the next step. Let me break the 13-year cycle on this. There's something bigger out there. I can get wealthier.” David: What I do love about this industry is that it is largely a meritocracy. Mark Zuckerberg, God bless him. He deserves it. He had a multibillion dollar idea so he deserves it all. No, I've never been interested in being part of that world in the same way that I love movies and I've always been intrigued about writing screenplays. I'm not really going to do that either because these are extremely cutthroat, extremely difficult fields to win in. So many people want to be the next Mark Zuckerberg but they're never going to be. It's this huge combination of genius, luck, timing and funding, and it all has to come together like a lightning strike. I don't kid myself about ever hoping to tap into that in an inventor sort of way. But there is Pogue's theory of geometrical income. When I was working on Broadway, I was paid a weekly wage to conduct these shows. It became frustratingly aware that I would never get ahead. I would never afford a family. I would never afford to get out of New York City if I was paid a fixed weekly wage. I couldn't see working forever in a system where time equals a fixed amount of money if there was an alternative which is a geometrical income. That's when you strike it big writing a royalty -based product. That was the one conscious money grab I made. I decided to try to start running “How To” books. Then if you do it right, you write once, you're busy for a few months and then you collect for years. I mean it would have been much smarter for me not to choose technology because those books are dead after one year. Even so, they have the...I mean wrote six of the "blah-blah-blah" For Dummies books. We call this the house the Dummies built. Those books did really well. John: As you said, that changes very year. David: Yes, that's right. John: Is there any change in the culture of the companies or the culture of the industry that you've noticed over the last 20 years? By the industry, I mean the tech industry. David: Yeah. It's very funny to watch the Apple-ization of the entire industry. They're all trying to do what Jobs did. Now, every product, there's a press launch in some big venue in New York or California where a rock star comes on at the end and the CEO strut across the stage and invites his lieutenants to do the demos. There's this secrecy thing. Everybody keeps their new products under wraps until the day it's available. They are all just trying to imitate what Apple did. It's pretty funny. Ecosystem thing, there's now Google Ecosystem, Microsoft, Samsung, just like Apple where there's online components but then they want you to use their computer, tablet, phone, watch. It's wild to see them all imitating that model. John: Because they're all obviously seeking monopolization almost. They're trying to create monopoly within their family. David: Yeah, they are. They want to give you velvet handcuffs. They want to keep you tied into their ecosystem. Steve Jobs was furious at Android, the operating system, that as he saw it was a direct ripoff of the iPhones design and I happen to agree. Icons on a black background, it's exactly the same thing. For a long time, everybody thought the way to get successful is just to imitate Apple as much as possible. These days when somebody goes the other direction and they find a truly new way to do something, I'm really impressed. Microsoft has phones too, the Windows phone. Six people own them. They're a completely different design, not little icons on a black screen. They really thought through a fresh, functional, beautiful design. I guess they were too late with it because nobody's buying it. It's sad when someone does something really great and the public doesn't care. John: Does it surprise you that the news industry as such as the big media companies can't innovate or didn't innovate as rapidly as they could have? David: It doesn't surprise me. I do a lot of speaking and a lot of speaking I do is for companies. A lot of what the company's executives are interested in is what's happening in the digital world, what is it about, how do I get into it. Now, decades too late. Corporate entities in general are very slow to recognize, to exploit, to understand the new technologies. It's not just the old media. It's goods and service companies of every size and shape. When you are a successful company, you've been doing things the certain way and that's what made you successful. It would take a very unusual person or leadership to say what we should do now is abandon that what's made us successful and try something unproven. No, they don't do that very easily. They don't do that until they're pushed to the cliff's edge and in many cases it's just too late. John: For instance we've had the HBO and CBS going on this week, I mean is I mean is that...there's another change for you. Particularly for a lover of movies as this plays out, do you see similar disruption across? David: Yes. That writing has been on the wall for 15 years. The world has been telling the cable companies, "We want al a carte channels. We don't want to pay $100 a month for 90 percent of the channels we never watch." The cable company said, "Ha-ha, we're monopoly, you have no choice." Now, we're going to have a choice and the cable companies are not going to like it. It's the exact same story over and over again. John: How do you think journalists have done covering the transitions of the last few decades? David: Journalists, I think, have covered the transitions as reporters they're on the outside and so it's easy to see the mistakes that are being made and the sluggishness to respond to changes that companies are making. I tend to think if they had worked inside for a while, I'm talking about a tech company, for example, it will give them a little bit of a different insight. In other words, it's so easy to be critical until you've been there. Every year, I go to CES, the Consumer Electronic Show, I've been going for years. Every year, I write a very snarky column about what goes on there. It's the size of seven football fields, it's 3,200 tech companies with booths. It's exhausting. It's noisy. They're all trying out the most ridiculous new products, products that a kindergartener could tell you will fail. Don’t even..that is so dumb. For a long time, I was like, "How could anyone be so stupid to pour all these money and man power into a curved television set. A TV set you have to watch with 3D glasses. No, never going to fly." Then this year, it hit me. In every industry, only two out of 10 movies, books, Broadway shows are successful. Restaurants. The others fail but at the time you're making them, you don't know if you’ve got the hit or not. Apple didn't know that the iPad was going to be successful. In fact, everybody criticized it when it was announced but not yet for sale. It was a stupid, dead concept. The bottom line is you have to put out all ten before you discover which two are going to be the hits. I'm a little more understanding of these companies and how they work than I was before. John: The journalists are in a profession where typically people haven’t worked in other fields before they get to journalism. Do you think that...it's almost you saying, to an extent, it would be helpful if they worked elsewhere. You said They're more inside than outside. David: Or if they had been there. It's really interesting to see PR people and journalists switch roles. The journalists would have much more tolerance for PR people and what they're trying to do and vice versa. John: One thing that we all gained advantage from the old media was there was an institutional branding that went up. Now anyone can write reviews. Anyone can start a blog. How do the readers learn to discriminate what's good information, what's bad information in a world there's almost info-besity, where there's too much? David: Well, in the realm of criticism, tech, drama, movies, restaurants, travel, those critics become stars to guide you. You have to learn a critic. For example, there's one critic at the Times who I considered to be wrong every single week and that's a useful data point. Right? I know that I should go to the productions that that person didn't like. In the same way, I don't resent rising stars. It is a meritocracy, it's the American way. If there's some 19-year-old, in fact, there is, there's a kid on YouTube who does tech reviews, he's just a guy with a camcorder. He gets millions of views because he's interesting, he's personable, he says what people want to know. I don't begrudge that at all. If I'm eclipsed by somebody better and more entertaining, that's the way it should be. I'll find something else. The answer to the critic question is yes, you have to learn a certain critic, whether it's an independent or part of a corporation. John: Exactly. You're optimistic. You see this world ahead of us. It still is wide open. David: I am certain that there will always be a need for curated information and this is news, this is publishing and this is criticism. The world will always need something more than a sea of amateur bloggers whom they don't know. In that way, yes, I'm optimistic, but there will be always a need for institutional batch of journalism. John: Thank you very much....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (28)

Michelle Quinn

BIO: YES: Michelle Quinn is a Business Columnist at the San ...

TRANSCRIPT: John: No. '80-'81. Oh, '90-'91. Michelle: No, I was '90'-91. I graduated in '92. That was a specific California recession. It was a national recession too, but it was the defense industry collapse, or it was downsizing here. It felt like coming out in recessionary times. There weren't a lot of jobs, and the jobs that were around were contract jobs. You were a freelancer, but you, basically, had hours. They probably were violating some labor laws, but I did that for a while. I did that for the Chronicle, the LA Times, and the New York Times during this period. But one thing I did that was a lucky break was that one of my colleagues at Berkeley, John Battelle, was a co-founder of Wired. He was starting Wired and was looking for people to freelance, so I was in the first issue of Wired. I wrote about computer animation and design. It wasn't something I knew a lot about, but I wrote a feature piece about it. At the time, there was just LucasArts. I don't even know there was LucasArts. It was kind of a techie story. That made it possible to then pitch myself as a business reporter, and I got into the "Chronicle" as the Internet, the multimedia reporter. There was no Internet then. Really, people were using the Internet in very...AOL may have just started. There wasn't a beat. I was focused on...There was a hardware person, a software person and then multimedia. I was focused on... John: Multimedia. Michelle: Yeah. Broderbund, Learning Company, CDs, games, maybe Sega and Nintendo. Gaming and learning. That was in '94. As an aside, I was there for two weeks, and the Chronicle went on strike. During this period, or maybe leading up to this period of the strike - the strike was only maybe 10-12 days - some people at the Chronicle started their own publication. Roger McNamee, who's a well-known investor in Silicon Valley, said to me, "Why are you going back to work there? Why don't you just start your own...just keep going. Start your own publication. That's what you should do." I just thought, "Crazy Silicon Valley person." That advice has been repeated multiple times over the years. That kind of person who lives here yelling at a person like me to make a change. During that period, those two years at the Chronicle, the world completely changed. As it has continued to change. Netscape was founded and went public during this period of time. Apple almost destroyed itself. I went and joined the "Mercury News." My reason for doing that was mostly because it felt like all the companies were there. The Mercury News had a serious approach to how to cover Silicon Valley and had been doing it. In San Francisco, we were kind of looking down to the Valley. There weren't companies in the city. I can't think of any. Maybe Broderbund was in Marin. There weren't even companies in the Peninsula. They were in Silicon, down in the Valley. I felt like, if I'm interested, I've got to go there, and go there every day. I was there for 10 years. I was there from 1996 to 2006. Then I left and went to the LA Times for two years. I got laid-off at the LA Times at the end of 2008. I was covering tech there. I was covering hardware, Apple, those kinds of companies. Then I had a bunch of odd jobs. But I worked at Politico for three years, here, covering Silicon Valley for Politico. Then, a year ago I went back to work as a columnist. That's my trajectory. In that period of where I wasn't in journalism I had a couple of jobs outside of journalism, contracting jobs. John: It's interesting that almost tech drew you in as an opportunist. You weren't a programmer. You weren't anything techie in the past. It was just opportunistic that this job's here and I'll work to get that. It's an entry into a broader field. It's an entry into making a living. Michelle: It was definitely an entry into making a living. I wasn't interested in gaming, but I felt like I had to get an interest in gaming because that was my beat. This is what I have to do. It wasn't a natural... But at some point somebody helped me frame what I liked about it, which has helped me through my entire career, which is that I'm interested in, well, the things that you're interested in, how the technology is changing society, how is it changing people, how is it changing work, and who are the people who are behind it? More of a feature-y approach to it or anthropological approach. In the process I've learned how to cover earnings and cover a beat as well. A lot of upsides for me is it's been a living. I'm hoping that I continue to do it. John: You have a unique perspective in many ways because of your hopscotching from different platforms back to them. Talk a little about how you perceived or how going from a magazine, freelancing, going to a metro daily, coming here to a major daily, going to Politico, coming back. Did it make any difference in the journalism you produced based on where you worked? Michelle: It's been a struggle, maybe this is at every publication is...and I felt that too at the Chronicle, what potentially could have been plush times at the Chronicle, at a very personal level, I felt like I was on treadmill of doing the news. Not really... John: Stepping back? Michelle: ...stepping back, ever. That's one reason why I left for the Merc, which I felt like they're like, you're daily should have three or four sources. Your weekend pieces should have... They're very specific. I wanted that a little bit more. But then as I jump back and forth in my career I have that same sensation or experience which is Politico felt very quick and commodity. A lot of what what Politico produces you can't see because you have to be a subscriber for their vertical publications. But most people are reading on their Blackberrys or their iPhones, news that eventually gets to a main site. We were feeding that audience. That was kind of interesting. In the old days how I thought my career would go would be a small paper, bigger paper, bigger paper, and keep going. But what has happened is that I've gone maybe to like Politico has a lot of prestige and buzz, but it felt like it was more like a trade publication. Then I've gone back. Now I'm sort of allegedly a dying old media, but I have a broader platform in some ways, a broader audience, a broader topic matter. It does seem to change a lot. The publication, the medium changes a lot, too. People are mostly reading short bits from here and they want intelligence. News they can use to turn to somebody in a meeting and say, "Did you know Schumer just did x, y, and z?" That's different than a columnist who's going to take you someplace else. I don't know if it's print or mission-driven, because there is a lot of great long form online stuff out there. Sometimes I would write features for Politico and it was fun. And sometimes I like the commodity feeling of just trying to get the news and try to make a difference in somebody's day. What I'm trying to say is I think that every job has been very, very different. Even, like say when l went from the Merc to the LA Times, I had an older view of the LA Times, which was you get time to do things. I jumped there during a period of intense transition and it was much more quicker — we need a lot of content fast and online. It was at the LA Times where I first learned how to use Word Press, which is a blogging platform that a lot of publications use. It has been a little bit... I think my dream of, "I want to be just a magazine writer someday, or long-form," that doesn’t necessarily fit my persona or my working style. John: So this has been fine coming back to this? Michelle: It has been fine. I had to definitely take a lot of criticism from people. I like to go and talk to students, so I was talking to students who were doing some sort of summer program at Stanford, and I was told, "We can't invite you anymore, because we don't invite print publications anymore." I was like, "But Politico prints five days a week and now has a magazine, and the Merc has got this great app and online thing. How do you make those divides when media is trying desperately to erase all those divides?" I would say, "Did I hurt myself by going back to the Mercury News?” That's one thing I tell younger writers, "This idea of the progression has changed. If you are at a general interest paper, but you want really to go into auto writing and you go to an auto trade magazine, that's not necessarily backwards, in a way." I think that those ideas have changed in some way. John: Let me ask you a follow-up question. If you were asked that question from a student, do you feel that difference with the companies you cover? Do they seem to differentiate more now or less now than they used to in your accessibility and whether they deal with you and how they deal with you? Michelle: I think the Mercury News has lost a lot of its ability to... John: Dictate? Michelle: ...dictate what happens here, for better or worse. There's a huge tech press that's very important. Blogs that people don't know about, Online publications that people don't know about outside of here are very important. I'm thinking of Re/code, Mashable, all these companies that are very important to tech coverage, that I read every day, intensely. I think that the old hierarchy is gone, but, at least, the Mercury News, I feel like our calling card is still...The parents and the employees read us, the investors read us, so we still have a way in. John: It's interesting. You think there's still a hierarchy but a different one than like before. Rather than journalists being almost disintermediated, or by-passed it's...? Michelle: I think there's a hierarchy, and that your company and your brand is what's so important. With my brand, Michelle Quinn, yes, that matters. But I don't think that that word you used dis-... John: Disintermediated. Michelle: I don't think that's happened completely. You look at David Pogue. John: Right. Michelle: He's a great brand, but the brand, I think, has gotten lessened once he cut his ties with The New York Times. I feel like the New York Times was his bigger brand, that he could be standing against. I don't know if it changes access at all. I have no idea. But it just seems that his power in the tech industry diminished once he went to Yahoo. I hope I'm not talking out of turn... John: No, no, you're not. Michelle: But there is always talk and just kind of like what I described to you about Roger McNamee, do people leave and start their own? Can you build your own brand? If you leave the Wall Street Journal or the Mercury News, can you stand alone? Can you build that or do you need this other brand that a whole bunch of meaning, which is integrity and an identity? John: To add to that, the amount of time you have to invest in building your own brand now, if that's of interest to you. Be it tweets, be it Facebook posts, be it all these things that classically weren't thought of as reporting the news. Michelle: Right. I'm not sure can you completely do them. I see that some people I follow on Twitter who I feel like who aren't part of a major organization but who are great reporters, who are authorities in their field. I think that they could create their own company or brand on their own. But it would be very niche, I think. I'm not sure how to add to that except that it's a jump that I haven't really wanted to do, only because I like being part of a bigger organization. John: Understandable. You, too, had to make huge transitions, because when we think about it, you began your career with an interest in literature, long-form writing. Yet the drive toward how we write and how we answer that reporting need, now, to some degree, people are coming up to us because of what we put out in 140 characters. Michelle: Right. John: How do you grapple with that? Michelle: I don't feel like I've gotten there yet, in some ways. I Tweet. I follow people, I retweet, but I think the way to do it I'm not there yet. The way to do it is to use Twitter as that platform, or Facebook, or LinkedIn, or wherever you want to post, and engage with people there, particularly, if they engage back with you. It's not because I'm against it. I think it's great. It's just a time factor for me. For example, a few weeks ago, I wrote about Mark Andreessen. He re-tweeted me. He tried to engage. I could see it happening on Twitter. I was like, "I've got to jump in on that" and I didn't. I should've I think, because other people were remarking to me, "Hey, did you see this?" And I didn't. It was just because I was doing something else that day and I missed the moment. I feel like I've been inconsistent as a Twitter journalist in some way. I come in, promote my own stuff a little bit and then disappear for a little while. I don't think that's the way to do it. I think it's more to be part of the conversation. Other tech journalists write about things like Ebola or Ferguson and I don't really understand doing that because it seems like that's not even your area. In a way, they become people who amplify what other people are saying, they’re media people. I don't think I'm there yet. I want to get better at it. John: It's that transition. Look the other transition you've made, or you've lived through, when you began it, newspapers. Your audience...every once in a while you get a letter from someone who read your story and wanted to respond. It'll go through the mail room maybe seven days later you get it. Now when somebody like Andreessenre-tweets, all of a sudden, that's audience, it's palpable, it's reachable, and it can overwhelm you. Is that navigable? Michelle: I've had a view of it as stepping into the stream and stepping out of it, sort of managing myself a little bit through it. If there's a big controversy, I might jump in for a while. It's funny, as a columnist, I've been learning how to be more opinionated or feeling like I can give voice to those opinions. And with Twitter I'm still feeling a little hesitant, like just more careful about how I write a headline to a tweet. In a way, just how I characterize people's tweets. I don't really know why I'm hesitant to drive points home. I've seen a lot of people pay a price, I think. At Politico there's been a bunch of people who have got in trouble. They look back at their tweet history. Particularly at a publication like that, where it's always being accused of being too right or too left, people are looking at those tweet histories more intensely. People are live tweeting debates. They've got the company brand there. This could really be a problem and it has been a problem for some people. It's not just that, I'm thinking that old saying, "You don't want to say anything in public that you are going to regret later," so in a way, I'm a little hesitant. John: Yeah. The other thing you seem to be arguing is the old version of newspaper triage. I have 24 hours in a day. Of these various ways, where do I spend my time? Michelle: I think I should be on Twitter a lot more. Why do I think that? Because I think that's where to get the audience. I don't know if I'm going to get it writing columns at the Merc and re- tweeting. I'm not sure. One level, I think, what do I want? I want an audience. I want to have impact and be talked about. Is it better to find those interesting columns and write, since I've got a good editor who can help shape my ideas. Or do I go on Twitter where I have multiple fights or arguments and promote myself and have a dialogue that then produces a great column or idea. Right now, I'm divided. My colleagues who are on Twitter more, I feel like it's been to their benefit. It has helped their reporting too. I think I should be doing it more. John: When you went back to the Mercury News, you wrote a first column which you talked about how the valley has changed, when you first came here versus now. You talked about a bit of swagger. Has the culture changed? Michelle: The valley or... John: The valley. Not just journalism. The culture you're reporting on. Michelle: Yeah. I think it's changed enormously. In the '90s, where I felt like it was mostly people who lived mostly a middle class life, went to work, and were hoping their invention would work, to the dotcom era. I think that value change became much more money. I think the idea that you would be a tech worker and live in San Francisco, you would have the benefits and the glories of living in a city. You would also get to have the benefits and glories of working in this hot industry. That was not the idea when I left. It's definitely come up as people want it all. I think they should have it all. I think that people's idea of stretching time and money was different. John: The other thing that you mentioned that was different was that, in the '90s, in your column, you said that people saying tech could change the world, which everybody viewed as a boast. Now everybody views it as a fact. Michelle: Right. Did I write that? That's a good sentence. Michelle: That is a good sentence. Maybe what's changed is we know it's true too. It seemed to me, in the '90s, people had this Apple crazy thing, which is you get a bunch of people in a room and go through a deprivation process as you try to create something. The reason why you kept all the people together is the idea that you would change the world. There's a bunch of companies that I wrote about then that did this. Most of them didn't make it. There was those horrible period of months where they were not eating, sleeping, and nearly getting divorced or breaking up. Facebook has been the major change, Twitter and Google, so I think the companies do feel like this is now a given. We are changing the world everyday. If you are Uber or AirBnb you're disrupting an industry. It has happened, where then it just seemed part of the bragging. John: One thing you said earlier, "The difference between now and then, is now there are hoards of journalists covering tech in the valley." When you began, there weren't hoards. It was very rarified. Not rarified. You're covering banking or you're covering tech. It wasn't any bestselling special about tech. Michelle: Right. It was starting to change in the '90s. It would be interesting to talk to somebody that's been there in the '80s. I went to the launch of Windows '95 in Redmond. They had Jay Leno on stage to do the whole thing. It seemed then again, kind of a grasp-y. Tech, yes it's operating systems for PCs but it's Hollywood. Somebody great here is going to bring this to you and show how special this is. I think that was kind of new then in some way, this reaching for that. Now that's pretty common too. But there weren't many journalists there. I met the reporter who covered Tech for the Seattle Times. There were only a small number of people doing it. You go to Facebook announcement and there are maybe several hundred journalists. You think, "Is this industry dying or is this growing?" If you go to City Hall or you walk into any newsroom, any metro newsroom in this country, you're like, "What happened here? Where are the people?" John: Yeah. In one of the interviews earlier this week with a colleague of yours, they said, "One of the problems has been the influx of money and the influence into the valley over the past 20 years, has made it very hard as a journalist to keep your distance." It becomes almost like the same thing as political reporting on a campaign. You're in this bubble. You're in this bubble on Tech. would you... Michelle: I think if you want to have access, that's where it gets to be a problem, much like politics. Basically, we are more manipulated, more controlled than we ever have been. We sit down with a CEO, and the questions are talked about ahead of time. There is a PR person there and they know how to go off the record, they know how to talk a background. They know how to interrupt or change or limit. That wasn't the case a while ago. You would come into a room and you would get all this time with people. I've interviewed the founders of Yahoo and nobody was there and that was in the '90s. I think Tech has been on a learning curve itself and it's got professionals in to help deal with people like me. I don't worry about that question. I worry about the thinking. I guess I do think that what happens here is extraordinary. I’m kind of a booster. Then I wonder if I'm too close to it and if I'm not critical enough. For example, the Times’ iEconomy series about Apple. I think that was kind of an eye opener. Things that had been reported a lot but putting it together was a great thing, and it's a rare thing that's happened here. If you look at business journalism, you probably know this, I think that Matt Richtel was one of the first to win...I think Diana (Henriques) had won a Pulitzer, but I think Matt covering Tech, he did it on his attention deficit. I don't think it's an area that has a lot of rigor in a way. That worries me too. I knew that iEconomy, Matt's pieces, the recognition that they got, the Wall Street Journal’s What They Know series. All these series that have really stood out for being critical, having rigor, and looking at this industry in a critical way. I worry that either I'm not doing it or my colleagues aren't doing it. We're just caught up in the commodity of the day or the latest controversy. -Which the great thing about this area is that something happens every week, that's pretty kind of interesting. John: Here is one riddle that someone posted me. If you have this industry that's in such a sentence, you begin overtime to cover it in a way, like Hollywood as you said. Do we over-cover Apple, because it's more...? Is there a celebrity like approach that we've fallen into as an industry? Because just like Hollywood. The gossip of the moment is what people want to read. You have to swim against the tide on that then. Michelle: You do while you're covering it. Today, you probably saw that Zuckerberg gave $25 million to the CDC Foundation. That guy is very interesting what he's doing philanthropically. There's no way you can criticize that ever. It's just pure good that's happened there. How do you look critically at what Facebook is doing in terms of privacy or I don't know? I feel like we don't... They probably feel like we're on top of them too much, but I do worry about this question. The celebrity thing, I think it's more maybe a problem for companies or publications that get access, where we don't as much. We do get some. We don't get access necessarily to the talk leaders, talking about why do they buy that's like more of a Journal or a New York Times thing. I don't really feel like we need to worry about that. We are free to worry about, to think about the bigger questions and are we doing that enough? So, that's what I don't know. John: Well, here's one for you. If you look back, and you look back at journalism and you look at tech. Were there any eureka moments that occurred to you, "Tomorrow is going to be different than today," when you stopped and you said, "Wait a minute. This seems to be bigger than I thought it would," or has it all been more or less been an even continuum? Michelle: I don't know. I was thinking about that. That's the one question that jumped out at me in your list of questions. I could feel like, "Oh, my..." AOL came out, and I was immediately on it… Even though I am not like a tech... I was probably one of the first people I know that was getting email. I was the first person with AOL. I got a General Magic device, which was lan early precursor to the iPhone. The Mercury News was also early in a big way. People have written a lot about that. So, what happened? Why didn't we get it? I don't know the answers, except that partly we're trained to basically be... I don't know. This sounds so bad. I feel like I came to this because I wanted to write and to report and to tell stories. Not to worry about selling ads or how are we going to get them to make the money? In a way maybe we were kind of babies in some ways. This was a horrible way of putting it so this is my most negative view. Maybe I was kind of like a baby in like sort of a perpetual childhood of like, "I'm just going to do what I do, which is this. OK. There's eBay, Craigslist. We don't sell classifieds anymore. Revenue is going down. All of that stuff is over there and I'm not going to pay any attention to it." I kind of had that approach for awhile. I did a story in '96 for the Merc. I think it was '96, about how people were getting news on their pagers. Of course, they didn't have phones. I signed up for getting tennis scores. I would get who is winning in the US Open. That could have been a moment where I would say, "My stories are going to be on here. People won't get papers. What's this going to mean, the transition getting rid of the printing press?" I didn't see that then. That could have been a moment, and I didn't see it Then I talked to Mark Anndreessen, who I guess he was telling everybody in media like the mid 2000's, "Get rid of your print, just figure out what your online revenue is and just hire from there," but nobody did it. Individuals did it. Politico did it. One of my colleagues, Matt Marshall started VentureBeat . Some individuals or groups of people were able to think that one through but for general interest newspapers, it's so hard. John: Because the legacy revenue was too tough to walk away from. Michelle: Also, there's readers. People do care about that general interest reader, or at least we mostly did. That was the appeal. Like, yeah, you can go work for a new venture or a specific publication, but will the guy in the coffee shop read the story? Probably not. I think that was still an appeal for me too. I think the big thing that happened to me was when I was laid off from the LA Times. That's where I was just like... I wasn't part of the first wave. I wasn't part of the second wave, but I was part of the third wave I think. I was like, "I'm working hard. There's like not even any Fortune 20 companies in LA, and I'm covering some of them. I got laid off. How did that happen?" Then I looked around at the other people who got laid off. They were people who are just phenomenal journalists. I felt "Wait. If it's not personal, then it is just some horrible like the Poseidon Adventure. They're just throwing people out. Maybe there was a decision about me personally, but maybe there wasn't. It's just like bodies." Then I started to feel like everything's changed, because it affected me personally. That's how I sort of felt. Now, I feel like everything's changed. I'm doing this job for now. I probably won't be in the same medium a year or more from now. John: As you look back, how do you think journalism's done covering this? If you look back over 20 years, and if you look back the anthropology, the effects this has had, and how this... How do you think journalism is done covering it, the digital change? Michelle: Well, I think we've been OK in other areas. We've been probably good at talking about music or film and Hollywood's experience as a separate thing, pirating, and how to figure out a pay structure and all that stuff, and what does that mean to studios? I feel like we've done a little bit better looking at other industries, but here I don't feel... I feel like I was either a party to or a victim of what happened. I don't completely understand it as a person in the middle of it. It's really bizarre to have been this much in it and not been able to either cover it effectively or zig when everything else went the other way. That's the weird sensation about being here. I remember when people on my street stopped getting the local paper, people who worked in government or education, local government. I was "How can you not get your local paper? Your boss is going to be in it today." There became this sort of faith, "Well, I'll just hear about it at the office.” “I don't really need to know.” “I’ll read it online." I remember feeling in the mid 2000's, "These people are crazy." Now, I feel, this is how it is. John: This is how it is. It's one of those things. It's like we're watching this meteor come in and stirring up diligently, and never stop to think, "This is going to destroy you. This is going to hit you." Michelle: Right. I think I am hardwired to be kind of positive. I feel like I do believe it when people say, "Oh, there's always going to be something.” I do believe that. It's not all going to be crappy stuff. It's going to be good quality. People's need for information and analysis is still there." I guess I am mostly positive even as the meteor is coming towards me, but I don't know really why. I feel fine about myself but when I do meet people who are teenagers who want to do a career in journalism, I have to think, "Do I encourage them, or do I warn them?" I always pick "encouraging." I do this after wrestling a little about it. I feel like I got lucky because in a way there was this career for people who had kind of a vague idea of what they wanted to do with life, and this career was there. I got lucky. I don't know if that's going to be there for that kind of “human interest” kind of person. John: You say at the same time, "You're hardwired." Is that safe to say, you're optimistic about the future of journalism? Michelle: Yeah, I am. Look at a publication like BuzzFeed. It got its start. It got Ben Smith from Politico. Look at what it’s gone through this past year in terms of growing pains in terms of what it is to have integrity? I just find what's happened there just fascinating and great. Where they are at the end is way better than they were in the beginning. I feel here's a whole new publication that has already broken a lot of stories, will probably improve as a model. I don't know. I guess I'm feeling mostly optimistic about it. I think that if you want to survive, you've got to have ethics and integrity and quality. I think that's where they will go, as they also kind of stroke other things. I haven't really been following VICE as much. I guess I am mostly optimistic that there will be more creation of publications, online publications, or maybe app-only publications. And they will be done by some non-journalists and journalists with the end result will be to make the product better. Or like Rupert Murdoch, you close down the paper. If you really mess up, you just shut it. There's a guy, who's been around for a long time. John: And he walked away. Michelle: He walked away from it, yeah. John: This has been wonderful. It's been helpful. Michelle: I don't know what I would have done if you had told me 20 years ago. I don't know what I would have done. I don't know, because I like the print publications so much. But 20 years ago, I was at the LA Times. They're like, "Oh, man! We've got problems, because all of our readers are like 55." It makes sense that they're all 75 now. John: Absolutely. Look, you can say this disruption was natural. You can say, we should have seen it coming. Many of us did not. My colleagues did a thing saying, "It was like a riptide. The more you fight, the harder you get pushed out." Well, you can make some recoveries, but other recoveries you can't make. It's just exhausting. I like you're an optimist. Michelle: Maybe it's more survival. I need the job. Michelle: I'm just going to keep working in it. John: That's good! Michelle: It's such a great job. When I've not worked in journalism, it's like you're half a person, you're half a woman. You can't be a full human being (without) asking questions. The rest of the world doesn't work like that. John: We have had an incredible license. Michelle: Yes. I still will want that as a working person. John: Excellent! Wonderful!...

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (29)

Josh Quittner

BIO: YES: Josh Quittner (born February 12, 1957) is an Ameri...

TRANSCRIPT: John: OK. Start by telling me give me your career path, Josh. Josh: How far back do you want to go? I started in the 1950s. John: Let's start why you got into journalism and then why you segued into tech. Josh: OK. I actually was raised to take over my father's fireplace equipment manufacturing business in the appropriately named Sinking Springs, Pennsylvania and every vacation since I was 13 years old, he would pack me off to toil in his factory so that one day I would be a great boss. I went off to undergraduate school in Iowa, Grinnell, Iowa, and of course, became a rope belt-wearing Marxist. By the time I graduated, there was nothing I wanted to do less than work for my old man. Luckily for me and unluckily for him, he was going bankrupt around that time. There I was, 21 years old, completely liberated from the yoke of oppression, didn't have a clue what I wanted to do. I moved out to Albuquerque, New Mexico, where I had a cousin and I lived on his sofa for a while, relishing my newfound freedom with the vague idea that someday I wanted to be a writer. I went down to the newspaper and filled out an application and they were like, "Thanks, son. Get out of here." Then I did a whole variety of odd jobs for a while, was a delivery boy, worked in a carnival, did all sorts of things. Found my way into a law firm, was a paralegal for a while, thought I might want to be a lawyer. Did Indian water rights law for about three years, and realized that that would be a slow death for me, because I'm very peripatetic and very ADD and the thought of working on one thing forever would have killed me. I met a guy; I answered an ad in the alternative newspaper in Albuquerque. Guy was looking for a comedy writing partner. I called him up, we met, liked him a lot. He was the weekend night police reporter at the Albuquerque Journal. I was like, "That sounds awesome. Like, how do you get a job like that?" He said, "Well, you start by freelancing." He gave me some pointers, he told me who to call. I pitched an idea. Two weeks later, I had my first byline in the Albuquerque Journal. It was, you know how there are life's epiphanies? I just like, I fingered that thing and looked at that thing and there was nothing that felt better in my entire life. All I knew with any certainty was this is what I wanted to do. After having done a half dozen of those, my buddy moved up to the full time night police reporter. He put in a word for me. The city editor said, "I'll take a risk. This is not ever going to lead to a full time job." I got hired. Again, it was that sword in the stone feeling. I mean, I knew that this is who I was and I loved it. I loved it. I loved everything about working at the paper. The fact that they paid me to drive around in this little Jeep listening to three police radios and that they paid me to go out to the scene of the crime before the cops even got there. Then I could walk around and ask stupid questions and everyone had to answer the little man with the reporter's pad. Then I could race back and write my own movie about what happened. Oh, man, I was just in heaven. I was good at it and it was the first thing I was ever good at. I was like a mediocre student and always got into trouble for asking questions and for being a wise guy. Here, all of the things that I got yelled at for were like, it was like perfect training. Even the idea that I would never crack my books until the night before the paper was due, that turned out to be the best reporting of all for a reporter. Right? Like, you just have to learn it really fast, regurgitate it in a sensible way and get on with your life. It was perfect. I loved it, loved it, loved it. After three years there, I had done all that I could do, and I felt like I was no longer learning anything, so I went back East. I went to Columbia; I got my Master's degree. Was going to drop out after a few weeks of that. It felt like fraud to me. It was like, referred to it derisively as the great writers' school. But then I found this wonderful teacher there named Robin Reisig, I don't know if you've ever heard of her. She was like a nun. She was like the Mother Teresa of journalism. She got me into the right classes and everything took off. I worked the Bergen Record while I was here to help put myself through school. Along the way, met one of, her adjunct was a guy named Bob Keeler, who was the state editor at Newsday. Which was a very fine newspaper in those days on Long Island. Making inroads in New York. After I graduated from Columbia, I got hired there. That was a great newspaper. There was a guy there, who I mentioned early, Howie Schneider, who was the heart, soul and lungs of the place. A fantastic journalist. After working for a few years as a crime reporter, I became a general assignment reporter. Hated that, needed the specialization to get ahead. I had always had a PC because my handwriting is so ugly and appalling even I can't read it. I had gotten into trouble like misreading my notes. I learned how to type on that thing very quickly and I worked on it, so I was never afraid of it even though I'm not the slightest bit technical. In fact, I'm pretty much of an enumerate. I was always comfortable with PCs. Howie he saw this whole information super highway thing coming as early as 1990. He was a guy who -- I guess he had seen a speech by a fellow named, Roger Fidler. Josh: I don't know if that name has come up. John: Knight-Ridder, yeah. Josh: Knight-Ridder. Roger traveled around with basically a tablet. Of course, the tablet was like one of Moses' tablets. It probably weighed about 60 pounds. He had this vision of what the world was going to look like and Howie was smitten with it. Howie saw the future and Howie created a job in 1990 on the national desk at News Day, Long Island, New York in Long Island, New York that was called "Information technology." Because of my then three years or four years of service I put in for it, I got the job. The great thing about Newsday in those days is it was rolling in money and it was a very responsible newspaper. Howie was like "Look, this is a great job. I want you go educate yourself. Buy any books you want. Go any place you want. You don't have to do stories. For the next year, educate yourself." Can you imagine that happening today? John: No, I can't. Josh: It was amazing. John: You don't get that license. Josh: It was amazing, and I did just that. I came out here and I talked to people. I talked to everybody. I met amazing people, and then slowly, I started to write stories. Nobody really knew in 1990 what information technology was, least of all, me. I started in the usual way, writing about super computers, chips, and hardware. Nobody read those stories. Every now and then, I would stumble into something that was about people. When Tiananmen Square happened, around that time there was interesting stuff going on with fax machines. People faxing messages and using --anything having to do with the sort of pre-email era would get picked up by the Los Angeles Times/Washington Post news wire. And that was always your goal on the national desk to be disseminated because it was your only ticket out of there Every time I wrote about people, I got rewarded, and every time I wrote about things, I did not. So I was constantly on the lookout for stories about people like "What's going on that has to do with people?" I heard about this place, and I'm sure you've already about it many times, called, "The WELL," which stood for "Whole Earth Electronic Link." It was basically a big massive bulletin board based on a houseboat in Sausalito and it was where all the cool people were hanging out. They were hanging around, in the words of John Perry Barlow, "Blind cave fish" just sort of talking to each other on these bulletin boards and it was fascinating. That blew my mind when I found that place because it was a source of stories, a source of really,really fascinating people. I started to write about that nascent online world and every time I started to write about that I'd get stories picked up and a beautiful thing started to happen. The WELL was connected to the Internet in a very cumbersome command line driven way, but it was connected. After I got comfortable there, I started to move out into the greater internet, and I started to find really amazing stories. I would write these stories for Newsday, but sometimes the stories were so big and sophisticated and sometimes, frankly, not family friendly that I was looking for another outlet. Around that time, another very important guy, Kevin Kelly reached out to me on email. In those days, I was newsdaycom. I had a little dial up account and I registered newsday.com, and I had been writing about computer hackers, which ultimately became a book that my wife and I wrote, but these were pre-Internet hackers.: Kevin said, "I'm writing a book. Some of your notes are really valuable to me, would you mind sharing them?" I said, "Of course." We had an online correspondence. I mean, can you imagine? This is like 91, 92. He said, "We're starting this magazine called, Wired. You should think about pitching ideas." I had a really amazing story around that time about people who were living in these virtual spaces called, MUDs and MOOs. It was just real mind blowing stuff. Again, all command line tech pace. I wrote it for Newsday, but the better part, the adult adult-oriented part I couldn't put in the paper. I pitched it to Wired and they said "This is perfect for us," and so I wrote a piece that they put on the cover called, "Johnny Manhattan Meets The Furry Muckers." Again, it was that same feeling that I had the first time I saw my byline. The first time I actually set foot in a newspaper. The first time I set foot in a police, it was that profound feeling that, "This is right," like I could write for Wired Magazine the way I spoke. I could talk in slang. I could say, "f*ck." I could talk- more importantly-about this amazing thing that was happening that nobody else was covering. Wired, man, that was the right place at the right time. From that point, for the next 10 years, I felt like the first guy in on a Ponzi scheme. Everything I did was on the cover of Wired. People were trying to hire me, it was amazing. Michelle and I, my wife Michelle and I, wrote a book about computer hackers, and that was wildly fun and cool, but this was so long ago. Kevin asked me to do a story about domain names scalping. This was back in the days when in order to register a name on the Internet, and now we're in '93, '94. In order to register a name on the Internet you had to have control of a host computer on the Internet, which was a very rarefied thing, and it was utterly free. You basically just sent a command to a computer in Washington, and the command would register your domain name and boom, you were good to go. The guys at Wired had this amazing idea. Let's see who sees this Internet thing happening. Who understands that this information superhighway that Al Gore was then talking (about), is actually really here, and it's called the Internet, and it's going to change everything. Kevin said, "We want you to do this story." We put an intern on this and we looked at the Fortune 500 and we wanted to see who among the Fortune 500 registered their obvious domain names. Because in those days, lots of kids were doing it, right? A company called ABC, owned, ABC Software. No one had ever heard of it. There was a Fox Software that owned Fox. More interestingly, there was a guy named Adam Curry who was a video disc jockey at MTV and he registered mtv.com, and when he quit, he refused to give the name back. That was in the paper. The guys at Princeton Review, the SAT prep company, had registered stanleykaplan.com. So that if anyone typed stanleykaplan.com, they went to Princeton. These things were being litigated. It was very much of the moment. I wrote a story, I had very young children in those days, and I wrote a story about "mcdonalds.com." McDonald's was not registered by anybody. I thought that would be an interesting test piece. McDonald's, as huge as it was, was also actually very sophisticated. They had something called The McDonald's Hamburger University that people could attend over high- speed phone lines. But they had not registered the domain name. So I thought this would make a great test case. I called them up, was steered to a flack, and she was like, "who are you, what's Wired, what's the Internet, what the hell are you talking about, leave me alone." I wrote this story saying, giving the whole parameters of everything, and I got to the end and said, "I should just register mcdonalds.com." Kevin read the story, said, "We love your story, but we need you to re-write it. You're going to register mcdonalds." Now, re-write the whole story with that. That is going to be the three lines of my news obituary. At the end of the story, I wrote about what it felt like to register "mcdonalds.com," and I solicited people's advice. What should I do with this bitching new domain name? Send your suggestions to ronald@mcdonalds.com. Over the intervening months, I got literally thousands of emails. Again, I think this was '93, '94, I'd have to look it up. What was fascinating is, it was like a message in a bottle. You could see how the Internet was being switched on in certain countries, that it was becoming this cultural thing. First, I got a lot of US email. Then I got UK email. Then I was seeing stuff from the Netherlands. Even well after the story was over, that “thing” was almost an urban legend that people would reach out to me. I got over 1,500 emails in the intervening years. All of them said one of two things. They either said, "Extort as much money as possible from McDonald's," or, put up a website, which in those days was a very new idea, extolling the virtues of vegetarianism. Josh: Even back then, the Internet was like this. John: Then, after Wired, after Newsday, you went to Time. Josh: Right. I was in this really heady thing, like should I go to the Wall Street Journal, should I go to the Los Angeles Times, should I go to the Boston Globe. One day, the phone rings and there's this dude and he says, "you don't know me, I just read your cover story about Penn Jillette in Wired. My name is Walter Isaacson, I run New Media at Time Inc., and I'd really like to meet you." Walter was a real headhunter and he loved technology. I bought a suit, and put my ponytail back and went in to meet the great man at 1271 Avenue of the Americas. When I walked in, this was just such a cool thing. Walter was arguing with his superiors at Time Warner, because he wanted to buy Yahoo, which they could have purchased for $10 million. They were saying, "No no no no no." Walter was another one, like Howie, who saw the future. He just understood what was happening. Walter was looking for a guy to run time.com and I felt like I had just started to become a really good magazine writer, with the Wired stuff, and that was really what I wanted to pursue. We hit it off really, really well. Two weeks later, he puts in the word for me. Jim Gaines calls me from Time Magazine and Jim says, "We want to hire somebody who could write just about the Internet." I come in and he offers me the job. That was great, or it seemed great. Except it wasn't great because it turned out when I was writing for Wired I could speak in my own voice and I could talk to my peers and I was covering a revolution for the revolutionaries. When I went to Time Magazine, I was writing about the revolution for grandma and grandpa. I remember about two weeks after I got there and I had already written a couple of stories, I got a postcard from a guy in Oshkosh, Wisconsin. I knew there was such a place, I used to have Oshkosh overalls, but never thought people actually lived there. This was an avid reader of Time Magazine and he wrote in the crab-scrabbly handwriting of a very old guy. It was, "Dear Mr. Quittner, I have read avidly your story about the Internet and I would like to know what is the Internet and how do I join." I thought "These are my new readers" which kind of bummed me out because in every story I had to waste — Time wrote super-tight and the great thing was the editing was fantastic but a very small news hole and there's no body count in the story so it was always the first thing to be thrown overboard — you always had to waste a paragraph explaining what the Internet was and how you needed a modem and what a modem was. You had to do all that stuff that at Wired they assumed you already knew it and you could just go right to the story. I was very frustrated and after about a year, I felt like this isn't working out and Wired was taking off and they kept saying "come to us," you can come work here, you can start this online thing. I went out secretly. The only person who knew was my wife. I come out to California, I meet Chip Bayers who's getting this thing off the ground. He offers me a job to start what would be Wired.com. The idea was we are going to start a new service that's entirely of the Internet on the Internet. It has no baggage we're going to start from scratch and is just going to be tech news and other news for people who are using dial-up modems and who are on T -1 lines and so forth. I accepted the job. We shook hands on it. I went back to my hotel. I was packing up my stuff. I was very excited. It felt like the right move. I think they said I could move out there if I wanted or stay in New York, it didn't really matter. It was just like this is the new world. Everything was go, go, go. This was '96. Very, very exciting times. Things were just exploding. Money, you saw guys running around South Park with bags of money. There was so much money everywhere. I go back to my hotel I pack up my stuff, I'm about to leave, I practically snap off the light and the phone rings. I answer the phone and it's Walter. Walter says, "Hey Josh how you doing?" He doesn't once say why are you in San Francisco or anything like that. He says, "How are you doing?" I said, "I'm doing great Walter. Good to hear from you." He says, "Yeah, I miss you, we haven't been able to talk much. You know that they made me the editor of Time Magazine about a month and a half ago. The place is a mess and I had to get everything under control. I've been thinking a lot about you and I really want you to be a columnist for Time Magazine. I really want you to write about the Internet in a column in your own voice." He says, "I can't stand how everything is aimed at grandma and grandpa. I want you to write like you. That's why I wanted you to be hired here is I want your voice and we'll call it the Netly News" which was the name of this site that I had started at "Pathfinder", and we'll triple your salary." Oh, man. In perhaps the coolest moment of my life I said, "Walter, this sounds fantastic. Give me five minutes to call my wife. She's the brains of the operation and see what she has to say about it." She said, "Definitely stay at "Time" you don't know where this Wired thing is going to go. It sounds like an ideal job." I did that. I started to write a column and was doing a whole variety of things. I also was running Time.com. They made me managing editor of "News for Pathfinder" and I did a whole variety of things, in those days when everybody was on a dial-up modem. John: Yep. Yep. Then you came out here. Right? Was your next step Business 2.0? Josh: Well, yeah, basically. Time had a magazine called "Time Digital" that was aimed to be Wired for middle America. I talked Walter into trying to make that a real magazine not a controlled circulation magazine. Controlled circulation means that it just gets bundled and sent to the b-list. We did that and we changed the name of the magazine to "On Magazine". I had this idea that we could cover AOL, this was before the merger. We were flirting a lot with AOL in those days. At that point AOL had 22 million subscribers. I said," That's like the same size as Shanghai. We could get fantastic stories. Let's just pitch them on a supplement that just covers AOL like a newspaper might cover Shanghai. Independent and we're going to look for really, really great and interesting stories." We were down there talking to Pittman and had everything all sewn up. We get to work and find out that they had actually acquired us. We still did it and it and that lumbered along a little bit. 9/11 happened and that was the death knell on everything. They pulled the plug on the whole thing. They shut that down and I went back to Time but I had seen Gay Paree and I was like "I'm out of here. What am I going to do next?" I was about to leave and then there was a change of administration and John Huey comes in as the editor-in-chief and I didn't really know him. There was an off-site for Time it was up in Connecticut at some ritzy dump in Connecticut. We were playing poker one night and I was for some reason winning and I was fleecing all of my betters. Huey was standing behind me and he loved that. AOL offered me a job right approximate to that. There was a guy down there at AOL and they were always in those days looking for somebody who could be the connective tissue between AOL and Time Inc. who understood digital. I went down there and I really didn't want to work there. Oh wait, they were offering the job. I went down there and talked to them and they were interested in me. They said, "You've got to tell your boss." I didn't want to tell my immediate boss so I told Huey. Huey said, Well, in his Huey voice. "Well, I don't know if I'd do that it seems kind of troublesome down there." He said, "Would you ever consider working for "Business 2.0"? I said, "No, I think it's a piece of sh*t but I'd run it. He goes, "Really." He said, "Pull up a chair." He said, "What would you do?" I said, "It's the most boring, egregious blot on humanity." He said, "Well, what would you do?" I said, I'd do this that and the other thing. He said, "All right, I'll tell you what, go"...it was a Friday, he said, "On Monday I want to see a memo. It doesn't have to be long, four or five pages telling me what you'd do." I wrote him a memo, dropped it off Monday and then I went down to AOL actually to seal the deal and meet with the last group of people. They put you in a green room and I was just about to go up to have my final interview with them and my phone rings and it's Huey. Huey says, "Quittner, how would you like to be the editor of Business 2.0?" Josh: I said, "I don't know, let me think about John." I just sat in that interview thinking, this is bullsh*t and that is going to be a fantastic job. Again, I had that experience. When I came out to San Francisco running this magazine it was in the ashes of 9/11. The magazine was a very cynical magazine that had been started to scoop what money they couldn't stuff into "Fortunes" pockets off the table. When I got there 25 percent of the readership was unemployed. It was very, very different. It allowed me and my team to actually understand what was real. To get in there and look. This was the age of Google getting off the ground, t his is the age of two guys who had a really cool idea who were really smart engineers, who could build something out of nothing without getting massive investment, which was what was previous was a shell game. This was things were really, really getting real. You know as soon as the McKinsey guys go back to Boston and to New York you know it's going to get real. And we saw the advent of social networks and so much other really amazing stuff take off then. John: You never had a eureka moment. You always felt from the beginning, there was never a stop. The world of tomorrow is going to be different than the world today. This was almost an instantaneous or was it continuum? Josh: I wrote a piece for Hot Wired's launch in 1995 before I got to Time, called "The Birth of the Way New Journalism" the idea was, and this was my idea, how is the advent of the web going to change our business?. Josh: If you go back and look at that piece you'll see that I mostly got it right. John: Kudos to you. Josh: The wrong thing I said was that micro-payments would pay for everything. I didn't realize that what micro-payments are is actually those sh*tty little banner ads. I was fascinated by how the web would change what we would do and how it would give rise to independent voices. How people would be able make a living without being supported by giant publishing companies, blah, blah, blah. John: Did you see the giant publishing companies crumbling in that piece? I mean, how did you...? Josh: Yeah. I think I did predict that which made it a little bit embarrassing when I went to go work for Time but I'm pretty sure there was a line that almost said that verbatim. Josh: It's all over for these guys. John: Well, you didn't follow your own advice. Josh: No, I never do. Josh: Yeah, I love that about me. John: Yeah. No. Look, you came up, here's the riddle, when you started covering it and you were dealing with editors at Time who wanted to speak in a proper voice, everyone always expressed skepticism with the idea tech will change the world. Josh: Right. Oh yeah, it was terrible. John: Now we accept it as a fact. Josh: That's right. John: That's a huge transition. Josh: Yeah. You actually said something to me in your first email which was very funny because it was very similar to the metaphor that I myself had used throughout my life. The metaphor that I have always used was I felt like there are few people who were standing on this hill with a telescope and they're looking out at the horizon and way off in the distance they see this locomotive that says “Internet” across the front. "Wow, look at that locomotive it's just streaming across the horizon and it's headed this way. They're all standing there and they're standing there month after month watching it get closer and closer and closer and closer. Wow, it's right at the bottom of the mountain and it's coming straight up here." They're watching it and they're watching it and boom they all get rolled over. That's what the journalism business was like. We watched it, everybody saw it happening and the people who were covering it would go to their bosses and say, "We're screwed. We're not doing this correctly." What I learned at Time Inc. was it's not because these guys are stupid, just the opposite, they're super smart. They got to their positions of authority by being really, really smart. They weren't picked because they were disruptors, they weren't the class clowns. They weren't the guys who would sleep during class and throw erasers at each other when the teacher's back was turned. They were the best students. They were poorly suited to make some of the aggressive and bold moves that needed to be made. That's one, but even had they done that they would not have succeeded. What was going on in our business, what was going on in the publishing business is classic innovator's dilemma stuff. It was classic disruption. Classic in every way. I mean, these were very successful businesses. I remember being at Newsday saying to Howie, "You know what would be really cool? Let's give away classified advertising for free online. Let's get everybody in the Times Mirror group to do the same thing. We could create this big portal of classified ads. Give it away for free with..." "We can't do that. We can't do that." "Why can't you do that?" It wasn't even Howie that said it. If Craig Newmark had worked for any of these places they would've thrown him out for being a lunatic. You're making tens of millions of dollars. That makes no sense to give that away for free. Josh: It doesn't add up. John: It doesn't. Josh: You constant, even to this day you look at these big publishers and the money is still coming in from print. To me the analogy is like a big fat man who's trying to shift his weight from one canoe into another. That's how they're negotiating really, really, really slowly. Because one false move and they fall into the drink. John: Do you think there's something intrinsic with journalists that made us...? Is it just the innovator's dilemma or is it just what? Journalists are paid to get things right. We are not paid to be a beta environment where we get things wrong, fail, pick ourselves up again. Josh: Yeah. You're never supposed to get anything wrong. John: You're never supposed to get... And yet, innovation, beta is now the word. Josh: Right. John: Try it in beta. Is this something intrinsic to journalism that kept us from innovating in the way we...? Josh: My wife worked on a Pulitzer winning team at news data. She did breast cancer clusters. They were interested in why is the incidence of breast cancer so high on Long Island? They found out that everything that people thought they know about it was completely wrong. There wasn't anything special. They do have a population of affluent women, blah, blah. Point is there's a big problem. Great newspapers like the New York Times, like Newsday in those days, where they saw a problem, when they saw something wrong, they took their smartest minds and they put them on it and they said, "Solve it." It went beyond just reporting. It was like you become the experts and tell us what the solution is. We never did that. We never turned our attention on ourselves until it was too late. It was like we watched ourselves catch fire and just passionately wrote about it. Catch fire in a bad way. John: Right. Is that because of the Chinese wall that this is a business problem not a...? Josh: Yeah. There's also another interesting thing about journalists which is there is real arrogance about what was going on. There was a real head in the sand mentality. Kind of what you said worked, "This thing is going to go away. This is stupid. I want to go back to what I want to do, because what they're doing is pure and what you're doing is not pure. We don't chase the money. We don't care about that. We're just going to stay here. We're going to keep doing this until the bitter end." That's exactly what they got. John: That's exactly what they got. It is as well in any news company. The journalists were on high. Engineers were forgotten. People on the business side, forget it. The hierarchy made it a priesthood. Josh: Yeah. At a technological company, I think I understand that better, because I'm the odd duck. Gee and I are the odd ducks here. The vast majority of the people here are engineers. When you're in engineering, you are the product. It's all about making a product, right? The engineers are the most valuable people. The engineers and the designers, they make the product. They sit there and they write code that actually makes fantastic things happen. That makes magic happen. We're commentary. We're off to the side. We are at a company like this, what engineers were at Time Inc. There are so much arrogance among the reporters and writers at Time. They thought anybody who had anything to do with technology was the guy who fixed your computer. They didn't understand that these guys were building things. That these guys were amazing artists, far more creative than they were. You don't have any appreciation for that when you're in that environment. It's all about being on the product. It's all about working on the product. What you're describing is that mentality. We're the product. We're the talent. Don't tell us what to do. We're what make you money. If we don't do it, you have nothing to sell. That was ultimately debilitating. I would submit that in the end what really happened was something that was virtually unavoidable. If you could back now and know what you knew, you almost couldn't fix it, because it makes no rational sense. You'd have to blow up these businesses that were throwing up hundreds of millions of dollars with the hope that you might figure something out that 10 years from now would save your bacon. It doesn't make any sense. John: That's not wrong. Josh: No. What's happening now is a bunch of guys don't have the skill set to support themselves anymore and they're going out of business. Journalism isn't going out of business, there's great journalism that's being done right now, great independent journalism is being done right now. John: Here's a question. In covering tech, for instance, back in the day, when you started, it was a handful of people. Suddenly now, it's hundreds. Josh: Yeah. Tech is an unhealthy example.. John: Unhealthy in what way? Josh: I think that there's a cadre of technology reporters here that are completely corrupted. It's almost like how in some towns covering the police. A guy who's been covering the police too long... That's a great thing about the New York Times, you don't get too cozy with your sources, because that's very unhealthy. That's corrupting. You start doing things because you're going to get the new iPhone before everybody else. The Times is very aware of that and worked very hard to make sure that didn't happen. Here, left to their own devices, there are guys who make really big livings, really big six figure livings doing nothing but write about Apple. Not only do they do nothing about writing about Apple which is fairly innocuous pursuit, but they're like Pravda. They get the leaks in advance, so everybody has to read them. That allows them to sell advertising at a very, very high rate, because they're so influential. Beyond that, they beat up on people who have dissenting points of view. That's really ugly. It's kind of totalitarian. It's like Stalin or like the Nazis. It's Jackboot behavior. John: Somebody did refer it to me in the past days as being almost akin to political journalism. Tech journalism in this era has become Josh: Highly politicized, John: ...Highly politicized, just like in a political campaign. You're on the bus with the same people. This is so here as well. It's the echo-chamber effect. You're not having the distance to truly report. Josh: I think that's absolutely true. Also, because, in technology in particular, there are so many voices that the really big, powerful entities can pick who they want to cover them, which is really dangerous, too. John: Do you think now are we on the verge of an era where the companies are going to bypass the journalists? In other words, sort of disintermediation. With social networks, I can go directly to customers. Josh: Yeah. Give me a good example of that. I mean I know what you're saying but I haven't found a great example of it. John: I don't know a great example. I just intuit something like that potentially happening. To be sure, the hierarchy of organizations has changed. In that at one point, maybe there were three must-have publications that these firms would talk to. Now, there are maybe 25 that they talk to, but there's still a hierarchy. There is still a club. Josh: Yeah, there's still a hierarchy. By the way, the world was not a healthier place when they were three. John: No. OK. Josh: So, 25 is not a bad number, 25 is probably a pretty good number. I think I can find truth now more readily than I could in 1985. John: That's interesting. Because you know who to follow? Why? Josh: There are bad actors and there are guys that are corrupt and co-opted and will spout the company line, and will organize their Jackboots to attack people who have dissenting points of view. The truth does come out. The truth ultimately has surfaced. The Internet does a very great job of finding the truth, not in the first moments of something necessarily, but ultimately. John: Are readers smarter in being able to discern that? In other words, once upon a time, readers put their trust in brands and the brands were not journalists. There were some journalists who've always been, but the brand was Time Magazine, or the New York Times, or the Washington Post. Now, it's the individuals becoming brands, not the institutions. Do you think the general reader knows who to go to find the "truth?" Josh: No. I think you and I know who the individuals are. What happens now, everything in news right now is about navigating the stream. We're moving from this world of book shape, whether it's a broadsheet, a tabloid, or a magazine, but it had a beginning, a middle, and an end to the endless stream. Our children are learning how to navigate that stream and we're learning if we're still coherent, intelligent, and engaged. We're learning how to navigate that stream, whether it's Twitter or your Facebook feed, or Pinterest, or Flipboard. Everybody is coming to grips with this problem of how to navigate this stream, how to find, how to tune your stream and find the most important stuff. The stuff that's believable. The stuff that's credible. Sometimes, the credible truth finds you in email. Often, it finds you in email, or through sharing on social networks. Humans are doing a pretty good job of separating out the bullsh*t. Lots of people still are able to find anything to support their stupid whackjob opinion. John: Right. Josh: The birthers. Everybody is active. The conspiracy theorists. The hagiographers. That's a fact. We're never going to solve that. John: No. That's splintering of news sources become more pronounced. I want to reinforce my view, so I will talk to them. There's no serendipity anymore. Josh: I don't agree with "no serendipity anymore." John: OK. Josh: How can there be no serendipity? John: If I pick my news sources so that I'm just being reinforced, my point-of-view these are people who share my world view. I'm not necessarily accidentally going to hear from someone who doesn't share my worldview. Josh: Let's examine that. If you believe as I do that we're moving to the stream based. This world where all information is delivered to you via a stream. You pick your stream. You tune your stream. Virtually, all of them have a form of serendipity that's part of the mechanism. The reason for that is because without serendipity, life is really boring. I'm not going to mention a particular newspaper that I read all the time and when I go to its website it says, "Recommended for you." It recommends that most predictable bunch of bullsh*t in the world. It knows that I read some technology stories, so it says, "Here's a bunch of technology stories." That's not serendipitous. That's not good recommendation. We're getting much better at programming and designing serendipity into systems. If you look at Twitter for instance, the idea of re-tweets. If I followed Joe, but Joe is re-tweeting from something that I don't even know about, that's where serendipity is going to come in all the time. I think for people who are kind of connoisseurs of this stuff, like you and me perhaps, I'm definitely weighting my twitter feed towards serendipity. I'm following points of view that I normally wouldn't follow. I follow a Palestinian woman, who's rabidly anti-Zionist, anti-Semitic almost, but not. She's not, but she's highly politicized because I never see that point of view. As a Jew and as somebody who's interested in what's going on there, I want to follow that. I will never find that point of view in any mainstream publication. I do that a lot. I've got Jesus freaks and bikers and all sorts of bizarre people in my feed, because I want that. I want that serendipity. That makes me more educated and more aware of the world. I would argue that my media diet is so much more wholesome and balanced than it was when all I had was three newspapers to pick. John: Do you think that's true with the population at large? Josh: No, but I'm an early adopter. I think that my children are going to do that. I think their children will do that. I think that people get more sophisticated about media because they are awash in it. They're completely smothered in it. I should also point out that we're interested in news because we're of a certain age. I know that a lot of people that I work with are the same age as one of my children. Many young people here they will do anything to avoid news. I don't know that's so unusual. I believe ultimately the mechanisms are in place for a much healthier media diet. John: Let's step back and take your example of the engine coming across the sky that I hijacked and polished and used it … And just ask, "How did Journalism do covering this era, this transformed era? How do you think we, as a group, as a subject? Josh: Covering it or responding to it? Two different things. John: OK, let's ask both questions. Josh: Covering it, great. John: OK. We covered it. Great. Josh: We covered it as a cultural phenomenon. When my wife and I wrote a book about those computer hackers that I mentioned earlier, the book came out in '94 or '95. We did a book tour. I remember it was just so wild going across the country and hearing guys in Boston. At Fenway, old baseball announcers trying to sound out a website address, "H-T-T-P colon...was that a semi-colon? Backslash, backslash." Then, they were trying to pronounce the words. We felt this thing that was starting to happen. It was covered. People were riveted by it. In the mid-90s in particular, it was that halcyon era. Everything was great. John: At the same point, some of your colleagues whom I talked to say, "No. We didn't cover it well because we went down past. We ended up covering Apple too much. We didn't talk about the anthropology of it." Josh: That might be the guys who we're talking to. There was a sea change in how technology was covered, too. There were the old guys. When I got there, I thought that this was fish in a barrel, because the old tech reporters, Markoff being the exception, because he was the person who I believed really made the Internet a household word when he started covering the For the most part, technology reporters were these corrupt, bad-dressing guys who would cover hardware in exchange for getting free products. They would get free PCs. They would get free this and free that, free cameras, gadgets. They have no interest in understanding the Internet, no interest in how the world was changing. There was a new class of writers. Thanks to Wired which started to know that nurtured a whole generation of people who wrote the anthropology of it. That was the fun stuff. That was a great stuff. I think that the people who did it did a fantastic job of it. Did everybody do it? No. It was being done. John: Almost everybody is optimistic, but you're rabidly optimistic about journalism in the future. Josh: I am. Journalism is already much better than it was because of the Internet and is going to be better still. John: Do you think that's largely because the distance between the journalists and the audience has shrunk? Josh: Partly, it's more responsive. It's because I can walk out of the streets right now, see a horrible thing happen, pull out my camera, and take a picture of it. Now, we have cameras on everything. We can see everything. Everybody is an eyewitness to everything now. That's not quality journalism, but for notes... John: For notes... Josh: That's fantastic. John: The equivalent of you walking around in Albuquerque before the cops got there. Josh: That's right. There are a billion of us. There are billions of us that are documenting everything. The sense that we're going to make sense of the world after the fact and by the way, after the fact is still super-compressed now. Do you remember when Bin Laden was taken out? We knew that one in seconds, because some dude tweeted it. Now, imagine there are companies around us who are working on signal amplifiers so that they can spot that thing happening in the world before anybody else, and say "Here's this amazing thing that's happening? Let's analyze it." Who are the experts about that thing? Here's who you should be following to make sense of that thing. It's incredible! The access that we have to information now and then as the final draft of history -- Wikipedia. You can say a lot of bad things about Wikipedia. I look at Wikipedia five times a day. It gets the gist of it. I am so much smarter now than I ever was. I don't have to carry that sh*t around in my brain anymore. The other thing that I love is we live in an age where it's no longer possible to say, "I don't know." John: Everything is knowable. Josh: Everything is knowable! When I was a child, my dad and I would have big political discussions. He was a very learned man. He would be explaining some things to me. I'd ask him with one of my dumb questions. He'd say, "Ha. I don't know the answer to that." Our only recourse at ten o'clock at night was to go up to his library and look in his Encyclopedia Britannica. That was it. If it was not for Encyclopedia Britannica, it didn't exist. Now, it's all knowable. It's fantastic. I'm not only excited about the future of journalism. I'm excited about the future of humanity because of that. Knowledge, as you know being in the knowledge business, that's the greatest thing we can give people. John: It's empowerment. Josh: It is. While you're going to have the birthers and their forged documents, they're still going to have a lot of doubts when faced with the overwhelming evidence to the contrary. That's what the Internet is about. Unless you're in North Korea or China this is a whole other story. John: This has been great. Josh: Good....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (30)

Evelyn Richards

BIO: YES: Evelyn Richards started in journalism at age 9, wh...

TRANSCRIPT: John: I'm talking today with Evelyn Richards. I'm here in Cambridge and Evelyn is in Palo Alto. After we get into this a bit, we'll switch to a video where we were both in the same room talking, instead of over Skype. Evelyn, thank you for talking today. Can you tell me about your career, can you trace your career arc, how you got into journalism? Evelyn Richards: Yeah, thank you John. I was completely a journalism junkie, and when I was about nine years old I started a neighborhood magazine. Then I worked on my junior high school paper, and I was editor of my high school paper, and I was a correspondent for a local newspaper, and eventually I got my Bachelors and Masters in journalism. I had an interest in math and a minor in math, and so I was never sure how that was going to come together. Of course, I couldn't see into the future. When I was in grad school, I did specialize in economics reporting, so it kind of came together there. My first job was in Elyria, Ohio. I graduated in '75 with my masters, and there weren't any jobs then, because that was the depth of a recession. I took the first job that was offered to me, and I was a City Hall reporter in Elyria, Ohio, which was a really fun and interesting job. Then I suddenly received a phone call from a newspaper out here in the Bay Area that had my resume already, and they had a job covering night police which wasn't very fun, but I knew I wanted to get to California and I took that job. It was very lucky for me, because in a couple years after that the Chicago Tribune bought the paper I was working for, expanded the business department, and suddenly my math and my journalism came together and I became a business reporter. Shortly thereafter, the business editor quit, so I became the business editor. I spent several years, then, covering for this paper in Palo Alto, the beginnings of Silicon Valley. I would say that was in the mid to late 70s. Then in 1981, the San Jose Mercury, I think might have been the first paper in the country or one of the first to start what we now know as these huge business sections on Mondays. They were expanding their staff, and that was a great opportunity for me, so I moved over to the San Jose Mercury covering the computer industry. I spent quite a few years there, just mining this tremendous beat of the growing Valley. It was just a tremendous time to be a reporter. I started the first computing section, I started the weekend section with computing. I started the venture capitalist survey, creating all these forms that venture capitalists could fill out about their investments which has grown into a huge national survey now. It's run by Coopers or Price Waterhouse or somebody. They eventually bought it out. Then I became the technology editor, so I was really in the early days of the Valley. One of my first interviews with Steve Jobs was about his dress code and the fact that you could wear Birkenstocks to work at Apple. Gee, that was so revolutionary, so I guess they always thought different. Then, I did a fair amount of international reporting and some investigative reporting, and I eventually left the Mercury to go to Stanford, came back and then I went to the Washington Post to be the national technology writer. I had a bureau out here in Silicon Valley, opened a bureau for them in Silicon Valley. John: That was about what year, Evelyn? What year was that? Evelyn: That was 1988. I spent a few years writing about the emerging tech issues from the business side and policy side. It was when Al Gore was first talking about the information superhighway and commercializing what had been a military network to become a commercial network. It was, like I said, the beginning of the tech rise. It was also a challenging time, because '88 was still the tail end of the mid-80s recession. IBM was headed down too, and Apple was laying people off and you couldn't really see where the future was going to be. Then I moved overseas. I kept an affiliation somewhat with the Post but I moved to Japan with my husband. I worked with the Nihon Keizai Shimbun which is a Japanese newspaper kind of like the Wall Street Journal with an English-language edition that I worked on. When I was at the Mercury, I had covered a fair amount about Japan, trade wars, and I had been to Japan quite a bit, so it was a wonderful move and there were great people working there. It was just a really fun time to be inside a Japanese news organization and see how their journalism was very, very different from what American journalism was like. Evelyn: Then, just to wrap it up, I moved back to the Palo Alto area. I went back to the Mercury, that was in '96. I was an assistant business editor and that was just the time that Apple was bringing Steve Jobs back. Since I had covered Apple all those years from the late 70s, all the way until I went to Japan — that was more than 10 years I jumped back into that story for a while as a reporter. Then I moved on to another job at the Mercury which was the editor of a team of reporters who covered the Valley in a way that was more anthropological. Since the Mercury had a huge staff at that time, we had the luxury of doing some non-beat reporting and we created a team of four or five reporters who tried to look at some issues in the Valley that were created because of the tech boom. I think we were some of the first people who looked at the income gap that's of course in the news now, and the impact of money. We did a huge series, a five-part series called "The Cost of Living in Silicon Valley", meaning a double meaning there with "Cost" and the toll it took on people's lives. We commissioned some surveys to be done, and we analyzed the income trends and the wealth trends, and the opposite of the wealth trends. I think we did some kind of pioneering work on some of the issues that had to do with the impact of technology on our lives. Then, after that, I moved into another editing role that was outside of tech, that had to do with more international reporting. Then I left the Mercury and have been doing other things since. John: Since you left the Mercury, what are some of the other things you have been doing? Evelyn: Oh. Well, I left the Mercury saying that I wanted to become more involved in education, and so I started out tutoring, and I've been tutoring writing on and off to children since then. More recently I've had a small job in the journalism program at the high school in Palo Alto working with students there to improve their writing and reporting skills. John: When you talk to me about the work you did in the 2000s at the Mercury, and your reporting, what are some of the huge changes you've seen in the Valley, and in the area? I mean, your coverage has been there for over 20 years. Is it primarily the wealth effect or what other things have you seen personally in the Valley as far as tech goes? As far as tech and its impact on the community? Evelyn: Well, tech went from being just an industry to being like everything here. Everybody's life is touched by how well or poorly the large tech companies are doing, so it's just become completely pervasive. Not just here, but in lots of parts of the country. John: Right. How about, try to talk about some of the changes in tech journalism in those years? Because you went from being-- you were there at the beginning when it was almost a local beat technology because of the growth of the Valley and it's become this huge beat. Was it collegial in the beginning, competitive at the end? What's the arc of tech journalism coverage that you've seen? Evelyn: Well of course, in a lot of ways it was easier for us in the early days. I shouldn't say easy. Easier in a different way. Easier for us to get closer, to get a unique story, but harder to get information probably, because information just wasn't flowing out everywhere. You had to really use your reporting skills and your interpersonal skills to get information. Now, I guess the information gathering part of it might be somewhat easier because there is so much out there. Of course, you have to check everything, but it's harder to get a unique angle now because there's so many sources. John: Yeah, and there's so many reporters now? Evelyn: That's what I mean, so many sources of news. John: The Mercury News, while you were there, was long known as one of the innovative spots in journalism. They had money at that time, you had people in the past like Roger Fidler and people like that. Were you involved in that, or was that almost a separate part of Knight Ridder, were you on board or were you separate from the reporters? Evelyn: I personally wasn’t involved. I think some people might have been, but I was away from the Mercury from '88 to '96, which was kind of a key period. I think that some people were consulted, but I was not in that. I did do a rotation in SiliconValley.com, which was our website in that operation for a while, after I came back to the Mercury so I could become familiar with it. I wouldn't say I was consulted and at that point they were even in a separate building. John: They were even in a separate building? Evelyn: At that point they were, yeah. John: That's interesting. When you work at the Post, did they ever brainstorm with you? Evelyn: No. John: It was more of a journalistic assignment, not a business assignment? Evelyn: Yes. John: OK. A lot of times, you hear news outlets being, news media being criticized because they didn't innovate fast enough. There was something in the news media, be it the Chinese wall between business and news, be it journalists paid to write. Be it whatever in the newsroom, who were criticized for not having an innovative enough in that period. What do you think? What's your take on that? Evelyn: I don't necessarily agree with that. I feel like every industry was caught up in trying to figure out how to evolve to an online world. From banking, to insurance, to car manufacturing, everybody I think the news media was just one of them and everybody had stumbles. I don't feel like we were in some way supposed to figure it out any better than anybody else. No because we weren't a technology-based industry at all. I don't really feel like we should say that the news industry was more clumsy than anybody else. John: OK, OK. How about, you also were there for another transition, the beginnings of a transition. When we began in this business, sure they were journalism stars, but the institution was always meant to occupy a higher ground than we as individuals. We were meant to supplement. We moved into an era, probably over the last 15 years, where followings become audiences, and what were once stars become brands. Did you ever notice that transition, did you ever feel that? What do you have to say about that? Evelyn: I guess I never totally thought about that either because there were always columnists. The New York Times had its famous columnist, always. The Des Moines Register had Donald Kaul, and Herb Caen was at the San Francisco Chronicle, so I think there were always personalities within a local market that drove the news decisions at those papers. I'm sure at the Chronicle they were always saying "What is Herb going to write tomorrow?" I'm sure that was always part of it, and so now maybe they are more national brands because it's online. I'm not a huge blog reader because I'm a traditional journalist and I don't necessarily trust the credentials or even more whether the blog writers have any conflicts of interest, what I would consider conflict of interest. Whereas in the newspapers, I knew that there were standards that stood behind the people, that underlined what they did. I guess I always feel like news was partly personality driven. On air, certainly too. John: Do you think some of those traditional ways that you had, because you're a more traditional journalist, you believe that the brand was a filter. You knew the person was going to have the following standards if they were going to report for the Chronicle, or for the networks, anything else. You think it's harder to navigate now? Evelyn: Yes. John: As far as all the information columns? Evelyn: Well as a reader, as a consumer of news, absolutely. Because you don't know what TechCrunch brand stands for, for example.Evelyn: The simple answer would be no. I wasn't thinking about how the news business was going to be changed. Because you've got to think, too, when I stopped reporting in '91, it was a little too early to maybe think about that. Over the years that I was reporting, I would say I was reporting the tech side and I was also reporting the business side. I was more of a business person than the tech person. I would hear people...I would say one wake-up moment for me was maybe in around 1990 when I went to visit Project Xanadu with a guy named Ted Nelson. John: Remind me. What was Project Xanadu? Evelyn: It was a bunch of guys here who were, they coined the word, or they were doing hypertext. It was Ted Nelson, who was a real, true visionary. He said that at some point in the not-too-distant future, you're going to be able to log on your computer and get onto the card catalog of any... Any library in the world, or anything. I couldn't believe it. But, see, somebody like John Markoff might have believed it, because I wasn't so much into the tech side of it. I remember hearing, like, "Oh, you're going to be able to make a phone call from the middle of the desert, walking across a desert." I'm like, . I had my journalism skepticism, OK? But, if I would have stepped back and thought about the march of technology and how all the pieces were coming together, but they weren't coming together in a Eureka way. There was stuff happening in telecom with satellites and with packet switching with optical fibers and with everything to do with the telecom side of it. Then there were huge advances in storage, starting with disk storage way back in the '60s. Which was absolutely critical to the march of technology forward. The semiconductor advances. Absolutely indispensable when you look back on it. The software, HTML and the whole operating systems and browsers and all of those pieces. If you look at that now it doesn't look like a Eureka thing. Every single piece had a place. It all was this huge mosaic, so to speak, that had to come together before the Internet and then these subsequent advances. Here I am thinking more about the business things. If you look back on that, too, I look back and I see, yeah, there were some things. There, I saw a little bit more. For example, the internationalization. To me, that was always a big thing. When I saw Taiwan coming up. When I saw Korea, through Samsung, changing, slowly the Chinese getting more, all those things were equally critical to getting the ubiquitous technology that we have today, because that affected the manufacturing cost and the labor piece of it. I sensed that globalization pretty early. Similarly, the personality piece of it, the return of Steve Jobs. I sensed that, too. I could tell, that...I should say, before that, none of us ever suspected that Apple would be where it is today, bigger than IBM. IBM was it. Yet, when Steve Jobs came back there was just something that you could kind of feel. If you think of the industry and the interplay of those two companies, IBM, and then IBM partnering with Apple in the early '90s... Which was unheard of, because they had been this little tiny upstart and this huge behemoth. Then, IBM practically falling apart. They had to bring in Lou Gerstner. He was like, "Oh, my God. How am I going to repair this company?" Now, they're like the two titans. They just formed another deal. If you look at the evolution of that, there were some turning points there that you could also see. Without Apple, I don't know where we'd be in terms of the whole Internet revolution and the visions that they had. Their ability to do some amazing software work, their ability to figure out the manufacturing piece of it, the marketing piece of it, and set the standard, really, for everybody. There were also some regulatory things, that were key, with the anti- trust laws going away. Which enabled big carriers to have the money to lay the optical fibers and to do the satellite stuff. Of course, satellite technology -- amazing. Even things like gyroscopic technology to be able to hold things, little things you never think of. They all had to come together. I don't think that you can look back and say there was a Eureka moment. There were so many moving pieces, and there still are, that it's only in hindsight that you can see some of the inflection points. As a journalist, I lost touch with some of the technological advances which were always going on. First of all, it wasn't so much my focus. But, secondly, we were so caught up in writing about the companies and who's coming and going and even the horrible recession. I remember Bob Noyce saying in the mid '80s when we had the horrible recession something like "There's no bright spot on the horizon. There's nothing coming down. This is it." You're so caught up in the economics of the moment that you're not thinking about what's going on in the labs or how the little pieces are going to fit together. John: You used a wonderful example to say “its like laying a mosaic,” like being a painter with pointillism. It you’re working that close to the points, you’re not able to step back enough to see how all the points necessarily combine. Evelyn: I used that word because that was what the browser was first called. John: Let's talk a bit about that mosaic and the fascination, the characters involved, the Apple, the whole personality coming to the business of it. Do you think over time we turn from the anthropology that you were directed about the valley at one point into chasing more down the personality-driven coverage, putting it back on top? Evelyn: It's always been personality-driven. No, I don't think there was a big switch. I mean if you look at how other industries were covered before tech, there was always emphasis on the people at the top. What we tried to do is not necessarily look at the people at the top because really so many people make up a company or make an innovation. I didn't feel that it was fair to always be focusing on the CEOs. That's just not my way of looking at life. John: Fair. Stepping back, from a remove, how do you think journalism did covering this whole digital transition? Evelyn: You mean the digital transition of journalism or the digital transition of the world? John: Let's say the world first. Evelyn: We did OK. Let me think about that for a minute. If I put together everything I would read over those years from trade journals to mainstream media to broadcast media, we covered a lot of bases. You're in the middle of it. There was a mix of minutia stuff like in the trade journals and the step-back pieces that maybe the Journal would do or that we would do or occasionally Time Magazine would do or something. I think that was the appropriate mix. I don't think there was any...there were times when people like John (Markoff) or people at Fortune or elsewhere would go out and say, "Here's how the future looks." I remember some of those pieces like in Wired, a great magazine in its time. My husband gave me this before I left. This is the 1965 version of Electronics Illustrated where they first talked about the integrated circuit. My husband claims — this is when he was in high school — that he could see that the future was going to be amazing, that this was going to change so much. Of course, he wouldn't have been able to see and it was the same for us. We did our best to lay out what the future could be and of course you can’t see exactly. But people were pretty much on the right track. If we go back and look at some of John Markoff’s stuff, he was totally on the right track and he was early on about what the Internet was going to be able to do. He was early on computer security, which is a huge issue now. All of us in the world are in the same boat about being vulnerable to some computer security issues. He was raising that flag a long time ago. If you were to go back, we covered a lot of the bases if you're looking at the totality of what all reporting was. As far as how it changed journalism, I don't think we were reporting on ourselves. John: Should we have? Evelyn: I don't think journalists should be out there like...I mean I don't think most people in the world care about journalists or what journalists do, other than getting them the information. It would have been like, "Who cares?" I do think that the entire world is tech jobs now and things have changed so fundamentally. We used to talk about the tech business as X-percent of the economy, and now it's the entire economy. No job has been untouched, and so now it's an entirely different thing covering tech because you're covering everything. So it's different. John: I don't think we saw it becoming everything. Evelyn: No, I don't think we did, but certain reporters could see it more than others. I do think that if you look back and you look at some of the trade journals, they were out there. If you talked to Ted Nelson at Xanadu, they were definitely out there with the vision. There were visionaries out there who could paint it better. I don't think at the Mercury, we would do that so much, but other people were doing it. It's important to look at the whole picture of everybody who's out there reporting. John: Now, it goes back to that mosaic example, many of us were too close and so we're able to step back. Some did and some didn't. Evelyn: We stepped back more...I stepped back more in a way of looking at economy and workplace lifestyle, that thing, and more technology’s impact on society, whereas other people like John Markoff focused more on where's the tech going. We had different ways in looking at things. John: The thing that many people say is that what we all underestimated was the speed of the transition between the early '80s and now, how tech became everything. Evelyn: That could be. John: None of us really anticipated Moore’s law and change. Evelyn: That's the other thing, too. I mean living out here...you heard about Moore’s Law your whole life. You got to remember that as a journalist you're trying to be skeptical. You're not going to go in there and buy Moore’s Law and paint this picture of how everything's going to be because then you'd feel like you're drinking the Kool Aid. You don't want to say this: “There's going to be this Internet that's going to do all this stuff” because then you're buying their line. You purposely didn't do that. If you're blaming us, it's partly because we were being our skeptical selves. I would have felt like a sap if I would have written some article about how Intel's microprocessors were going to get so much faster and they were going to be able to do this and this. And I would have felt like, "Gee, where's my skepticism?" You did that, but you did it in moderation or you did it with a lot of “but” graphs in there, “to-be-sure” paragraphs. Like I said, if you look, there was that in the trades, in Wired, and some of the other magazines. That was out there, but we didn't necessarily in the daily papers feel like that was our place. John: That's a fair point, absolutely a fair point. If you look forward, are you optimistic or pessimistic about the future of journalism? Evelyn: I'm a pessimist at heart, but I'm pretty optimistic. John: Why? Evelyn: Because, like I mentioned before, there are a lot of ideas bubbling up. The money side of it is the hard part. I do feel sad when I see the traditional journalism publications shrinking like I know the Times has and other publications, so that does worry me. That does worry me, but I hope that over time people will see that quality matters. So I guess I’m kind of mixed. John: What do you feel about citizen journalism as a replacement, substitute, or alternative to what is described as professional? Evelyn: I'm not so hot on that. I see citizen journalism as feeding into, as being the sources, for the professional journalist. John: Not really the replacement for, yeah. Evelyn: That's what would help anyway. It's great as a journalist to be able to have all these eyes and ears out there, but then you have to be the filter. John: Yeah, and you have to know who's feeding you. Evelyn: Then you have to trust that over time the consumers will understand the difference. Do you think that's happening? John: A number of people I've talked to say that jury is out because what they see a need for it to happen. The evidence of a more discriminating consumer is sort of scant thus far. People have cut down on their information flows, but they haven't... The worry is that information, this small bit of information they're getting, is reinforcing their prejudices or their news judgment not challenging them. I want to hear from people who agree with me. That's some of the worry that cutting it down (your information results). You're reinforcing, you're not widening the voices you hear. If I said... Evelyn: Was that any different then? John: Perhaps. I don't know. Evelyn: Yeah, I don't know either. John: Time will tell. As you said correctly, you still pick out some of the bylines you want to read. If that's not any different, then fair enough. Evelyn: I don't really know. I don't think we have any choice but to wait and see what happens, and then to make sure that the professional journalism organizations are supported financially. I think a lot of foundations are stepping forward. John: I hope that's a sustainability that we have to see. Evelyn: Yeah, it's expensive. John: Yeah, we'll see. Well, thank you very much. Evelyn: Thank you....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (31)

Ken Richieri

BIO: YES: Kenneth A. Richieri became general counsel of The ...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: We are here on February 28th, 2013 with Ken Richieri, who is the general counsel of The New York Times Company and past general counsel for New York Times Digital. Let's start with something that just broke in the news and then go back. The AP/Meltwater suit. First, could you just describe the suit and tell us why the Times decided to back the AP in this case? Second, if you could, I'd like you to contrast it from a copyright perspective to two other news services, the Huffington Post and Google News. We never sued Google News or the Huffington Post. These guys must be doing something materially different. Or we just simply made a mistake in not going after those two.Ken Richieri: We haven't sued Meltwater. All we did was put a brief in in support of AP.Martin: OK, got it.Ken: Meltwater is an interesting company. They're basically in the media monitoring space. In so doing, they and their competitors supplanted a longstanding industry that used to do this in the analog world, the clipping services. Most of the other competitors, like Burrelles, that I think is now a different name, as they've migrated to the Web, they've kept their licenses. They still pay for the content that they distribute to their client. Meltwater does not. Meltwater takes its content by scraping articles on the Web and then delivering it to its clients. The issue really comes down to one of fair use. They maintain that they're not taking too much of each article and that they're within the limits of fair use for various reasons. There's a big case in England that they just lost, a huge case. England has a much more constricted view of fair use. That put them a little bit on the defensive. That's what caused the AP to sue them here.Martin: Could we talk about fair use a little bit as a legal concept? It seems to me that it's a common thread through the whole history of this era.Ken: It absolutely is. Particularly in a world starting in the '80s with the famous Berne Convention, where the formalities of copyright were done away with, copyright, taken literally and expanded to everything as it now is, is a very limiting doctrine. For example, it used to be to get a copyright, you had to actually register your work. Remember that little C in the circle? That's what that was all about. If you felt something was worthwhile, you paid a registration fee, you'd send a copy to the registrar of copyrights, who would send it to the Library of Congress for their deposit copy, and you'd have the copyright. But now all that is gone. A lot of people still do that. They just like the art of that. In fact, if you're taking notes on my conversation, those notes are copyrighted the minute they are fixed in a tangible medium. Everything is copyrighted. If you don't have some concept of fair use, it's like an engine without grease. It would just bind up. The system wouldn't work. Fair use is a concept that says, "Yes, people have ownership in these expressive works. But others, under certain circ*mstances, can make use of them. A fair use."Martin: How did that concept extend to the Web? It seems to me that much of the Web is based on the idea of fair use,Ken: That's right. The Web wouldn't be possible without a robust application of fair use. As you know, since we've worked together a long time, I came to copyright law through an odd direction. I came through a First Amendment background. Most copyright lawyers, their whole world has been representing owners, studios, and authors, and licensing things. I came in a different way. I've always had a more expansive view of fair use anyway. As a result, I think it was actually easier for me to transition to the world that the Web creates.Martin: Is that a good thing?Ken: Yeah, I think it's a good thing. I think it's a very good thing. First of all, a couple of things on fair use. The Web didn't change the underlying rules. The rules of fair use and the considerations are the same, but the applications are totally different because of what the technology enables. What it does is, it puts a lot of challenges and stress on the rules of fair use. Just take a simple example. It's not going to be exactly legally correct, but I'll use it as an example. Let's say basically in concept, fair use says, "If I make a copy of a record on my reel-to-reel tape deck and I give a copy to my friend, that's OK. Or I use it in my house. that's OK because the use of friends is different from a commercial use." Let's say that's the general rule. That's fine, but what happens when something like Facebook comes along and lets you have "friends" numbering in the hundreds of thousands? What does that do to that rule? In many ways like that, the Web has put pressure on the concept of fair use. Most of it has been to expand fair use. I believe that's good, I believe it's good for the country, I believe it's good for creators of conten,; I believe it's good for everybody. I also think it has limits. If we go back to the Meltwater case, essentially their business model is to take AP articles, to sell those AP articles to their customers and to get money for that. And not to give the AP any money. That's a great freaking business model, but at its heart it's not fair.Martin: OK. Is it fair then for The Huffington Post to put a small excerpt on a page with a link, to create what is known at The Huffington Post as a B page, which has the author's picture and a little bit more content, and in essence monetize those B pages through advertising? Why is that not...Ken: You're getting a couple things confused in there. I think The Huffington Post, I pay much less attention to them now then I used to. In their earlier iteration, came a lot closer to the line and probably went over the line in some ways. You could say they built their business on infringement and they pulled back as they got bigger. What you're talking about isn't really fair use in copyright. It's their interesting way of trading on people's reputations and trademark. Because what you're saying is, "They'll have a piece on somebody. Then there will be a flat page about a person with a bio. Almost as if they have a relationship with The Huffington Post. When they wouldn't know The Huffington Post if they tripped over them in the dark." That's not really a copyright issue. But I see why you raise it. There's a similarity. Certainly, the web enables many devices, technologies, and applications that can create an appearance of a relationship and allow you to monetize that relationship when none existed. It allows you to extract value away from the person who, on some cosmic level, deserves it, to that site. Absolutely, that happens.Martin: I guess the other question has to do with the value itself. In other words, the notion that folks like Jeff Jarvis have put forward is this notion of the link economy. Google News is a great example of that. Where freely available links across the web lead to greater page views on the part of content providers, which are monetized through advertising. The question is, in a world where advertising is becoming less and less valuable to the providers, do you view that as something that will change?Ken: It's already changed. First of all, I think Jeff Jarvis is kind of interesting, but he's beaten that same drum for like a decade. He's gotten a little boring on that. I would start at the source. You asked me, what's the difference between Meltwater and Google News. One of the things is, I call it the consent of the governed. You can opt out of Google News. If we didn't want to be there, we can opt out. We can opt out of Google News while remaining in Google search. So it seems to me right there, that's a different animal. I can decide if those links that Google News are sending me are worth it. If I can monetize them or if I want them for distribution. I can also decide not to. In the Meltwater case, and I'm going to get the number wrong. This just came out in the case. I don't know if it's right or wrong. It's just one of the parties is alleging, AP is alleging, that the click through rate is something on the order of a hundredth of a percent. So they're getting no clicks. Whatever value is in the extracts that Meltwater is providing is all that the customer needs. There is no value back. As long as there's the ability to opt out, hey obey robots.txt, I'm totally in favor of the link economy. What's going to put pressure on that, as a theory, is what you're saying. Advertising in a world of infinite supply is increasingly difficult, particularly for these small sites. There is not going to be a fair exchange. If you remember in the early days, we used to put full content, as an experiment, on things like AOL and Yahoo. That's going to be harder and harder to make sense of after a while, given where advertising is going. I think.Martin: I'm not asking you to put words in his mouth, but Rupert Murdoch has been quite aggressive, in terms of Google News, and believes that his content, his links, are worth something. You're right. He and others can just simply leave. But his pitch is, "Pay us." That you would view, I assume, as simply a marketplace issue, correct?Ken: Yeah. One of two things could cause that to happen. One is a European perspective, where there's a much stricter limit on fair use, and the search engine needs to pay. So there'll be some sort of rights collective. That's the direction they're moving. The other would be an American perspective, would be competition. What's keeping Rupert Murdoch and his papers, as well as us, from getting paid by Google is the fact that Google has like an 80 percent market share in search. If there were four different search engines, you could see a situation where some would bid for you to be in or not. They would pay you to be in. They would pay for those links.Martin: Didn't the European newspapers, at least in some countries, just come to an agreement with Google, where they are being paid for their links? I believe they did.Ken: What happens in Europe, law is not as developed in Europe. There's not a plaintiffs bar and strange things happen. What that means is that you'll get the Dutch papers or the Belgian papers will sue Google. They will win a ruling that says, basically, Google search can't index papers. Then somewhere something happens. But they're still indexing the papers and nobody really knows.Martin: I thought that Google was paying them a fee.Ken: They might be. But if that's true, that's because there's a difference in law, as I said. Fair use is much more constricted. One of the differences between American law and European law is, we have the first amendment and they don't. A lot of fair use is really first amendment ground. It's grounded in speech. It's a constraint on owners. It's a pro-speech thing. So, in Europe, you have a much smaller hole for fair us. In America you can't copyright headlines. It's pretty well established. In Europe you probably can. The Meltwater case that they lost in Britain was because there's a very small hole for fair use. But absolutely, something is happening Europe. Recently, we had in France, the French papers hassled Google. The next thing you know, Google put $80 or $60 million into some sort of fund, which is going to teach papers how to monetize search better, or something like that. Only the French can come up with a result like that. It's outside the legal system. I don't know how it works, but it's there. So clearly they're doing something. The question is, is that going to wash back on these shores or not. I think in some way it's going to.Martin: That leads to the question of why the FTC and other regulators seem to have decided that Google's rapid domination of the digital advertising world is perfectly OK. Do you have a view of that?Ken: There's two different things I think we need to thread apart. One is their domination of the advertising world and one is their domination of the search world. The advertising world, it's a little more difficult to explain. The Justice Department and the FTC definitely allowed Google to move from its dominance in CPC ads to a dominance in display ads. Apparently based on an argument that they were totally different markets. That was an analysis conducted under traditional anti-trust principals that other people might have differed with. That's one thing. The recent investigation that was dropped, that was Google's search. The investigation into Google's search. Remember earlier I said how the law has a tough time catching up with technology? Under traditional antitrust rules, it's really tough to mount a case against somebody who's not charging anything for its product. It just doesn't work. As a doctrinal thing, it doesn't work. So whenever they come to Google, Google's response is, "My competition is a click away."Martin: Which is true.Ken: Which is true! And that's what collapsed it. I know the FTC got a lot of sh*t for it, but I think they were right in this. You can't bring a case until you have a good answer to that question. They're saying, "People are choosing us. Go talk to them." That worked.Martin: Look, part of the issue that we face today is that, from the 1970s on, from the first point at which an article became a digital file to now, we've seen a fairly substantial change in the economics of journalism and in particular, of newspaper publishing. But I would argue, all journalism. Some of it is papered over by cable and the affiliate fees, in the case of a company like CNN or subsidies from the entertainment side of the broadcast business. But in essence, the journalism business has become much, much, much tougher. People look for reasons why that has happened. One of the dominant things that people have been saying over the last year is, "Well, if these journalistic, companies had only charged the consumer at the outset of the web, we would be in a different place right now." Do you have a view of that?Ken: I don't believe that. First of all, the fact that cable TV companies and cable systems are now very profitable and great is not the same thing as saying, "In 1953, NBC should have started a cable system." In 1953, if they'd gone to cable, they would have lost their shirt. The market wasn't ready for it. So I don't think you can just time trip it and move back. Everything has a place in time. In the end, The Times did it about right. Maybe it was serendipity. Maybe it was the fact that you're a genius. I don't know.Martin: I think it's the latter.Ken: I know you do. But in the beginning, we exploited the one thing that the web really gave us. The Times had this odd problem. We had this great, hugely well known brand, that most of the world just knew by reputation and episodic interaction. We got out there in front of tens and tens of millions of people. We expanded our audience in ways that were unimaginable even a decade before. Now we're turning to monetize that more directly. That's a very natural evolution. I think we actually did it right.Martin: That was totally our thinking from the outset. But I still think that, as Mark Thompson said this week, we're far from out of the woods. The Times is certainly, in a sense, in the leading position among many journalistic institutions. So I think the next thing that people do, hence my questions about Google, is to say, "Look, they've taken all of this information, aggregated it, and if it's not Google it's someone else..." To your point about Meltwater...Ken: In a sense, if you just take the American news industry. The American news industry, we were like 80/20, most of it was 90/10, with 90 percent of it being subsidized by ads. That's what subsidized the delivery of your news, for many, many, many years. What has deeply hurt the American news industry is not that the articles are now digital and can be copied and distributed. It's that the link between advertising and that content is irrevocably broken. In some cosmic sense, the advertising has gone online and has gone to Google. [laughs] People are accessing information through Google. It is not wrong and makes a lot of sense if there's some way to link back up the providers of information to where the advertising has gone, which is monetized through search in some way. We once met a guy. I can't remember his name, but I remember he worked for Forbes. He said a very interesting thing, which has stuck with me ever since, which was, "The day that Google put ad results on the search page, as opposed to the content page, that game changed radically." That's very true. I don't know how you get to getting users having a piece of that action. But that would not seem to be an unfair thing. It would be a game changer and introduce a lot of stability into the news industry. But I don't know how you get there.Martin: One interesting thing, going all the way back, and since you were here at that time you might have some thoughts about it, I think you were here when we did the in-perpetuity deal with Nexus, is that, at least in that era, we seem to have entered that B2B space and decided, for whatever reason, that it was not for us. As a result, companies like Reed Elsevier have come up. Or Wolters Kluwer. And they're very big companies. We had that business. Why don't you think we pursued it?Ken: First, for the record, the in-perpetuity with Meade was signed on Ken's first day at The New York Times. When I came to work there was nobody in the office. There was a note saying, "We'll see you at 12." It turned out, everybody had been up all night papering this deal and finishing it. Which is actually very funny.Martin: It is funny.Ken: It is funny. I think the reason they did it was because they had tried the information bank for a while. They couldn't see their way, given they had a very limited site, to anything but trouble and expense, in building a digital business. So when Meade, which was actually a paper company with a vision, Meade was a paper company in Ohio, said, "We will take that on and build that." We said, "Great." Instead of having costs, all we're going to have is revenue.Martin: When was your first day?Ken: It was January 31st, 1983. That was the first day. 30 years ago. That agreement, its term was forever.Martin: Do you remember when The Information Bank was founded?Ken: The Information Bank? No, I do not. I think it was in the late sixties.Martin: Bob November will remember.Ken: Yeah. Sixties and seventies. But that grew out of The Times index and The Times microfilm stuff. It grew out of that. Yes, we were uniquely positioned. We had, call it B2B or whatever, the institutional entry into the libraries and things like that. We definitely could have built on that, to be in a position where LexisNexis is today. Absolutely. It could have happened.Martin: What about the 24-hour product? There was that as well. At one point, that went to DOW Jones news retrieval. When I say the 24-hour product, I simply mean today's paper. There was a separate set of agreements for that window.Ken: Today's paper?Martin: Yeah. The current, 24-hour paper. Back in the eighties.Ken: Oh, back in the eighties. This is a little off-topic, but I'll explain this to you. It's like that old Meat Loaf song. "Waiting for the end of time, it seemed like a good idea at the moment." And now he's praying for the end of time. He got the girl, but it wasn't what he wanted. Same thing with LexisNexis, with Meade. We got forever. But at a certain period of time, fairly soon, within a decade, we said, "OK, we're getting a lot of money, but this is bad. Suddenly competitors are on the table. We're leaving a lot of money on the table." The LexisNexis deal had carved out the 24 window and left it to us. This was something that I actually did so I'll use the "I" word. What I did was, I approached DOW Jones and licensed The Times to them for 24 hours. I wasn't looking to get money from DOW Jones, that wasn't the point. The point was to put a marker down and to tell, they had turned into LexisNexis. To tell LexisNexis that whatever they had from The Times wasn't as valuable as they thought, because I was going to exploit the hell out of this 24-hour window. And make that contract less valuable to them. It was the beginning of that marker. What happened was, we got lucky. We had launched that campaign. That campaign had gone about two years. There was a lot of angst over in...Martin: So now we've got these very profitable, very lucrative agreements with companies like LexisNexis and DOW Jones.Ken: Factiva.Martin: Factiva.Ken: ProQuest.Martin: AOL comes along, in 1992 or '93 and says, "Please create a service for us. We'll pay you some money for that." I hadn't arrived yet, but we created something called @Times. @Times was just an entertainment product. My understanding was that, the reason we created it in such a constrained way was that we did not want to offer AOL anything comprehensive at the time. I then came, the following year, early in 1995 and ran into the same issue. That the folks who were running the news service and archive, were deeply afraid that we, on the web, were going to cannibalize their business. Actually, there was a significant corporate fight over that. Arthur intervened. We prevailed, in the sense that we could publish The Times. But somebody literally had to be there at like six o'clock in the morning to press the button. Because we couldn't publish it when it was actually available the night before. More importantly, we couldn't really build a very robust search facility. Yet again, we're now looking at...can you provide a little bit of...Ken: Sure. Two things. One, that's very different from the LexisNexis we were talking about before. What you're discussing is totally, let me just say, self-inflicted. Because at that time, the LexisNexis deal had died. Reed Elsevier had purchased LexisNexis, we'd substantially rewritten the license agreement with them. And we had reserved to ourselves, clearly, unequivocally, the consumer space. In the agreements, we had defined library and business space restrictively and basically said, "Consumer is everything else." So there was no question, like in the deal you're describing with AOL, if we wanted to do it, we could have done anything we wanted with them. So what you're talking about really is not a contractual issue, it's not a legal issue. It's merely what happens in a corporate sometimes, when you have an entrenched, bureaucracy isn't right, but you have an entrenched interest that are responsible for a good, solid revenue stream. They have a lot of money, because they have. And you're an upstart. You're trying to say, "I know you've got the money now. But I can build a bigger business. We can cannibalize ourselves, maybe a little bit. But I'm telling you, this is bigger. This has bigger potential then that." You had a hard time getting heard and we lost some precious years. Eventually we came around to it, but we definitely lost years. At that time, when it's a land grab, time is money. You want to get out there with your flag and start planting it wherever you see that brown stuff on the ground and it turns out to be oil. Yeah, we lost, but that was totally self-inflicted. No third party made us do that.Martin: OK. The final question relates, a little bit, to the present and future. Do you see the legal regimen changing as the crisis deepens, not necessarily at The Times, but in journalism in general, what will the legal and regulatory framework look like, in your view?Ken: I'm not sure I know. But let me say a couple things. First of all, on these and many topics, the EU and The United States are on completely different planets. In an analog world you can do that, but you can't in a digital world. They get mushed together. So that is one very interesting thing that's happening. When you opened the conversation, if Google is going to be paying French publishers $80 million. What are we, chopped liver? Why can't we devise a way to get some of that? There's going to be that kind of movement. There's going to be a lot of pressure on a legislative scheme. But one thing that legislatures can't get around is the first amendment. We have that and they don't. In a funny way, that may hinder some solutions here. Because the solutions in Europe, a lot of the ones that we've talked about, they've been negotiated solutions. But they've been negotiated against a backdrop where both sides think they've got something to lose. Right now, the search engines feel they pretty much are invulnerable, legally, under any threats. There's no real need for them to negotiate. But we are definitely seeing a shift away from advertising. What all the implication of that are I don't know. But it wouldn't surprise me if, in some way, all that needs to happen is the search engines need to think they need to compete for quality if some kind of way. I don't know if we can get there.Martin: At this point, Google is so dominant.Ken: I know. That's a difficulty.Martin: I don't think anybody quite knows where Yahoo is going to head. Obviously, we still have Microsoft out there.Ken: You have other exchanges. Is it impossible to think that in one of these closed environments, like Facebook or something like that, that a publisher could get something for giving Facebook added entre, added ability to move its stuff around in its network.Martin: No, it's not. It's not impossible at all.Ken: All you need is a sense of competition and a sense of creativity, and things would break down.Martin: Yes and no. I think part of a problem with the Web is that it's just very hard to control.Ken: Oh, absolutely.Martin: That's part of the reason why I don't think that it had anything to do with "information wants to be free" or anything like that. First of all, that's a bastardization of something that somebody said. In any event, I think it has to do with the fact that the Web is just very, very stateless, global, and seamless. You're introducing friction into a system that doesn't like friction. We'll see where that ends up. Hopefully, it will end up in a good place. Thanks, Ken.Ken: That's it?Martin: Look, you're the lawyer. As you can tell, I've done some thinking about some of the global questions, but if there's an area of the law or regulation that I haven't touched on deeply enough that you think is very relevant to this history or the future, please feel free. We have plenty of time.Ken: The only thing I would add, I think you're definitely right that the key is fair use. Although it's in the Copyright Act, the real core driving force behind that concept is the First Amendment. It's not an accident that we invented the Web, that we grew the Web, that it grew here first, because it is about expression. As you said, it's that freedom and that inability to constrain itself. It naturally happens in that environment. I do think the First Amendment and fair use ought to get their due along with Al Gore as the being creators of the Internet. [laughs] They're a big part of it. The other thing I would say is that just because the people who want to put gates down and say there's no such thing as fair use and whatever, they're clearly not right. That has no future on the Web. The same thing is true for people who say, "Whatever I do with your content, it's fair." Merely because the technology allows me to make a copy seamlessly and then allows me to monetize that copy through a third person, that doesn't make it fair. That just makes it doable. There need to be a balance struck in the middle. The question was, why did we agree to do the amicus brief in the Meltwater case? It's because I actually felt that wasn't fair.It's a very non-legal sense. That arrangement, where AP did all the work and literally got nothing, that didn't make any sense. Maybe a good deal for Meltwater, but it wasn't fair to AP. And it really wasn't fair for the web as a whole. It's not good for practices like that to get enshrined and to get accepted. That's the other thing that's interesting about the web and the law. The web is very democratic. So law generally comes from the top down. Judges, people have a fight. There's some kind of big case, like the Sony-Betamax case, that says what fair use in VCR means. What does it mean? On the web, fair use is being set by what millions of people are doing. For example, we create work so we are a copyright owner, and we use work, so fair use, we're copyright users. So we try to be very balanced.We've always advised the newsroom that you can't just take pictures from the web. You can't just go to Facebook and take a photo. We've abandoned that advice. Basically, my view at this point is that, there's a consent of the governed going on. People are putting those photos up with the expectations that people are gonna take them. They want them to be taken. That's what they're there for. They have changed the basic rules about how people should approach photos in those social environments. The rule isn't made by a court. It's made by how people are actually using stuff and what they're doing.Martin: I don't want to put words in his mouth, but I think that Fred Wilson has argued pretty vociferously that the copyright situation is way, millions of people are, to your point, breaking the law every day.Ken: Fair use is an elastic concept. All I'm saying is that they're just expanding fair use. They've expanded what's fair use. Basically, this whole country's in gridlock and copyright law is in gridlock. The only way copyright law is going to change is by things like I just described to you. The change doesn't need an enactment. The one elastic part of copyright law is fair use. So that just gets stretched and reinterpreted by what people are doing on the web. That's very healthy.Martin: Something like Meltwater is an attempt to at least put some boundaries on that.Ken: That's right, some boundary, particularly when it's commercial.Martin: But it doesn't sound to me like you in any way blame copyright law or fair use for the crisis that journalism is in.Ken: Absolutely not, no. I think, at it's core, fair use is an extremely very good thing.Martin: Part of the theme here, Ken, to be very transparent, is that, as my colleague up at Harvard, John Huey, says, we've got the tide and we've got the swimmers. The tide are things like all the technologies, and swimmers are the guys and gals who are making the decisions throughout this. A lot of people, I think, think that certain decisions were made, and that's influenced the business. If we had just made the decisions differently, we would be in a different place.Ken: I couldn't agree with that less.Martin: I couldn't either. I believe it's the tide.Ken: It's the tide. No question.Martin: I think there's this huge tsunami.Ken: That's right.Martin: You don't want to put yourself in the position where therefore nothing matters. It's a very interesting dynamic between this huge set of advances that have disrupted what we might term quality or institutional journalism and the people who, over the last 40 years, have made these decisions which may in some cases have moved it along a little faster or slowed it up a little bit. [laughs] But at the end of the day, it seems to me that it's...Ken: It's the tide. No, absolutely.Martin: It's the tide!Ken: It is, absolutely. No question. With the Web and the scale of the Web, it's the tide. You can see it playing out on a daily basis, which is why it's so interesting....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (32)

Tony Ridder

BIO: YES: Tony Ridder served as the chairman of the board an...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: Martin Nisenholtz and Paul Sagan are here with Tony Ridder in beautiful Pebble Beach on April 8th, 2013. Why don't I start with a general question, Tony. I started my career in 1979. I started, actually, working at NYU on a Teletex project. It quickly came to my attention that Knight Ridder was working on videotex. You go back to the history of the industry. Knight Ridder was there at every turn with some of the most innovative stuff going. Can you talk about the very early days and why Knight Ridder pursued these projects...particularly the Viewtron project, which comes up over and over again as a seminal, beginning event in the interactive industry.Tony Ridder: Even though the videotex project didn't work out, I can't take credit or the blame for it. It was really somebody by the name of Hal Jurgensmeyer, who had been general manager of the Miami Herald and then he was the senior vice president of Knight Ridder. I think, more than anybody else, it was his baby. I was then the publisher of the San Jose Mercury News. I thought it was really exciting. I thought it was going to be bigger than it turned out to be. I was always very much in favor of what they were doing. Hal was my boss. I reported to him. He would talk to me about it, but it was his vision.Martin: Right. So you were out here at that time, and...Tony: I was out here. I didn't move to Miami until February of 1986.Martin: OK.Tony: Then when I did, it was not doing well. I went on the executive committee of the company and they were already talking about how we do get out of this thing? The next phase, I was very much involved in that.Martin: Right. Do you think, just in general, because obviously Knight Ridder wasn't alone here. Times Mirror had a major videotex project called Gateway...Tony: Right. We were both doing basically the same thing.Martin: Yeah. But both of them were very large projects and they both came to an end, and I actually worked on both of them. For whatever set of reasons, and we can all speculate on why it happened, they didn't work. Do you think it cooled, the newspaper industry's desire to invest in this area for a while? It seemed like everybody retreated after the videotex era.Tony: I don't know the answer to that. I do know in our case I was critical of the fact that they were doing it in Miami. Just because our headquarters were in Miami, it was clear to me that San Jose...if we want to really understand if something like this can work, why are we not doing it in San Jose? The answer was, well, because we're down in Miami. I said that's not a very good reason as far as I'm concerned. This is the kind of place where if it's going to work anywhere it'd work here. Why don't we try it here? Why try it in a place that's not very technologically savvy?Although people in Miami said, when we moved to San Jose, said, well, we're just as good as any other part of the country. But they were not technologically savvy. I thought that was part of the problem. But even if it had been in San Jose I don't know if it would have worked because it was expensive.Martin: It was a tortoise and the hare thing, too. I think the theory was that the TV set and the telephone network existed. You just needed to put some coding technology to join them. The PC was so nascent, but the PC was like a tortoise. It just kept growing and finally AOL caught on. OK, so fast forward a little bit to the early '90s and now you're running the company. Mercury Center, one of the truly innovative, really, I think the first... I think you joined with AOL at that point, right?Tony: We joined AOL. We were the first customer of Netscape. But what happened is that Jim Batten was then the chairman and CEO, I was the president, and Jim and I talked about this. I appointed a committee to try I mean, of some really smart, young people, to come up with some really breakthrough ideas. One of them being an electronic, second generation of the videotex where we could use the dialup service and...because it was clear, even though this is '92, I think, and it was about six years after we had shut down videotex that there was really something there. There wasn't Internet available at that point, but there was AOL, and so we became a customer of AOL.I'd been the publisher of the San Jose Mercury News, Bob Ingle was my editor. Bob Ingle loved electronic systems. Before he was the editor of the San Jose Mercury News he had been in charge of the installation of the system in the Miami Herald newsroom. He drove the system of the Miami Herald, the front end system, and he loved that stuff. He was playing with it all the time, he would talk a lot about it.He was on the committee and he was, I asked him to lead that part of it. He loved it. It was a natural for him. Even though he was a very good editor he had a strong interest in that. And so Bob really took the lead, and this time we weren't going to make the same mistake. We were going to do it in San Jose, start in San Jose.Paul: Can you speak about the vision of what you thought the product would do? How did you think about it in terms of the newspaper product, the 24 hour cycle versus the once a day cycle and all the things that cable news promised?Tony: I think that we thought it would be the newspaper in live form. Not just putting up the newspaper, but it would be the newspaper in live form, and we would offer these other services that we would have, a retrievable service so that people could access past copies of the Mercury News, and that they could search for other kinds of information. It was clear back then that the world was moving in that direction even though the Internet was not actually available. Because we were the first customer of Netscape.Paul: So the prior stuff was all walled garden. Only AOL and Mercury Center, it was a closed world.Tony: But it was clear that the Internet was coming. The Internet was there, but it was clear there was going to be a better way of doing it than a dial up service.Martin: But you charged a fee at that point, I think. I think you charged a fee for the service, initially. For the first service. Yeah.Tony: Yes. Well because you had to pay for the dialup service.Martin: For the dialup service, right.Paul: And as I recall it had tens of thousands, some number of subscribers. It was a real thing then. It was not just a test. It caught on.Tony: It was, yes. But then when Netscape came along and when we could go up on the Internet... It's interesting, when you look back on it now. People were saying, well, 'These newspaper guys never saw this coming.' I used to say, 'We are not going to be a buggy whip company. We are not going to miss this wave. There's something here and we're going to be part of it. We're not going to worry about making money for some period of time. We're going to get on top of this thing.' But even though we spent all this money, we never really...Martin: We'll get into that in a second. One of the interesting stories that we've read and I assume it's true, is that when you took over the company, one of the people in the newsroom asked you what kept you up at night. You talked about classified advertising, which was very prescient at the time, but it was looked at, in the newsroom, as, "Why would that keep him..." As a low end worry. It turned out to be exactly the right worry. Maybe there's something in that story.Tony: As you know, as you both do from being in the business, newsrooms get criticized for being liberal. But newsrooms are the most conservative organizations anywhere. They are so hidebound. The editor of the [inaudible 10:54] wrote a book. I was a quote in the book. I would have an editors meeting at least once a year. I would always talk to the editors and ask for all their questions. That was one of the questions. It was like 1994 1995. 'What keeps you up?' I said, "Electronic classified. I think it could really make a big difference to our business." What they really wanted me to say, I guess, was that we don't spend enough money on journalism or something.It was clear to me that people were going to figure out how to deliver classified in an electronic form. We were going to do it too. But that was going to eat away at this great business that the newspaper industry had, with classified advertising in print form.Martin: The first thing I recall, when I joined the company, The Times Company, the following year, was something called Career Path. Russ Lewis, from The Times side, joined this consortium.Tony: I used to meet with Russ. [laughs]Martin: Right. And I remember that's when I first met you. It didn't work. It just fell apart of its own weight. I guess the reason is that companies just couldn't work together?Tony: I think the problem was that we were all very independent. We might have belonged to the Bureau of Advertising, we might have all been part of the ANPA and Newspaper Association of America. But we did our own thing. I would talk to Russ and Arthur and my counterparts in other companies. We were all friendly. Career Path was the first time we had to give up something to make it work. The New York Times had their ideas of how to do things. We had ours. Trying to get everybody to work together just didn't work. We had The Tribune Company. There were like eight companies.Martin: At least eight.Paul: JVs are hard.Tony: What?Paul: JVs are very hard.Tony: We tried other things. We had new...Martin: New Century Network, which also failed.Tony: What finally happened... I don't know if I'm getting ahead of you here.Martin: No, you're right on.Tony: What finally happened is, John Madigan, from the Tribune Company, called me and said, 'Tony...' As we talked about, we really screwed this up. If it's going to work, it can't just be Knight Ridder. It can't just be New York Times. We've got to do it as an industry, to get enough impact, to have a national footprint. Madigan called me and said, 'Tony, what do you think about just the two of us going in and buying Career Builder. Let's not get anybody else involved. Just the two of us.' I said, 'Maybe we ought to have Gannett in there. They are the biggest.' We were the second biggest newspaper company, in terms of our footprint, our circulation, our size. Tribune was third. As a company, The New York Times was about the same as Knight Ridder, but they had other things back then. But just pure newspapers.We talked about Gannett. He said, 'But Tony, I'm afraid we'll be heading down the path of what didn't work before. This way, just you and I. We can cut out everybody else. Just if you and I can agree, that's all it takes to get things done.' So that's what we did. But then it became clear... I can't remember the timing. It was like a year later, we bought another company. You may know the...Martin: Headhunter, I think.Tony: Yes. Then we decided that it would be wise to bring Gannett in. But by then, we had it working. We had a structure. It wasn't going to be like Career Path. Instead of trying to start a company, we bought a going company. We had good management. They were getting good compensation. That was all working well. It was a real business. So we brought Gannett in, as a partner.Martin: That worked. Both in terms of the jobs, as well as Cars.com, which was the Classified Ventures piece.Tony: Right. So what we did was, we had six people. We had the management. I think it really turned out that Jack Fuller and Gary Watson and I, Gary Watson from Gannett, and then I did it from Knight Ridder and then the three guys that were running the systems. So there'd be six of us, and we'd meet and that's sort of how it went.Martin: So what's interesting about that to me is that it worked, and yet it wasn't enough. It wasn't enough to overcome the downward spiral, and I'm just wondering why?Tony: Well, it was just a part of it. You know, the problem with the downward spiral is that even though that worked, and you would know this better than I would, but I think that Career Builder is the biggest today. I mean Monster was the biggest back...they were our primary competition...Martin: Yeah, back then, yeah.Tony: ...but they're the biggest today. But the problem is that, you know, to get results from Career Builder costs, I don't know, 15 percent of what it used to cost to get it in the print ad, so we were undercutting our business. But we always said from the start, even though this was really kind of created a lot of internal tension, but I always said, 'Don't worry about eating our seed corn. We're going to build the best Internet company we can, and it's going to mean we're going to take business away from the print.' But that was very difficult to do. And publishers would say, 'All right, Tony, that's easy for you to say, but you're putting pressure on me to perform, and I've got more revenue from the print.'But that was always a tension in our business is that, you know that we were always...we were trying to run a public company where we had...we were being compared to Gannett and Tribune and New York Times, and we had profit pressure. And, you know, I would say, 'Let's build up the Internet business as big as we can. Let's devote the resources to it.' But within the newspapers...Martin: So let me add that one of the things I mentioned to Paul on the way down was, you know and it's probably was never possible but was there a moment when you thought to yourself, 'Maybe we should take this private so we can make this transformation?' because as you say, as long as you're managing to the street you don't have the flexibility to make the investments necessary and certainly not to cannibalize your own business?Tony: Well, and we talked about...what was popular back then was tracking stocks.Martin: Yeah, which we were doing.Tony: What?Martin: NYTD was created to be a tracking stock.Tony: Yes. All right. So we were headed in that direction, and we had permission from the board. We were going to do it, but then I think that...you know, I retired six years ago, and I can't remember the dates as well, because it's now about 12 years ago, but I think what happened is then we went into the downturn the end of 2001, and we kind of shelved the tracking idea.Martin: It was April 14th, 2000 in case you're looking for the date [laughs] .Tony: But we were going that way.Paul: He remembers it well.Martin: I remember it very well.Tony: And the board, we had all these internal debates with the board. But, yeah, then so we sort of just pushed that aside, and sort of muddled through that downturn, which was pretty severe, and that's when we really got hit on the employment classified side.Martin: Right. Well that was a cyclical...that was a recession that we never really came back from after that.Tony: Yeah, and it was interesting how people thought...which we didn't, but so many people thought that, "Oh, that was just a passing fad," but we never thought it...I'm sure you never thought it was either, because there was enough there. It was just that there was...people sort of lost their sense of reality, and they didn't worry about making money or when they were going to get to making money. I mean it was just an unreal time, but there was something that was really there that wasn't just going to go away, that's for sure.Paul: And you were living in that, and you made the comment about running a business in Silicon Valley and watching an experiment in Miami, the wrong place, and we've talked to a lot of people, and one of the themes that's emerged is just how important it was to have engineers and be an engineering based company that succeeds. You look at Yahoo, which even might say it lost its way as an engineering company and certainly Google, and Facebook, and Twitter, and on and on. How did you think about that living in Silicon Valley and seeing what was going on and trying to morph the newspaper business into a tech company?Did you think it could be done by grafting engineers in? I mean you certainly had some of the most visionary people in the media business working for you.Tony: Well, I mean, my thinking was despite people saying, like Jack Wells, "You know it's all about Tony Ridder wants to come out and play golf at Cypress Point here in California, or whatever, but it was trying to get the top people in the company, like the top corporate people, the top 15 or so, to really understand the mindset of how people in Silicon Valley look at things and to have the ability even though we were set up out there with...you know, we later called it Knight Ridder Digital. I forgot what we were calling it back then. Maybe you know, but we had people there, but yet we were sort of...the power was down in Miami, and so we wanted to be able to attract people and have them out there, and have people sort of think the way they do.So when we went out there in 1998 we went out and met with all these companies. We tried to get inside their head about how they do things, and we took all the people doing all the corporate stuff and tried to immerse them in the kind of thinking that people have out there, which I thought would make a difference.Martin: But I think Paul's point, and what we keep hearing over and over again, which is an interesting...there's an interesting paradox inside of it is, the people who create innovation in the Valley, and to some extent now in all the centers of innovation, including New York, are people who really understand the engineering. They don't necessarily have to be trained computer scientists. Sometimes they're high school students [laughs]. I mean, I interviewed Matt Mullenweg this morning who founded WordPress as a freshman at the University of Texas. He was a philosophy major. But they understand code. They understand.And the newspaper industry, the media industry in general — let's not pick on newspapers magazines, television — just never really understood how to incorporate these talents into their lead...not just their companies, but their leadership processes.And yet when you talk to people in the...particularly in the journalism business they'll say, 'Well, we're not tech companies. This isn't Facebook. We are a news company. Obviously the people who run the company need to be news people.' So that's the tension that I think we're hearing over and over again when we do these interviews, the tension between technology innovation and sticking to your knitting as a news company.Tony: Well, I mean I think that trying to...I mean you sort of look at what's happened to Microsoft when they get big, kind of corporate, profit-driven. If you're a smart PhD from Stanford, let's say, do you want to work for a big company like that, or...? So even though Knight Ridder — and back then Mercury News was a really good newspaper, and it was sort of an exciting place, but if you were a really smart guy, and you are thinking, 'Should I try to...' there was so much money available.Martin: There still is.Tony: Yeah.Martin: Yeah.Tony: So do you want to try to work within Knight Ridder and try to build a business within Knight Ridder or do you want to try to do it...because you know there are a lot of kind of old crusty people like Tony Ridder there, and they...or do you...this way you can do your own thing, and you can get money, and you're not bound by...you know, Knight Ridder worries about making money, and New York Times, and all these other companies. Why not just do our own thing and have our own company and not be part of a bigger company? I mean we don't want to go work for GE or some company like that. We want to do it within our own. And when you go back to the history of Intel, you know Intel, they ended up with Fairchild.They went around looking for all kinds of money. They couldn't get it. They finally got their money, and they started Fairchild Semiconductor, and then once they were established they went out and started Intel.But those same guys first started out in Fairchild because that's the only place they could get the money, but had they been able to get the money early on, they probably never would have gone to Fairchild, and it would just have started out as Intel, I think.Paul: You had a lab that did engineering in Boulder.Tony: Right.Paul: Talk about that in relation to these other things that we talked about, or if there was no relation how did that operate?Tony: Well, there was. There was a guy by the name of Roger Fidler. I mean this got involved in the Samsung/Apple lawsuit. And Roger Fidler had sort of come up through the graphic side of the business, and he'd come out of the Detroit Free Press. Did you want more Diet co*ke, or water, or anything like that?Martin: No, we're great. Thanks.Paul: No.Tony: And by the way, Tony, we talked to Roger so we know who he is and what the story is, but...Paul: And we've seen that there's a film that was produced that showed sort of the vision of the iPad.Tony: I'll give you my side of the story, which is maybe a little different from his. He was very independent, very smart. We set up this information design lab in Boulder, because that's where he wanted to go. Roger was a great promoter, may still be a great promoter. He came up with this idea for what he called a flat panel, which is really just a tablet. It was basically the sort of thing we're talking about. In 1995, or '94, we were starting to get going with our Internet operation in San Jose.Ingle was building it up. Ingle and Roger Fidler couldn't stand each other. The trouble that Fidler had is that it was dependent on flat panels being available.I said, 'We're not going to go into the business of manufacturing these things. We don't have the ability to do all that stuff. We don't have a retail way of selling this stuff. We don't have a company to make them. What we are...We'll develop this software. We'll provide it, but we need these things.'Roger said, 'I think they'll be fairly prevalent within about five years,' or something like that. At the same time, the Internet was now available. We already were up with Netscape. I said, 'I think what we need to do, Roger, I think it's a really good idea...' He was traveling around the world giving these speeches. It was really exciting.I said, 'What we now need to do is we need to spend to a lot of money building up our Internet business. That's were our focus is going to be. You're a really talented guy. I would like you to take your staff, move them out to San Jose and be part of that operation. We'll keep this thing going. When the flat panel comes along...''I'm not going to San Jose. I'm not working for Bob Ingle.' Ingle, by the way, was not the easiest guy to work for. He said, 'No, I'm staying here.' I said, 'No, you're not. It's not going to exist here. We're putting it all together. It doesn't make sense to have it in Boulder when we got this going out there.'That's how it all fell apart. It is interesting how it turned out to be the same. It wasn't just five years from '94. It was, when did the iPad come out?Martin: 2010, I think.Tony: Yeah. It was really like 15 or 16 years.Paul: It was a classic example of overestimating the short term impact and underestimating the long term, right? It wasn't five years, but 15 years later it was way bigger.Tony: I've thought a lot about that. The problem is that Apple had a retail operation. They had the manufacturing smarts.Paul: It's a whole other business.Tony: What?Paul: It's a whole other business.Tony: We didn't have that kind of stuff. If we had waited, Apple would have come along...They wouldn't have needed us for that. We might have been fighting over patents, and stuff like that. That's my side of that.Martin: Getting back to the nub of this, which we talked about just a couple of minutes ago with respect to the engineering, it sounds to me like what you're saying is the entrepreneurial side introduces a natural, creative destruction into the technology business, which now, of course, touches on journalism. What we then hear back from that is...OK, what that probably means is more traditional journalistic institutions can continue to exist, but they really need to change. They really need to reduce their costs in particular. You hear this over and over again, this same theme of cost reduction.The problem with that, when you talk to a lot of the folks on the journalism side, is that when you reduce the cost to a certain extent it's not the same journalism anymore.Tony: I think it's a terrible dilemma. I don't have the answer to it. I think the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, they can survive. If it's so much more efficient, [inaudible 35:19] says, 'None of my children read a print newspaper anymore. The problem is that you guys are trying to deliver it in print.' I would say the problem was advertising. We had a great business. It was not exactly a monopoly. Just take the San Jose Mercury News, if you wanted to hire somebody back in the '80s and '90s, far and away the best place to advertise was San Jose Mercury News employment classified section. It was true with automotive. It was true with all kinds of things.We had a great business, but there was a more efficient way to do it. That's to deliver it electronically. If you could do it electronically, you didn't have to go through the newspaper. You could use Monster. You could use Autobytel. You could use all these different services. You could then get in.It's self defeating to keep cutting the quality of what you're selling, as then your circulation goes down. You've got to cut your costs. You've got to stay at least profitable enough to pay the bills.I think it's a terrible dilemma because of revenue...From the time we sold Knight Ridder in 2006, I'd say within two quarters of that, the revenue in the industry declined. In the fourth quarter of '06 it declined.It's never stopped declining. It's never stopped declining. At some point it's got to get flat. Ad revenue's gone from 50 billion in 2006 to last year, I think it was like 22 billion. What do you do if you're a newspaper, like the San Jose Mercury News, and you've lost 60 percent of your revenue? You can't just keep your costs up there.I worry about the New York Times because they...I love the New York Times, but, you know, it's not as much as it used to be, in my opinion. I mean, much meaning there's just not as much depth there, it feels to me, anyway.Martin: Well, I think the answer that is given, put the Times and the Journal aside, but in the more local space is that you have to go right down to the business basics and really size the cost structure to the ability to produce revenue. In other words, you take it back to a time when you didn't have these big newsrooms, and a lot of folks would argue that with user generated content now and other forms of input you can do a whole lot more with a different set of processes. That's the other side of the argument.Tony: And you have to sell the content.Martin: And you have to sell the content.Tony: I mean it can't just be an ad model. It has to be a combination of circulation revenue and ad revenue.Martin: Well, I think you guys were the first ones to go free in the newspaper industry. Maybe Nando was before you, but I don't think so. You were the first major newspaper entity to go free.Tony: Free on the Web.Martin: Free on the Web, right, and I assume you did that for the same reason...Tony: We had big debates internally about that, by the way.Martin: But we all did it for the same reason. We needed to build an audience.Paul: And you did it at the Times, and I did it at Time.Martin: Right. But, you know, there's now a lot of second guessing on that, you know. How do you feel about that?Tony: I don't think that was the wrong...I don't think that was a bad decision, because we had to build up a big enough audience so we had something to sell, and I don't know if we would have built up that audience absent that, but I think that now the time has come that we can't just rely on that kind of revenue. And I think it really...you know if you have...if you're in a market like Wichita, Kansas, which is one of ours, or Oklahoma City, or Tulsa, or any of those kind of isolated markets, and markets where people really identify with the market and this is sort of been Walter Hussman's thing in Little Rock, and it's what Buffett's talking about.I think if you have a place like Duluth, Minnesota where I grew up, and people really care about Duluth, and they don't move in and out much. They're just there. They care about the local high school sports. People that don't even have children there go to the high school sports or hockey games, or whatever. And they would pay for it.But I don't know what you would do in markets like San Jose where people don't really identify with San Jose. They're just there. They love living there and working there, but that's a much tougher thing. They don't care, necessarily. There are people who care about the high school sports, but that model is very different.But I think in Omaha, where Buffett now owns a paper, it's crazy now to sell the content. And I feel the same way about the New York Times Company. And I've felt that way for some time, and I've said that to Arthur. 'I think it's just...you've got unique content,' and this if before he started doing it. 'And I don't understand why you're not selling it, because where else can you get New York Times content?'Martin: Well, it's turned out to be successful. I think, again, the issue that not just the New York Times and not just the newspaper industry faces, but the whole Internet media industry, is the notion about kind of falling knife on the advertising side, and so overcoming that is a difficult...no matter how much you charge for the content you still need to have the advertising stream kick in, otherwise you're selling a high class newsletter, basically.Tony: Right. But, you know, if you're in Omaha, I think there'll always be a business for that kind of newspaper, and if you force people to pay for the content on the Web, then...or do it like the New York Times model, which is if you pay for the print you get it free on the Web, but if you don't pay for it on the print, you've got to pay for it on the Web. That to me, if I were still a CEO of Knight Ridder that would be our model, I think. But it'd be much tougher in Philadelphia than it would be in Kansas City or Wichita, I think.Martin: So getting back to the history of Knight Ridder, at one point I guess you didn't have an A/B stock structure, right? You were just out there exposed.Tony: No, we did.Martin: Oh, you did.Tony: We did not.Martin: You did not, right. You did not. So there was a hedge fund guy or something like that that come in. What was the...what's the story of that?Tony: OK, well, what happened was...we only had one class of stock, and Gannett had one class of stock, and I think, basically we were the only two companies that were in that position. So we had three shareholders that were large shareholders, but the one that was the largest was a...he was part of T. Rowe Price, but it was called something else, but it was owned by T. Rowe Price. And he was...so he said, 'I think you should sell.' I mean he had talked to me over some period of time, and I kept putting him off. And our second largest shareholder thought we should have a recap. Are you familiar with recap?Martin: Mm hmm.Tony: What I mean by that? Yes. And just borrow a lot of money and buy back a lot of stock, and then we had a third largest shareholder. And all together they added up to about 35 percent, 40 percent. And so, you know, finally they got together, and they finally, all three of them, thought we should sell the company, but we had a provision that if we were sold and we would have to have a...that it would require 80 percent of the shareholders to approve it, which meant that we were pretty well protected, I mean, to get 80 percent, if we're fighting it. But we looked at the business, and we had been losing even though our numbers, our total ad revenue, our total revenue numbers, ad revenue numbers, we were going about the same as the industry. There was no difference.And even though we had a lot of cash flow I mean we were generating like 600 million dollars year all of our revenue growth, plus some, was coming from the Internet, and it was masking the overall, because we weren't breaking them out separately. So our print revenue had been declining since really the early 2000s.And so we talked about what kind of a story do we have to tell to the advertisers? I don't mean the advertisers. I mean the shareholders. 'Stick with us because things are about to get much better.' And I didn't believe it, and I felt we'd end up with a big fight with these guys, and we'd could hang in there sort of like the New York Times has hung in there.But I asked my senior people how they felt about it, and they just didn't see...I mean there wasn't one person that thought, 'Boy, you know, we're just going to go through a little downturn here for a year or two,' and so we decided not to fight it. But I think we could have fought and won, but it just would have just been dragged on.And, you know whereas Arthur and the Sulzberger's could just say, 'Go to hell. We've got two classes,' we'd be constantly going through that, and what would happen in the meantime? Did we think...if the business isn't really growing what's going to happen throughout all that? Do you save [inaudible 47:53] the employees?And I knew McClatchy was really eager to buy it, and they were a really quality company like we were. They had two classes of stock so it seemed like a good outcome, and they were the only people that bid for it. Nobody else bid for it. So that seemed like a good outcome, but that was really painful.But I did recommend to the board that we sell it. When the board saying...tell me we want you to sell, I did, and my senior management team all agreed with me to a person. So there wasn't anybody on the senior management team that said, 'This is the wrong thing to do.'Paul: That's a, I would say, probably a pretty rare brutally honest look by the management team at its own future. I think generally management teams are pretty good at convincing themselves they'll work their way out of it. Why do you think you were able to take such a clearheaded look at that, pointing the team could, too?Tony: Well, I think because one thing when Sherman came to me I said, 'Look, why don't you go after Gannett? They're the same as we are. They're no different than we are. Go after them.' 'Well, because they're big enough to buy you, and you're not big enough to buy them.' And I said, 'Well, go after somebody else.' 'I mean where are we going to go? We can't go to the New York Times Company.' He was a big shareholder in the New York Times Company, by the way. 'We can't go to McClatchy. I mean all these other companies...I mean you and Gannett are the only two, really.' The Tribune had this kind of funny deal, because they had the McCormick Trust, they had the ESOP. They weren't in the same position we were, because whereas we had a really broad base shareholder thing.So you know, I think that it just didn't look like...you know, it looked like we'd just keep fighting with these guys, and where would this all lead? And we ended up voting and they can't...the company's not sold, but when you're going through all that, it's really destructive to the employees, the company. I mean it seemed like just a bad outcome, and it seemed like McClatchy was a good outcome. But it was really painful, personally, for me.Martin: Last question that I have, we have this metaphor that we use to kind of describe the whole history, which has to do with the swimmers and the tide, and the tide is basically the march of technology and entrepreneurship, and the swimmers are the folks making the decisions, people like you, throughout the history.Tony: What do you call it, the tide and the tremors?Martin: And the swimmers.Tony: Oh, swimmers. Yes, yes, yes, OK.Martin: And I guess the question is, even if you have a bunch of Olympic swimmers [laughs] , the tide is so hard, they're probably not going to make it, and you know, it just seems sometimes...and Knight Ridder was probably a pretty good example of this...that this was kind of almost inevitable, that no matter what decisions anybody made, the technology was just going to overwhelm, the tide was going to overwhelm, these people who are trying to swim through it.Tony: Yes.Martin: Is that true, do you think?Tony: I do think it's true, and I mean I...we didn't see, and I didn't see, what was going to change this trend. And as I said, if you look at the print, if you go back and take out the Internet and look at the print and what this long slow decline that we were in starting in 2000, and that it was going down, and so when we'd get together as a group, including with the publishers, what is going to change the print? Is the print...is there...can anybody figure out how we're going to...if this is the trend line in the print, what's going to change that print line? And nobody could see what was going to do it, but I do think if you know that you have these guys...if you have one class of stock, and you know that you're sort of unprotected, you maybe look at things differently than if you know that you could just tell them to go jump in the lake.But I don't...it's been six and half years since we sold the company, and other than the availability of the iPad, there isn't anything that's really changed in the industry. I mean it's not like two years after we sold it somebody finally figured out...Paul: Found the Fountain of Youth.Tony: What?Paul: They didn't find the Fountain of Youth right after you left.Tony: And they're still wrestling with sort of the same kind of stuff that we wrestled with for a long time.Martin: Yeah, I think one of the things that's happening, that the Newhouse folks have taken the New Orleans paper as an example down to three days, and people are experimenting and things like that.Tony: They're doing Cleveland now.Martin: Cleveland, yeah.Tony: They're going to do it in Cleveland. People must say, 'That must make you feel good that you got out when you did.' It does not make me feel at all good that it's come to this, because I think it's incredibly sad for the country, because most newspapers have to cut back. It's the only way they can survive. And as a result in Monterrey, in San Jose, wherever you go, the citizens of these communities are not getting the kind of newspaper they deserve, and the politicians are able to do a lot of stuff they couldn't do before and there's...our watchdog role is really diminished across the country, and it's not getting any better. It's diminishing even more....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (33)

Tom Rogers

BIO: YES: Thomas "Tom" Rogers is President and CEO of TiVo I...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: It's April 5th. We're in New York. Martin Nisenholtz is interviewing Tom Rogers on the MSNBC deal. Tom, let's start. Let's go back to the MSNBC formation. One of the things that we've learned I'm not sure you were aware of this or not or whether it's even true, but we've learned it from interviewing the folks at CNN is that, initially, Bill Gates wanted to do the deal with CNN. Is that something that you recall? Did you know about that or not?Tom Rogers: I would say that Microsoft and CNN were having conversations at the time about how they might work together. We had had some contact with Microsoft. We felt that if they were interested in that kind of alliance, NBC could create a better opportunity for Microsoft to move forward in the media space than CNN could. We put together an approach to Microsoft. I remember that Andy Lack, then president of NBC News, and myself sat down with Bill Gates and basically pitched him on the assets and strengths of NBC and how a partnership between Microsoft and NBC might be put together. Obviously we were successful in getting him to think that we were a better way to go than CNN.Martin: Why did you want to work with Microsoft?Tom: There were two things that really drove that. One was, it was clear that we needed to have a broader catalyst for driving into new media. We had a number of Internet investments. NBC had been very aggressive, more aggressive than the other networks in driving into cable and cable news, and then international channel development. Our next great frontier was new media and the Internet frontier. We looked at Microsoft as a partner with a substantial amount of Internet traffic, a substantial amount of financial resource, and a substantial ambition to move forward in the media in some way. We were always about finding the right partners that could catalyze our involvements in a new area better. That was one.Two, we very much were looking to take a cable channel asset we had, which had been started as "America's Talking," and had been the vehicle through which retransmission consent, when it was initiated, was essentially paid for by cable operators; meaning, when retransmission consent as an FCC policy began,I made the decision, as head on NBC Cable at the time, that we were not likely to get direct cash payments for our broadcast station and network assets, but that the cable industry would be amenable to using a cable channel as consideration in the form of distribution and distribution fee payments.We had created a vehicle called "America's Talking" that had served as our mechanism to negotiate with the cable operators. At the time we crafted that channel, we devised a channel description that cable operators agreed to that gave us flexibility in terms of the balance of news and talk that could be produced on the channel.It certainly gave us a vehicle around which we could have a discussion about creating a more full fledged news channel. We had created CNBC and a business news channel, but had not had a general news platform.We knew that Microsoft was interested in that very platform because of the discussions they had had with CNN. We put this forward as a way they could have it and own 50 percent of it, and we would bring the full resources of NBC News to it. We were also looking for a partner that could help us fund and develop a broad news channel.The third piece of this was that we were very interested in how traditional news and Internet news could be fused into a single franchise where the two could be strengthened by some joint undertaking. The brand would stand for both forms of news. A viewer or user would be able to benefit by being able to go back and forth and understand how the two pieces fit together.That was the most revolutionary part. That was the part that probably, of the various elements and putting this together, was the rockiest, but that was very much the formative thinking around it.Martin: One of the things that keeps coming up in our conversations is this notion that news organizations just didn't really understand the technology. It sounds to me like part of your rationale was meant to solve that problem.Tom: We were being pretty ambitious. We were doing two things at once bringing a broadcast network operation into cable news, which, in and of itself, in the mid '90s, was a heavy lift; and making sure that the likes of a Tom Brokaw, Brian Williams, Tim Russert at the time were indicating their support and enthusiasm for it so we could get the spirit of the news organization behind it. At that point, CNN was developed enough and credible enough that people understood that getting a shot at a cable news vehicle was a good thing.Martin: But, to be clear, Fox had not yet launched.Tom: Fox had not yet launched. CNBC was about six years old. CNBC, in its inception within NBC, had had a much rockier road in terms of a cultural embrace. Here was an opportunity, one, to do that, at the same time do it with a partner, which was a somewhat different undertaking. We were the managing partner of the cable side, Microsoft was the managing partner of the Internet side, yet there was a great deal of operational discussion about how the two could be fused to strengthen both sides of the news equation.There were a lot of new elements here. Cable news was new. A highly produced Internet news franchise was new. Fusing the two was certainly new. There was a very ambitious lift to take place at once, all within the umbrella of a brand new partnership.Martin: Fair to say too ambitious, maybe, in retrospect?Tom: I would say that MSNBC developed into a major brand for a long time. I don't know the latest ratings now, but with the traffic from MSN, was the leading news site in terms of traffic for a great deal of time, with what was a very well regarded breadth of content. I think it certainly achieved an awful lot of metrics there that were signs of real success. The cable news side certain got the cultural embrace from NBC News, which was successful. It took longer for the ratings to come about. MSNBC obviously has morphed over the years into something different than it was originally anticipated, and was able to establish NBC News as the leading network in cable news between a business news franchise and a general news and talk franchise.The piece that was the most difficult was how do you fuse those two under a single brand. Not simply applying the brand to both that was achieved successfully, and the brand had a great deal of recognition but strengthen both sides by the fact that both new media, Internet news elements existed and cable news elements existed under a single umbrella. That part had some interesting attempts. I think it's fair to say that that was the part that was the slowest to come about.And then, past my time because I left NBC in 1999, essentially four years or so after it launched, there were enough friction that I think developed between the Microsoft and NBC partnership that the kind of things that you would need to really bring about how a television franchise and an Internet news franchise could strengthen each other by a close working relationship.That friction, from what I understand, got in the way of that really developing. A lot of those initial plans were abandoned. Both sides worked to develop the strength of their own within their own medium, and both continued to be reasonably successful at doing that. But the notion of a fused cable news and Internet news franchise symbiotically existing to strengthen each other through the interactivity one would constantly have between the two pieces never fully came to fruition.Martin: Let's talk about the business model for just a moment. I remember very distinctly in that era that for the first time, newspapers were colliding directly with cable operators and broadcasters and entrepreneurs like the Yahoo folks. We were all thrown into this one world wide web environment at once. Some of us had histories of charging for content. Others of us had histories of having subsidies, the cable folks, and others were pure broadcast folks with advertising alone.Did you ever think about at the time the idea that it might be a good idea to charge for the service given that there were no cable subsidies? In other words, you were committing to a one revenue stream business. As a cable guy, you must have thought, "Don't like this as much as cable," to be blunt.Tom: The dual revenue stream model that cable had in the subscriber fees that we had won for MSNBC through the retransmission consent negotiations gave us a great deal of confidence that ultimately that was a very strong business model. We had seen it develop in CNBC. We were owners of other cable channels. It was clear by the mid '90s that was a really powerful business model. It's only become more so.Our view was that it was going to take a much longer period of time for the business model around Internet news to develop. Microsoft had a much more aggressive vision of how quickly that would come about. I think that when they signed up for the deal, they expected the near term economic return to be much more favorable to them than it ended up being.That didn't really disappoint our expectations. I think it did disappoint their expectations, how much longer that model took to develop.No, we didn't really consider charging a subscription fee. Our view was that the strength of the MSNBC franchise would come from the breadth of its availability and access as a television and Internet based news source that one could come to at any time for any breaking news, for analysis and commentary across almost any subject. Our goal there was for it to complement and strengthen by its association with the cable news side, which we had a great deal of confidence in the economic model.Our view of that deal and how the deal was structured was clearly driven off of our optimistic view of cable, very long term view of what it would take for the Internet. Microsoft had a very bullish, near term view of the Internet. They were not as enraptured by what the cable economics might look like.Those disappointed expectations had something to do with the souring of the relationship with MSNBC. Ultimately, years later, that partnership dissolved.Martin: As someone very famous once said, "It's easy to connect the dots looking backwards." That's fine. With that caveat, do you think it was a mistake for the industry to embrace this broadcast model, this free model, at the outset? Would it have been a different industry had that not happened? Had people, more or less, not in any kind of collusive way, but just in the natural scheme of business, said, "This is an Internet site that's going to cost a lot of money to create over time. We think we need to have more than one revenue stream."Tom: Yes and no. I think that there were clearly opportunities to create some subscription elements in the magazine industry, for instance. The idea that the exact same content was put up for free for magazines that required subscriptions or newsstand sales. There wasn't any particular means by which you could financially benefit by providing the same content on a free basis. There were ways that one could have created stronger communities that either drove higher ad sales or select sources of information that might be more available on a subscription basis. There was a lot of not very well thought out thinking for many parts of the media industry when it came to how that could be implemented.If you're specifically talking about MSNBC, NBC News existed as a single source of support of information. It was advertising only where the model was "get it out as broadly as possible." Cable allowed us to perfect that model some by virtue of its dual revenue stream, but Internet advertising only was consistent with the core nature of how the broadcast news model had developed.I think that what was not necessarily thought through as well as it could have been is that the major source of support for broadcast news on television came with some players willing to put some pretty big bucks behind that franchise, which you saw on the "Today" show and "Nightly News" and other places where you'd see major investments in advertising on news.The way the Internet side was sold was "take any advertiser that will come." No deal was too small. You know the whole story of ratcheting down the CPMs of Internet news and information. There probably should have been far more care given to how much value is being delivered to the core advertisers, limiting one's rights to be able to promote and advertise against this whole new audience that was being brought in.Not devalue it by essentially subjecting it to a whole different set of dynamics in a totally lower priced advertising marketplace, but figuring out a way to be more patient about how the guys with the big bucks who were supporting big news, big names, big shows, big personalities could be brought in on an exclusive basis to the big audiences that they'd be happy to have reached and paid for if it had been part of their broader package that they were uniquely getting by virtue of the fact that they were television advertisers.I think that that piece of it probably was not as well thought through as it should have been.Martin: Part of the promise of that joint venture, as I remember it, was that by bridging to cable...It was very early. It was a narrowband world, a desktop world, no smart phones. A lot of the monitors on desktops weren't even in color. But it was visionary in the sense that you had the promise of bringing video to the web in a news context. How do you feel, in retrospect, about that? Did it develop in a way you thought it would, or has it not developed in a meaningful way? Interestingly, now that you're with TiVo, it's an interesting platform to look not only backwards at MSNBC but look forward as well.Tom: The guts of our pitch to Microsoft in terms of how their ambitions and vision for how the Internet was going to develop and the assets that NBC had had an awful lot to do with the exploitation of video on the web. In fact, one of the key things that I remember Andy Lack and myself pitching to Bill Gates was this enormous archive going back to 1948 of every major news event that had occurred that NBC news had the video for. We were willing to provide the Internet rights for that video to be exploited in an MSNBC online context.The constant renewal of additional news sources from NBC news, from CNBC, from MSNBC could be a phenomenal way of organizing on demand, more personalized news content that would make news and information in video form far more usable for the viewer than its broad broadcast done over the network.Martin: That hasn't developed even to this day.Tom: No. I would say that that was not given attention the way it should have, even though it was a core part of the initial thrust. Part of that was business model. Part of it was, is the advertising support for it there? Part of it was, is that ahead of where the marketplace is? It is a little more confounding that today, with the comfort level that people have in organizing their own news packages and more personalized views of what is going on, it is not a whole lot easier to take a vast video resource that includes what's going on and then context and background based on archival information that can give you an immediate context for anything that's breaking news. This is what has already happened. Putting it all together and packaging it more easily.We certainly view what TiVo is doing today, which is, how do you get people the best of what's out there when you have infinite content choice and putting it together in a highly personalized way. Part of what we deliver but part of the issue is, the great banks of news and information content haven't yet been organized in an on demand fashion that can take full advantage of the technology that people like us have.Martin: It's interesting. I'm renting an apartment in Cambridge. I have Internet access, but I didn't subscribe to cable just because it's very temporary and I'm not there that much. I went onto the web and I thought, "I'm going to find an on demand news source that I can just look at." There's nothing there because, I guess, the cable relationships preclude that and, for whatever reason, the broadcasters haven't re purposed to...Their relationships may preclude it as well. There's just no Internet news at this point that you can pull up on demand.Tom: The individual news sites have embedded video in an awful lot of their stories, both some that have cable or broadcast franchises and those that don't. What they don't have is the ability to easily pull out your areas of interest, put that together in your own personalized broadcast, and be able to create your own news show from, if the archive's big enough, a single source or, more importantly, from multiple sources. That really has not yet developed. What we see at TiVo, all video is going "get any content you want on demand wherever you want it, whenever you want it." The metadata tagging along with the retrieval capability will certainly happen so that what I just described and what was a key part of that MSNBC vision will certainly come to light. But you're right, it is not there for the consumer in any kind of easy form today.Martin: When will it be? Do you have a clue?Tom: I see where we are today. Everything about customizing and personalizing the experience and what we do today. We probably deliver for a TiVo customer seven, eight million pieces of entertainment content that ranges across everything. The ability to customize and personalize that is all about the metadata you have that tags it what it is, what category, what does it relate to, and then what your own personal interests are and, increasingly, your social network's interests as a form of recommendation. You pull all of that together to present a unique dashboard just for that user of what they would care about.I think we're seeing our ability to perfect that ingestion and massaging of the data in a way that you could really put together that highly personalized video news content in the next few years. That won't be a foreign concept.Martin: Do you think that gets provided by entrepreneurs, by existing incumbent players, or both?Tom: To make it broadly available, you're going to need probably an existing player who's providing software throughout the cable world like we are, to weave that through the bowels of some pretty difficult plumbing that cable operators have to make that broadly available. My guess is, there'll be some entrepreneurs in there that help in some way to facilitate some piece of the chain. Undoubtedly, it will require the great providers of video, news, and information and their deep archives to be part of that, as well. I imagine it will pull from all those sectors.Martin: The last question before we quit. My colleague, John Huey, has this metaphor. If you go back 30 years, there's this very, let's say, vicious tide that begins to take shape with the development of digital and certainly with the big bang of the web. Then there are the swimmers who have to navigate their way. The news industry is not, in general, in great shape. I'm talking about the institutional news industry. Can you identify any single decision or set of decisions that you think might have changed the course of that tide, in retrospect? In other words, was this an inevitable tide that was going to bring down these swimmers, or could the individual swimmers have controlled the tide a little bit better?Tom: You mean the force of...Martin: The force of technology is the tide. In other words, it's this inexorable, almost a force of nature occurring to what is a traditional institutional journalism process. Whether that process is at a broadcast network or at a cable company or at a newspaper or magazine, it's this notion of Internet protocol seeping in. The idea in the newspaper industry. The things like Craig's List come about. Craig Newmark didn't come in to disrupt the newspaper industry. He just wanted to sell couches in San Francisco to his friends. He wanted to create a platform to sell couches. It's this almost drive by shooting, not to mix metaphors, that occurs.Tom: I don't think there's any doubt that when you look at...Having been in both the print industry, the video industry, and the more broadly new technology industries, and you look at how each have handled the onslaught of technology, or the wave as you say, the video world has handled it much better than the print world. By virtue of that, it's hard to say that individual players individual companies making decisions differently or industries making decisions differently can affect how the tides play out.Martin: Can you be a little more specific? How did the video industry...? Aside from the fact that there's a cable infrastructure that locks people into that today. 10 years from now, we could be sitting here, and that would be a thing of the past. What specifically do you mean?Tom: Broadcast network viewing has gone through all the erosion, in some instances more the erosion, than print has, but the model's been able to be sustained through figuring out different ways to exploit the creation of content, be there sister cable channels, video on demand windows, over the top aggregators, or other ways that the notion of technology is going to provide new and different ways for people to access content. The fact that that exists in and of itself doesn't mean that the model for the players providing that content has to be destroyed. I'd be the first to admit that broadcast and cable players have made some missteps, haven't moved as quickly as they should, and right now have their own set of threats from how quickly over the top might develop and a la carte programming access and some other things which could provide much more serious threats to their models than anything that has developed so far.Over the last 15 years or so, they have managed that transition incredibly better than the print side did. I would argue there were a lot of things that might have been done differently, that might have changed the ability of the print model to grow with technology as opposed to have been so undermined from it.Martin: Can you think of one or two things? I think it would be very interesting to get your thoughts about what one or two of those things might have been, given that you ran PriMedia, which was a print.Tom: One of the obvious ones, which is a bit of a head scratcher today, is that getting magazines to a form that can be easily digested, conveniently digested in digital form was a much bigger struggle than it should have been. iPads have been around for a while now, which arguably finally created the best way for a digital transition to something that takes advantage of publications that are heavy with imagery. The magazine industry created something called Next Issue. I find almost no magazine subscriber is aware of what "Next Issue" is, yet it is owned by Time, Condé Nast, Hearst, Meredith, and others. All the great magazines are available at a monthly subscription price that gives unbelievable convenience to the subscriber to be able to enjoy a magazine experience that's unparalleled from anything the magazine industry has previously developed.You don't know about it. You don't hear about it. It's a good model. It looks like it's a subscription based model that helps these guys, that preserves the advertising. It gets rid of all the overhead paper, distribution, and the excess newsstand sales cost that gets them out of unprofitable subscriptions and turns it into profitable subscriptions.Yet here's an industry that still doesn't seem to be able to embrace that digital future. That's a very different approach than the video guys, who certainly aren't models of always high speed action, but certainly have been able to stay enough ahead of technological change to not have their models so fully undermined....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (34)

Brent Schlender

BIO: YES: Brent Schlender, 60 years old, is a writer, editor...

TRANSCRIPT: John: I'm here in San Mateo with my old colleague, Brent Schlender and we're going to talk about journalism and the digital disruption and the last 20 or so years. Brent, let me start off by going through the arc of your career, how you got into journalism, and now into covering technology. Brent: OK. Well, it all starts really back in college when I was...I really didn't go to school intending to become a journalist. I studied English Literature primarily. I originally went because I thought I wanted to be a pediatrician, but did not do well in chemistry. Anyway, I just found that literature was easy and I had a knack for it. That's what I studied, but one of the things I wanted to do, as I started getting a little more ambitious about, "What do you do with literature? You become a professor or you do research in literature." I had this idea of, because I was interested and always had been interested, in things technological of using computers to analyze literary style. I decided, "This may just be a completely stupid idea. I'd better take some computer science." I took some computer science courses. I didn't get a full minor in it, but I took a lot of computer science courses. John: You programmed? You did... Brent: I did Fortran and Basic...not Basic, but Cobol, and designed databases. That's what I had a real flare for was relational databases. This was before Oracle, and even the relational databases that IBM was selling at that time, but they were teaching this in universities. This was back in the mid-'70s. I also had a night job. I was a computer operator -- they called them back then -- for a bank in Lawrence, Kansas, where the University of Kansas is. Every night from midnight until about four, I would do the daily processing of all the transactions for four different banks on those big mainframe computers. I learned how to do that, and got more familiar with the steps, the infrastructure of computing back then. All the programming we did was on mainframes at the university. It was this arms-length thing that you did when you worked with computers back then. I understood it. As soon as you take the programming classes, it ceases to be so intimidating, because you realize it is a language in a way. But it's a language of logic more than a language of words. If you can define a problem and figure out the steps required to solve it, that's what a program is. It's fun. I like that kind of mental challenge. I didn't get anywhere with my idea of parsing language with it, because I was an undergraduate, and that would have been for like a Ph.D. program. I did that, and it was fun. I'd had friends who were computer geeks, so it was part of my milieu back then. They weren't foreign to me. When I got out of the undergraduate degree, my English professors, I was very lucky I had some that I got to be pretty close to. They all said, "You do not want to be a professor. Don't be a professor. This is, talk about a dead-end career." "You have an outgoing personality, you write fast. You write nice stuff fast, quickly, so why don't you go to the journalism school and get a master's degree in journalism?" I said, "Journalism? That's not an academic, that's not a real discipline." I said, "I'll think about it," and I laid off for a year and ran a Kinko's in Lawrence. Then got bored, realized then that I was, no way would I ever be a decent businessman. I went and enrolled in the Graduate School of Business. Unfortunately, those old English professors had friends there, so they paid attention to me when I joined. Very fortunately, for me, right after, right during the very first year of what was a two year program, I was picked to be the summer intern at the Wall Street Journal. They picked, generally took one person every year from the University of Kansas Journalism School. I went to Dallas and worked that summer with John Huey and some other people that were pretty memorable. That was for just three months, but it was a wonderful experience because, hey, what did I know about business? I didn't know anything about business. But, in fact, I was of the generation that, business was really kind of evil. I went, "What in the world, why do I want to do this? Maybe I should write about them as the enemy." I don't know. But as soon as you get to the Journal, it's all about discipline at the Journal, about doing things well, doing them right and being independent about it. They basically throw you in the deep end and see if you can swim. That's the quickest way for them to find out if you're going to be able to teach yourself what you need to learn to write about business, because you have, basically, it's learning. I did OK that first summer. Went back to school and school was not very much fun after that because it was really kind of a heady experience to do what they asked us to do. I don't know, I went back and hoped that they would say, "Why don't you quit graduate school and come to work for us." I just didn't get the call, yet, right away. I continued to do a lot of work on the side for the Kansas City. It's called the Star now. It was the Times. It was the morning bigger paper then. They've all merged. That was actually a very good experience doing that and going to school at the same time and just learning more about the details. Because like I said, I wasn't, I had not intended to be a journalist at all. I needed to learn some of the basics, like how you interview somebody. Anyway, I was fortunate that I made a good impression during that internship. The following spring, they had an opening and they called me up and they said, "Are you willing to drop out of school and come to work here?" And so I did. That's how I got into journalism. A long story. John: But how did you get, how did you go from, you had the interest in tech from, obviously, what you said about the literature, undergrad. How did you go from, we both know at the Journal there are beats. There wasn't technology per se in Dallas. How did you gravitate toward that? Brent: Well, actually, there was tech, now, too, in Dallas. John: What? Brent: Yeah, Dallas was a really good bureau, actually. Dallas was a great bureau, because it had airlines. John: Airlines? Brent: It was responsible for, basically, the home building industry because there were three or four large, national home building companies that were based there. The savings and loan industry was huge in Texas so there was a lot of banking there. A lot of banking in Texas, too. The oil business was there so we all had to know about oil. We had to know a lot about oil and gas just to work there. On top of all that, there was Texas Instruments, which was in Dallas, and there's Tandy Corporation, which was really one of the first big PC companies in Forth Worth. Down in San Antonio was an interesting company called Data Point that was kind of like Digital Equipment Corporation. It was a mini computer maker, but it also had some early ideas about possibly making something that's more like a personal computer. They also had some corruption in the finance part of that, which I wrote about. That eventually brought the company down. In Denver, there was a company called Storage Technology that was basically the largest manufacturer of what they call storage subsystems which were basically big, gigantic disc drive systems or mainframes and mini computers. There were numerous other technology companies in the southwest. Nobody in the bureau really wanted to write about the technology companies because they were intimidated by trying to understand what the nuances of both the technologies and their businesses were. Nobody really wanted it. I was very interested in this because I'd worked on them. I wasn't scared of writing about them. It was still considered a secondary industry in Dallas. My first real job was to write about airlines, right about the time that American Airlines moved to Dallas. We had American and Southwest and something called Texas International. We had Braniff, which went bankrupt -- the very first airline that ever went bankrupt. I wrote about all this stuff for the first year. Then I kept saying, "You know, we really need to have somebody focus on all these tech companies because this stuff is getting interesting." Tandy, they started out with leather tooling kits for people. There's somebody very intelligent over there who realized these personal computer type things that are beginning to emerge...this is like in 1979 when I got there. Tandy, actually, was the largest maker of personal computers for a while. John: TRS80s? Brent: We didn't have them in the bureau. We still used Olivetti typewriters. It's still typewriters and faxes and teletype machines. We had a teletype operator that we would write our stories up and she would punch them and send them to New York. It was really backward back then. You can see why people were a little intimidated with this notion of computing, because they just didn't have any personal contact with it. But, it was beginning to bubble up. I just said, "Somebody's got to follow this stuff. I think maybe you ought to have me do it because at least I know what this stuff is and what it can do, and I think it's going to be an interesting business." They started asking me to do that, but it still was not considered a full-time thing, so I was still somewhat responsible for airlines, although Bill Carley was in New York and he was the lead airline guy. That was good because then I didn't have to have full responsibility. It worked pretty well. It was during that time I thought, "Gee, I really would like to get out to California," because I was aware of Apple, I was aware of Intel. While I was working in Dallas, the IBM PC came out, and I rushed right out the first day to buy one. I bought one at the local Business Land store there, one of the first in Dallas, and brought it home. I didn't know what I was going to do with it, but I knew I wanted to have one. Again, fooling with it. So I did. It was not a really satisfying experience, really, to begin with. At least, I had it and I could start tinkering with it. I didn't even put Microsoft's operating system in, I put in something called CPM, which was the other operating system that they put in there. Just because it was older and a little more proven and there was a game that I wanted to play that was available for CPM. I did that. Then everybody thought, "Man, he's a real geek." I programmed it to when I was out of town, because I traveled a lot for the Journal, I programmed it to have a screen flash, "Alarm System Armed, Alarm System Armed,” because we had problems in my neighborhood with burglars. Funniest thing that happened was about a year later, they had assigned me, I started writing about Central America because it was something everybody in Dallas, if they stayed there long enough, would cycle through and get their first taste of being a foreign correspondent. That went really well for me. I did that for a while. It was completely different from high tech, but it was really fascinating and interesting. It was where I met my wife. She's from Nicaragua. At any rate, I would go on those trips down there. I got burglarized once when I was in Central America, and they stole my suits, they stole my microwave oven, they stole my stereo and my speakers, they stole my underwear, but they left the computer. John: That was then. Brent: Yeah, that was then. That just shows that, yeah, maybe I was a little ahead of my time thinking that that was valuable. At any rate, I wrote a lot about high tech stuff. I met Jack Kilby, the other inventor of the microchip. I bet both of them, Robert Noyce, out here. They both had tremendous respect for each other. It's kind of like Charles Darwin, and I can't remember the name of the other guy. Two people who came up with the same idea at the same time. These guys were much more dignified toward each other and respectful. I just knew that if I'm going to write about business this probably would be the best thing for me because I understand this stuff far better than most people in journalism. I didn't know anything about trade magazines. I'm sure they were full of people who knew a lot about it. In the mainstream, national publications nobody knew much of anything about it. I knew there was an opportunity here. However, I liked this foreign correspondence stuff. I was hoping to move with you guys over to Europe. John: Over to Brussels, yeah. Brent: For some reason, I will never know the real back story behind this because I was told, "Yeah, that's a real possibility," and then suddenly I get a call that said, "Would you like to move to Hong Kong?" This was like wow. We'd just gotten married, literally. The day I found this out my wife found out she was pregnant. I didn't know how to say no. I said, "I guess Europe's out, huh?" "No, the job we're offering you. Why don't you take this one?" She comes home, finds out the pregnancy test she's pregnant. Well, we're moving to Hong Kong. John: When it rains it pours. Brent: The state of mind we would have been in if we had moved there without her being pregnant is we would have loved it because we would have rambled all over Asia and explored it all and seen it all. Imagine showing up in Hong Kong having morning sickness. That's what she dealt with. It was a little tough, and it wasn't quite what we had in mind. Still, great experience. After a year and a half, I could tell this is not really working. This is not as interesting a job as what I had before. Then we had a management change over there, and I didn't really particularly like the new boss. I just started making noise to people I knew back in the US. They moved me first to Los Angeles, basically put me in a holding pattern to get me into San Francisco because everyone knew that's what I wanted to do. Everyone knew I knew about computers, and it was really beginning to heat up there. The problem was they had a management change there, too, so that had to be sorted out. Anyway, I was in LA for 11 months, and then they moved us up here. From then on, I was the guy that wrote about Silicon Valley. Now they have 7 or 11 or I can't remember how many people. It was just me for three or four years. It was exhausting because everything was exploding back then. This was 1985 through 1989. This is when Bill Gates became a billionaire, this is when Steve Jobs was kicked out of Apple, this is when Intel basically crushed the rest of the semiconductor industry, this is when there was this great fear that Japanese semiconductor makers were going to wipe out all the memory chip makers. IBM was tangling with Bill Gates. AT&T was a big player in computing back then, too. Sun Microsystems emerged. All these things happened. Sun was the company that got to a billion dollars in revenue faster than any other industrial company in history. That happened during this period of time. All these things were happening. It was just like spot news, all tech, all day long, every week. I didn't have time to write very many feature stories. John: Tell me this, in the midst of all that going on in the late '80s and late '90s, was there a eureka moment for you in the sense that the world of tomorrow is going to be different than the world of today? Brent: That? I had that long before. John: Long before that? Brent: Yeah, that was really when IBM PC came out when I realized. I had been paying attention to what Tandy had done and was very interested in personal computers. I'd read about Apple. I didn't have an Apple computer. The Mac wasn't out yet. It was the Apple II had just come out in '79. This is about the time I went to work there. I just hadn't gotten around to buying one. Then I heard about the IBM one. Typical me, I just waited for that. Instantly, I could tell that there's so much investment going into this. I learned enough about business by then to recognize an up and coming business when I saw one. I understood the dynamics of Moore's Law very early and was fascinated by the escalator effect of that very, very early. John: Did you think that escalator effect would also transform society as a whole that quickly? Brent: All you had to do was look at the numbers. It was doubling every 18 months. That's exponential growth. That means in five years, it's 20 times bigger. It's 20 times the performance. That means it costs 1/20th. What costs a dollar costs a nickel in four years. This is a different kind of economic phenomenon than we've ever seen. Journalism beat that much basic economics into me that I understood that and I thought, "There's something that's going to happen here." The other thing that was going on...and this is something that I've actually written about obliquely a lot since way back then. It was basically the beneficiary of technology generally starts -- because it's so expensive, at least to first develop it - - starts with the government or the military. They're the only ones that can afford something that's been invented that's truly new and costs a lot to make. If there is a predictable reduction in cost, it inevitably will move from there to big business, from there to medium sized business and smaller business, and from there to being within the means of consumers if it can be designed into a product that made sense to consumers. That's a different kind of ingenuity to figure out what is appropriate for each of these levels. It's hard. That, conceptually, is as hard as it is to make the technology improve like that, to figure out how to put it to use. That, to me, was fascinating, figuring out how you can put these chips to use doing something other than guiding a missile. Once companies had these big mainframes, then they needed to start rethinking how they do their accounting and how they count stuff. Then, after a while, they began to look at the data, and they could see trends and dynamics in their business that they could never see before. That, in turn, changes the businesses and the way they work. That's fascinating to me, too. John: Did you see it potentially affecting the way of journalism, the way you tell stories? The craft that you were practicing, did you see it as potentially changing that, too? Brent: What I knew was I couldn't wait to get better tools that these guys are making so it's a very selfish thing. I remember when I was in Central America I finally got this little Tandy... John: TRS80. Brent: ...portable -- yeah, trash 80 -- little thing with a cup modem thing that even worked down there. Until then, I had to stay up until 1:00 in the morning to use the hotel's teletype machine to punch a tape to send a story in all capital letters to New York. Only after I got that was I able to just...I wasn't able to print it out because we didn't have printers, but I was able to write something on this little computer, stay in my room, stick the cups on the phone, dial it up, and send it in, and it was in much cleaner form and easier and quicker for the editors to deal with. It was a revelation to do that. Because of my inclination, I pushed it far more, probably, than anybody at the journal initially because it was perfect and I wasn't afraid of it. It didn't surprise me a bit that after the PC came along -- even after Apple II -- but mostly after the PC came along because publishers began to think, "Maybe I need to experiment with these.” A lot of publications would have people that were intrigued by this and could see there was potential here. Back then, too, especially in magazines, it was a little different. They had dedicated computer systems before newspapers did because the frequency of publication. It was easier to design a technology that replicated what they did. As I used to tell people, our deadlines are on the calendar not on the watch. They were actually a little bit ahead with computers but not with personal computers. Newspapers were the ones that really jumped on personal computers. Once that happened and journalists started using it, I think that made a big difference because it made people who worked for newspapers, they were actually customers of these companies. They were PC users. They were amongst the very first PC users that pushed them hard and that relied upon them. I remember when we got them at the journal and got these weird AT&T things with an orange screen, which I liked. I thought the orange screen was nice. I just remember we didn't have those at the Kansas City paper when I was working there. We didn't have anything remotely like that. It was just IBM Selectrics there. Once you become a consumer of the technology, it makes you more interested in it. In fact, I think it's created, in some ways, blind spots for a lot of journalists because they're so caught up in what the technology will do for them that they lose sight of the bigger picture. All they care about stuff that they can use. What was really going on was far broader and more systemic than just journalists getting better tools. There was a groundswell of interest in personal computers as soon as journalists were using them themselves. They looked at them as a consumer would look at them or as a user would look at them. That was a really good thing because it demystified things more quickly. You just heard about it more. It's both good and bad. I think they lost sight of the larger industry or the larger potential and where it really was going to be leading because they're so caught up in what it does for them, but it still was good. John: To a great extent, at that point, you were the ideal journalists covering tech. They were the focus of these companies, in a way, because you got their message out. Not you personally, but people covering tech got their message out. Brent: I was fascinated by the game they were playing. I was just as fascinated by how do you make this stuff. It's an ongoing race and you have to eat your own young. This incredible metabolism that this business has to have because of that escalator effect. For me, it meant there's a perpetual motion machine so there's always something to write about because something's always changing. It's not like Wrigley's gum. They still make spearmint, they still make juicy fruit and they made it 120 years ago. John: This was change or die. Brent: Yeah, and it's eat your young, too. It took a different kind of personality. There was a certain revolutionary aspect to it, especially the personal computer stuff as they were beginning to drive this into the hands of individuals. Jobs, in particular, was able to capture the zeitgeist of that in that famous Apple 1984 ad. It really drove home the point that Apple's trying to put the power of computing into the hands of the individual. It was a zeitgeist message and it was important. But what Bill Gates recognized is that this architecture that he had come up with that was standardized between his software and Intel's microprocessor chips could subsume anything that anybody ever called a computer before. It was a much bigger ambition. It could do what super computers did if you designed it right. It could do what mainframes did. That's where the money was. If you could standardize it, you could make the escalator effect move even faster. Nobody's wasting money on product development. We're all building the same thing. Gates caught on to the real business potential of this escalator effect if you could standardize it. Jobs just missed this. He was so idealistic about putting great tools in the hands of individuals that he just missed it, missed that part. John: Here you are. You're caught in this. You and your colleagues are caught in this ever-evolving, faster paced world. You're both fascinated and seduced. How did you keep your skepticism? Brent: How do I...? John: How do you keep your skepticism? Brent: That's a good question. Skepticism. It isn't that much skepticism because these people really were trying to invent the future, basically. They were trying to design a business that didn't yet exist and trying to design the infrastructure for things that don't yet happen. In a sense, they live in the future. What's here and now isn't relevant. What they're working on is what they hope will be here. Yeah, it doesn't exist, but it's what they want to make. It's really easy to maybe exaggerate a little bit where you're going to be by here. John Sculley was a perfect example of this, of somebody who got so caught up in the vision-thing that he was describing absurd things. Whereas others made promises they couldn't keep, not quite like that, not like Sculley's pie-in-the -sky scenarios. They would promise more than they could deliver. There are a lot of great sayings in Silicon Valley. One is "Don't mistake a clear view for a short distance." You can imagine what this will do, what this technology will do, when the chips can do this and the disc drives can hold this much and it costs this much. Each one of those things has to happen before you can put it all together. Then you've got to make sure it doesn't break something that you already have that you're relying upon. There's all this backward compatibility stuff that you have to preserve if you don't want to harm your existing customers. John: Here are two questions. They're linked questions. I'll ask the first one first. One of the changes you've lived through in covering tech and covering the Valley and covering this transition is the difference between you and your audience, the distance between you and your audience. When you start off, every once in a while a letter would come in the mail from some reader asking X. We came in through email at one point asking X. It was a closer connection. Now you're on networks asking X. How has that changed your job? Brent: I'm not as good a person to ask about that because ever since I lost my hearing almost 10 years ago I haven't been as active in journalism. I've written a few big things and I tried writing some columns for a while, but it's a handicap that's hard to deal with as a typical journalist. I've just found other ways to do what I do that aren't so time sensitive and aren't tied to a big publication so much. I don't know. I always took criticism or comments from readers really seriously, because in the early days, they had to work to get it to us. It's just like my mother's handwritten letters were special. My dad now since email...and they're really special, too, because I never dreamed he would learn to use email because he's 90 so that's a bad example. As it's gotten more immediate, it's gotten -- I don't know how to say this -- it becomes more noisy, more like noise. What's really changed isn't so much the medium of whether it's email or written letter or a postcard or a text or that. What's changed is that the people who write to you are playing to the audience, too. They're playing to your audience and they're trying to use their comments about what you say or their criticisms of you to try to talk to your audience, too. There's a certain amount of grandstanding to it that makes it less personally meaningful as interpersonal communications. It's just showing off a lot. In a way, I can understand it because why are we so lucky to be the ones that get the ink? Hopefully, we earned it. What do they do to have the right to comment to it? Nothing. They just submitted something. They didn't even have to put their name on it. It cheapens the quality of the communication. That I don't like and I keep telling people maybe I'm just too old for this because I don't have thick enough skin to just ignore that. It bothers me. I don't like it. On the other hand, I realize that it's being a prima donna to say that I'm the only one that has the soapbox. I don't know. There's a cultural change that's happened, too. John: Another of the changes, you might say, is in the relationship between technology companies and journalists. At one point, the journalists who covered tech were the main pipeline to the wider audience. Now, to some people they're feeling disintermediated, that they're bypassed. They're going direct to the audience and not through the journalist. Brent: I think it depends on who the audience is. One of the reasons it was so great to work for the Wall Street Journal or Fortune is that we were considered to be a pipeline of information to the investing public. Public corporations, the most important thing for them is to create a good impression of the prospects as an investment vehicle. Of course, they wanted to talk to us because other investors tended to read our publications. The thing is that technology back when I started, those are the customers, too. The customers were the corporations. Even after the first big surge of personal computing, it very quickly became clear that it was corporations that were buying most of the PCs. The personal computer -- the P stands for personal -- was really just a tiny fraction of the overall market. This really accelerated over time up until about 2000. Basically, the PC architecture insinuated itself into every kind of computing you could think of -- ATMs, cash register, factory floors, every airline in the world uses PCs for booking reservations. That's where the numbers were. When people talk about the 750 million PCs operating out there in the US, that's where they are, most of them. But this is where things began to change around 2000. As the consumer became a more profound component of the purchasing power for what we call technology, the dynamics of everything changed. Now, it's more important to sell to people and have them buy your stuff than to drive your stock price. What you really need is you need to ride this incredible potential growth curve that this shift from 25 million potential customers with corporations to 6 billion people. There's a huge curve ahead there. The more you begin to sell to that, it doesn't matter. It's going to grow so fast that your stock is going to take care of itself. They don't have to care about investors so much. What they really care about is winning the word of mouth war so that if there's going to be another equivalent of a PC standard set that they get it so that they can ride that escalator. It's a different game. Where the money comes from is now consumers for a lot of these things. Not all of it, but for a lot of it. When the volume hits a certain point, that's what drives how the component suppliers define their business. Then what we're having, instead of having the US Air Force pushing the leading edge of technology we're having smart phone users, and that's what's driving really big advances in things. Now, it's different, very, very, very, very different. I've talked to Bill Gates about this. What's going to happen when Moore's Law flames out and we really do hit the smallest feature size possible and the escalator just stops? He says, "I don't like to think about that." John: Let me get this. Brent: Oh, thanks. That's what we've seen here. It's happened a few times in history where something comes along that has a multiplicative effect economically in really broad ways. Steam power was one of them. Domesticated plants and animals was one of them. There aren't that many, but every once in a while one hits. It pushes both humanity and the economic creative power forward in huge surges. Then, at a certain point, it hits its limit and then something else has to come along. John: Let's step back a minute. You were in the midst of the scrum. How do you think journalism at large did at covering this? Brent: I don't know. Like I said a while back, one of the problems is that it's just too easy to think of...As things get more consumer-like, the product gets more consumer-like, it gets easier and easier to get caught up in what it does for you personally. That makes it hard for you to be very objective about what this really means either as a technology or as a business ploy or whatever. You're just so caught up. You want that sapphire glass screen so bad that if it doesn't have it, this phone sucks. That's not a service to people for you to tell them what you want. It's more of a service for you to tell them what is possible. Why is it possible? Why is it not possible? What's a reasonable thing to expect here? Why is there resistance against adding this kind of capability to this? Why is Google dangerous? Why does Facebook feel it's OK to conduct psychological experiments on their users? Things like that are easy to just not ask because you're really more concerned about what you can do with it. That happens a lot, more with the hardware stuff than the software. My biggest issue right now is it's the cacophony factor. There are so many voices out there, and there's an echo chamber effect, too. It's like this cacophonous echo chamber. Everybody wants to try to say something every day of significance when, as fast as things move...it doesn't move that fast. There are certain watersheds and milestones. Like Steve Jobs used to say, you can only connect the dots in hindsight. If you're smart, you might connect them going forward but even Steve didn't claim to do that. Sometimes you just have to let things play out to really fully grasp what they mean when they get out there into the hands of the people that actually use them. It's very easy to criticize impulsively and there's a lot of pressure for people to make judgments and statements because they have to make something newsworthy, there has to be some newsworthiness. John: Yeah. Brent: To me, it gets to be noise and that's the one thing I regret a little bit about it because it's hard to stand out in that noise and help people see something. I remember, at Fortune, one of the things we always talked about was what really is our purpose? It was a magazine, we don’t come out every day. We had a website, but we're not very good at that. I always would argue, I said, "We're supposed to do one of two things. We're supposed to tell people either how we got here or where it's likely that we're going. This point is either an endpoint or a beginning point." That's what we did. That's our service to people, to give them some sense of how we got here and that there may be lessons for the future from that, or maybe it's just a good story. Looking forward, you've got to be careful about that, because we don't know. That's why I'd much rather write the how-we-got-here story, than predict, because you can always get egg on your face if you predict. John: One last question. Given that about this point, looking forward, looking back, I'm going to ask with all the noise out there, are you optimistic or pessimistic about journalism as a craft going forward? Brent: I'm both. There's more opportunity for people to express themselves than ever before. But, it's harder to find an audience, a significant audience than it's ever been before. It's hard for established brands just to hang onto their volume. It is really splintered. I guess that means you don't have as much power as before. That's regrettable if you've had power and you're used to it. What I worry about is we live in this winner- take-all-world now. It seems like. In a way, Microsoft set the tone for this with the PC standard. And it has become considered to be conventional wisdom now that there can only be one big winner. That's what every struggle is for and that is going to be true in most industries. It's true in Hollywood, and in pop culture, and music. It seems true. I don't think it's true. But, I think it's a little scary to think that all you can do is win or lose, and then there are only a few winners. That worries me a little bit. I like the way it was, best, probably in the '90s, when things were still, in journalism I'm talking about now, where we were still feeling our way into what this was going to be and what it's going to be like, because you have tremendous potential. It's wonderful. I use it all day long. I still don't think it's found its legs yet, completely. I thought print was really good back then and kind ofreached its zenith. I look at TV now, and TV to me is, I'm talking about dramatic TV, it's the golden age for television now. There is better storytelling on TV than in the movie theaters. It's a different kind of storytelling. They've finally figured it out that a TV series is an incredibly rich medium to build high-quality digital drama. It really is. You can develop characters. You can do things you can't do in movies. It's wonderful. I hope something like that happens with this digital media because words are still important and people still like to communicate in words. Writing is really good because it nails down ideas. It doesn't freeze them, but it gets them down so you can hold them and examine them. John: Tangible. Brent: Yeah, and it's an important thing. That's better than just looking at a clip, oh isn't this drawing cool. The world is a complicated place and sometimes words are the only way you can understand it. John: Yeah. Excellent. That's a perfect endpoint because that's where we all began, words. Brent: Yeah. I'm not that pessimistic. I just think it's going to take a little while for...and it's going to be people younger than me who figure this out because it's going to take some time and they're going to have build their own reputations. I was really lucky. It was like nobody quite knew this was going to be like this. I was very lucky too, in that I worked at a time when people who were really significant only had to deal with maybe a half a dozen publications. If you could build a good relationship with one of these key people, it would pay off in much better stories and you build trust, you build a personal relationship. Not that you're trying to satisfy them but that they know you're going to be fair. Its not gotcha journalism.That was what I'm most proud of is being able to build these one-on-one relationships, where there's mutual respect. We both recognize what our jobs are and they respect what we're trying to do and we respect what they're trying to do. That's harder to do when you never meet them. John: Yeah. Absolutely right. Well, excellent. Thank you very much....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (35)

Eric Schmidt

BIO: YES: Eric Schmidt (born April 27, 1955) is an American ...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: We're here with Eric Schmidt at Google on April 1, 2013. Eric, we've talked to quite a few people, but most of the folks we've talked to Arthur Sulzberger, Don Graham came to this collision through journalism. They were journalists first or they were running or part of journalistic organizations first and then digital came upon them. You came to it from a very, very different place. You were one of the first employees at Sun and then CEO of Novell and of course CEO of Google. When did it first occur to you that the technology was really going to have a profound impact on journalism?Eric: I think when Google News was invented. It was the first time we saw that a simple tool that could literally aggregate common stories could be so useful and that people would be so worried about it. Because everyone saw the same thing, which was that a lot of news gathering was really aggregation. It wasn't the hardcore reporting that we always celebrate.Martin: OK. Google News happens and the next thing that begins to occur is that there's a schism in the thinking of the industry. On the one side are folks who are very open to Google News and open to the idea of aggregation. On the other, and I won't mention any names...John: Well you were one of those.Martin: And I was one of those, right. But there are folks who believe that you're fundamentally violating if not violating copyright, certainly extending the spirit of fair use. Can you just comment on that schism and how...Eric: On the legal matter, this has been tested many times and we were clearly on the right. Our argument about Google News at the time, which is still true, is that we send a great deal of traffic to the websites. We don't ourselves make copies of the stuff. We actually take the customer who's on Google anyway and we send them to your site. The problem of course is that when the customer comes to your site you don't necessarily get the same amount of money that you did when they purchased your print subscription or your print newspaper. But the fact of the matter is there's both a legal principle but also as a traffic outcome we were pretty happy with we were doing. We thought that we were helping newspapers.Martin: And in part you were also helping to monetize the traffic as well.Eric: But our monetization on Google News was essentially zero. We did in fact have a set of advertising products that you could use as a newspaper, indeed the New York Times and others did that. But the fact of the matter is, we were helped by the fact that we never got around to running ads against Google News. Because no one could say well we were somehow making money from Google News, because we were not.Martin: Right, yeah.John: Google is obviously about a lot of things other than news. You have many other interests and strategic matters of importance. Long before Google News you surely realized that the business model around traditional journalism was being disrupted by advertising issues, which they had been built around. Was Google News in any way because if you take the view that Google News can be very benign to the news business, was it in any way a reaction to that? Or was it strictly aimed at the consumer?Eric: Google News was a simple, straightforward innovation. A particular engineer on his own decided to write a product that would aggregate news and organize it this way. To give you an example of how new this was, I remember giving a presentation about it as we announced it at Northwestern in Chicago. Afterward one of the questions was, what bias does your newspaper have? I said, none. It's computers. But I thought to check and I went back to the office and I sat down with the engineer and I said, "I just want to make sure that there's no bias, no liberal or political bias," and he said, "No, none of that." Engineers have a way of answering questions precisely where you know they're not completely covering the answer. So I suspected, are there any other kind of biases? And he said, "Yes," and I said, "What?" "Cricket." I said, "Cricket?" and he said, "Yes. I love cricket." I said, "You put in a boost for cricket in Google News," he said, "Absolutely." That explains why we saw so many cricket stories. We have since fixed that.John: Could we back just a little bit before we get too deeply into the whole issue of news, just go back to your beginnings at Google and what the business model was when you arrived, what you found, and how it progressed through the whole paid search advertising part of the business.Eric: Google today is pretty much the same as it has been since I've been here. Since 2001 the majority, 97, 98% of our revenue comes from ads of one kind or another. These little ads that come along with our search results which are targeted to what you were looking for, people auction and people click on them and we make a lot of money from that and we do it globally and it works extremely well. That's not changed very much and I don't think it will change very much in the next while.Martin: OK. Do you mind if I go back to Google News?John: No, no.Martin: OK. Let's fast forward three or four years, maybe a little longer than that, five years. It's now 2006 or '7 and I look, I don't want to ascribe any reason or motivation for your having come visited us at the Times, but I got the sense that you at that point did realize that either Google could be helpful in moving the digital journalism world along, or you felt that there was some problem with the business model that you could be helpful with. What motivated that series of interactions?Eric: After Google went public Google News became quite successful from a traffic perspective and there was a lot of press coverage about how Google was going to take over whole industries. Many fears, largely unfounded in my view. But we did an analysis at that point about the structure of the industry, what was possible, what we should do. It was pretty clear to me that there was going to be a problem. It was by then that I began to understand that the core problems of the news industry, which have to do with declining circulation, classifieds, lack of value in the print advertising. The things that are now well established.A few of us talked about how we could fix this. The idea was to partner more closely with the leading institutions to try to figure out how to get better monetization, better discussion and so forth. I'm not sure it was particularly successful but it was an attempt by me and others to build bridges.I remember giving a series of speeches including one essentially at a newspapers' association where I gave a speech and I was followed by the person who attacked us unmercilessly. The tension between Google and the newspaper industry was extremely high because the newspaper industry, in my view incorrectly, saw us as causing all of their problems.I should say, by the way, that is the typical reaction to an established industry in favor of innovation. If you study innovation, this cycle where the first one is denial, the second one is lawsuits, the third one is acceptance, and then the fourth one is figuring out how to deal with the future, is a common cycle in technology driven innovation.Martin: Where are we now? Not to fast forward too far because we have a lot of ground to cover but you brought it up.Eric: The single best thing that's occurred was the announcement of the iPad and then the competitor products that are Android tablets and the perception within the industry that you could make money on tablets. It's important to remember that in 2006, 2007 iPad did not exist. Mobile phones in the form of the iPhone were just coming out and people were talking about it by 2008. When the iPad and then its successors came along the newspaper industry finally saw a device that they could actually do what they would like to do on it, which is to sell very high quality information and charge for it. I would, at that point, use that as an example not only in our defense, but also to try to explain to people that there is a future. It is being painted in front of you. You need to get your act together.Martin: I want to explore. I remember, about the same time that you came to see us, Marisa was talking about the living story. The notion there was that all of the content that was being created for newspaper websites, much of it, was essentially being re purposed from print publications. I think the point that she was trying to make is that Internet, web based media have their own character. First of all, do you agree with that? Do you think that the industry hasn't innovated enough, in terms of the actual construction of the story? If so, why do you think that has happened?Eric: I think there's a very simple explanation. The industry has no engineers.Martin: That's because you hire them all Eric. [laughs] I won't editorialize but we can't hire.John: Well it's not the first time that it's been suggested that it meant...Eric: I am just laying out the facts. You cannot innovate and build new products without engineers in your field. If you don't have them, you have to find somebody who does and partner with them in some clever way.John: You have to be committed to investing in them.Eric: The fact of the matter is that the industry, which is under extreme financial pressure, was unable to do that. I'm sure many people, including yourself, wanted to do this but you were unable to do it. For whatever reasons, you could not do it. You cannot build new products without engineers. So in the case of the living story, for example, an idea that Marisa pushed which I liked a lot. We did various demonstrations about how to do that. There are engineers.To continue the timeline, it's actually important to say that I think we roughly know what the future's going to look like. That future will be what you think of as newspapers largely on very sophisticated tablets in the future. With very sophisticated knowledge mechanisms to see what you know, what you've already read, you're logged in and so forth. With very sophisticated advertising products.Those products are not going to be made by the newspaper companies. They're going to be made by new entrepreneurs who will build those products on top of the tablets and other things. There'll be some kind of way in which the revenue is shared.John: Is it largely an open question who's likely to own those products that you describe?Eric: If you think about newspapers and the other companies, they were always a compromise between editorial and distribution. The writers are very, very talented and extraordinarily great at what they do, the reporters and so forth. That function will continue. The core problem that the Internet has is it has attacked, if you will, the union of the distribution and the editorial. In the same way that the major media companies have the problem that they do a tremendous amount of work but they also have captive distribution channels. Those captive distribution channels, which primarily include cable and cable feeds, all of those things are being disrupted by the fact that people are online all the time. They're not consuming it through the same channels. It is the same problem and we will see.The fact of the matter is that the engineers are going to have to get paid. There will be a new set of start ups, of which there is a number that have come out, which attempt to do news reading and news aggregation. Maybe some of them will ultimately become the dominate players there.John: Have you seen any? Go ahead.Martin: I just want to go down this engineering route a little bit because I think that, sitting here in 2013, some newspaper companies really have developed modest, I'd call them, engineering capability. The question for me at this stage is what is the relationship of the engineering side to the editorial side? Let's just talk about the product function that's kind of in the middle. These are very editorially driven operations. In your view, should the engineering side be running product in support of...? How, in your conception, would the engineering side interact with the editorial side? I guess that's the simplest way to ask the question.Eric: Well, this is not how engineers think, because engineers always think they're in charge. A reasonable answer is that engineers are going to try to build a great platform and some set of editorial people will appreciate how tremendous the authoring environment is. How amazing the navigation is. There's a deeper problem on the engineering side. We know how to do navigation and aggregation extremely well. If you look at the monetization, it's not as good as the model that it's replacing. This is a core problem. The general term in the industry is we're going from analog dollars to cents.As long as that transition is occurring with deletion of revenue, it's a huge problem for the existing institutions. It's a problem for music. It's a problem for movies. It's a problem for video. It's a problem for newspapers. It's a problem of all media.There are some countries where this is not true. Germany, for example, makes money and the British newspapers make money. For example, the French ones are under great pressure. We put together a program to try to help them. Here in the U.S. they're under great pressure. There's evidence that employment has decreased by 30% from its high. Circulation has been declining a couple percent every year for roughly 15 or 20 years.So these are sort of core business problems that are not going to go away anywhere soon.John: So there are a lot of myths that have surrounded this passage. Some of them around central issues like paid content versus free content. The concept of original sin, of which some people accuse Martin and me. An original sinner for pushing to give away the New York Times content for free. Is there anything, in your view, that could have made any significant difference? Not to an individual company, but to the...Eric: Most of the arguments that I've heard are based on emotion, not rational analysis. So it's helpful to start doing the math. The fact of the matter is that in an always connected world, the audience of three, four, five billion, they're not going to be paywall subscribers. If they're going to see your content, they're going to do it for free. You'll have to come up with an advertising model that supports that. Ideally, working with Google and others. As we develop better advertising models, better targeted, there will be more money in that space. If your goal, as an editorial institution, is to cover everyone it's not going to be paywall based. It's important that this is your decision, not anyone else's. You've got a choice of whether you want to use a paywall or not.A reasonable prediction is organizations who had good subscription models, which include all of the major media institutions, will substitute those for paywalls. It's a reasonable presumption.Why? They have strong subscribers. They understand how to run that business. It's consistent with their model and a good choice. So over the last few years, Google has offered a series of products, especially in the last year, that allow you to make very straightforward pay walls.We make it easy for the money to work. That's a good step. But I would offer two examples, in the United States of companies which were new, Politico and Huffington Post, which ultimately chose a free model. They chose a free model supported by advertising. One way to phrase the disruption problem is, the real disruption that's going on is over the newspaper subscription.Historically, companies fail to move from one economic model to another. A reasonable presumption, and with success, by the way, is that the media companies will largely be pay wall based. Again, Rupert Murdoch famously talked about this as the only answer and was way out in front. And probably for the right reasons.Because he had a strong model. He understood what he was doing. But that's not going to reach five billion people. It's not going to happen.John: I follow the logic of your argument. The two examples you gave, Politico and HuffPo, there is some skepticism, even in your own ranks, with people we've talked to today, of just how profitable those models ultimately are.Eric: All I can say is we have two examples of companies which are doing well. In Huffington Post, they created a value that was reportedly at least $300 million of value. That would seem to be real money. Congratulations to Arianna. With the Politico folks, they use a hybrid model, as well as they have various things involving television.John: They even have print.Eric: They have limited print. To me, both of those are examples of entrepreneurship in an industry which has had essentially none. Just to hammer on this question about the way innovation works, entrepreneurs always come out of left field. They always come from the place you don't expect. They always see the world a little bit differently. What's happening in the media industry is those entrepreneurs are reinventing it. It doesn't mean that the existing institutions are wrong or so forth. But it does present a competitive business challenge to those that people need to respond to.John: There's no questionable, whether they're profitable or not, that they're successful disruptors. They have successfully disrupted the business model.Eric: It's easier if I give it to you in a historical context. The problem, in 2008 and 2009, when I came to visit The New York Times, is we didn't have tablets. We didn't have Huffington Post. We did not have Politico as examples. We had no examples. So there was a period of time, between 2005 and 2008, where the Internet was ascendant, Google was ascendant. These models were beginning to come out. But the entrepreneurs had not built the alternatives yet. Today, when my friends in the media industry talk to me about these things, I simply point out these examples. I say, "These are examples that you can learn from." Indeed they are.John: Could you walk us through the history of not only Google, but some of the aggregators? The history of your skirmishes with the established media industry, over fair use and copyright? How that evolved for you and where you think it is today. Is that settled law and settled issue?Eric: I'm not enough of an expert on these matters to give you the exact, full answer. I can tell you that, in The United States, there are no issues, with respect to fair use and what we're doing now. We've had a set of trademark fights, which we win. The US law is very settled.John: So Europe, that's hotter?Eric: In Europe, the copyright laws are different. The fair use laws are different. But so far, we've been winning pretty much everything there too.John: Can you just go back. Not looking at it so much from a legal point of view, but from a cultural point of view. Because it speaks to the same point you've been making about denial, lawsuits and then...Eric: Acceptance and innovation.John: That was a big part of the process here, around that issue as well, right? Or was it just shock, denial?Eric: I'll let others speak, as to their reactions. From our perspective, what we did is, we provided a tremendous services to end users. That service was used by many millions of people and we sent lots of traffic to the newspapers.Martin: Looking forward a little bit, can you talk about Google Now and what you think that portends? It seems to me to be a very direct and relevant engine for all kinds of content, not just traditional journalism. It seems like it could be an avenue for a certain kind of journalistic content, as well.Eric: It's too early to know how Google Now will be shaped by the technology. Right now, what Google Now does is, it attempts to show you what it thinks is relevant to you, using some new artificial intelligence techniques that Google has adopted. It's highly personalized. You need to opt in. You need to tell it to do its thing. For example, it has figure out where my home is, where my office is. It tells me how long, it gets me from the home to the office. Useful things like that. We'll see how broadly such targeting is useful. There's evidence that, properly done, AI technique could not only give me information that's reverent, but could also give me things which are relevant about the future. We've seen a pattern that, when there's a problem in India, we see the same pattern two days later, so we're giving you a heads up.You could imagine those kinds of scenarios, eventually.Martin: There's an evolving landscape, where you have these hyper personalized services, coupled with social curation. Where a lot of the valuable stuff I get now, I get from services like news.me and Twitter. These are more serendipitous. Let me just put it that way.Eric: It's worth looking at a spectrum. Let's start with the classic newspaper, which is highly curated. The benefit of that newspaper, and I love newspapers and read them in print, not even on tablets. I'm actually a real subscriber. When you finish the paper, you have a great satisfaction of knowing that you know all you're supposed to know. If you read the paper religiously, you have a real sense of what's going on globally. For people who are curious and have a fixed amount of time, especially if they're commuting, in transit, on an airplane, they're great. There's another generation of people who get most of their news from, let's just call it Twitter. This behavior does not make a lot of sense to me, as a person.But I know it makes a lot of sense to them. What they do is, they're scanning all the time. They follow a certain set of people who are following other things. Think of that as an expansion of a network. That is a viable alternative to the curated newspaper, as long as it's reasonably comprehensive. You'll get pretty much the same outcome.Because you've got the reporters, if you will, who are reporting on Twitter. And you're following the reporters. That's another aggregation model. The third model is going to be these hyper sophisticated personal tools that will take RSS feeds, other blogs, other kinds of information and Twitter information and make it hyper personalized.Again, as long as they have some element of curation involved with them they're going to be fine. It's going to be a long time before computers can do all of the curation perfectly. There's going to be a hybrid model, where the computers help the curators. But curation is important. A classic example is in music. There's literally an explosion of music, because there's no boundaries anymore.But people still go to curators to organize who are the top music artists and so on.Martin: Do you view these as generationally defined? Do you think it's possible that people will use all of them?Eric: Again, the lessons form innovation are that innovation comes from elsewhere and innovation is typically a youth movement. Because they don't have the same human patterns and they have free time. They're not busy with other things. I'm quite alarmed at the drop off of watching television from young people. The statistics about, for example, television news and the age and demographic of people who watch the news that I watch is quite disturbing. There seems to be whole new generation of people, I can't quite figure out how they get their news. The evidence may be that they get it through obsessively watching Twitter people or stories being [indecipherable 26:28] each other or other social networking things. That's fine, as long as it's comprehensive and there's an investigative component.The biggest issue in this whole discussion, which we've not made, has been the loss of funding for investigative reporting, the deep kind of investigative reporting. Once the economics were laid bare, the fact of the matter is, newspapers were unable to support the kind of deep investigative reporting that's needed in a democracy.Martin: There's still a reasonable amount of that going on.Eric: But not, for example, in the cities of California. It's absolutely true that we have a gazillion people covering what the White House is up to, maybe too many. But I can tell you we have far too few people covering the excesses and inappropriate behavior of our political leadership in cities and states around the country.John: Do you think that there's a role for...First of all, there's been a tension there, between the established journalism business and the funding of investigative reporting for a long time. It's a much exacerbated problem now. Do you think there's a role for data in leading the way to this sort of investigative reporting? We were having a discussion with another Google person today. We were suggesting that in some ways, almost like Google Traffic, there are ways to look at public expenditures through a data lens and say, "This is very inefficient. There's a big red line around this school district. That's where you should go investigate."Eric: The general answer, from Google's perspective, is that more transparency and more information generally available is always the right answer. In a democracy, people watch. They watch when things get out of whack. Much of the waste that exists in our society is because people are very inefficient. Our government is designed to be inefficient, because of the way the lobbying works, the special privileges, earmarks, and so forth and so on. I don't know if that's a solvable problem, but it's clearly a better maneuver to have all that information in public.John: My theory is that when it goes from red to deep purple, it's probably more than inefficiency, it's probably theft, fraud and corruption.Eric: That may be true. But it's extraordinarily easy for large organizations to be inefficient.John: True, but investigative reporting, as it exists today and as it exists traditionally, is very inefficient. It relies on somebody tells somebody thing.Eric: I'm not the expert on this. But I will tell you that, when you look at the consequences of all this, aside from the careers of people and the loss of historical value, there is a real cost in the loss of investigative reporting. There's just not as much money going into it. These things are expensive. That's true of foreign bureaus and so fourth. We always complain that Americans don't really know what's going on. Perhaps they're not curious enough, but they also don't have as much of it in front of them as they do in, for example, Europe.Martin: Is part of the problem, perhaps, that a lot of the reporting and editing processes are still being done with tools and technologies that are really, in some ways, centuries old? That we should be able to create an infrastructure for, maybe even an individual reporter, to go out and do his or her job much more efficiently?Eric: I think that those are all tactics. The fact of the matter is that with there's a couple of things that have happened that are important. The first is everyone has a cell phone, so everyone's a reporter, everyone's a paparazzi, everyone's posting information. The second thing is that there are lots of tools that allow you to express what you see, especially if you're outraged. Whether it's blogs or Facebook and Google+ or Twitter or what have you. There's no barrier, now, to let's say it a different way. The democratization of the Internet has led to the democratization of information, which has also led to the democratization of reporting. The problems you have are not tools related or so forth. They have to do with how the system then works.An example would be that as evil manipulator could make up a fact or distort the truth and this is of course known as spin in polite circles but you could imagine a big ruckus where some statement is made which is false. People who should be more skeptical are insufficiently skeptical. They believe it, they get outraged, and society moves forward. I worry about anchoring, where the way people work is that they tend to believe the first thing they hear.What's happened now is that people who have money and who want to manipulate outcomes simply race to anchor the facts. 'Did you know that, did you know that?' We're going through some kind of a sophistication transition where we've gone from trusting everything to not being able to trust most of our sources of information.I worry that during this period a lot of the fabric and culture of our country gets lost or that the essential goodness of this gets lost. Because specific and, in my view, evil behavior advances one side without showing the other. I am personally tired of being told one half of the story. Tell me the other half, too. Then I'll decide.John: Can you take off your Google hat for just a moment and take off from that point? You're a very wealthy, very powerful man who's shown a lot of intellectual interest in politics and journalism. You're close to people like Steve Coll, who's now in a position to do something really good for journalism and journalistic education and bring it into the future. We've seen some non economic models out there, like the Sandlers and ProPublica. We've seen Mike Bloomberg who, for whatever reason, is willing to have a $500 million news organization attached to a proprietary data business. It's a pretty straight, honorable news organization. Big in searches and audience. Do you favor, personally, Eric Schmidt, the idea of wealthy, powerful, interested people getting involved in non economic models to fund quality journalism in the interest of democracy?John: I'm always in favor of more journalism and in particular, more investigative journalism done by the kind of quality that we've been losing. My personal favorite is the situation where you've got a business that throws off enough cash, that that cash can then be used to do non economic things. The reason is that that's an industrially stable structure for a long time. With individuals, the problem is they run out of money or they change their minds.John: So that could be a Bloomberg then?Eric: For example, the Bloomberg model is a very good one. I'm very impressed and proud of Mike for doing that. There should be more of that. If you go back to The Washington Post, The Washington Post is tied to an education company.Martin: I think Kim is trying to capture you.Eric: One more second. Yeah, I'll be down in a few minutes. Thanks, Kim.John: Unfortunately, then the education company got into trouble.Eric: The fact of the matter is, these are important social goods. The best case of these important social goods is that they become good and viable businesses, through better advertising and platform technology, which we would hope to do over time. A second best choice, in my view, is that they're allied with companies where there are synergies of one coming to the other. And a strong cash flow. Obviously, more philanthropy is always good, in this case.John: Is there an example of the second one that comes to your mind?Eric: I think Bloomberg is a classic example. There are clearly synergies between the business reporting he's doing and so forth.Martin: That's very close.John: You can make the case that a piece of breaking news obtained ahead of anybody else in that environment can actually be a value to the subscriber. They can make money off of it. They're traders.Eric: But again, I want to observe that these are models which are paywall models. The other thing that you haven't talked about is the success of magazines. We're focused on newspapers, but in fact, a number of magazines are doing quite well. A classic example is "The Economist." Another one is "Vanity Fair."My own prediction of what's going to happen is that as the economics get harder and harder, we're going to see bizarrely new forms of these sorts of things. The most obvious one is going to be celebrities that sponsor news. Think of it as the Jay Z News, if you will. Now, he's not proposed this. I'm just making that up.It makes sense to me that with this obsession that Americans have with celebrity, and it's very deep for reasons that have always been confusing to me. The fact of the matter is that people will follow what celebrities do. They certainly do it on Twitter and they certainly do it in...John: By the way, no magazine comes anywhere close to making as much money as "People Magazine." There's no magazine that's...Eric: An example would be "People Magazine." That is a very positive example.John: It's a duel income stream magazine.Eric: But the fact of the matter is we do have magazines which are roughly weekly or monthly formats that are doing really quite well.John: That still work.Martin: Going back to the business model for just a moment, one of the things that Google has done a great job of, I think, is in making the advertising markets, certainly a big piece of the advertising market online, much more efficient. I guess, with your acquisition of DoubleClick and your move from search based ad formats to display formats, you've really done a great job in rolling up or beginning to roll up that programmatic part of the business. That, in a funny way, without ascribing any intention or anything like that, overlaying science across this huge audience of Internet users just kind of makes the intermediary a kind of, almost irrelevant in the sense that you...Eric: But this intermediation is a characteristic of the Internet. It's been true for a long time.Martin: Can we talk about the endgame of that? Where do you think that goes, or... If the classic position of media was to aggregate an audience and be the proxy for this science and now there is no need for that proxy, I think, look if I were to read Arthur's interview to you, I think what he would be saying is more and more of the dependency is going to be on the user. The users are just simply going to have to pay for quality journalism.Eric: In the first place, I agree that the pricing will increase because you have to pay for the work. I'm not an expert on the economics of the structure, but I will tell you that what the Internet does is it rewards the ends at the expense of the middle in distribution. It's clear to me, for example, that the next generation of famous writers and reporters might have no income from their writing that's news related, but they might have tremendous income from writing books, public appearances, sponsorships and so forth. That's money that goes directly to them and not to the overhead of their employer. Similarly, the end user will have more ways to consumer information. They can choose to use a paywall or they can decide not to sign up and get, presumably, lesser quality news that's available to them for free. For many people, that may be sufficient.But the fact of the matter is that the value transitions, if you will, to the end points, to the actual incredibly creative people that do this work, and to the end user, who has these incredibly powerful tools for aggregation. And it puts pressure on the middle. That's no different, and that's been true for a long time....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (36)

Chris Schroeder

BIO: YES: Christopher M. Schroeder is a Washington D.C. and ...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: OK, we're here in Washington on April 4, 2013 with Chris Schroeder. Chris, why don't you start by giving us just a 5 to 10 minute history of your experience with when you had the first realization that journalism and the Internet were coming together and colliding.Chris: Well colliding, or, I think, complement each other at the time. It's just depending on how you think back on it overall. But I was of the generation where I can remember being in business school, the first students started using Prodigy. At first, my reaction to it was why in god's name would anybody be using anything like this? Then also you stop and you look at it and you play with it a little bit and you say, "Oh my god, for the first time in my life I've got the opportunity to see any piece of information anywhere at any given time."I was a very heavy user of AOL and some of the other things that came out at that point. Again, you asked yourself, with all the complexities that existed then of telephone access and that kind of a thing, you really began to pull on a thread and say to yourself, what would the world be like if you could actually get access to anything at any time, just because it's there at your fingertips overall.I was always a big news consumer. I'd worked in the government, I've known many reporters and editors and it was part of my daily experience. I'm also old enough to have read six newspapers every morning, that kind of a thing. But to have this epiphany where at some point, somehow you knew you were you were going to be able to get anything at your fingertips at any time, I think, was the clear revolution.Martin: And when was that? What year?Chris: 1992 was probably the first time I saw Prodigy. AOL obviously came five years later, whatever it was. Then I joined the Washington Post Company around 1996 or 1997, I can't remember. They had a B2B business that had news as a part of it.Martin: '96 or '97?Chris: Yeah.Martin: OK.Chris. Yeah. Because what I could tell you is, at the time, the company that I ran before WashingtonPost.com was a company called Legislate which was a B2B online service for regulation and information. Part of the competitive edge was they put a lot of human beings to it to fix it. But they also had a news service.But literally the year that I started with it was the year that Thomas was launched. Where they put literally all of the documents for free. In many respects I was also on the front lines of what it means to run a business. We were getting $1500 to $5000 a client or whatever it was, and all of a sudden half of what we offered was now available for free.I had a really big epiphany, not only what it meant in terms of the ramifications of having access to the information the way I was describing it before, but also what it could mean to a business if you're thinking about what makes you unique or distinct when people have so many alternatives at your fingertips.Martin: Great. Then you arrived at the Post when?Chris: The company Legislate was '96, and that was probably when, I was starting business development...Let me think about this for a second. So I did business development for the Washington Post at first around '96. I guess I took over Legislate maybe '98. I guess that makes sense.Martin: And the Post owned Legislate.Chris: They owned a large chunk of Legislate, yeah.Martin: Yeah, OK. When did you start working for Washington Post Newsweek Interactive?Chris: We sold Legislate in two parts to Congressional Quarterly here in town and to a company that did state business overall. This was right before the bubble blew. My instincts are my wife and I were ready to go out to California, this was the time to do it. But at this point is was the early days of having WashingtonPost.com and Newsweek.com on the Internet as opposed to the exchange and these closed systems that have been tried before. There were very, very early days, very little revenue. Alan Spoon and Don Graham called me in after the sale of Legislate and said this is an interesting time where we need a lot of new thinking. You've just been on the front line of a vision of this. Would you like to help us figure it out?Martin: OK, so the Post went live on the web in '96, I think. I guess Ralph Turkowitz was running something called Digital Ink?Chris: Digital Ink was originally and I think right before Ralph's time was a, they had a partnership with AT&T Digital. I don't know if you guys have done this as well, Martin, but it was more of a closed system kind of thing. Ralph I think was really responsible for not only pushing people to think about getting on the web but helping to put it there.Martin: Right. Alan talked about that era quite extensively. So then Alan brings you in to run WPNI.Chris: '99.Martin: What exists at that point?Chris: It was a little bit of chaos at that point. In the environment of the Internet, generally speaking, were people putting a lot of resources to things. We must have been 4 or 500 people. It was a large cost structure that we had. We were in a bit of a tizzy, because you guys were talking about going public, with your own division at that time. So there was a lot of understanding, "What are these guys going to be like when they have resources? What are they going to be like when they have access to equity, which means that they can hire a different kind of a talent pool?" Within us, there was a very interesting two fold strategic challenge that was being wrestled all over the map, culturally as much as substantively.The first was, should we be a newspaper online or focus on the news online, from The Washington Post side of it? Or should be "the great local portal," almost the AOL of local? Could we bring together everybody within the Washington market to come into one place? We would help run it and raise it and be a definitive one stop shop. This was a very big strategic debate, with a lot of emotion, as you can imagine, around it.The second one was Newsweek. Newsweek.com was a very interesting site, was the larger of the two sites. Obviously had a national, international, audience. But the connection between The Washington Post newspaper and Newsweek, as a magazine, was not a well oiled machine, shall we say. [laughs] The cultural issues there were profound. What ended up happening, frankly, is I stepped in. I inherited a business development thing in process. We ended up partnering with MSNBC for Newsweek.Martin: One of the first things I remember in talking to you was, you were particularly unhappy, and others were as well but you were the most vocal, about the AP. One of the things that we've found is that this notion of the wires going direct to consumers, through Yahoo News, in particular, but in other contexts as well. Excite, others. Really disrupted the natural order of things. The AP, which had been formed by newspapers, was now, in a sense, competing with them. Can you talk about what you were thinking then?Chris: There's no question, I had a view of it at the time. I don't remember. It's interesting that you remember one of our first exchanges about it. There were two kinds of things that were going on at the time. In a lot of respects, honestly Martin, this may be thinking in hindsight. But at the time, I do believe I still felt that there were two things that were going to happen at some point.And we needed to think about how we were going to participate and what might be inevitable. I don't know if you remember. There was this company of incredibly smart guys, out on the west coast. It was a company called Octopus, or something. But there was a group that was effectively doing what Twitter became. Not in terms of micro blogging, but in terms of being able, for any of us, to find any article from any place at any time, overall.Most of us who looked at it at this time said, "Oh my God. I don't want to be on the same page at The New York Times. I don't want people choosing The New York Times." All of us had a mentality that said, "The Washington Post is The Washington Post. The New York Times is The New York Times. We'll duke it out in the market. We'll help each other in any way we can. But the idea that users can control it..."This was one thing that was very troubling. As a complement to that, and within the context of this, here is AP, who we all pay for, we all funded this thing. It was there to be a service for us. All of a sudden, it was going to be, effectively, a platform of taking out the breaking side of the news aspect, in particular, of what we had. To me, it was the resources of being able to aggregate breaking stuff.Because I knew quite early one, and it's obviously proven out, that breaking news is a commodity. If you remember, I pushed very early for video. This would be a wonderful resource of basic video, for which we could do value add and make it more interesting. But in these early days, in particular, when we were getting our sea legs, the idea that the very group we were effectively funding and it was supposed to be the resource to us, building some direct to consumer platform at the time, I didn't quite understand why that made sense.Paul: But at the same time, Reuters went and just licensed. Because they didn't have the co op constraints that AP did. So they and Yahoo really unleashed this.Chris: And again, I don't think this is revisionist history to say. I had a series of very early epiphanies, very quickly when I came to Washington Post, as I'm sure you did, Martin, at The New York Times, with what you were doing at The Times as well. Which is that breaking news was going to be a commodity. One of the crystal clear things was, the tragic things, like the planes hitting the towers. The idea that I'd beat The New York Times on that was irrelevant. Within seconds, it was going to be up. Reuters, of course, plays in that. You knew what was coming. The question was more of a sense of navigation, of how it should fit in, who should be doing what to whom.Paul: But you thought, if that became table stakes, then you could differentiate and still win somehow?Chris: To take it a step further, I felt that there would be no way to win without differentiating. If you did not have a core sense of what dynamic is, it's a wonderfully powerful question and I think it's still very poignant today. At one point, you had to say to yourself, if breaking news, as an example, which used to be the coin of the realm, in many respects, in the newspaper era, was now becoming something you had to do, then you had to ask yourself not only what were you doing unique, value added, or some kind of perspective that you had before.But all of us found that we were competing, this was a very tough cultural thing, with good enough. I used to have this debate all the time with the guys. For all intents and purposes, there's nothing like Bob Woodward reporting on the White House. But honestly, there are lots of people now reporting on the White House. He might have that extra thing.There may be one thing that's interesting about it. But the idea that it's always that much better than so many other things that are coming, it would bristle you. I'm sure you saw this at the The New York Times. There's a sense, at The New York Times, that, "We are The New York Times. We are the definer of quality." There was some cultural feeling that, "You are the Washington Post. You are the definer of quality." In many respects, that could be true. In many respects, I think it arguably was true. But in many respects, it was becoming less and less true. When the good enough, in fact, was viewed by people as good enough.Paul: So the audience really did vote that they didn't care about a lot better than good enough?Chris: It depended on what audience you were talking about and to what kind of given issues. I can remember, as an example, in the couple of hours after September 11th, people cared a tremendous amount of what was right or what was wrong. So in that instance, as a contextual aspect of breaking news, that mattered a great deal. People again, weren't thinking, and I don't think, think now, "Would I pay more or less for it?" But they certainly put a value on it. People want to know what's really going on. The idea that we were the arbiters of truth, or the sole arbiters of truth, of course, was clearly not the case quite early.Martin: Let's continue with the history. You guys decided to create this separate operation. Were you looking at us? Did you just decide to do that early? I can't remember, Chris. Can you go through when WPNI was created over in Arlington?Chris: Yes. By the time I got there, that ship had sailed. It struck me as a no brainer. Candidly, I would not have considered joining it had that not been done.Martin: Why?Chris: Because it was very clear to me, and it was very forward thinking of Don and your guys also to think about this, that something so new is happening that would be not only interesting and require a certain sense of looking at the world differently for what it was. But in many respects, was going to have to wrestle existing cultures, existing business models and existing criteria.I'd had this experience in Legislate and other things. There's a tremendous amount of cultural weight around the great institution of our newspapers. At one level, being off over there meant that you were almost making that more so. But that trade off, as compared to having the ability to run very quickly, to think differently about stuff, try to get the shuttle diplomacy right when you had to, I think, was paramount. We would have been dead in the water otherwise.Martin: You went much further then we did, creating your own newsroom.Chris: We did.Martin: Why don't you talk about creating your own newsroom, when you have 600 people at The Washington Post.Chris: It's a little bit like, "What do you mean by 'is'?" We had a newsroom, but the newsroom was not, with the exception of videography, doing a lot of unique reporting. I should say that again. Videography and some of the entertainment stuff. There was a view that, in particular with younger audiences and new people doing new things in Washington, we could contribute to the cause. The idea that there was somebody at The Washington Post covering the White House and we had somebody covering the White House was not the case. There was not a whole lot of duplication.Martin: OK. That's an important clarification.Chris: Yeah, it's very important to understand it. One of the first things that I did when I got there, which was controversial at the time and I have to tell you that, in many respects, it was a paean to the challenges we're talking about. I elevated Doug Fever to be the editor of the newspaper. Doug was a wonderful guy and worked very hard, but has, among other things, absolutely unquestioned newspaper editorial chops and confidence.So that is, to the degree that we would experiment in things that were outside the parameters of the classic newspaper reporting, people knew that this was going to be OK with Doug. Because not only was he going to be a great communicator with them, but that he had unquestioned instincts about what it was we were going to do.Martin: Did you ever question the free model, at that point? Or was it just simply a given in your mind?Chris: Absolute given.Martin: Why?Chris: Because I felt, at the time, that as we were getting our sea legs in an environment of free, and to the thing we were talking about before about being good enough. We needed to hone in what was going to be our unique value proposition before we had any chance of building an enterprise that people would pay for.The idea that, because we were The Washington Post or because The Washington Post could charge, by the way, 25 cents they were proud of for 30 years. The idea that in that environment we would want to clip the wings of our growth was something that I was deeply concerned about. I don't know if you remember this, but one of the first times you and I were on a panel, someone had turned to you and said, "Would you ever consider charging?"Even at that time, you'd said, "We're wrestling with all sorts of different things. We should think about it." I turned to you and smiled. I said, "I think The New York Times is so good, you should charge $1000 a person. You should just do that. $10,000, Martin. Go for it." Because I wanted to take everything else in the mean time. And I obviously was being tongue in cheek. But it illustrates a little bit what my view was at the time.Martin: In retrospect, clearly whatever we were doing at The Times and whatever you were doing at The Post led to very interesting businesses. But they're not huge. They're not at the scale of some of the really meaningful businesses on the Internet. We have this metaphor called the swimmers and the tide. There's the tide, which is the tide of technology and companies. And the swimmers are the people who are making the decisions. My question for you is that, in retrospect, thinking about your own experience, because you had a separate operation and a separate team, did you go far enough, in trying to innovate? Or do you feel that you did everything you could have done?Chris: No. Not even close. Are you kidding? Jesus Christ. Did you?Martin: I'll do this a separate interview.Chris: [laughs] You can ask them, dear God no. There was a cultural view and a resource view. A lot of people talk, in reflection, about how much money operations like yours and mine burned over periods of time and this kind of thing. But the point of fact is, compared to the great technology companies, overall, and the quality of talent, we didn't spend an angstrom of what they did.What happens is, you get into this funny circle. I can remember, candidly, a repeated pissing match, there's no other way to call it, with a lovely guy otherwise. Who was running business development in The Post. He kept coming to me. He said, "We are not a technology company. We will never be a technology company. We will never attract technology capabilities. Let's focus on what we do well."My reaction then was my reaction now, "There's something to that." We know that there's some things that should be core. We should think about our differentiation. But dear God, it's not going to be long before we're all going to say that we're all technology companies. If we're going to simply step back and say, "We're going to concede this to the rest of the world and not think about innovation, for its sake," we will be prescribed by definition to be a small business.The argument I used to make to the board of directors is, "That's fine." We became $100 million plus revenue business, more profitable than other, larger enterprises. But is that what you want to do? Is that the way you want to think about it? Is that the way you want to think about it? Is that your ambition? In a lot of respects this becomes a cultural discussion as much as it becomes an execution or deployment of resources discussion.Martin: It was interesting because I think the most important statement that Eric Schmidt made when we interviewed him was that innovation was not happening at the same level in the traditional businesses, whether they are newspapers or broadcasters or whomever...Chris: Anything.Martin: I'm not picking on newspapers here,. Because they just lack engineers. That engineers are the engines of innovation on the web.Chris: And you couldn't attract the caliber of engineers, even if you were wiling to. And what I would say to you in complement to that, and this is true not only of the news businesses you say, but it's a cultural thing. The lack of engineers or the attraction of engineers is a decision that is transcendental to that tactical observation. To put it in another way, think about it for a second, how many companies could any of us name right now could literally stare themselves in the mirror and say, "The core of our business, the way we're doing it now, is going to go away. It could be a year from now. It could be 10 years from now. Doesn't matter."How many businesses have pivoted from that realization with all the cultural ramifications and everything else? Candidly, I can think of two. IBM at one point said, "Seventy two percent of our revenue is in mainframes, and within 18 months, or whatever it was, we're going to get out of 72 percent of our revenue." But in the history of American businesses, Intel did probably the same. How many?Martin: That's an even more radical one, getting out of memory.Chris: How many? I can't name a whole lot. So this conundrum...Martin: Reed Hastings, in a more current incarnation.Chris: Yeah, OK. That's a good one. I agree with that. But the point I am making is a broader one, which is we wrestled that conundrum at a cultural level as much as in an execution level. The not thinking as yourself as innovator, forget even as a technology company. Not thinking of yourself and putting a value on innovation and, in fact, even believing you will be out innovated by others and you need to figure out how to play in those ecosystems. May have been right or it may have been wrong, but it has an inevitability that came with it.Martin: One of the things that came up when we spoke with Tim Landon was the classified business, needless to say. And that was a very, very important business for the Washington Post, much more so than the New York Times. Talk about that journey of trying to wrestle with...That's truly an Innovator's Dilemma. You've got this cash cow and it's going to disappear. What did you do about that?Chris: I remember, periodically, Martin, I'm sure because of the way you guys are structured, maybe even once a year, I would be trotted out to talk to the entire newspaper. There would be hundreds of people, operators as well as the journalists. I was just going to talk about what was going on. Nothing too elaborate. One of the...maybe the second one I did. I really can't remember. I asked people in the audience how many of them used Craigslist. And seven hands went up and I thought to myself, "We're in trouble."Because, again, it is both an Innovator's Dilemma, but it's also a cultural dilemma for which you're saying to yourself here is this thing that is coming out there that is allowing people to do very, very powerful things. How are you going to think about it? And I can't remember what percent of our revenue, what percent of the profits, but it was quite significant obviously for the classifieds at that time. But there are two ways to think about that thing, maybe three ways. One way and the easiest end of it is it's going to come. It's going to take us out. Now let's get to plan B, right? That's one way to look at it.Another way to look at it is to say to yourself, "Well, look, I think at the end of the day, there are things which we can do which are unique here that are easier, faster, cheaper, more efficient." Which starts with the premise of appreciating that, in the end of the day, is it or is it not better to find a job online than it is in offline. And with that you can make decisions. We are either going to aggregate and try to build something that's better than everybody else because that's the only way to do it. We're going to build it ourselves.But you have to be able to say at the end of the day one, it simply is better to do the classified experience in an interactive experience than it ever was in print. You have to be able to concede that. And then secondly, what can you bring to the table to make it better, easier, faster, cheaper, more beautiful, more efficient to the audiences who you care about? We had a hard time answering those two basic propositions.Martin: To be fair, we created CareerPath. That failed under its own weight. But then, the Tribune, pretty much with Tim's pushing, created CareerBuilder. We didn't join that effort, and I don't think you did either, did you?Chris: No, we invested in it. We had our own. We used CareerBuilder...I'm getting old because I don't remember. I remember we used it for auto and some classifieds, maybe real estate at that time. We certainly did not with jobs. We stayed totally independent with jobs.Martin: Right, so CareerBuilder was just jobs. Cars.com, which they also created, was part of that venture...Chris: Yes, Cars.com is where we invested all of our money and CareerBuilder we stepped out of. That's right. I'm sorry. That's exactly right.Martin: We're stepping into kind of the next phase which is this view that what the Internet relentlessly does is it verticalizes and it destroys the intermediary. Now the industry has had this success with CareerBuilder. It was a major success. With Cars.com. And I think Tim's view was that the industry's major failing is that it didn't continue to kind of rinse and repeat, stamp out these verticals in all of the other...Chris: I think Tim's got a point there. I remember one board meeting some of folks said the future of the newspaper is going to be vertical. So I used to pick up the newspaper at the board meetings and, "You see every section I'm holding. Well, I'm going to show you every article I'm holding article not section and then five competitors, 10 competitors whatever is in each of those." So disaggregation verticalization, I think, was clear. You had think about are you going to be effectively a holding company, a bunch of verticals which you may be able to offer some aggregation among them. But I guess...Martin: I guess what I'm trying to ask you, Chris, is that as the business leader at WPNI, why...Either you didn't have the visibility to go forward with that plan, but why didn't you join with the other newspapers, the other regional newspapers, to create more of these verticals? Was it because you just felt that was an ungovernable...Chris: Yes. I would say there were a couple of things. In some respects, and I think this is a credit to Don's vision, in particularly, the fact that we were given a fair amount of...actually not inconsequential amount of capital to go after jobs in and of itself. And I don't know if you remember, we actually licensed our product to Cox and others, so we started toying with even other revenue streams that might come from this. We had that. But on the other hand, this auto business you had over here, which was more of an aggregate kind of a play, there was a little bit of a sense of let's see what's going on. Everyone, and I mean without exception, was highly suspicious, rightly so, of consortium.There was a general sense that, at the end of the day, herding our cats with all of our ambitions. Most of the enterprises were, at least within their local market, monopolies of a certain kind. That it was just going to be very, very difficult. There was an argument that was made about going into the aggregate, which goes back into what we were talking about before in terms of technology that never played out well, which goes something like this.We need to do more of this. In fact, Chris, we should even think about taking what was then called WashingtonJobs and putting it in CareerBuilder or joining CareerBuilder because we, again, will not become technology players. We will not become innovative players. Only something of that scale, with that kind of caliber, thinking nationally, globally, whatever, will. OK, that's actually...I always found that a very compelling debate as I wrestled with this stuff. It's not that I summarily rejected it every stretch of the imagination. But no one took it to the next step, which is, how is it going to be at that level, governed in a way, managed in a way, incentives put into place by which this was going to stand toe to toe with Monster.com and other things that were coming in terms of innovation?I think Hillary did a hell of a job of really pushing that theme and trying to make that thing the best it ever could be, but I had no illusion in visiting some of those board meetings and other stuff even as an observer that this was going to go toe to toe with the guys who were doing what they were doing in Silicon Valley or Chicago or what have you.Martin: Did you want to add?Paul: Keep going.Martin: So now you're...The dotcom bust happens, but you continue to manage the business until when, Chris? When did you leave?Chris: I left, I guess it was around 2004 and then I went over to corporate for a year to do other things...Martin: Why did you leave the business?Chris: At the end of the day, I think part of it's personal. You're an interpreneur, entrepreneur. The way things were structured there, it was a wonderful platform for "intreprenertia," meaning that you had enough there that was your own. But at the end of the day, you and I may have even come up with this lingo together. We certainly talked about it from time to time. It's hard to be running a business and trying to fight the battles of innovation and think about new ideas in a world where you have complete responsibility and negotiated authority.I spent probably 20 or 30 percent of my time shuttling diplomacy with certainly the business side and sometimes the editorial side of the newspaper and Newsweek. That just made it a challenge. In and of itself, I think anybody who didn't want to do their own thing taking advantage of these worlds was going to break off in any event. I think that was really a driver from a personal standpoint. I think at some point, you knew these things were going to have to come together at some point and a decision had to be made culturally about how they were going to think about it.We had a very big moment, which I'm sure that you've heard about, which we'd been wrestling in different forms about whether or not the Washington...put Newsweek aside for a moment...the Washington Post could be a national or global player or whether or not it should really be unbelievably hyper focus, local, local, local, which is what the newspaper was. I think there was a very clear marking point one summer when it was just made very clear by senior management this was going to be a hyper local enterprise, despite the fact that 85 percent of our audience was coming national, anyways; despite that I was actually making more profit in Europe than the Herald Tribune was making at that time, despite we had one person over there.The feeling was if you go off there, you're galavanting against too many bigger competitors with too many bigger resources, and we have to do that. I think a few of us on the editorial side and the business side said that's wonderful and I get it. There's logic to it. But those issues, it was time to do something different.Martin: Let's talk a little bit about your post Post incarnation because this notion of verticals plays out in the next stage of your career.Chris: Yeah.Martin: Talk about why you went to was it Choice Media at the time?Chris: Which became HealthCentral.com. The thesis that I had...what ended up happening is I spent a year working with Don, just kind of stopping and reflecting and advising him on the board for some transition.Martin: And Caroline Little is now running...Chris: Caroline, who was my number two, who was just unbelievably wonderful, took over. I was sort of like an advisor to her. But mostly what I did, I have to tell you, hopefully it was of some value to Don, but it turned my life around in a different way. Don effectively said, it was his idea, "Go over to the future. Go to Japan, go to Korea, go to Finland and immerse for a few weeks on what's going on. Come back to me and tell me what you're seeing about these people where broadband is tenfold the average weight of broadband we had at the time and, of course, the early revolution of mobile."I went over there on these incredibly long, tenacious trips where I met everyone from poobahs in big companies, like Samsung, down to the kids. I'd go with college kids to the, in those days, retail stores where they're buying stuff. I saw social networks four years before Facebook. It just changed my entire look at how the world was going and where things were moving out and the ability of people to find what they want when and how they want to find it on their terms. And it complemented...Probably the ah ha moment that I could keep wrestling with back at the Washington Post and Newsweek days was that, from the earliest days, even before Google really kicked in for us, 85 percent of our traffic was coming at the article page level. We spent so many f*cking...so much time wrestling with what our home page looked like and who's going to be on the home page and everything else, and yet the data was always there, all throughout my tenure, that people want what they want when and how they want it and they're going to find it on their terms and eventually share it. And yet, we could not psychologically get around that.Everything that I saw in these expansive broadband worlds was clearly this was going to be everything. This was a total side and way to reflect it, I'd start asking questions. You and I used to talk about this at the time, we'd ask ourselves, if the Internet came first, would anybody every invented an interruptive 30 second spot? Of course not. I'm asking people even today if Netflix came first, would anyone have invented the bundle or the cable model?Once you have a hyper ability to find, what you want when you want to have it, everything changes. I asked myself, as part of this, and when I started talking to venture capital people is "OK, so how does this play out in the world of what must be hyper verticality? Even then I have to tell you, I wasn't thinking farther down because I thought to myself, if we could start breaking up a series of new media companies, I think probably some of this was why you bought About.com, was this idea that you have these multiple verticals overall and you could build almost a holding company of them but you could...Martin: All at the article level.Chris: All at the article level and in those days, social network was just starting so we thought about SEO, yada yada yada. What I learned, we went to health because quite frankly, at the end of the day, nobody Google's health. You Google symptoms, you Google a very specific...It's the ultimate vertical. It's the ultimate test case in a lot of respects of what you and I have been talking about and thinking about in this outcome. We went after this to make this hyper vertical, 50 site very, very condition, by condition, wellness by wellness kind of a thing, and soon discovered that that was right and it did fine, but it wasn't vertical enough.Because what you start understanding is that type 1 diabetes isn't vertical enough, that there are a million people with type1 diabetes but they're coming at it in different times in different stages with different questions and different experiences. This is when we started to realize that the whole emphasis of our business, which needed technology to solve it, was going to be about longtail search and longtail explorations, detailed explorations of you and I as the vertical and not the categories of vertical. That was really the aha moment in the progress of what we did there.Martin: How did that play out technically?Chris: We did a lot of tripping over ourselves. There were a lot of things out there that were highly competitive, that we're thinking about this in different ways. We finally found...It wasn't, at that point, it was kind of a fire sale. It wasn't much of a company but some very, very interesting technology that was helping us to aggregate the content that we had based on longtail searches. We had this ability through the algorithms that we acquired in this little company and we did a tremendous amount of work to do it, to be able to effectively play more. We stopped caring.The first year, all we thought was why About.com was ranking better than us in Diabetes or WebMD is ranking with us in Diabetes. We spent tremendous amount of time, deep into the day to find out what most people were looking at at different segments about it. We would match that to not only the needs of the exchanges of content that people have but what advertisers were advertising to, and we built this broader platform by which we could take the content we were creating already but have it more honed and presented both from a search perspective and a delivery perspective to those needs.I could tell you that the idea was a right idea and I think we ended up becoming a decent company because of it. Someone's going to become a great company because of this in the next iteration. Our technology was not there. Other technologies, we will, I think, figure that out to a different level.Martin: One of the themes that we've also been hearing from a lot of people is that this article level notion has played out in a, as you say, hyper vertical context of me. Twitter is really the company now truly aggregating at scale these articles for me conditioned by my network of folks whom I follow. Is Twitter the next great news company, in a way? Let's fast forward a little bit for a few minutes. Given all of your experience, both as an entrepreneur and as an intrapreneur CEO in two very different contexts, what do you think comes next for journalists?Chris: It's obviously the $64,000 question that everybody keeps thinking about, wrestling. Let me step back as a side for which...I've never in my life, in any industry that I can think of, seen so much agonizing hand wringing emotion about a distribution mechanism. How many articles are talking about this thing is going to save journalism? Or this is going to save newspapers or the print must not go away or Oh my God, it's so terrible that I won't be able to touch this kind of thing?As opposed to really focusing on what to me is the central question, which is a two fold question for which we've been talking a lot about here, which is what do you offer someone that makes their life better, easier, faster, cheaper, more beautiful and efficient than the way that they're doing? Secondly, at the end of the day, what can you do to be able to serve up to them the kind of insight that they wanted and a great cacophony of what's happening. As a corollary to the second part of it and this to me is another irony overall, there is value in really deep reporting, right?There's so much information out there at the skim surface. Again, back to my thesis of breaking news is a total commodity, the fact of the matter is I think 90 percent of the "journalism" that's being created today is kind of commoditized, too.It's in these 750 word stuff that people bang out in a day. I'd even talked to journalist friends of mine and say that most of these companies cannot think at all about what they can do three months from now and the three months it takes and the complexity we have either by using a combination of big data or just hard old school reporting to be able to give people these aha moments that they can't get anywhere else that can help them make their lives or make better kinds of decisions in what they have to do. That's kind of on the content journalistic side.What Twitter's onto and I still don't think they have it nailed but they have it there. I don't know how you use Twitter but I've been using Twitter for years as my...I don't use a reader. Everyone is hand wringing now at the death of Google Reader. I haven't used a reader in two years because Twitter, at the end of the day, facilitates my ability to choose people I respect and to see what they read. I know what I'm interested in, I know what I'm looking for, and yet when I know that Martin is there, if you put a link up to something that's out there already, it's going to be something I care a great deal about for no other reason that I know you care about it overall.You've given me the serendipity aspect that I used to get from wading through a newspaper or skimming a website overall. The world's my oyster. It's an unbelievably powerful thing. My view is, without any hard answer to the question overall, is that there's still a content aspect over this and with all the complexity of these issues that we are facing and what we're going through, I think data is going to be playing as great a role in surfacing the issues here as it is the writing itself. I think reporting is very important, but I think so much of the platform of access is going to be very, very powerful. I think Twitter is probably the closest to do that.It's very interesting to me from a business model perspective that for all...In many respects, and you blow this out of the water, Martin. You may feel different. I think you've always understood this better than I have, but for all of the power that has been put into digital delivery of advertising in multiple different channels overall. There's great sophistication there and there's [indecipherable] analytics, we wrestle with the commoditization of advertising or we're making our lives better or not, why in this day and age is Facebook still showing me those sh*tty ads when they know more about me than my wife does?There's all this kind of stuff on the delivery of it, but to me, the most sloppy, funny question is, there's been almost zero innovation on ad product in my lifetime. We honestly are talking about 30 second spots in front of three minute videos. How can that make sense? People say, "Well, it works." What do you mean it f*cking works? It's annoyance. Why are we doing this?Martin: I do think that AdWords initially was a major innovation.Chris: Oh, I'm sorry. I'm really just talking about the additional...There's no question that that changed everything in a way and whatever. The reason why I'm going a little bit down this rabbit hole is so you have to say to yourself, "What are the components that matter and then how are you going to pay for it?" I guess what I'm saying at the end of the day is I think there's a whole series of opportunities that we've not yet scratched the surface on on models that are going to be very powerful. In a way, you guys are visionaries on this, but I think the time has come. I think that people are going to be willing to pay for that which is unusual and unique at a greater and greater way than they might've in the last five years.Martin: Yeah, which returns to your original point about the product maturing, the audience maturing to a point where it's differentiated at some level.Chris: You know what my biggest epiphany was back in Japan and Korea and Finland? I went to these places with an assumption. I've not been there in years. I went and I've never been to Finland. I went to these places with an assumption that I was going to be going to the Jetsons. These are these great tech societies. Oh my God. Lights are going to be flashing anywhere and everywhere I go, there's going to be people running around and everything else. I was so prepared to see everything that I saw completely was shocked to see almost nothing. What I mean by that was that the technology had become like water. It had become like a utility.People simply assumed it. It was embedded in their lives and that's happening now here. It's assumed. When you have that, you can call it maturity or you can call it as part of your indigenous behaviors. Once you accept that as a given and know that's only going to be more so over time as a proliferation of smartphones, where computing capacity's going to increase to so many people, then you start asking yourself things like, "What is an awesome news product for a world of five billion smartphones?" Then you start asking very different kinds of questions, both in terms of what is the editorial content, how you can utilize data, and what the business model is?Martin: Most business people asking those questions continue to be entrepreneurs.Chris: And we're back to the earliest part of this conversation all over again. Therefore, you can almost pre ordain what the future will look like for existing journalistic organizations.Martin: Before we close, I want to get your perspective on other theme that's come up. That is, that the news business isn't one business. Many people have said, "Look..." Even newspapers isn't one business. It's a very local business that guys like Warren Buffet are investing in now. It's a national global business, which is where the New York Times and the Wall Street Journal sit. It's also a regional business. I think probably the Washington Post has a foot in both worlds but is still pretty much from a business perspective, regional, but that's where the...Chris: Local.Martin: ...Boston Globe is. Regional local. I don't mean small local. I mean more regional in the sense that Washington is a big region. Those are targeted as the newspapers that are most at risk because they're neither local enough to be truly, truly differentiated for people down at he local level but nor do they have national global scale. What happens to those communities? What happens to Boston, Philadelphia? Or is there a business model that you can see out there that evolves?Chris: I'm not sure if I'm answering your question. I've not seen any version yet online heavily focused locally. With the exception, I guess, when you think about things like Yelp. You can make an argument that that is a platform to locality, with the exception of that, but this idea of something for local, on local's term, and Lord knows, the 500 attempts at hyper local that has really had a bear of a chance. Because I think that at the end of the day, it really boils down to that very basic question we talked about five times here, which is are you making somebody's life really better?We can make intellectual arguments as to why this matters or why it should matter, and we can rage against the gods, but at the end of the day, if you cannot articulate why, in all the resources at our fingertips today and in the cacophony that is caused, that you're breaking through on that kind of a thing, it doesn't really matter.Martin: I don't want to get into a debate. I think the pushback on that is that it's really more of a business model issue than a differentiated value issue.Chris: That's fair but how can you not have a business model issue if you don't have a product definition issue? I can't disaggregate them. I do hear that a lot and that is as pushback [indecipherable] and I always think it's a distinction without a distinction.Martin: I think Tim's answer to that question is that you have to...He's working in this area, Tim Landen, that is. You have to break it right down to the most basic, basic business. For him, that's a very small business. He and I may agree or disagree, but whether at the level that he's addressing the market, you can actually have enough oversight of a large city's City Hall business environment to play the civic role that journalism is supposed to play in society, is an open question.Chris: Couple observations. One is there's no question it's an open question. I can tell you that when I talk to my venture capital friends on the west coast. I'm sure you've had similar conversations. They look at this stuff like this and they say it's a non profit. If anything, Godspeed. I'm happy to sit on the boards of these non profits and give them all the advice but don't even think about it as a business. That's one kind of a construct. The second kind of a construct, which is interesting. You sort of almost said it parenthetically, but I think it's important, which is about the size of these businesses.Look, the fact of the matter is our friend at Blodget has a very nice business with a very impactful business and may even sell at good multiples at some point, but you saw the speculation on his revenue size. He has significant impact in what he's built. You may even be involved. I can't remember.Martin: He was interviewed by us and he's an extremely articulate and optimistic fellow, but he's not working local journalism.Chris: The point that I'm making is, he's at the national level with a niche, with a very good product, with a differentiating product sometimes, and it's a $12 million business. Profitable. More profitable than most newspapers. The other hangup is, is size for size sake what we're talking about? Are we talking about adequate businesses that have returns? At the end of the day, in any case, if you're not answering why this product is worth my time, the business model stuff, it become, I think, a laziness. Honestly. I could be wrong.I think people get very lazy. There is no business model like wash their hands and they go back to the conventional things they thought about before. There's no innovation in thinking about that because that there is a prescribed momentum behind it. Whereas other people are saying, "You know something? There's something very powerful out there. Maybe it's not going to be a billion dollar business but it's going to be a profitable business. Who knows what will come because we don't know what's going to come in the next 10 years. That would be the only maybe framework by which I would keep pushing this with others who are thinking about that issue.Martin: Paul, anything more?Paul Sagan: You've done a great job telling the story, so let me ask you a really difficult looking back question. It's like a classic business question about it would be, given that the opportunities particularly in more local news, which is where newspapers look like small businesses, would you like to have, as you described, could start them today?These companies were big. They still are fairly large, so these little businesses just don't move the needle for them. Given that and given how tough the tide has been, should be have [indecipherable] , put us on, whether it was Time [?] Made, the New York Times or Washington Post have gone the other way and said almost run them the way Larry Tish ran CBS, which was "I'm not spending on all those things. I'm going to milk this current business" because the landing ramp is always longer than people think. You should optimize the cash flow and not persuade yourself [crosstalk].Chris: I think there's a real argument to say that that's what the industry in fact did. I think today, we're at a point where people are wrestling...Paul: By under investing.Chris: By under investing and frankly, this is a whole, longer kind of a conversation. A lot of people, at the end of the day, thought they could manage the timing of this, that things would transition when they transition. We'd be in the strongest possible position and we wanted to have our cake and eat it, too, which is we're going to have a great print business, which by the way, was going from a very large business to a moderately large business but still relatively large and losing its ass to a business that was 10 or 15 percent of the size of the first business but had an opportunity to be profitable.There was a psychological challenge that I think people were continuing to wrestle and that kind of stuff. The second thing, and you must've had a hundred conversations like this, but I had a huge aha moment with a big time Warner executive when I was running Washington Post and Newsweek about this very question about how do you invest and how you think about it at the time? This was looking forward not looking back.We had a long conversation about where stuff was going and behavior. Should we invest everything else? At the end of the lunch, the guy turned to me and said, "You know, man, look. I know you're right. I know there's something here. I know we have to figure it out. I have kids. I see what they do." He looked over my shoulder and said, "Man, I just hope it happens after I retire." I think there was a lot of that in this industry, in terms of we're going to have to manage to this. It's going to be somebody else's problem. It's not our core business. We get up in the morning, we go to bed at night. What is our core business?I can remember someone saying to me once said, "Look, it's possible that classified...That will never sell." I forget what the number...I'm going to make it the numbers up, but maybe jobs, revenue that this enterprise was $100 million, whatever and it dropped to 50. It was also because there was a recession going on, lots of different factors. We've seen the cycles before. I remember that executive saying to me from another institution saying, "Look. It's possible we'll never be 100 again, but you can assure me it won't."I would suggest what you said they could've done or could we think over in hindsight? Was in fact very much exactly what we were doing. I'm not saying had we done otherwise, we'd been in a significantly different place either. I actually think that's not something to revise. I think that's actually something that occurred.Paul: That's really what happened in lots of little pieces.Chris: I think so.Paul: Going back to one of the other things you talked about, which was the ability to spend enough or even be a tech company. We talked to Roger Fidler. In some ways, Knight Ridder was one of the earliest, most innovative and one of the first to lose against the tide. At their peak, the budget for their lab at Boulder...They effectively built the prototype of what became the iPad 25 years later, was $1 million. That won't even buy you lunch in a tech company. There's just no way to play the game from where they stand.Chris: It's always easy in hindsight to look back and come to that conclusion. I can only tell you without being a student of history, I surely did not think it then, and I'm not sure I'm convinced of that now. I do think that it is incredibly hard to my earlier observation about companies who face core challenges to the core of their business to do otherwise. It can happen to people who are cold and analytic enough to start thinking about things in a different way.Martin: The interesting thing about Intel and Andy Grove is that he really...To use an overused word, I'm sorry but pivoted out of DRAMs into processing on a dime, pretty much.Paul: The difference was, I would argue they had the existential moment. They knew that business was dead, and I don't think newspapers and magazines have, for a very long time, confronted that they actually their business was going to end rapidly. Intel did. Their business was being...It was simply going away.Chris: So was Classifieds.Paul: Again, from a basic human being, forget about what you're feeling about the culture of a place and how you think about...How could you search for a job one time on online and not say to yourself what was going to happen over here, particularly when you had someone doing it at scale for free?Martin: By the way Chris, I was in many meetings even prior to your running WPNI in '96, '97 when very senior people in the newspaper industry sat around a table and said, "Not me. The CEO was...This business is going away." They had that same epiphany but where I was headed, just for moment is that half a dozen...Maybe not that many, but certainly a good handful of people whom we've interviewed and most of them on the tech side have said, "If the news industry would just simply recognize that its future is digital and get out of print, it would be a very, very good thing."I happen to disagree with that, but in a funny way, that's kind of the ultimate discipline to your point. Is that what you're suggesting that they should've done at a certain point in time? Basically just close the presses and said, "Even though these things are churning out hundreds of millions of dollars in cash flow." How could they do that? There is no way to finance the business without supporting the core. [laughs] Do you know what I'm saying?Chris: Yeah.Martin: The reality of it is it doesn't make any sense.Paul: That's the dilemma.Chris: That is the dilemma but forgive me. 72 percent of IBM's revenue, if I remember the number. You can remember this, but if I remember it correctly, it was in mainframe computing and they got out in two years.Paul: But they didn't. The mainframe is still the core of their company.Chris: Fair enough, but they were able to pivot, forgive the word, enough to be able to service it. That was something. To which, I guess there a couple of things that I would say on that. One is, the idea that there was huge cash flow associated now with the kinds of losses that these institutions are having is a whole different kind of a conversation in and of itself. There was a time when what you said, particularly in the area you were describing, in which that dilemma was particularly profound.Martin: That was the year that it had to have happened in. Otherwise it would be too late.Chris: Very, very quickly thereafter it became very, very clear that this was going to be a less large enterprise losing a boatload of money, so you say to yourself, "You're funding those losses versus funding what it was that you're going to do overall."Finally, a lot of us didn't talk about it necessarily a lot of the time did studies particularly of audiences under 35 who would say at a mass number, not a plurality but a majority who would say, "I wouldn't take a subscription to a newspaper if you delivered it to me for free." Now I don't know what kind of Pearl Harbor needs to get hit for one to say the game is really now, it's not going to be 10 years from now, 20 years from now, that we can manage to, but it's here before us, by which you have to make some experiments.I actually fall into the camp of shutting off the printing presses and I'm comfortable with the idea that you could run a smaller business and that we become larger another day with a sense of good innovation about it overall. But I will also confess in saying that that it's also a sloppy answer, it's like a gratuitous thing. Because part and parcel with that must still become, OK, well enough, but at the end of the day is your product any different than anything else?It's all well and good to say I'm going to do that because it's going to save cost, but it doesn't answer the more sophisticated, important questions. OK, but what are you offering which is so much better, easier, faster, cheaper than everybody else? What is your business model or what innovation are you bringing to your business model to make it or alternative [?] revenue streams, however you want to think about it, to take it to the other places. From a user perspective and what I think is going to be an inevitability perspective, I think the printing it's about chronic pain towards potential death versus extremely acute pain for a fight for another day. That's the way I look at it.But I also believe very, very firmly it's a sloppy analysis on my part. You can't just say the act of cutting that cost structure out and taking the one time hit is what's going to save your business. You have to think about what is it that you're offering in that new environment that's more powerful?Martin: I think that is the nub of this, and it comes out fairly clearly, actually, in every interview is that the difference in opinion between the more traditional folks who believe that fairly expensive journalistic process is that differentiator versus folks who believe that some combination of user generated content, curation, an extremely light version of the old world is quote, to use your term, "good enough" which I think is actually Christianson's term, but putting that aside.The two...[crosstalk]Chris: Maybe.Martin: Well, it doesn't matter.Chris: I can't remember what I had for breakfast this morning.Martin: That's really the nub of this to some extent.[crosstalk]Chris: Why do you think they think it's one or the other? Forgive me, this is a corollary question. Why do they assume that the print mechanism is a gating factor of whether or not you do serious in depth reporting or not?[crosstalk]Martin: Nobody thinks that anymore. The nub of this is that the kind of journalism that is created to ensure a healthy democracy involves a certain process. That process involves a lot of people. It's simply not good enough to say, "a curate user generated content. Curate all of these sources. Don't produce what is produced elsewhere because other people are doing it." That's the argument. That's the fundamental argument.The traditionalists would say the end game for that argument is... In fact, David Carr in a sense did this with his illustration of cutting out everything that was being aggregated. There was nothing left. Would say, "without that more traditional journalistic process, the Twitters of the world will have no content other than people's opinions." That's the argument they use.[crosstalk]Chris: I understand the algebra of it. For me to speak personally it falls under the hand wringing oh my God, the sky is falling aspects of this. In many respects the sky is falling around us without us thinking about why that it is. I don't disagree. This is kind of what I said before. I believe that not only as a great country, a great world out there, that there is a requirement in the journalistic process which is profound and unique. In afflicts the comfortable and comforts the afflicted. That has a value from the societal perspective. I also crazily believe it also has a business value and opportunity into it. I believe that in the era that we're in right now, there's a huge opportunity to disrupt.With that as one, but not the only premise of what can happen overall, the very fact that so many people are saying at the end of the day, that that's no longer valued, is I think dead wrong. I think that a lot of people get into the kind of hand wringing aspect to this as opposed to thinking, "fair enough, if I'm in an environment where I don't have to spend a freaking dime on any distribution, and I now have an ability to reach corners of the world that I could never reach before, possibly for pennies a pop."How many people are thinking about the fact of the matter that in this world of five billion Smartphones, immersion markets all of a sudden can have the ability to get news anywhere, anytime, and all over? Nobody thinks that way. Even the television guys think about the emerging markets in an MSO model. There's things that are happening out there from a marketing and technology perspective that can bring to bear more than enough profit to be able to address this thing overall. It is in one part an absence of imagination, one part hand wringing, and one part still trying to jam the square peg of the past in the round hole of the future to come up with the answers that are there.Maybe I'm just wrong, because I tell you people much smarter than I am have invested a lot of money and lost a lot of money, and just think I'm dead wrong. It's a non profit forever, NPR is the only thing possible. I just don't believe it. I don't believe it at all....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (37)

Doc Searls

BIO: YES: David "Doc" Searls (born July 29, 1947), co-author...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: If we could start with a five-minute bio.Doc: It's funny. My favorite Dorothy Parker line is that she prefers the company of younger men because their stories are shorter. I've accumulated a lot of stories, so I actually began, in a way in journalism. I wrote for my high school paper, my college paper. I was involved in sports to the degree that I reported on that and ran the scoreboard at my college, college's football games, and stuff like that. After I successfully fought the draft, which was what you did during the Vietnam War, and if you are part of the class of people that didn't believe in the war and all that.But that was a source of journalistic impulse as well, on my part, because I wrote a lot about that at the time. Not much of it made publication, but one of my first jobs is at a newspaper, a suburban newspaper in New Jersey. I had a lot of fun doing that. It was an incredibly formative experience that is no different than almost everybody else's kind of cub reporter. I did it all, including setting type. There were three or four parts to the letterpress process. When different parts of it when on strike, which they did because this was New Jersey, right? The linotype operators would go on strike. It was called stereo. I didn't know what stereo was short for, but something longer. The guys that poured massive amounts of lead into the large vats, those guys, or the press operators went on strike, then we would operate these different things. That was fun, too. All of it obsolete today, but it was instructive. I was also a photographer. I did a lot of photography. I'm still a photographer and I got my start doing newspaper photography, reporting on accidents and ball games and the rest of it. I ran, in that chain of papers, which is now gone, one of the outer suburban local papers, in West Milford, New Jersey, which is where Greenwood Lake is. From there, I went to work for a...Jeez, that was during the office of economic opportunity period when there was still The Great Society and all that stuff. One of the outfits I did reporting on hired me on, to do community organizing. I did not do very well at what Barack Obama wrote a book about, community organizing in Chicago. But even there I was involved in starting, unsuccessfully, a local nonprofit radio station. Then I went to work for an actual radio station. I did news reporting there. In which, among other things, I developed a weird, arcane skill, which is the ability to look at a newspaper and, on the fly, write an on-air story, just by paraphrasing what I was reading.I just switched the words around. I don't know why I developed a skill for that. But often it was close to deadline I'd just pick up the paper, hold it flat so it wouldn't crinkle and just, instead of... "Three people were killed in an accident. An accident in which three people were killed took place in West Milford," or something like that. From there, I stayed in radio, in New Jersey, then in North Carolina. I really, a certain point — this is an important thing, in respect to the Internet — I found myself in, let's say 1977 so I would have been about 30 years old, with a wife, two small kids, living outside Durham and Chapel Hill, North Carolina, out of a job. The radio station I worked for was having hard times. The consulting practice that I had going, where I wrote a lot of advertising copy for people, because I was a pretty good writer.The newspapers, there were only a few of them. The one in Durham, the one in Chapel Hill had just gone out of business. They were way ahead of their time in that respect. It was a daily in Chapel Hill. And the News and Observer in Raleigh. None of them were hiring. Because the Internet did not exist at that time, my scope of employment opportunities in journalism were geographic. Unless I was going to move somewhere else. And I had no means to do that. I didn't have any money. When two of my listeners at the radio station, where I was still telling jokes on the air, because that was what I started doing when we couldn't sell advertising at the radio station. I made up ads for things that didn't exist and I created this character which somebody else called Dr. Dave. The fossil remnant of which is the nickname, Doc. My real name is David. I didn't give myself that nickname, either. Just somebody said, "Doctor Dave will be on in five minutes." That also involved improvisation, by the way. I'd just go on and tell jokes.It was weird, kind of a Robin Williams thing. And also leveraging an unfulfilled and probably luckily avoided ambition to be a stand-up comedian at one point. I wanted to do that. But I decided not to, because I had a wife and two small kids and it was a not a smart thing to do either. But anyway, two listeners who knew that I could write copy approached me to start an advertising agency. Their names were Hodskins and Simone. So that became Hodskins, Simone and Searls. Hodskins, Simone and Searls — very long story very short — became, over time, one of the top, if not the top, high-tech advertising agencies in Silicon Valley. We moved from North Carolina to Silicon Valley.Martin: What year was that?Doc: 1985. We started the agency in '78 and were successful enough by '84 that we opened a new office out there. I came out in '85. We won a whole lot of business. For the next 15 years, my name was on a building in Palo Alto. I got a lot of experience dealing with... Actually, I met Dave Winer, who you're also interviewing, in 1982. He won't remember that. But I did, because I went to his booth that he and his brother were running, I think in 1983, in Atlanta, Georgia, at a ComDex there. And saw his outliner program and was blown away by it. And still am. I'm still blown away by outlining and its implications. Many years later Dave and I became good friends, but back then I was just aware of what he was doing and thought it was amazing. There were many others like that, that I knew over the years. But I never gave up writing. I still did freelancing, from time to time.Martin: Just to be clear. Were you the creative head of this agency?Doc: I was the co-creative director. The three original guys were the business guy, the art guy and the copy guy. I was the copy guy. Ray Simone was the art guy. And David ran the business, very ably. He was a terrific manager. Ray was a terrific creative director. At a certain point, I realized that I was better at dealing... I loved relating to these companies. I didn't like the level at which we engaged them as an advertising agency or as a PR agency.Martin: Who were your clients between 1985 and... I mean, pick two or three.Doc: Sun Microsystems, parts of Apple, Logitech, Symantec, several in Europe, Grouple, Xena Theta Systems, Hitachi Semiconductor. A lot of smaller ones that have come and gone. There was a printer company called Data South, in North Carolina, that was amazing. But I went to a lot of the conferences. I got to know Esther Dyson pretty well. And Tim O'Reilly, who would be great for you to talk to, as well. Just a whole bunch of them. And became involved in the industry. That was, even while I was covering it... It's interesting. If you go back, I have a section at Searls.com called Reality 2.0, which is where I put articles I wrote that nobody would publish. Because I couldn't find anybody to publish them. I had been approached by PC Week and a couple of other publications to write for them. In every case, they turned me down after I submitted what I wanted to do.Martin: Why?Doc: For the most part, those publications were outsourced house organs for their advertisers, quite honestly. I wanted to be able to say what the hell I pleased. I wanted to be funny or just irreverent, when I needed to be. It just didn't fit the mold. Jay Rosen talks about this. There is a language. There are formalities. There are protocols. There is a typical approach to the way a given publication sounds. I've met a bunch of people who worked, say, for Newsweek or Time. There was this template. "This is how we sound. This is our style. We shouldn't know it's you writing it, even though you're one of the three or four names in the byline at the bottom." It's the Time Magazine sound, the Newsweek sound. The New York Times is probably the same way, though it's a little looser in that respect. With the exception of Linux Journal, which approached me in 1996... I was involved in the founding of it, actually, in 1994. The publisher, a good friend named Phil Hughes. I've actually never been asked to write for anybody. It's an interesting thing to me. It's weird.Martin: I think my colleague Tom Friedman referred to you as one of the most important technology writers out there. That's a pretty good endorsem*nt.Doc: I really appreciated Tom saying that. I think I'm good. But I'm not standard. I have the same problem in journalism that Dave has had among programmers. Which is, he's his own guy. I'm my own guy. I don't really fit any of these templates. But I'm not bothered by that. I'm really not. It's not a complaint. It's an observation. I take a very long view. Your concern with history here, and my feeling about the history of journalism in the Internet era is very early. We're still in the Cambrian explosion period. I'm really into geology. I think we've been in the Pre-Cambrian and the early Phanerozoic and now we're kind of in the middle of the Cambrian explosion. Everything's an experiment at this point. The trilobites are trying their best to survive. The horseshoe crabs may carry on.Martin: I forgot to do one of my main jobs, which is to say we're here (in New York) on March 7th, 2013, interviewing Doc Searls.Doc: Excuse me.Martin: So you're running this agency in Silicon Valley, from 1985 until 2000. You said 15 years so I just did the math.Doc: It lived from 1978 to 1998. It was acquired in 1998 by Publicis, a big company from France that's acquired a lot of advertising agencies. It was one of the Silicon Valley agencies they acquired. By that time I was on the board, but I was fairly inactive. We would send business each other's way. We decided to make it just an advertising agency, rather than advertising and PR agency. I had already spun off the Searls Group as not so much the PR, but the marketing side of that. I turned the Searls Group itself into much more of a pure consultancy. I was dealing with people higher up in companies. Because almost without exception, the marketing communications directors, the people who were in charge of advertising and PR had no power.I'd much rather deal with the CEOs or the top IT CIO type people, though they weren't called CIOs back then. That's a more current term. But I wanted to deal with the people who were actually in charge. That consultancy still exists. I still make money doing that.Martin: At some point in that era, late '90s you must have partnered with your co-writers to do Cluetrain. Why don't you explain what that was, because I think a lot of our viewers want to know. And how that came about?Doc: The Cluetrain Manifesto was born of the common frustrations that four guys had with what became of the promise of the Internet in its earliest years. I date the Internet that we know now and that I think will exist for the fullness of time to 1995. 1995 was when the perfect storm of ISPs, dial-up access, the graphical browser especially, that was the biggest thing, domain names for sale... All of those things together made it possible for anybody to publish, for anybody to run their own radio station, for anybody to run their own TV station, for anybody to do what the hell they pleased in a space that we'd never seen before, that put all of us at zero distance from everybody else. It didn't matter where we were in the world. At something close to no cost at all, anybody could communicate with anybody. Anybody could run their own printing press, as it were. To me that was just fundamental. That's where Dave and I were in absolute agreement. And a lot of other people were. By 1996 I had become friends with Chris Locke, who was one of the founding figures in the net that we know now. He worked on Meckler Web with Alan Meckler. Is it Alan Meckler?Martin: Yes.Doc: Yeah. Alan Meckler. And Chris was more than anybody I knew, really an absolute uncompromising iconoclast. I once joked about Chris that he never crossed a bridge he didn't burn. He would bite any hand that fed him, usually with good cause and sometimes just for fun. And was just a fabulous writer. An enviably good writer. He and I became friends through a retreat that was really seminal, that Jerry Michalski held in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania in August of '96. A lot of other, since then, important people were also there. But Chris and I just bonded over giving sh*t to whoever we felt like giving sh*t to, because they deserved it. We developed a relationship where we'd talk to each other on the phone every few days about all the things that we thought were stupid at that time. This is in '97-98. In late '98 we were pretty alarmed that here was the promise of the Internet and all the big money was going into recreating the old offline world, online. Let's make a mall. Let's make a retail operation. Let's build some enclosure and put a bunch of stuff in there, where we're the only way to get into that. It seemed to us, that's silly. The Internet is for everybody. It makes that kind of thing obsolete. In our conversations, Chris at one point said, "I'd like to bring David Weinberger into this." It turns out, he was having the same kind of conversations with David Weinberger. I knew David from his commentaries at NPR, but I didn't know him otherwise. Chris was in Boulder, Colorado. I was in the Bay Area, and David was in Boston. The three of us got to talking on the phone and decided we need to publish something. I don't know whether it was caused by this or not, but one of the factors that led into it was that all three of us made our money selling our consulting time to companies of various kinds largely for marketing. We shared war stories about the kinds of clients we had and how we would select them. Or, de-select them as the case may be. At one point I said, well you know my technique is I have what I think of as the logic of marketing. Which is markets are conversations, conversation is fire, and therefore marketing is arson or should be arson. If you want to set a fire, I'm your guy. If you don't, go have somebody else go write your press releases.I think it was Chris who said, why don't we test that thesis? Let's just put something up. It may have been David who said that. For whatever reason, we decided let's put something up. Chris at that time brought in saying we need somebody more technical than any of us. Even though all three of us are fairly technical in different ways. But somebody who's really good at doing a website and was of a similar mind. He brought in Rick Levine who happened to live also in Boulder and worked for Sun Microsystems at that time, and was an expert in Pearl and other kinds of code. Rick joined the conversation. It was the four of us, and we decided to make it a manifesto because that worked for Marx, and have 95 theses because that worked for Luther.The name Cluetrain came along when one of us related an old Silicon Valley epitaph that said, the clue train stopped there four times a day for 10 years and they never took delivery.One of us said, well why don't we see if that domain name's taken. I looked it up, saw it wasn't taken, bought it on the spot for 75 bucks. That's where the name Cluetrain came from. There wasn't much more thought that went into it besides that. It was just like, "sounds good. Let's do it."As of today, the word Cluetrain is tweeted many times a day. It appears according to Google Books in one new book a day. An average of well over 9,000 books that have the word Cluetrain in it.We created a neologism with that. When it went up in March or April of '99, Chris I think had the longest list of subscribers to his irregular kind of newsletter called "Entropy Gradient Reversals," or EGR. David had a list too, and he had an online pub called "JOHO: Journal of the Hyperlinked Organization." I had a much smaller list at that time of just friends. It got picked up by Tom Petzinger in his column in "The Wall Street Journal." He interviewed Chris, and I think he talked to me and David, too.But Chris was the star, and he got the little wood cut head shot on the front page of the business section of the Journal. In one day, my emails went from 15 a day to hundreds. It caught fire. It absolutely caught fire.Martin: We all have our interpretations of what this notion of markets as conversations means and how it relates to our business. But, can you characterize how you think it relates to journalism?Doc: Yes. Before we get to journalism I'd like to say that an interesting thing that happened with Cluetrain is that the most quoted line was the first one which was markets are conversations. I've often felt that it's been totally misunderstood. It was basically, as Jakob Nielsen who's the usability king told me later, and I hadn't realized it. He said you guys defected from marketing and took sides with markets against marketing. He said, you spoke in the second person voice to marketing from the position of customers.Martin: Well, Nielsen's sort of the anti-banner guy going back...Doc: All the way, yeah.Martin: Going back before...Doc: Before there were banners.Martin: We've witnessed this struggle of supporting journalism through more traditional forms of advertising and trying to keep Humpty Dumpty together. But before we get there, you were saying...Doc: Well Humpty Dumpty will be put kept together, or brought back together, when markets really are conversations. There are a lot of journalists. Myself, Dave, Jay Rosen, Jeff Jarvis, others who have endorsed that from the beginning and have wanted the big organizations to do that, and want the new ones to do that. What happened was the marketers picked it up and said, marketing is a conversation, and it was with themselves for the most part. It's crazy, but it didn't do what we wanted it to do. But the most important clue, and it even says so. The first clue we had, the thing that really galvanized this I believe...David and Chris and Rick may say differently: "All stories are true." Chris, who's a really brilliant graphics guy by the way. He's not only a great writer, he's got an awesome graphics sense. He put out a little .gif, a little .gif that said, "We are not seats or eyeballs or end users or consumers. We are human beings, and our reach extends your grasp. Deal with it."As soon as I got that and as the other two guys got that, it was like that's it. We'll just build the "Cluetrain Manifesto" around that. That .gif went in the "Cluetrain Manifesto" above kind of a super headline that said, but in small type, if there's only one clue to get this year, that was 1999, this is it.Forget eyeballs and so forth. Then there was this thing of people of Earth and a bunch of other stuff. Below that, the "Cluetrain Manifesto" first thesis "Markets Are Conversations."Most of the rest of the 95 are packing material quite frankly. The first 10 or 15 were the important ones. To me, one of the most important one was "Hyperlinks subvert hierarchy," which is David Weinbeger's. David and Chris actually wrote most of them, and wrote most of the manifesto as well.But what happened was that because that was a little .gif, and it was not easy to quote, it couldn't be copied and pasted. I think that was a mistake. That was one mistake that we made was not making that copy and pastable. I've felt ever since that this line, "Our reach, exceeds your grasp, deal with it," is still not true.Our reach, meaning us the consumers of news, our reach is still not exceeding the grasp of those that are still the mandarins of making the news. That's just in journalism, but it's also true in retailing. It's true in lots of categories. My ambition since then has been making that alpha clue true.We can go into that later if we want. But as for the markets are conversations thing, I've felt from the start that there needs to be a symbiosis between the readers of news and the writers of news. The people who consume journalism should be also the people who produce journalism.There should be a virtuous cycle between them that has within it new formalisms, new protocols, new techniques. New lots of stuff, without letting go of the old. I don't think we're ever going to not print stuff. I don't think we're ever not going to broadcast stuff. I don't think we're ever not going to have an environment that self selects the best and puts them in positions of being the primary sources of authoritative reporting and commenting, and the rest of it.Martin: Well that's critical. We just had the Goldsmith Awards at the Shorenstein Center. It's very, I have to say, inspiring to hear the stories of these investigative reporters who go out and spend sometimes six, eight months, longer, really drilling into huge and grave injustices in society. They need the time and the space to do that. They need to earn a living while they're doing it. The wonderful thing about an institution like "The Times" or "The Chicago Tribune" is that they allow for that to happen. The question I guess a lot of folks are asking is, OK if the advertising business is essentially dissolving in some respects in front of these folks, how is that going to continue over time?Doc: Wow, this is a big one. Here's the thing, and this is what I've been working on. I think that the advertising business does not dissolve. I think it transforms. The advertising business is already not only partly dissolved, but it's sort of mated and produced a weirdly hybrid offspring. Its mated with direct marketing, which the old Madison Avenue advertising, which we now call brand advertising, would never have touched with a 10 foot pole. There's a thicker Chinese Wall between Madison Avenue and everything else in advertising, especially direct marketing.Getting personal with people. You don't get personal with people if you're doing brand advertising. You're putting your name and your logo on a building, and you are broadcasting a well thought out and honest and convincing image of your company to the world. That was a very mature discipline that I think recently has been disrespected, honestly. I think it will always be here, and it will have a resurgence once we realize how important it was and still is. I think that will have a huge second life in newspapers and magazines and so forth. It's still having its first life in magazines like "Vogue" and "Brides." Those where the advertising is a big part of the editorial. It was never disrespected there. But what's happened is that direct marketing found in the Internet something it was never able to do very well with direct mail and all the other media that were there before the Internet. Which was, we can do big data analytics with this. We can get really personal. We can get totally personal with you. It has mutated into a virus, I mean a horrible virus that we have right now. That's probably the best way of putting it. Where our privacy is absolutely invaded to a degree that should cause great offense, and has actually only caused great offense with the "What They Know" series at "The Wall Street Journal." I would love to put in a plug right now for a Pulitzer. Julia Angwin and her people there, she's on leave right now writing a book about this.Martin: She was recently at the Shorenstein Center.Doc: She's awesome. What she started there, just focusing on what they know and why they know it, is a proper journalistic response to the invasive viruses and spores that are tracking cookies, and tracking beacons, and tracking pixels, and other things that are keeping track of us in order to give us better advertising of give us a better experience. Which is, from the consumer's side, absolute bullsh*t. To the degree that it succeeds, and it does. It supports Google, it supports Facebook, it supports a lot of other things.Martin: Does it support journalism?Doc: It doesn't support journalism. I mean, I shouldn't say. It does to some degree, and that's arguable. Martin: Maybe to some degree.Doc: But I don't know. I mean, I'm assuming that much. But it does support some worthy things. I think in the way that it was done say on Google search in the first place where it's always over in the margin on the right. You could ignore it. The white space had some grey in it, and those are useful results. If you don't get them on the left, fine. OK. But when it's the equivalent of -- on the street when you leave a store, somebody plants something on your body and follows you where you're going -- then sends you messages later that are highly personalized but have what Nixon called plausible deniability. Because, well it's not really you. It's some number we have on you. It's not really personal, but it's optimized for you personally. Bullsh*t. It's bad manners. The manners are horrible. It's the manners that were developed in direct marketing over many years when they were smoking their own exhaust and talking to themselves about what was good data and what was bad that created an industry with companies like Axiom, which by the way has been a client of mine, and they did pay me and didn't listen. They get a lot of money for having something like 1,000 data points on 300,000,000 human beings. We're already by the way, a lot of data's given up by say, your hunting license, other things.Those things have been given to Axiom and other companies like that for a long time. But it was mostly harmless, and those places did have some ethics about them. But there has always been in the direct marketing business, a missing ethical gene. The frontier for advertising right now is the ethical one. I think journalism can help a great deal with that.Martin: How? Well, Julia is helping, perhaps.Doc: Julia's one, but that whole thing has been a voice in the wilderness for some time. It started in July 30 of 2010. I wrote a piece at that time for my blog that said this is a turning point. This is when it turns around. Amara's Law says we overestimate the short term and underestimate the long. I very much overestimated in the short term and underestimated in the long on that one. Because I am sure that that was the turning point. But it's just going to take time. But in the meantime, I think two things are going to happen. One is, "The people formerly known as the audience," which is Jeff Jarvis's term, and I think maybe also Dan Gillmor's. Dan Gilmore has readers who know more than I do.The imperatives that arise from those facts in journalism will seep further into the discipline and inform its processes inevitably and better. I think, for example, in "The New York Times" and other major papers, we're going to find something better than comments. For example, "The Wall Street Journal," everybody has their CMS, their Content Management System. It used to be ATEX, or whatever the hell that company was and nobody could change it. Well now it's something else and they can't change it, and can't even think about it. But they will get replaced by something where for example, I picked up the "Times" this morning. There's a piece in there where New York is called the capital of consumerism or something like that. I thought, based on what? What the hell does that mean? Like it's a fact? This is the capital of consumerism. What is consumerism? What do you mean by that? I'd want to put a footnote on that and go to, here's a web page that says you know... [laughs]Excuse me. Why I've called it that. But it's presented as a kind of fact. This is on the front of the business page, and it's a small nit on my part. But rather than doing the powerless thing, the old powerless thing I'm going to go on and say where do you get off saying this is about that? No. Let's debug that a little bit. Or let's leave it open for debugging. Especially if this becomes, this is the paper of record. Let's have a process here whereby offhanded statements like that, or claims in some cases, can be substantiated.I think if there are processes in place whereby a common understanding can arise, rather than as it is now powerless put backs can be issued or partisan statements can be issued as well, we'll get somewhere.One of the things I love about my blog is that I can actually have a dialogue with my readers. I put up something a few days ago about advertising on the net. Actually in particular about Facebook. I think it was yesterday. Knowing that Facebook is going to come out with a whole new advertising something. In which I pointed out that for me at least, their advertising's horrible.Martin: Yeah, I read it.Doc: You read it.Martin: I think there was somebody who noted that he'd been married for 25 years, and he's been getting ads for divorce attorneys and things like that.Doc: I know, it's insane. You know what's happened is some scamming company's bought everybody 60 and up. If you're 60 and up, you're getting these sh*tty ads. The interesting thing is it isn't what that's about. One of the responses was, well why don't you just run AdBlocker? I wrote back in the comments and said well in fact I do. Three days ago I wrote a piece about how I do that. But in this case I turn it off every once in awhile, or I maintain one browser that's clean, as it were. I'm not running any ad blocking or any tracking blocking so I can see what other people see. Or the kind of things other people see. The guy wrote back, he said cool, that's great. Rather than you were wrong and I'm going to retreat back over to where I was in my subordinate position as just nothing more than a reader. What I see modeled on my blog, and I've seen for a long time, is not only just a place, but a way that the heuristics of common understanding are facilitated with much greater efficiency and efficacy than what we have now.Where you have the tablet that's etched and handed out by the Moses of the world from on high, and you can't even mark it up with graffiti. You can kind of scratch something in the sand over here and hope that somebody reads it. That's cool stuff. But again, I see that as very early.We'll have that in the long run. I think in the course of that, we'll get better advertising. I want to just, if we go deeper into advertising, I see a division coming again between the direct marketing kind of advertising and brand advertising. Brand advertising living forever being what it is and doing what it does better, while the direct marketing stuff gets in the short term punished for its offenses and improved into something that will work better than it does now.But I think that that will not be direct marketing as much as what in my new book I call the intention economy. With intention, where the actual intentions of you and me are heard rather than ignored. Which is what we have right now.Martin: One of the interesting themes that has come-up is this notion that there is a tide and there are swimmers. . Essentially, the tide is advanced technologies, institutions, whatever, businesses. Then there are the swimmers. The swimmers are the people who are making decisions inside many of these places.Doc: That's a good metaphor. I like it.Martin: Yeah, I do too. Whatever you may think about the future of journalism, right now we have the Tribune Company trying to emerge from bankruptcy. Things are not great with respect to the traditional institutional journalism. It's very much a question of which institutions will survive and how they'll survive. The question has arisen, are we where we are because it was inevitable, or are we where we are because some people made terrible decisions? I think the one that gets brought up most often is this notion of free versus pay in the news space. You talked about 1995 being a seminal year, That was the year when CNN and Yahoo! News, and the next year "The New York Times" with all due respect, came out with essentially free websites. I have my perspective, I'm not going to proffer it here of course.Doc: I don't even know what it is at this point. I'd love to talk to you about it.Martin: I just would love to get your perspective on A, the question of kind of determinism. I don't want to overuse that word. But you know, this notion that what is had to be because it was a tide so strong that the swimmers just simply were meant to drown. Or, whether decisions like the free versus pay one would have altered that history.Doc: Well, I think looking at it in almost geological terms. I don't think it's so much that a comet hit the earth and the dinosaurs died. It's more like we had a big climate change. The climate change was in the long run I think, a good one because it was a second environment alongside the old one.The old environment was a purely physical one. The new one was a virtual one. It has its own infrastructure which is protocols, and not just wires and accounts. Which is how it appears to us. The Internet appears to most of us as a cable bill. But it's not. The Internet is protocols. TCPIP is a protocol that allows data to be sent on a best efforts basis between any two points in the world at no cost. This is something the phone and cable companies never would have invented.Which is one reason why leaving them in charge of it is a very bad idea. It was invented by a bunch of geeks for their own convenience. And it proved to be not only a good thing, it turned into this whole environment, a second world that coexists with the physical one. It's a virtual world whereby I can take this phone, which is not just a phone. It's a computer that has an Internet connection. I can be in touch with my wife in France, or friends in China, or any other place with almost no effort. No more effort than it takes to call somebody down the hall.That was unthinkable before that. How many times when we were growing up did you hear, "Can you be quiet, I'm on long distance." There is no long distance. Long distance is gone.Whenever there's a climate change, there's these two climates next to each other. There's the physical climate that's affected by the virtual climate. The virtual climate is well, we're going to have atmosphere now, and we're going to have something like ground. There will be tectonic movements on it. There's something like mantle and plates, but maybe not, and we don't know because it just formed. We're still trying to understand it, and we don't yet. For example, the term infrastructure, which is very interesting to me, only came into common use starting in 1960.It is a field of infinite importance, and yet it is not a field of study at any university. It's a subject of study within many fields, but it's not understood. We have an infrastructure which is the Internet, and it's protocol based. It's not based on wires. It's not based on what we can see or can hook up, or even the WiFi that this hooks up to now. That's just a conveyance that's handy at this moment in history. But, the protocol will not go away. That is a fact in the world, any more than gravity will go away. We're coping with that. I think what happened for journalism was it put it on a second fling in addition to the first fling. Somebody said this at a journalistic gathering. I loved it, which is I have a great idea. What do you say we go into Canada and we cut down entire forests and pulp them up, and roll them up to flat sheets, and print on them, and distribute this to people and charge them for it, and pay for it by advertising. Do this by the millions. Wouldn't this be a great idea? We'll call it the newspaper business. Well nobody would ever do that anew in 1995. But it was an incumbent business, and it was quite good. It will probably remain an incumbent business as long as it's not hard to produce pulp and the rest of it. But it was challenged by this second environment which is well, information wants to be free.But value wants to be paid for. That was the problem with the information wants to be free imperative. Yeah, but my old friend Don who's a hard core free software and open source advocate, and is running the best stuff on advertising right now by the way.Don said way back in the 90s, information doesn't want to be free. Information wants to be $6.95. Based on that, my corollary, which is value wants to be paid for. I think people want to pay for value. This is why it was weird that in the Napster era, which lasted what, a year or something like that? Or two years? Everybody's saying wow, wait a minute. Now all music is nothing. All music is totally free. Then Apple comes along and says wait a minute, we've got a system here. It's going to be 99 cents. Billions of things sell for 99 cents. Does that mean it's the end of that? Or that Apple's going to be the only one in that business? No. Apple's going to be disrupted too. That was an experiment that proved out in a period of time. But is that going to continue proving in the fullness of time when there's real competition for that? Not just from Amazon or whoever, but from anybody? Is that going to be the final way things go? I remember a conversation at the Syndicate Conference that you and Jeff Jarvis and I had just before you were going to announce the first pay wall that "The New York Times" was going to do. You related it briefly in the conversations between circulation and editorial and other parts of "The Times" on how are we going to do this?You came up with an experiment. It came and it went. There's another experiment going on now. I'm not subscribing online, and I wrote a thing about that because I don't like being told it's only 99 cents for the next four weeks when in fact I want to be a subscriber until the end of time.I'd rather pay for it a different way, and there's too many different deals. Doing it the University deal, which is only online. When I really want to get the physical paper as well and I want to be able to turn it on and off when I travel, and maybe have it delivered in some cases to the hotel that I'm at, because I like having it delivered. I have some ideas on how to do that. I've written to people and nobody wants to hear them. But that's OK. They'll learn, and there's a learning process that's going on there. But it's early. It's really, really early.We need these experiments. To me, the interim tragedy is that while "The Times" I think has emerged as even more than it ever was before, the major paper in the world. I mean, there's nothing close. I mean it's just so good compared to everything else. A lot of other papers have suffered. The "San Jose Mercury News," which was my paper in Silicon Valley, and was a great, great paper.Martin: It was very early, by the way. Knight Ridder was, this keeps coming up experimenting over and over. Knight Ridder was very aggressive in the videotex era.Doc: Yeah.Martin: It then starts this lab in Boulder, Colorado where Roger Fiddler envisions tablets. It then creates Mercury Center, the first real journalistic operation on the Web. And yet, it doesn't become successful.Doc: It's such a sad case. I remember, I think it was "The Dallas Star" or "The Houston Chronicle," one of those. At the same time as they were experimenting with smart things over here, the lawyers are saying we're going to sue people that linked to us. I don't know who that was, but there were the ironies that were abounding at the same time. I remember when the Mercury News went through that. I thought guys, you have so many great reporters and great beat reporters. It wasn't just Dan Gilmore who was the first in the tech field doing this. But there was Brad [inaudible 52:03] writing on rock and roll and performances in the South Bay. Radio, he was like the authority on radio. A guy named [inaudible 52:17] . I forget his first name, writing for the Oakland paper was another one.All these guys got either drummed out or some other thing. Dan has gone through three or four blogs. His original blog should still be at the Mercury Centre, but many of the papers, they'd set something up, and then adopt some new CMS and blow away all the old stuff. We even did it at the Linux Journal. We had one of the most popular sites for — I forget what it was — Linux sources, or something like that. We changed to a new, our own home brew, CMS and we blew up on every — 404d — every link that came in. I think it's just because somebody didn't know what we were doing, quite honestly. Well we didn't value that.Martin: We did that at one point in time, too. It was dumb. We've got to conclude. I just wanted to give you an opportunity...Obviously, if I haven't gone down a road that you want to go down for the next couple of minutes, anything related to what we've been discussing.Doc: A couple things. One is, we didn't touch on blogs that much. I think what Dave invented with Really Simple Syndication and you and the guys at The Times and other papers adopted. Technorati came along around that time, had blog search, which was...For a lot of us who are writers, we could all become Benjamin Franklin. To me, he was the first blogger. Maybe Samuel Pepys was, but it was really Franklin with Poor Richard's Almanack, it was kind of the first blogger, in a way. It was this self-published good, and the best blogs are really good, and became really worthy publications on their own.Given the love of culture for fashion, blogs kind of got sidelined. They're still there. I still blog. Twitter, which I remember Dave got me to adopt. He said, "This is important. Do that." He made me do it. He made me blog.On the one hand, Twitter is a great way to notify people that you've just blogged something, but it was a closed system that has no history. It's like radio was. It's snow on the water. To me, journalism is about persistence. It's about common wisdom in a durable way. I think where it will go is where I said it would go in the first place, which is, with newspapers, people will pay for the news and get the olds for free. To me, what The Times should do, what all the other papers should do is charge people for the news and have them give away the olds. I think charging for archives is a mistake. Huge mistake. It should be in the public domain after a certain period of time. The papers and magazines should understand the importance of the public domain and how much gets built on that, and just read everything Larry Lessig has ever written about that. Or Jamie Boyle, who's written about the public domain out of Duke. Knowing what's valuable now and ought to be free...Give away some of the news but I have no problem with a pay wall for most of it, honestly. I never have. But I do have a problem with a pay wall around the archives. I think that's a mistake, or even having an additional pay wall only for subscribers or some other thing like that. Put advertising on that old stuff, but put it in a form where it can be found. In so many places, it's so terribly maintained. If I look up my name, for example, in the Mercury News and it appeared a number of times, I can't find it. It's gone. What happened? I don't know and I don't have enough energy to go find out. That's not a vanity thing I'm just using word stream that I know they ought to have, but isn't there because for whatever reason, they don't value it, or they want to charge for it.In Santa Barbara, where I technically live, but where I'm not there most of the time, but the paper there, the whole damn thing is behind a pay wall. It's a sad thing, because it's marginalized the city. It's marginalized the paper itself. I think that's a mistake, but I think it's also, in the long run, we'll have evolution and we'll find out what the right thing to do is....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (38)

Michael Sippey

BIO: YES: Michael Sippey was formerly vice president of prod...

TRANSCRIPT: John: It's April 2nd. We're at Twitter headquarters on Market Street in San Francisco. Speaking with Michael Sippey and Chloe Sladden, who are taking a few minutes out from their hard at work jobs of creating product.Martin: Why don't we start by, I guess either one of you or both of you talk about the development of Twitter, just for the sake of the historical record, how it was developed and how it got to be where it is today. In just a few minutes, if you can, just take us through a quick history.Michael: Sure. You want to take that?Chloe: I can take that.Michael: I can kick that off. Twitter was started in 2006. It was actually a side project in a company called Odeo. They were building podcasting software. It was essentially started by three folks at Odeo Jack Dorsey, Biz Stone and Evan Williams. Jack had the insight and interest in using SMS and text networks to keep people connected throughout the day. They started essentially a service for you could text to one number. Anybody that was on the service would get that text message. It was a text rebroadcasting.It was a great mechanism for keeping up with people that you knew while they were out and about. It was designed from the beginning to be a mobile service and allow people to connect using their cell phones, using SMS.The product evolved over the years to include a Web UI, so that you could actually sign in on the Desktop Web and follow friends. They built a follow model so that you could follow individual people.It essentially grew over time, both on the Web and in mobile, to have additional features around replying to people, around favoriting tweets, around having conversations, and at replies, mentions and hashtags into the glorious, cacophonous service that it is today.Martin: Mike, when did it occur? I remember when it started. It wasn't immediately obvious that this would turn into a real media platform. When did that start to happen? What were some of the first intersections between media and the Twitter service?Michael: I wasn't at Twitter at the time. As I look back, I was an early user of the service. I started using it in 2006. Some of my first memories of when it actually started to shift from personal sharing and status updates was when people started to share links. When it became not only just a text service, but you were using it on Desktop Web and it became a content discovery vehicle of people using it for, "Hey, have you seen this article, have you seen this picture, have you seen this video?" That behavior started to spring up.We recently just launched a feature on Twitter to download your entire tweet archive. I've pulled down my tweet archive all the way back to 2006. Some of the early ones are funny.You go through and you see this shift happening. In the beginning, it was just very short status messages. "Here's where I am, here's what I'm doing." Then you start to see links being shared. You start to see conversations happening, more at replies, more conversations between people.I think that link sharing was really the first thing that really started to transition it to being a real media platform, because of the nature of the service and of instant delivery of content and commentary around URL. I think that is when it actually started to pivot into being more than just the status update service.Chloe: One of the most interesting elements about Twitter's development I think is that it has been public from the get go. It has been this space of experimentation. It's public. It's conversational. It's real time. Some of the earliest users who started to truly experiment with that were journalists. I was working at a news organization at the time before I joined Twitter, Current TV, which was trying to innovate around news. To me, there was a breakthrough moment around the 2008 elections when we were trying to figure out how do we bring the audience into the experience of the election?We looked at Facebook. We looked at Tumblr. We looked at all these different sources out there. What if we just worked off of our own blog?We saw that Twitter was public. We didn't need to even talk to the founders to be able to look at the data and see what stories were arising.The fact that you could pull the data, see what the world was thinking or saying, we did this around Obama's acceptance speech. Just said, "Well, maybe there will be 50 tweets." There were thousands of tweets giving us this totally different point of view on how the US was reacting to that acceptance speech.It was such an experimental space. You could see, and you still see today, it's one of our big points or efforts is to keep preserving this concept of Twitter as a canvas for creative people to experiment with.In those early days, some of the most interesting experiments were around the election, were around news, were around breaking news. Journalists were leading a lot of that experimentation. The digital teams at newsrooms were starting to play with that in early ways.From the get go, I think it was fascinating to see just people try to shape Twitter. That was a big part of Twitter's early story is, what is Twitter?It was left up to the users to shape in many ways.Martin: Well, it had very open APIs at the time, too.Michael: Yeah.Martin: You guys had.Michael: You could discover content. You could share content. You could build an entire ecosystem around it.Chloe: That, by the way, was such a radical notion in the media. That's radical. It took me a year to retrain my mind once I joined Twitter to be like, "We're not top, down. This is a bottoms up experience. Removing controls and structure can be incredibly empowering and allow our product to develop." That was coming from a media background my whole life. That was very different.Martin: Although you've put a lot more controls and structure in it.Chloe: Yes, as Twitter grows up, it has to pick paths, I think. The DNA of the company, the DNA of how the product formed, which is hopefully still there in many ways and informs, is something for you to talk about. That was a really important origin story that I think is a big part of Twitter.Michael: Yeah.John: You came from Current TV. Where were you?Michael: I was at Six Apart, which was a blogging platform provider. I ran product at Six Apart for a long time.John: Oh, that's interesting.Michael: Yeah, involved in that, helped essentially build Moveable Type and Typepad, and was involved in the early RSS efforts.John: We have a lot of your compatriots.Michael: Yes.Martin: Is that where you ran into Dick, at FeedBurner?Michael: Yeah, I ran into Dick. I knew Dick before FeedBurner, actually. We met through mutual friends in early, I call it Web 0.9 days, through the conference circuit. I knew him when he did Spyonit and then knew him when he did FeedBurner. We did a bunch of integration between Typepad and FeedBurner when I was in Six Apart. That's how I got to know Dick.John: Before you have to go, since we're on the subject, let's talk just a little bit more about Twitter as a tool in an election, in electoral politics and in campaigns. As I mentioned to you earlier, one of our fellow fellows was a social media director for the Obama campaign. Another one was a reporter for CNN. The two of them inhabit a world that just didn't exist a few years ago in terms of the campaign process and the focus on not just social media, but Twitter, specifically Twitter.Where is Twitter going? What's next? You're moving fast. It's moving fast and Michael Slaby has said, "If the GOP tries to imitate what we did, it won't work because we won't be there when this is moving." Where is it moving to? What is Twitter going to become?Chloe: That's a great question. We're looking at seven or eight key elections coming up just in the next year that will all help shape Twitter. We have a German election, Australian election, Japan. Twitter as a company has a presence, a huge presence around the world. We just went through a US election and that definitely established new best practices. It brought the news cycle into a tighter time frame. It was much more conversational. I think that's what makes it so fascinating that it's not just a...John: What do you think about it? Because we know how the reporters think about it and we know a little bit about how the campaign thinks about it. How do you think about it?Chloe: I think about it on a couple of different levels. One, it allows journalists to have a much more organic back and forth conversation with their subjects. The cycle is just made...The story is evolving minute by minute. That's a different topography for journalists to navigate than I'm going to get my statements. I'm going to publish my article in the morning. We'll see what the responses are...Martin: Blogging really...Chloe: It's part of a continuum. It's part of a continuum, but now I do think timing, the timing makes it a radical difference. It's a huge shift from I'm going to put my blog post up. Blog posts are part of the process, obviously. But now, you've moved news from the morning newspaper, then there was TV and you could break in late at night. Now, you've got blogs. Now, you've got Twitter sharing news as it happens.Blogging does that to but we are literally getting fragments of stories or snippets of stories which adds a whole other challenge and opportunity for new and journalism. To say, how do we tell stories as they happen, responsibly and effectively?Martin: I have to say, I shouldn't editorialize here, but I'd love to comment about this. As someone who has done a lot of interviews, I just can't stand Twitter. Because the reporters that cover you try to do so in 140 characters or less. They take oftentimes what you say completely out of context.It's gotcha journalism on such a steroidal...I think it has a corrosive effect on...Chloe: What's driving that, do you think? Is that journalism or is that the medium.Martin: I think it's the medium.John: The medium. Having said that, I just want to say, Martin, you're an avid Tweeter at every conference and every meeting. You're the first one on the board.Martin: I love Twitter and I use Twitter extensively...John: He's Mr. Twitter.Martin: I just don't like to be the subject of journalistic tweets because I think part of it has to do with...What you said before is the velocity and the need to break through is so great right now that any kind of statement that you make that has the least bit of controversy and can be taken out and just broadcast is. And I...John: One way to look at it...Martin: Just let me finish, John. It reminds me of the "We didn't build that" phrase in the last campaign. It got tweeted and tweeted and tweeted.You didn't build that. I'm sorry.What do you think of that? How do you feel that, or don't you agree?Michael: I think actually what you're getting out is some of the underlying economics of the media business, especially in online, which is driving not with the Times, but with the vast majority of everybody else, they have to drive page views. If you look at the dashboards that all of the newsrooms are using to essentially watch real time traffic. Each of the individual bloggers or journalists is incented on driving traffic to their stories. So they're going to use the mechanisms that they have to drive traffic to their stories, right? They're going to pull out, in order to drive as many pages, because they're incented and paid on a bonus structure to actually drive traffic like that...Martin: That's very key. That's really key.Michael: Yeah. It's really key. Essentially, that drives how you write headlines. That drives what you're going to pull out and push in social media. That drives... I don't think that's actually because of Twitter. I think that's because of the economics of what's happening with online.John: It's also because of the DNA of journalists because if you look at a traditional magazine layout, a magazine has a story and in that story, it has a series of things called pulled quotes, which are quotes which, after you've read the story and edited it for a month or a week or a day, you pull them out and you put them there and those are designed to capture attention.Chloe: To catch your attention.John: Now, you have instant pull quotes, and they're disembodied from the rest of the...Michael: The rest of the context. Yeah.Martin: That's the point.John: You have Martin Nisenholtz who feels that he can't be understood in 140 characters, and that's probably entirely fair. [laughter]Martin: But John Huey can be.John: No, no. I don't give interviews anymore. The question becomes does it ultimately free expression or does it ultimately retard expression so that everyone, if you know you're sitting there being interviewed by somebody who is tweeting...Chloe: How do you balance it out?John: Do you not say anything that's quotable? You just drown out. Everything you say becomes anodyne.Chloe: Which is not a good situation to be in. I do hope that...John: None of this is your fault. [inaudible 0:14:37] was very good.Chloe: Do you think the follower model will help counteract that high sugar sort of environment we're in? Like reputation. I follow lots of journalists and reputation. I look at the follower count. It's not perfect but it gives me a sense of, day in day out, are you going to report stories that are meaningfully told? Do you take me through this whole new, brave new world with a lot of complexity and a lot of unknown, do you guide me effectively? That's what I'm going to look for in a journalist I follow. Hopefully, the time...John: That's your personal filter. Do you think others have that personal filter?Chloe: That has a lot to do with our education system and how people are brought up thinking about how to use news and other tools...John: Human nature.Chloe: Yeah. Of course, people have totally different tastes. That's why Twitter is so unique to each person and who they follow.John: Here's a question that I wonder about, being the parent of some 20 something kids who read...The reports that they don't read are highly exaggerated, they do read. However, they do get a tremendous amount of their information from either Twitter or Facebook in the case of my kids, so their filters are their friends or the people they follow on these 140 account. Although, I get the impression that what you're saying that it's more the case of a referral system that takes them to other places.Chloe: Yeah, hopefully.John: When we look ahead at these coming generations, which is one of the things that the journalism business is trying to do it's trying to figure out how these generations are going to evolve as consumers of information do you have any theories as people who... I mean, you're vendors to all of us, but you're vendors to them in a big way.Michael: In a big way.Chloe: I'm sorry. I do have to go because I'm ten minutes late for my next meeting. Sorry. I would love to stay. This is fascinating. You'll get lots more. Nice to see you again. Have fun.Michael: Here's my general theory. I think it's context dependent. You have, and we look at this because we serve...That's good an empty chair without Chloe sitting next to me.Because we deliver to mobile phones, tablets, desktop web, we see different behavior on different platforms. What's interesting is that, if you're using your phone throughout the day, it's snacking behavior. If you're using a tablet, in the evening, sitting on the couch, it's a little bit more meal behavior.It you're using a desktop and you're at work, it's definitely much more active...You're searching. You're in a lean forward mode of engaging. The news business needs to adjust to that, which is a very user centric model. It's not instead of, we have the inverted pyramid, we have the story, we're going to deliver the story to you in a bunch of different ways.It's being respectful of the user, what their context is, and how the reader actually wants to consume information at different points throughout the day.John: In other words, if you're hunkered down at your desktop, you're much more likely to go somewhere deep, to download.Michael: Download, engage. Whether it's infographic or interactive stuff...John: Or a long form.Michael: Long form.John: Or video and links. Whereas, if you're on your phone, you're just looking for the quick hit, a sugar high.Michael: I don't know if it's a sugar high. We can agree to disagree on the characterization. But it's a different experience. I always come back to...There are 24 hours in day. People can't really multi task. You have a limited amount of time that you can spend on individual pieces of information. You're competing against, essentially, one tap away whether it's another, different kind of news site, or whether it's information and status from your friends, or whether it's Angry Birds.John: First of all, that explanation you just gave makes me feel, personally, a lot better, because that's how I interact with Twitter. I thought maybe it was just an old person not knowing how to do it. So everyone does it. I feel better. To get back to your point, how can the news business react to that? How do you target that?Michael: I don't really know how the news business is going to react to that. I can tell you that, what we see with Twitter users is that these are both incredibly connected information consumption devices. But they're also great sharing devices. That is what has been really interesting about Twitter. It's enabled people to share what's happening around them, in real time, in a public way. The news business could take advantage of that in a way that it hasn't yet. Whether that's like Chloe did, with Current, in 2008, looking at the aggregate sentiment of what people are talking about around a particular event, or whether it's diving in for a multi perspective point of view on what's happening in a particular place at a particular time.We tell this story all the time. When the plane went down on the Hudson, the most interesting photo was the one tweeted by the guy on the ferry. He had 400 followers at the time. He did not have distribution. This is the big difference between what happened with blogging and what happened with Twitter. The viral mechanics are built into the platform which is not the case in traditional web publishing or in blogging.Martin: One of the themes that has come through the entire series of interviews is this notion that what the web has done is disintermediated a whole range of industries, but in journalism in particular, it creates a direct connection between the reporter, or in some cases just the user, many cases, most cases, just the user and the audience. In the case of Facebook, it's a vast network of friends. In the case of Twitter, it's much more of a broadcast context. One of the things that's happening is that Twitter is re aggregating what was or what is a very fragmented environment. It's creating its own broadcast network, in a sense could be replacing every other network, in some very extreme contexts.When you think about it like that, how do you think about the product development side to support...It sounds to me like a good business model. How do you create a product, going forward, that supports that, and supports the content ecosystem at the same time? Because as this thing is fragmented out, the underlying economics have largely died.In particular, if you could talk about that in a mobile context, because you guys are a mobile first kind of company. That would be very helpful. Sorry for the long question.Michael: No, that's fine. The metaphor that we use often, and Dick talks about this a bunch, is the global town square. We are, essentially, where people come to find out about what's happening in the world. It's where you come to see your friends. It's where you come to share what's happening, it's where you come to hear the crazy guy on the soap box or whisper to your friend about the crazy guy on the soap box. It's come to get entertained, or find out about great things to learn to buy or rent or whatever. It's a really great metaphor. It's a platform. Like a town square, you walk in. You know what to do when you get there. You can see wherever you are. You can see what's happening there. It's necessarily a good thing for the public to understand, this is the center of the town. This is where the conversation happens.The piece that is for us is that when you have these devices and they're connected everywhere, you can actually truly have it be global. People can share from wherever they are and consume from wherever they are. But it necessarily means that you have a constrained palette.What we're trying to do, from a discovery perspective, is make sure that we can take all the signals that we have about a user their history of interactions with Twitter, what their interests are, who they follow, their location and their history of interacting with the product, to deliver them content that they're interested in when they're searching, when they're using Discover, when they're looking for accounts to follow.Martin: And people that they're interested in.Michael: And the people they're interested in. The second thing is, when you actually find a tweet that you want to engage with and you tap in to look at that tweet, we want to present the best representation of the content that's behind that tweet, right there in the tweet, directly for the user.Martin: One thing you haven't done, unlike Facebook, is reorder the newsfeed.Michael: Correct.John: Why?Michael: A foundational piece of Twitter is that it's real time. We think that it's a very simple organizing principle to do reverse chronological order. It's something that people understand. We started to play with that a little bit, in the Discover tab, essentially starting to reorder some things, based on relevance. But your home timeline is a very simple metaphor. It's reverse chronological order of the people that you follow. We found that to be a really powerful way for people to understand Twitter.John: Would you finish the thought you were saying about learning to present the underlying content.Michael: Yeah. We want to present the underlying content.John: What did you mean by that?Michael: We have a platform that publishers and developers user, called Twitter cards, which allow them to...Any time someone shares a link, if a publisher or developer opts into this program, we can go crawl that link, pull out metadata about the content that's on that URL and present it to the user under the control of the publisher or the developer. They can choose, A, whether to show it, B, what to show. What headline to show, what pull quote to show, what photo to show, what call to action to show.John: The publisher can...Michael: Yep. The publisher can decide to do that. We're working all the time to make that more capable so that you get, essentially, a slice of the experience while you're inside Twitter and you let the publisher or developer have control over where does the user go when they tap, what do they see when they tap, and be able to track their behavior through that.John: This may have been a better question for your now missing colleague.Michael: Yeah. That empty chair.John: I'll ask you anyway. I get the sense, from my previous life and from listening to what you're saying now, that Twitter is, as it grows up, as Chloe says, formalizing relations much more with established content companies and established publishers. To what end? I understand what's in it for the publisher. What's in it for Twitter?Michael: What's in it for Twitter is a great experience for our users. They want to talk about the things that they're seeing and interacting off of Twitter. They want to talk about the Olympics. They want to talk about what they're watching on television. They want to talk about the news. They want to talk about the content that they're experience off of Twitter. So, we want to enable that behavior. We want to make it really simple, so that when I start talking about what I'm reading in The Times or what I'm watching on CNN, when you actually see, when my followers look at my tweets, they can engage with the content that's from The Times or from CNN.John: I also get the impression that there are widely varying degrees of intelligence of use of Twitter by traditional publishers or broadcasters. Some are doing some very smart things. Some are doing some things that are the equivalent of broadcasting to Mars. Am I right or wrong about that?Michael: Different folks are on different levels of sophistication. I think that's fair to say.John: What would be a smart use of it? What would be a less than optimal use?Michael: The folks that are smart are actually using it in a way that is natural to Twitter. The things that are great about Twitter are that it is public, it's open, it's conversation and it's real time. I'll give you an example of something that I've loved over the past couple weeks. The NCAA from March Madness account has been tweeting out real time, not only just tweets from the games you could follow March Madness and essentially follow what's happening with the games. They were doing it in a way that was not just about scores. They had a tone of voice to them. They felt like a human was actually writing them, with the excitement of someone that loves college basketball. And they were including real time video clips.Ten seconds after something happened, they were able to take a video clip and attach it to a tweet. So I could be on my phone, be following March Madness and see what happened with the Duke game and get a clip of what happened right there which happened to me on Sunday. That's how I found out about Ware breaking his leg, was in a tweet.John: That's NCAA, so that's probably Turner, right?Michael: Yeah.John: Turner is doing that. What would be an example of a less efficient, misguided use?Michael: An unfortunate use is when you're essentially sharing what I called undifferentiated content. If you're only sharing your headlines and links back to your articles, your Twitter feed becomes just a re broadcasting of your home page over your RSS feed. That's not an efficient and effective use of Twitter. I can go get that content anywhere else. If that were the only thing that an individual publication were doing, it's much more effective for me to just go to their website. It's just not as conversational. It's not native to the platform.Martin: Let's return to the reverse chron portion again. I want to drill a little deeper into that. It's very simple. But the issue with it, to some extent, is that the signal to noise ratio remains pretty high. Or at least it can be pretty high. It depends on how many followers you have and how you curate those followers and how much spam. There's just a lot going on there. The question is, can you envision not to replace that as the principal visual cue that Twitter has, but an alternate taxonomy where it's more channelized, where you get to create something a little bit more, what a friend of mine calls the interest graph, rather than the real time chronological graph feed. Can you imagine that?Michael: Yeah, I can imagine that. We have some of that. Some of that is happening in the product today. A lot of our power users will use lists to essentially segment. I do it, like these are my sports accounts that I follow, these are my music accounts, these are my tech accounts. I'm into contemporary arts, so these are my art nerds that I follow.Martin: I don't think many people even know that they can do that.Michael: Yeah, so that's something that we're looking at how do we actually make that more discoverable and better references to that in the product?John: I agree with that.Michael: You create lists. If you're on Desktop Web, whenever you're on a user's profile page, you can add to a list. If you use Twitter for Android, you can do that as well.John: That's what I have discovered is the biggest problem with Twitter. You get used to it as a mobile platform and you forget that you have to adjust it on the desktop...Michael: On the desktop.John: ...To make it really work.Michael: Working on some of those things.Martin: Yeah, that's true.Michael: Working on some of those things.Martin: Hey, Sippey, what's your timing like? Do you have some more time?Michael: I've got about five more minutes.Martin: Perfect.Michael: Cool.Martin: Cool. OK. Getting back to this notion of this huge aggregation point, you guys kind of behave like a common carrier in the sense that people publish into the platform, you don't really care that much what the content is, or at least that's my sense. I'm not sure how you feel about obscenity and stuff like that. But can you imagine a point where you would change that notion or you would begin to, for lack of a better word, censor certain areas of content? My sense is that Twitter is very, you use the word open.Michael: Yeah. Very open. Very open. We're not going to prevent people from publishing into the platform. There are some obvious places where we have to avoid child p*rnography and hate speech. There are some things where we...As you can see from our history, we go to the ends of the Earth to defend our users and their rights to publish. What I want to make sure that was as you're coming on Twitter that you're finding great content for you. You may not see if, unless you're explicitly following them, if you're searching for something, like you may see the best tweets about that particular topic. We spend a lot of time and investment in our search and relevance infrastructure to make sure that, if you're searching for a particular topic, you're finding the best tweets about that particular topic.Still being able to do, to look at the real time stream of everything that's happening on it. But the default view is to find the best tweets on it, which are typically going to come from people that have a few more followers and have some history on the platform, because there's more social engagement on them.That happens, but it doesn't mean, I can go follow anybody on the platform as long as they haven't protected their account, I can go follow them. That's the beauty of Twitter is that kind of open nature for publishing. We have, there are pockets of users that you, in your day to day life, will never see because they have their own social graphs and their own networks and they're talking about things that you don't talk about. It's a great thing to go find those pockets of users and to see what's happening there.Martin: Let's end on the business model. You guys, I think, just announced or somehow got announced that you were way ahead of your plan in terms of revenues, which is great. You seem to be the first ones to have really cracked the code on mobile advertising. Am I right about that?Michael: I don't know if we're the first ones to crack the code. What I'll say is that, so because...the thing that we've done, and this was before my time and I'll give credit to the team that was here at the time. When the decisions were made around Twitter's ad products, they were really smart decisions, which is, we're going to make them primitives of the existing product. The ad unit will be a tweet. When you get a lot of engagement on that tweet, just like you have native engagement on the product, that's where the value is.People are using our advertising products to help drive distribution of typically content and engagement that they're already doing on the platform. Our ad products are around promoted tweets, promoted accounts and promoted trends. Those are all things that exist natively on the platform and they're all things that are...Because Twitter was built from the ground up as a mobile first product in a mobile first platform, they work well there. Because a tweet is 140 characters, it works really well on the screen. That ad product works well there.That's just a testament to the decisions that were made around, "This is how we're going to do advertising on Twitter. We're going to essentially put unobtrusive ads that people like into their stream that are just like the rest of the content on Twitter."The people that are good at advertising on Twitter are typically the people that are good at Twitter, which is great because it's self reinforcing....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (39)

Chloe Sladden

BIO: YES: Chloe Sladden was vice president of media at Twitt...

TRANSCRIPT: John: It's April 2nd. We're at Twitter headquarters on Market Street in San Francisco. Speaking with Michael Sippey and Chloe Sladden, who are taking a few minutes out from their hard at work jobs of creating product.Martin: Why don't we start by, I guess either one of you or both of you talk about the development of Twitter, just for the sake of the historical record, how it was developed and how it got to be where it is today. In just a few minutes, if you can, just take us through a quick history.Michael: Sure. You want to take that?Chloe: I can take that.Michael: I can kick that off. Twitter was started in 2006. It was actually a side project in a company called Odeo. They were building podcasting software. It was essentially started by three folks at Odeo Jack Dorsey, Biz Stone and Evan Williams. Jack had the insight and interest in using SMS and text networks to keep people connected throughout the day. They started essentially a service for you could text to one number. Anybody that was on the service would get that text message. It was a text rebroadcasting.It was a great mechanism for keeping up with people that you knew while they were out and about. It was designed from the beginning to be a mobile service and allow people to connect using their cell phones, using SMS.The product evolved over the years to include a Web UI, so that you could actually sign in on the Desktop Web and follow friends. They built a follow model so that you could follow individual people.It essentially grew over time, both on the Web and in mobile, to have additional features around replying to people, around favoriting tweets, around having conversations, and at replies, mentions and hashtags into the glorious, cacophonous service that it is today.Martin: Mike, when did it occur? I remember when it started. It wasn't immediately obvious that this would turn into a real media platform. When did that start to happen? What were some of the first intersections between media and the Twitter service?Michael: I wasn't at Twitter at the time. As I look back, I was an early user of the service. I started using it in 2006. Some of my first memories of when it actually started to shift from personal sharing and status updates was when people started to share links. When it became not only just a text service, but you were using it on Desktop Web and it became a content discovery vehicle of people using it for, "Hey, have you seen this article, have you seen this picture, have you seen this video?" That behavior started to spring up.We recently just launched a feature on Twitter to download your entire tweet archive. I've pulled down my tweet archive all the way back to 2006. Some of the early ones are funny.You go through and you see this shift happening. In the beginning, it was just very short status messages. "Here's where I am, here's what I'm doing." Then you start to see links being shared. You start to see conversations happening, more at replies, more conversations between people.I think that link sharing was really the first thing that really started to transition it to being a real media platform, because of the nature of the service and of instant delivery of content and commentary around URL. I think that is when it actually started to pivot into being more than just the status update service.Chloe: One of the most interesting elements about Twitter's development I think is that it has been public from the get go. It has been this space of experimentation. It's public. It's conversational. It's real time. Some of the earliest users who started to truly experiment with that were journalists. I was working at a news organization at the time before I joined Twitter, Current TV, which was trying to innovate around news. To me, there was a breakthrough moment around the 2008 elections when we were trying to figure out how do we bring the audience into the experience of the election?We looked at Facebook. We looked at Tumblr. We looked at all these different sources out there. What if we just worked off of our own blog?We saw that Twitter was public. We didn't need to even talk to the founders to be able to look at the data and see what stories were arising.The fact that you could pull the data, see what the world was thinking or saying, we did this around Obama's acceptance speech. Just said, "Well, maybe there will be 50 tweets." There were thousands of tweets giving us this totally different point of view on how the US was reacting to that acceptance speech.It was such an experimental space. You could see, and you still see today, it's one of our big points or efforts is to keep preserving this concept of Twitter as a canvas for creative people to experiment with.In those early days, some of the most interesting experiments were around the election, were around news, were around breaking news. Journalists were leading a lot of that experimentation. The digital teams at newsrooms were starting to play with that in early ways.From the get go, I think it was fascinating to see just people try to shape Twitter. That was a big part of Twitter's early story is, what is Twitter?It was left up to the users to shape in many ways.Martin: Well, it had very open APIs at the time, too.Michael: Yeah.Martin: You guys had.Michael: You could discover content. You could share content. You could build an entire ecosystem around it.Chloe: That, by the way, was such a radical notion in the media. That's radical. It took me a year to retrain my mind once I joined Twitter to be like, "We're not top, down. This is a bottoms up experience. Removing controls and structure can be incredibly empowering and allow our product to develop." That was coming from a media background my whole life. That was very different.Martin: Although you've put a lot more controls and structure in it.Chloe: Yes, as Twitter grows up, it has to pick paths, I think. The DNA of the company, the DNA of how the product formed, which is hopefully still there in many ways and informs, is something for you to talk about. That was a really important origin story that I think is a big part of Twitter.Michael: Yeah.John: You came from Current TV. Where were you?Michael: I was at Six Apart, which was a blogging platform provider. I ran product at Six Apart for a long time.John: Oh, that's interesting.Michael: Yeah, involved in that, helped essentially build Moveable Type and Typepad, and was involved in the early RSS efforts.John: We have a lot of your compatriots.Michael: Yes.Martin: Is that where you ran into Dick, at FeedBurner?Michael: Yeah, I ran into Dick. I knew Dick before FeedBurner, actually. We met through mutual friends in early, I call it Web 0.9 days, through the conference circuit. I knew him when he did Spyonit and then knew him when he did FeedBurner. We did a bunch of integration between Typepad and FeedBurner when I was in Six Apart. That's how I got to know Dick.John: Before you have to go, since we're on the subject, let's talk just a little bit more about Twitter as a tool in an election, in electoral politics and in campaigns. As I mentioned to you earlier, one of our fellow fellows was a social media director for the Obama campaign. Another one was a reporter for CNN. The two of them inhabit a world that just didn't exist a few years ago in terms of the campaign process and the focus on not just social media, but Twitter, specifically Twitter.Where is Twitter going? What's next? You're moving fast. It's moving fast and Michael Slaby has said, "If the GOP tries to imitate what we did, it won't work because we won't be there when this is moving." Where is it moving to? What is Twitter going to become?Chloe: That's a great question. We're looking at seven or eight key elections coming up just in the next year that will all help shape Twitter. We have a German election, Australian election, Japan. Twitter as a company has a presence, a huge presence around the world. We just went through a US election and that definitely established new best practices. It brought the news cycle into a tighter time frame. It was much more conversational. I think that's what makes it so fascinating that it's not just a...John: What do you think about it? Because we know how the reporters think about it and we know a little bit about how the campaign thinks about it. How do you think about it?Chloe: I think about it on a couple of different levels. One, it allows journalists to have a much more organic back and forth conversation with their subjects. The cycle is just made...The story is evolving minute by minute. That's a different topography for journalists to navigate than I'm going to get my statements. I'm going to publish my article in the morning. We'll see what the responses are...Martin: Blogging really...Chloe: It's part of a continuum. It's part of a continuum, but now I do think timing, the timing makes it a radical difference. It's a huge shift from I'm going to put my blog post up. Blog posts are part of the process, obviously. But now, you've moved news from the morning newspaper, then there was TV and you could break in late at night. Now, you've got blogs. Now, you've got Twitter sharing news as it happens.Blogging does that to but we are literally getting fragments of stories or snippets of stories which adds a whole other challenge and opportunity for new and journalism. To say, how do we tell stories as they happen, responsibly and effectively?Martin: I have to say, I shouldn't editorialize here, but I'd love to comment about this. As someone who has done a lot of interviews, I just can't stand Twitter. Because the reporters that cover you try to do so in 140 characters or less. They take oftentimes what you say completely out of context.It's gotcha journalism on such a steroidal...I think it has a corrosive effect on...Chloe: What's driving that, do you think? Is that journalism or is that the medium.Martin: I think it's the medium.John: The medium. Having said that, I just want to say, Martin, you're an avid Tweeter at every conference and every meeting. You're the first one on the board.Martin: I love Twitter and I use Twitter extensively...John: He's Mr. Twitter.Martin: I just don't like to be the subject of journalistic tweets because I think part of it has to do with...What you said before is the velocity and the need to break through is so great right now that any kind of statement that you make that has the least bit of controversy and can be taken out and just broadcast is. And I...John: One way to look at it...Martin: Just let me finish, John. It reminds me of the "We didn't build that" phrase in the last campaign. It got tweeted and tweeted and tweeted.You didn't build that. I'm sorry.What do you think of that? How do you feel that, or don't you agree?Michael: I think actually what you're getting out is some of the underlying economics of the media business, especially in online, which is driving not with the Times, but with the vast majority of everybody else, they have to drive page views. If you look at the dashboards that all of the newsrooms are using to essentially watch real time traffic. Each of the individual bloggers or journalists is incented on driving traffic to their stories. So they're going to use the mechanisms that they have to drive traffic to their stories, right? They're going to pull out, in order to drive as many pages, because they're incented and paid on a bonus structure to actually drive traffic like that...Martin: That's very key. That's really key.Michael: Yeah. It's really key. Essentially, that drives how you write headlines. That drives what you're going to pull out and push in social media. That drives... I don't think that's actually because of Twitter. I think that's because of the economics of what's happening with online.John: It's also because of the DNA of journalists because if you look at a traditional magazine layout, a magazine has a story and in that story, it has a series of things called pulled quotes, which are quotes which, after you've read the story and edited it for a month or a week or a day, you pull them out and you put them there and those are designed to capture attention.Chloe: To catch your attention.John: Now, you have instant pull quotes, and they're disembodied from the rest of the...Michael: The rest of the context. Yeah.Martin: That's the point.John: You have Martin Nisenholtz who feels that he can't be understood in 140 characters, and that's probably entirely fair. [laughter]Martin: But John Huey can be.John: No, no. I don't give interviews anymore. The question becomes does it ultimately free expression or does it ultimately retard expression so that everyone, if you know you're sitting there being interviewed by somebody who is tweeting...Chloe: How do you balance it out?John: Do you not say anything that's quotable? You just drown out. Everything you say becomes anodyne.Chloe: Which is not a good situation to be in. I do hope that...John: None of this is your fault. [inaudible 0:14:37] was very good.Chloe: Do you think the follower model will help counteract that high sugar sort of environment we're in? Like reputation. I follow lots of journalists and reputation. I look at the follower count. It's not perfect but it gives me a sense of, day in day out, are you going to report stories that are meaningfully told? Do you take me through this whole new, brave new world with a lot of complexity and a lot of unknown, do you guide me effectively? That's what I'm going to look for in a journalist I follow. Hopefully, the time...John: That's your personal filter. Do you think others have that personal filter?Chloe: That has a lot to do with our education system and how people are brought up thinking about how to use news and other tools...John: Human nature.Chloe: Yeah. Of course, people have totally different tastes. That's why Twitter is so unique to each person and who they follow.John: Here's a question that I wonder about, being the parent of some 20 something kids who read...The reports that they don't read are highly exaggerated, they do read. However, they do get a tremendous amount of their information from either Twitter or Facebook in the case of my kids, so their filters are their friends or the people they follow on these 140 account. Although, I get the impression that what you're saying that it's more the case of a referral system that takes them to other places.Chloe: Yeah, hopefully.John: When we look ahead at these coming generations, which is one of the things that the journalism business is trying to do it's trying to figure out how these generations are going to evolve as consumers of information do you have any theories as people who... I mean, you're vendors to all of us, but you're vendors to them in a big way.Michael: In a big way.Chloe: I'm sorry. I do have to go because I'm ten minutes late for my next meeting. Sorry. I would love to stay. This is fascinating. You'll get lots more. Nice to see you again. Have fun.Michael: Here's my general theory. I think it's context dependent. You have, and we look at this because we serve...That's good an empty chair without Chloe sitting next to me.Because we deliver to mobile phones, tablets, desktop web, we see different behavior on different platforms. What's interesting is that, if you're using your phone throughout the day, it's snacking behavior. If you're using a tablet, in the evening, sitting on the couch, it's a little bit more meal behavior.It you're using a desktop and you're at work, it's definitely much more active...You're searching. You're in a lean forward mode of engaging. The news business needs to adjust to that, which is a very user centric model. It's not instead of, we have the inverted pyramid, we have the story, we're going to deliver the story to you in a bunch of different ways.It's being respectful of the user, what their context is, and how the reader actually wants to consume information at different points throughout the day.John: In other words, if you're hunkered down at your desktop, you're much more likely to go somewhere deep, to download.Michael: Download, engage. Whether it's infographic or interactive stuff...John: Or a long form.Michael: Long form.John: Or video and links. Whereas, if you're on your phone, you're just looking for the quick hit, a sugar high.Michael: I don't know if it's a sugar high. We can agree to disagree on the characterization. But it's a different experience. I always come back to...There are 24 hours in day. People can't really multi task. You have a limited amount of time that you can spend on individual pieces of information. You're competing against, essentially, one tap away whether it's another, different kind of news site, or whether it's information and status from your friends, or whether it's Angry Birds.John: First of all, that explanation you just gave makes me feel, personally, a lot better, because that's how I interact with Twitter. I thought maybe it was just an old person not knowing how to do it. So everyone does it. I feel better. To get back to your point, how can the news business react to that? How do you target that?Michael: I don't really know how the news business is going to react to that. I can tell you that, what we see with Twitter users is that these are both incredibly connected information consumption devices. But they're also great sharing devices. That is what has been really interesting about Twitter. It's enabled people to share what's happening around them, in real time, in a public way. The news business could take advantage of that in a way that it hasn't yet. Whether that's like Chloe did, with Current, in 2008, looking at the aggregate sentiment of what people are talking about around a particular event, or whether it's diving in for a multi perspective point of view on what's happening in a particular place at a particular time.We tell this story all the time. When the plane went down on the Hudson, the most interesting photo was the one tweeted by the guy on the ferry. He had 400 followers at the time. He did not have distribution. This is the big difference between what happened with blogging and what happened with Twitter. The viral mechanics are built into the platform which is not the case in traditional web publishing or in blogging.Martin: One of the themes that has come through the entire series of interviews is this notion that what the web has done is disintermediated a whole range of industries, but in journalism in particular, it creates a direct connection between the reporter, or in some cases just the user, many cases, most cases, just the user and the audience. In the case of Facebook, it's a vast network of friends. In the case of Twitter, it's much more of a broadcast context. One of the things that's happening is that Twitter is re aggregating what was or what is a very fragmented environment. It's creating its own broadcast network, in a sense could be replacing every other network, in some very extreme contexts.When you think about it like that, how do you think about the product development side to support...It sounds to me like a good business model. How do you create a product, going forward, that supports that, and supports the content ecosystem at the same time? Because as this thing is fragmented out, the underlying economics have largely died.In particular, if you could talk about that in a mobile context, because you guys are a mobile first kind of company. That would be very helpful. Sorry for the long question.Michael: No, that's fine. The metaphor that we use often, and Dick talks about this a bunch, is the global town square. We are, essentially, where people come to find out about what's happening in the world. It's where you come to see your friends. It's where you come to share what's happening, it's where you come to hear the crazy guy on the soap box or whisper to your friend about the crazy guy on the soap box. It's come to get entertained, or find out about great things to learn to buy or rent or whatever. It's a really great metaphor. It's a platform. Like a town square, you walk in. You know what to do when you get there. You can see wherever you are. You can see what's happening there. It's necessarily a good thing for the public to understand, this is the center of the town. This is where the conversation happens.The piece that is for us is that when you have these devices and they're connected everywhere, you can actually truly have it be global. People can share from wherever they are and consume from wherever they are. But it necessarily means that you have a constrained palette.What we're trying to do, from a discovery perspective, is make sure that we can take all the signals that we have about a user their history of interactions with Twitter, what their interests are, who they follow, their location and their history of interacting with the product, to deliver them content that they're interested in when they're searching, when they're using Discover, when they're looking for accounts to follow.Martin: And people that they're interested in.Michael: And the people they're interested in. The second thing is, when you actually find a tweet that you want to engage with and you tap in to look at that tweet, we want to present the best representation of the content that's behind that tweet, right there in the tweet, directly for the user.Martin: One thing you haven't done, unlike Facebook, is reorder the newsfeed.Michael: Correct.John: Why?Michael: A foundational piece of Twitter is that it's real time. We think that it's a very simple organizing principle to do reverse chronological order. It's something that people understand. We started to play with that a little bit, in the Discover tab, essentially starting to reorder some things, based on relevance. But your home timeline is a very simple metaphor. It's reverse chronological order of the people that you follow. We found that to be a really powerful way for people to understand Twitter.John: Would you finish the thought you were saying about learning to present the underlying content.Michael: Yeah. We want to present the underlying content.John: What did you mean by that?Michael: We have a platform that publishers and developers user, called Twitter cards, which allow them to...Any time someone shares a link, if a publisher or developer opts into this program, we can go crawl that link, pull out metadata about the content that's on that URL and present it to the user under the control of the publisher or the developer. They can choose, A, whether to show it, B, what to show. What headline to show, what pull quote to show, what photo to show, what call to action to show.John: The publisher can...Michael: Yep. The publisher can decide to do that. We're working all the time to make that more capable so that you get, essentially, a slice of the experience while you're inside Twitter and you let the publisher or developer have control over where does the user go when they tap, what do they see when they tap, and be able to track their behavior through that.John: This may have been a better question for your now missing colleague.Michael: Yeah. That empty chair.John: I'll ask you anyway. I get the sense, from my previous life and from listening to what you're saying now, that Twitter is, as it grows up, as Chloe says, formalizing relations much more with established content companies and established publishers. To what end? I understand what's in it for the publisher. What's in it for Twitter?Michael: What's in it for Twitter is a great experience for our users. They want to talk about the things that they're seeing and interacting off of Twitter. They want to talk about the Olympics. They want to talk about what they're watching on television. They want to talk about the news. They want to talk about the content that they're experience off of Twitter. So, we want to enable that behavior. We want to make it really simple, so that when I start talking about what I'm reading in The Times or what I'm watching on CNN, when you actually see, when my followers look at my tweets, they can engage with the content that's from The Times or from CNN.John: I also get the impression that there are widely varying degrees of intelligence of use of Twitter by traditional publishers or broadcasters. Some are doing some very smart things. Some are doing some things that are the equivalent of broadcasting to Mars. Am I right or wrong about that?Michael: Different folks are on different levels of sophistication. I think that's fair to say.John: What would be a smart use of it? What would be a less than optimal use?Michael: The folks that are smart are actually using it in a way that is natural to Twitter. The things that are great about Twitter are that it is public, it's open, it's conversation and it's real time. I'll give you an example of something that I've loved over the past couple weeks. The NCAA from March Madness account has been tweeting out real time, not only just tweets from the games you could follow March Madness and essentially follow what's happening with the games. They were doing it in a way that was not just about scores. They had a tone of voice to them. They felt like a human was actually writing them, with the excitement of someone that loves college basketball. And they were including real time video clips.Ten seconds after something happened, they were able to take a video clip and attach it to a tweet. So I could be on my phone, be following March Madness and see what happened with the Duke game and get a clip of what happened right there which happened to me on Sunday. That's how I found out about Ware breaking his leg, was in a tweet.John: That's NCAA, so that's probably Turner, right?Michael: Yeah.John: Turner is doing that. What would be an example of a less efficient, misguided use?Michael: An unfortunate use is when you're essentially sharing what I called undifferentiated content. If you're only sharing your headlines and links back to your articles, your Twitter feed becomes just a re broadcasting of your home page over your RSS feed. That's not an efficient and effective use of Twitter. I can go get that content anywhere else. If that were the only thing that an individual publication were doing, it's much more effective for me to just go to their website. It's just not as conversational. It's not native to the platform.Martin: Let's return to the reverse chron portion again. I want to drill a little deeper into that. It's very simple. But the issue with it, to some extent, is that the signal to noise ratio remains pretty high. Or at least it can be pretty high. It depends on how many followers you have and how you curate those followers and how much spam. There's just a lot going on there. The question is, can you envision not to replace that as the principal visual cue that Twitter has, but an alternate taxonomy where it's more channelized, where you get to create something a little bit more, what a friend of mine calls the interest graph, rather than the real time chronological graph feed. Can you imagine that?Michael: Yeah, I can imagine that. We have some of that. Some of that is happening in the product today. A lot of our power users will use lists to essentially segment. I do it, like these are my sports accounts that I follow, these are my music accounts, these are my tech accounts. I'm into contemporary arts, so these are my art nerds that I follow.Martin: I don't think many people even know that they can do that.Michael: Yeah, so that's something that we're looking at how do we actually make that more discoverable and better references to that in the product?John: I agree with that.Michael: You create lists. If you're on Desktop Web, whenever you're on a user's profile page, you can add to a list. If you use Twitter for Android, you can do that as well.John: That's what I have discovered is the biggest problem with Twitter. You get used to it as a mobile platform and you forget that you have to adjust it on the desktop...Michael: On the desktop.John: ...To make it really work.Michael: Working on some of those things.Martin: Yeah, that's true.Michael: Working on some of those things.Martin: Hey, Sippey, what's your timing like? Do you have some more time?Michael: I've got about five more minutes.Martin: Perfect.Michael: Cool.Martin: Cool. OK. Getting back to this notion of this huge aggregation point, you guys kind of behave like a common carrier in the sense that people publish into the platform, you don't really care that much what the content is, or at least that's my sense. I'm not sure how you feel about obscenity and stuff like that. But can you imagine a point where you would change that notion or you would begin to, for lack of a better word, censor certain areas of content? My sense is that Twitter is very, you use the word open.Michael: Yeah. Very open. Very open. We're not going to prevent people from publishing into the platform. There are some obvious places where we have to avoid child p*rnography and hate speech. There are some things where we...As you can see from our history, we go to the ends of the Earth to defend our users and their rights to publish. What I want to make sure that was as you're coming on Twitter that you're finding great content for you. You may not see if, unless you're explicitly following them, if you're searching for something, like you may see the best tweets about that particular topic. We spend a lot of time and investment in our search and relevance infrastructure to make sure that, if you're searching for a particular topic, you're finding the best tweets about that particular topic.Still being able to do, to look at the real time stream of everything that's happening on it. But the default view is to find the best tweets on it, which are typically going to come from people that have a few more followers and have some history on the platform, because there's more social engagement on them.That happens, but it doesn't mean, I can go follow anybody on the platform as long as they haven't protected their account, I can go follow them. That's the beauty of Twitter is that kind of open nature for publishing. We have, there are pockets of users that you, in your day to day life, will never see because they have their own social graphs and their own networks and they're talking about things that you don't talk about. It's a great thing to go find those pockets of users and to see what's happening there.Martin: Let's end on the business model. You guys, I think, just announced or somehow got announced that you were way ahead of your plan in terms of revenues, which is great. You seem to be the first ones to have really cracked the code on mobile advertising. Am I right about that?Michael: I don't know if we're the first ones to crack the code. What I'll say is that, so because...the thing that we've done, and this was before my time and I'll give credit to the team that was here at the time. When the decisions were made around Twitter's ad products, they were really smart decisions, which is, we're going to make them primitives of the existing product. The ad unit will be a tweet. When you get a lot of engagement on that tweet, just like you have native engagement on the product, that's where the value is.People are using our advertising products to help drive distribution of typically content and engagement that they're already doing on the platform. Our ad products are around promoted tweets, promoted accounts and promoted trends. Those are all things that exist natively on the platform and they're all things that are...Because Twitter was built from the ground up as a mobile first product in a mobile first platform, they work well there. Because a tweet is 140 characters, it works really well on the screen. That ad product works well there.That's just a testament to the decisions that were made around, "This is how we're going to do advertising on Twitter. We're going to essentially put unobtrusive ads that people like into their stream that are just like the rest of the content on Twitter."The people that are good at advertising on Twitter are typically the people that are good at Twitter, which is great because it's self reinforcing....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (40)

Justin Smith

BIO: YES: Justin B. Smith is CEO of Bloomberg Media Group, a...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: It is April the 3rd, 2013. We are in the iconic Watergate Tower in Washington DC with David Bradley and Justin Smith of Atlantic Media. David, if you wouldn't mind kicking this off just by giving us a brief history of how you decided to get into the media business to begin with and when it was, after arriving in the media business, that you realized that digital technology was a profound influence on what you were going to have to do to make this work.David Bradley: I'm happy to do that. Welcome, both of you. I ended up in this place by failing to get to the place that I intended to get to. I was raised in Washington. I wanted to be, by age 30, the young Republican senator from the state of Maryland. To do that, I decided I should become prosperous before I was powerful. Neither thing happened.I started a business. It took me a long time to succeed in the business. A long, long time. Decades. 22 years. Finally, I found myself prosperous but no longer in the District of Columbia, no longer Republican, and surely not a U.S. senator.On my 40th birthday, in that haunting hour where men shouldn't be allowed to give serious thought, I realized I was never going to become the thing I wanted to be. I came up with the thought that if I can't be in politics, I can be near politics. If you can't take the course, you can audit it. Media was as close as I could get to.I took my earlier companies, Corporate Executive Board and Advisory Board, sold them, and then bought my way into media. I bought the National Journal in the late 1990s. I found it a wonderful product and a really easy business to manage. On the strength of that I thought, "How hard could journalism be, media be?"So I bought The Atlantic from Mort Zuckerman and got to the full answer, "This is exactly how hard media can be." Mid 19th century long form fiction and nonfiction journalism was so not even then, late 1990s in fashion. I think it was probably Mr. Zuckerman's favorite business transaction, selling me The Atlantic.John: Fast Company was a pretty close second.David: Yeah, he'd like that one too.Justin Smith: That was probably his favorite.John: That was a pretty good one.Justin: 300 million.David: The profound problem on the other side of having bought is, I loved it. Terrible business, but I loved it. And I really worked on The Atlantic. trying to turn it around. Mr. Zuckerman had not spent any time at all on the properties. He had subsidized The Atlantic. but he hadn't been part of managing it. He had a real estate empire to build. I went into the business and met with advertisers, hired editorial staff, oversaw the redesign of the magazine, and bought better quality paper for the magazine 100 levers, and didn't succeed.John: It sounds like, in addition to wanting to be close to politics, power and all of that, you also were not interested in the subsidy model. You were trying to make this into a sustainable business.David: Yes. I've seen other wealthy people act the same way. Chris Hughes is talking the same right now as I was talking then. It's just not satisfying to just subsidize. There is a challenge to creating something that people want to have. The commercial standard forces you to perform to standard.John: You were an entrepreneur, and you brought your entrepreneurial mindset into this. You found that frustrating.David: Yes. That's a very fair characterization.John: Then what did you do?David: I did something that I'm good at. What I'm good at, my gift, is seeing gifts in other people and finding extreme talent. I had been tracking Justin Smith, who was at the time with The Week magazine, but had done International Herald Tribune and The Economist and then had gone with a British publisher and created The Week here in the United States. I'd been tracking his incursion into my space, stealing market share from National Journal and from The Atlantic with a publication, The Week, that I had never heard of. I, in an act of self sacrifice, went to the Carlyle Hotel in New York for a three hour dinner at the fireplace and spoke to Justin about coming and leading The Atlantic. Justin was thoughtful about it but had little interest because he had another offer that he was in the final stages of negotiating, so I stayed up late that night and I wrote him a memo.Martin Nisenholtz: What year was this? I'm sorry. Just so we're grounded.Justin: In the summer of 2007. The other offer you can say, because it's actually relevant to the story, was to be publisher of Business Week, which was one of the great business print brands. But go ahead.David: I did something that's thoroughly unkind, especially to do to an ambitious person. I complimented him on how well he had done with his career to that point, but then said, "I don't understand how your next chapters are worthy of your early chapters. What's happened to the ambition?" Of course that threw him into days of self doubt, and he ended up joining us.Justin: Now he finally told me what he did to me. [laughter]David: Don't act so naive. You now use the exact same question. It's such a derailing question.Justin: Because you've taught me so well.David: He's a force of nature. The financial turn took place at the Carlyle Hotel beside the fireplace, when an old man, an old world person...John: A manipulative old man.David: ...manipulated...Yes. That's exactly right. I'm only going to be with you for a few more minutes and then Justin's going to take the reins here, so why don't I answer the other part of the question, which was, when did I discover that the Internet was in a collision course with the properties that I owned?John: Then there's a third question we want to ask you before you leave, but go ahead and do that because it comes from that, which is about the future of the industry and where all this is headed.Martin: I'll actually have one, too.John: We'll move along as quickly as we can.David: I don't remember the reason, but I found myself at the USA Today headquarters for a conference that was being sponsored in their legacy funded global tower there, on the Internet and what it could mean for journalism. It was a three yellow pad kind of conference for me. It was 300 ideas and new frames that I had not thought about, almost all of them threatening. They were great if you were on the non legacy side, but if you were sitting there with a 19th century, long form magazine, none of this is comforting. I came back and I was really sobered by it.I had seen this once before, when an earlier company of mine used to work for hospitals. The Advisory Board Company worked for 2,500 hospitals. Suddenly, managed care and capitation and the Clinton health care plan all arrived. I understood none of it and had to go learn it and remake my business. This felt like an "oh my gosh, you have to remake your business" moment.This is 2006. There were roughly a dozen, two dozen, entrants into digital media. Some of them legacy enterprises trying to drive over the bridge, and some were just startups.I decided to go on a Hillary Clinton listening tour. I went to 16 different offices. I went to them and met with editors and publishers for lunch or for dinner and said, "I'm a neophyte. I know nothing about it. Tell me what you know now that you didn't know before." I don't remember all of them, but I was writing down notes before we met just now to give you some of the places.In the legacy category, I met with the editor of the New York Times website, the USA Today website, Bloomberg, Forbes Inc., Fast Company, Slate, Time, NBC. Went out to dinner with Arianna out in LA. And just took notes, and came back and wrote up the notes. I've got them here. I didn't realize this was a video interview. I don't whether these will be useful or not, but I'll give them to you.John: Oh yeah. We're posting all manner of memos, memorabilia, speeches. All that sort of thing are attached to this. We're very grateful for that kind of thing. That will be attached to this. We're looking for just that sort of resource.David: This is circa 2006, but what it is is 46 lessons that I heard when I was out on the road. I'll give them to you. So I don't take up too much time on the merits here, why don't I not go through them. There were 8 or 10 that were both significant and turned out to be right. One of the measures I took before I met Justin but just before I began that courtship was to say, "Let's jumpstart the website with some great talent."I had been recruiting Andrew Sullivan from The New Republic ever since I had entered media. Maybe a little bit after I entered media. For six years, I had been writing him every third month and fourth month, just saying, "And now how happy are you?" Once a year, I'd invite him for scones and cream over at my office with a view of the Watergate and the Potomac river and the suggestion that, "Someday all this could be yours."He'd regularly turn me down. Finally, I found a moment when he was at Time and he was ready to move. He had something like 500,000 unique visitors at the time. All of Atlantic, everything we had, had in a good month 500,000 unique visitors. He decided to join us. He and I sat in a conference room here, looking at the screen, the Atlantic website, waiting for the moment when Time switched whatever switch Time would know how to flip which would yield the traffic that recircuited from them to us.John: Which Andrew had cleverly put into his contract, wherever he worked, that he had the URL switch.David: It switched again when he left us.John: He figured that out early. He knew that he had a brand. We interviewed him recently in his world headquarters.David: He's been talking that way.John: He speaks well of you guys.David: I loved him before he switched his traffic to us, and then I'm really grateful since. They flipped the switch, and suddenly our traffic doubled. Overnight, it doubled. It was the first moment I could see that you could win this, not as a legacy competitor but on its own merits, in units of business that we never could have achieved in the legacy era. You can't grow by 500,000 subscribers [snaps fingers] like that. Right now, the last month, we had 19,900,000 unique visitors. Bitterly, 100,000 short. We should have all sat at our desks the last month, clicking onto our website to get us up to the 20 million.John: There are people who do that.David: Really? [laughs] There's no old world scheme by which a 156 year old legacy property can grow itself in readership about 18 fold in just a handful of years. That's my set of stories. Do you have another question you wanted to ask me?Martin: I just have one. I want to go back to this notion of "deeply unsatisfying" in terms of the subsidy model. One of the things that continues to come up over and over again in these interviews is that one of the models going forward is to have wealthy individuals essentially adopt journalistic institutions and finance them in some way or another. There are all different flavors of that model, from the Bloomberg flavor to Russian oligarchs. The notion is I think Michael Kinsley described it again this morning that it's actually, in the context of Chris Hughes, a pretty satisfying thing to do with your money and your time. But you don't seem to think it is. Is it personally unsatisfying, or do you just think it's not a viable way for journalism to move forward in the United States?John: Another point of view was Eric Schmidt, who said it's not a viable model because ultimately rich people either die and leave their money to someone who doesn't share their interests, or they grow bored with that particular cause and move to another.David: I think you could make an argument that rich people are a real danger to journalism, maybe not in the moment but over the longer term. To answer your question directly, Martin, I meant to say both things. Deeply unsatisfying, to me, to keep putting out something that was failing against any commercial standard. But I also don't think it's a healthy thing for the enterprise. You end up with two bad things going on. One bad thing is that it can never grow. No matter how wealthy the fund is or the person is that's going to subsidize it, there's going to be a finite amount of money in the trust. It's going to produce a finite amount of income. You end up creating an enterprise that operates at that level, and then the next year, when things cost more, it will operate at that level but a little more tightly squeezed and the next year a little more tightly squeezed.We saw that with The Atlantic. with Mr. Zuckerman. He was genuinely generous with the enterprise, but he had a limit of how much he was going to spend on it, which was about $4 million dollars in a bad year. The Christmas party had become a pot luck supper, where everybody brings his own. They had not been able to afford the high end writers. They had lost people like...Nick Lehman had moved on when the contract wasn't competitive enough. They were increasingly publishing the works of academics who didn't charge for the pieces or charged at a lower per word rate.One thing you end up with is a ceiling on the growth and a meaner and meaner culture. "Meaner" in the sense of tighter, financially. The other thing that happens is, they get whimsical and quirky. Since there's no external standard to which you have to perform, you can publish whatever you want. You can report whatever you want. You can do the indulgences of the aggregate of your talent base.There's something really good about The New York Times waking up in the morning, going, "We're not breaking the news we used to break. We're being scooped by these people. Furthermore, we're losing this talent. Everybody meet in the conference room at 8:15 because we have to figure out what we're going to do." Those kind of crisis moments which the for profit sector forces on you relentlessly.John: Well, it's not capricious.David: No.John: Can we segue from that to my final question? One of the reasons we are here to talk to you is...We look over the broad landscape. There are all kinds of definitions of journalism and news. The current dominance of social media, particularly Twitter, in terms of [inaudible 17:47] coverage of campaigns and this sort of thing. We're covering all that. We're looking at it. But the biggest question mark hangs over the category of serious journalism reported, deeply analytical, deeply thoughtful, responsible to the masses, some would say boring. Some would say it's always been that way. It was able to survive because it was part of another package that had a sports section and stock quotes and all those things.Martin: Classified advertising the most important...John: Classified advertising, all those things that work in the old, aggregated model. Now it's all fragmented. Now we find people who are in the serious news business. You're in it. When you look at it obviously, it matters to you where do you think the future lies for that category? What are the sustainable economic models? How is this going to play out? Will there be many smaller purveyors of this kind of information? Are the mass purveyors doomed? Will they survive? Look in your crystal ball.David: Abraham Lincoln, before he did the Emancipation Proclamation but after the war had started, was asked, "Are you going to free the slaves?" He said. "I'm not given to know that. I'm like the canoeist who's on a river who paddles to the next bend in the river."I have no view beyond the next bend. I'll tell you what I see between here and the next bend. Roll it out 10 years, 20 years. I don't have a theory of that case.John: Just the next bend.David: When we invaded Iraq in 2003, we had about 2,000 Western reporters who went in on that embedded with the military. The Atlantic has, if you take our website and our magazine, the ability to... You'll be able to fact check me on this, Justin. I'd bet we have the ability to publish long form, well reported pieces. I'd bet the economics support us doing somewhere between 50 and 100 of those articles a year. That's it.John: That's a lot, though.Justin: It is a new model, I would say, a new digital model of the traditional report long form that we could talk about. That's sort of the two day immersion on a story that's deeply reported but written in 48 hours. A lot of our journalists, we're playing around with that model as opposed to that journalist being responsible for four or five posts in one day. They'll take two days off, three days off, and go deep on something. It's not the trip to Iraq. It's not the two month investigation. It's an attempt to take those values and those ideas and reinvent them in the digital realm.John: The Economist proved a long time ago that one substitute for deeply reported is deeply educated and highly informed. If something happens, if you're really smart and you really know what you're talking about, you can make five phone calls and write a story that comes across as deeply reported because you didn't have to start from the beginning. You didn't just graduate from high school and have to learn about the Middle East. You know it. You went to Oxford University. You studied it. You know the 200 year history of it. You know all the treaties. You write a piece and you go. "Oh my god! The Economist does such deeply reported work." Not really. They hire really educated people who know what they're talking about. By the way, so do you.David: My reference to the Iraq War was...That's never happening again. We're never sending 2,000 people to effectively write the same story. I would think The Atlantic can chip in its 50 to 100 stories a year, even as small as we are. The New York Times can chip in its 2,000 stories a year, and so forth. I would think we will aggregate our way to enough excellence. What we're not going to have is a hundredfold the work force that you need doing the same thing. That's what's happening to regional papers.John: As much as we lose something in the translation, would you make the argument that we also gain something? Is there a new focus, a new emphasis on a certain kind of quality?David: To what you were saying, John. There's one thing that we find we have to do when we're not on one of our 50 to 100 stories where we are originating the deeply reported story. That is, we have to find some way to advance it. Either it's got to be smarter by a moment's thought, or it's got to be breaking the second day story 20 minutes earlier than the next person doing it, 1 minute before the next person does it, some kind of value added. What you see in The Atlantic website is 50 people really distraught by, "What can I do to add value to this thing. I can't just put it up. What's my contribution?" I think that is relentlessly happening all over the website, where everybody's trying to improve.I think what we're going to see is things move forward faster intellectually and in terms of unfolding narrative than they ever did under the old model. It's just unfortunate we can't own it in the same monopoly sense the good old days when Time owned news magazines and The Washington Post owned Washington.Martin: David just talked about a world where things may get a little bit leaner and a little bit faster. What I want to know from you, Justin, is...That world is also a little bit meaner in the sense that the consumer, while there is some evidence that they're willing to pay something, is a little bit less certain. The advertising, in particular, has become very problematic over the last couple of years with the advent of programmatic buying. What I'd like to know from you is what is the essential business model that you're trying to build here as you try and build a more profitable Atlantic?Justin Smith: [clears throat] Sorry, I'm losing my voice a little bit with a cold. I think the first rule that we subscribe to running this business is not to lock into a permanent view of anything. We don't have a religion around business model. We don't have ideology around business model. We obviously have adopted a business model the last couple of years, which I'll describe, which is working well for us in the moment, but we are very, very, very aware and constantly discussing the highly likely possibility this business model that's been working for us the last three years may evaporate or may not actually work going forward. In a sense, our business model is to never fall too in love with a business model and to try everything. That's at the highest level.I think our business model, as you said at the outset, John, is really around this notion that the web is fragmenting audiences and narrowcasting content to more specific niches. I think you'd think of the Atlantic audience as not a tiny niche, not a small niche, a medium sized niche. Our sense, our strategy is to focus very, very, in a very disciplined way, around that niche audience.We call them opinion leaders or influentials by producing really high quality journalism that engages them. Producing that journalism in many different forms, different platforms, and, where possible, getting them to pay for it. But where impossible or where we find the consumer payment proposition difficult, we've had a lot of success in actually monetizing it through advertising.We don't necessarily feel like the industry wide pessimism around the ad model is not felt as strongly, I think, here. Because, I would argue, because of the niche approach of our strategy. What I mean by that is, people talk about CPM depreciation in advertising and how it's this one way trip down to commodity status and programmatic buying and so on. I think our CPMs digitally have been relatively stable the last...We just did analysis this week and actually they've maybe single digit, one, two, three percent declines across three or four years.Now we've had to...That's off of a very high CPM, relative to what broader publishers get. Because we deliver a niche audience that is very valuable to a very specific type of advertiser, we are able to charge a premium. Because of the services which we package in with the advertising proposition, namely events and other marketing services that are highly customized...Martin: You've shown a willingness to go a few places that some others haven't been willing to go, in terms of sponsored content, and created a little bit of controversy for yourself.Justin: Yeah, that was not intentional, the controversy. But the Scientology thing, yes.Martin: We'll talk about that, but... [crosstalk]Justin: We can absolutely talk about that. But just to finish what I was saying, I always say that all inventory is not created equal. That there are B2B sites that deliver some very, very specialist communities that are seeing no CPM depreciation on $80, $90, $100 CPMs, digitally. And they're largely entirely digital businesses.Martin: I guess the counter argument to that, just to make it because I'd like to hear your reaction, is that, as the science gets better and better, the traditional intermediary position, the notion of an audience proxy, just dissipates because those business to business sites' audiences can be identified pretty accurately at about a tenth of the cost by Google or whomever and simply targeted across the web. Unless you think context has such high value, not twice the value but literally 10X the value, and a lot of advertisers just don't buy that, I'm not sure there isn't an inexorable improvement in the science.I'd just love to hear your reaction to that because it's not a question of value, it's really a question of how much value?Justin: My response to that is not to, on a straight banner contextual impression, sure, that's probably the case and I would concede the argument to you. But when you're talking about going to an advertiser with an idea that is customized to that advertiser, that comes from an organization that understands its brand and its audience extremely well, that idea is actually expressed across a series of live events, a series of video products, a series of print products...John: You talked about marketing services. What does that mean?Justin: That's the idea. In a sense, that's the creation of the idea. I think it's the media company as agency, which is effectively what has happened to us. Atlantic Media is an ideas based marketing agency, digital marketing agency, is another way of describing our company. That multi touch, multi platform, multifaceted, customized bespoke, ideas driven initiative that in the past would have come from Ogilvy or Mather or from an ad agency is, in fact, coming from us directly, cutting out the advertiser, going directly to the client. That's not replicable by programmatic.Martin: Cutting out the agency.Justin: Yeah. But that's not replicable by programmatic.Martin: No it's not.John: There's a customer focus that you're describing. You know your customer. You work with the customer.Martin: The argument is it's expensive and not scalable.John: When you get into this discussion, you have to...Justin: Yeah, but what is scalable in a niche business? We're not... We're looking to grow, certainly. But the scale of a niche business is "niching" the niche. It's not getting bigger. We're burrowing deeper into different micro segments of influentials to get more data and more information and more content for them.Martin: Give them an example, Justin, might be helpful for them...Justin: A great example that is working really, really well is, we discovered this common ground between this editorial tradition, journalistic heritage we had with The Atlantic about a lot of great journalism around urban matters, urban development, urban design, the future of cities. Going back 100 years, it's been a thread that, at various points, we've had some consequential journalism on that subject. It crossed maybe five years, there was this big boom in advertisers, particularly a lot of our corporate image advertisers that are the central advertising base for an influentials audience. A lot of these are big infrastructure companies, financial services companies, began getting very excited around contextual advertising environments tied to cities and to urbanization, the global trend of urbanization, which is this cross section of politics and economics and money and finance and infrastructure and environmentalism and energy.We actually created something called the Atlantic Cities, which is not the perfectly named thing given the confusion with the town in New Jersey, but in effect, it's the first digital media brand dedicated to creating journalism around this megatrend of urbanization globally done on a B2B basis, i.e. information and journalism that will help urban and designers and architects and financiers that understand...Martin: Do you have conferences about that?Justin: We do.Martin: I get that. That's the niche within the niche.John: I've got to say, just for the benefit of the audience,whoever it may be, I really love that debate. I just want to point out to Justin and the audience that that was not Martin Nisenholtz of The New York Times arguing that side. That was Martin Nisenholtz who started out at Ogilvy and Mather and arguably created the first digital agency, so that was seriously good round.Martin: It was really Martin Nisenholtz playing devil's advocate.John: With some background.Justin: But no, he's right. But another way and a flippant and maybe humorous way of looking at it is, we look at programmatic and, just entrepreneurially, we say "What can we do that programmatic can't do that adds value?" It's like your back's against the wall. They're coming at you and you're like, "OK, I've got to reinvent myself to do something that those machines, those algorithms can't do that delivers value to the advertiser."There's a lot of things, if you put your thinking cap on, your innovation cap on.John: Another way of putting it, and I've always believed this, that ultimately, the legacy media business, as long as it existed, always depended upon a certain amount of magic. There was also a certain amount of magic with a client, with a brand, for the reader. And ultimately... Now there's a different kind of magic involved with programmatic and algorithmic.Justin: Black box magic.John: That's a different kind of magic.Martin: Mel Karmazin famously said, I think, to someone at Google, "You're f*cking with the magic."John: Ultimately, I believe that once you get all the magic out of it, then there's a niche for the magic to come back. Magic will always...People like magic.Justin: The other way of thinking about it is, how many CMOs are going to say, "OK, great, my whole marketing budget's just going to go toward this complex algorithm." I think it's the argument of media platforms taking over new media platforms and not actually ever taking them over. I think there's always going to be at some level a portion...The budgets going to get smaller, but you're seeing the bifurcation of budgets into programmatic, at scale, loads and loads of eyeballs and you're seeing the other budgets the more bespoke customized market.Now, it's hard to get really good numbers on these things. I saw today in Digiday that RTB is only 10 to 12 percent, 10 to 20 percent this year of total display advertising. The growth rate of RTB display advertising is 94 percent in 2013, but it's projected to drop to 33 percent in 2014. There are issues there, as well.There's a lot of unknowns, but we have our back against the wall and we're creating new ways of creating value, adding value.Martin: Can I ask you a journalism question?Justin: Sure.Martin: From the point of view of the person who runs the business and clearly has a sharp bead on what you think your current strategy is and, as you said, aren't wed to any particularly future strategy, whatever works, describe the place of the journalism in your current business model? You've got a magazine. You've got a website that is somewhat different from others in the space and has done pretty well. Explain how you view all that, and also where you think it's going?Justin: I would say that the way we view it is, because we are a media company that's targeting this niche customer that's the most educated, the most discerning, the most skeptical, the core of everything we do is the quality of the journalism that actually can get this target audience to pay attention and to engage. It really is the life blood of everything we do. It starts with... It has to be if you're going to set out to try to engage this type of consumer.I think what we pride ourselves on a little bit is that the journalism five years ago used to be really kind of a single mode, in a sense. It was the magazine monthly, The Atlantic Monthly magazine. Arguably, that journalistic model had not changed or evolved that much in the previous maybe 50 maybe 100 years.There was the front of the book and the well and the back of the book and different sections and so on. Certainly there some mini innovations on the edges, but it was largely about, really, largely about the well, the deeply reported, long from kind of journalism that The Atlantic is very famous for.I think what's exciting is the challenge we put to ourselves, which is how do you take the values of that journalism, how do you take core mission that has existed for a long period of time and then reinvent it for all these other platforms and all these new environments.You have a person like...Jim Fallow's a great example who came out of that tradition of The Atlantic. He's been here for 30, 40 years. Jim started blogging. Jim started doing web video for us. Jim started developing...And this is what a lot of...It's not unique to The Atlantic. Started doing a lot of shorter form stuff as part of his reporting for longer form things and began this relationship with the long form and the short form, the digital and the print. It was this new creation.Then you saw the journalism actually becoming dynamic between the individual voices online of the actual...One of the great initial paths that we took...[bell]Yeah?Martin: Be careful. It was shaking.Justin: One of the great initial paths we took was this "Voices" paths anchored by Andrew Sullivan and Ross Douthat and Ta-Nehisi Coates and so on, where we were literally dynamically creating this debate among these different journalists and different voices. The model where they're working online for us now, it's very similar in a way to what Andrew does. It's the journalist/DJ/curator who's doing a number of different things. He's doing the deeply reported piece, taking two or three days at doing the quick aggregation piece, doing an analysis piece and kind of mixing it up back and forth. But then also writing for the magazine.I think it's the versatility... It's transporting those values and those quality standards to all these different models.Martin: Can you talk about where your traffic comes from? What percentage now comes from social media versus search versus direct, and what's the implications of that are over time? In other words, what's growing fast and what's shrinking?Justin: Can I give you directional numbers because I don't have them off the top of my head. I think the big headline for us, obviously, is we have a pretty solid direct number maybe in the high 30s, low 40s. Even larger than that, I think, is the social number. There's the "pure social" and then, I don't know if you use this term, "dark social," which is the sending content via email or text or other forms. If you add that in with the traditional social, just the social networks, becomes the overwhelmingly largest segment of our traffic. I think the big story here is the story we've seen everywhere, which is social pole vaulting search very aggressively over the last 18 months, 24 months. We've never been very strong at search. It's always hovered between maybe 10, 15, 18 percent, but social obviously went from 0 to, without dark social, probably somewhere in the 30, 40, 50 percent, and with dark social maybe up to 60, 70, or something.Martin: Do you design for that? In other words, talk about the tactics around that and how it touches the journalism.Justin: David comes from a research background so one of the things he did, we assigned one of these PhD researchers from his past to literally document and analyze the best practices of our best social journalists. We have this deck. We probably don't want to share it publicly but we have this deck of best practices on how to create social journalism.John: They're sources of best practice?Justin: Similar idea. What's funny is we have this expression where your best journalistic decision is made when you made the job offer because in the web environment we're not able, at the speed that things are moving, to actually review someone's work as closely, to review the headline, to review the subject matter, to edit it. In a sense, the strategy of the Atlantic.com these last couple of years, first we had the voices, the bloggers, led by Andrew. The second strategy was actually to have these individual journalists who manage sections of the site who themselves are what we call native digital journalists who have such intuitive sense of the web and of how to create sharable content. They have the metabolism. They have the social network themselves which they're constantly seeding and a part of on Twitter and so on.Martin: Have you learned anything from Buzzfeed from Jonah Peretti's work? What have you taken from that?Justin: I think, for us, we've been more interested in the business learnings of Jonah Piretti's stuff than the editorial.Martin: You mean the advertising side?Justin: Yeah. How they're creating sponsored content. I think they're doing some really novel, different things. I think we are obviously looking at them, as well. One of the best practices, I think there's 30 or 40 of the high/low, the ways of treating low brow content with a high treatment and a high brow content with a low treatment is something we've perfected because it fits The Atlantic brand quite well. One of the most popular pieces on the site recently was this incredibly high brow cultural analysis of "Gangnam Style" that was all about what this actually meant, what the Korean language words meant and what the neighborhood it came from and the socioeconomics of that community. That was a classic example of us looking at a quasi low brow subject and applying an Atlantic lens to it.Photographs. Huge lessons and learnings about visual storytelling. We've got this blog called In Focus which is just so powerful and a huge driver of social traffic, which is a big, big, big, big part of our growth story the last couple of years. Alan Taylor, again, is an engineer. Not a journalist by training, an engineer that lives in Boston and, again, very much in that DJ mode.John: Wasn't there an Alan Taylor involved with Fast Company?Justin: That's a different one.Martin: What have you learned from Quartz?Justin: From Quartz?Martin: Talk a little bit about what it is and why you started it and how it's going and what you've learned from it.Justin: You want me to tell you about Quartz?Martin: Yeah.Justin: Quartz is our newest brand. The broader thought, strategically, is that we'd been very successful at transforming our traditional brands into digital brands and so the second phase of our strategy was to create pure digital brands that didn't have any traditional components and attack different traditional markets. We're very, very interested in the global business and financial market, occupied now really by the FT and The Economist. We see that as another little micro market. We don't put the FT and The Economist marketplace in the broader business marketplace. We don't put it with Forbes and Business Week. We don't even put it with Wall Street Journal and Bloomberg.It's this global English language influential niche community, again, that are spread around the world. These brands are explaining the global economy and how to navigate the global economy to this tribe of niche, high level players.The FT and The Economist are both very defensive vis a vis the web, big paywall strategies and so on. As this community traveling the world is extremely mobile and extremely digital, we saw a great opportunity to build a mobile brand around really, really high quality, free but sharable journalism, utility journalism, for this community.The novelty, of course, for us is it's the first brand we really built with a mobile first mindset. If you see the experience, we don't really have a home page because it was really designed much more like a news feed or like a Twitter feed on the smartphone. That's obviously not to this notion that people are predominantly reading units of content that are being spread independent of one another. It's the unbundled approach.Our bet is that The Economist is still saying, "Every Friday and Saturday read the bundle of content, either in print or read the bundle on the iPad," and we're saying, "Let's just blow up that bundle and put out 40 to 50 Economist quality global deciphering stories a day, 24 hours a day."By the time Friday comes around, most of that stuff in the Friday bundle that The Economist is holding onto so preciously, a lot of it will have been consumed in the grazing and the multitasking consumption and night and morning consumption that happens all week long in the unbundled Quartz version of it.John: Is this a significant investment for you?Justin: Yeah. It's our biggest new venture. We have about 20 to 25 journalists. We hired the editor of the wallstreetjournal.com, Kevin Delaney, who's a real innovator. It's ad supported but, again, because it's a very niche audience we're able to charge really, really high CPMs for it and we've also created, obviously, completely non standard ad units. No banners, no buttons. It's all large, beautiful ads that are integrated into the content flow. We have a sponsored content module which is different and new. Again, the one thing I didn't mention in all of this is the key to ad models, other than, of course, the fear of programmatic, is ad models work when cost structures are transformed. I try to think, I wrack my brain about how many new startups are launching with paywalls. It's very, very few. Then I don't wrack my brain when I think of the dozens and dozens of profitable businesses with ad models.I own a company called Breaking Media which I started on the side which publishes abovethelaw.com and fashionista.com. Above The Law is the largest site for lawyers in America. It's got two or three journalists. It's got a million or 1.2 million lawyers glued to it every day, all the top firms in America. In fact, when I go to a co*cktail party and meet a partner at a law firm, if I say, "I'm founder of Above the Law," they're much more impressed than I'm president of The Atlantic.It's got 40, 45 percent margins because it's created content at a much, much lower cost.Martin: This is very important. This comes up over and over again in the context of legacy media, this notion that you've got a legacy brand here, but you're trying to transform a cost structure.Justin: You can't have a successful ad model on an old media cost structure. That's right. I quip. It's just a quip. The only people you really hear talking about paywalls are people with legacy cost structures.Martin: I was going to ask you about what lesson you brought here from the week and I was suspecting that the answer would have to do with the cost model.Justin: You're actually right. Felix Dennis has this great story. I don't know if you know Felix. He's a wonderful publisher. One of his stories, he was smoking a pack of cigarettes, he pulled me aside and he said, "Justin, one of the truths about publishing, this is an unchanging, untransformable truth. It takes five Americans for every English person to make a magazine." He pulled the British weekly celebrity magazine out at the time, this is 2004, whatever it was, Hello in England. He took the masthead. He put it next to People, he put it next to whatever the new ones that were started, I can't even remember the names.Martin: Us magazine.Justin: Us magazine and the German one. Literally, you could just go down to each department, times five, times five, times five, times five.John: We had a British subsidiary that had three magazines on the same floor. IPC.Justin: IPC, of course.John: On the other hand, in defense of legacy media I'll say People magazine earns more than five times as much as of all of IPC.Martin: Anyway, back to...Justin: You're right. That was a huge lesson from Felix was that there's just a different way of doing it and it's what entrepreneurs do.Martin: If I could, just for a moment, I'd love to hear your perspective on this. I know it was probably a mistake, but I think there was a recent controversy around a person who blogged you were trying to get them to write for nothing. Cost structures are fine but zero payment is simply not sustainable. Maybe it is. Why bias the answer. Maybe it is. Is your model to get people to write for free? Is that really the...?Justin: No, I mean absolutely not. I think that was a really frustrating experience for us. I think now that we've talked about our success so much we're getting a little bit more of the target of the media writers and so on are looking for us to misstep a bit. But in that instance, actually, we were looking to excerpt, I think, a couple of hundred words of a much, much longer piece, which we actually, in theory, based on fair use, digital aggregation standards, probably didn't even have to ask him to do it.John: The HuffPo might have just...Justin: We could have just put it on there...John: There you go.Justin: The truth is is that, and it was, the writer posted this email exchange with a young junior editor who had actually just started at our company. I think it was her third day or something. The truth is, yeah, we have tons of different models for paying for content. We have our own journalists, and by the way, the Atlantic has twice as many journalists today, paid journalists, full time, as they did five years ago. Twice as many. It's something like 35 to 70 journalists. Are a lot of those journalists younger and more digital? Of course, but that's our story, when most of the industry is going the other way. But that doesn't mean we have to be ashamed of the fact that we have paid journalists that are on staff; that we have journalists that we hire on a freelance basis, that we pay for, pay by the word or pay by the piece; and that we also have free contributors. I think it would be insane for any publisher not to experiment with free content, free contributor content.That would just be shooting yourself in the foot. There are tons of people who are great writers, who are citizen journalists, who love The Atlantic brand, who want the platform, want to get their ideas out there. We think it's a great...[crosstalk]John: I live in a fairly small town. Someone recently scored a big piece on Atlantic.com. I'm relatively certain you didn't pay her for it. It was a huge event in the city. There were parties around her being published in The Atlantic.Justin: To the critics who say, "God, The Atlantic is ruining journalism by not paying." It's really the inverse. I think we we're trying to save journalism here by experimenting with lots of different models. Trying like hell to throw as much spaghetti against the wall to figure out what sticks and what works. It's working for us. We're hiring more journalists in the process and producing more journalism than we ever had in our 155 year old history.David likes to say if Emerson and Wendell Holmes were sitting around the table, they'd be pretty happy about what's going on here these days. They'd say, "Damn, God, we're producing 175 stories a day."The quality is in a certain very high bandwidth. It's experimental. I think they'd be proud....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (41)

Martin Sorrell

BIO: YES: Sir Martin Sorrell (born 14 February 1945, London,...

TRANSCRIPT: Randall Rothenberg: Martin, thank you for joining us.Martin Sorrell: Pleasure, Randy. I say that before. Whether I'll say it after is another question.Randall: Hopefully, it will be.Martin: It will be.Randall: I'll reflect...Martin: I assure it will be wonderful.Randall: "Riptide," as we were just speaking, is an oral history of the Internet and journalism and trying to rip out the past in full.Martin: "Riptide" suggests that all of us are being engulfed by this, doesn't it?Randall: In fact, that is one of the questions I want to ask. The project uses the metaphor "riptide" to describe a process that's pulled traditional news organizations further and further out to sea.Martin: Yeah.Randall: One of the first questions that we wanted to ask you is, as you look back, is there anything that news organizations in particular...Martin: News organizations?Randall: News organizations.Martin: By that, you mean TV news, newspaper news, and magazine news?Randall: Yeah. I would take news organizations to be broadly the non-fiction media business.Martin: Because so far, the media that have been most affected have been newspapers by, let's say, disintermediation or by the digital revolution, whatever you want to call it, by Google, or whatever. So TV news, magazines probably less so, but there are signs that free to air television, if you look at the latest Nielson data for the last year or so, particularly amongst the young, that their circulation, their viewership, is declining quite sharply. In fact it's very reminiscent of the stuff I used to see: The "Washington Post" circulation data, particularly amongst younger people, even pre-Google.I mean talk about PG and PG, pre- and post-Google, a decline in readership. I think some of the stuff you're starting to see in television, free to air television, if not mirrors it, is trending that way. But it...Randall: Do you think the causes are the same? Is it purely a function of much, much, much more supply of content chasing...Martin: Supply of content and devices, changes in devices, obviously, tablets, and smartphones. If you go to fast growth markets, what others call emerging markets, what you see is the mobile phone and now the smartphone taking share from the PC. In the Western markets, we went from analog to PC to mobile. In the faster growth markets, like a Brazil or Russia, India and China, Africa, you've skipped the PC almost entirely. You see now the PC manufacturers coming under pressure. Today we're going to hear whether Dell, Michael Dell buys back Dell. But if he fails to sell out it's because they think that the prospects for PCs, and you see it with PC software with Microsoft or whatever, the demand for PC devices and PC software is diminishing.But is there anything they could have done? I think there are three things that we've always talked about. One is that you should pay for content, the paywalls. People used to laugh at us 5, 10, 15 years ago when we said if you have valuable content, you own valuable content, you should charge for it, and consumers will be willing to pay for valuable content.Now news is a commodity. The faster you get it, the better it is. Whether people would have been prepared to pay for faster release is one thing. But there are brands. I go to the BBC website because I trust the brand at two levels. One is I trust it because of its editorial independence. The second thing is I trust it because it will not mislead me in terms of the quality of what it does and the quality of its journalism. Would I pay for the BBC? Yes, I would pay. One thing was paywalls.Randall: Well you do pay for the BBC, in that case...Martin: Yeah. Well I pay a funding license, yes. But if I'm now looking at my iPad, I don't have to. I'm doing...Randall: Right. But you still do it. That's an interesting point, because you have a choice, yet you still choose to pay.Martin: Yeah. Yeah. One thing was paywall. Second thing was consolidation. That the industry was too fragmented. The third thing was that if we want to maintain professional journalism, you have to pay for it. In other words if you were a professional journalist, which you are, at least in part, would I be willing to pay to hear what Randy Rothenberg says about things? The answer's probably yes. If not, and I think you're worth preserving, or the state thinks you're worth preserving, then they should subsidize. You did get that.For example, I always remember two things. One is that, I think it was the FCC in America did talk about, at one stage, getting a fund together to invest in the legacy media that was most threatened by the Internet, newspapers, for example.The second thing was that television stations in Australia were given subsidies, effectively by giving fees back for what they paid for bandwidth or whatever it is they paid for. They were given money back because they were suffering so much from the digital revolution.I think there were things that you could have done to ameliorate it. But I was always struck, I think the most powerful quote I can remember is Jeff Zucker's quote where he said, "Analog dimes into digital pennies."Nobody, to my knowledge, has managed to navigate, to change the engines on the airplane while it's flying. To navigate successfully from an established model, a legacy model of newspapers and news, to a digital model. As profitably as they used to when they were felling trees and distributing newspapers.Randall: Do you think, as you look at the main news organizations...keep in mind when mentioning the phrase news organizations, is there anything that you can see them doing now? We have the benefit of hindsight. What could they conceivably implement now that might save them?Martin: Well it's very difficult, because...I do think, if you think about Google and you think about Sergey and Larry, at the heart of what they're doing, what are they doing? Of course they, when Eric was CEO, I think it was much broader organization. I think under Larry it's become more focused, if you like. But if you thought about what was their principal operating principle, it would be disintermediation of established business models and providing you and I as consumers with a cheaper alternative, a better-value alternative.We used to have to contend with the tyranny of distance. If I traveled to New York, I wouldn't know which hotel rooms were free and the prices. I would have to telephone them all up on a land line or I'd have to journey around to find out.Now, literally with a click, and somebody can tell me, I can put in my likes and my preferences and I get it instantly. Inherent in the digital revolution is benefits, productivity benefits, and price value benefits for you and as I consumers.In a way, I think this is an industrial revolution that probably, for legacy companies, is very difficult to deal with. If I look at WPP, for example, if I took the last 13 years since the turn of the century, our business has become a third fast growth markets and a third digital. The fast growth markets did exist in 2000, but they were, instead of being a third, let's stay 10 or 12 percent. Today, both of those activities account for roughly half the company.Randall: We've seen that the real impact of Google and of the Internet generally is providing access to information that once was closed. Most existing companies and most industries profit by having a, I think this was Ronald Coase's Nobel prize, by basically being able to close off or own the access to certain information.Martin: If you remember, I struggled with economics at Cambridge. Those supply demand models, they used to have a couple of things, which are actually very important in the context of the development of WPP. First was free trade, so you didn't have any tariff barriers or other things, and the world got freer in terms of trade. There's still tariffs and protections and trade agreements, et cetera. But, essentially, it's a freer world than it was when we started WPP in 1985.The second thing is perfect flow of information. That there were no blockages. What the Internet has done, what Google and Twitter and Facebook and Instagram and everybody else has done, has enabled a freer and faster flow of information, which has empowered you and I as consumers, to a degree. You referred to these closed models. People traded in our ignorance or lack of understanding or lack of knowledge.Now it's very difficult...you can talk about transparency. In fact, we worry that we've gone too far. PRISM and the NSA and all this stuff worries us that maybe it's too open and that it's too transparent, that the pendulum might have swung too far. But basically, it enables the supply and demand model. You could argue (it allows) capitalism to function much more effectively and much more efficiently than it did before.Randall: Yes, it was those two things. It was trade and asymmetry as it became more symmetrical, information asymmetries became more symmetrical.Martin: Yes, that's right.Randall: When did you first realize this?Martin: Well, I was thinking about...well, I don't know if I realized this, but when did I first think of...I think it dates to when I saw those people with satellite phones that you...I didn't have a mobile. I used to have to get out on the motorway in the U.K. and go into one of those red boxes and put, I think, four pennies in, or three pennies in, press button A, and if I couldn't get through I'd press button B and got my money back. If I got through...the phone would go, somebody would pick up the line, you'd press A and you'd lose your money - well, not lose your money, but to pay your money. If they didn't, you'd press B and get your money back. I don't know how we coped. I mean I know that when I went up to Manchester by car we'd stop off at the service station halfway up the M1, or whatever it was, and spend half an hour catching up on what had happened.And then I saw these people with bat...not bat phones, because they were enormous, right? They'd be in the jungle somewhere with these great clunky great things with a satellite dish, or whatever it is, or they'd have the first mobile phones, which were these bricks that they used to carry on with their ear. It's a bit like having an iPad to your ear, or whatever it is at the moment, but very clunky. I think that's the first time that I really started to think about what the implications are.Randall: This is late '80s?Martin: Yes, it would be late '80s, early '90s. It was really with the growth of Vodaphone, actually, when Chris Gent started Vodaphone. If you remember, Vodaphone came out of...it was a fragmenting of a company. I'm trying to remember who it was who took the Vodaphone license, the wireless license, and started up. It was a famous industrialist in the U.K., and then Chris Gent took it and built it by acquisition. I think it was probably, to be fair, with the rise of Vodaphone, and AT&T, let's say, in the United States, and as they started to negotiate and navigate the mobile, the growth of mobile, because I think that was where we first started to play with it.I mean you could go back further and when I graduated from business school in '68, and I went to Glendinning Associates. I had worked on the basic programming language with those big mainframe GE computers, and I remember I irritated my first employer enormously, because he asked me to do a very simple programming, and I was useless at that. I wasn't a software engineer by any means.And I got it into a continuous loop and the machine was outside his door so the machine just kept on spitting out the same information for about two hours. And he came out of his office in a fury, who is this idiot who had left the machine on all the time? I mean you could date back to that. You started to think about the impact of computers.Randall: A different context, though, because when you and I first met...Martin: '85. I would say the late '80s you began to think about it, because you started to see the...I think the mobile revolution is when we started, really, to think hard about it, and then that was accelerated enormously by the founding and development of Google, the fact that kids could drop out of...well, Microsoft, I guess, actually - Gates and Microsoft.Randall: Do you remember when you saw your first banner ad?Martin: Oh, I can't remember the date. I mean I don't think I was really...I think that the biggest impact was the mobile revolution, actually. I think that sort of was where you started to think about what was the implication for productivity and behavior of what was the beginning of a digital revolution.Randall: Which is interesting because in a way that started very early.Martin: Yes.Randall: I remember when I was living in London and seeing all these people walking around with big mobile phones and joking about it, and then, of course, the PC thing happened and the Internet, and you kind of forgot about mobile, but in fact, that's...Martin: And now it's superseded it.Randall: Right.Martin: Because it was the development of clunky handsets. Now we've got smart headsets or handsets which revolutionized it. I think, obviously, the PCs accelerated it, PC software accelerated it, display ads, banner ads, all accelerated it, but if you said to me, "What was the first time that you really thought about the big changes?" it was the fact that you didn't have to go to a callbox or to a landline, that you could be totally mobile and talk to people and receive messages, and I think that was the first.Randall: You mentioned Google several times.Martin: World's most valuable company when you strip out the cash, more valuable than Apple.Randall: Well, it's unless...what's the word...naturally be more valuable, because it's effectively less hardware intensive.Martin: Yes, I mean I'm jealous of their revenue per head. We have in one way or another 165,000 people. If I strip out the associates it's 115,000 people, and our revenues now are around 17 billion, and they're more than double that, and I can't remember how many people they've got. I think they've probably got about 25,000 people, including Motorola. Motorola added about twelve and a half thousand.Randall: Yes, something like that, especially if you strip away those who...if you just focus on the core business, the revenue business, it's even more...Martin: The search business...Randall: ...jealousy...Martin: ...magical...and margins, as well. Fantastic.Randall: You once famously described them as a, "frenemy."Martin: Yes.Randall: I think that was at a Google Zeitgeist conference as I remember.Martin: Yes, and it was a woman called Lauren Reese who was on our...is the daughter of a hedge fund manager, Rick Reese, who was a well-known media fund manager who I met through several transactions, and it was his daughter who was on our MBA fellowship program. And she said to me before the Zeitgeist or something, she said to me, "You think about Google as a, 'frenemy', as a friend or enemy," or as a, "froe," because at the Zeitgeist Conference it was Nikesh Arora who said to me, "You could call it a, 'froe.'" But whatever it is, it was meant to...were they there to disintermediate us or were they there to work with us? I mean you'd seen this at Yahoo, to be fair. The guy before Terry Semel, who famously...Randall: Was that Tim Koogle?Martin: That was Tim Koogle, who ironically, Koogle, Google, Yahoo, etc....Tim Koogle went directly to our clients and attempted to cut out the poor old middlemen.Randall: Right.Martin: Terry Semel came in at Yahoo and deliberately...I remember his first act...in fact, that's how I first met Linda Robinson. Linda Robinson had me to dinner with Terry and several other people to talk about how Yahoo was not going to do that. They were going to reverse that policy and work with agencies to build their business.Randall: Can you...I'd love to...Martin: Marissa...interestingly, Marissa is going through the same process of thinking about how she should go about it.Randall: Well, I'd love to do a deep dive back into that time, because I was writing about the business... I was leaving journalism at the time, but writing about the business, hanging out at Wired, and one of the things that those early Internet companies were saying at the time was that they had no choice because the advertising agencies weren't willing to pay attention to them. They were too new, too untested. So they had to...Martin: I think that's fair. I think that's fair because, if you think about it at that time, the message was far more important than the medium. I don't know whether it's Marshall McLuhan or Vance Packard. I said it was Vance Packard and somebody corrected me and said it was Marshall McLuhan.Randall: No, it was Marshall McLuhan.Martin: Marshall McLuhan. So, McLuhan and the medium and the message, people running advertising agencies believed that the be-all, the end-all was the creative part of it, the Don Draper Mad Men part of it. We were Mad Men and it wasn't about technology. And, more importantly, at that time, it wasn't about media.The media department sort of...Actually, Mad Men, when the media director gets upset that he's not a partner that was actually a fairly accurate...Randall: That captures a real cultural piece of the...Randall: ...advertising culture ...Martin: Absolutely. It was the suits and the creative department and maybe the planners. The planners got in there, as well. But it certainly wasn't the media people. They were sort of traders. Rather like in investment banks in the old days. The traders used to be the second-class citizens and the relationship people, the IBD, the investment banking division, was at the pinnacle. Those were the guys who generated the fees. Of course, it's now the reverse.In a way, we've mirrored that.Randall: I'm really interested in that.Martin: And the media people were not... They didn't get the corner offices. They didn't get the salary increases. They didn't get the incentives. They didn't get the Ferraris. They were...By the way, in new business presentations, it was all about the suits, the planning and the creative. If there was any time at the end, you might have something about the media plan.And then you got these Dennis Holtz, you remember, Michael Kasan, Westin International eventually bought by IPG. He was the first. Then you had the Gross brothers in France with Carat and you had the Rodaise family in Spain. You had Chris Ingram with CIA, which we ended up buying.Now, they've all been absorbed. Even Aegis now, which was Carat, is now part of Dentsu. So they've all been absorbed because the people running the agencies are media people.If I look at our businesses over the last 10, 12 years in particular, media has been the engine. You have to remember people look at WPP and say $17 billion of revenue. It isn't. It's $70 billion of media that flows through our business that we, on behalf of our clients, manage.Randall: So wasn't it... Go even back into the prehistory, wasn't it always true that all the money came in through the media, but culturally the influence was...Martin: Oh yeah, it was. But, to this day, very interestingly, we are the only company... I think Aegis did it, as well — but we are the only company that shows its billings and its accounts. I think that's a fundamental mistake because the power of our business, to some extent, rests on our ability to make...Irwin Gotlieb coined the phrase, "media investment management." We've now bastardized that into our consumer insight division, called it data investment management because these two areas...We manage an investment portfolio, effectively, for our clients of $70 billion. We run a $70 billion fund where we decide whether that's the right number. Should it be more? Should it be less? And which, in an increasingly fragmented world both geographically and functionally, where's the best place to invest that?Randall: So, if we're thinking about this chronologically, we go back into the prehistory, the money flowed in through the media function, but the culture and power was creative and relationships. Then a set of independent companies, media, independent media agencies come into existence.Martin: And the creative companies started to lose media. I looked at Ogilvy and Thompson, I think it was in the early '90s, I remember we looked at it in London and we'd lost so much media revenue because these media independents were popping up all over the place. We said to the people, at that stage I think it was Chris Jones running JWT and Shelly Lazarus at Ogilvy, so it would have been the early to mid-'90s, "You're losing your media. You're losing out on your media business. We've got to do something about that. We should set up Mindshare."We didn't call it Mindshare at that time.Randall: Clients started unbundling their options.Martin: Absolutely. And it's the benefit of functional specialization. The irony of all of this is that WPP, Omnicom, Publicis, IPG are all really full-service agencies that existed in the '50s. It's not different to the JWT of Berkeley Square. You walked in there in the '50s, number 50 Berkeley Square, whatever it was, and you found Lexington PR, which is now Hill & Knowlton. You found BMRB which is now Cantor and Research.You found an operations research company because, when they came up with the idea for Mr. Kiplings Cakes, which was residual dough from bread making, I think it was, and Mr. Kiplings Cakes, they, JWT research department, the precursors of the Mad Men, laid out the factory. Actually drew a plan of the factory and how the factory would function to make the Mr. Kiplings Cakes, which became a famous brand.What we've done is created more vertical specialization. We're now busily building horizontal integration to get everybody to work together. But the analogy is sort of to a house where you have strong columns and a roof that you support rather than having a very strong roof with weak columns.So strong functional specialization.Randall: This recognition and this re-organization of the agencies is really happening at roughly the same time as the Internet.Martin: Yes, the digital thing accelerated it because it put more emphasis, it was a secondary I think. But what it did was it said, "Not only is the medium equal to the message, but the medium is going to become faster, equal, or even more important, because the medium is fragmenting." You don't have to just worry about offline. You have to worry about online, too. And online, by it's nature, is much more fragmented because it's much more tailored.Randall: So Google, when does Google really enter into your consciousness?Martin: Middle to late '90s. I think I'm quoted in the Harvard Business Review in 1995, I think it was, as saying the Internet was going to... I don't think it was exactly the most prophetic statement, but, "The Internet was going to make a substantial difference to our business and our lives."Randall: But Google started later.Martin: Yes, but people started to look really at the Internet pre-Google. We started to look at the implications of it. Google really accelerated it. The ramp-up on Google was so strong and so quick, and the story was such a romantic one and they were very broadly spread in terms of what they set out to do that I think it started to have an effect quickly. I would say pre-Google, middle of the '90s, late '90s.Randall: At what point did the notion of, personally, of Google as foe or frenemy really occur to you?Martin: We were always terrified. Not terrified. We were always worried. Analysts would say to us, "Are you going to be put out of business?" Clients would be looking at their developments and saying, "What are you going to do about it?" Our people...Just like the people in our business who had the power in our business, which were the suits and the creative, let's put it like that, just like their attitude to media were not right. The funny thing was, they only changed their attitude to media when they were in trouble.You asked could we have done anything, could news organizations have done anything about the digital revolution. The fact is can you ride the waves. You think you can roll back the sea, and you can't.If you said to me, "What do you regret about WPP over the last, say, 13 years is that we haven't done more faster growth markets and we haven't done more digital. Because the benefit of 20-20 hindsight, if you had done those deals that you had thought were marginal, if you had taken on those people that you thought were not fundamental and not core, and were marginal, you would have invested in more human capital in the digital era and you would have invested in more companies.Randall: There is a little bit of unfairness in that, anyway. Because, the responsibilities as a publicly traded company, differ from the responsibilities of a venture company...Martin: Yes. They look for different things. The simple fact is it's more, if you run a legacy business... We have to change the engines on the airplane while we're flying, just like newspaper companies had to or TV companies will increasingly have to. That makes it much more difficult.A venture capital company also funds a company which has no legacy. So it doesn't fell trees and distribute newsprint. It makes a digital magazine or newspaper. So it's much easier.It has none of the attitudinal, the soft or the hard, the infrastructure problems. It has no infrastructure to service with a cash-flow profitable operation.And the VCs look at internal a different way. They look at top line and top line growth. They don't worry about margins. They worry about hits, circulation, views. They don't really worry about the traditional. They don't worry about return on capital.They worry about ramping up on the top line as rapidly as possible. And often, if the thing makes money, it's a problem. You remember Internet 1.0, the cash burns, all those companies that went out of business because they were burning cash too fast.Randall: I want to ask you one more question about the media agencies and the intersection of the unbundling phenomenon and the Internet. If we go back through the history of advertising, I think you can argue that agencies and the publishers, the media, were kind of in a healthy collaboration with each other. Rising media prices were good for the media and were good for the agencies.Martin: A bit like real estate agents who are pricing houses. You've got remunerated on a percentage of the value on which the deal got done which, from a client point of view, was the wrong thing.Randall: Right. At some point, there are a couple of points where things change. One was arguably, media as a commodity, became less valuable because, in a digital world, supply would always outrun demand.Martin: I'm not so sure that it was that. I think that people began to wake up to the fact that it was made in an inflation environment, and you've got to remember inflation really peaked in the late '80s when a Kraft cheese single I remember, in Chicago, was twice as expensive as a private label. I remember thinking to myself, I wrote it in the annual report in 1989, "This can't last. It's crazy." But inflation, and since 1990, we haven't had much inflation. Having gone through that, clients realize that it didn't make sense to incentivize us, either from a creative point of view...If you were working for Proctor like we did at Saatchi on Charles St. pre-1985, on Pampers Diapers, we worked on it for free because there were no billings, therefore we didn't get 15 percent or 17.65 percent on cost for production, etc. What we had to do was wait until they launched, which would take four or five years. But when they launch, my God, they launch.Proctor would launch and say they have a share objective of 10 percent and they spent money on TV until they got to that share. They didn't stop. We were rolling the 15 percent on the 30-second ads or the 60-second ads or even longer, 90 or two minutes. We were rolling in.So it was a very different...but I think clients...and then with the rise of finance and procurement in '90s, people started to say, "Are there alternative models that make sense?" And what we do is invest time.The pity about our industry is the brilliance of the idea doesn't often result in us being brilliantly paid, but you could argue that the old system did that better because if it was a brilliant idea they'd run it more and you could get more commission.But, essentially, I'm not sure that it was to do with the digital revolution. That might have accelerated it, but I think fundamentally clients realized - quite rightly - that paying people just on the price - that the bigger the price, the more we made - was not the right economic model and that we should have skin in the game. We should have fees to cover our overheads and a normal level of profitability and our direct costs, but then we should some incentives, keyed to market share, or sales success, or whatever, and often we don't have control of them.Randall: There were a number of factors. So inflation went down. Media inflation went down. Clients became more procurement oriented, so really inspecting things more. I think the Saatchi bank acquisition probably had a role in that at least in making people respect their fees.Martin: Yes, I think that's with all due respect probably a more looking at from this side of the water. I mean there were some extraordinary characters involved in that. I mean there were...in a way you were right, because it did...it had smacked a little of the "Barbarians at the Gate" and over-ambition, and people packing guns, and all that sort of stuff. I mean it was pretty hairy stuff. It would have made a great Mad Men sequel. But there was a bit "Bonfire of the Vanities," that stuff.Randall: But the net result was that the fee structure changed the conversation structure...Martin: Yes, the domestic servants were getting out of line. That was why probably clients felt that basically the agencies...now what's interesting to your point is that subsequent to that as a result of the pressure in the system, whether it be the rise of finance and procurement now particularly post Lehman, but I would argue since the early '90s, since the end of inflation, major inflation at the end of the '80s, and the evils of inflation. And I would argue you could argue because of the Internet revolution. You could argue because of this pressure on costs that clients in a slow growth world have. As a result of that agencies consolidated even further, and the range of choices to clients has diminished, actually.I mean if you think about if you're going to do a worldwide campaign, if you accept that a small agency in New York, or London, or Paris, or whatever, can't handle it, and that you have to have a network, your range of options, if you think about it from a holding company point of view, is probably down to about four or five.Randall: Right. So is it fair to say, is it fair to conclude that from all of this that in the balance of power between media and agencies, agencies began to become more powerful...?Martin: Well, agencies became more powerful because they took the media function. So the media function it was split asunder from the creative. It's not been sort of realigned, but in a holding company structure, the new 21st century full service agencies as opposed to JWT of Berkeley Square. And as a result what we've done with media is instead of having Mindshare, MEC, MediaCom and Maxus, we have GroupM, which goes to the market as one. Not in all markets. It doesn't go in Brazil, but it goes to the markets as one, basically. And we have, if you look at our media shares, market shares, it's anywhere between, let's say, 25 percent or, let's say, 20 percent up to 50. Some markets were 50 percent of the market.So we can go and actually exert significant leverage in a constructive way, not in a destructive way, not in a sort of totally price driven way, but in a constructive way in terms of developing content, ideas, sponsorship as one. And if we represent 25 percent of the market or a third of the market then that's a very strong negotiating position on behalf of our clients.Randall: And you have more choices.Martin: Yes. Well, we have more choices because of the digital revolution.Randall: Right. More choices of media, right.Martin: Absolutely. Well, we were getting more choices offline as well, but along comes Larry and Sergey and others, and Mark (Zuckerberg) and everybody else, and we now have more options. So we get interesting opportunities if we're creative about it, if we're not just creative about it, scientific about it as well.Randall: For most of the first decade of the Internet revolution, though, the advertising and marketing communication support that was going to these Internet companies was below the line. In fact, the Internet was kind of a giant below the line medium. Brand advertising largely stayed away. Why do you think that was?Martin: Well, I think it takes a long time for older people like me - not you - but like me to adjust. So I think...well, first of all there's that. Secondly, the people who run companies tend to be those people so they tend to be conservative. Thirdly, the people who run companies demand strong performance, and you're experimenting. You don't know what these things...even today if you're, let's say, on calendar year, and you get to November, and you're short on sales, and you have some resources, you're probably liable to put some into the Christmas period on TV even now, right? Online is probably a slower burner with the exception of search. Google's power is its search and mobile search, and the power of the algorithm.And with that one exception you're probably...you know, it's sexy to invest in new media. You're not going to get fired for doing it. You'll get your headline in Ad Age or Campaign, or whatever, saying what a clever boy or girl you are.But it takes time to adjust. I mean the simple thing it's the old data that we use that Mary Meeker has developed. We know that newspapers and magazines absorb about 20 percent of our media investments as an industry, and we know consumers spend only about 10 percent of their time on offline on media of that type. On mobile and Internet we know they spend about a third of their time and yet we're only spending 20 percent.So those things have to adjust and they take time. So similar question - why is it with the change in demographics in America that people underweight Hispanic advertising, that they underweight Afro-American, that they underweight gay and lesbian advertising, that they underweight Asian-American advertising even though those people are the new mainstream?Randall: Right.Martin: And by the way you've only got to go look at why did Obama win twice? He won because he understood those demographic changes.Randall: Right. Right. And they not only had the courage, but they had the necessity of putting those plans together to go for the those audiences.Martin: Yes, so we consistently underweight...and there are companies now in America that say all their growth - all their growth - will come from that new mainstream, all of it.Randall: So what I was getting at was a question of whether major news organizations, who are early many of them jumping into digital media, jumping into online, made a mistake in not trying to play to their historic strength, which is brand advertising, but going kind of willy-nilly down that path of below the line.Martin: Well, they made a big mistake on the content issue. I mean a big mistake. Rupert was the first person I think to wake up seriously to the importance of pay walls. But, you know, I think it's a tremendous difficulty, because it's very easy to figure out Myanmar, or Vietnam, or the geographical changes. It's much more difficult to figure out the technological changes. I mean you asked about whether these organizations could have done something 10, 15, 20 years ago. I mean it's easy to look back and say, "Well, why didn't we do that?" But it's very difficult at the time.Randall: OK, talk about the pay wall...Martin: Because the valuations...you remember the valuations that Internet 1.0, and you take one of our competitors, Omnicom, which had the lead with Agency.com, and the other agencies just in the late '90s. And then we had the Internet bust in 2001, '02, and they got rid of all these assets off their balance sheets into that ill-fated thing called Seneca...Randall: All right.Martin: ...which had to put it back once it got it sorted out, and I would argue that subsequent to that they decided that they weren't going to take the risk. In other words, getting burnt made them shy, and today they're not...I mean obviously I'm making a competitive comment, but they're not as advanced as ourselves or others in terms of digital penetration. I think the reason is that they started off brilliantly. They were way ahead of the pack on it, but then they got burnt, and they decided to pull back. So it's very easy to sort of criticize from the boundary, as we would say in cricket, but if you're at the wicket or try to hit the ball out of the park, it's much more difficult.Randall: Even on the paid content front? I mean if you look at it is that something that could have been known at the time?Martin: Yes, but I think even so...you know, strong news organizations, you see it with newspapers now. You know, if you said to me, "Why is it that newspapers..." I shouldn't name names, but there are some really strong branded newspapers. Why is it that we don't advertise even in the classical way - forget about digital - in a classical way more aggressively? Because they're inflexible. Successful organizations tend to be arrogant. They tend to be overconfident, and that's why they fail.Randall: Well, I've told newspaper audiences when I speak to them that I first learned the term, "order taker" as a term of a program in the newspaper business when they were criticizing themselves as being just order takers and not developing the services or the products.Martin: Yes, they think they have a sort of semi-monopoly, or whatever, and their brand is so strong that, "they will come," and what people are looking for...interestingly, talking to newspaper owners currently, if they say to you, "What can we do that would help WPP, or GroupM, or Mindshare?" or whatever it turns out to be. It's always that we say, "Greater flexibility." And by the way, this boundary between advertising and content, advertorial, right, is going to get increasingly blurred. I mean I don't think consumers should be misled. If it's an advertorial it should clearly say at the top of the page, "This is advertorial." But content, there's going to be increasingly amounts of sponsored content, of content that's developed for specific commercial purposes just as much as for editorial purposes, and the two things are going to mix.Randall: This is called...this is now going...the faddish term for now is, "native advertising."Martin: Yes.Randall: But you don't think it's a fad. You think this is...Martin: No, I think it's a way...you said what can people have done 10, 15, 20 years ago? They could have been much more flexible, actually. They could have gone...if it's called native advertising, gone into that area or developed that approach, that flexibility, far earlier. Again, without naming titles I can think of two or three titles who the editorial people would say the business people they're just not flexible enough.Randall: When I took a brief stint away from the IAB, working with one of the major publishing companies, I remember talking to several CMOs at the time, because I was trying to get my bearing, and they all made that comment, and they also made the comment, "We're not looking to fool anybody. We're not looking to...Martin: To mislead.Randall: "...break the wall between the two. We just want to be part of the conversation."Martin: Absolutely.Randall: And I remember hearing them say — there were three who all talked about the Huffington Post and said, "One of the reasons we like the Huffington Post is...Martin: Because they're willing to...Randall: "...at least we can get in a conversation with them."Martin: Yes, in different ways.Randall: Yes.Martin: You know, people wouldn't like wraparounds, right, on newspapers and things like that. They would say there's no way that we're going to allow some sponsor or advertiser a wraparound, and that started to change. And I don't...again, I'm delighted. I'm not suggesting we mislead consumers, and we should be clear about that. You see that now with online. I mean in an opt-in, opt-out, when we're asked to opt-in to something, and we have to go through these 25 pages of...well, actually I counted one site where it was a 60-page document that you had go through. It'd take you about three months and get a lawyer to go through it so it's hopeless.So it's incumbent on us to come up with cheap and accurate ways of getting consumers to understand what they're letting themselves in for, particularly when the privacy debate has reached the degree that it has.Randall: I wanted to follow up on that with you, but I wanted to ask one more question about native advertising, because you also mentioned earlier or referred to the importance of quality in the media, and you I think said, not just implied, that quality...Martin: And it's become much more superficial. I mean Twitter is superficial, right? The thought that you can reduce it to 142 characters, or whatever it is, is bizarre.Randall: So is it your...?Martin: Well, I remember, I was watching Charlie Rose one evening when I couldn't sleep. I think it was in Shanghai or something, and he was interviewing the lead media guy on The New York Times. And Charlie said, "Where do you get your information from?" So I expect him to say, "Well, of course I get it from The New York Times." No, no, no. He gets up in the morning and he goes to Twitter. That's where he gets his information.Randall: Well it's a news feed. People set it up to be a personal newsfeed.Martin: It's a PR device.Randall: Yes. Is your professional opinion now as the head of the largest advertising company in the world that quality in media matters to advertisers and their agencies, or is that too simplistic a...?Martin: No, I think it does. I mean it shows what an old fart I am. I bemoan the rise of superficiality. I bemoan the fact...Randall: You can bemoan it, but professionally...Martin: Well, the downside, it's the downside of Google, isn't it? It's not just Google. It's the downside that we...it's sound bites. It's lack of depth. It's, "Done this, move on to the next." In a funny way when you're successful you get no time to enjoy it. I mean at least when we used...when I was at Saatchi's or the beginning of WPP, you'd announced your annual results, and we'd all go out and have a good lunch for about two or three hours at the end of the year to celebrate. You don't do that anymore. You immediately move on to the next.So there is no pause. There's no relief, no chance, really, in that case, to celebrate success. On the other hand what you're seeing is the lack of depth, and I think this is the real problem, a real problem.I mean when was the last time that anybody really did a deep piece on WPP? I mean a really deep piece. And the answer is I'd have to go back to...there was an article done, I think, in Forbes about 18 months, 2 years ago where the guy took a month.Randall: I thought you were going to say the late 1980s in The New York Times.Martin: That's true, but he took a month, and he wrote a long piece, but that's the last time so now it's bash and crash. And people look - and I accept this as a rule of the game - they look for the headline. They look for the...we were talking last night about some PR that had been done or articles written by some London newspapers on a certain situation and it was always...and people say always looking for the sensational. And you did when you were a journalist. You would look for the sensation. You would want...but it was...and it's also about beating people. If Bloomberg gets a story, and Squawk Box doesn't, I mean now you have the situation where Squawk Box says, "I'm not going to let...if you do Bloomberg you're not going to come on Squawk Box."Randall: But what I'm asking is so that's your moral, philosophical...Martin: It's not a moral...it's a philosophical, more philosophical...Randall: As a media investment advisor, which is what you are...Martin: I think quality is really important, really important.Randall: OK. So when you think about...Martin: Although the cult of celebrity [laughs] probably negates that.Randall: Well, in the native advertising debate it's an interesting one. Here's a question: Can native advertising be reconciled with quality in media?Martin: Well, I think it can be if you're explicit. If you're not, if you're opaque about it, no. Now in this world you can't be opaque about much I think. You have to be transparent. We see that every day. We've seen an example here in New York in the last 24 hours in the mayoral race. So it's very difficult to be opaque about these things, and that's that good side of it that you can't hide things anymore, and if something's naughty it gets exposed. The downside is it gets exposed quickly, and you move on to the next. I mean we see that...you know, see kids interviewed in school, "What you do want to be when you grow up?" They say, "I want to be famous." What does famous mean? Well, then we go into, "Hello," magazine, and, "OK," and everything else.Randall: For all the challenges that media companies have you made some investments in media.Martin: Yes, a lot.Randall: You invested in Vice media, among other things.Martin: Yes.Randall: It looks like it's doing...Martin: It's doing extremely well.Randall: So why is that? Talk a bit about your investment in Vice and what that implies about the evolution of the advertising agency.Martin: Well, if I look at WPP, we've experimented. We've said if content is king - either traditional long form content or short form, or digital, or whatever it happens to be - if content is king we should be in those conversations. So we started out with Harvey Weinstein's fund. Actually, I think even before that Media Rights Capital, which now have done, "House of Cards," distributed with Kevin Spacey through Netflix, but we did, "Bruno," and, "Borat," before. So we're experimenting with content. Imagina --- we had 20 percent of a company in Spain called Imagina, which owns the rights to La Liga, the football league there, and also is one of the biggest, if not the biggest, producer of Hispanic content in the world. We've invested in Vice, as you say, in Peter Chernin's Fullscreen, which manages 100 YouTube channels.I mean we're trying...I mean do we know? It comes back to what I said before. Geography I can follow. I'm intelligent enough to understand 60 million consumers in Myanmar or 85 million in Vietnam, and that's got to mean something. It might be bumpy but it's going to mean something.I find it much more difficult to plot what's going to happen technologically. So we are a strategic...going back to your point about venture capital investors - we are a strategic venture capital investor, right? We take a strategic view, which means we're not as nasty on the financial front.We don't have such high sort of internal rates of return as private equity companies, which Steve Swanson always tells me, "You never come and take money from us because we're the world's most expensive source of capital." Private equity funds because of their rates of return.We've got a slightly more relaxed long-term view. And I think the analogy to the family wealth, private equity funds, the Banksias, the Santo Domingos, the 3G people, who take a longer term view. They're not like Carlyle or Blackstone, the sort of as short-term private equity orientation such as TPG. We'll take a 10-, 15-year view like a Warren Buffett long-term view.That's sort of like...We're even less financially savvy or as focused as they are. We take a much more strategic view. But we wanted to be part of that content revolution. Not just traditional, but more importantly the digital piece.A thing like "Vice," which is very exciting, it's great fun too, and breaks the rules. You go to Brooklyn and you see their edit suites...you see their editors. I think Shane is on the west coast this summer building edit suites or a facility in Venice Beach in LA. It's very exciting, because it doesn't obey the rules. You've got 18-year-olds at 12:00 on a Saturday night manufacturing content.Randall: And it could mean something big.Martin: Absolutely. Very big, very big.Randall: Right. So part of the responsibility, and also the joy, I guess, of the...Martin: Well, it's another arrow in our quiver. I want to be able to say to clients that we have insight and sometimes we haven't got it. But that would mean that we go to the outside to get it. We don't have to own 100 percent of it. We don't have to own even 51 percent of it. It can be a minimum...It can be Omniture, Buddy Media. Buddy Media was a platform. It's now part of Salesforce.com. Omniture went to Adobe, but was web analytics. Buddy Media was a platform to use Facebook, which our clients were confused by, our people were confused by. But in both cases, of web analytics and the Facebook platform, we had 500 people being trained so they understood more, clients included. They understood more about the potential of Facebook or the potential of having a web analytics dashboard that...Randall: Right, so the strategic investment was also a method to do training for a large chunk of the organization.Martin: Absolutely, and that was very important too. But it really was to get a better understanding, because a lot of this stuff is confusing. If I say I'm confused by technology, I think most clients...I mean, it is true that our client is changing. It's no longer just the CMO or the CEO. It is more the CFO, the chief information officer, the chief procurement officer, and most importantly, the chief technology officer or chief information officer. And then there's the big debate. Whoever was going to do the oral history of advertising in 10 years' time, it would be very interesting to speculate as if you were talking to whoever is the largest advertising and marketing services group in the world, what they would say in 10 years' time about who their client is, because we are starting to see...and then there's this debate in the trade journals as to who's going to control that. I think that's less of a thing.What you have to do is think about the fact that we are no longer just an art. The difference is, 20 years ago, we would be having a purely artistic conversation. There would be doubts about the media being that important. David Ogilvy had written 50, 60 years ago the importance of one-to-one communications, direct and direct mail.Randall: Well, he came straight out of the tradition.Martin: And research as well, Gallup, etc. So in a way, as with many things if not all things, David was very much ahead of his time. He didn't think about it in terms of a computer or in terms of algorithms or Facebook or whatever, but he did understand that tailoring, having a message on a one-to-one basis, in his case by mail...you know, it was called Ogilvy Direct. It wasn't called Ogilvy One. Ogilvy Direct was a direct marketing, direct mail...envelope-stuffing company.Randall: Yeah. But also importantly, and I'm not telling you anything you don't know, is that he saw no distinction between that form of marketing and the creativity or the aesthetic appeal of the content of that.Martin: Yeah.Randall: He saw the two could be absolutely aligned.Martin: Yes, I think that has changed. I do think the medium is...it's certainly equal to the message. It may even be more important, which doesn't endear me to certain people inside our organization, but I'm willing to discuss why that's wrong. I don't think it is wrong. I think the media part of the business...so if I look at the growth parts of our business for the last 5 to 10 years, it's certainly the fast growth market that brings them to the next level, but functionally it's certainly media planning and buying, what we call media investment management, and digital. Those are the big businesses that are growing very rapidly on a consistent basis.Randall: Last topic, you mentioned privacy before. You've mentioned quite a lot in public that...I don't know word for word, but you are a data company. You are in the business...Martin: I would prefer to be an even bigger data company.Randall: As you look at the...Martin: The reason for that, just so we're clear, is we want to differentiate ourselves by our ideas, or big ideas. If Dove wins at Cannes or an IBM ad wins at Cannes or a Grey's Direct TV ads win at Cannes or whatever, that's great. But equally, and, again, this is like the media and the creator, equally the role of data given the development of the new media is becoming more and more important. You can know far more about your clients without invading their privacy, without knowing who their names are or whatever, but understanding more and more about what their physical and emotional needs are.Randall: Is this an area, the access to data, analyzing data in particular, collecting useful protected data, a way for media companies that might be challenged now including audience data....Martin: Absolutely. We have our Twitter data alliance. We've already got some data which shows when people watch live television, which those Nielsen ratings are showing that fewer younger people are, but those people who are watching them, even younger people, have their other devices. They have their other media like Twitter and Facebook which they are using at the same time. They might be using their mobile phone and their Blackberry or their iPad or their iPhone at exactly the same time as they're watching something on live TV.Understanding through data how consumer patterns of media consumption have changed is absolutely critically important. We don't tend to think that way. What's going to drive us that way is our competitive set.We always thought, "research, it's going to be a dull lunch." We're Hollywood agents and you've just seen Harry do his deal with David Droker. Nothing is new in our business in a sense. But the competitive set is not just Omnicom and Publicis and IPG and Dentus.The competitive is Google and Facebook and maybe others. These are not technology companies. These are media owners. The competitive set is some of the consulting companies like Deloitte and IBM and Accenture.These are all companies which are looking at the marketing space, and they come at it from the technological end whereas we come at it from the creative end. My view is we have to be a creative business, and that's paramount.I would even argue that maybe even equal to that, not subservient to it, is the scientific bit. This is no longer a craft business. This is no longer those private partnerships of when I was at Saatchi. I used to go and...Dancer Fitzgerald. You mentioned Bates, all those companies that were swallowed up.They were private partnerships. They were sub S companies or partnerships where the accounts were distributed to the employees. I remember somebody at Dancer telling me, "Those brown backs that Arthur Anderson showed the net asset value. You were a share owner. You were interested in..." They were taken back from you at the end of the meeting. You never got to see them. Total secrecy.Proctor was your client at 15 percent and 17.65 on production, and that was it. It was a license to print money. [laughs] It's changed.Randall: Using this argument and the way you kind of sketch out the competitive set, I can imagine...the question is, can you imagine. I can imagine that major news and entertainment organizations can also be part of that, but it requires them to reconfigure and grow new capabilities.Martin: Absolutely. You're seeing that, but I don't think many, if any...I'm a great admirer of NewsCorp and I think Rupert understands that, and James, Lachlan, Elizabeth, and members at the time. He'd acquired power from...The professional, the non-family members, they understand that. They really get it. They are a true media...I don't like the word "conglomerate," but a diversified media company, both geographically, in Turkey, in Germany, in Italy, in the UK, or whatever it is, as well as the US and then Australia, and functionally. Whether it was the right thing to invest in MySpace or not, Rupert did it, because he turned round and did his deal with Google, and people cried out, "Genius!"They looked at MySpace at the beginning, and said, "Whoops," and then, "Ah." Now we understand. By the way, it's very interesting. Companies that are owner-controlled are better dealing with this sort of things than bureaucracies. I don't mean bureaucracies in a bad sense. I mean it as in managerial-led bureaucracies.People who have a lot at stake, either reputationally or financially, are more likely to pound the street and pound the activity than people who are...There's a separation between ownership and control.Randall: How threatening do you think the current environment around privacy, regulatory environment, public sentiment...Martin: I think it's serious. I pride myself on being somebody who obviously knows about these things, or has an understanding. I presume I was surprised by it when they say I'm speaking to somebody from one Western government, I won't say which, who said even the prime minister of that country was surprised, because security services, technically, particularly in this country, don't report into the political structure. When the intelligence services swap information, or do whatever it is they do, they often do it without the knowledge [laughs] of the political bosses. Of course, then it puts people in a very difficult position. I think it is very important. I think even the younger people, who technically...Everybody says, "Well, they're free," but they release some information and they exchange some information, I'm not sure I agree with that.We had the owner of Assembly come to the Cannes Stream conference, and we asked...even he was interesting. He said, "I don't worry about putting stuff on the Web, but I worry somebody else putting a picture of me. That it doesn't go through my filter before he or she puts the stuff." There's even a nervousness.I think it is a difficult area. With Xaxis, which is our online media buying platform, we chose not to opt out, which would be the easy way out. With clients, you're saying, "his is what we're going to do." We began buying this inventory. It would be opaque. Do accept it. We could write into your existing contract, which is not.What we did was, we said, "We're ripping up our existing contract. We'll give you a new contract which embodies an opt-in procedure, because we thought that that was a more transparent way of dealing with it. It's exactly the same." I did go to the advertising bureau, to Brussels, to argue and make the case that we should have "opt-out," which is what we use and the industry really wanted. That's gone by. That's finished. We're not be going to be able to get away with that.What we have to do is to have a simple opt-in process, so that consumers, and this will become even more important after present, they understand exactly what they're letting themselves in for....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (42)

Alan Spoon

BIO: YES: Alan Spoon has, since 2000, been a general partner...

TRANSCRIPT: Paul: It's March 26th, and we're in Cambridge. It's Paul Sagan, John Huey, and Martin Nisenholtz.Paul: We're doing the oral history of when news ran into digital technology, and going back 40 years and going forward. Maybe we could start with, not the end, but the beginning and your first time, and when you either first saw digital technology colliding with or sneaking in on the media business, or where you said, "Wait a minute, this is not like yesterday."Alan: It goes way back. I was online in '71 and '72, as a student at MIT. Actually, together with some professors, sold a software set of programs to help manage Standard & Poor's "Outlook" magazine, subscription management and their financial statements.I used to carry a big Samsonite suitcase with a very slow acoustic coupler terminal. We ran it out of a time sharing computer in Central Square. I was online a long time ago, and had always thought about the implications of that.I didn't use it a lot in my consulting days at BCG, except for computation, but when it came to affect content, one of the...I'll come back to Viewtron, but when it came to the first investment commitment on the part of the Post Company, I was the Vice President in charge of strategy, investments, and so forth.We bought a company that turned out not to be a success after 15 years, called Legislate, which took the Federal Register and all the Bills moving through Congress in all their versions, and made them available online for folks who wanted to monitor what was happening as far as introductions, amendments, and progress. That was content being affected by...Paul: That would have been...?Alan: '83.Paul: Pre web, pre dial up, pre consumer? [indecipherable 04:05] So early, but not consumer yet.Alan: Not consumer yet, although I did look at Viewtron when I first came to the Post Company, and said, "Hey, have a look at this. [indecipherable 04:20] Ritter was doing it." I embrace technology. I was given training in what have you. That was, I believed, before it was called Alpha Mosaic. It was really clunky, and it was like $30 a month. George Lucas was in the movie theaters I was thinking if people go on Saturday night and they see these great constructions, computer graphics, et cetera, whatever else it was doing, costuming, and they're going to come and look at these mosaic pieces. I didn't think they were ready. So we declined, I guess, on the strength of my recommendation to get involved with that. But it wasn't that we weren't going to continue to monitor it.I should have scrapped my background through those years to see when I first got exposed. Bob Kaiser and I, Ralph Terkowitz, all began thinking about the implications for digital media for the consumers starting in the early '90s, I think '91, '92, when we started Digital Inc. We thought it was a clever name, before the Web. That was proprietary on AT&T interchange, which had its own issues. But good partners not such robust technology.We began to build a team there and sold it on a subscription basis. I think we had, before we made the decision to go to the Web, 30,000 paying subscribers at $30 a month.Martin: Competing then was CompuServe, Prodigy in the proprietary space. This was your way in into a walled garden.Alan: Yeah. That's right. Don Graham and I were making a sales call in Chicago to a major client. We were going to the airport in Chicago. I was talking about the Web and how it was coming on. Don and I always put our heads together on these things. We decided, "You know what, we've got to get to the Web."So, forced march, cell phone call from the back of a cab, "Changing strategy. We need to move off of the proprietary system." Because as I always put it, "We are winning the county track meet but the Olympics lay ahead. We need to have a heck of a lot more subscriptions than that."We shifted the model from pay to advertising-supported.Martin: Before we get there I don't want to lose the legislate track because a lot of newspaper companies in the early '80s invested in and had fairly interesting B2B products. Dow Jones obviously had the biggest investment with Telerate but we (The New York Times) had the (Times) Information Bank which we then sold to Mead.John: Dow Jones also had a News Retrieval.Martin: Dow Jones had News Retrieval. Right.Martin: Legislate seems like a perfect fit for the "Washington Post."Alan: It was.Martin: Why didn't it succeed?Alan: Because that content became more freely available and the subscription model didn't work. There wasn't a competitive wall around it.I think we had by far the best technology available but "good enough" won.Paul: That hasn't happened in financial news but it happened in political news.Alan: It wasn't news. This is what Bloomberg is doing now. It wasn't news. We were taking content that the government printing office was putting out and making it instantly available. We didn't have a newsroom.Martin: It wasn't proprietary.Alan: We had a few editors and verticals trying to organize materials or add stuff to it. But it wasn't like they were out on beats.John: You had a technology background and you've been online...Alan: More of a user technology background. Yes, I used to program computers and build compilers but I wanted to get to the applications.John: You went to MIT. You weren't an English major, I'm guessing.Alan: I did go to law school too. So I can write.John: That's debatable why you were still writing. I'm sure you can write.By this time you've been looking at this for a while and you're in a very high position in a newspaper company, publishing company. Are you more excited about the possibilities of this technological coming or are you more fearful of its threat to the business model?Alan: Let's just call it a pounding headache where I was determined to make sure we were ready for that future. The entire decade of the '90s. I could see it coming our way. I wanted to get ready. The Post company got in very early and lost a lot of money, but laid the foundation for what could well be the future. The future of that operation being digital.We did it at Newsweek. We did it, to a lesser extent, with commitment to TV stations. We were embracing early broadband for cable. As AOL was coming on, I'd go to the movies, there was Sleepless in Seattle. There was the email going back and forth. Everybody's laughing and I'm suffering. I'm thinking, "The behavior, people in restaurants are talking about ICQ."I'm listening to those things. People are eating their salad. I'm thinking, "People's behavior is changing." That was all throughout the nineties.Paul: What happened? Because it didn't end well for the whole industry.Alan: What happened? Without getting into the details...Paul: We'll take some detail.Alan: No, I am going to be careful here. We too bid for the Boston Globe. He knows this story better than you will. But we didn't bid as much as they did. Incidentally, the Boston Globe was very innovative, with the likes of Lincoln Millstein and others creating Boston.com. The point of the story is, we didn't see a perpetual, bright, growing future for that print property.You can read it more broadly. We set our price accordingly, so we didn't win the auction. The reason why I tell you that story is, I'd forecasted, with the kind of judgment that a generalist brings to it, that there was going to be shrinkage of print revenue. It hit harder and faster in the mid 2000s than I forecasted. Even at our price, we'd have overpaid.Once things got going in the ad supported world, they began to follow each other, with momentum, the herd, enlightened or otherwise. So what happened was it didn't migrate entirely, but it's migrated harshly and significantly. I don't think it's going back. I long bought the thesis that, if you could target audiences and measure, an accountability cycle, as to what I got from what I paid, you got past the classic...The classic department store magnate in Philadelphia who said, "Half of it works. I'm just not sure which half of my advertising is..."Paul: But isn't it true, what happened was actually, the math was 10 percent worked?Alan: I used to call it, in my talks, dollars to dimes.Paul: That's about right. You've got a dime showing up in digital, for a dollar in print. Then Google took half of it.Alan: Yeah. But you've got to step way back. We're wandering a little. You've got to ask yourself, what is the new equilibrium on marketer's spend. It's a mixed change. But they're not going to put in their pocket the savings of the 90 cents. They're going to redeploy it in ways that they can sell more goods. It just got deployed away from traditional media.Paul: And news.Alan: That's another matter altogether. If you look at the investing I've done since, Polaris has done since, it's been much more vertical ized. You and I have, over the years, talked about the value of health audiences. They're trading in $20 and $25 costs per thousand (CPM). Remnant general news is 25 cents. Financial, I've got an investment in a financial vertical leader.CPM's at $100 per thousand. Smaller audiences, but exactly the right audiences. I've got another investment, talking to patients. Those are measured in thousands of dollars, CPM's. Because you're talking to the patient.John: The other thing that happened to the mix, at that same time, simultaneously, is the cable television industry grew up from not particularly much of a factor in national advertising to being a huge factor.Alan: More targeting.John: Yeah, that's targeted. It's vertical. They take their audience. So it wasn't just digital. Then cable television started adding digital components.Martin: Let's go back to the point at which the industry tried to come together. One of the themes that we've chatted about is that the industry missed who it was competing with. There was an attempt, early on, to create something called Career Path, which would have created a large...John: Classified Ventures. New Century Network.Martin: All of those things failed. Is that because joint ventures, in consortia just simply can't work, or is there something about the journalism or newspaper industry that is particular about that failure?Alan: I don't think it's particular to the industry, as much as it is the inherent difficulties of pulling a joint venture off. I could go on at length about that. Occasionally they work, but most often they don't. Because people's agendas are not aligned. The rewards of success are confusing. Execution by various partners is a function of their conviction and their defense of incumbency, as opposed to their aggressive embrace of change.We were always forward leaning in that regard and some of our fine partners weren't. You couldn't establish the uniform national footprint. What was the motivation for...Like I said, I could go on at length about cannibalization. My mantra, around The Washington Post company, was, "I want to anticipate rather than react. I want to experiment in the market, rather than study. I want to cannibalize, rather than defend."People got sick of me saying that. But I went around for nine years saying that, when I was president. So that was our bias. We didn't have that necessary alignment. I recall how reluctant, at times, The New York Times Company, was to come into. It ultimately became a good partner, but other times...Their quarterly sales budgets."What do you mean? Let's have these four legged sales calls. That's my client. Not your client."John: Was ownership ever an issue. Because in the newspaper business, you have these wealthy oligarchs who were used to having rule over their domain? I'm not talking about one in particular.Alan: I think they had a bunch of Martins and Alan's around, saying. "Wake up. The world's changing."John: Were they listening?Alan: In varying degrees, yes. But listening and conviction and action are different matters.John: When was the first time you saw the threat of a free classified and what it could mean to the newspaper industry?Alan: I've been thinking about it. I don't know the exact date. But it came to a head with a company called Junglee that was scraping our classifieds and then selling a frame of revenue around it.Martin: Didn't you then acquire that company?Alan: Yes. I went out to see the venture capitalist, which I am now, and I said, "There's problem here. We created that content and you're not going to take it from us. If you try, it's going to be you and your children and your grandchildren who are going to be doing battle with us. So we need to figure out another plan here." In fairly short order, we bought it.Then we went around, trying to Junglee in a way that other media organizations were trying, fair and constructive. As opposed to exploitative. So we bought Junglee, turned out to be a very good investment.John: And then? The evolution of the classified in the industry?Alan: Classified Ventures, Career Path, but there was also...Martin: Brass Ring.Alan: Brass Ring got into it very early.John: Why did Craig end up with the position of share that he ended up with? What explains that phenomenon, other than free?Alan: Give me more context.John: Well, Craigslist comes along...Alan: Oh, I was thinking about Craig (indecipherable).[laughter]John: No. Craig Newmark, who we had in here, recently.Alan: Because in the world of classifieds...You didn't spend as much [indecipherable 18:27] I did. When you have the market under one tent, the bazaar is concentrated in one place, even if its clunky, not elegant, maybe even dirty, if its all there, you are going to go. He had aggregated, early and comprehensively a whole bunch of supply and content. Others came along too late.Martin: Another theme that keeps coming up is the cultural one. You've touched on it, already, a couple of times. But Digital Inc., separate organization?Alan: Yeah.Martin: So from the outset you're creating a separate organization?Alan: We started out inside The Post building. There were all kinds of tension and well meaning, principled contention. Don and I concluded, we needed to give these guys a chance to blossom. We moved Digital Inc. to Virginia, out of reach of The Post. It didn't meant the phones didn't ring and it didn't mean that those guys didn't get summoned, regularly, back to the newsroom or the newspaper business side.Which, of course, was a drag on their time and their efforts. Probably, to a degree, it's still going on. There was a proprietary client ownership. "You can't go there first with your 10 cent offer when I'm selling a dollar's worth here." All of which slowed down the blossoming of those things. We should probably make a footnote. I'm not sure we'll get there. Which is pay versus advertising supported.That was a big decision. I remember making the decision on the couch in my office with Don. Then the other debate, where the winning argument isn't clear. Was it going to be nationally oriented or national and local. Because The Post was so strong in local, as well as a good national brand in certain areas. So we should come back to that at a point.John: We had a long talk with Gordon Crovitz, who made the argument that it was an easier decision for DOW Jones to stick with pay, because they had long been selling their news service on a 24/7 basis. It wasn't such a cultural shift.Alan: Not at all. Actually, I'm surprised he derived the justification from the news service. As an individual businessperson, I have to read The Wall Street Journal.John: As a former Wall Street Journal reporter, I can tell you, the DNA there was if you found news you didn't wait for the paper. You broke it.Alan: Culturally, very important difference. There was a debate that Len Downie and I had, when the Microsoft trial was going on and Rajeev [indecipherable 21:35] was coming out with reports at 11:30 in the morning, following the morning court sessions. They were great and we wanted to put them up in WashingtonPost.com. Len said, "The story's not fully reported yet. We've got to wait until later in the day."He was right. It wasn't fully reported. The question was, do you go out with a half baked egg or not?John: Which DOW Jones had been doing for 100 years. Because you sit in the room next to the Reuters guy. As soon as you hear news, you jump up, you run out of the room, you get on the phone, you break the news.Alan: But that wasn't in our culture on general news.John: Or any other newspaper.Alan: Len obviously had his head and heart in the right place. He was focused on getting a daily paper out which was the best possible.John: Your point, that you were getting ready to make, was that The Journal was less of a commodity, because they had...Alan: I don't think there's a comparison. I would have done the same thing at the journal. The trouble with general news, as opposed to financial news, it's available in lots of places. The market of advertisers doesn't value it as highly, because of the general readership and the first paragraph that's available everywhere.John: We've got to go back and cover a lot of ground, but since you're rolling on this and you've clearly thought about it, I have to ask you a question. What's the future of the general news business?Alan: It's tough. I don't have the obvious answer. I'm not suggesting there isn't an answer.John: Some people argue that there never was a general news business. That it was always bundled with other things. It's just a rebundling.Alan: Think about the bundling of advertising. You knew where to find the tires in the newspaper. Maybe not in The Times. But in any local paper you knew they were going to be in the sports section. You knew where to find the white sales in January. They were in the A section, even if you didn't know where Sudan was. Now, if you're shopping for white sale items at a good price you're thinking about Amazon.You're probably going to some auto website to think about tires, with price discovery there. I'm talking largely newspapers, but it affects other media too. Part of the information that people valued was the messaging from the advertisers. That became unbundled, together with ESPN doing what it's doing in sports. I'm not sure who's covering city hall anymore, except for the local news and TV stations.But the TV stations have, because of cable, been forced into ambulance chasing and stories that aren't as policy oriented.Paul: So if you want to be a corrupt politician, go local?Alan: Yeah.Paul: No one's watching, in a lot of places.John: Run for the school board. Nobody knows who you are and that's where all the money is.Alan: Yeah. I'm not suggesting that people are scheming to do that.John: They've always been scheming to do that. The school board has always been where they go. That's where the money is. It's where you can get your uncle the janitorial contract. We had one example that grew right up out of The Washington Post. I don't know if it makes money or anything. I know you're long gone from The Washington Post. But this whole...Alan: I'm still close in spirit and conversation.John: The homicidewatch.com. The woman, she's a Neiman Fellow up here. She started this thing because she realized that everyone who's touched by murder is interested in it and that local newspapers had really de emphasized their coverage of this thing. That's an example of a vertical that used to be part of general news.Alan: There's local newspapers where I live and always were. People do keep an eye, were there break ins in your neighborhood. Our metro editor, Larry Kramer, who you ought to be talking to, used to run restaurant closings and why. People wanted to pay attention to who had rats and who didn't. It's not highbrow, but it's relevant and interesting.The trouble with that, it's very valuable, but valuable to 30,000 people maybe, in an area that could actually be affected by it. It flips back the other way. The economics are probably there for a decent CPM, but the cost of selling that ad, local here or CitySearch, which I was involved with too, is high, relative to the revenue that you can pull together on it.Martin: Let's go back. You said it was a hard decision, this free versus paid decision.Alan: It wasn't that hard. We wanted maximum exposure.Martin: It was coming off of Interchange, which you had charged for. That was natural. Now you've got this decision to make on the web. In retrospect, good decision? Bad decision?Alan: It's the topic of the day, pay walls. I don't think there's an obvious answer. When you erect a pay wall the viewership drops off so dramatically that the advertising total dollars, even at higher CPMs, really diminishes. So you have to get enough on the pay side to make up for the loss of the ad dollars. You're seeing papers move toward pay wall, including The Washington Post.But I don't think you're going to see a million people buying New York Times pay subscriptions.Martin: The Post's methodology is even more porous than ours. Given that it's 20 free a month, I don't think you're going to see any dramatic drop off. Very few people, in the scheme of things...That's part of the problem.Alan: Drop off in free use, you mean?Martin: Drop off in total audience.Alan: Yeah, I agree. Because it's so porous, therefore the pay business isn't going to be that big.Martin: Right. They're going to have to either tighten the wall, to get more, or they're going to have to live with, essentially a free website.Alan: If you're going back in history and you think about what was happening mid nineties, '95, '96...Martin: I have absolutely no question...Alan: For us, it was appropriate. Because we together with The Times Company, owned The Herald Tribune. Functionally, Russ Lewis and I traded off gaveling the board meetings and understood the economics. At its peak, what? A couple hundred thousand circ. Half on time, half a day late. You put The Washington Post out there and The New York Times out there.The big stage, the big proscenium across the world, for access to our news. Our reporters began to figure that out, as time rolled on. High ministers in various countries were aware of what that reporter was writing, timely, as opposed to waiting maybe to turn to IHT or the clipping service to come out the next day. That was great for newsroom extension.We had a dramatically bigger audience, which for certain advertisers, created a heck of a lot of revenue.Martin: Another strategic decision that The Times made and The Post made, I'd say roughly at the same time, was that The Times made the decision to go national in print.Alan: Brilliant decision. Before my time. Simply brilliant decision. Kudos to the family.Martin: The Post could have, I think, done that.Alan: They could have.Martin: Decided not to.Alan: I wasn't there. I read the books, but I'm young enough to say that I wasn't there. Could have. That was a very important decision, on the part of The Times. It's the future. The brand is known because it's widely distributed. Print becomes less of an issue over time.Martin: Over time, yes. That's right.Paul: Do you see a print less state for the news business? For these companies, at least? Or a news business that's wholly different?Alan: I don't know. The metaphor that I use is the industry is tumbling down a staircase, back and forth. You've got to look down the shaft and say, "OK, there's a landing down there and I'm going to stop at that landing. When I do I'm going to be healthy. I'll beat it."An equilibrium that makes sense economically. You've got to figure out what you're going to look like at that point, which goes to the product and the costs and the rational revenue judgments.Right now, still tumbling down the staircase. I think there's going to be an equilibrium. Somebody's going to figure out the right mix. I think the issue is aggressively trying to get there as opposed to waiting for the model that comes out of one of the top 50 markets who's luckily happened into it.But I'm more forward leaning in my style in that regard. And the Post company was, too.Martin: Speaking of which, some have argued...We spoke to Tim Landon...Paul: One second. Let me do the stop and restart.[beeps]Paul: We're back.Martin: We spoke to Tim Landon at the Tribune Company.Alan: I remember Tim.Martin: He was quite clear on this verticality notion and that actually once they got the formula right with Career Builder, the jobs vertical, it rolled on. That Cars.com was a big success.Alan: It's been a big success, Cars.com. That's right.Martin: His view is that for reasons that have to do with the fact that they bought Times Mirror and others, they just didn't continue to, as he said...I think he said, "Rinse and repeat." They just didn't continue that vertical strategy in the way...Had they done that, it would've been a completely different world today.Part of that probably would've involved some M&A, which obviously was part of your portfolio. Did you think at all about...When did you leave The Post, by the way?Alan: I left in May of 2000.Paul: OK, so you left very early. There was a point in 2001 and 2002 when Internet businesses became very, very cheap.Alan: Yep, and newspaper companies were rolling along with nice profits.Martin: That's right. Unfortunately, not a single person...Alan: It still goes on.Martin: ...outside of Barry Diller recognized the value that was being created at that point. But I was wondering whether, in retrospect, you felt that that was a huge missed opportunity.Alan: I think there'd been a number of missed opportunities all throughout the decade of the 2000s.Paul: Can you elaborate on that?Alan: I think there'd been some great companies that incumbent large media organizations should've considered buying for talent and know how, feistiness, high energy that could've represented the team to take those firms forward.John: Can you give us dream scenarios?Alan: I have to be careful on this because I'm kind of a player in investments, various things, but for example...John: This is for history.Alan: Yeah, right. Somebody should've bought Internet brands.Martin: Well, a Times Mirror guy ran it, which is interesting.Alan: Polaris, I as a significant investor in Internet Brands. Extraordinary adeptness. Great margins in 100 verticals, which wasn't just reporting in newsroom, it was conversation, it was software. A lot of people talked to each other, user generated news.Very high margins and defensible margins. A private equity process began and this is the team and the profits to buy at a time when actually, we were heading through the period of the Great Recession.It was the example of something that one should've bought. There were others. We missed them at the Post company, too. We had some conversations with some notables, but maybe I was a little too cheap with what I was offered.John: What are, "couple or more?" Who did you talk to or who did you think about?Alan: We thought about a lot. Had an early conversation with eBay. That wasn't really content per se but saw its power.John: You guys had bought Kaplan and that wasn't really content.Alan: That's mid 80s.John: That worked for a long time.Alan: It worked fabulously. Along the way when I became president of the Post Company some institutional investors would call and say, "You don't really want to own this business." Not our investors but others who worried, private equity guys or maybe an analyst. It wasn't that big, $50, $70 million of revenue.But it wasn't a blind call, just to stay in it and to go bigger at it. It was a demographic trend, the possibilities of extension, both, online and other areas.John: International.Alan: It's become the biggest piece of The Washington Post Company. It was two steps forward one step back, three steps forward one step back, et cetera. It was hard but ultimately it built an enormously valuable franchise.But that didn't come out of the attention or love given to The Post, Newsweek, et cetera. That was because the company was substantial cash flowing we could do those things. Had a board, very importantly, had a board and an ownership that thought way beyond the next quarter, way beyond.John: Had Buffet.Alan: Yeah. Bill Rowane, Grahams, Jim Burke, Dan Burke.Martin: That should have served you well through this period as well.Alan: Served me well?Martin: No, no. Served the Post Company well, sorry. Through every period not just in the period of the '80s with Kaplan and the '90s. A particular strength that a lot of newspaper companies have is exactly what you've just suggested. Yet it didn't seem to...Maybe it did in some cases.Alan: Substantial capital was spent in Kaplan by the board and Don after I left, really substantial. All part of the same thesis.We showed up in the '90s and they stopped doing it in the 2000s, at lot of newspaper actions. We just didn't win because we had a different view of the future.I've said this many times, we already had The Washington Post. We didn't need another jewel slapped on the side of our crown at the expense of mis allocating our resources.John: Whereas The Tribune Company was showing up and winning, quote, winning.Alan: There's always the buyer's remorse, "Gee, I won the auction. What was somebody else thinking?"They were spending on more TV, which still continues to be a good margin, although slower growth, on more cable, more Kaplan, but away from, you might say, the threatened, general news vehicles, metro dailies. We did buy and grow more of the local tabs, because you need to know what's happening with the local school, open it twice a week and you turn the tab.John: What would you say when you look back on your whole career in the publishing business or even in the post publishing venture capital business, what would you say were two or three of your best decisions, biggest hits, things you feel the best about? What are two or three that got away, that you could have replayed them?Would any of it have made that much difference to The Washington Post Company ultimately or the industry?Alan: This is a first impression question. A great decision was the company's commitment to invest in Kaplan and I had to revisit to stay in it and drive it hard. The board supported us. Significant decision. I think significant decision to go early on Digital Inc. and then washingtonpost.com because the digital future is secure because that's where it's headed. We lost a lot of money on the way toward it but we were willing to do it.A big miss during the Washington Post Company period for me was we had a chance to buy a lot more cable and a lot more TV. Conservative analysis and a good discussion the board had, "Let's not do that." We should have done more of it.That's during that era. In the current VC era, I've seen a whole bunch of great ones. I tried to invest in Facebook at the beginning, but that was 3,000 miles away and who knows. There was Accel two blocks away. That was obviously a wonderful opportunity early on.There are those that have shot the moon. At the time, we had some regrets but the business models have been held up. I don't want to name them. We had short term regrets and then satisfaction that we didn't do it later.I had a close look at Pandora. A very close look at Pandora. Didn't fully appreciate just how dramatically broadly distributed it would be in mobile, although it's starting to happen. But always had a headache about the cost of the music. We'll see whether I was right or wrong. There's a list of things I didn't do which is very long.John: One of the things about history that we're learning in this process is how different sometimes things look when you look back on them. You know what was going on and what were the...Where are we now and where are we headed? How would you describe this current period and the near term future. What's...?Alan: I think it's going to be challenging for broad-based, general interest news to bring together in one place, electronic or print, what used to be the bundle that was offered because of fragmentation. Starting with cable and now the web, infinitely fragmented. Personalization, user generated content, professional and user sourced curation.When the tiles come back together, it's not going to look like the painting with just three colors inside a given frame. It's going to be different for every person.What's the implication of that? We're getting to a new place. There are a lot of vertical solutions in there, but mass aggregation, mass media is going to be challenged. It's going to be challenged in TV networks...John: Most of the opportunity going forward, as far as you can see now is going to be vertical.Alan: The opportunity for people to re aggregate conveniently. A lot of people don't necessarily want to become editors. There's a price we're all paying, it's not my phrase, but the echo chamber. We're watching what we're comfortable with. We're not being surprised with, to use an overused term, the serendipity of, "Oh I didn't know that!"John: Some people have suggested that the next step, everything they say is in line with what you just said. But then, the next step might be either some consolidation of the previous big shouldered mass media giants by either the so called super stacks. The Apples, Amazons, or via Twitter or Facebook or some of the social, that they may be owning some of these...Alan: It's a lot more fun to buy growth than it is to solve shrinkage.John: You don't see that.Alan: I just, I can see a leadership in a board discussion. Do you want to take on a problem and rationalize it for a big breakout or do you want to continue to feed the fuel of your growth? It's human nature to say, let's go with the growth.Martin: Alan, the one area that your venture experience really directly touches this field right now is in the young companies that are being built. There are two types of young companies that are being built. There are aggregators like Flipboard. I'm talking about companies that are directly in journalism, not something like WordPress, which both the Times and Polaris are in. It's an enabler, I think it's a very successful company. I'm talking now about news companies.On the one hand, the aggregators like Prismatic, Pulse, which obviously, just got sold, or I think it's close to being sold, and Flipboard, or so called new and native journalism entities like Business Insider, BuzzFeed that have a different character than the deep health vertical of financial vertical that you alluded before.These are more traditional news companies, not traditional in the sense that they do anything particularly traditional, but traditional in the sense that they are more general.What do you think of those models? Either the aggregation model or the more innovative new companies like BuzzFeed, Business Insider.Alan: The last five to seven years, I spent less time on them than you have because you had a professional responsibility to be an expert, and you were and had to be in the center of all those conversations.My reactions are at a higher level. Those business models given how people writing checks to them, namely advertisers, are not as enticing to me for the general news offering as other things that I and we invest in.They get to be medium sized businesses, but I don't think they get to be giant. Now, there might be valuations that are giant because of hopes and dreams, but in the end, I'm thinking about sow what kind of profitability can they generate against how big an audience and what kind of revenue? I'm not running them down.John: You just don't want to own them.Alan: I have a mandate now to take care of endowments and pension funds, compounding in meaningful capital. The exits associated with those, Huffington Post aside, I didn't forecast Huffington Post would sell for the price that it did. I had a chance to invest, and I chose not to. Shame on me. That's one that I didn't do, but I don't have great regret.A good price to pay for a business that in a rational, sober market would not have been paid. It was strategically important to AOL maybe, we'll see what happens.I have not been paying as much attention to those kinds of businesses, as I know you've had to. I'm making a comment, I guess, as a result....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (43)

Andrew Sullivan

BIO: YES: Andrew Michael Sullivan (born 10 August 1963) is a...

TRANSCRIPT: John Huey: It is March 14th, 2013. We are in the world headquarters of "The Dish," which is to say Andrew Sullivan's smallish apartment in Greenwich Village of New York. We're talking to one of the true journalism surfers of the Internet. He has blogged for mainstream media companies, he has blogged for disrupters, and now he's blogging for himself and for you, the reader.Andrew, I'm going to ask you the "first time" question. When was the first time that you realized that this thing called the Internet was going to transform either journalism or transform your life as a journalist?Andrew: I knew it in an intellectual sense by the end of the '90s. You just saw. At the same time, the '90s was a time when there was this huge crash. I wanted, as a writer with a bunch of materials, to have a website. I thought I should have a website. Everybody else has a website. I had a good buddy. I didn't know anything about it, so I said, "Would you please put my pieces up on the website so that there's a resource I can build up?" An AndrewSullivan.com resource, we did that.Every time I called him up to say, "Could you post a new piece of mine?" He would be, "Fine," but it wasn't his day job. Eventually, he said, "Here's this new platform called Blogger.com. Why don't you put up your own pieces?" [laughs] Politely. I was like, "Cool, sure!"John: Was anyone blogging at the time? By the way, we've interviewed Dave Winer, who is one of the people who developed a blog. He's talked about his...Andrew: At the time, I don't think there was...Maybe Mickey Kaus was, maybe? Blogger to me was a total revelation.John: You weren't copying anyone, you were just...Andrew: No.John: ...finding a way to...Andrew: I suddenly realized, when I put the first post up, I could put stuff up here that I hadn't published elsewhere. This was the light bulb moment. There was another light bulb moment in June of 2000 when I was in England. I remember it. I was travelling from London to Oxford to see some friends. Actually, Niall Ferguson. I noticed the Evening Standard had its news...The Evening Standard used to be an afternoon paper. They always had those great billboards with some outrageous headline to make you buy it. Get on the train, everybody would...It was 4:00 in the afternoon.I'm like, "Journalism has done this! It has actually produced material around the clock. Why don't I just start writing at different times and provide the readers with the kind of journalistic service that the London papers are doing?" Seriously, it took just doing it to suddenly realize, "Why can't I do this and do that and do the other?"Then I said, "What do I write here? What is a post? What happens?" Essentially, I would read the New York Times when it came online at midnight. It used to all come on at once. I'd make fun of Maureen Dowd's column before anybody had read it. This was, I felt, super fun. [laughs] As long as you don't mind losing every friend you had in Washington, which I didn't at that point, it was absolutely...I borrowed freely from my work at The New Republic. Like, the "Notebook" of The New Republic, which is a bunch of little items of opinion that pointed out stuff. Then there was the "Diarist" at The New Republic, which I used to write much more personal, first person voice stuff, like your life.Then Private Eye in London and The Spectator of London were also inspirations for me. Private Eye had Pseuds Corner. Readers sent in material for poseurs. Hence, our Poseur Alert. I slowly developed these little features that seemed like fun at the time.Even the View from Your Window. One day I was like, "I'd like the readers to see what I see every day, which is the in tray," which is a simply amazing litany and variety of people from every place on earth telling me stuff, communicating instantly. Not only instantly, but incredibly erudite, interesting people who were experts in their fields, obviously, and had things to tell me.How do I get them to see each other? All they're seeing is me. As an experiment, I said, "Why don't you take a picture on your digital camera of what you see when you look out your window every day. We'll do it for a week."John: You're still [d]oing it.Andrew: I can point to the post where I'm like, "Please stop." [laughs] I was deluged with hundreds and hundreds. It's just me, sitting in my room. First of all, I have to format these bloody things. What am I going to say? Now, it's a feature that has become a book and also has a weekly contest that Chris Bodenner runs now as an art form on Tuesday. There are geography classes now that do the View from Your Window as part of their class. What's fantastic about it was that one simply constantly improvised. It was so much fun. I didn't have to ask.[crosstalk]John: [You were excited because it] talked back?Andrew: Yeah, exactly! Now, some journalists aren't likely to take to that very well. We won't mention any names, but you can imagine. You're thrown into this melee of conversation. Increasingly, I wanted their voices to be part of it, so they also became part of it. I did that for six years by myself.John: That was from about 19...Andrew: It was 2000 to 2006.John: That's you, yourself, AndrewSullivan.com.Andrew: Around 2006, people in the media stopped asking me what a blog was. It took six years for [inaudible 11:33] .John: That was kind of a dirty word at first, except for you and a few other people. Bloggers were characterized always as people sitting in their basem*nt in their pajamas as opposed being in a...Andrew: In a suit in an executive suite with a bunch of journalists.John: Or in the Iraq bureau or whatever the...Andrew: They weren't wrong. [laughs] I was sitting...I do, do most of my blogging in boxer shorts. It's true. I get out of bed. I get the coffee. I have these people basically drumming their fingers on a desk waiting for me to cough up some loogie of insight.John: But it depends on who's sitting in their underwear.Andrew: Obviously, the underwear is not the salient characteristic of the blogger. It's an accoutrement, but it's not an essential character...John: It's the uniform, but not necessarily the...Andrew: Of course, the point was...Paul: It's just a piece.Andrew: What?Paul: A consistent piece of the process.Andrew: It is the one...I would have always my nightshirt, which had a bunch of ginger snap cookie remains that had melted in with the coffee. The beard was full of whatever it was at that point.John: So, 2006, you...Andrew: Then suddenly these people, Jake Weisberg at Slate, various other people say, "We'd like to include your blog." Suddenly. It happened almost overnight. Since I wasn't earning any money except for a couple of pledge drives, I thought, "That's interesting. That might be worth doing." I talked to Time and various others. There was a slight bidding war about it, which itself was interesting. They were understanding that there was a readership out there they weren't reaching.John: There was a reason that they came after you. You had something they wanted an audience, a buzz factor and they were willing to pay for it.Andrew: Yeah, but not what I wanted. That was what's interesting about the economics of this. I said to them, "Look, you are not hiring a writer. I am not going to be on a fixed salary like a staff member because I bring you..." Currently, I brought to The Daily Beast 1.2 million unique visitors a month. "That's worth more than me just being a writer. I'm bringing all these people to your site. I want to be rewarded for that. If that grows in size, I want my salary to grow with it. You're putting ads on these pages. I give you the page views, you get the money. I want a cut."John: No one did that deal?Andrew: No, [laughs] not to start with. Time said, "That's interesting. Yeah, I can see the argument in that. Let's try this out for a while. Then we'll go for year two, and we'll figure that out." I was like, "I just want to say this as a principle that I want my salary to go up next year in line with some kind of traffic incentive."The other thing that people don't understand is that blogging is incredibly hard work. To produce 50 posts a day which we do...then, by myself, many fewer posts. But still, every day you have to have an opinion in on basically anything. You have to produce in a way that other journalists didn't. It is a much more punishing regimen than regular journalists were used to. I also wanted a premium for that.At the end of the year, they were not budging. They were like, "How can we agree to this? Who knows where this could go? You could end up earning a fortune if it suddenly took off."I was like, "Yeah, and you know what? If you have a decent ad department, you can sell. It's a win win, right? It's a total win win." But they weren't used to relationships with writers as partners. They were used to writers as employees.Then David Bradley comes...I said, "No, I'm gone." I was ready to give it up. The Atlantic comes along and gives me my dream deal. Their website is basically nowhere. "Would I come and kickstart it?" I said, "Yes, I will, on the basis that we do a three year contract and my salary is pegged to my page views."What Time feared is what happened at The Atlantic. The Obama year...I was among the first people to pick...That "Why Obama Matters" cover on The Atlantic suddenly made me the journalist that was the Obama guy. I already in the spring on the blog said he's going to be the next president. When he won Iowa, you could look at our traffic. It was from universe into another universe.I could tell you this. It starts here. It does that at 9/11, it does that at the Iraq war, and it does that with Obama. Since Obama it has grown pretty steadily, although we don't know where we are now. Because we're in this transition, we don't know what the traffic will happen.I got too expensive at The Atlantic for their comfort. Without going into any detail, we agreed eventually. Also, there was a slight conflict of philosophy in terms of what online journalism should be doing and how you want it to behave. I just had different vision.John: Can you elaborate on that at all?Andrew: I'll try. They made me sign a legal agreement that I wasn't allowed to talk about anything that happened at The Atlantic. I'm legally...Paul: If we ask the question in a different way...Not to be cute, but just what should online journalism be?Andrew: "Journalism" itself is a word that in some ways doesn't work online, because it's based on daily. This is not a daily. It's not even a publication. It's more of a broadcast. You're a 24 hour broadcast channel, but of writing, at least at that point. At that point, there were no videos, really. It was just beginning. YouTube was beginning to move. We were beginning to embed videos and so on and so forth. I thought there's no way you can re create a magazine online, because you don't have any staples or any paper. Every page is like any other page on the Internet. It all has the same status, appears on the same screen. This was Matt Drudge's great insight.In 2000, I went down to Florida to pay my respects to the great Drudge. Again, I didn't have any friends in Washington. I wrote a TRB why Matt Drudge is the best thing to happen to journalism in a long time, which was like talking about the turd in the punchbowl. That's exactly what I was at the time. He said, "It's a broadcast, not a publication. You've got to remember that."I thought you can't package all these people in one bundle. People go to the writers they like. The way people encountered the Internet to begin with was p*rn and money, tech stocks, or plain email, and also "sex with [inaudible]" sites. These were the big... [laughs]Basically, what I'm saying is that it was all person to person relationships. It wasn't person to institution relationships. You couldn't suddenly say all these people are one institution and you want to go there. I just didn't believe that model could work.No one gets up in the morning, goes online, and wants to go to Time, but they will go see Arianna Huffington or Matt Drudge or Andrew Sullivan or Glenn Greenwald or Josh Marshall. They know these people. The medium itself had emerged as that peer to peer thing.My concept was, find a circle of great writers and bloggers. They were all different. You can't really combine them. But let them be there. Have a diversity group, the only criterion being intellectual honesty. It didn't matter right, left, middle, or just indefinable. Let's start a conversation. It will be at the level of The Atlantic.You create a discourse, an environment for bloggy chatting, and then you put out this really classy monthly magazine. In other words, I saw the model as being, get a bunch a bloggers out here who are your writers and helping your brand get its identity, and then put out this fantastic monthly print product. I think monthly print products have a future because they're deep dives.There are pond skaters and then there are plumb lines. The great thing about the blogosphere is that with a hypertext link, you could both do the pond skating but with a link, link to something that's really quite deep and long and interesting. That put writers at the center of journalism online.Now, if you're running a company, that's not what you're particularly interested in. What you want is advertising. You want lack of controversy. You certainly don't want stars. They're dangerous. You don't want to turn into a TV channel where you start having to negotiate Barbara Walters' salary. The idea is that you chop up a magazine into lots of different sections that are essentially created for advertisers, what they call verticals.You basically create the Internet journalism for advertising, not for writers. Whereas my view was, this great thing means I can write anything. No one can stop me anymore. This is a writer's dream for a writer to reach his or her readership directly without any publisher, editor, colleague, advertiser, having to pass those hurdles, let alone the fact checker and the copy editor and getting it to Si. Liberation.John: At this point, you're one of the most successful, well known, most imitated of the blogosphere. You have helped lend credibility to commercial websites one mass, the other elite. You're being imitated at all kinds of online publications. You have this philosophical...Andrew: Difference.John: ...difference, and maybe economic. And then what?Andrew: As long as I had in my contract total freedom of editorial content, they couldn't touch me, which meant, of course, I could criticize what they were doing, which they didn't like very much. Then The Daily Beast comes up and says, "We're going to give you a real cut of the advertising revenue." I'm not going to go into absolute details, but I would actually start getting ad revenue. By that time, I'd also found interns at The Atlantic who'd been able to...As the Web expanded....The Web, in 2000, when one man is blogging it, is manageable. There's no way in 2013 one person can read the Internet or even grapple with it.I developed this team of interns who would help me. They wrote memos. They would go into the Internet. I always called them leafcutter ants. They'd go out, find a nugget of interesting material, trundle it back, give me a memo. I would then write up...On top of my own stuff, I'd then look at theirs. It developed that way until it became a collaborative, organic process.All the major people who are still at The Dish are former interns. That was also interesting. I realized that was beginning to create a magazine from scratch, like at The New Republic.John: And a culture.Andrew: And a culture, a sensibility, a high/low sensibility, a place where you can go and anything can be said, a mixture of quite high level stuff. You read philosophy and talk about god and theocracy, but then there's also the penguins falling over "Mental Health Break" every day. It's a mix, a very cultural, political mix. Then, of course, advertising starts to collapse online. Who wants to click on those banner ads? I can see the logic.John: Now the bloggers are in the same place that the company is in.Andrew: Exactly. Then you realize that yeah, great, half the advertising revenue after costs. Well, half of zero is still zero.John: You finally got your piece of advertising right at the moment...Andrew: It disappeared.John: ...when the advertising went away.Andrew: Exactly.Paul: The moment they said yes, you should've been suspicious. [laughter]Andrew: I know. I should've been suspicious. I kind of was, but the concept...Remember, this was a while back. At that point The Dish had brought in at the last year at The Atlantic...Around 2009, it was looking good. They brought in $1.7 million in advertising money from my page alone. Part of me thinks half of that or at least some part of that would be amazing for a journalist but, of course, it didn't work out that way. Then we had to hit the issue of "what now?" They were prepared...I could get a salary to do this blog, just about. It would be a good salary. I'd done very well as a blogger because I'd leveraged from site to site.One of the smart things I did was insist in every contract that at the end of any time at one of these magazines, they are required to redirect that URL to whatever URL I want to point it to, so the readers move automatically to a new place. You can literally watch The Atlantic's traffic quintuple in a matter of a couple hours. David Bradley gets very excited.John: I'm familiar with that.Andrew: [laughs] Yes, because that's what happened when I went to Time. It kept getting bigger. That's the thing. It kept getting bigger as we grew. Then we sat down over the last few months. At that time, Chris, Patrick and I had been working on this for several years. We were like, "Either we give it up..."A large part of me was willing to do so. I was exhausted. There were health problems. The sheer toll of this on the human body is intense. I had a bad period of pneumonia. My doctors were telling me, "You either stop this crazy pace or you're going to..."They basically picked me up and said, "No. We have created something. We're not letting this go." When I bumped into Dish readers on the street or wherever and I said, "I think I'm giving it up," they would respond with two words, "You can't." I realized this no longer was mine. This was a community, a passion, a community.We sat down and said, "How do we monetize this? How do we make this work?" We really went blue sky. I'm not making this prettier than it was. We really did. We sat down and said, "Everything is on the table. What do we do? How do we do this? What do we want to do?" ... We asked ourselves...We want to write and we want to write freely. We want to explore the world. There's more to explore now. I think, for us, the great bonding moment was the Iranian revolution where went...We called it going cable, which meant that...In the old days of going cable, when you would just treat a news story and do nothing but this story.Chris Patrick and I took shifts and basically covered the Iranian revolution morning, noon, and night for about a month and got amazing traffic. I think we innovated a new form of live blogging journalism, of raw material. The videos, the tweets that were coming directly. We were filtering them and editing them but we were really a channel for the opposition.Then we found out that the opposition itself was loving our site. It was an amazing moment of catalysts, that we had something going.But we realized that our core strength was the fact that these readers came back every day. That 73 percent of them had bookmarked us. That they spend an average of 17 minutes a day on the site, that they were passionate about this project and that they were increasingly giving us the content. They were having discussions about topics that we were turning into what we call reader threads. They were creating the content.We thought, "Before we go to any billionaire or any advertising network," although we explored and thought about all those things, why not ask our readers to just pay us to do this, and make it as simple as possible. We decided to go to a pay model. When we thought that, we thought the cleanest, clearest model is just to really go cold turkey. Take all the ads off, like the get advertising.I was talking to another editor friend of mine in New York, because I asked advice from people about this. It had to be discrete at the time, but he's like, "If you can get out of the advertising business right now, and survive, [laughs] do it. All of us want to do this. We're all completely exhausted with this process, and it's more and more work for less and less return."We thought we'd do it. We thought we'd just say, "It's over to you." I told Barry [Diller] and Tina [Brown] we wanted to go independent. Our contract was up anyway, so it would have to be renegotiated.We've managed to find this company, "Tinypass," which we'd just come from a two hour meeting with, that would have the technology to set up the "pay me," the freemium model, the New York Times model. It would only take a pretty small cut of the revenues. That media had only been four months out of beta. This was very new.I guess at my point in life, 20 years of HIV, I'm like, "Why not." The worst that can happen is I can be humiliated and we'll fail. But I also increasingly felt that unless journalists actually honestly went to their consumers and asked to be paid for what they do, in this medium, because this medium is taking over every other medium and will be all media at one point, then there's no future for journalism at all.Very few people actually want to read journalism, like news and analysis. The newspapers were able to sell them, the classifieds, the cartoons, the crosswords, the sports section, a whole bunch of stuff bundled together, but if you tried to sell them the op ed page, no one would buy it. If you tried to sell them the editorial page, I mean, people would ask you, "What's that?" That's what we knew as journalists.John: How's it going?Andrew: That is a great question, and we are still trying to figure out the answer.John: How far are we into this experiment now?Andrew: We are six weeks into the beginning of the meter. [laughs] Yes. And only two and a half months since the establishment of "Dish Publishing LLC" as a company.John: Well, the lights are on.Andrew: The lights are on, yes. That's my savings. I currently have no salary, [laughs] and we have no ads.Paul: The whole audience come at first?Andrew: It was a weird thing, because we knew we couldn't keep this under wraps, so we knew we couldn't do what we needed to do and then announce and then have the site ready. So we had to announce a month before. We had a month to get all this stuff done, which was crazy, to actually create a whole site, redesign it, set up the business, do things like payroll, taxes, lawyer, on top of doing the blog every day. We're currently basically ready to drop dead, but we did it.The response immediately, because we were able to put up, not a meter, but we were able to put up a link, to tell people if they want to pre subscribe to go here. We raised half a million dollars in basically three days from our readers. We are now at $640,000. We made about 110 grand in February.Our fixed costs are, excluding the three of us who own the company, is around $400,000 a year, currently, just to do what we do. We're already profitable, if Chris, Patrick, and I want to be poor right now. [laughs] That's basically it.But we have no debt. We didn't want investors, even though we could have gotten plenty, I think, because the whole point of doing this is to be free of those pressures.John: So you cut out all the middle men?Andrew: We cut out every middle man available.John: There are no agents, it's just you and...Andrew: There are no agents, yes, and them. They pay me and I write for them. They pay us and we assemble and we edit the Internet for them.John: I've been trying to think of a historic precedent for this in terms of business transactions, and I haven't come up with one yet.[pause]Andrew: You don't have to have a million readers, you could have a thousand. It doesn't have to be your only source of income, it can be a supplemental source of income. The whole point of this is beginning to understand how we can gain revenue and money without advertising. Let's be realistic about this. The numbers online, as you know, are...Take them with a pinch of salt. You have two different versions. They seem to show completely different universes. We have about a million plus unique visitors a month. We have currently 25,000 or so subscribers.But every day, we notice...You can have a unique visitor measure every day, as well. We find basically that every day about 80,000 people are showing up regularly. We have a very solid...It just doesn't really go below that. That's the beauty of The Dish. We're stable. We developed this audience that's stable. 25,000 out of 80,000 is pretty good.John: You don't want middle men. Would you rule out associates or other bloggers that you have respect for that could become part of the...Andrew: The network?John: Yeah.Andrew: Not unless it makes sense to do so.John: But if it enables you to leverage more reader revenue and some of your costs across a broader base and maybe someday pay yourself a salary?Andrew: This is all to come, John.John: But you're not opposed to this.Andrew: No!John: This isn't Thoreau. You're ready to go...[pause]Andrew: I'm not Thoreau, but, yeah, there are plenty of opportunities to use this. The truth is that I do want to make a success. One reason is because it would be nice to be able to write for my own magazine, basically. The most rewarding experience in journalism has been working with my former interns and now colleagues at this enterprise. It's a great group of people. That's a wonderful thing to have. I don't have to be that wealthy. This doesn't have to dominate the media. It can just be what it is. That's why I didn't want investors pressing me to grow.John: The technology that you work with is perfectly suitable now for what you do. There are all kinds of new disruptive technologies always coming.Andrew: Always coming. You have to always be alert to them and try and shift to them. We have an RSS feed. We don't have an app, actually. The blog is so "appy" anyway. It's now what they call "responsive," which means that it will fit the size of whatever tablet it's on.John: Your social profile? Do you spend a lot of time worrying about any of this?Andrew: No.John: You're still a blogger, basically.Andrew: f*ck yeah! [laughs] Yes! That spirit, the original spirit of, "I'm a blogger and I'm doing it because of freedom," is still, I would say, my primary objective. I don't want to become a Huffington Post. I don't want to become anything but what we are. But I'll tell you this. What we do want to do is to use this platform to start commissioning long form journalism, to take the blog form and get this readership and say to them, "We want to publish..." We can start on a monthly basis. "...a really good piece like the Steve Brill healthcare piece." The kind of pieces that don't get written anymore because these magazines don't really exist or they've been hoard out.Just say, "We're going to pay the writer real money from your money. It will cost you $1.99. We'll give a buck to the writer and 99 cents to us." We'll do it through our own...They've already got a payment system. It's a one click. They're already in our system. They've already got it. It's easy.Then you start resurrecting old form journalism that will be downloadable onto tablets from a blog community. In other words, from the blog, you re invent the magazine. Eventually, you could do a monthly...My stage two model we call "Deep Dish," which is an attempt to harness this energy, this visceral pond skating energy, for deep dives. Just mentioning that fact a number of people submitting stuff to us is way more than I can handle. I can barely get through the day right now doing The Dish. We'd need money to hire an editor and so on and so forth.But that's in the future. What we're trying to do right now in the first 12 months is to establish that we have a model that can pay for us just to do what we do, which is modest. Chris used to have on his cubicle at The Atlantic, a Shepard Fairey poster, but of Charles Darwin. It just says, "Very gradual change we can believe in."From the very beginning, my whole view of the Internet has been, "Listen to it." Don't come at it as a journalist with your previous models of what journalism is and try and shove it on that screen. You've just got to live in it.I'm a bit of a feral creature on the Internet. I was roaming the wilds of sex chat rooms and fast trading stocks at late night. I lived there and loved it. Loved the anonymity of it, loved the weirdness of it, the email. I love the fact that I don't have to talk to people on the phone anymore. That's something I don't ever want to lose.I think also that's what the Internet's about. That's why it's different than old, mainstream journalism. I can use expletives. I can put photos of corpses. I can raise issues like, "What on earth is Sarah Palin talking about with that weird pregnancy and labor? Can someone explain to me how this makes any sense?"I can say I was wrong about Iraq. I can now, actually this month, 10 years later, re post stuff I wrote 10 years ago to show where I've come and grapple with it. There are so many ways in which this medium can be played with, have fun with. I think the idea is freedom and fun.If we've made money...Potentially, I think, we could make a lot of money if we wanted to, but in the short term, it is to reinvest in good journalism and good writing. I'm afraid that there's going to be a lost generation. There are people who were never taught how to write an essay, never taught how to write a book.The old media institutions, for whom I felt a certain amount of pity as I saw them grappling with this, I now have lost the pity. A lot of them deserve to die. They are lazy. They haven't really had a connection with their readers for a very long time. They're learning, but most of them deserve to die, I think, at this point. Certainly, the entire book publishing industry should be pulped tomorrow. It's a huge scam.The idea is also to eventually publish my own books this way. Once you create a magazine really, it's a different form of magazine, but a community basically online, a conversation online, it can then produce products and different projects, essays one offs, books, merchandise, but basically focusing on the writing. I think we can get revenue that way.If we have to go to the advertising route, we will do it. If we have to. I have no philosophical objections to advertising, but I just feel that in fact we're reaching a point, and this is my gut feeling, I don't know market research on this, in which people would actually like to go to a page which has a lot of white space. It's calm, it's quiet.They don't have to tell which piece was written by some CEO from Chevron who has a slightly different hue of beige on it or something. They know they're not having to click five times to read a whole article, because they're trying to get page views out of you for ads. They just come to the thing. It's an infinite scroll. They never have to go anywhere else.If you want to unpack pieces, it will be happy enough to go to a separate page and click back. In other words, creating the simplest, purest, calmest, quietest. We want the highest signal to noise ratio on the Web. That's what I'm trying to do. ...

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (44)

Arthur Sulzberger, Jr.

BIO: YES: Arthur Ochs Sulzberger, Jr. (born September 22, 19...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: This is an oral history so that's the best place to start. I'll cast you back to my job interview.Arthur Sulzberger: I remember your job interview so well.Martin: You said two things at that interview that have always stuck with me. The first is that the Times isn't in the newspaper business and that you had an agnostic view of delivery. It didn't matter whether it was electronic or...I think you used the word "mind melding" at the time.Arthur: Indeed. This is, being a Star Trek fan, I use that as my kicker.Martin: This was obviously early 1995 so nobody could imagine what was going to happen or few people could imagine what was going to happen with the web at that point. The other thing you said was that we had just built College Point. You'd just...Actually, no.Arthur: Edison.Martin: We'd just built Edison. We had just either bought the land or put the planning in place for College Point. And you said, "This is most certainly the last printing plant I'll ever build." I just thought that was an interesting place to start, because clearly, we're now in early '95, you're talking...You must have had some inkling that digital journalism was going to be a very meaningful thing prior to that. Can you remember the first point at which you said, "Hey, there's something to this electronic delivery, and it's going to really impact me, the Times, et cetera." Do you have any recollection of that?Arthur: I don't remember what happened that caused me to say there's going to be a shift coming. I don't remember that singular moment. I do remember that interview that we had with you, where you turned to me, and to Joe Lelyveld, and to Russ Lewis. Was it Russ Lewis?Martin: Yes, Russ Lewis.Arthur: And said, "Why? Why do you people want to go digital at all? Why do you care"?Martin: I was testing at that point.Arthur: Yes, I know you were. [laughter]Arthur: I know you were. Maybe, in part, it's due to my two years as a wire service reporter for the Associated Press. Where we would transmit our information from London, where I was working, and it would go around the world, and it would appear in countries everywhere. I never felt tied to a particular piece of paper. Perhaps that was the beginning of thinking about it more broadly. It was clear that this was going to be the next telegraph, and it was going to change the way people consumed news information. Received and consumed news information.Martin: I guess I always took this notion of the word agnostic as being mostly a point about delivery. You've also often talked about the way it changes journalism, as well.Arthur: I wasn't aware of how it was going to change journalism. At that point, it was not on my radar screen at all. The fact of the immediacy of it, I get that part, but not to the degree we have to do it today. I certainly did not get how it would change the competitive framework. Landscape, better word. The fact that the competitors of those times for The New York Times. The LA Times, the Washington Post, the Chicago Tribune, would not be the competitors, in a fundamental sense, that we face today.Martin: I guess the only one that still is, is The Wall Street Journal.Arthur: The Wall Street Journal is certainly, that's right, again because it's a national and international play. BBC, the FT. I think of print, the FT and The Wall Street Journal would be the two major ones I would put out there. But that it would lead to the full throated blogosphere that we are working in today, the individual. I don't think I saw that at all.Martin: I understand that. If we fast forward just a little bit, it's going to relate to this early history, but throughout the years, you've also talked a lot about the nature of authority. I think this is a key thing, because there was... When I joined the company, it's not that there weren't other authorities, but they were all very centralized and top down. How do you think this notion of authority has changed in the last 20 years, and do you think it's a good thing, a bad thing? What's your view of that?Arthur: Let's start by saying, it's not useful to say, is it a good thing or it's a bad thing. It exists, and you have to make the best of this changing nature of authority. Do more people have a greater voice in reaching their friends, their colleagues and total strangers? Absolutely. There's no question about that. But do people still value information that they trust and can trust? Clearly, and I think we're seeing that. There's going to continue to be room for authority in this sort of traditional sense of that word. Authority because people check their facts, because they correct their mistakes, they own their errors, and because they can be trusted to bring a thoughtful conversation into place.We are working to do that more and more. Better integrating with our own audience. Think of the audience The New York Times content, and how we can better use that audience to build a really robust discussion.I think both sides of that are true. We (know that fact and rumor) circle the world in a second. Therefore, it's more critical than it ever has been, to have trusted, verified information out there.Martin: Back to the mid '90s just briefly. I joined the company, and...Arthur: We're all grateful.Martin: Thank you. We made a recommendation that was somewhat controversial at the time, although we made it in the context of other folks having made the same decision, to offer the website for free. Many people have said that this was a good decision. Many people have said this was a terrible decision.There are people, in fact people who we've interviewed, that are on both sides of that. I just wanted to get your thoughts in retrospect. Do you think it was the right decision, honestly, to offer the Times on the Web for free? At that time?Arthur: The answer is, absolutely I do. I do for a couple of different reasons. The first is, we didn't know what the business model was going to be. It was so early in that system. To see what kind of audience we could build, what kind of tools we needed. At a time when this was a highly profitable newspaper and company, because of its print heritage was, I think, correct.Two, I think by offering it free, we found it easier to engage our journalists in building the digital muscles that we needed to really make this work. Because, as you recall, the newsroom embraced it in theory but not really in their heart, because it got...Newsrooms, as you know, are mission driven organizations. They saw this in the early stages as getting in the way of the mission. The mission was getting the best quality information into the hands, literally, of people who were holding paper. But once they started to see what kind of reach they could get, once they started to get feedback from people living outside of the United States who had read their stories on this thing called the web, they started to say, "Wait this is core to the mission."I think it would have been a harder sale, had there been an element of charging for it, in making that transition. What do you think?Martin: I don't want to editorialize too much here, but I absolutely think it was the right decision. But [what] I would say is this, Arthur. We entered into this with the view of experimentation. You often used that word. We charged internationally, to begin with. We didn't like the results of that, so we pulled it back.Arthur: We charged for opinion and the columnists. We pulled it back.Martin: There were ongoing experiments, all along, in terms of charging. My view had always been that, if we built really big, loyal audience, we would be able to convert them when the product was at the point where they were ready to pay. That turned out to be true. It's funny, because the Journal took a different course and we've ended up... Some of their content is now free. Some of our content is now free. A lot of it is paid. We've ended up in much the same place, from a business model perspective, almost 20 years later. That's an interesting footnote.Paul Sagan: Can I interject?Martin: Of course.Paul: We played with these metaphors of swimmers and tide. The swimmers were everybody in the business. The Times was in the business. The Journal was in the business. The tide were some of these other events that were going on. Some were completely [inaudible 11:38 orthogonal] . Craigslist didn't wake up trying to be...Even an advertising business had a huge impact on some aspect. Then there were other things, like Reuters. For the first time, basically releasing their wires into the wild, if you will, through Yahoo right around the same time. Giving the audience access not just to free content, free news, but in a different way which was more than they ever had before and sorted. I'm wondering how much you thought about that, and those other things that were going on at the same time?Either informed the decision or you thought were unimportant, or thought, "This is going into some big stew and we don't really know what it's going to taste like when it's over."Arthur: There was so much happening out there, as I recall. We were working, first, in the earliest stages, with AOL. We were finding ways to do partnerships. There was so much going on that nobody really knew what was around that next corner. I don't think anyone really understood what Craigslist was going to do to the newspaper industry. Less effect on The New York Times, because that's not been a dominant advertising area for us. But classifieds, for most newspapers, were 60 percent. This is one of those situations where you just couldn't see clearly around corners. That meant, to change the metaphor from the swimmer and the tide that we had to find a way to stay balanced in a canoe going down a very fast, tough river.Being able to test and learn, to Martin's good point, meant being willing to try to all paddle in one direction. And then all paddle back in another direction. That was a hard part. It meant having a more unified approach than most news organizations were comfortable doing.Martin: I want to probe the next step which was that there was an acceleration, once Netscape went public and the dot com boom went underway, there was a clear recognition that something very big was happening. We didn't quite know what it was. At that time, we took a very controversial decision. It was a wrenching decision, in some ways, to create NYTD. And break out the organization which had been reporting to the New York Times and the Boston Globe, respectively, into this new unit. Can you talk about your thinking about that, at all?Arthur: The thinking behind breaking our digital arm out, from the rest of the organization, was tied to the thought that we were not quick enough at innovation and that we needed to separate these organizations, to give the digital arm the ability to make faster decisions, to test and learn, in a way that was outside of the Times brand, to a certain degree. It wouldn't have quite the same impact. I'm not sure that we got to that spot that we were going for. But it did allow for us more speedy maneuvering, in creating our digital operation. What do you think?Martin: By getting to that spot, if you mean we didn't actually take the company public, which is what we had intended to do, that's true.Arthur: When we created NYTD, it was not about taking the company public. That came later. That evolved later. The initial decision was, faster decision making, more autonomy, less command and control. Does that sound right to you?Martin: That sounds exactly right.Arthur: That was the thought and it's not a bad thought.Martin: No. I think it was exactly the right thing to do at that time.Arthur: We experimented more. We learned more. Then we came very close to selling, to going public rather. I will say, thank God, we saved ourselves from that. It would have been a very tough place to be. Just as we were on the verge of doing that, the market fell, the bubble burst and we were saved from our own vision.Martin: But we kept NYTD alive.Arthur: We kept NYTD alive.Martin: For another five years.Arthur: Absolutely. Then integrated it back into the organization. By the time we did that, it was so critical to the state of The New York Times, that the integration was pretty easy to embrace. Do you agree with that?Martin: I don't want to skip over a couple of things. In the late '90s, we did a couple of things that were quite interesting. I just wanted to get your perspective on them and subsequently, what happened with them. The first was the creation of this website called New York Today.Arthur: Local.Martin: Yeah. Meant to dominate the largest market in the country. It very quickly grew to do that. It was the largest New York website.Arthur: We were partnered with who there?Martin: Elon Musk, the guy that now founded Tesla. He created a business called Zip2. We were partnered with him. He supplied a lot of the underlying database technology that allowed us to offer all sorts of restaurant guides and things like that. That was very helpful. The other thing we did was we bought Abuzz, which was the knowledge management system. Kind of a precursor to companies like Quora, and to some extent, Yahoo Answers. These were two very early moves. I just wanted to get your perspective on them if you have one.Arthur: Both Abuzz and New York Today, very different. I was more familiar with New York Today, to be honest, than I was with Abuzz. But in retrospect, we will probably agree that we could have done more with Abuzz. That was a missed opportunity on our part. We weren't as focused on it as we should have been.Martin: This has got to be kind of a conversation, because we went through this together. I would say it was the single largest mistake that we made, shutting down Abuzz.Arthur: It may well be. That was at the time the bubble burst.Martin: That's what caused it.Arthur: That's what caused it. I understand. In retrospect, we should have found a way to put resources. We just didn't see this core. That was the error. New York Today was a great experiment. We've seen many others try to follow in those footsteps, becoming even more and more hyper local. Patch, obviously, being a great example. Some of the work we did with NYU and other journalism schools, to try to create more hyper local parts of NYTimes.com.Paul: What happened to that site in the end?Arthur: New York Today just couldn't sustain itself.Martin: No, what happened is, the dot com bust happened. We were told we had to get profitable. We had two approaches. We could have gone in...To get profitable, we had to cut 40 percent of our expenses, some way or another. It was all people. Either we could have gone across the board or and just cut... My recommendation and the decision we made, ultimately, was we were going to put all the wood behind NYTimes.com, which, at the end of the day, given the mandate, was the right decision. But you're talking about, literally, a couple of million dollars a year, Paul, in a company that, at the time, was making $800 million in cash flow. To Arthur's earlier point, it was just short sighted. But hindsight is always 20/20.Arthur: In truth, what we've learned about our sites, and what we've learned about our reach is just it's not about hyper local for The New York Times. Hyper local is...Others can play that game and should. We can do more than we're doing in that. Let me not back away from things like Scoop and perhaps investing in other verticals that will meet some of those needs. But our future is international and growing the brand of The New York Times internationally in languages and reach.Martin: I want to go back, just for another second. Paul mentioned Craigslist. There were a lot of efforts, at that point in time, in the classified business, as well. We were principles in a business called Career Path. I don't know whether you remember that, but it quickly collapsed under its own weight.Arthur: As I recall, Career Path was a number of different newspaper companies all banded together. I remember one meeting we had, early on, where our then CFO snidely said something to the entire...About having met with the group, "How can you be wasting your money this way? Am I at the right place?Martin: Yes, it was the same CFO who...Arthur: We're not going to mention her name.Martin: We won't mention her name. But when I joined the organization, I wanted to have a three person R&D team attached to the small, 15 or 20 person team that we ultimately built, in order to do stuff that wasn't just repurposing the paper. She wouldn't fund that either. There were a variety of things that...Arthur: Martin, the point about those early years, and even later years, is how challenging it is for a traditional company to find, within itself, the ability to fund long term projects that it doesn't see a return on in some three to five year window. There's no question that that has been one of the challenges that we, and so many of our other companies in the journalism world and outside, have faced. You've made the point many times that, why did Barnes and Noble not become Amazon? And so many other things. That's always been the challenge for us. We got better at it. You tried to set up an R&D team very early on and that failed. We did not see the way to fund that in the way we should have. But was it seven years ago, eight years ago that we created the R&D team.We were late, but at the time, we were still the only newspaper media company that had one, if I'm not mistaken.Martin: One of the very core, early issues, as I recall, and you were intimately involved with this because it came to a head, was the use of our archive. In fact, the use of our content. We were, at the time, licensing our content to Dow Jones, LexisNexis and others, in a unit that was outside of The New York Times. That unit, when I arrived, basically said, "No, you can't have access to the content." Do you remember that?Arthur: No, I don't. But I find it amusing and I'm hoping that this story ends with me saying, "Wait, the entire purpose of this is to get our content to people who want to get access to the news, information and opinion of The New York Times."Martin: But you had to go to your father to do that? [laughs]Arthur: That doesn't surprise me. The challenge has been, for very long, and to a very limited degree still remains, finding that balance between being cannibalized and cannibalizing yourself. We're now at a point where we recognize that this is the future. Print remains a critical part of what we are. I think print's going to be around for a lot longer than people, including myself, would have said, five, seven years ago. But it's not the future. You have to invest in the future. But that wasn't always the way it was seen back in 1995.Martin: Paul mentioned the Reuters deal. You have a history with the AP. Eventually, the AP licensed its entire wire to Yahoo and they subsequently developed the largest news website in the world. Still is, in terms of reach. What do you think of that? Do you have any...Arthur: I must say, I really don't have an opinion on that. I was a reporter at The Associated Press. I was never on the AP board, though my father was, the way Michael Golden is. I understand they're under tremendous pressures to adapt and change. They've got to do that. But let's agree that the competitive field has shifted in dramatic ways. Reuters would never have been seen, by a previous generation of leaders here, as a competitor. Now it very much is, Thomson Reuters. Bloomberg, major competitor now. It's a different world.Martin: You mentioned Bloomberg. What do you think about that model?Arthur: What do you mean about that model?Martin: The idea that you're subsidizing a news operation off of a very rich other business. It's a little bit similar to The Washington Post, in Kaplan. Not the same, obviously. Because the information business is very common to Bloomberg, whereas education and The Post are very different.Arthur: There are going to be a whole variety of different models. Some of them are going to have longer glide paths than others. Bloomberg has one model. ProPublica has another model. Thomson Reuters has a third. We have ours. You're just going to have to keep on testing and learning. When I came here, roughly 80 percent of our revenue was advertising. 20 percent was circulation. Roughly. It's now 50/50. Circulation revenue, print and digital is clearly the growth area, as we adapt to the new digital advertising environment order. [edited]Martin: Let's fast forward now to, we've integrated the businesses. What we're beginning to see, in the mid 2000s, is the growth of the aggregation space, particularly, with The Huffington Post starting. Google News. We had this very, to your earlier point, open, free view of the Web. We wanted as many people to be looking at our stuff as possible. We wanted it to travel around the Internet as much as possible. We embraced RSS. We're the first news organization to do so. The links could go all over the place.In some ways, as a result of that, these aggregation businesses began to flourish. There are at least two different views of this. Rupert took the view, fairly early on that Google News, and other aggregators were stealing his content. We did not.In retrospect, looking back eight years, do you think we should have been much more aggressive on the copyright side, and locked it down more, or not?Arthur: No. I do not think that we should have been more aggressive on the copyright side. I think that we were building a new audience, building a new way of getting our news and information out. Even when we finally moved to a pay model, we moved to it in a way that allowed people to share. We integrated social into the way we were creating the metered model. I think that was important. That was critical. Now, can we, The New York Times, do more in the world of aggregating? Because people trust us, I think, the answer is, absolutely, "Yes."We're now in a place that's always been a little bit of an issue with our newsroom colleagues, and some in the business, but, mostly, the newsroom. We're now moving past that.An hour from now, at the time this interview is happening, we're going to be announcing some significant changes in the structure of The New York Times company, that are going to feed greater alignment, faster decision making, in conjunction with the business and news operations.I think you're going to start to see us begin to do things a little more daring, let's say that, a little more willingness to try and grow, and learn. Aggregation, we have, perhaps, some thoughts about how we could be better at that.But, if every morning, and I'm making this up, you knew that Tom Friedman was going to collect the top 10 things that he felt were important for you that day, that would be a pretty interesting list. Or, Andrew Ross Sorkin. Or, so many others.Martin: That was part of Andrew's concept in developing DealBook.Arthur: Exactly. With DealBook.Martin: It started as an email, in fact.Arthur: Exactly right.Martin: There's this notion of openness. I'll just ask it in a very direct way. You mentioned a lot of different companies as new competitors, including Bloomberg, and Reuters. We've been cooperating, however you want to characterize it, with companies like Twitter, for years.Arthur: Facebook, and others. Google.Martin: Mark Zuckerberg referred to the new newsfeed as a newspaper. Dick Costolo, obviously, has a great stake in news in terms of Twitter. How do you view those businesses?Arthur: Martin Sorrell was exactly right when he coined the phrase, "frenemy". How long ago was that? Easily, a decade ago.Martin: No, it was at one of the Zeitgeists, I think.Paul: A long time ago.Arthur: A long time ago. In digital terms, Martin, it was a lifetime ago. But, there's truth there. These are both tools for disseminating our information to an audience that wants and values New York Times journalism, and they're also a challenge because they have their vision of how to connect people. But we can learn from them. We have built a powerful base, a powerful audience. We've got to become better at finding ways of using that audience, connecting that audience to each other.I'm not suggesting we're going to become Facebook, or Twitter. But, rather, what are the things that we ought to be thinking about doing to make use of the insight, the knowledge that The New York Times audience has, when an event occurs? I think that's a fascinating next step for us.Martin: You just talked about the reorg. What do you think will happen as a result of this? In other words, what's your hope going forward? Is it that we become more international?Arthur: The growth of, The New York Times, is going to be, certainly, in the international sphere, there's no question about that. As you know, we started our first foreign language, non English language website in China. At the moment, it's blocked, because of our journalism, but, that's happened in the past. You remember, we were blocked in 2001, and I had to fly to China to get them to open it again.But, there's a real future for us there. We're rebranding, The International Herald Tribune. In a few months, we'll rebrand it, The International New York Times. We'll be growing, internationally, under one brand.Video is a critical part of our future, I think. We've just hired a woman to become our new video head. She came from AOL, from, The Huffington Post, if I'm not mistaken.Martin: AOL. The Huffington Post part of AOL.Arthur: That's what I mean. We've got some real opportunities there. [edited]Arthur: Let's go back a little bit. As you think about where The New York Times is going to grow in the future, you're thinking about international, you're thinking about video, you're thinking about social, and you're thinking about mobile. Those are the four areas that we have isolated. Because the mobile reading experience is dramatically different from the traditional screen experience, and, we have to think about what new products we can create that are more easy for a handheld device like the iPhone, not the iPad.Martin: I know that you've announced that The Globe, is up for sale. I don't expect you to comment on that, at all.Arthur: In The Globe, we're happy to...Paul: We can cut a deal, today. Broadcast. [laughter]Martin: I would love for you to comment on the state of more localized journalism, and the fact that A, Warren Buffett has been very bullish, and was very bullish in his last letter to shareholders, on the small newspapers. I'm talking about the community space.Arthur: I totally get it. People have been putting the newspaper industry into one bucket, and, I think that's unfair. The challenges and the opportunities that a national/international brand, like The New York Times faces, are very different than the challenges and opportunities that a metro daily, like, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, The LA Times, has.Very different, yet, again, are the truly small, local, local papers, The Topeka Capital Journal. Each one of those categories is going to have to find the answers. But, they're not going to be the same answers. There will be similarities. There will be significant differences.Martin: Do you think that these companies, including The Times, can sustain the level of newsroom heft that they have in the past?Arthur: I can't speak for those others, because I'm not close enough to them. But for The Times, absolutely. It's core to who we are. It's core to our future. We've been through many challenges, and many changes, and there are more ahead. But at The New York Times, right now, we have more national bureaus than ever in our history, and more international bureaus than ever in our history, at a time when a wonderful, powerful paper like The Washington Post has no national bureaus. It's a very tough, and different place.Our brand promise is based on quality journalism with a broad reach, international, but more than that, science, culture, food, and dining. We have to find ways to support that brand promise, and move it, more and more, into the digital future. I'm very bullish on this, because I think that you're seeing us do that.Martin: Paul, do you have any questions?Paul: One or two. Crystal ball gazing is always tough.Arthur: Yes, I've learned not to do that, in painful ways.Paul: It's painful. There's clearly a future that's going to get determined by some of these big, call them Internet players. We're talking about Google, Facebook. The big news organizations you mentioned, News Corp., Bloomberg. Reuters tops it.Arthur: When you say, News Corp., do you mean News Corp. one, or News Corp. two?Paul: I'm not sure if one is newspapers or two is newspapers. But that would help. That would change their competitive dynamic for sure, not being one company with the resources that come from that. But, there are also a number of emerging smaller players who have a different view of scale, and how big they have to be to be significant. Huff Po is, certainly one. We were at, Business Insider, yesterday, which has got a different view. They don't think that they need to be as big as any of those others to be relevant, in terms of audience, or, to have an effective business model. They have a different view of return, scale, overhead.I'm just wondering, how you think those other players will affect the audience's view of news, and how you, and others, will have to react?Arthur: I've learned that the greatest challenge that a company, like ours, faces is not locking in on an answer too soon, and staying flexible. We've seen some competitors that have succeeded very well. We've seen many competitors that have tried in the digital space, and are now more or less gone. I recognize that there are digital competitors that see their mission in a certain way that doesn't match the way that we see our mission. They're more local. Or, they're more vertical.We have to do some of that. There's no question that we need to do some of that. But, our mission is different in a fundamental way. The breadth of our coverage has to be broad. It just has to be broad.We have to recognize that we're going to be covering stories that people aren't going to be coming to in droves, because that's our mission. We are going to have people on the ground in Iraq and Afghanistan. If people don't come to that in droves, that's not why we're there.But, we also need to have the columnists, and the stories that have much, broader, broader impact and reach.Martin: Paul brought up, Business Insider. One of the things that Henry Blodget said about Iraq, and, I just love your view of this, is that there are bloggers, tweeters, all sorts of people, on the ground in Iraq, who are, in a sense, reporting from there.Arthur: Who are commenting from there. That's the challenge. How many of those bloggers and tweeters on the ground, in Iraq, are truly independent, truly bring the kind of judgment and fact checking to what they send out? I'm not casting aspersions on any single one of them. But, you and I, both know, how fast false information travels, and how hard it is, sometimes, to find out how false it is. At The Times, that's our professional duty and responsibility. We make mistakes, Lord knows.Dick Cheney has got an interview that's coming out on Showtime.Martin: It's a film, actually.Arthur: It's a film. In the interview, he still says that there were weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. He's still convinced that they were there. We, of course, made some errors in our journalism. But, we owned them, and we corrected them. I think that builds trust. We are a human institution, therefore, we are fallible. But, the trust comes from the fact that when we realize we've made a mistake, we go out of our way to say so, and to correct it. That's not true with so many people on the ground, who are not tied to the same journalistic standards, and have, sometimes, their own issue.Paul: I have a question about audience. My last question, I think.Martin: Can I follow up on this one?Paul: Go ahead.Martin: By the way, Henry's, clearly, not the only one. There are many, many people who believe that so called, citizen journalism is...Arthur: Absolutely. There's a great role for that. I'm not trying to denigrate that across a spectrum. I'm just trying to say that, sometimes, it's a big challenge to find out who are those people whom you can, actually, trust.Martin: There's also an analytical point, as well. There's a news analysis issue that, sometimes, can't be served, or, isn't often served. Anyway, what was your point?Paul: It's just a thought about, since, we're really all here to serve audiences. We're not doing it for its own sake. We're trying to reach people with information that's relevant.Arthur: Trying to serve democracy.Paul: Absolutely. This community has come together, at least, vertically, in North America, as a democracy, in the United States. For a long time, this notion of gatekeeper was central, because the means of distribution were so challenging, whether it was newspaper, plant, or, TV and license. People came together in this aggregate. Read the paper in the morning, watch Walter Cronkite at night.The Internet blew that part up, into this mass fragmentation that you still see, as a rule, on television. There might be 500 channels, but, each person picks 8 or 10.Arthur: Yes, that's right.Paul: You see the same thing happening on the Web, in some sense. People have 10 or 15 [sites] that they go to, and the rest are random, that they hit on searches. If you buy into it, that will probably continue. Because the one thing people don't have, is infinite time. They need the world well organized. How do you think that affects the evolution, both for The Times, and others, thinking about doing journalism online and reaching people who, even if we multi task, we still only have 24 hours in a day?Arthur: I'd like to speak for The Times because I feel that what I know, is what I understand. It comes down to maintaining the brand promise, for us. Maintaining it, as the world is speeding up. But the brand promise is quality journalism. Quality. An opinion that is thoughtful. Not always that you agree with, but, that it's thoughtful, opens your eyes to a different points of view. The joy of this time we're in.The joy of this time is that instead of at seven o'clock turning on a TV show to see what's happening in the world, you just go to your iPad, go to NYTimes.com, and you'll have a totally, different experience, than you had at five o'clock, six o'clock, seven o'clock in the morning. Totally different.That 24 hour news cycle continues. But, we are moving along with it now. We've got to get better at that. We've got to integrate video into that. We need to integrate our audience, in different ways, into that.But, you're right. People are going to continue to go to sources. There may be 10,000 different sites you could get some degree of news and information from. But, that's not the competition.Martin: I just want to follow up on that for just a moment. You've painted a very, very easy to understand vision here, which is that quality journalism, because it's rare, will lead to more subscribers who will pay.Arthur: If we give them a quality experience.Martin: I've got it. The advertising business is not a great business anymore, online, certainly. That could change. It's been up and down for years. We don't want to say it's never going to. But, let's just assume that more and more people are going to be paying, and, so far, the metered model is something that people seem to be paying for. This is a longer term question, Arthur. It seems to me that some of this is generational. The question is, how do you get younger people, to appreciate what you've just outlined? Clearly, Baby Boomers, and, maybe even, the next generation behind them, grew up reading printed products.Arthur: The Millenials.Martin: The Millenials.Arthur: Growing the future audience of The New York Times, is a critical issue for us. We have a number of ideas. But, let's start with the truth. The New York Times has never been a paper that 20 year olds go to, naturally. Are we the most read paper on college campuses? Yes, we are, in the United States. But, in truth, people come to The Times, generally speaking, when their life moves to a different phase.When they get married, and they have a job, and they have a kid going to school, and all of a sudden they're integrating into the world in a much more full way. Then the need for the kind of quality information we have becomes, I think, a little more highlighted.That said, are there products that we could be creating for our Web audience that might be more attractive to a younger audience then our current products are? I think that's worth testing. I think there are things we could be doing in that arena to learn from.Because, absolutely right, we need to continue to evolve, and continue to give the kind of robust experience to people who want the kind of quality news information we provide. We've never been the biggest newspaper. We were never the biggest newspaper in New York, in terms of circulation, ever.Martin: We were the biggest newspaper on the Web for a very long time.Arthur: We were on the Web, that's right. Because our reach, and that's clearly more and more of what our future is going to be. But it's the quality of the audience that is really the important thing, not just the size of the audience. That said, absolutely on our radar screen is, can we be creating products that might be more attractive to a younger audience? That might be getting their information on their iPhones and other handheld devices, mobile devices. Not the iPad, but the real smaller ones. That's front and center on our...Martin: But the assumption over time is that people are going to continue to appreciate quality journalism. Without that, there's really no...Arthur: If that goes away, then you're right. Our mission is gone, because that is our mission. ...

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (45)

Kara Swisher

BIO: YES: Kara Swisher is the co-CEO of Revere Digital, the ...

TRANSCRIPT: Kara: How I got here to this room? Kara: Very happily, finally. I started off in a traditional career. I was the yearbook editor in high school. I did work for the school newspaper in high school and I worked for the college newspaper at Georgetown, called the Hoya. I did really well there. I won some awards early on. When I was at Georgetown in the Foreign Service school, I read The Washington Post, which I loved. I was a great fan of the Post. It was sort of its golden era at that time. They had cut one of the reporters who covered something I had covered and done a bad job. I was angry, because it made me suspect everything else in the paper. I called the Metro editor at the time and started yelling at him. It was Larry Kramer. Now he's publisher of "USA Today." I said, "How dare you print this in the 'Washington Post'?" Of course, I didn't realize they sent the idiot to Georgetown, like "That's not the best reporter to not go and cover a speech at Georgetown University.” I thought they should do everything with excellence. He said, "Oh, you mouthy, come down and tell me this to my face." I did. I took the bus. I think it was the M15 bus, down to 15th and L with the M-something bus. Anyway, I took it down there, we had an argument and he hired me to be a stringer for Georgetown. I started writing for the Post for these different sections that they have. They have District Weekly, which was the news that wasn't news area. I wrote about the university, about students, student life, and things like that. I used those clips to get into Columbia Journalism School. I'm very traditional. When I was graduating Columbia...It was only a year program...I got a lot of offers from newspapers in small places, Arkansas. I just didn't want to move there. I was gay. It was not conducive to my life. Kara: I decided to start at the bottom of the top, so I did a stint at the city paper. I worked at "The McLaughlin Group," the TV show, even though I'm very liberal. That was a terrible experience. I just wanted to learn about television. Then I went back to the Post. I was a news aide which was higher than a copy aide. John: Which was sort of a news assistant. Right. Kara: Yeah. It was a pretty good job. They have them at the Times and lots of people start there. I was in the Style section. I had a lot of responsibility which was surprising, but once you get in there, you realize the assistants run everything. A lot of assigning, a lot of...It was really good. The Style section was at its peak. It had the great writers, Henry Mitchell, Stephanie Mansfield, Henry Allen, and people like that. They really care a lot about just the way, the writing and everything. It was a great place to learn. I got to write a lot. I took any assignment I could. Then, in order to get hired there you had to be an intern. That was the way you went in at my age, at that time. I had been a copy, a night news aide, where I delivered mail. I delivered mail there in the mail room. I had run copy up and down when they used to actually do that. I realized I just had to be an intern because that's where they hired from. I finally got into the intern program begrudgingly because I was a lower level, a yahoo. You know what I mean I was the underground people. And I did the best job of all the interns that summer. I did every kind of work for every section. I knew my way around that place. I really did a good job and they had to hire me on some level. They usually hired a Harvard person. I was just more aggressive and I did more stuff. The only job available...You had to really go sell yourself in the newsroom...was the Business section, which was a backwater. It really was a backwater. I had been really inspired by "Barbarians at the Gate," the book, and thought it was a wonderful book. John: Bryan Burrough, yep. Kara: Yeah, and I was like, "Wow, you can make business interesting." Of course you can. It's money, people, sex, great greed. He did such a great job, I thought, "That's how I want to cover business." Business is an area I was super interested in. I almost went to business school. I took a lot of courses, a course at Wharton in accounting. I was very interested in the subject. I covered everything. I covered retail, ultimately. That was a great beat because all the companies were declining especially in Washington. They were losing Garfinkel's, Woody's, Woodward & Lothrop, and Hechinger. Giant Food was doing OK, but still it was a really tough time for retailing. I was seeing up close the decimation of newspapers. I was writing about it because they were all their principal advertisers. One of the great things about Don Graham was I never heard a peep out him. I was very tough on them because they were really driving these companies into the ground. I was very young at the time. It was really instructive. I started to see what was happening, like, "Oh, this is not good for the economics of newspapers. What's going to replace it?" At the very same time when I was doing this, I was dating someone who was living in Russia. We started to do very crude version email at the time. I was instantly fascinated by these things. I started using it a lot. I wanted to get off the retail beat because I was writing about a very wealthy family called the Haft family. They owned Crown Books and Trak Auto. I wrote about their fighting amongst each other. It became a huge, fantastic story in Washington. I got very well known for it but I couldn't stand this family. I am trying to sell a book on it. They never wanted it because it was all villains. Everybody was a villain. They're just awful, rich people. Nobody was good. John: Great story. Kara: It wasn't even an anti-hero. Everyone was vile. I started covering AOL. I moved to the beat. Nobody wanted this beat. I did. I thought it was really interesting. I immediately understood the implications of what this was. I think I did way before everybody else. I was very interested in email. I got interested in all kinds of aspects of it. When the World Wide Web came and it was commercialized with legislation, which Gore was involved with, I was immediately like, "This is something big." At the time, the Post had an opportunity to invest in AOL. They went on AT&T Interchange. I was like, "No, no, no. AOL, AOL." That was interesting. You could see they couldn't see what was coming. I felt like I was like, "Oh. Oh dear. This is bad," because the retailers that were coming into town, like Walmart, do not advertise in the newspaper. I was obsessed with classifieds, like, "What this could do to..." This was such a great medium for classifieds. Even before Craigslist, I'm like, "Classifieds are expensive, static, don't work, the people are rude, and they're expensive." I was like, "The whole thing is bad. Like this is a bad product that newspapers are relying on to keep their stuff going." John: They did. Kara: They did. They rode it to the bitter end. They deserved to die. I was really fascinated. At one point, I was at a fellowship at Duke for a couple of months. I downloaded all of Calvin and Hobbes books using their servers onto...I stopped up some of their servers. They got mad at me. I was like, "But can't you see? You can download a book." I was very obsessed with the idea of "You can download anything." Everything, it was sort of Mike Teavee in Willy Wonka. You could move a chocolate bar. I kept saying, "Nobody..." Everyone was like, "Well, so what?" I'm like, "So what? If you don't need paper, you can download. There will be devices when you read on them and it won't be the computer." They had a cell phone at the Post. It was a single cell phone, I think. I used it all the time. I carried it around. I'm like, "It's gonna be small, and you're gonna have it in your hand, and it's gonna have information on it." Nobody agreed with me. They were like, "Oh, Kara, that's...Why would you put your email at the bottom of your stories?" I'm like, "Because readers write you and you have this...You know, no one is writing letters anymore." They won't write letters. I think I felt like a little bit like Jeremiah or like Saint John the Baptist. I was like, "Well..." John: You were crying in the wilderness. Kara: Yeah. I became really obsessed with AOL, what it was doing. To me, the reason they were successful at the time more so than Prodigy or the others was because they had a product that was consumer friendly. Most of technology was not consumer friendly. It was very hard to use. I had a hard time configuring it. It wasn't fun. Apple had a service, that little town thing. There was a lot of stuff that was trying at the edges of where it was going. But AOL was the first one that really... John: Tried for this. Kara: They were... John: Public. Kara: The public. Their thing was so easy to use. No wonder it's number one. I thought that was genius, so easy to use, no wonder. That's where I met Walt. He was the only person who wrote about that AOL was the better one. I used all the services. He was right. He was very enamored of the Internet too of where it as going. He convinced me to...I was writing about AOL...I got a book contract to write about them because the editor, John Karp, who is now the head of Simon and Schuster also shared my interest in this. They were called online services at the time, not the Web. John: That's right. Kara: Everyone was ignoring it. Bob Kaiser was dismissive. They were all dismissive of it. I was like, "No, no. This is a scary tsunami headed your way," like you were saying, a meteor. It was so visible and so obvious as you carried it out, like, "If this phone got small, what does that mean for telecommunications if you could take this newspaper and beam it to someone onto those phones?" If you just took a minute and understood what it did to businesses, especially the news business, you'd be very scared. I was scared. I was like, "Oh, this is bad." As great as Don Graham is, I remember when I was leaving he said, "Why are you leaving?" when I was going to The Wall Street Journal because they wanted me to cover this so I moved to San Francisco to do it. I said, "The water is rising and you are on a lower floodplain than The Wall Street Journal. That's not to say the Journal isn't going to get decimated, The New York Times, but they're higher. Eventually, the water will reach them, but you're first." It was only a cycle of negative, cutting people. John: Right. It spiraled. Kara: You could see it. You could just watch it. I had covered business, so I was like, "This is like the horse and buggy, like when the car came. Like, don't you see what's going to happen?" John: It was particularly that revenue aspect that the retailers had taught you that you focused on. Kara: Absolutely. Yes. Revenue and classifieds. I was like, "These are the twin things, and these will not exist." What do they do then? Because the Grahams feel generous? No. Nobody feels generous. Maybe just a rich billionaire who feels like owning someone, which they have now. John: Yes. Exactly. Kara: You'll see. You'll see what happens when he gets bored with his toy. John: The Journal was what year did you...? Kara: 1995, '6. I was writing a book in '95. I think I arrived in the Journal in '96, '97, somewhere in there. John: In San Fran? Kara: I moved here immediately because I think they knew. They didn't know as much either. I felt like this was where everything was happening. I had done research for my book, so I had been here. I had seen early Yahoo when they had just a few people. I met Jeff Bezos when it was tiny, tiny, tiny, tiny. They were at a really crappy headquarters in Seattle in a bad section of Seattle. I had met all of them during the process. AOL, at the time, was the biggest, the fastest growing one. I had access to all the founders, even ones that are gone now. I met Pierre Omidyar when he was leaving General Magic. John: Stepping back now, if you saw it coming, why couldn't you convince them? Kara: They just didn't believe it. They were on highs. It was really irritating. Even at the Journal, I think I've said this many times in interviews, they called it a fad. They called it CB radio. One of the reporters, who is now working for an online...I wrote him, I didn't find the email he had sent me about it...but he called it CB...Now he's working for a very online publication, like, "Ha, look what happened." They were very convinced that people wanted to read newspaper. I was like, "I don't...You know, I, I don't know why." They just couldn't get out of the medium. I was a student of history, I was like, "You watch these things happen, and they don't happen slowly. They happen quickly." This was not a drip, drip, drip thing. Literally, it was probably like people using horses and then cars. People using movies, talkies. It was better. One of the things is these people didn't use these things. I used every one of them. I could see where they... If you could envision, like right now with a lot of these watches and stuff like that, Google Glass is not what it's going to be. But it's going that...If you conceptually think about wearable everything or sensors on your body. John: Ubiquity. Kara: It's not going to be glasses on your face. You're never going to have sex again if you do that. You know what I mean? John: Right. Kara: They're wrong. They're not responding to you. You're responding to them. There's all kinds of issues. What the press does is focus on, "Oh, they're not comfortable. They're not..." I'm like, "So what?" Focus on what they mean, what they...It's sort of like obsessing on the clock when you should be able to tell what time it is. It's kind of a different thing. I don't know. There was so much resistance everywhere. Everyone hated what I was writing about. John: Do you think that Chinese wall prevented you from being heard? Do you think the Chinese wall did that? Kara: Chinese wall? It wasn't...It was like what consumers wanted to read. They had no sense of their readers. That's not a business thing. That is like, "You should know who is reading you." They didn't care to know who was reading them. They didn't care to talk to readers. They didn't care to look how they consume things themselves. They liked their little worlds they had built where they talked down to people where there was no back and forth. Where there was no talking back. Where there was this disgruntled readership that didn't get they wanted. The minute these people got they wanted, they jumped for it. John: They jumped. I can remember it. Wall Street Journal in 1989 doing focus groups across the country as we went from two to three. To come back, bang my head on the desk because 90 percent of the readers didn't read anything but the front page. Kara: Right. John: Because the "What's News: World-Wide" gave them enough. Kara: I think about that in the digital sense. That's the way it is. A lot of things...these longer stories that were...not that they're not laudable...reporters just go on and admire each other. Some of the stories are laudable and should be released, these great New York Times' pieces on Ebola. No one's doing a better job. There are several places doing a great job. You don't get that level of quality but there can't be...that just can't replicate itself over and over and over again, when you can get it. When you can get a lot of news...Their first instinct was to call it trashy or crappy. That was true at the beginning but my argument was people get better and you will get worse. It will improve. Look at BuzzFeed. They're now hiring people covering. You know what I mean? They want to move upstream because of advertisers and things like that. You can move quickly from downstream to upstream rather than the other way around. John: You're saying the speed of the transition didn't surprise you. Kara: No. It was clear because of these devices. Once the iPhone came out, I was like, "Oh. Game over." That's a computer in your hand. Just because they got it right. There were versions of it, it wasn't right. You know the Blackberry didn't look quite right. You couldn't read a browser on it. Once the iPhone came, I was like, "Oh dear. That's the end of that." John: What were the other inflection points? The iPhone, what else? Kara: The Web itself. The World Wide Web and the links, the hyperlinks. The Mozilla browser, again, when I saw that thing, "Oh. A reader for this." It was so easy to use. It was understandable. It's still crude if you really think about it. It's not...It should be touch-screen and very intuitive and very...it's headed that way. It's slowly getting to where it needs to be. Once you started to see these laptops, it's people moving around. I think the phone to me was the greatest moment. John: The phone to you... Kara: When Andrew Sullivan had a blog. I kept bugging the journal about it. I'm like, "Hey. This is interesting." When we saw a bunch of these tech blogs, most of which were shoddy. I'm like, "Why can't we do this?" Let's take our quality stuff and go in here and steal it. Let's steal the land. This is a land grab. Let's steal the land. We have the quality. Why don't we combine the quickness, the sense of humor, and personality with the quality of reporting and the ethical standards and then create. That's wow. Create a better product for them and just kick them out. They've already plowed the field. People are getting used to reading. To me, my grandfather always said to me, "If people are hungry, they will eat dog food." They were eating dog food, but let's give them a nutritious meal, if they're interested in it. You could see, not just young people, it was myself. I hadn't picked up a newspaper. I read everything online. I just watched my own habits. Just right now, I haven't been to a movie in a year. It's not because I have kids. It's because I just don't. I watched them online. I watched them on demand. My television habits changed really quickly once it became available to me the kind of choices that I wanted it. John: One could have argued that among the newspapers of that era, the Journal was better, should have been able to make the leap because all of the reporters of the Journal were filing for Dow Jones newswires, anyways. Kara: They tried a number of things under Rich Jaroslovsky. They tried a bunch of stuff. I think they were trying to create a consumer product too early. People were not ready. The consumers weren't quite there. It was a little heavy. It was a little graphics heavy. It was very much...Essentially, it was porting the newspaper onto the Web, which wasn't quite right. They didn't quite understand how the people wanted to consume this stuff. They didn't consult the readers, like, "What would you like...?" The readers, to be fair, didn't know what they wanted either. One thing they did want is great content. That never has changed. John: It hasn’t but it can be nebulous. Define… Kara: They still read longer stuff. That's not true. They do read...Look at the stuff with California Sunday going on that I think is interesting. Some of the Times' stuff is...People do consume it. It's just...They like...Maybe, half of the stuff should have been shorter. One of the things that Gordon Crovitz from the Journal, and I agree with this, used to do, he would circle everything that he didn't know from the day before in the paper. That was in the morning paper. He would circle everything that was new and the circles got fewer and fewer and fewer because he knew. Why print this earnings People were already getting on the Web. They were like, "Oh, because we do it that way." I'm like, "OK. I'm sure we could churn butter, too. Guess what? There's a store just around the corner that has butter. Why am I churning it?" That iterated itself constantly. They weren't trying to create a product that was new and fresh based on what people already knew. It's the way they did it, the deadline system. "It's six o'clock! Because it's six o'clock! Why is it six o'clock? Because it's six o'clock." No! That's not an excuse. Guess what? It's 24- hour news cycle now. I like that. Who cares about the deadline but a reporter? There's no such thing. They'll get it done. They didn't want to stop. I think it's a function of age. It's a function of "I don't use this stuff. This is for the kids." John: There's always a bias of the status quo. Kara: Why not? It's comfortable. John: Tell me about this. When you moved out to San Francisco, what was the ecology among the journalists? At the beginning, there were very few people. Kara: Very few. It was me and Markoff. Markoff was writing more about chips and security at that time. He had moved really...He's more science focused and more real technology. I was more literally like, "What time is it?" rather than "What's inside the clock?" A lot of tech reporters wrote about what's inside. "Here's how the machine works." It's like, "Who the hell cares how that f*cking Internet works?" I was not interested. I was interested in the silent impact, the business impact, what it did, the products they would make versus how it worked. Do you know how a television works? No. Would you need to know? No. You need to know the different shows that are on. You need to know the business behind it and stuff like that. A lot of the reporters were very techy, very geeky. John: Many of the reporters began as they would start to program. Kara: Technical. Which was great, but it doesn't really get you far. It wasn't narratively based. I was very interested in the narrative. I was always interested in narratives and that's why I wrote books. It was like, "Here's the story. The narrative of any of our great inventors, Einstein, Benjamin Franklin, that's more interesting than how the lightning actually works. That's interesting to some people, but the narrative is life. It's more interesting. John: Was there camaraderie or was there competition? What was that..? Kara: Nobody was doing it. John: Nobody was doing it? Kara: No! I wrote a lot of unusual stories. I remember the time. They got a lot of attention, because I would write about, "These geeks don't wear nice clothes," or "Hey, they think the great restaurant is a taco stand at the corner of Mission and Fourth. "Hey, this guy who has a hundred million dollars lives in a one- room walk up." This is the unusual culture here. Here are their headquarters. Their nursery schools. You know what I mean? They have lollipops and slides for their workers. I wanted to write a lot about the culture and the crazy business. Here's a million dollars, you have no revenue. I thought that was interesting. John: What changed in the culture out here? Kara: It hasn't really. I mean, changed how? Meaning? John: I mean money. Kara: Money. John: Money makes a difference. Money has influence. Kara: It does and success. Some of them succeed, some of them failed wildly, incredibly, fantastically. A lot them did succeeded. First, there was the bubble stuff. That just got out of hand. That's normal in every single economic boom of a new medium. There were 9,000 training companies. There were 9,000 car companies. Then, there weren't. Then there were three. That's what happens. This is what happened here. There were lots of them and then there's Google, Yahoo, and blank. John: There is a drive to monopolization. Kara: There is almost. John: Almost. Kara: In this case though, there was more proclivity to be lots of...you didn't know where the next challenge was going to come. I don't think Google foresaw Facebook at all. I don't think Facebook foresees whatever is going to take over Facebook. John: That's bad. Kara: That's the thing. That's the scary part. The young eats its old here. John: You are absolutely comfortable if you talk with that transition in the audience between snail mail and not, speaking with authority and no one talks back, to everyone talks back. Kara: I like that. I always like readers. I always thought readers were smarter. I got a lot of my tips from readers. Reporters hate talking to readers. They hate readers. John: Why is that? Kara: I don't know. Paul Fahri and I at the Washington Post used to have a thing. We had stories that were very popular. They weren't light. They were just fun to read. They were interesting. We used to call up the NBR society, Nothing But Readers. Reporters were often writing for each other. We were like, "We're the NBR...We're Nothing But Readers." That's who likes us and that's all we care about. We always focused on that. What would a reader be interested in…? What would delight them? What would inform them? What would make them go, "What?!" John: Surprise, right? Kara: That's a fact. That's where you have to be, I think. Still today, you want to do that on the Web and you can succeed if you keep doing that, in terms of...There's different levels of success but you generally succeed if you... It's the same formula. I think a lot of these newspapers got willfully boring or lazy so you had really poor and shoddy press release stuff or you had stuff that was too...long is not right. It was just too insider stuff. John: Too insider. Yet, what you saw during your time out here, is a tremendous sort of flooding the zone. All the media, the number of assets, the amount of manpower, the amount of time spent devoted to tech whether it's the Journal or the Times, whether it's World Outside. It's huge. Kara: It is huge. They did it in this way, this panicked way rather than a...It's hard. My feeling is if someone's going to eat your lunch, it might as well be you. You know what I mean? You're getting lunch eaten no matter what. Someone's going to replace you. Maybe these companies were not capable of doing it. Just should have been like, "You know what? We're going to make our product until time runs out and then we're going to move on." They put people in charge who were actively hostile to it. They didn't like it. "When will this Internet thing go away?" Instead of it being a permanent state of our living. That's one of the things I think that was hard. The people in charge. Look at Bob Kaiser's book. I was like, "What? He doesn't like change." Then he embraced it, of course. A lot of the people who were very hostile are now very embracing of it. John: Better late than never. Kara: I guess, whatever. It was sort of a lack of understanding of the reader. To me, it goes back to lack of understanding of the consumer. You could, not just your kids, you can watch yourself, what you're doing, what kind of things you're doing. Just like with this car stuff. You're using Uber a lot more. Do you need a car? I keep saying you're not going to... I give this speech and everyone's like, "Oh no, Kara." I'm like, "In 15 years a car will be like owning a horse. You're not going to own a car if you live in the city. Why? It's expensive. You take that money and do something else." There's no need. John: By the same token, the level of transparency and how the readers react now is multitudes greater than it ever was. Kara: Yes. John: In the old days, you never knew if a reader read the to the bottom of a story. Now you can find out. Kara: At some level, you have to ignore little bit of it. It's like being a chef. If you cook for whatever you want it ends up a slop. There is some level of taste. If we did that we'd write Apple stories all day long. We would have a huge traffic not Apple now, but different… Snapchat. Whatever. There is a level of choice and taste. Like "OK you want to read about this but we're going to let you read about women in tech. We're going to write about Gamergate the way people are talking about women. You may not be interested, but we are." There is some level of guiding... John: Taste and discrimination. Kara: Yes, 100 percent. That's why The New York Times is still great. You don't agree with them that's one thing. But they certainly have a point of view. John: There's always the thing you're doing with reporters is what was always done classically is triage. This is worth X, this is worth Y, this is worth 3X. Kara: They're doing more stories of meaning and what it means. I think people are so confused by all the rush of news. There's a real space for people to explain it like, "OK, don't worry about this. Worry about this. Yes, you should not do this." That's truthful voices. I think what's interesting lately everyone's like, "Kara, she tells it like it is." I've always told it like it is but now people like it. It's a voice that says, "You know this thing at Microsoft? That was a stupid thing and he was stupid to say it. Guess what? It's all over Silicon Valley. Guess what? They pretend it's a meritocracy, it's not. 72 percent of them are men." I just say that and it's like, "Oh, the truth." I'm like, "The truth? The truth is out there." Like this kind of stuff and that has power. In a way you can amplify that on the Web in a great way. John: Is reader growth, reader skill discriminating what to read and what not to read? Is that growing? Kara: I think it is. I've always thought it was. I think there's a disdain for readers. I just think there's a bigger disdain for readers among the media that they don't...I trust my readers much more than I trust other reporters. John: Do you think the readers in a world full of, what somebody said, "Infobesity," too much information? Kara: That's funny. John: Are readers going to get to the point where they can discriminate themselves? Kara: Yes. You're thinking of them as children. They're not. It's like when they go to the supermarket, they know that when they're buying the Pop Tarts, they know what they're doing. Don't assume everybody is stupid. They're buying the Pop Tarts because they want to eat the frigging Pop Tarts. I don't think people want shoddy things. You don't go to the store and say, "Hey, I'd like the tainted meat. Please give me the tainted meat." They don't. They really do have a sense of what they want. It's just you don't like what they want. It's like my kids like, Vines. Guess what? They're not watching, Gilligan's Island or whatever the heck stupid thing I ever watched. They watch Vines. That's what they like. My kids know what they like. The things they like are not all stupid. Some of them seem stupid to me, but they're not. I can see the appeal of it. It's just a different thing. They're very clear on the things that they want to choose. I think that's lost on a lot of media people. John: It's funny to be talking the day after the, "Bay Guardian," closes. Kara: That was sad. John: What does that say to you? Kara: It says, "The Bay Guardian is closing. Nobody gets to read that." I don't know. I think we agonize over those things. The financial situation for them was bad. Again, listings. I work for the City Paper. I know that business, that's bad. Listings are so digital. That's done, then. The small businesses to be able to reach people, now they do it on Groupon or whatever the heck they use. Every bit of the…that was a financial situation. Some of their content had been not responsive to what people wanted. That to me was... John: Financial. Kara: I think they held on a lot longer than I thought because literally there were two tenants in their business. Small businesses and listings have long gone away. It seemed like that. Right? It was small businesses? I mean, I remember the City Paper, it was like the pizza place, the... John: You had to sell in a lower CPM than The Washington Post . Kara: Yeah, the vintage store, the local restaurants, the couponing. You know what? People don't read that way. People don't read the hand-out newspapers, they just don't. John: Those papers like the Bay Guardian, they were counting on people, ithanging around for seven days. Kara: To me it was such an obvious economic problem. People don't read newspapers. They don't read newspapers. They read it on their thing. I don't know. Could they have made a product that...? It's probably hard. I don't know what I would have done with that stuff. John: Talk about the transition that you've lived through between sublimating ourselves to an institution or sublimating our brand to an institution versus becoming a brand yourself. Kara: I know, this, "Brand of Me." I hated working for a big institution. I'm a difficult person. I just realized that the hierarchical structure of a newspaper exhausted me. All the politics exhausted me, all of the politics of paying reporters. The competition among reporters was ridiculous. It was such a waste of my time. The idea like, "Why aren't you in the office?" I remember that. I was like, "I'm the most productive member of your group." I used to say, "I'm at the movies." You know what I mean? Am I 12 and you have to tell me? I don't even treat my 12-year-old like that. It was just that sort of Daddy-culture. The editors. It was editor-driven and I never liked that because I thought they sat in their seats and didn't know what they were talking about. In our place, our reporters tell me what's important. I have opinions but if they don't know better than me, I have a problem. John: Are you comfortable with them building their brand rather than re/Code’s brand? Kara: Yes. I want them to lead. Yes. They can do both because it shows an excellence. If The New York Times keeps trying to poach us, what does that say? We're doing something great here. I'm good. That's right. You can't train them up at The New York Times. You can't, obviously. You have no ability to take young people and bring them up. They have none. All they can do is steal. That's interesting. John: All right. Here's one coming back at you. Here's an anecdote about, "Justice League of America." Kara: Oh yeah, that. John: Tell me about that. Kara: That was the idea. That was with Markoff, I think he was involved, and Mossberg, Who else was involved in that? There was a bunch of people. It was the same idea. We thought we were the bomb. We really did. People were listening to us. It started to get very clear that it wasn't because...Mossberg was not bigger than The Journal, but he wasn't smaller. It went well together. Markoff, wasn't bigger than The Times, but he was. He had followers who liked Markoff. John: Was Steven there? Kara: I think Steven might have been. John: He was at Gillmor? Kara: Gillmor. These were people who had voices and interesting voices. Walt, if you think about it was the blogger before there were bloggers. You trusted Walt. That's kind of an old-timey thing too in lots of ways. You trusted certain people. I think that the idea was to get us together...It was almost like United Artists. Remember when that happened? John: Yes. Kara: What could we do? People liked us. They didn't need the brands? It became very clear to us. We do not need The Wall Street Journal to make me interesting or Walt interesting. I did not need to have The Washington Post behind me for sure. You could see it when all these other bloggers popped up like Andrew or whatever you think of Michael Arrington at TechCrunch. He was the show. He built a brand out of nothing. It iterated everywhere. It was in sports. It was in politics. When "Politico" first came around I was like, "You guys should invest in this" to Don. Why? If it's good people, will go to it. This audience moves to things they like. When Arianna started at Huffington Post and she got attacked a lot...I think there was a particularly nasty piece of work about Arianna...I wrote her a note and said, "Keep doing..." That was my idea for the Journal, "Let's create a tech protocol, a blog thing where we invite people in and stuff like that." When she did it, I was like, "Damn, she did it." It wasn't a fresh idea, lots of people were thinking like this but she pulled it off flawlessly. I wrote her a note saying, "Ignore all your critics, keep doing what you're doing. It's perfect. I love it." Like you admire it and you're like, "That's exactly what I'm going to do all the time." When she did that that was really important. She's been much more important than people really...People like to mock her, but I don't. I never do. They love to. John: Why didn't The Justice League of America take off? Kara: Because the timing was wrong. I have a napkin where I was promised $10 million for it. I don't know why. It just wasn't the time. I was ready to go, but they weren't a little bit. Again, I was a difficult employee. I didn't like listening to editors. They would cut things...I didn't think the editing was so bad. It's just that I really didn't like to be told by a New York editor what was happening in Silicon Valley, "Here's what the real story is." I was like, "No, no, no. I was just with these people. This is the real story." "No, but really what we want to say is." I'm like, "No, that's not what we want to say." The other part I didn't like and some people were more comfortable with was, they used to call it the to-be-sure statement. That's a Journal special, right? We were writing about Webvan or one of them and I was like, "This is a frigging disaster." I'd done the reporting so it wasn't like it was based in my punditry, like I just decided to declare. This was reported and I just wanted to say it, "This is a full-class cluster-f*ck going on here. The money's going to get lost and it's going to be a disaster." The Journal was like, "Let's get an analyst to say that." I was like, "Why? I can tell you. I know business. I'm looking at the numbers. I've done the reporting. This is a disaster." "Let's get an analyst." Then you had the, "To be sure, some people feel that duh, duh, duh." I didn't think the idea wasn't going to happen, this delivery service. I think now it's really finally coming...It's working. It has the right elements. Some ideas just take time, even if they fail the first time. That's very common in Silicon Valley. I just hated the "To be sure. To be sure some people say that Webvan could be a success." John: In a certain period we said, "At some point, tech will change the world. To be sure many people have thought duh, duh, duh, duh." Kara: To be sure, perhaps the meteor headed directly for us will hit somewhere else. Like, "To be sure, it's going to hit us." I hated that. Why not just say so? A good example is Yahoo. Two years ago I was like, "All right, she looks good but I've got to tell you. First of all, she's never run anything, never had a P&L in her life, she was sort of trouble at Google to say the least, they didn't like her. She's not the star that you think she is. I know it looks like that. "Guess what? They have this Chinese asset that's going to get the stock up. Their core business is declining. Here's the statistics, blank, blank, blank, blank, blank." Everyone was like, "Oh, you're attacking her." I was like, "No, no, no. Look at the core business what it's doing. Every quarter it's declining. Look at Facebook's business, it's going up. Google's going up. "It's hard to do badly in this fast-growing industry. But they're doing it. Something's wrong with their technology or their staff or their salespeople." I said, "Because, to be a failure in online advertising during this period takes an effort. To be this bad you have to really try to be bad." I kept saying it. I was like, "I don't care. Once this Chinese thing is gone they're screwed." Now, all of a sudden, The New York Times writes a piece, "Oh, she's facing some headwinds." I'm like, "Yeah, to say the frigging least." I was saying, "Look, you can say all you want, 'She looks good and free iPhones. Yeah for everybody,' but guess what? This business is severely challenged." Instead of not saying it, I said it. That was more powerful. Now that it's happened that way, I look like a genius but it wasn't a genius thing to say. If you did your homework, it was obvious what was going to happen in that regard. Now, I don't get it right on all of them. I was completely wrong about Facebook. I thought it was a little bit of a flash in the pan and I was wrong. I didn't love eBay at the time it started. In certain cases if you do your homework, you should be declarative. That's why I want to create stars. I want Peter Kafka when Comcast or someone does some deal thing, "Look this is bullsh*t." I want him to say, "Look, this is bullsh*t. Here's their reporting but do you know why they're doing this? Because of streaming, they have to do streaming, because downloading is dying. Because nobody's buying downloads anymore and that's why they're pretending to be like this." In the case of HP, the split. They're touting it as a this. I just wrote, "This is a well-orchestrated disaster. Well done, but it's not from a position of strength you split up your company." We just say it. I think readers like that. We're saying it from reporting. We do not say it from loudmouth. I want my reporters to be like that. In the extras, people are confused. If we did the reporting, we could come back and pretty safely say, "Here's what's really going on." That's so invaluable to people. The great reporters of The Times and The Journal do that. John: Yeah, do that. Here's a question. In a journalistic environment what has been the influence of covering an industry where the wealth and influence has only grown? Is it corruptive on journalism? Kara: A lot of people have left journalism. I've had offers out the yin-yang. I haven't taken any. Money unfortunately doesn't motivate me. I wish it did. I never thought about it. When I think about it I could be extraordinarily wealthy at this point. I think the people that leave, leave. I don't know what the effect is, what's the corrosive effect. We didn't take money from any... Kara: Do I need a new party that has nicer shrimp? John: Somebody said to me that the problem is that you're confronted with that wealth all the time. Kara: If you care about money, yes, that's corrosive. You should get out. There's a lot of anger towards them. But then, just do it, it's not that hard. They're not that smart. Many of them are smart, most of them aren't. I think a lot of people have gotten out and worked for companies. Some people have moved to like a Google. A bunch of reporters went to venture capital firms. It was interesting. I'm not sure why that was, to be their storytellers. I think that's just soulless. I would want to kill myself. By the way, I make a ton of money doing this, being an entrepreneur so I don't know what corrosive is. I don't think you can get bought by a nice shrimp. Actually they don't throw that good a party. DC has better parties. John: It's twofold. Number one, covering politics as someone said to me the other day... Kara: You're a media insider. John: ...you're playing access. You want to get access. Once you get that access... Kara: You want to keep it. John: ...you know you're sacrificing the distance that maybe you need. Kara: That's always an issue. We try to bite them on a regular basis to let them understand what we're doing. I suppose we could bite harder. We could probably bite harder. I like Valleywag and stuff like that, but sometimes every story's the same. It's like, "They're all assholes." They're all stupid? That's not true. But that's their shtick. I agree. I like those fresh voices saying, "This is bullsh*t." Not every entrepreneur is a douche. Many of them are. I don't think we get things for access. I think if something goes bad we're pretty much on it. We are. Not everybody is, but that's their choice. John: How do you think our craft, our profession did covering this transition over the last 20 years? Kara: I thought it was negative, scary. Fearful of it. Aside from some various series, like The Journal's privacy series, I thought was great. I don't think people care. That's another issue. I don't think people care that they're giving away their privacy. Some of the deceptive practices, it certainly was nice to see the light shone on those. I think that a lot of it is fear-based, a lot of the coverage, or else it's cheerleader. John: It seems to be bipolar in that way? Kara: Like, "This can only go up and to the right." Maybe not. I've seen a couple of things really crash. There's not a lot of real deep scrutiny. At the same time, there's a lot of...I'm like, "Every year The Journal writes the excessive party stories. Like, "Oh, gosh, that again?" That kind of thing. It's like, "Now it's at its peak." I'm like, "No, no. Actually '97 was at its peak. Trust me. I was at those parties." The Times does these Facebook stories the same every year. I think one of the editors discovers, like, "Hey, did you know on this Snapchat people sext? We need to get on that." It's like, "Guess what? People have sexted in some form since the beginning of time. Go look at the ruins in France. They're writing dirty cartoons on the walls." That makes me laugh. John: If you're optimistic about the future, how do we drive that deeper scrutiny that we're not getting right now? Kara: There are certain great topics right now like diversity and gender issues in tech. That's a great story. This is our greatest industry. It is our greatest industry. It's the leading industry in the world and we still have this nagging problem with sexism. The new thing is "unconscious bias," which I think is actually true, but it's essentially, "I have an excuse for being an idiot, I wasn't paying attention," instead of the obvious sexism. I think that's an interesting issue. I think the stupidity of some of these...The expression I use is, "There's a lot of great minds chasing small ideas." When are they going to get involved in the big ideas and come out of their stupid bubble? Like around poverty, around healthcare, around all kinds of things. These minds could be better served focusing a little bit more on important issues. They want to separate themselves from government. They don't want to fix government. They just want to ignore it. I'm like, "You know what, guess what? World War II went pretty well for all of us." Do you know what I mean? John: I know. The problem is... Kara: They have a Tea Party mentality in a weird way. John: The problem is that Silicon Valley has become a model for the world. Kara: Yes, but it isn't. We're doing a City series about how innovation is created. We just did this Vegas thing. There's a lot of problems about trying to create happiness and innovation. We had suicides, there were layoffs, it doesn't work, people don't want the things. It's very soulless. Humanity is always looking for answers and there really isn't. I think we shouldn't use these people as icons. It's another thing. But they are. They're the celebrities of this age. John: To a degree we cover them as celebrities. Kara: We do. We definitely cover them as celebrities. On our interviews, we're pretty tough on them in those interviews. They like to come back for more. I'll tell you that. That's fascinating to me. The smart people...You know Jobs came back year-after-year and some of those interviews got rather testy but he liked the challenge. He liked to try his tricky reality... John: It's a throw down. Kara: Yeah, and Mark has been really good. Unfortunately he didn't do very well at one of our things. One good thing about these people, what I always think about is that these are the founders. That's unusual. People who run Hollywood and Detroit are not the founders. Those founders died a long time ago. These are the founders. It's like, "How would you cover Thomas Edison?" He's a flawed figure. How would you cover him today? How would you cover Einstein? How would you cover any of the great industrialists, Henry Ford and stuff like that? You're going to get a certain element of religiosity, like "Jihadism" even. I don't know if Jihad is the right word because it's a terrible word to use. But it's religious. There are zealots. John: Zealotry. Kara: They're the founders. They're going to be gone at some point and they founded something really profound here, something major, big, and important. That's why it's a more difficult thing to cover because they really have accomplished something. It's like the people who made the cars. Whoever made cars, boy was that an accomplishment. Whoever made rockets, that was an accomplishment. That moved humanity forward, maybe not forever. Certainly the Internet, the people who have done stuff. You meet Marc Andreessen, he created the frigging browser. Guess what? Everyone uses it. It changed everything. That's kind of an exciting part of it. You do have to have a little bit of awe about it, but not like a, "Gee whiz," or anything like that. Now you hold them to account for today but there is something fascinating about being around founders versus..These were the first. John: Fair enough. Kara: Like meeting Columbus. Guess what? You get to interview Columbus every day. It's like, "Wow." It didn't turn out well for him. John: Fair enough. Two last questions. Number one, are journalists getting side stepped now by these companies? They come back more to talk with you. But, a company is using other... Kara: So far, not us. They try, but I am tricky. I was just at Twitter, and we had got the memo about Vivian within seconds of them putting it out, it's not a big deal to get someone's memo, but they were like, "We didn't want to put it out that way." I am like, "Oh, too bad for you, I am just putting out a memo." They were like, "How did you get that?" I am like, "I am not telling you how I got it." We're always poking at them. They still get so much over on me, that it drives me crazy, but, if I really wanted to focus on them, a tricky crafty reporter can always f*ck with them, every time. If you are a really good reporter, you make the calls, you call, you call, you call. You develop relationships, you ask questions, you can screw with just about anybody. I don't mean screw with them. They can't put one over on you, if you really apply yourself. The issue is, in the fast moving pace of it, we are being sloppy. I think about that a lot. We don't spend a lot of time. We need to spend more time but it's moving so fast, we just touch it and so we miss that scrutiny that requires thought. I don't think a lot, and I wish I had time to think. John: That's the flip side of the deadline. In the deadline, we have 24 hours to think. Kara: Right, but now I don't think enough. Even then, you couldn't quite put together the real thing. I would like more time, but, that's gone in this era. Unfortunately, we fill it in with our phones and our...My sons, when they are on their phones, I would say, "Come on, It's dinner time. Put that down. Let the music...in different ways, and not all the time." They look in, just a second, just to say, "Could you just, one more thing?" There's always one more thing on that f*cking thing. There is always, it never ends, that is an endless library, an endless entertainment device, there's always something interesting, there's someone talking to you, it's so immersive. It's not just entertainment. It's entertainment, it's knowledge, it's social, it's feedback, it's being loved. You could be with that your whole life, and you would be perfectly happy or something. John: It is Encyclopedia Britannica and the television... Kara: The television, and the telephone, and letters. It's always on, and that's the problem with it. That everything is always on, so, you can't...Even when we are doing this business, I am like, "I have to sit and think about what we want to be because I think I am making decisions..." I was talking to someone, I got all sucked up into an SEO decision, I thought, "Did you really want to go for the traffic because, guess what? I can't get to the level I need to, to make enough money. Why don't I go another...?" Just the ability to think, "Perhaps the direction I'm going in...Is it a different direction I should be going in? Maybe I shouldn't chase that one." That's the kind of thing that you have to think about. Are you being true to what you should be? It's really hard when there's such a fast pace. John: When the momentum is pushing against that. Kara: Yeah, it's like, "Oh, you should do that. You should do Pinterest." I'm like, "Yeah, yeah, eh, eh." It doesn't give you time to think, so that's the only thing. I don't want to do the Arianna slow-it-down thing, because it's like saying, "This is the pace." John: No, you're fighting against the... Kara: How do you make decisions? I think a lot of bad decisions...I can imagine the panic at the New York Times right now. I wish they didn't have to be under that financial pressure, but they are. I wish a billionaire would just buy them, and then could just do what they do beautifully. That's probably what's going to happen, would be my guess. We need a good billionaire. John: Are you optimistic or pessimistic about the future of journalism, about the craft? Kara: I'm optimistic about journalism. I'm not optimistic about newspapers. I think it's over. John: About journalism, you're optimistic. Kara: Yes, I think content...people get creative. People are super creative. We may not work out. Someone's going to get it right, and then they won't. What I don't have is a romantic attachment to a way of life, because I never thought that...People have this romantic attachment, "Ooh, it was like..." I'm like, "You know what? It wasn't so good for women. It wasn't so good for blacks. It wasn't so good for customers." It was good for a group of people, but...and it wasn't such good journalism, by the way. Some of it was, but boy, is more good information out there for users than ever before. I think people love great content, and smart people will find a way to do it. It may be under economic things. I may not be. I'm utterly not optimistic for things like The Times. I'm worried for that. Again, I hope someone buys it and they figure out some things that are economically more amenable, and still keep up the excellence. It may be smaller. It will be smaller. But we prove...We have a very small team here we kick some ass, some significant ass. Do you need that many people? They never think that way, like, "Are you actually being..." I think about it all the time, "Do I need this? What can I do differently?" I'm doing that all the time. I don't think people at newspapers are, because they've been enwrapped in cotton batting their whole time. John: It's hard for someone who's used to being general interest to decide what not to cover. Kara: Right, except they've been moving towards that forever, through the sections and stuff. John: There's always a rhythm... Kara: How do you keep that incredible quality and incredible institution? I think about The New York Times all the time. I could care less for the Wall Street Journal. I don't think it's as excellent as it was. The New York Times, to me, it is an iconic...maybe it's because I'm a certain era. But I think for a lot of people, it's really...I read it some days, I'm like, "That is f*cking good. Like good." How can we do a business, where this can stay this good? A lot of it isn't good. I think, unfortunately, it has to do with a lot of cutting. That's going to be hard, because they don't think they can do that kind of cutting. But, sometimes in scarcity there's greatness. John: Sometimes there is, but it's a tough epiphany to get to. Kara: But look at Time Magazine. They have those dinners and those whiskeys. Do we need that? No, they enjoyed it, right? By the way, the stuff wasn't so good. Some of it was, some of it wasn't, but that just doesn't fly anymore and it shouldn't fly. Nobody wants that, and nobody wants a week-old thing. They got like, "Oh, I can't believe it." I'm like, "Can't believe it? Why would you want a week-old thing?" People just don't want it. People don't want to wear scabbards anymore. We're not fighting that way anymore. That's how journalists get. They get all up in their grill, you know what I mean? Like, "Oh, I can't believe it!" I'm like, "When's the last time you read a book?" John: It's funny for a profession, where there is always attention deficit disorder. They get so attached. Kara: Oh, sure, they do. They're the most risk-adverse people on earth. Their first instinct is, "How does this suck?" Maybe that's a good thing, but, honestly, some days I'm like, "Maybe it doesn't. Maybe you need to change." I think that's the last...self- criticizing. They can go on and on about someone's business and then they can't do it to themselves. At The Journal, when I was there, I wanted to do a piece on the troubles that The Journal's financials were going to go into in this new digital age and take it apart. They wouldn't do it. I'm like "Let's examine ourselves. Let's actually hold a flame right up to us." "No, why would we do that?" I'm like, "Are you kidding? If we did it to ourselves, what a sensation!" The end of the story, we go, 'Oh, no. We're screwed.' Wouldn't that be something?" Nah, they wouldn't...I thought that would be fun. John: For the next chapter. Kara: I don't know, we'll see. Rupert will keep it alive. He wants to live, a lot of parties, and whatever. He'll keep alive until he keels, and then the family's like, "Enough of this." John: Let them decide, yeah. Kara: Unless they like. John: They can afford it. Kara: For now, they can. John: For now, they can. Kara: As long as there's "Planet of the Apes VI," I guess they can. That's what keeps them going, right? John: That's the, "Where there's life, there's hope," mentality. Kara: Yeah, they'll be fine until then. I don't know if I'd buy a newspaper if I was that rich. Maybe I would. Why not? It'd be interesting. John: Thank you. Kara: Thank you so much. This is a great project....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (46)

Jim VandeHei

BIO: YES: Jim VandeHei is executive editor and co-founder of...

TRANSCRIPT: Peter Hamby: Go back to The Post days. Was there a crystallizing moment for you guys when you realized that the digital space had a real future for both your careers and news in general? Was there some founding moment?Jim VandeHei: Harris?John Harris: No, there wasn't a light switch that went off. Anytime, starting from the late '90s onward, people became more and more aware of how the web was going to influence the future of all journalists. I became increasingly struck, over in The Post, that how much of impact that our stories had been moved into a digital space, but how much of our professional work lives, our daily routines, our mental habits, were still grounded on the once every day the paper comes out rhythm. I grew, over time, increasingly distressed by that, because it seemed to me a real disconnect between where our audience was and where our effort was. But that wasn't a light switch moment, that was something that happened over time.Jim: Yeah, I remember back then The Post was actually two physically different companies. One was a digital company on this side of the river, the other was the newspaper company in DC. Nobody was going from the newspaper over to digital. This is mid 2006, when almost nobody's going online, and for us it was never like, "Oh my god, The Post is sinking, we've got to get out of here. We've got some brilliant prophecy, that we know what the future is," it was more a conversation about, "We've got this really cool idea, we're looking at what's happening on cable, what's happening on the Internet, and the opportunity where journalists who have their own brand can really make a mark."That was really the evolution of Politico, was saying, "What if we just got six or eight of us together, started a company, we know we're going to break news, we know we'll get on TV, we know we can get people to pay attention. Let's see if that could actually be the germ of a company."Peter: But did you have an idea that you took to your superiors at The Post?Jim: It evolved from that.Peter: So what was that idea?Jim: It was essentially an evolution of what we've just described. It was that we had an idea that, once we went and talked to people who were much smarter than we were, and had money that we certainly didn't have any access to, about the economics of this. Could you create a website that was built around just being really interesting, breaking news, driving a conversation, day to day? Could you build a business model around that? I think with each conversation we had, many of them with friends of John's from over the years, everyone was like, "Yes, yes, yes, yes."John: What we believed then, and still believe, is that the digital space rewards niche publications that can really organize themselves editorially, organize themselves in terms of a business model around a single subject, or at least a single set of closely related subjects. That's really hard for the general interest news organization. We wanted to be a specialized site, with reports reflecting that specialization. In other words not generals, but people who really knew politics, and knew government well. We talked about building that kind of space within The Post as kind of a site within a site, as one idea. Simultaneously with that, we had an offer to try to build that site from scratch.Peter: From outside?John: From outside.Peter: What happened when you talked to the folks at The Post, when you took this argument to them, or the idea? What was their reaction? What were the conversations like?John: There were a lot of people at The Post at that time, and I think that's still true of the people over at The Post, who are thinking very hard and very seriously, conscientiously, about these questions. They were intrigued and enthusiastic to try different ideas. There was certainly a possibility that we would have stayed at The Post and tried to go with this site within a site strategy. In the end, it ended up being more attractive, and I think more successful than it could have been by starting from scratch rather than trying to build within an existing brand and an existing institution.Jim: An existing institution would have strangled the idea. The reason I think it worked is we were able to move so quickly and not have any of the baggage of being a legacy institution. Nothing against The Post. It was just a big newspaper that was getting the bulk of its money from the newspaper. The idea that suddenly they were going to give us the freedom to really build something in isolation, I think they wanted to do that, and I think in retrospect it would have been really hard for them to do that.Peter: You used the word baggage. What else do you see as baggage from a legacy?Jim: It's what's killing newspapers. The baggage that I described is just the fact that they went through years and years and years, a generation of profitability, and they were newspapers. They were used to putting on a physical newspaper, and that creates rhythms, that creates demands, that creates a certain type of reporter. Obviously when you say, "You've got to change that." You've got to move quicker, you've got to be on digital, you've got to have people who maybe are mediocre reporters or they're solid reporters, but they're not household names, and you suddenly look at a media culture that's certainly rewarding people that were doing distinctive work or were household names. People that can get on TV, people that can break news, people that can write stories that are going to get clicked around.That's a tough transition to make. It's tough to do from scratch. Just really tough. It's tough for any big institution to change quickly. It's the reason reinventing government is hard, it's the reason that restructuring a corporation is difficult. You get habits ingrained into a company that are very difficult to undo.Peter: How confident were you that this digital venture would work? Did you have metrics and numbers to back this up or were you just flying blind? [laughs]John: [laughs] No, we had an intuition and a hunch. It wasn't just blind hunches. It was hunches based on what we were seeing all around us. It's not like 2006, early 2007 was so long ago. By that time, there were already plenty of examples that we were seeing of reporters and sites that were outside the traditional establishment of journalism having lots of success, lots of impact, doing lots of creative work. We could see that. The relative position of places like The New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, or the Washington Post, which used to be unchallenged, unchallenged superiority, unchallenged ability to set the agenda, that relative position was rapidly diminishing. Lots of places were competing for attention, for impact, for being the most important story of the day. Abundant evidence.We took that evidence, and it made us believe that, if we got the right roster of people with the right focus, that they could have impact. That was the intuition or the hunch. But at the time we started, the time Robert Albritton gave us the green light and a budget to go out and try this, it wasn't in our mind or in his so sharp that we knew exactly how we were going to measure success, exactly what success would looks like in our traffic, or revenue, or anything else.We had a high degree of confidence that we had a good idea, and we had a fairly high degree of confidence that, if that idea was good, that we were the right people to make it work. But beyond that, we were operating on a hunch.Peter: Moneywise, how long did it take you to find your sea legs? Were you making money quickly?John: It's been a while ago now, but these were long early months, when we were a new brand in Washington and digital revenue market was still pretty young. Those early months were very slow. The ad market is really pretty made up, at least then, I think maybe it's changed, it was made up of very conservative people, who themselves were products of institutions and products of old habits and old ways of thinking. That first year, 2007, we felt like we were having immediate impact. Almost from day one we were breaking news. We were getting quoted. We were seeing the news product be successful. I think there was a lag time of maybe six months or so before we started to see the revenue come in.A lot of that early revenue did come in our paper. It was only about a year after that, that we really saw the digital revenue start to come to us in a big way. It seems to me now that the ad market has caught up. They're no longer so stained. In fact, people are always looking for the new thing, puts a burden on us to keep innovating.Peter: How much of your revenue is from the subscription product versus the newspaper, versus digital ad revenue?Jim: If you go back to even three or four years ago, almost all of our money, 80 percent, was coming from the newspaper. Now it's a much more diversified company. We get more from digital than we get from the newspaper on the advertising side. We've added subscriptions, high end subscriptions, not like The New York Times, doing a broad based subscription at this point. We're just doing high end subscriptions for political insiders and that's been very successful. If you look at, almost everybody is doing the same thing now. They're just doing different variants of it. To be a successful media company you have to have, essentially, four or five different revenue streams.You have to have subscriptions. You have to have print ads. You have to have digital ads. You have to have mobile ads. Almost everyone has events now. You've got to hope that the totality of those revenue streams is big enough to fund a profitable company. I think that's the big test for everyone.As John was saying earlier, the idea of niche publications, if I were an investor and I was going to place my bet on companies, I'd be placing it on companies that have real focus and real expertise, and therefore command the attention of an important audience every day of the year.Folks like us, or the Financial Times, or the Wall Street Journal, or AllThingsD, I just think it's a lot easier to build a business model around that than it is around a traditional newspaper, either a small newspaper or a national newspaper, that is of general interest. Those are the ones that are going to have a tough time.Peter: Do you think of yourselves as a national brand or distinctly Washington brand?Jim: We care most about being a Washington brand but undoubtedly we're a national brand. Our traffic is what, 88 percent now outside of Washington, DC.John: Some months between 5 and 10 percent coming from abroad.Peter: How big is the newsroom now compared to when you started?John: It's a lot bigger. We started as an organization as a whole with about 60 people, of which probably 40 people were in some capacity or other in the newsroom reporters, web producers, editors. Now we're a company of 250 plus of which probably about 180 or so are newsroom based.Peter: During the last presidential race, how many reporters did you have? You were paying to send reporters out on the road and travel the country. A lot of news organizations weren't. Do you have any idea of how many reporters you sent out or how much money you spent on the election last year?John: I know how much money we spent. That's a knowable fact. We had a core group of probably 8 to 10 people owning our coverage and then we had people making different cameo appearances, probably 20 or 30.Peter: Can you talk about the norms and values of this newsroom compared to The Post? That seems to be your main point of reference. When you're hiring here, what do you want from a reporter that's different from what The Post might want, and how does the newsroom operate? There are all sorts of legendary stories about you guys really pushing your reporters very hard and...Jim: That's Harris.Peter: ...like to break news.John: I don't really consider The Post our main point of reference. It's one point of reference but it's not...Peter: It's not your competition.John: ...obviously it's where our experience is. We're a niche publication that will thrive on its ability to attract people who are singly obsessive about that subject matter, who know it better, who care more about it, who are more energetic in pursuit of the big stories. That's the definition of a niche publication, is to have people who are singularly focused rather than general interest folks. Our best people have that. Our most ambitious people come in wanting to be that for themselves. Actually we don't really push people that hard because the reality is that our most successful people here are self motivated.Jim: I don't think that they do. I mean most newsrooms probably want. I think we've figured out, it took us a long time to figure out what type of personality works here. Like finding people who want to own their beat, who have a unique ability to break news or to write better than other people. That stuff matters and we tend to try to pay a premium if that's what it takes to have those people working for us. There's just no market for mediocrity so the pressure is on us to produce really good journalism. Not everybody can produce really good journalism. I think if you had to list the top 20 reporters in town, I'd say we have more than half of them.I think that's a pretty good achievement if you think about Congress, politics, and the White House. Those people are that's gold. We're trying to tell people stuff they don't know. We're trying to inform people and make them smarter.Peter: Can you talk about the advantages of being a start up, editorially or more financially, does it make you more nimble?Jim: It does if you don't screw it up. In the beginning it certainly makes you more nimble because you have no legacy, which could either be you make good decisions and build a culture that works, or you can make a bunch of bad decisions and build it as just a dysfunctional start up as you would have a dysfunctional older institution. I think one of the smartest things that we did is early on, we're not CEOs, we're not businessmen, we're journalists by training, but we went out and we found people in business, ether CEOs or media executives and asked them, "How do you set up a good company? What works? What doesn't work? What are the things we should be doing?"By no means I think we had good instincts in retrospect but there's a lot of stuff that it took us a long time to figure out. How to be good managers. How to be good leaders. What is the appropriate balance of trying to demand the best out of people but not wearing them into the ground?That process to us has probably been one of the most exciting parts of this job, is just learning, building new muscles that we didn't have. That's all we did. We were journalists and then we had to become leaders. That's just a different world.Peter: What do you think your most disruptive impacts have been in the media landscape in our current media ecosystem? What's been your big picture impact do you think? Have you changed the kind of content that people want that other news organizations are not delivering?John: Yes. I do think that the people who care most about a subject have a demand for immediacy. They have a demand for sophistication. They have a demand for volume. They want to know what's going on. They don't have a casual interest in stuff, they have intense interest in this stuff. I think that was the opening that we had, that was a lot of political coverage and a lot of government coverage. There wasn't a lot of coverage that was giving the kind of intensive focus that we were both in the moment and with a high degree of knowledge and context and sophistication behind that coverage. I think that's changed the audience's expectations.Jim: One of John's obsessions early on was this idea of getting rid of a lot of the journalistic conventions, the "voice of God." The truth is we still say it to this day why in the hell is it that there's such a huge gap between how interesting reporters are, either in email or at a bar, than what they are when you actually read them? I think we have successfully narrowed that. We've taken these people who are fascinating minds. We have some of the most curious, intellectual minds around, and I think we get more of it. We force more of that in front of our readers, because readers, they don't need the "voice of God." They don't always need the background. They like to have fun with journalism. They like to be informed. They like to be entertained. They like to be challenged.I think we've been very successful at that. I don't know that that's necessarily a disruption, because I don't know that others are doing that much of it. The disruption John described...if speed was not in this market, we brought speed to it. But now everybody does speed, so that's not sufficient.John: It's not like we were disruptive, but there are people who are disrupting us. Twitter is a great example. They've taken some of the role that used to be occupied by blogs and made them less relevant.Peter: Also, I feel like in the last...like in 2008, you guys broke a ton of news and then you were sort of a go to news breaking site. Then Twitter kind of happened in between and took some of that space, right? [crosstalk 18:48]Peter: You guys still broke the news...John: The routine news that you get just by virtue of being there and posting first, basically there is no way to win that competition. Twitter will always be there first. It's not always the competition that most interests me, I think, is really the one that we focus on, is the publication. There's no way that Twitter's going to break the Herman Cain story. Twitter can be fast, but it has a hard time being really smart and I think we can do that.Peter: Do you view yourselves as competitors with The New York Times and the Washington Post and the Wall Street Journal? Are you waking up every morning trying to beat them on stories?John: Sure. Them and lots of other people, too. The way the media universe has changed, everybody's a potential competitor. It might be CNN one moment. It might be Huffington Post one moment. It might be the Washington Post one moment. Yeah, I feel like that. Every day the game is to have the most interesting story on politics or on Washington anywhere. Some days you win that competition, some days you won't, but we'll judge ourselves by we win it more often than others. I feel sure that they, in their political coverage, will view us as competitors. We're going to certainly view them as serious competitors whom we respect.Peter: That gets to my earlier question about disruption. I talked to Stuart Stevens yesterday for a separate project I'm doing and he was complaining about The New York Times coverage, the cycle. He was saying this in a sort of derisive way, but he was like, they only cover a process and personalities, and they were trying to keep up with Politico, and they were trying to be Politico when they should have been New York Times. I have a hypothesis that a lot of news organizations are now trying to do the peel back the curtain thing and they didn't used to do that. I think that's partially due to what you guys have been doing. Do you disagree?John: Might be. It might be. I think everybody's trying to...if you were The New York Times 10 years ago, what you wrote, just because you were The New York Times mattered. You set the agenda. That's not true anymore. If they write a boring story, it's a boring story that nobody's going to read or pay attention to. It does up the ante for quality journalism. What breaks through? That's it. If you can break news, it breaks through. If you can offer a sharp analysis, that breaks through. If you can do an investigative piece that other people don't have, that breaks through. It's the companies that produced a lot of news that has now commoditized that have the hardest time adapting.I think a lot of the big institutions essentially did produce a lot of commoditized journalism that now is irrelevant because everybody has it, and if you're interested in it, you're getting it on Twitter or Facebook in tiny little bites and you're looking for something else. When you talk about disruption, you have to remember that. Disruption's a baby. We're only in the beginning of it. If you think about new media, the thing exploded in late 2006, early 2007, we're just in the early stages of that.Nobody knows how this plays out. You went through the web disruption, which we just went through. Now you're going to go through the pay model disruption of who will pay for what, which we don't know. Times is having some success. Others not so much success in that area.Then by the time people figure both those out, 50 percent of all consumption of media is going to be done on something this size, which has massive ramifications for how long a story can be. How you present your journalism. That's going to be a hell of a disruption. Disruptions...it's not like they're over. We're just sifting through to figure out what worked and what didn't work. It's constant.Peter: What are you finding that people are paying for in the politics space?Jim: Remember, ours is unique in that we're not The New York Times doing a metered system at this point. What we're doing is we have set up a series of verticals that are essentially Politicos little mini POLITICOs for different sectors of the economy health care, energy. People in this town will pay for information that's essential to them doing their job. There's no doubt. We've proven that with our POLITICO Pro and we're going to continue to expand that because I think we're very good at producing the type of journalism that this city needs to function. Now that's much different than the broader based journalism that we're doing that's for the country, for the world. That's different than that.At some point, we're going to test, I'm sure, a pay model for all of our content, like everyone else, but we don't know how that plays out. Just beginning that experiment.Peter: Have you guys seen any other organizations apply your model in an interesting way or successful way to completely different sectors. Verticals like sports, business, Silicon Valley or whatever.John: Sure. [crosstalk 23:37]Peter: ...they look to you and they're like, Oh, those guys are doing something pretty cool.John: AllThingsD, Business Insider, Foreign Policy.Jim: ESPN is one of the world's biggest brands.John: But we copied them, right? [crosstalk]Jim: ...a bit longer than we did.Peter: The last thing I want to ask you is video. Last year, you guys implemented a web show during the campaign, which got a lot of insider attention. It got a lot of buzz. I emailed in a couple times.Jim: I remember that. I might have mentioned you once or twice.Peter: Yeah, thanks. You're shooting all kinds of video content here.Jim: Correct.Peter: You've got a full time professional video staff. Why? Why video online?John: One, because I think it's one of the buckets of experimentation and I would say that video, for all of us by the way, is total experimentation right now. Nobody, the best that I can tell, has cracked the code on how you do video outside of being a cable network online where you make money. We all think there's the potential, because there's this massive audience for it, if you can do it right. For us, it's all about experiment, experiment. If it works, it works. If it doesn't, move on. What works? Those shows work because there is a huge audience online in moments, in big days, a primary, an election, State of the Union.What we have found, it's really hard to get a live audience — probably impossible to get a live audience — outside of a big day, so you try to move away on the days where you don't have a big event to something that is on demand, where you can slice it and dice it. Make sure you're putting video matching up with stories that are similar to it, because most people are reading something, might be interested in also watching something about it.I think that's a place where we put a lot of emphasis on. Or we've also started to experiment a lot with just shorter shows. The attention span online, you're not getting people to sit down for 30 minutes. Period. Five, yeah.Peter: Are you seeing a lot of engagement with your video content online?John: We do, but again, it depends. Certainly the shows that we're doing, we're seeing that we can start to build an audience for, and certainly video that is topical to the story, you can get a good audience for. The stuff that we've certainly struggled with I think everyone's struggling with is just trying to do a show every day that's longer than five minutes and think that you're going to get a loyal audience. That's a challenge and a lot of people are experimenting with it....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (47)

Dave Winer

BIO: YES: Dave Winer (born May 2, 1955 in Brooklyn, New York...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin Nisenholtz: We're here with Dave Winer on the...what's today's date?Paul Sagan: February 20th, 2013.Martin: ...with Paul Sagan, John Huey, Martin Nisenholtz. Why don't I kick it off? Let's go way back. Before Scripting News, what got you interested in web publishing? What was the catalyst there? You're a computer scientist, right?Dave Winer: If you go way back, yes, I am. I have a master's degree in computer science. I'm a programmer. When I wake up in the morning, that's what I do. When I was in high school, I started an underground newspaper. That was my impulse, was publishing. I didn't discover computers until senior year in college.It wasn't at all a passion for me. In fact, it was the opposite. I detested computers and engineering culture, and all kind of stuff.Martin: What year would that have been?Winer: Which year is that? When I was in high school?Martin: Senior year in college when you discovered computers.Winer: '75. 1975. It's still pretty early for computers, but they were there. I was at Tulane University in New Orleans. They had IBM mainframes and really old stuff.Paul Sagan: Punch cards and FORTRAN.Winer: Yep, FORTRAN and punch cards. I can't say I loved it, but I had an affinity for it and I was good at it. I was looking for something that I could earn a living doing. I was going to be a poli sci major. I took a lot of English classes. I'm more of a writer than I am, by inclination, that I'm a programmer.I wanted to pursue it. I got a job in New York working in the computer time sharing business, worked in the Empire State Building on the thirty ninth floor.I learned there, that I could really do it. I wanted to go back to school. I had applied to grad schools in computer science and got accepted, more or less everywhere.I went to the University of Wisconsin. There, they had modern computer equipment, Unix. This was still very early in Unix. This was 1977. That's when I really got...This is what I was meant to do. This is really what I do. This really clicked.I'll try to keep it really brief. I started a company in 1983, I guess it was. I had moved to Silicon Valley. I'd become an author for the leading software company in the valley at the time, Personal Software. They did VisiCalc.Our product didn't ever ship. I started a company to ship it. It was called ThinkTank. It was an outliner, the first one.Martin: Was it written for the IBM PC?Winer: First written for the Apple II. Then the IBM PC. We really hit it on the Mac. When the Mac came out, we were seeded with the Mac early. We got it half a year before it was announced and we shipped it. We were second or third product out, on the Mac. We loved the Mac and the Mac was a perfect fit for what we were doing. So when did I get interested in publishing? The continuum really is, the Mac evolved into publishing.Martin: But now Outliner is a business creation tool, in a way. Or isn't it? How did you think of it? Let me ask you the question instead of answering it.Winer: That's a long story. Because I use outliners today, as writing tools. That's how I write. That's how I compose. That's how I design systems. That's how I write software. I write software in an outliner. I think outliners are going to be the way we all work with computers. I think it's been delayed. We had a tremendous of software in the eighties. But the technology industry destroys itself every 10 years or so. A lot of the art is lost. So we lost graphic user interfaces when we switched to the web. We lost outliners. It all comes back eventually. It's a cyclic process. Who used outliners were... lawyers loved them. Academics. Accountants, teachers. It was an education tool.Anybody who was aware of their intellectual process.Martin: The nugget I'm trying to get to, Winer, is that the user is now creating, for the first time, on a digital device.Winer: That was always the premise of the personal computer industry. We never saw the user as anything other than the originator of... We never created content. That wasn't what we were doing. We created tools for... Fundamental difference. It's where the clash of the technology industry and the publishing industry comes in. To this day I hear on NPR that we are the listeners. I go, "Well, you don't get the point. You want our money. You want us to participate." When they ask for the money we're participants. But all other times we're listeners. It's a disconnect. Why should we not be participants all the time? That's the fundamental premise of the personal computer, the technology industry, the whole thing is directed at the user as the creative force.The technology industry is evolving more towards the publishing industry now. If you look at Twitter and Facebook, they really don't see the user as a creator. They see the user as a consumer.Martin: We'll get there. Let's continue with the history, because I think it's important. So we get to the outliner. And then from there...Paul: Which is the eighties.Martin: Which is the eighties.Winer: The big thing that happened in the eighties was desktop publishing. Desktop publishing dropped the cost of publishing. When I started personal software in 1980, they got venture capital money and they bought this enormous laser printer. It was very impressive capital investment. It was like half a million dollars. "We're going to do our own type setting and layout. We're going to save a lot of money with this." It was a bargain. But by the time the eighties were over, that same laser printer now cost $1500. That was the process. The process of driving the cost of publishing down. Until the point where the web comes along in 92, 93, 94, somewhere in that time frame. The cost of publishing goes almost to zero. When did I figure that out? I figured it out when Page Maker came out and I saw what people were doing with it.From then, it's a very...Martin: What's interesting is we just had Jerry Levin in here. He talked about the network, in his case meaning the cable network mostly, being the fundamental driver for him. The PC industry was really a standalone industry for a long time. You could connect modems up and all that. But they were very slow and clunky. Microsoft I don't think ever really even at Apple cared that much about networks.Winer: I did. I called my company Living Video Text, for that reason. That's what I thought we were doing.Martin: Isn't it interesting that you called it that?Winer: Yeah. I said we were in the communications business and that we were producing both publishing and reading tools. That's the way I always thought about what we were doing.John Huey: We had Levin in here primarily to talk about videotext.Martin: So why didn't you invent AOL? I'm just curious.Winer: I think in my own way, I did. I had a product called Living Bulletin Board System, LBBS, which was...I don't think in centralizing terms. It isn't my first impulse. My first impulse is to give the tools to the people to do it. So my thought was we're going to put one of these servers inside of every work group, is going to have a server, and have the ability to publish. Eventually our product became we never marketed it. The thing is that Apple did and didn't believe in it. They were having a fight about this at Apple. You're right about Microsoft not getting it. They didn't. Or they didn't want it. They didn't think in those terms. But Apple came this close to being the Internet, when they included Apple Talk networking with every machine in 1986.It wasn't just to connect laser printers. There was all this kind of stuff you could do. There was email. The problem was the APIs were just horrendous. Because there was a guy in there named (Richard) Gershon who was in charge of the networking software. He did not believe in developers. I don't know what his thought was. But the APIs were completely impenetrable. Believe me, I hacked those over and over again.I hired all kinds of people who said they could get through them. Nobody actually a couple of people did. I merged with Symantec in 88 and we bought a company, Think Technologies, who had gotten through it. There were like three of four companies who had figured out how to get through that stuff. Then Apple killed them all. [laughs] Apple would do that.Paul: Talk a little bit more about...Winer: Wait. Just let me close the point. Had they instead decided to let a thousand flowers bloom and make this a priority that developers would create applications that run on Macintoshes as nodes on a network, it would have been trivial in fact, it was done to bridge those networks across the public network. There would have been no need for the web. Absolutely none whatsoever. And we wouldn't have taken the big step backwards that we did take. Because the web is not a graphic user interface. It's only now beginning to have some of those trappings to.Paul: Talk a little more about the view text influence in the eighties. And is there any linkage to the seventies in the original Teletext that the publishing industry did.Winer: The only reason I got interested in it was because I was reading about it, videotext, in all the business publications and how it was the next thing, and it matched up with what my view of what the future was. I don't know why videotext didn't work, because I never actually joined the videotext industry. My thought was this would be a part of the personal computer industry.Martin: Yeah, see, I joined the videotex industry.Winer: Oh, you did?Martin: Yeah, I did. I worked...I believed passionately. The reason I thought it might work was because the infrastructure was there. It was a kind of tortoise and hare thing, Winer. I mean you were the tortoise in the sense that the PC gradually took over the earth, but in the early '80s there weren't a lot of PCs.Winer: No.Martin: And I was kind of the hare thinking, well, everybody had a TV. Everybody had a phone line.Winer: Right.Martin: If we could just get a low cost coder into the home somehow, whether it was done by cable companies or newspaper, everybody would be able to enjoy this kind of distributed world. And I was wrong, and you were right [laughs] .Winer: Well you weren't wrong. No, you weren't wrong. The thing was that what was missing was the bridge between the two worlds. That's what we needed to have. That should be the lesson that comes out of these things is that...I mean I don't know why the bridge was...I mean I went down and met with...I came to New York all the time. I was meeting with people at CBS. There was a guy at Dow Jones. I think his name was Steve Burgess. I don't know if you know him. And I used to...you know, I'd come to New York all the time and meet with the...and they were fascinated by the personal computer industry. And I had the credentials. They would talk to me.And I kept saying, "Well, when is there going to be something we can do together?" Somehow that never happened. Had that happened I don't know what it would have taken to get some installed base of hardware that people could use the stuff at home, but there would have been a drive. There would have been demand created for it.That's the thing. I mean you have to make people want it. They have to feel some pull to get it, at least in the United States they do. In France I think they just finally shut it down, right?Martin: Well, they did, finally, but they just took away all the yellow pages directories and created an instant application.Winer: Right.Martin: I mean you couldn't search for anything [laughs] .Winer: But that's a good way, not a bad way to do it [laughs] .Martin: Well, no, no, no. It worked.Winer: I'm not going to say it's a good way, but it's not a bad way.Martin: Yeah, that was called Mintel, and it worked.Paul: Yeah.John: So to back up just a second, you're saying if AppleTalk had been developed to where it was a connectivity device then...Winer: It was a connect point.John: But if it had been more user friendly to developers.Winer: Developer friendly.John: Developer friendly. In a way that what they've done with mobile and apps has finally...no.Winer: No, in a way that Internet...what the Web was. I mean my career was completely kaput when the Web came along, and when I saw what they did I mean that was the thickness of the docs for the...you know, if you want to understand HTTP that much and HTML, add that much. It was really simple and incredibly easy to understand. And Apple's was impenetrable. It wasn't that I could even give you a depth of their docs, because all the docs in the world you probably couldn't figure out. You probably had to be friends with Sidhu, and he probably had to take you out to lunch and tell you. I mean that's what all these guys had in common was that they were all kind of buddies with Sidhu.So, no, what they had to do was trust the developers. It's the same thing I was saying with videotext in the United States. If big company guys...and that's what Martin did, and I don't want to embarrass you or anything, but that's what Martin did that was unique.When, me, sort of the lowlife from whatever, comes to Martin and says, "How about letting us have your XML?" I don't know how you decided to do it, but he said, "Why not?" and they signed an agreement and they gave us the XML. And they let us run with it. And as soon as that happens, what he...John: And then what happened? Tell us that story, then, because Martin knows it so well.Winer: It's a great story.John: Well, tell us that story.Winer: I'd love to tell you that story, and I'm not sure you know the whole story. Maybe...probably you do, OK, so...Paul: I don't know. Go ahead.Winer: So some guy sends me a link to a server on the New York Times website so it's obviously deeply buried, no password or anything, but not the kind of thing you would trip over normally. And inside there there's a folder for Associated Press for...I mean all of the different publications, a lot of different famous publications, OK? And you dive into them and you see, International, New York, Sports, Business, .XML, each of them. You click on the link and you see, oh my god. It's not full text to the stories, but it's got all the information. It's got the headline, a synopsis, a link to the story on the website. They do an incredible job of categorization at the Times. I mean this is...I'm looking at the goldmine. Not a goldmine, this is it. This is the Holy Grail.So what would I do [laughs] ? Well, I can't not take this and re purpose this. I didn't ask for permission. I just went ahead and wrote a script that pulled one of these folders every 15 minutes, sucked it out, converted it, moved the content over to my servers, and then I told everybody where my URLs were. And then I get a very nice call from [laughs] a licensing person at the New York Times who's sweet, really nice person. I felt like I was, you know, called down to the dean's office in high school, because that happened to me a lot.John: Now where are you and what are you doing?Winer: California. I had a company called UserLine Software, and we were doing...well we were doing blogging. We were starting, basically, building blogging tools when there was never...there was no blogging. We were sort of developing the idea of blogging.John: And this is...Winer: What year? Is that what you're asking?John: Mm hmm.Winer: I'll have to figure that out. It's probably '99.John: OK, so in '99...Winer: 2000. No, no, no, it's not '99. It's 2000.John: OK, so it's 2000. You're in California building these blogging tools. You get this link.Winer: Oh, we're also building aggregation tools for news. RSS didn't really exist yet. I mean it was sort of nascent, but it wasn't really popular at all.John: And what were you planning to do with it?Winer: Oh, what I did with it was we had an aggregator that we just plugged in, and we had several news sources Wired, Red Herring, Motley Fool, lot of blogging tools. We had a lot of stuff coming through our system. What we didn't have were the major news organizations.John: So you get this call from the licensing department at the New York Times...Winer: And she says, "You're a very sweet boy, but you can't do this." And I go, "Oh, please." You know, I felt like...I felt loved and admired but absolutely prohibited to do this [laughs] .John: But caught.Winer: Caught. And I said, "I understand. I won't do it anymore." And I didn't. Once you tell me I can't do it, you know...I can't do it. What can I do? And then I get a call from Martin's office, and, "Martin would like to meet you." [laughs] "Fine. I'll meet you." So I went out to dinner with him and John Lodell, and John Markoff, and I think it was Matt Richtel? Was that possible? Yeah, Matt Ricktall. We went out and had a wonderful dinner in San Francisco, and I pitched Martin on two ideas. One was, "Let me have the XML," and the second was, two things, really. Let's give every New York Times reporter a blog.Paul: That was a bridge too far.Winer: I know. And the next...Martin: I would have loved to have gotten that done, but it was a bridge too far.Winer: And then I pushed it even further, and I said... [laughter]Winer: ...and I said, "Let's give..." Well, I think it's important to play Monday morning quarterback on these things, OK?Paul: Yeah, I do, too. That's why we're doing this project.Winer: I said, "Let's also give blogs to every person who's quoted in a New York Times story. Let's have that be the algorithm. The theory on that was let's let the reporters be the gatekeepers, because that's what they want to be, right? They want to be the judges of who's authoritative and who's interesting. Had the Times done this in we needed it because we needed infrastructure. We were really...the venture capitalist did not believe in what we were doing. That would come much later, right?John: What restaurant are we in? This sounds like a historic event.Winer: I felt like it was. I knew that he couldn't do it.Martin: Not Greek. It was a high end, maybe a Turkish, or...I can't remember. Markoff might remember.Huey: OK, but we're in this...we're having this historic dinner.Winer: [laughs] But the important thing...I mean what came out of it did matter a lot, that we got the permission then. It took us a few months to work out the agreement and we got a license to use the content. And then what I did with it was I did not immediately publish it as RSS because I didn't want them to get embroiled in all of the flame wars that go on in the tech industry. In other words...because there were sort of like...there's this group of people, and have you been hearing about Aaron Schwartz? Yeah.I mean, OK so there's this group of people that want RSS 1.0, the RDF based format, and they're trying to stop us from moving forward with the non RDF version, which is the one that has the installed base. I mean it's a question of where...the momentum's going in this direction, and there's this group that comes along and says we need to pull it over here.What I didn't want to do was throw the New York Times into the middle of it. I was sure you guys weren't even aware of it, right? I mean why would you be, you know?Martin: Right.Winer: And so we published it in their format, actually, at first, and it was open. Anybody could use the New York Times format. I think it was actually called New York Times format. And then quietly six months later we switched it over to RSS 2.0, and we placed the emphasis on being really quiet about the actual format that was being used, because we didn't want to emphasize that. That wasn't the important thing. The important thing was we now have the ability to drive...well, we have the New York Times news flowing through the network. And I was happy. New York Times is a...let's say it's a nine, and everything else to me, at least, is at most a five, you know?Martin: In terms of comprehensiveness, authority, depth, everything.Winer: And personal allegiance. I grew up with the New York Times.Martin: OK, so it was...Winer: I grew up in New York. The New York Times was what we read every morning at the kitchen table. It's what...Paul: So it's the Holy Grail and you had it.Winer: And I had it. And that was it. And the industry felt that way, too. Not the tech industry. The publishing industry felt that way. The tech industry could give a sh*t. They don't care about...Paul: Content?Winer: Yeah, they don't care about what you read. They don't care about the users. They don't care about any of that sh*t. They care...I don't know what they care about, but they don't care about that. I really cared about it, OK? And so did the publishing industry, because what happened was is then all of the other publications followed suit. It happened in the space of...it got to the point of where it was like, "Oh, yeah? Oh, Reuters now has feeds? Oh, OK. That's great. Oh, USA Today has the..."Martin: Now, so...Winer: You know? Wait, wait, there's a key point here. There was no compatibility issue here. All they did was copy the New York Times, and that's an important...that's a dimension of leadership that the publishing industry doesn't understand that it has, doesn't get that when you move...when you get a leader to move...I mean you have to tell me if that is something you guys are even aware of.Martin: Yeah, we were aware of it at the time, and I think...Winer: That you would a leader in this...Martin: And I think we were aware of it when we implemented the metered model that other publishing companies would follow if we succeeded at this. It's a different kind of thing.Winer: I thought you were...what's the metered model?Martin: It's the idea that you have access to a certain amount of content on the Times website for free.Winer: It's what we have today, then.Martin: It's what we have today, yeah.Winer: And I thought...I didn't think you were a proponent of that.Martin: I was not a proponent of a gate, but I was a proponent of some form of payment in the end, because I recognized that at the end of the day advertising was just not going to be able to cover the costs.Winer: See, I've spent a lot of time thinking about this. I don't think it ever will, that your metered approach will ever support what you want to do.Martin: Well, we can get into that later.Winer: Yeah, OK.Martin: You know, let's get into that later. It's very, very important.Winer: All right.John: And it's a big question.Winer: Yeah, of course [laughs] . It is a...Huey: It might be the biggest question.Winer: It's the most interesting one, too. Once you have the answer to that question, you have an idea what the shape of our world is like in the future.Paul: You know, I...my...Winer: Because, wait...because the way news works is direct determinant of how politics works. You can't separate the two. If we want to have reform in our political system, we have to rationalize our news system. It has to work. It has to have a future. It's very important, hugely important. Not just because I care. I don't care about whether they make money doing it. It's not...it's all the same to me.Martin: So, but, Winer, let's...we went through a lot of history here. Let's go back for a moment, because there's this paradox here, which is that you have this great allegiance to, fondness for the New York Times, which is in a way the ultimate top down journalistic organization.{abbreviated}Martin: I was saying that you view the Times as this...you have this great allegiance to it, have...but at the same time you're inventing this form. You've said all along that the purpose of technology, or at least its driving force, is to decentralize everything.Winer: Yeah.Martin: So you got two things going at the same time.Winer: Yeah, I know. It's dysfunctional. It's very dysfunctional, because at the same time I don't believe that the Times does a very good job. I honestly don't. I get to see them cover things that I care about, and I know they don't do a good job.Martin: And so you think a better job can get done by this highly decentralized blogosphere.Winer: Yeah. I can give you lots of examples of it. I think the...John: Give us one.Winer: Well, just give you...I will. I'm going to give you the theme is access journalism. That's the problem. The problem is that in order to do the job as you've defined it these guys have to see the world through the eyes of the people that they cover. The bloggers don't. The bloggers are people. They're users. They're...John: But wouldn't you argue that you need both, that they balance one another out?Winer: I do, but the roles will be different. I absolutely do agree. I mean I don't know, OK. I don't know. I'm a scientist and I have to say we haven't reached a stable equilibrium at this point so I don't know the answer to that question.John: Well, I don't want to become a participant here, because this is too good, but let me just throw a model out for you that...think of the news business as sort of like functioning democracy or a republic, say, in the United States, and think of the New York Times as the Senate...Winer: No.John: ...or the Supreme Court, or...Winer: No.John: ...and the bloggers as the House of Representatives, and...Winer: No.John: No?Winer: No. No, I think that in the end...John: Where I was leading with it, I was going to say if you're right that the New York Times does not do a very good job, I would submit that...and I'm much more skeptical about the New York Times than Martin, then I would submit that it's a lot like democracy. It's not perfect, but it's better than anything else that's out there.Winer: Yeah, that's nice, but I'll tell you we're in the midst of a change that where what we are living with in the future probably will not resemble very much like what we have been living with in the past so to say that we've reached a point where we've got the thing that's better than everything else is not likely. It's just not. How could it be? Because the whole system...John: For now, I'm just saying.Winer: Well, no.John: But go ahead. OK, go ahead.Winer: No, I think there are way too many limits. Well, for the...yeah, I mean if you look at...pick one area. If I want to find out if a piece of computer hardware, whether a phone is any good, I do not read Walt Mossberg. I do not read David Pogue. I do not even read the leading bloggers, because they're all in the access game. They all have to say...John: They get it first. They get early.Winer: And I resent that. I really don't like the fact that they get it first, but I don't...John: So where do you go?Winer: What do you mean? Where do I go?John: To find out?Winer: First of all I go to the store, and I buy one, and I use it myself, and I write about it, because I want to be one of the people that influences them. That's one of the ways I see my role. There are lots of places. I mean one place...have you...I go to Amazon product reviews, for example. I mean I went to go buy some stereo equipment, and I went to a store, and I felt crippled because I couldn't read the reviews, you know?John: OK, so your point of view...now I get it, and this fits in with where we're going.Winer: Well I barely stated my point of view, so... [laughter]John: No, but it begins with access is an original corrupting sin, and users are purer, and...Winer: Not purer, they just don't have that problem.John: It's cleaner, or...Winer: Yeah, users are no panacea. Users are people. They have the foils...they have all the problems that people have, you know? But you...Huey: But there are a lot of them.Winer: Yeah, that's right. And you can learn whether you trust them or not, and you have to get to know them, and then you figure out who...Martin: But, Winer, going back to the start of blogging, you play a huge role in the invention of this thing. Had you envisioned that bloggers could be significant information...?Winer: Sure. Absolutely.Martin: OK, so you didn't do it for the money. You did it...no. So you did it because you thought this was a...Winer: First of all, by the time I started blogging I already had plenty of money so money was not my motivator. I'm not one of these people who believes that money is sort of the way you keep score. I'm not interested. It's not the way I I'm not built that way. I love playing with technology and making big things happen. That's just what I love to do. And I stumbled across blogging. It's like everything. I was thinking about it before coming in here, is like, well what is the theme? First of all, one of the things is I always do it with people. It's never the lone individual. Everything I've ever done has been in collaboration with other people where their ideas and their point of view makes me see it from a different place, and then I can see something that I can do, and blogging was just like that.What happened was, I started writing, sending emails to friends of mine with other people's ideas, and then I started reacting to other people's ideas, and then I realized I could put my own ideas out there. When I did that, it was explosive. It was just wonderful to see what kind of response came back. That was what was unique about it. I don't think that ever happens. [laughs]Martin: Let's talk about blogging as a publishing, as a CMS, as a publishing platform. Because it just didn't appear out of thin air. It was designed.John: And give us a year again. Let's always know when we are.Martin: We're 2000, right?Winer: No. Oh no. Way before that. The seminal experience for me with blogging, the one where I had the moment of sort of, "This is incredible," I remember where I was. It was late '94, 1994. My archive still has all this stuff in it. If you want the pointers to the stories I can get them for you. What was the question?John: It was 1994 and you remembered where you were and you were blogging.Winer: Right. I started sending these ideas out there. One of them was that IBM and Apple should get together. They were technology industry driven. That's what I was thinking and that's who I was writing to.John: Where were you?Winer: {abbreviated} I was living in Woodside, California. I was pretty much retired. I had basically shut down my company because we ended up in competition with Apple, and Apple had killed us, really, basically. We didn't have a way forward with the company. I had lots of free time. I was out investigating new stuff to play with because I had access. There's that thing again, right? I could talk to anybody I wanted to, and they would more or less tell me what they were doing. I wasn't writing publicly about it because it never occurred to me to do that. This was all emails. I sent emails to people. They would respond. I wrote one about where the PDA industry should go.Then the guy who was in charge of Motorola at the time, who's a friend of mine, Randy Battat, sent me back a thing saying, "No. You're wrong." I ran his thing. That sort of showed, OK...I didn't edit his writing. He had a few spelling errors, and a few run on sentences, whatever. I cleaned it up and made it more presentable, but I didn't change his words. I didn't edit anything out.He got to talk to all of my readers exactly the way he wanted. That was a major epiphany for me, that wow, you can have this kind of back and forth. Then I realized that everything that the tech industry had been doing about the Internet to try to...because by this time, they understood that it was there. They needed to do something about it. Everything that they had been doing up to that point was going to change because this Internet thing was happening. They didn't want it. They really didn't want it.I wrote a thing called "Bill Gates vs. The Internet." I compared what the tech industry was creating versus what the Internet was. I get a response from Bill Gates, and I run that. And that was it. That was the moment where basically...Bill Gates is a very unique character. His character completely came through. It's in a way the character was the character that you don't get when he gets up and gives a big speech. It's the character you get when he rants at you in an email, which is the real Bill Gates.I've had a number of meetings with Bill Gates over the years. He even tried to buy one of my companies at one point. I had a lot of dealings with him about that. This is the guy. [laughs] I had him sitting right there and sent it out. It just made waves in the tech industry. It was like all of a sudden they were cursing me.Michael Spindler, this was another moment. Michael Spindler, who was the CEO of Apple Computer, said to a reporter at the San Jose Mercury, "Oh, you've been listening to Winer. Don't listen to him." They quoted him in the paper. [laughs] I said, "Oh, OK. It's all working. This is wonderful." It's a great feeling when something like this clicks.It probably only happens once in a life, if it happens at that, where what you've been dreaming about...this is the kind dream I had as a kid. I would have put it different terms when I was a kid. For me it was like maybe sports metaphors might have been more like it. Just to hit the home run so out of the park that basically it changes the way people look at things. This was that.John: When you watched that moment, you had created that phenomenon, and it was this eureka moment, tell us about how it spreads out beyond the tech industry into journalism?Winer: Well that took a lot longer. The tech industry was the core of blogging for many years. I don't know how it spread out to other industries.John: Well in your memory, when you became aware of it.Winer: When I became aware?Huey: When you realized it was going to become something really ubiquitous and transformative to other industries like journalism. What was the first journalism blog you became aware of?Winer: Wow, that's a good question. Much later. [crosstalk 37:50]Winer: That would be '99. It would be Dan Gilmore. Dan was using my software. Step back. I'm writing all this stuff, but I'm a software developer first and foremost. What am I thinking while I'm doing this? I'm thinking, "Well what's the software?" And I'm writing software all the time. I'm writing software that manages my own flow with the idea that this will turn into software that other people will use as well. {abbreviated} ...In '97 I had a thing called the, I think it was called the News Page. I think it was called News Page. It had a series of tools, something called Auto Web, then Clay Basket, News Page, and then Manila, and then Radio. That's the sequence of my blogging tools. Meanwhile, somewhere in there, you've got a bunch of other people who are doing blogging tools. But from '97 to '99 pretty much everybody was using my tools. In '99 we get competition. Blogger comes along. They ship before we ship Manila. They shipped in the summer of '99, and we shipped in December '99. Dan Gilmore and my uncle were my two test cases for Manila. I went down and did a demo for Dan. You have to ask him. I think he liked it right off the bat. He had been following my career up to that point as a software developer on the Mac and everything, so we knew each other. He used it. Then he had a class he was teaching in Hong Kong, so he gave blogs to all of his students, at the same time frame for testing purposes to find out what they would do with it.Then we shipped it. The thing about it is that it had impact in journalism before I was really aware of it. I hear from people now, like Om Malik for example, says his first blog was one of ours. I didn't know him back then. We did a conference here at Harvard when I was a fellow here called BloggerCon in 2003, you wouldn't believe all of the people that were there that I didn't know that ended up becoming...the leading political bloggers were all there. I don't know them before they become famous so I'd have a hard time telling you when I...Martin: Can I ask you a quick question?Winer: Yeah.Martin: I want to go back to this question about blogging as a CMS. Because people could write in other CMSs. There's something about blogging and the formal elements of it...Winer: No. It's ease of use. It's because we hacked at lowering the barrier to entry. We really hacked at it. Before we did Manila, I made a list of all the steps I had to go through to update a piece of writing on my website, and it was like 20 some odd steps. They were all really frightfully complicated. I said, "We just need to get that list shorter," so we hacked at it. It's like playing a game, it's like playing Scrabble or whatever. It's like, How can I get these three steps down to one?" Finally we were at the point where we got it down to three steps. Basically, you have to put a button on every page that says, "Edit this page." You click the button. A dialogue comes up. You make the change. You hit submit, and that's it. It's done. Until we got to that point, it wasn't easy enough for most people to use. That was the key point.Martin: The key point was ease of use.Winer: Absolutely.Martin: What about interactivity, the fact that people could comment on a post?Winer: I never felt that was an essential element of blogging. There are always ways for people. I had the first discussion forum in the blogosphere, discuss@userland.com, was attached to Scripting News. Scripting News was pretty much the only blog at that time. If you go back and look at the archives at discuss@userland.com, all the initial people were in there. I kept saying to them, "Come on guys, start your own. Don't just be hanging out in mine." Because that I felt was the commit step. Later I learned that not everybody is a blogger by any stretch of the imagination. Most people are not bloggers. Most people will not blog.John: Why do you think that is? Is it personality?Winer: DNA. Yeah.Martin: But is Twitter a blog?Winer: Less and less. Yeah, it was initially, yeah, very, sort of, low commitment blog. [laughs] There's not a whole lot of commitment going on there.Martin: Right. I'm must saying...yeah.Winer: Sure. I'm also very liberal about what I think is a blog. When I started here at Berkman (Center, Harvard), the first project was, "What's a blog?" We came up with an unedited voice of a person. I don't even care if it's on a computer as long as it's a person that's writing as an individual, not as part of an organization. That's why a lot of things the Times calls blogs I don't think as blogs.John: So just free association.Martin: That's a CMS issue. It's a CMS but not a lot.Winer: They're using the blogging CMS.Martin: That's what I'm trying to get at Winer, in part.Winer: Oh, I didn't realize. No. The tool doesn't define the activity. The activity is itself.John: Your definition of a blog is that it's non institutional and it's the unedited voice of an individual.Winer: No. The first part I wouldn't include. Because it can be institutional. I was blogging as CEO of Userland software for many, many years. That was very much a blog. There's a buck stops here thing going on. There's nobody else that's responsible for this. It's just me.John: You're unedited and you're unaccountable.Winer: Yeah, I'm totally accountable.John: To the?Winer: To the readers. I'm more accountable than any of the writers at the Times are.John: Unaccountable to an editor.Winer: I see. That's what you mean. Yeah. But I'm so accountable because I can't spread it out. I wrote the whole thing, every word in here is my word.John: Just free association, leaping way forward, we've done a lot of the history. Leaping the way forward, name some blogs that you think now in the current firmament are highly influential. Not tech blogs. Just throw some blogs out there that you consider state of the art.Winer: I don't like questions like that.Huey: I'm going to rephrase it. In a day, how many blogs do you check in on, and what are some of them?Winer: I'm systematic about that. You can go to tabs.mediahackers.org and you can see what blogs I read. Because I have a river of news. This is a whole other topic we can talk about. But I have a river of news. I don't check them. I have software that checks them. I only see the new items on all the blogs and I see them in reverse chronological order. I don't just check blogs. I check all news sources, complete level playing fields. A lot of the links in there are from the New York Times, a lot of them are from Hacker News. Hacker News is a great source. It's a group site that's run by Y Combinator that people just submit links to. For some reason, they don't get spammed. The quality is very high and a lot the great stuff I read comes from there.I read a story about the origins of Pulp Fiction in Vanity Fair, and that led me to watch Pulp Fiction again. It's only the second time I ever watched it. I saw an actress in there who I thought was fascinating, she just had three lines in the movie. I looked her up. Found she had blog, spot blog, and I spent an hour in the middle of the night last night reading her blog.I thought it was so remarkable that I sent the pointer to it to a lot of my friends because I felt they should all read this. I don't even remember the URL. I don't even remember her name. But that's the nature of it. I read articles in the New York Times all the time. Some of them are very remarkable.Paul: It seems to be sort of about the river. The question about the river is...Winer: This is what I think the news industry misses, is to get systematic about having more news flow across your attention and to share that flow with your readers. Stop thinking about being the source of all the information, rather be a source of judgment would be a really good place to start changing things.John: I was going to saying listening to you, you sound like personal prototype of the news consumer of the future but the process has to get more retail, more user friendly, slightly less sophisticated. Somebody has to set up that system.Winer: Yeah. Let's work on that. Absolutely.John: Somebody has to build that river of news.Winer: Well yeah. That's my process. That's exactly my process. I like to discover new activities that are new. That means there's no established process for doing it. Develop the process and do a lot of it manually, and do it receptively until a pattern emerges, at which point, I can see, "All right, this is what I need to optimize and simplify." You got it. That's exactly it. Optimize it and simplify it. Then productize it. Then announce it and hype the hell out of it, and hope the people use it.John: That seems way different to me from Twitter.Winer: Actually they and I are pretty much in the same school. Yeah. I really respect their process. I mean the inventors.Paul: River of content that users create.Winer: Oh no, it's a river of news for sure. [laughs] Mine came first. But that doesn't matter. I don't care.Paul: ...to filter it and create your custom look.Winer: But we can do a lot better than Twitter does.Paul: No question.Winer: Here's another thing, another message for the news industry. They don't love you. They're not going to be nice to you in the future. Twitter does not love the news industry. The day Twitter buys one of your companies, the light is going to go off. I don't know if it's on or off. The light bulb is going to go on, and you're going to go, "Oh f*ck! Look what happened. Now one of our competitors owns our access to the readers." It's going to be the nightmare moment. It's inevitably going to happen. It's probably going to happen in the next two years.Huey: Google or Twitter?Winer: Twitter more likely than any of them.Paul: Google doesn't care.Winer: I don't know about Google caring our not. But Google isn't in a position to do it, Twitter is. The news industry and the entertainment industry maybe beginning to get a little bit smart about this because they're starting to promote hash tags instead of their Twitter names, which is much better. Because that's portable. Wolf Blitzer gets on CNN and tells everybody, "Go to my Twitter account and see what I have to say." I think that's suicidal.Martin: Great for Twitter.Winer: f*ck yes. They merged with Time Warner.Martin: They do it for page views I guess.Winer: Why CNN does it?Martin: Yeah. There's got to be some reason they do it. I guess they do it for page views.Winer: I don't think they're that smart.John: I don't think they know why they do it.Winer: That's right. That's my guess.Paul: If you can go all the way back, people promoted their AOL keywords, then they did their URLs.Martin: Yes, but URLS were open. That's the difference. [crosstalk]Winer: They controlled the URLs.Martin: Yeah, URLs are good. AOL keywords like Twitter.Paul: But the stream of that was, "This is cool. This is how I appear cool."John: It's the cool factor. That's exactly what it is.Winer: It's probably more fear of being called not cool. Because by the time they're doing it, it's not cool anymore.John: It's fake cool.Winer: It keeps people from criticizing us.Paul: But it builds someone else's brand.Winer: I don't think AOL was real serious. Yeah, they were wrong to promote their own AOL keywords, but AOL wasn't the kind of threat Twitter is. We're on the cusp of, we're really there now, of reinventing the way television works. Twitter is much closer to the way television is going to work in the future than television is.Paul: Say more.Winer: Well let's say you put video on Twitter. Then tell me, what's the difference?Martin: Vimeo.Winer: What do you mean? Why does that have to be a limit?Martin: No. Vimeo.Winer: Oh, Vimeo. Vimeo is video. But that's not the video that you're getting on the TV set.Martin: Right. Right.Winer: I thought you said volume.Martin: No no, Vineo. I just think that's the first step.Winer: Right. Absolutely. Well, they buy CNN. It's the acquisition moment where they don't have to develop it themselves. They just have to merge with one of these guys and then they can create something that's superior to anything the other guys can create. This is the way the technology industry works. It's the lockout. It's, "I've got the thing that you need to be on." It's like Microsoft. You go back to Microsoft and Lotus. Lotus had to be on Windows, but Lotus knew that if they went to Windows they were allowing Microsoft to strangle them. But it was impossible, they couldn't avoid being there.John: You guys missed this but this is exactly what Jerry Levin said to me in the Happy Cow Cafe when we were talking about mergers and acquisitions, I said, "Who buys Time Warner?" And he said...Winer: Twitter?John: Twitter, Google, Facebook. He said...Winer: Twitter. It's really Twitter.John: According to him, he doesn't even read the news anymore. He's figured out that it's one of these...or it could be one of the super stacks, he said, like Amazon, Apple. But a competition ensues among all of them and then they all bow on it or more. And Twitter shows the way, and then they all do it.Winer: It's not a very bright future for news if that happens because they're not friendly, warm people. They don't believe in the open all the ideals of journalism, they're very cynical about them. They don't believe in them.John: It could be said these...Twitter hates...They don't like you. You were saying they don't like you, you being the news industry.Winer: I don't think I said that. I think they don't love you is what I said.Huey: They don't love you. What does that mean?Winer: I was about to say what I mean by that, which is that the New York Times wrings its hands over journalistic independence and all the rules of journalism, which are mostly pretty good. What's her name, the new public editor?{abbreviated}Paul: Margaret Sullivan.Winer: I really like Margaret Sullivan. She's the embodiment of what I'm talking about. She's still a balance. She's still going to weigh a little bit more heavily on the politically correct thing for the internal New York Times point of view. She's not going to make incredibly terrible waves, but she's willing to represent the public a lot more than the other public editors were. But when she says, "You can't do this, this, this, and this and work at the New York Times," that's what I'm talking about. That's what they don't love. It's all the rules that you guys have established, which have value.Those rules have to change. They do. I know that's a hard thing to contemplate, but it's true. They do have to change because you have to let people in who have really strong interests. They have to have direct access to the readers without going through the reporters.That has to happen. That has to be facilitated by the news industry. That's kind of the thing the news industry is resisting. That's what will be completely lost when it's acquired by the tech industry.The tech industry thinks that's fine. The tech industry also doesn't mind doing all kinds of things to promote Lady Gaga over whatever else. They want to make money and they'll do whatever it takes to make money. That will very often subordinate the interests of democracy, of the government, of making the right decisions as a society.All of the vital functions that we look to news for, that will all be subordinated to their business models which will involve finding out what Lady Gaga thinks about this stuff.John: Then the only thing left standing between that and the truth will be bloggers.Winer: But here's the sad news. Bloggers are getting hurt by Twitter, too. Seriously getting hurt by Twitter. I used to have no, we are.Paul: Say why?Winer: I don't really fully understand it. I don't understand it, because I'm dealing with incomplete information. There are a lot of theories about why.Paul: Readership is down?Winer: I'll give you an example. I publish something on my blog that's controversial. I have a comments section. I'm publishing it because I want to find out what other people know and what they think. I'm trying to pull that in. I have the ability for people to comment on my blog and they don't do it there. They respond to me on Twitter. There they're limited by the 140 characters and nobody else sees it but me. That wasn't my idea. My idea was to get them all to read each other and to have more than 140 characters to respond. And that I would have more than 140 characters to respond to them if I had a response or a follow up question.Paul: Is that a solvable problem?Winer: I don't think so. I don't see how. It's not a problem I can solve. But there is a paranoid thought here, too. Which is that, I noticed that the read counts on my links are going down over time, precipitously. As I get more followers, the number of clickthroughs is going down. A lot. To the point where now it's about 10% of what it was a year ago. Not down by 10%. But 10% of what I had. I don't know the reason. My worst fear is that they're not passing along the links. That all the people that follow me aren't seeing everything that I post.Martin: There's also a dynamic inside of Twitter where you just get more and more irrelevant followers, who want you to follow them. It's a kind of spam, in a way.Winer: There's that. I've heard that. I think that's at work there and also, more competition for people pushing more links. Therefore I'm only one of many people that people follow. People follow more people now.Paul: I'm curious, Winer. A lot of folks, not the Times, but the Journal, the Washington Post, The Guardian, a few others, built social readers on top of Facebook and they seem to have all failed. Maybe the Post is the last man standing there. I'm not even sure whether The Post's social reader is it just that Facebook is a good environment for games, but a bad environment for news?Winer: I don't know. I resigned from Facebook a year ago. I just didn't want to be on it. I didn't like all the things that they were doing regarding privacy. I don't know what's going on there and I don't want to know. Your guess is much better than mine. But I never believed they should have done that. It's consistent with promoting your Twitter handle. Trusting Facebook is ridiculous. Facebook is run by a guy who's 26 years old, didn't get his degree from Harvard. I just don't want that guy being the arbiter of what everybody reads. I don't disrespect him, but I also don't think he should be responsible for what a billion people read. And he is. He controls it. They don't make any pretense that everybody sees everything that you post.That was what Mark Cuban got so upset about, about a month ago, when he discovered that was true. He goes to all this trouble to build up this following on Facebook. And they do not forward everything that they post to everybody who's liked him, who's decided to subscribe to him. He was appalled. He was outraged. He was right to be outraged.But it was not hidden. They don't tell you about it, but it's not hidden that they do that. They do.John: How is that decision made?Winer: That's a very good question. This is the really scary part about it. They decide what's relevant to you. They have algorithms that figure out what you need to see. [laughs] Do you think that has anything to do with their business model?Martin: It's kind of a hall of mirrors, in a way.Winer: I don't know what that means.John: It's the Google mentality.Winer: It's as if Google decided, in their search engine, that the results you needed to see were the ones that make them the most money. We trust that Google isn't doing that, right? That's implicit. It's an integrity issue. It shows that...John: I trust that they've got it under control enough to where, to what degree they're doing it...Winer: Doesn't hurt you that much.John: It's not apparent and maybe doesn't hurt me that much.Winer: I'm there too. I know that they have their meetings and somebody says, "We've got to get our revenue up for this quarter. Why don't we tweak this number a little bit so that we're putting a little bit more pollution into that." They're trying to keep a balance, to the point where people don't leave them. But I would much rather have the decision be made the way... This is where my affection for The New York Times comes in. As much as I don't like a lot of their attitudes, the superior attitude they have about everything. I really don't like that. I would rather have the decision made the way they make the deacons then the way Facebook makes it.John: But you don't see that as the future? You're not confident that...Winer: I would like to work together to try to make it more of the future. Not less. I would rather see that then I would like to see what we have right now. And yet the news industry, when I've said that there are really very few of them that are willing to listen to that idea. That I could personally, in any way, help them. But yet I can point to times when... We could have had Twitter. I had the river of news on the BlackBerry and we talked about this. I wanted to come present this to you. I had The New York Times on my BlackBerry in 2005. This is a year before Twitter launched. It was wonderful. It was incredible. I don't know why The Times wasn't interested. But The Times was clearly not interested in this.When the door gets knocked on we need to have a response.John: Do you know why?Winer: I'm sorry. I don't remember why.Martin: I don't want to put you on the spot.Winer: I'm trying to think back. You know what my theory was? In the same sense that you asked about theories about Facebook and everything. I think they had spent a bunch of money on developing their own mobile client and they didn't want to hear about one guy, working in his spare time, making something that was better than what they produced. Yet that was true. That's how corporations work. I've been inside big companies. That's how it works. You'd be forgiven for that, but let's learn from that. This is another one. The Times is bringing in tech startups to share space with it. I would much rather see them bring in bloggers to share space with them. I think they have to have their buttons pressed.They need to feel a lot less personally secure in their positions. Because that's the reality. The reality is they're a lot less secure. But it has to be not just in terms of their retirement programs and their salaries and whatnot. It has to be that culturally, they see the tension in their office, every day, and the people who rise to the challenge have a chance to do that, so that you get some cross pollination between the two.So that they maybe learn that bloggers are not the worst people in the world. That we take baths and have college educations. We want a lot of the same things that they do. In fact, I think bloggers, in many ways, have a more pure...Martin: My own view of the river 2005 was a particularly difficult year. Because we blew up NYTD. When NYTD existed, there was a small, more entrepreneurial group of people driving good and bad. There were positives and negatives to that. When it was integrated back into the mothership, the decision rights became quite fuzzy. So my ability to make a decision or not make a decision...Winer: I believe that. Totally.Martin: ...became quite fuzzy. So things like accommodating people promising things from the outside, at that point, really became much more difficult.Winer: But play Monday morning quarterback on this one. What would have been the right thing to do? You want to know my opinion? The right thing? Absent the circ*mstances. This is not politics. I knew that that had happened. I knew that you weren't in a position to make a clear decision on this stuff.Martin: I was one voice among many.Winer: I liked it better when you were the guy that made the decision. But what would have been the ideal thing to do here would have been to try to strike a deal. And believe me, I didn't want any money. Or I didn't want very maybe just a little bit, because my time's...Martin: That never even occurred to me.Winer: Right. What I wanted was to really do a launch on this thing. Here you've got a newspaper. You've still got people reading the newspaper. You've got all this visual stuff going. Let's put ads out that tell people, "Read the New York Times on your Blackberry." Let's drive readership to this thing. Because it's good for news. That should be the only thing that determines whether or not the news...Martin: Let's get into the metered model for just a minute. Because I know you have to go very soon.Winer: What time is it now?Martin: It's two minutes to 12.Winer: All right. I'll be a little late, OK.Martin: The tension here is that some of the decisions I made, including working with you on the XML piece, are viewed by a lot of people as giving away the store. The reader model was actually a huge compromise. There were a lot of folks in the company who wanted a hard pay wall. Then there were people like me, at the outset, who were totally for the open side of it. We came together at the end around metered model, which also allowed you to come in through the side doors. It's a fairly open model. If you look at the numbers since we implemented the metered model, it's pretty hard to argue that it hasn't been a net benefit for the company. at least in the short term. Certainly it's tens of millions of dollars of new money into the company.At a time when print advertising has been declining, but Internet advertising, for all the reasons that we both know, is suffering. So tell me why you think it's good for news to do what you just said?Winer: I actually want to ask you a question. Why is it giving away the store to publish I don't think you believe this. But what's the argument?Martin: The argument is that...Winer: It says that it's giving away the store to do the XML.Martin: The argument is that by allowing the content to be aggregated in an RSS reader, as an example, it commoditizes it. In other words, you no longer become a destination. You no longer become an authority. The authority now rests with the aggregation point. That is, ultimately, the individual, which to me is an inexorable march of technology. You're fighting against history.Winer: I think there's something to be said for that. I also agree that it's the march of history. Then why not become the aggregation point? If you see it that way. I'm not asking you, I'm asking the world. In other words, why isn't the news industry as cutthroat as the tech industry? That's how the tech industry, that's how Bill Gates...Martin: It doesn't have the DNA to do that.Winer: That's what we need to change. That would be the argument to have a rule that you at least have to sit down and listen to these ideas when they come along. Because it's still the opportunity, Martin. It's still the opportunity for any one of these guys. This is what Yahoo discovered in...what year was it? When we first came out with RSS... When RSS was catching on and they did My Yahoo. Probably it was 2003, 2004 time frame. Somewhere in there. They did My Yahoo and CNN wouldn't do it.Martin: No. My Yahoo was done in the nineties with Biz Dev deals. What you're talking about is Yahoo Reader.Winer: Yeah. But that was also called My Yahoo.Martin: Oh? Was it?Winer: Yeah. That's when I...Paul: It was added to My Yahoo.Winer: OK. To me, that's when My Yahoo started. From my own very parochial point of view. I went around. At that time as I understood it were MSNBC, CNN and Yahoo.Martin: I think that's still true.Winer: So I went to all of them and primarily wanted to talk to CNN because I wanted Yahoo to have some competition. So we can start developing. Yahoo, I liked the guys tremendously. I thought they were very easy to work with. But they were going to be a lot more fun to work with if they had to worry about what CNN was doing. CNN would never do it. Their attitude was, "Why should we point to our competitors? Why should we give flow to our competitors?" Which didn't turn out to be the right strategy. Because if people want to find out what's new on CNN and they go to Yahoo to find out what's new on CNN. Then Yahoo has an unfair advantage and Yahoo can always find a way to make that work to your advantage.Maybe they have to send one person to CNN for every 10 people that come to them. But they're also going to keep a lot more people reading, whatever. You want people to come to you. I would still argue that The Times...you know in the right column where they put the, "What we're reading" thing? The links in the side? That should be a river, and that should be on the home page.Ultimately that's what we're going to be going to for news. We're all going to be going to mixed sources because that's the message of Twitter. That's really what Twitter's saying to the news organizations. This is what people want.People don't want to go to the New York Times as a destination. They want to go to a place where...in a way, that's like asking for the past back. There was a time when we all went to the New York Times for our news and NBC Nightly News in my family. At 7:00, we'd all watch NBC Nightly News. Some families were ABC, whatever.We're not going back there.John: Part of the explanation of the 2005 that is outside of the intellectual argument you make, I think, is right, but what you can't underestimate is how much the precipitous decline in, first, print advertising, then digital advertising, and then an even steeper decline in print advertising than anybody had ever imagined. How much that animated all the decision making. It put a blinding fear in all these companies. That's around the period where Carlos Slim, they had to get him to invest in the Times. There were serious financial...Martin: That was the view. There was a financial crisis in 2009 that transcended technology.John: You had the advertising collapse. Then you had the financial crisis. And then all that was followed by what? Everyone thought that was the bottom, and then it turned out that print advertising actually was going to go even lower than anybody had imagined. Coupled with, you're looking at your display digital advertising, and that started to go down. Now people are starting to think about the kinds of arguments that you're making, but your point that it ends up with Twitter buying somebody and all that, is probably right.Martin: I actually disagree. I think it's going in the opposite direction. I think that this fear is causing more people to hunker down, to kind of retreat...Winer: Which people?Martin: More news organizations to hunker down and retreat back into an older model where people either want what they have and they're willing to pay for it, and see it as a destination or not.Huey: Well they're trying that, but they don't have the ability to do it in the way that the Times did. Maybe this is a parochial point of view, but I think it's a pretty big deal when Time Warner just decided to say, "We're getting out of this end of the business. We're just not going to do this anymore, because we've got to make these kinds of decisions, and we're just not going to do that." They want a simpler business model. Not that over a long term, cable television...Winer: I think Time Warner actually has a good business model. I think the New York Times did benefit from having a business model like that too. I don't know why the Times isn't fighting for better Internet access in Manhattan. This goes back to what we were talking about at the beginning. Why isn't this something that the Times is vitally interested in? It's the New York Times after all. Why can't the New York Times take on problems like that and solve them? Why can't the New York Times, if it spots an opportunity like that, make a business investment and own it? The aggressiveness of the tech industry is what we need in the news industry. We need to have some balls out thinking here, and some real risk taking, and some ideas, and some passion for the future, not just love of the past.It's always this fight with, "How do we get back to what we were before?" which is only going to be going on for another 10 or 15 years, until everybody retires that remembers the way it was before, at which point maybe we can start getting...I'm not optimistic about that either, though. I'm just afraid we're going to be left without any kind of...we're kind of there anyway. In terms of a news industry we can depend on, I don't know....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (48)

Scott Woelfel

BIO: YES: Scott Woelfel has spent three decades building and...

TRANSCRIPT: Paul Sagan: Good afternoon. It is March 27, 2013. It's Paul Sagan and Martin Nisenholtz, and we are on the line today with Scott Woelfel from Atlanta. Scott was head of CNN Interactive and really created cnn.com with an early band many years ago. We're here to get his thoughts and impressions on that, and other things related to when digital technology ran into the news business. Scott, maybe we go way back in the memory banks and start with your earliest memory of when you saw either the beginning of disruption, or capability of digital technology in news, or even earlier, if that was your first online experience and relevant to the narrative.Scott Woelfel: That sounds good. Thank you for including me in this. I need some digital implants in my head, I think, to remember back that far, but actually it doesn't seem that long ago, when you consider it's more than 20 years, in some cases. I had worked at CNN for a good 10 years before we started at cnn.com, but even before that, my first with digital technology was when someone fresh came to visit CNN from Apple, and this was in 1991, end of 1990, beginning of 1991. QuickTime had just come out, and they were looking to do a news magazine on [inaudible 01:33] to challenge "Time" and "Newsweek" and approached [inaudible 0:37] about it.I got by total chance, literally walking down the hall, when [inaudible 01:45] , "What do you do for this guy?" [inaudible 01:47] this was my and really CNN's first exposure to digital technology when it comes to interpreting news in some way. We put together a prototype of a disk, which is very hard to wide shot, because it's on Director, which is very hard to figure out how to play on a modern machine.It turned out great. It took maybe about two months to do it with some resources that Apple gave us. Internally...Martin Nisenholtz: Scott, can I break in for a second? You're breaking up on my machine. Paul, is he breaking up on yours?Paul: There's a little pixelation, but it's pretty OK.Martin: The audio is fine?Paul: I can hear Scott. I lost a couple of words, when he was just getting started.Martin: Then it's just me, thanks, I'm sorry to interrupt.Paul: Martin, you might want to...mute our mics, in case that interrupts, not on your laptop but on the Google interface, and we'll just unmute when we need to speak. That might help not interrupt Scott. Scott, sorry, you should pick up.Scott: Sure, eventually prototype for the CD ROM, I went to management at CNN, and they looked at it, and said, "This is interesting, but it's really not our business. Thanks for the disk, go back to your day job." My day job in that case, I was the Executive Producer for the prime time newscast. Again, this is Spring of 1991, at this point, it really got me interested in what the digital technology could do to expand the audience at CNN.I worked with a couple other people internally. To look at [inaudible 03:24] the online services, CompuServe being the primary online service, at that time. We struck out at the forums there, where we would have people talk about the news, typically, and also bring in some guests from time to time.CompuServe, they would have these forums where you would come in and there would be a guest and a relatively small number of questions to the guest that the whole room would see. We ran one of those. General comments on the news, and the side, we did actually [inaudible 03:58] Steve Brahms as a business.We did three disks, a year review in '93, actually, we did both years '93 and '94. We did something called [inaudible 04:10] a book, Britannica approach to some long standing conflicts around the world, all the encyclopedic information video heavy.We did one that I'm embarrassed to admit, which was the trial of OJ Simpson. Everything you needed to know primer before the trial started.Through the course of all this, of course, the Web started to emerge. I remember looking at and downloading my first Mosaic Web browser, in late '93. Yes, that's about right. Playing around with it thinking, "There's got to be some implications for this."But it really wasn't until a year later, because we were all doing our regular TV jobs. At the same time, this small group of people that I had assembled, that were really starting to get serious thinking about it. That was when I started to talk with Harry Motro and Mark Bernstein, both of whom had business experience. I did not have any business experience, just journalism.The three of us put together the business plan for what would become CNN Interactive and got that [inaudible 05:11] under the sports division of CNN in January of '95.Martin: Talk again about that process of getting it started as a, what we all called a new media or new media division, in what implied was these were old media companies. This was a cable television network company taking a step into a new space. Can you would talk about easy or hard to get funded, in your heart, or did the structure happen in the newsroom of CNN or did you set it up separately, and was that important or unimportant or seemingly important or unimportant at the time?Scott: I'll start with the convention which was surprisingly easy, I think, because what we were doing was so unknown to the television [inaudible 06:01] . It wasn't seen as a threat to anything else. We put together the plan, went to, Harry Motro was actually the one who did it, but went to Ted Turner and did eventually get referred to Ted who is still not that digital today, understood there was some potential here, referred him to Jon Petrovich who was running "Headline News" at the time, and we basically were funded out and we actually operated under him at the beginning of CNN Interactive. Harry really handled a lot of the funding part. My job was obviously just to put together the team and make a product out of it. CNN at that time was completely a broadcast television and radio network, had a hub and spoke system where there was a central news gathering hub that would bring in all the material, and then each network, whether it was CNN Domestic, CNN International, CNN Spanish, CNN Radio, whatever it happened to be, would take the material and use it from that news gathering hub and customize it for its audience and it's platform.I said the easiest way to bolt on this interactive thing in this would be just another spoke on that wheel. I created the system to tap into that news gathering hub and get our material that way just like everyone else was.What we did a little differently was, because we were filling a digital print medium, we needed a lot more material than what we were getting out of something that was created for television primarily. We did deals with the wire services to get the ability to use their, copy some of it, 100 percent under the copyright, with no rewriting, and then of course having the ability to rewrite it, and couple that to bring in a lot of the early staff of writers and editors had a wire service background because, again it was a very different animal than what we had done with television.We needed them to be able to process all this material into something quickly. They were used to a quick deadline a wire service has as opposed to newspaper reporters who are used to a much longer deadline. We did hire a few newspaper people, editors and reporters as well. The wire service really drove that idea of constant updates, which, of course, is what [inaudible 08:19] CNN television had worked up to that.Martin: I just want to break in here, because this is a crucial point you've just made about the journalistic side of this. You're a television network. This is a narrow band environment. You recognize that video is not workable, you have to create something entirely new, and it seems to me you guys got to pretty much write from the beginning, in terms of people wanting the most current news. It seems to me also, that the wires facilitated that at some level. Was it all of the wires, was it "Reuters," "AP," "Agence France Presse," was it all of them or just Reuters at that point?Scott: All. CNN had arrangements with all of the big four, so Reuters, AP, Agence France Presse, and, the German one whose name is escaping me at the moment. Those are the four big ones that we use, and so we have access to that, but it was a little bit of a gray area where we'd really take and republish some of what they were doing, whereas CNN obviously was using it as source material. We went out and created separate deals with AP and Reuters specifically to be able to use a greater extent of their content all the way up to using it 100 percent verbatim under their copyright.Paul: That was a pretty controversial time, because the newspapers were trying to keep AP from doing it, but Reuters did it with Yahoo and kind of set wire stories free into the great free Internet at the same time. Do you remember that and how that related to what you were doing and what you thought the competition was doing?Scott: Very much. It was an ongoing frenemy struggle with both Reuters and AP, but more with AP, over my entire tenure at cnn.com. They clearly wanted to be the fuel that powered this revolution in news [inaudible 10:26] , but as you say, they were beholden to their members, and were never really comfortable with the degree of how much was being used, and so [inaudible 10:34] conversation, the pricing was something that was brought up again and again, especially as we grew so quickly and generated revenue so quickly. That was something that was revisited many times. I left in January 2001. At that point, things were really starting to decline. We had cut back on wire material that we could use from AP/Reuters was still a pretty level relationship from where we started, but we cut back considerably, and after I left it was cut out completely a few years later.Paul: That was really an economic battle at that point, the question of whether it could be licensed was over, and that was a price question, right?Scott: It was, from my understanding, from where CNN was [inaudible 11:17]. CNN's developed the Wire CNN system which powers much of what they do now. Of course, they've taken that syndicated as well. It was, ironically, a good percentage, I can't say how much now, but a good percentage of that original Wire CNN team were those original wires people that I hired at CNN Interactive back in 1995 to push that forward, because they needed them for the exact same reason that I needed them back when we started cnn.com.Martin: In 1995, did you think about potentially charging for the service? There was really no advertising business to speak of back then. The newspaper industry, obviously, had a robust debate about that, but it seems to me you guys had a different heritage, a heritage of consumer free. They paid for cable, obviously, and you were subsidized through that process, but the consumer didn't pay directly for CNN on cable. You weren't being subsidized by the Internet folks, by the ISPs. You were in an ad only world on the Internet. Did you think about how that might play out in the business model, or should we just talk to Harry about that, that wasn't really something you got into?Scott: Harry was definitely more in the forefront, but my recollection is that we discussed it but not to a great extent, because the feeling was, CNN is advertiser supported and subscriber supported, and we knew that piece wasn't going to get [inaudible 12:50] or at least we felt that there was an advertising model that could work for us in a relatively short time, and that CNN, the company as a whole, was willing to bear the startup expense until we could get to that spot. We were lucky throughout my whole tenure there to have a very aggressive and innovative ad sales team that was dedicated to the interactive side. Fairly early in the process, we received a dedicated [inaudible 13:15] . That later split domestically and internationally. Our revenues, while they didn't cover our costs at the beginning, we saw some fairly significant revenues early on and they grew very quickly.Paul: Talk, if you will, about how the audience developed and your relationship with them developed, and what you learned and what worked, because I don't think it was foretold, just because CNN really dominated the cable news business at that point [inaudible 13:45] didn't have "Fox News," didn't have "MSNBC" competition. But there were lots of people who putting their URLs on television or in print or were new media type organizations or were the established dial up services making the transition, but something you guys did right made CNN the leader online as a news site for a very long time.Scott: Early on, at the very beginning, before we started, we said we wanted to take that essence of what we think CNN is to the web, and that is breaking news and coverage of live events and things like that. As Martin had said, we couldn't do video. We certainly couldn't do live video. We didn't do video at all in the first year, roughly a year, and then it was downloadable pieces, and it was a while until we got to streaming, about two years until we got to decent enough streaming that anybody could do it. Obviously, it was also keeping up with the growth of broadband at the time. We thought breaking news would be our bread and butter. We found almost immediately that was the case. If you looked at our traffic, even starting the first week, I remember being asked by an "Atlanta Journal Constitution" reporter to predict some of our traffic patterns in the early time.I was reluctant, and he was a good reporter, so he finally got something out of me, and I made a prediction of a certain number, and I don't remember what the number was, but I do know that I predicted that by the end of 1995 we would hit this number, I forget, I think it was the first week.We had a very sharp uptake, and if you looked at our traffic patterns, what you would see is a stair type pattern where we would gain audience around a news event, and we would lose very little of it. Then the next news event, we would gain more audience, and we'd lose very little. That stair step continued for I would say at least the first two years to be very significant, without a lot of drop off, which was in great contrast to what you would see on CNN television, which would get those huge spikes of ratings, but then it would drop back down to a baseline that grew very little.Instead, we would retain that spike and grow from there. We recognized this very quickly, obviously, and worked to make sure that the breaking news coverage was put up front, but then we'd expose the audience to other stories that often went outside the purview of what was thought of as CNN, and aggregate more page views and more viewership there. That was sections like Books and Legal, and other things like that developed over time, just a way to catch this audience and to keep them around a little bit longer.Paul: Two things. John Huey has shown up in the background, so that's who the new face...John Huey: Hi, Scott. Sorry, I'm late.Scott: Hi, John. Good to see you again.Paul: One thing that's emerged a lot, and you can think of it as the Clayton Christensen like innovator's dilemma problem for media companies moving into this space, do you think it's fair to say that you didn't have it initially, because what you could be perceived as competing with is your TV business, but you couldn't do video, and therefore you really were creating something new, unlike others who might feel they were always competing with themselves as much as the outside world, and many of the media companies really stumbled in that dilemma?Scott: We were very [inaudible 17:03] format. When I think back to 1995, and the introduction of television in the workplace was negligent. Even if someone had a television in the office, the chances it had cable, and it was on CNN was fairly low. Our hugest day part was clearly the works hours, because that's when people often had access to broadband they didn't have at home, too, when you think back to 1995. We would see most of our traffic come during the daytime hours.We weren't competing with CNN really at all, and in fact we were promoting night time usage [inaudible 17:38] people want to go home, and get the television experience of what they seen on their computers at work. [inaudible 17:45] continued for some time, even after we started to stream video there was still a sense of, "I'm going to go see what Larry King's guest has to say about this tonight, because I saw a short clip online."I did not see it as competition, but certainly some of the television executives thought it to be that, at the time, I don't think it ever really was.Martin: Who do you think the competition was every morning? What was the comparative? Was it Yahoo News, or other sites? Was it simply, this was early in Greenfield, and therefore just keep building a audience, and don't look backwards?Scott: More of the later. There was competition that arose every time, like the Portal [inaudible 18:28] , and obviously the news organizations that were, very few [inaudible 18:36] certainly not that round the clock breaking news presence that we had 24 hours a day, that we had from the time we launched, and over time. We really did give that sense of being there. We were able to grow on that, and establish that reputation early. Clearly, then we did get a lot of competitors over time, but I think we were able to stake out a pretty interesting space early on.Martin: You didn't think at the time, that the kind of software driven stuff that Yahoo was doing, particularly in Yahoo Finance, was competitive with you? They were also licensing the wires, as Paul said, and developed a big audience pretty quickly.Scott: I'm saying we didn't see them as competition, especially when you mention Yahoo Finance. To clarify, when we started CNNF.com, the financial news site, which later merged with money, was separate from CNN.com, so I did not have authority over that. I did later structural changes. I've obviously conferred with them, and I know there was a lot of concern about that, and then went to Yahoo Finance, and said, "There's some very good things they're doing, that we ought to do as well." [inaudible 19:58] in the direction that CNNF went in, and CNN.com ultimately.As far as the automated sites, there's that certain level of [inaudible 20:08] risk, that those of us that come from large news organizations had at that time, which is of course is, "Why do people go there, and not come to us?" Which is a little short sighted, and as I said, a little prideful.There was always that sense, in those early days, that, "We're going to do it first." "What they get is going to be something we've already done." "Let's make sure we're out there in front, and doing what people expect from CNN, and people will find us."Once MSN then we really saw the impact, because here again [inaudible 20:46] did not have the level of content we had. The volume of content that we had. Their content was certainly good, but it wasn't at the volume CNN was covering. Yet, they were getting massive influx of traffic from MSN, that we had nothing to compete with until the AOL deal much later, but it was almost a lost cause at that point.Beginning of '96, or early 1997, beyond, to start to lose this user race to them. We always beat them in page views, but the user race, where we were on top by a [inaudible 21:20] , was chipped away at until they surpassed us in, I want to say early '98. I don't remember. We never came back on top.John: Scott. Do I remember this correctly? Wasn't there a period in there where Microsoft tried to do a deal with CNN.com, instead of NBC?Scott: Yeah. Before we started CNN.com, CNN interact, so it was in 1994, and Harry Motro, and myself, and Jon Petrovich, might have been just us three. There might have been one more there, I don't remember. We went to Redmond, and met with the people there. Peter Newberg who was a [inaudible 22:05] , and had a long discussion. That was something that we brought back. Basically, I was there on the [inaudible 22:14]. Harry took the deal back, and Ted looked at it, and turned it down. For a good reason, I'm sure. Harry can share. I wasn't privy to that meeting. That was their first choice before they went to [inaudible 22:27].John: Could you talk a little bit about what you just referred to. When AOL came into the picture, what happened to the traffic there? Without getting into all the pain and all. We all have stories like that.Scott: I have a lost year of my life in there, which I choose not to remember.John: Same here.Scott: There was a thought that there would be this synergy, not just between AOL, and CNN, but among all, Time inc, and Time Warner, and AOL, and other [inaudible 23:15] . Netscape, and some other things like that. CompuServe, which they had a piece of at that point as well. It got bogged down at such a high level [inaudible 23:26], I don't think those synergies ever came to light, at least not while I was still there. Basically, throughout calendar 2000, which was the year after, January 2000, the merger was announced, and then of course it didn't close until 2001. That whole year of 2000, there was all these attempts, "Let's have about 100 meetings a month to try to figure out what these synergies are." It was never anything concrete.We would place some links into some AOL property, but we didn't have that really direct pipeline that MSNBC had from MSN. We never really got that benefit the way I think we could have.AOL was a little bit on the decline user wise at that point, too, because of the rise of broadband, so you could argue quality of the traffic they were driving, probably wasn't as good as what MSN was driving as well. We didn't get as much benefit as I would have liked.As far as I can remember, we never over took MSNBC, and Unit Users while I was there after [inaudible 24:37] . Maybe on a one event spike, but not on a consistent basis. I think that CNN had to have surpassed MSNBC since then, but not while I was there.John: My memory of it is, that Turner broadcasting was the one division in Time Inc that lost all of its senior management, in that AOL merger, but that CNN.com seemed to somehow keep plowing through, in a way that nothing else did there. Maybe it hurt you in terms of development, and where you would've gone, I don't know, but it always seemed to be the steady thing that kept going through it all. Is that...?Scott: In the middle of it, my recollection's not as good. As much as anything, that lead to my departure. I think the rank, and file, and the day to day management at CNN.com, we insulated them pretty well from it, so I think in the same mission, and continued forward, and try to use whatever came from the merger as new tools that they could use, but upper management went through a lot. My boss changed about five times in five weeks, and there was the whole Time Warner corporate level drama, which gave yet another layer of management, so it was difficult.Martin: As the co founder of this thing. Looking back now, in 2013, are you happy with where CNN.com is today? Is there some untapped potential? What do you feel about the service now?Scott: I think it is one of the best out there, if not the best, certainly in the top two, or three. They've innovated in some really interesting ways with iReport, and some things like that. When you look at CNN.com, or a lot of the other news, you still feel that there is a newspaper page format to it that maybe isn't necessary in this day, and age. If I were to go back, and try, and do this all over again in this day, and age, I would probably do something that's much more video centric, and uses the text material as supporting material, which I still feel it is in a lot of cases.That's not to say there's not good video. There's great video at New York Times, and a lot of other sites, but not the experience I get, even from YouTube, and some other places where you feel like, "I'm here to watch this, and then I have other things at my disposal once I watch it." I think that's what I would do, if I were to try, and do it again.Martin: CNN.com started as something that was inherently a Internet based business, and business model that you had a separate sales team, and in many ways a separate editorial team, and yet you can't go to CNN.com today, and get the news from CNN video even though we are living in a video world. This seems to me to be a political/business model issue with the cable industry, and it's relationships with MSO's. Do you see a time when that changes?Scott: Good question. I'm glad you brought that up because that's something I wanted to mention. When we talk about video emerging at CNN, it was always short clips, because of the cable operators that didn't, in the simplest terms, most cable operators had a clause with the Turner networks, and they're going to get their material for the same price, I should say, the lowest price that anybody else is getting it for. If you're giving it away for free, or for advertising under advertising model online, and they could make a pretty strong argument that they should get it in the same way. This goes back to the whole time I was there, we could not stream any live programming at all, and it would have to be the raw cameras, or something like that. Not the on air feed with all the fonts, and everything else.You're right. That still exists today to a large extent. Yes, I think that model is definitely holding back some of the broadcast networks, and cable networks.Martin: It seems to me, to Paul's earlier point, that's where the Innovator's Dilemma is. In other words, the CNN's of the world are unable to, it's not quite the innovator's dilemma in the classical sense, but putting that aside, it's the fact that the cable industry, perhaps for contractual reasons, perhaps for business model reasons, just simply can't do, what the new players will be able to do. Including the new Eason Jordan, "Now this News," or whatever it's called which is setting out to do the CNN of the new over the top era.Scott: I think it's the same as someone who wants to present an a la carte offering, whether that's Apple or all these others that have been argue that are doing it. How do you take something that consumers seem to clearly want, which is to be able to pick and choose what content they get and what platform they get it on and deliver it in a way that totally breaks this old model, which obviously, generates billions of dollars of revenue for all these companies. I don't [inaudible 30:33] first.Paul: Scott, let me ask you at the end, you now sit in a very different place, running a different kind of firm, but still connected to media, so obviously, trying to figure out the audience and creative in messaging questions. What else do you think is out there working in news, particular, that's emerging or undiscovered or simply you think is going to be the model going forward, both as compelling to the audience, and as a business?Scott: The biggest trend, obviously, is the proliferation of cameras on phones and basically out in the hands of the public. Not so much in the citizen journal [inaudible 31:13] or what happens. But if you combine that with social media and you'd say, clearly, we're getting primary source material from really interesting places that we weren't getting it from before. But there's so much of it that how do you know what's good and what's bad? There can be a filter where the stars, for lack of a better term, that are out there electing primaries be elevated and featured that people know that we're getting quality because this person has our [inaudible 31:43] proven and finding a method to push that forward.I think that becomes really compelling in a very different offering than from what we see traditional authoritative news organization.You can look at something like iReports on CNN and say well that pushes in that direction, but it really doesn't, because, it tends to frankly, I think the material tends to be a little trivial, and there's not a great system there to say these are the people that are reporting the best content.If anything, that's still coming from the news organizations, as opposed to maybe the users, where it should. I think that's the nut to crack. If somebody can really crack that, then, I think you come off with something totally different, and that's very appealing to audiences out there.John: It seems to me that Twitter is basically doing that. The user is determining quote, "Who the stars are." They may have some big stars in there and they may have some friends in there, but they got a feed of content. Much of it now is pointing to video, and that will increase over time. It seems to be that that has happened.Scott: There is a lot of chaff in there as well. There's no end result, there's no consistency in results. Like you said, someone can bring you a video or to a website, or whatever, based on something they Tweet. Where's the entity that can collect a lot of that and give the critical mass around that around a story, around an event, or around a person, or whatever it happens to be, that to me seems to be the missing piece that would be fascinating part....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (49)

Kathy Yates

BIO: YES: Kathy Yates is passionate about working with enter...

TRANSCRIPT: Martin: Paul Sagan and Martin Nisenholtz, Cathy Yates, San Jose, April 8th, 2013. Let's just go back a ways. Tell us when you first got into and met the Internet. How did that happen, what were you doing? I think you were at the newspaper when that happened?Cathy: I was at the "Mercury News."Martin: How did you get to the "Mercury News," what were you doing there, and then what happened to land you on the Internet side?Cathy: OK. I actually joined the "Mercury News" right out of business school. My early career had been as an economist in D.C. Then I went to Stanford for business school, expecting to go back to Washington and return to policy analysis. Business school was my first exposure to the private sector, and I became really enamored with the idea of trying to find a niche where I could combine what I like to talk of as private sector discipline and public sector impact. That's what got me looking at the newspaper industry. I interviewed at the New York Times, actually, but also met Tony, who was recruiting for someone to come in as his assistant. I decided to stay here in California and join him in that effort.Martin: What year was that?Cathy: That was in 1981.Martin: '81?Cathy: 1981. There were two big bets going on in the newspaper industry at the time. One was the launch of "USA Today." Do you remember that?Martin: Mm hmm.Cathy: And the other was Knight Ridder's experiment with "Viewtron" in Coral Gables. Tony was showing me the ropes of the newspaper industry. We were talking about those two initiatives, and my response was that I thought that "USA Today" was a really smart idea and that "Viewtron" was not going to make it. He winked and nodded and said, "You're new to the industry. We'll see what happens." We made a bet, and unfortunately, I've got to say, I think I won that bet, in terms of which endeavor persevered. Anyway, fast forward. I rose to the position of General Manager at the "Mercury News." After "Viewtron" had shut down, I became General Manager at the "Mercury News." My colleague Bob Ingle, who was the Executive Editor at the "Mercury News," began talking about how we should try to revisit the experiences that "Viewtron" offered up, learn the lessons, and come at it with a second generation attempt at electronic publishing.Martin: Were you supportive of that initially or was that something that you were skeptical of?Cathy: I was supportive certainly of the exercise of trying to understand the lessons, but it quickly escalated beyond an analytical project to a, "Well, let's launch Mercury Center." First on AOL, and it happened to coincide with the time when we were under tight operating budgets, anyway. Honestly, I just didn't see that there was much of a future in a limited, walled garden online approach. It was just too difficult, the penetration was too thin, there was nothing about it that said to me that would ever be a successful business enterprise.Martin: What year was this, Cathy?Cathy: This would have been, I want to say, '93, maybe.Martin: OK. It was just at the time that the web protocol Tim Berners Lee was developing. He actually developed it in 1990, but it's just beginning to get known now that the web is out there.Cathy: Yeah. I've never considered myself someone that sees trends early. I'll be a fast follower, but not necessarily the person with the vision. I've got to credit Bob Ingle for really understanding where it could lead. On the other hand Bob's not the best business person. He and I made kind of a good combination in this regard, because I was the skeptic and he was the visionary. Anyway, so Merc Center was born and we tried a number of different things. It was very innovative in a number of ways. But the staff knew that I was fairly skeptical about whether or not it would ever become a viable business enterprise. One day the chief marketing officer for Mercury Center called me into the boardroom and set me down. He said, "I've got to show you something." What he showed me was, it was a beta version of Mosaic. I just, I said game over. That, I believe in.I think what really was so striking to me about the Internet was the removal of boundaries. The newspaper business, as I experienced it, was always full of boundaries. It was very limited in so many ways. The manufacturing process, the distribution process, the limitations on how you package the news and the advertising always seemed to be putting up constraints that we were bumping into, even though we were an extremely profitable business. I think at the time the "Mercury News" was number one in terms of classified lineage in the country. We were always vying back and forth with "Dallas Morning News", but I think at that point we were on top.The Internet was just so apparently, so, just, gloriously, really, free of those constraints. That's what convinced me, "OK, this is a game changer." From that point on I really dedicated everything to it. I signed on to become one of the founders of Knight Ridder digital, so of course Mercury Center was part of the "Mercury News" initiative. Then Tony was looking to see if the experiment could be extended throughout Knight Ridder as an entire company. I joined Bob to put together the business plan that was the foundation for Knight Ridder Digital. That's really how I spent the remainder of my career with Knight Ridder.Martin: There's another thing going on during this period, which is this little lab in Boulder, Roger Fidler's, and we talked to Roger and we've just talked to Tony. What were your impressions of that at the time?Cathy: I thought Roger was very articulate at explaining what actually the current version of an online newspaper looks like, and this is back in the early to mid '90s. I mean it was revolutionary, it really was. He was a forward thinker and he was able to paint a vision that many people, including myself, bought into wholeheartedly. That this is the way the industry should go, could go, would go. But Roger was not able, ever really, to get any traction. He was running a think tank in a company that was all about operations and putting numbers on the board.Paul: Arguably, and he said his biggest budget was a million dollars a year, but if you'd thrown him an infinite amount of money you couldn't have built it then. The technology didn't actually exist to build an iPad, which is effectively what he showed as a wooden block 25 years ago.Cathy: Yeah, he was way ahead of the market. But he pointed the way in a very important way. He was trying to attract external money. One of the assignments I had was to go talk to some of the potential investors and get a read as to how serious they really were and advise Tony as to what could or should become of Boulder. The recommendation is that we pull it into Knight Ridder digital and use the expertise there to inform the product development that was ongoing at Knight Ridder digital.Martin: Now we'll get to MarketWatch and the later part of your career in a few minutes, but one of the things that's been a persistent theme throughout this series of discussions is this tension between media or, in this case, journalism cultures and technology cultures. In technology cultures, the engineering folks are, essentially, running the agenda and the businesses. For that reason, at least in an online context, there's a lot more innovation. In a media context or a journalism context, it's the journalists who run the cultures. It sounds to me like, in the case of Knight Ridder, Bob Ingle crossed those two. Although I guess, at heart, he was still a journalist. There were not real engineers in the company, right? It was still a journalism culture?Cathy: We brought in engineers at Knight Ridder Digital. We actually did implement an engineering oriented culture. I should say, more than engineering, a software oriented culture. We built out a platform and we had a major development effort that included both the platform in its entirety, but then a set of products. So the early products like Newshound, which was an early alerts service. What did we call it, Night Owl or something? It was an electronic library service. Then we had what we called Talent Agent, which was the beginning of the employment vertical that ultimately gave way to our efforts with CareerBuilder. We had this major product management function that we developed and software development operation. Bob did cross the two sides though. He was a very geeky journalist and was always interested in the technology. Of course, being here in Silicon Valley, he was an early adopter of everything, in wanting to try the latest thing on the block. That infused our culture to some extent. But that was only with regard to Knight Ridder Digital.Ultimately, the role of Knight Ridder Digital was to try to be an instigator of change at the newspaper level. It was hard to cross that bridge from where we were. Both a separate office staff, in what had now become Knight Ridder's corporate headquarters in San Jose, but fairly removed from all the day to day newspaper operations. It was not until near the very end of Knight Ridder's existence that the Internet activities were deeply integrated with the print. It was never truly embraced by the publishers. Certainly not when I was there.Paul: I'm just going to follow up on that inside outside question. A lot of companies dealt with that. Should it be separate? The conventional wisdom was, if you didn't put it outside, it would just get killed immediately. So almost everybody started outside. But then had the experience you described, which was it was outside and it couldn't move the mothership enough. Do you think you'd do it differently, meaning do it inside? Or would it have just died immediately? Was there another option?Cathy: It was probably the right call to get it started, initially, as a separate entity. What ultimately created a better alignment, not a perfect alignment, but a better alignment of interests, was all around the incentives, the goals and the objectives. We went too far with our goals being independent of the print goals. It was really Hilary Schneider, when she came on board and asked Tony, "Can we give the publishers double credit for all this stuff? Because without that, they will forever see it not in their best interest to support the online." It seemed as if any win that could be credited to the online activities was a loss for the print. It was very much of a win lose situation, instead of a win win situation. Honestly, though, that's just part of the dilemma in the business model. The business model was broken by the Internet. It's very difficult to be really successful at that and not do damage.Martin: That was my point about the engineering side, Cathy. There was a theory, to follow up on Paul's question, that by separating the unit out it could be a truly independent, large business. Essentially borrowing the brands, but not necessarily doing the same things, certainly not within the same business models. One of the questions that is continuously asked is, were these separate operations given the freedom to do what they needed to do? Or were they imaginative enough to do what they needed to do? In part, some of the folks are saying, the reason that they may not have succeeded is because they just didn't have the engineering talent to succeed. That wraps the two points together. I would just like your opinion about that.Cathy: I don't think that's the biggest problem, honestly. We could have gotten the engineering talent. We had some very good engineers. We had some very innovative thinkers. We defined ourselves as newspaper companies. Our whole mission in life was to fulfill the mission that a newspaper fulfills, which is to say bring accurate and comprehensive information to citizens of a democracy.Martin: That is kind of fundamental?Cathy: It is fundamental. But that's not where you make money on the Internet. [laughs]Martin: But the fact is, that's not where you made money in print. In print, you made money from classified advertising. Not from serving some social mission. The question I keep asking is, lots of people figured out how to make money on the Internet. Newspaper companies, despite all of this activity, innovation and investment simply didn't do it. I'm just wondering why. You were there. You must have thought about this. Why, from your perspective, couldn't they do it and still fulfill their mission? Was it because Craig came along and took the oxygen out?Cathy: Yes. That's what was broken about the business model. Classified, which had sustained everything, went away and there was no good substitute for that. I think the dilemma was that there was not a lot of passion on anybody's part to define ourselves as world's best classifieds section. It wasn't. It was limited thinking that I think I suffered from as much as anybody else. It was a struggle, and of course, you go down the slope gradually. You begin to fall a little bit and then gain speed and then gain speed and gain speed and you're in the middle of it and it's overtaking you before you even realize what's happening. I think that's what happened to the industry. While the most creative minds within the industry were struggling with the question of how do we get readers really engaged in online news, what was happening was that the classified business was going out the door.Martin: We talked to Tim Landen and clearly the industry learned a lot from CareerPath and that failure, built CareerBuilder and then Classified Ventures, which were real successes in their day. Now, obviously today, they're more complex, but for a period of time, the industry did manage to have some true successes and yet it still didn't matter.Paul: It turned dollars into nickels.Cathy: I don't know if there is any fixing the model.Martin: That's the other theme that continuously comes along, which is we've been working with this metaphor called "the tide and swimmers." The tide is technology and its inexorable march. The swimmers are the people like you and others who made decisions in the midst of all that. The question becomes could you, even if you were Olympic swimmers, have made any difference in a tide that was so difficult, so harsh. Or were the decisions made, the movements made during this period simply the wrong ones? If you had swum in a different direction or taken a different course, might've gotten to calmer seas, just as a horrible extension of that metaphor.Cathy: In retrospect, I guess I feel as if had it been possible for this transformation to have occurred, it would've happened. With all of the money, the dedication, the bright minds that the talent that existed in the newspaper industry, and I'm not just talking about Knight Ridder, I'm talking about across the entire industry, there hasn't been a huge success. Everybody's troubled. There have been obviously, in the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, two enterprises that today are stronger than most of the players in the field. But it's still not a thriving business in the way that you see companies like Google and the Internet giants that have emerged. I think it was structural to the industry.Martin: Let's talk about MarketWatch for a couple of minutes because you leave Knight Ridder in what year?Cathy: '99.Martin: Larry Kramer, whom we talked to at some length, recruited you to be the chief operating officer, I think it was, in MarketWatch.Cathy: Yes.Martin: What made you jump to that company?Cathy: Before I went to MarketWatch, I went to Women.com.Martin: Oh, that's right, yeah.Cathy: Women.com was then acquired by iVillage. I went to Women.com and here was my thesis. I wanted to go to a pure Internet company that wasn't hampered by the requirement of protecting the mother ship. At the same time, I really believed in the value of brand. Women.com was sitting there with the partnership with Hearst magazines. They were the online face of all the Hearst titles. Yet, it was a standalone Internet company. I thought that it had the right ingredients for a very rich exploration of what that combination could look like, the real brand loyalty that comes with the content up from a print publication, but the freedom to operate like an Internet company. What I found was that some of that was possible to explore at Women.com. Really what the business was primarily about was pop culture and eyeballs. It was not really mission driven and I missed that. That's why I joined the newspaper business.I was interested in returning to a culture that had mission at its core. When the acquisition of Women.com by iVillage became, it wasn't announced yet, but it was apparent, that's when I started looking around. Larry and MarketWatch really appealed to me because, for one thing, we spoke the same language. Larry had come out of the newspaper business and as you know, grew up on the editorial side. I always had found the ability to form really strong partnerships with people on the editorial side when I brought to the table my operating experience.He's a captivating person anyway with a big vision of how this site could really change the game for individual investors in way that print never could. It was capitalizing on all of the advantages, the technological advantages, that came from the Internet to do something new in terms of information distribution that really served a social purpose. That was why I joined MarketWatch.Paul: Did you uproot from the west coast and moved to New York or did you stay here?Cathy: No, they were headquartered in San Francisco.Paul: Was Women.com as well?Cathy: Women.com was headquartered in San Mateo.Paul: Because iVillage was...Cathy: IVillage was in New York and they acquired Women.com but no, Women.com was in San Mateo. I've been in the Bay Area, with the exception of one stint in Miami, ever since I graduated from business school. I didn't know this when I came into MarketWatch, but the founder of BigCharts, Jamie Thingelstad, who had been acquired by MarketWatch and the BigCharts technology became the backbone of the MarketWatch website. Then Jamie had left and was not with MarketWatch when I joined them. We needed a CTO and I, at Larry's suggestion, opened up a conversation with Jamie and was able to entice him to come back to MarketWatch. This is where the combination of both editorial vision and passion and really vassel technology expertise came to fruition, at least for me. It was really a very, very dynamic combination. Jamie was a young whiz kid and he was very innovative and very cutting edge in terms of his thinking about technology and how it could be deployed all the time. Of course, Larry had a very big editorial vision. Those two ingredients were a powerhouse for MarketWatch. They really were.Martin: Do you think it requires an entrepreneurial environment for that to happen?Cathy: Oh yeah, absolutely, but there's always a tension. You need an entrepreneurial culture to allow the ideas to take root, but then you need some discipline and some structure to allow them to survive unless you happen to step into something that's really just very organic and spins off cash unbelievably, and we all know companies that have done that. The normal experience in building a company.Martin: I guess the question is, at least so far, we haven't yet run across anyone on the entrepreneurial side who has created the possibility for this mission driven notion in local regional journalism. We're seeing it in business journalism and MarketWatch in places perhaps like Business Insider or others. The places that doggedly cover the City Hall and the local businesses and those sorts of things, the kind of thing that happened at the Boston Globe, for example, with the Catholic church, those things we're struggling still to find. Why do you think that is? Try and put the Knight Ridder experience together with the MarketWatch experience and tell us why. Is it the structural point that you made before?Cathy: Well, let me make sure I understand your question. You're asking why is it that entrepreneurs don't go after the local space?Martin: They have. I'm asking why no one has yet...Cathy: Succeeded.Martin: ...through all this time, succeeded in a big way. Right, or in any way that I can see. Maybe you think Patch is doing it. I'm sure not sure it is. If there's an example that you think fulfills that mission that you described before, tell me what it is and we'll go talk to them.Cathy: No, I'm not aware of any. That's why I said if it were possible to break the model, If you define newspapers as being fundamentally local media, and if it were possible to find a way to support that endeavor in an Internet business structure, I think you would've seen it emerge, but I haven't seen it emerge. I think part of it is the nature of the audience. What we were trying to do at Knight Ridder was to create the possibility and we knew we could never do it entirely on our own, but to create the possibility of a national network of local sites. That's what Real Cities was all about, with the idea that in order to play in the Internet advertising game, you really had to have scale. Yet for a variety of reasons, structural reasons, political reasons, it just never worked. It didn't work with AOL, it didn't work with Knight Ridder, it hasn't worked with any other string or network of local sites that I'm aware of. I guess it comes down to the nature of the audience and how difficult it is to be able to aggregate an audience around a local theme.Fundamentally, what the newspapers industry was most advantaged by was the cost of setting up printing presses and a distribution network of trucks. We should all be honest about that. That's what allowed the economics of the industry to be so plentiful for so long. It was because there were huge barriers to entry, but they're just not there on the Internet. The audiences that do exist, the passionate audiences that exist on a local scale, are all just very, very small and they're all about very, very local voices.Martin: Anything that you have, Paul?Paul: No. It's a great summary of the dilemma.Martin: Yeah. Anything else, Cath, that you want to...Cathy: Well, let me ask you, guys, turn the tables. Where do you think it goes? You're trying to synthesize a perspective of history. If you were to turn it around and say, "Where does the future road take us?", what are your thought about that?Paul: I think it's still a scary road, because I think so much of the economic underpinnings was just yanked out of, certainly, the big city dailies and in the middle, that's the biggest prob. You mentioned the two biggest, do they have a national footprint and there's still some belief in hyper or small markets. Obviously Warren Buffet is making those bets. I'm not convinced those sustain themselves, either. The middle has gotten hollowed out, whether it's Chicago, LA, Philadelphia, New Orleans, now, and I don't see what replaces that. I'm not worried about the advertising audience, I'm not worried about the entertainment audience, but I'm worried about the news part of it. How do we keep watch on city hall? I don't think corruption went down because the Internet grew. I just think it's harder not if someone's not following you around looking it's a lot more bad things happen. That was simply for a long time a subsidized job, and that subsidy went away, and it doesn't easily come back.Cathy: How do you put a value on, do you think?Paul: Onto democracy, potentially?Cathy: No, on the job that a good investigative reporter does.Martin: Well that's a good question. I think that's the question. I see your point about the citizens. I think that there is a model, if people are willing to step up and pay for the content that matters to them in communities. I don't think, and I could be wrong about this, but at this point I don't think, I don't see the kind of robust advertising model that existed in a lot of media being replicated in digital, at least not for content in local markets. That could happen, but so far it's not. Then the question becomes how do you size a business to some series of revenue streams, whether it's some light advertising plus some willingness to pay? I think when you do that math you get to a very small staff, let's just put it that way. This is where the road forks. Some people believe that given the blogosphere and Twitter and other citizen journalism mechanisms, coupled with a small staff, you can fulfill fundamentally the mission that is necessary. Other people think that's ludicrous. We won't know, I don't think, until some set of people begin to try. One of the folks that we interviewed, Tim Landen, who was at the Tribune for many years, is trying. We'll see what he comes up with.As I said Patch, an AOL venture which is much more top down, much more, obviously, sponsored by Tim Armstrong who we intend to talk to during this process has a different model. But to your point, certainly nothing has emerged yet that we could point to that fulfills that particular mission?Paul: I think consumers have a very different view of value when they're eating à la carte than when they're at the buffet, and that newspaper was a bundle. I don't think you could say, "You paid us this amount, now tell me what each component was worth," because they valued not all of the bundle but some number of things that came in the paper or, frankly, the weekly magazine. It's not just newspapers, but newspapers are easy to focus on that bundle. To say to them, "Now, if you could only have that component, what would you pay for it?" I don't think people have any way to frame it. Investigative journalism is the hardest part, because it's not even predictable. You can't guarantee that you'll deliver every day.Cathy: The role of the publisher, let's face it, is to aggregate packages of content around their target audience's interests.I've wondered whether there could at some point be in the future certainly the technology exists to do it today but a real time content exchange, where publishers are able to acquire content that they would then distribute to their audience by purchasing, basically, publishing rights off of the content exchange.Martin: NewsCred is that exchange. It just doesn't have much local information [laughs] on it, as I understand it. I could be wrong about that, but...Cathy: I would say that there just isn't enough demand at a local level to sustain much of a price [laughs] for locally specific information. But in the world in which you have a real time content exchange, of course, the type of redistribution rights or publishing right, as well as the expertise of the writer, could be factored into whatever price has been paid.Martin: The other point that Tony made, which I think is worth reiterating here, is that Warren Buffet has invested in certain community newspapers, and those communities seem to have the coherency, the stability, and the support for the print product as well as the online version of that print product. They seem to have a loyalty that you don't find in a larger, more spread out, let's just say, metropolitan community.It's possible that all local communities aren't created equal. I don't know enough about how well Buffet's newspapers are doing to know whether...Paul Sagan: It's a niche or segment.Martin: ...niche, or whether he's even buying them for the real estate. Who knows why? [laughs] He's an investor. I don't know. But whatever...Paul: It will play itself out.Martin: Yeah, that will play itself out.Paul: It is a financial place, not a new model.Martin: No, it's not a new model. No.Cathy: No, I think it's remnants of an old model that can continue to persist in some pockets. I grew up in a Navy family, and the shorthand for where I grew up is New London, Connecticut, because my father was there in the submarine base. New London "The Day" has got fierce loyalty among its readership. Of course, it is a family foundation, so they don't have as much pressure as many of the other newspaper companies. They seem to be about the same size as when I was growing up, so they didn't expand hugely and then contract. They're probably able to pay the bills, but not a huge operating margin.I think one of the things that was a detriment to the industry was that everybody got used to such high operating margins, and that became the standard around which everyone's thinking aligned with regard to what needed to be produced. I think that might have also put some blinders on people in terms of the long term viability of the industry.We waited too long to try and defend those kinds of margins.Martin: Let me just ask one last question and then we'll be out of your hair. How difficult were the cultural issues at Knight Ridder? The company no longer exist, so there's not a lot of...Tony talked a lot about the inability for the print side of the business to fully embrace this.Paul: Church and state.Martin: Yeah. Was the innovator's dilemma really the key or core issue in some ways, do you think, or was that not, from your perspective, that important?Cathy: I think the innovator's dilemma was very real, but I think it went beyond the innovator's dilemma. You mentioned church and state. It wasn't just a radical transformation. The base is competition and what customers were after, which of course is what the innovator's dilemma speaks to. It was also the idea that there was something that was unworthy about the commercial side of the business, whereas the point of view that was all about "news for the sake of news." Truly, there was an element of that culture at Knight Ridder as well.That was a cultural war that went beyond the innovator's dilemma and compounded the issue. I think that, more than anything, is why there was a lack of passion in myself among others to become the world's best classified advertising vehicle.It just didn't speak to the higher purpose that so many people were in the industry to try and nurture. That created a disincentive for us to really be doing the kinds of things that we would need to do to, say, invest all of our energy in fixing the classified problem.Had we done that, would we have been able to do it? I don't know. It's pretty hard to compete against free, but you can certainly build off of the traffic that comes from having a free classified product, and we should have known that.We knew that the little liner ads in there attracted a lot of readership, attracted a lot of loyalty, and brought people to the newspaper. There were a lot of people that had subscribed to the paper just for that. But we didn't embrace that, and I think that was a cultural problem that existed in the industry. For all of us....

VIDEO: YES

Riptide (2024)
Top Articles
Latest Posts
Article information

Author: Ms. Lucile Johns

Last Updated:

Views: 5807

Rating: 4 / 5 (41 voted)

Reviews: 80% of readers found this page helpful

Author information

Name: Ms. Lucile Johns

Birthday: 1999-11-16

Address: Suite 237 56046 Walsh Coves, West Enid, VT 46557

Phone: +59115435987187

Job: Education Supervisor

Hobby: Genealogy, Stone skipping, Skydiving, Nordic skating, Couponing, Coloring, Gardening

Introduction: My name is Ms. Lucile Johns, I am a successful, friendly, friendly, homely, adventurous, handsome, delightful person who loves writing and wants to share my knowledge and understanding with you.